comparison man/calc.texi @ 40786:7917695c31da

New file.
author Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
date Tue, 06 Nov 2001 19:01:01 +0000
parents
children c9f5f8f1bce6
comparison
equal deleted inserted replaced
40785:2fb9d407ae73 40786:7917695c31da
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
3 @c smallbook
4 @setfilename ../info/calc
5 @c [title]
6 @settitle GNU Emacs Calc 2.02 Manual
7 @setchapternewpage odd
8 @comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
9
10 @tex
11 % Some special kludges to make TeX formatting prettier.
12 % Because makeinfo.c exists, we can't just define new commands.
13 % So instead, we take over little-used existing commands.
14 %
15 % Redefine @cite{text} to act like $text$ in regular TeX.
16 % Info will typeset this same as @samp{text}.
17 \gdef\goodtex{\tex \let\rm\goodrm \let\t\ttfont \turnoffactive}
18 \gdef\goodrm{\fam0\tenrm}
19 \gdef\cite{\goodtex$\citexxx}
20 \gdef\citexxx#1{#1$\Etex}
21 \global\let\oldxrefX=\xrefX
22 \gdef\xrefX[#1]{\begingroup\let\cite=\dfn\oldxrefX[#1]\endgroup}
23 %
24 % Redefine @i{text} to be equivalent to @cite{text}, i.e., to use math mode.
25 % This looks the same in TeX but omits the surrounding ` ' in Info.
26 \global\let\i=\cite
27 %
28 % Redefine @c{tex-stuff} \n @whatever{info-stuff}.
29 \gdef\c{\futurelet\next\mycxxx}
30 \gdef\mycxxx{%
31 \ifx\next\bgroup \goodtex\let\next\mycxxy
32 \else\ifx\next\mindex \let\next\relax
33 \else\ifx\next\kindex \let\next\relax
34 \else\ifx\next\starindex \let\next\relax \else \let\next\comment
35 \fi\fi\fi\fi \next
36 }
37 \gdef\mycxxy#1#2{#1\Etex\mycxxz}
38 \gdef\mycxxz#1{}
39 @end tex
40
41 @c Fix some things to make math mode work properly.
42 @iftex
43 @textfont0=@tenrm
44 @font@teni=cmmi10 scaled @magstephalf @textfont1=@teni
45 @font@seveni=cmmi7 scaled @magstephalf @scriptfont1=@seveni
46 @font@fivei=cmmi5 scaled @magstephalf @scriptscriptfont1=@fivei
47 @font@tensy=cmsy10 scaled @magstephalf @textfont2=@tensy
48 @font@sevensy=cmsy7 scaled @magstephalf @scriptfont2=@sevensy
49 @font@fivesy=cmsy5 scaled @magstephalf @scriptscriptfont2=@fivesy
50 @font@tenex=cmex10 scaled @magstephalf @textfont3=@tenex
51 @scriptfont3=@tenex @scriptscriptfont3=@tenex
52 @textfont7=@tentt @scriptfont7=@tentt @scriptscriptfont7=@tentt
53 @end iftex
54
55 @c Fix some other things specifically for this manual.
56 @iftex
57 @finalout
58 @mathcode`@:=`@: @c Make Calc fractions come out right in math mode
59 @tocindent=.5pc @c Indent subsections in table of contents less
60 @rightskip=0pt plus 2pt @c Favor short lines rather than overfull hboxes
61 @tex
62 \gdef\coloneq{\mathrel{\mathord:\mathord=}}
63 \ifdim\parskip>17pt
64 \global\parskip=12pt % Standard parskip looks a bit too large
65 \fi
66 \gdef\internalBitem{\parskip=7pt\kyhpos=\tableindent\kyvpos=0pt
67 \smallbreak\parsearg\itemzzy}
68 \gdef\itemzzy#1{\itemzzz{#1}\relax\ifvmode\kern-7pt\fi}
69 \gdef\trademark{${}^{\rm TM}$}
70 \gdef\group{%
71 \par\vskip8pt\begingroup
72 \def\Egroup{\egroup\endgroup}%
73 \let\aboveenvbreak=\relax % so that nothing gets between vtop and first box
74 \def\singlespace{\baselineskip=\singlespaceskip}%
75 \vtop\bgroup
76 }
77 %
78 %\global\abovedisplayskip=0pt
79 %\global\abovedisplayshortskip=-10pt
80 %\global\belowdisplayskip=7pt
81 %\global\belowdisplayshortskip=2pt
82 \gdef\beforedisplay{\vskip-10pt}
83 \gdef\afterdisplay{\vskip-5pt}
84 \gdef\beforedisplayh{\vskip-25pt}
85 \gdef\afterdisplayh{\vskip-10pt}
86 %
87 \gdef\printindex{\parsearg\calcprintindex}
88 \gdef\calcprintindex#1{%
89 \doprintindex{#1}%
90 \openin1 \jobname.#1s
91 \ifeof1{\let\s=\indexskip \csname indexsize#1\endcsname}\fi
92 \closein1
93 }
94 \gdef\indexskip{(This page intentionally left blank)\vfill\eject}
95 \gdef\indexsizeky{\s\s\s\s\s\s\s\s}
96 \gdef\indexsizepg{\s\s\s\s\s\s}
97 \gdef\indexsizetp{\s\s\s\s\s\s}
98 \gdef\indexsizecp{\s\s\s\s}
99 \gdef\indexsizevr{}
100 \gdef\indexsizefn{\s\s}
101 \gdef\langle#1\rangle{\it XXX} % Avoid length mismatch with true expansion
102 %
103 % Ensure no indentation at beginning of sections, and avoid club paragraphs.
104 \global\let\calcchapternofonts=\chapternofonts
105 \gdef\chapternofonts{\aftergroup\calcfixclub\calcchapternofonts}
106 \gdef\calcfixclub{\calcclubpenalty=10000\noindent}
107 \global\let\calcdobreak=\dobreak
108 \gdef\dobreak{{\penalty-9999\dimen0=\pagetotal\advance\dimen0by1.5in
109 \ifdim\dimen0>\pagegoal\vfill\eject\fi}\calcdobreak}
110 %
111 \gdef\kindex{\def\indexname{ky}\futurelet\next\calcindexer}
112 \gdef\tindex{\def\indexname{tp}\futurelet\next\calcindexer}
113 \gdef\mindex{\let\indexname\relax\futurelet\next\calcindexer}
114 \gdef\calcindexer{\catcode`\ =\active\parsearg\calcindexerxx}
115 \gdef\calcindexerxx#1{%
116 \catcode`\ =10%
117 \ifvmode \indent \fi \setbox0=\lastbox \advance\kyhpos\wd0 \fixoddpages \box0
118 \setbox0=\hbox{\ninett #1}%
119 \calcindexersh{\llap{\hbox to 4em{\bumpoddpages\lower\kyvpos\box0\hss}\hskip\kyhpos}}%
120 \global\let\calcindexersh=\calcindexershow
121 \advance\clubpenalty by 5000%
122 \ifx\indexname\relax \else
123 \singlecodeindexer{#1\indexstar}%
124 \global\def\indexstar{}%
125 \fi
126 \futurelet\next\calcindexerxxx
127 }
128 \gdef\indexstar{}
129 \gdef\bumpoddpages{\ifodd\calcpageno\hskip7.3in\fi}
130 %\gdef\bumpoddpages{\hskip7.3in} % for marginal notes on right side always
131 %\gdef\bumpoddpages{} % for marginal notes on left side always
132 \gdef\fixoddpages{%
133 \global\calcpageno=\pageno
134 {\dimen0=\pagetotal
135 \advance\dimen0 by2\baselineskip
136 \ifdim\dimen0>\pagegoal
137 \global\advance\calcpageno by 1
138 \vfill\eject\noindent
139 \fi}%
140 }
141 \gdef\calcindexershow#1{\smash{#1}\advance\kyvpos by 11pt}
142 \gdef\calcindexernoshow#1{}
143 \global\let\calcindexersh=\calcindexershow
144 \gdef\calcindexerxxx{%
145 \ifx\indexname\relax
146 \ifx\next\kindex \global\let\calcindexersh=\calcindexernoshow \fi
147 \ifx\next\tindex \global\let\calcindexersh=\calcindexernoshow \fi
148 \fi
149 \calcindexerxxxx
150 }
151 \gdef\calcindexerxxxx#1{\next}
152 \gdef\indexstarxx{\thinspace{\rm *}}
153 \gdef\starindex{\global\let\indexstar=\indexstarxx}
154 \gdef\calceverypar{%
155 \kyhpos=\leftskip\kyvpos=0pt\clubpenalty=\calcclubpenalty
156 \calcclubpenalty=1000\relax
157 }
158 \gdef\idots{{\indrm...}}
159 @end tex
160 @newdimen@kyvpos @kyvpos=0pt
161 @newdimen@kyhpos @kyhpos=0pt
162 @newcount@calcclubpenalty @calcclubpenalty=1000
163 @newcount@calcpageno
164 @newtoks@calcoldeverypar @calcoldeverypar=@everypar
165 @everypar={@calceverypar@the@calcoldeverypar}
166 @ifx@turnoffactive@undefinedzzz@def@turnoffactive{}@fi
167 @ifx@ninett@undefinedzzz@font@ninett=cmtt9@fi
168 @catcode`@\=0 \catcode`\@=11
169 \r@ggedbottomtrue
170 \catcode`\@=0 @catcode`@\=@active
171 @end iftex
172
173 @ifinfo
174 This file documents Calc, the GNU Emacs calculator.
175
176 Copyright (C) 1990, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
177
178 Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
179 manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
180 preserved on all copies.
181
182 @ignore
183 Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
184 results, provided the printed document carries copying permission notice
185 identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph (this
186 paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
187
188 @end ignore
189 Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
190 manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
191 section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' is included exactly as
192 in the original, and provided that the entire resulting derived work is
193 distributed under the terms of a permission notice identical to this one.
194
195 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
196 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
197 except that the section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' may be
198 included in a translation approved by the author instead of in the
199 original English.
200 @end ifinfo
201
202 @titlepage
203 @sp 6
204 @center @titlefont{Calc Manual}
205 @sp 4
206 @center GNU Emacs Calc Version 2.02
207 @c [volume]
208 @sp 1
209 @center January 1992
210 @sp 5
211 @center Dave Gillespie
212 @center daveg@@synaptics.com
213 @page
214
215 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
216 Copyright @copyright{} 1990, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
217
218 Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
219 this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
220 are preserved on all copies.
221
222 @ignore
223 Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
224 results, provided the printed document carries copying permission notice
225 identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph (this
226 paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
227
228 @end ignore
229 Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
230 manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
231 section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' is included exactly as
232 in the original, and provided that the entire resulting derived work is
233 distributed under the terms of a permission notice identical to this one.
234
235 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
236 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
237 except that the section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' may be
238 included in a translation approved by the author instead of in the
239 original English.
240 @end titlepage
241
242 @c [begin]
243 @ifinfo
244 @node Top, Getting Started,, (dir)
245 @ichapter The GNU Emacs Calculator
246
247 @noindent
248 @dfn{Calc 2.02} is an advanced desk calculator and mathematical tool
249 that runs as part of the GNU Emacs environment.
250
251 This manual is divided into three major parts: "Getting Started," the
252 "Calc Tutorial," and the "Calc Reference." The Tutorial introduces all
253 the major aspects of Calculator use in an easy, hands-on way. The
254 remainder of the manual is a complete reference to the features of the
255 Calculator.
256
257 For help in the Emacs Info system (which you are using to read this
258 file), type @kbd{?}. (You can also type @kbd{h} to run through a
259 longer Info tutorial.)
260
261 @end ifinfo
262 @menu
263 * Copying:: How you can copy and share Calc.
264
265 * Getting Started:: General description and overview.
266 * Tutorial:: A step-by-step introduction for beginners.
267
268 * Introduction:: Introduction to the Calc reference manual.
269 * Data Types:: Types of objects manipulated by Calc.
270 * Stack and Trail:: Manipulating the stack and trail buffers.
271 * Mode Settings:: Adjusting display format and other modes.
272 * Arithmetic:: Basic arithmetic functions.
273 * Scientific Functions:: Transcendentals and other scientific functions.
274 * Matrix Functions:: Operations on vectors and matrices.
275 * Algebra:: Manipulating expressions algebraically.
276 * Units:: Operations on numbers with units.
277 * Store and Recall:: Storing and recalling variables.
278 * Graphics:: Commands for making graphs of data.
279 * Kill and Yank:: Moving data into and out of Calc.
280 * Embedded Mode:: Working with formulas embedded in a file.
281 * Programming:: Calc as a programmable calculator.
282
283 * Installation:: Installing Calc as a part of GNU Emacs.
284 * Reporting Bugs:: How to report bugs and make suggestions.
285
286 * Summary:: Summary of Calc commands and functions.
287
288 * Key Index:: The standard Calc key sequences.
289 * Command Index:: The interactive Calc commands.
290 * Function Index:: Functions (in algebraic formulas).
291 * Concept Index:: General concepts.
292 * Variable Index:: Variables used by Calc (both user and internal).
293 * Lisp Function Index:: Internal Lisp math functions.
294 @end menu
295
296 @node Copying, Getting Started, Top, Top
297 @unnumbered GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
298 @center Version 1, February 1989
299
300 @display
301 Copyright @copyright{} 1989 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
302 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
303
304 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
305 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
306 @end display
307
308 @unnumberedsec Preamble
309
310 The license agreements of most software companies try to keep users
311 at the mercy of those companies. By contrast, our General Public
312 License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
313 software---to make sure the software is free for all its users. The
314 General Public License applies to the Free Software Foundation's
315 software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it.
316 You can use it for your programs, too.
317
318 When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
319 price. Specifically, the General Public License is designed to make
320 sure that you have the freedom to give away or sell copies of free
321 software, that you receive source code or can get it if you want it,
322 that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free
323 programs; and that you know you can do these things.
324
325 To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
326 anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
327 These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
328 distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
329
330 For example, if you distribute copies of a such a program, whether
331 gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
332 you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
333 source code. And you must tell them their rights.
334
335 We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
336 (2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
337 distribute and/or modify the software.
338
339 Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
340 that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
341 software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
342 want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
343 that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
344 authors' reputations.
345
346 The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
347 modification follow.
348
349 @iftex
350 @unnumberedsec TERMS AND CONDITIONS
351 @end iftex
352 @ifinfo
353 @center TERMS AND CONDITIONS
354 @end ifinfo
355
356 @enumerate
357 @item
358 This License Agreement applies to any program or other work which
359 contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be
360 distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The
361 ``Program'', below, refers to any such program or work, and a ``work based
362 on the Program'' means either the Program or any work containing the
363 Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications. Each
364 licensee is addressed as ``you''.
365
366 @item
367 You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source
368 code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
369 appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and
370 disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this
371 General Public License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any
372 other recipients of the Program a copy of this General Public License
373 along with the Program. You may charge a fee for the physical act of
374 transferring a copy.
375
376 @item
377 You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of
378 it, and copy and distribute such modifications under the terms of Paragraph
379 1 above, provided that you also do the following:
380
381 @itemize @bullet
382 @item
383 cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that
384 you changed the files and the date of any change; and
385
386 @item
387 cause the whole of any work that you distribute or publish, that
388 in whole or in part contains the Program or any part thereof, either
389 with or without modifications, to be licensed at no charge to all
390 third parties under the terms of this General Public License (except
391 that you may choose to grant warranty protection to some or all
392 third parties, at your option).
393
394 @item
395 If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when
396 run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use
397 in the simplest and most usual way, to print or display an
398 announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice
399 that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a
400 warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these
401 conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this General
402 Public License.
403
404 @item
405 You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a
406 copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in
407 exchange for a fee.
408 @end itemize
409
410 Mere aggregation of another independent work with the Program (or its
411 derivative) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring
412 the other work under the scope of these terms.
413
414 @item
415 You may copy and distribute the Program (or a portion or derivative of
416 it, under Paragraph 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
417 Paragraphs 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
418
419 @itemize @bullet
420 @item
421 accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
422 source code, which must be distributed under the terms of
423 Paragraphs 1 and 2 above; or,
424
425 @item
426 accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
427 years, to give any third party free (except for a nominal charge
428 for the cost of distribution) a complete machine-readable copy of the
429 corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of
430 Paragraphs 1 and 2 above; or,
431
432 @item
433 accompany it with the information you received as to where the
434 corresponding source code may be obtained. (This alternative is
435 allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
436 received the program in object code or executable form alone.)
437 @end itemize
438
439 Source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making
440 modifications to it. For an executable file, complete source code means
441 all the source code for all modules it contains; but, as a special
442 exception, it need not include source code for modules which are standard
443 libraries that accompany the operating system on which the executable
444 file runs, or for standard header files or definitions files that
445 accompany that operating system.
446
447 @item
448 You may not copy, modify, sublicense, distribute or transfer the
449 Program except as expressly provided under this General Public License.
450 Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, distribute or transfer
451 the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights to use
452 the Program under this License. However, parties who have received
453 copies, or rights to use copies, from you under this General Public
454 License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties
455 remain in full compliance.
456
457 @item
458 By copying, distributing or modifying the Program (or any work based
459 on the Program) you indicate your acceptance of this license to do so,
460 and all its terms and conditions.
461
462 @item
463 Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
464 Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original
465 licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these
466 terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the
467 recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
468
469 @item
470 The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
471 of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
472 be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
473 address new problems or concerns.
474
475 Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
476 specifies a version number of the license which applies to it and ``any
477 later version'', you have the option of following the terms and conditions
478 either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
479 Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
480 the license, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
481 Foundation.
482
483 @item
484 If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
485 programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
486 to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
487 Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
488 make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
489 of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
490 of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
491
492 @iftex
493 @heading NO WARRANTY
494 @end iftex
495 @ifinfo
496 @center NO WARRANTY
497 @end ifinfo
498
499 @item
500 BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
501 FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
502 OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
503 PROVIDE THE PROGRAM ``AS IS'' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
504 OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
505 MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
506 TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
507 PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
508 REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
509
510 @item
511 IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL
512 ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
513 REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
514 INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
515 ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT
516 LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES
517 SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE
518 WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN
519 ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
520 @end enumerate
521
522 @node Getting Started, Tutorial, Top, Top
523 @chapter Getting Started
524
525 @noindent
526 This chapter provides a general overview of Calc, the GNU Emacs
527 Calculator: What it is, how to start it and how to exit from it,
528 and what are the various ways that it can be used.
529
530 @menu
531 * What is Calc::
532 * About This Manual::
533 * Notations Used in This Manual::
534 * Using Calc::
535 * Demonstration of Calc::
536 * History and Acknowledgements::
537 @end menu
538
539 @node What is Calc, About This Manual, Getting Started, Getting Started
540 @section What is Calc?
541
542 @noindent
543 @dfn{Calc} is an advanced calculator and mathematical tool that runs as
544 part of the GNU Emacs environment. Very roughly based on the HP-28/48
545 series of calculators, its many features include:
546
547 @itemize @bullet
548 @item
549 Choice of algebraic or RPN (stack-based) entry of calculations.
550
551 @item
552 Arbitrary precision integers and floating-point numbers.
553
554 @item
555 Arithmetic on rational numbers, complex numbers (rectangular and polar),
556 error forms with standard deviations, open and closed intervals, vectors
557 and matrices, dates and times, infinities, sets, quantities with units,
558 and algebraic formulas.
559
560 @item
561 Mathematical operations such as logarithms and trigonometric functions.
562
563 @item
564 Programmer's features (bitwise operations, non-decimal numbers).
565
566 @item
567 Financial functions such as future value and internal rate of return.
568
569 @item
570 Number theoretical features such as prime factorization and arithmetic
571 modulo @i{M} for any @i{M}.
572
573 @item
574 Algebraic manipulation features, including symbolic calculus.
575
576 @item
577 Moving data to and from regular editing buffers.
578
579 @item
580 ``Embedded mode'' for manipulating Calc formulas and data directly
581 inside any editing buffer.
582
583 @item
584 Graphics using GNUPLOT, a versatile (and free) plotting program.
585
586 @item
587 Easy programming using keyboard macros, algebraic formulas,
588 algebraic rewrite rules, or extended Emacs Lisp.
589 @end itemize
590
591 Calc tries to include a little something for everyone; as a result it is
592 large and might be intimidating to the first-time user. If you plan to
593 use Calc only as a traditional desk calculator, all you really need to
594 read is the ``Getting Started'' chapter of this manual and possibly the
595 first few sections of the tutorial. As you become more comfortable with
596 the program you can learn its additional features. In terms of efficiency,
597 scope and depth, Calc cannot replace a powerful tool like Mathematica.
598 @c Removed this per RMS' request:
599 @c Mathematica@c{\trademark} @asis{ (tm)}.
600 But Calc has the advantages of convenience, portability, and availability
601 of the source code. And, of course, it's free!
602
603 @node About This Manual, Notations Used in This Manual, What is Calc, Getting Started
604 @section About This Manual
605
606 @noindent
607 This document serves as a complete description of the GNU Emacs
608 Calculator. It works both as an introduction for novices, and as
609 a reference for experienced users. While it helps to have some
610 experience with GNU Emacs in order to get the most out of Calc,
611 this manual ought to be readable even if you don't know or use Emacs
612 regularly.
613
614 @ifinfo
615 The manual is divided into three major parts:@: the ``Getting
616 Started'' chapter you are reading now, the Calc tutorial (chapter 2),
617 and the Calc reference manual (the remaining chapters and appendices).
618 @end ifinfo
619 @iftex
620 The manual is divided into three major parts:@: the ``Getting
621 Started'' chapter you are reading now, the Calc tutorial (chapter 2),
622 and the Calc reference manual (the remaining chapters and appendices).
623 @c [when-split]
624 @c This manual has been printed in two volumes, the @dfn{Tutorial} and the
625 @c @dfn{Reference}. Both volumes include a copy of the ``Getting Started''
626 @c chapter.
627 @end iftex
628
629 If you are in a hurry to use Calc, there is a brief ``demonstration''
630 below which illustrates the major features of Calc in just a couple of
631 pages. If you don't have time to go through the full tutorial, this
632 will show you everything you need to know to begin.
633 @xref{Demonstration of Calc}.
634
635 The tutorial chapter walks you through the various parts of Calc
636 with lots of hands-on examples and explanations. If you are new
637 to Calc and you have some time, try going through at least the
638 beginning of the tutorial. The tutorial includes about 70 exercises
639 with answers. These exercises give you some guided practice with
640 Calc, as well as pointing out some interesting and unusual ways
641 to use its features.
642
643 The reference section discusses Calc in complete depth. You can read
644 the reference from start to finish if you want to learn every aspect
645 of Calc. Or, you can look in the table of contents or the Concept
646 Index to find the parts of the manual that discuss the things you
647 need to know.
648
649 @cindex Marginal notes
650 Every Calc keyboard command is listed in the Calc Summary, and also
651 in the Key Index. Algebraic functions, @kbd{M-x} commands, and
652 variables also have their own indices. @c{Each}
653 @asis{In the printed manual, each}
654 paragraph that is referenced in the Key or Function Index is marked
655 in the margin with its index entry.
656
657 @c [fix-ref Help Commands]
658 You can access this manual on-line at any time within Calc by
659 pressing the @kbd{h i} key sequence. Outside of the Calc window,
660 you can press @kbd{M-# i} to read the manual on-line. Also, you
661 can jump directly to the Tutorial by pressing @kbd{h t} or @kbd{M-# t},
662 or to the Summary by pressing @kbd{h s} or @kbd{M-# s}. Within Calc,
663 you can also go to the part of the manual describing any Calc key,
664 function, or variable using @w{@kbd{h k}}, @kbd{h f}, or @kbd{h v},
665 respectively. @xref{Help Commands}.
666
667 Printed copies of this manual are also available from the Free Software
668 Foundation.
669
670 @node Notations Used in This Manual, Demonstration of Calc, About This Manual, Getting Started
671 @section Notations Used in This Manual
672
673 @noindent
674 This section describes the various notations that are used
675 throughout the Calc manual.
676
677 In keystroke sequences, uppercase letters mean you must hold down
678 the shift key while typing the letter. Keys pressed with Control
679 held down are shown as @kbd{C-x}. Keys pressed with Meta held down
680 are shown as @kbd{M-x}. Other notations are @key{RET} for the
681 Return key, @key{SPC} for the space bar, @key{TAB} for the Tab key,
682 @key{DEL} for the Delete key, and @key{LFD} for the Line-Feed key.
683
684 (If you don't have the @key{LFD} or @key{TAB} keys on your keyboard,
685 the @kbd{C-j} and @kbd{C-i} keys are equivalent to them, respectively.
686 If you don't have a Meta key, look for Alt or Extend Char. You can
687 also press @key{ESC} or @key{C-[} first to get the same effect, so
688 that @kbd{M-x}, @kbd{ESC x}, and @kbd{C-[ x} are all equivalent.)
689
690 Sometimes the @key{RET} key is not shown when it is ``obvious''
691 that you must press @kbd{RET} to proceed. For example, the @key{RET}
692 is usually omitted in key sequences like @kbd{M-x calc-keypad @key{RET}}.
693
694 Commands are generally shown like this: @kbd{p} (@code{calc-precision})
695 or @kbd{M-# k} (@code{calc-keypad}). This means that the command is
696 normally used by pressing the @kbd{p} key or @kbd{M-# k} key sequence,
697 but it also has the full-name equivalent shown, e.g., @kbd{M-x calc-precision}.
698
699 Commands that correspond to functions in algebraic notation
700 are written: @kbd{C} (@code{calc-cos}) [@code{cos}]. This means
701 the @kbd{C} key is equivalent to @kbd{M-x calc-cos}, and that
702 the corresponding function in an algebraic-style formula would
703 be @samp{cos(@var{x})}.
704
705 A few commands don't have key equivalents: @code{calc-sincos}
706 [@code{sincos}].@refill
707
708 @node Demonstration of Calc, Using Calc, Notations Used in This Manual, Getting Started
709 @section A Demonstration of Calc
710
711 @noindent
712 @cindex Demonstration of Calc
713 This section will show some typical small problems being solved with
714 Calc. The focus is more on demonstration than explanation, but
715 everything you see here will be covered more thoroughly in the
716 Tutorial.
717
718 To begin, start Emacs if necessary (usually the command @code{emacs}
719 does this), and type @kbd{M-# c} (or @kbd{ESC # c}) to start the
720 Calculator. (@xref{Starting Calc}, if this doesn't work for you.)
721
722 Be sure to type all the sample input exactly, especially noting the
723 difference between lower-case and upper-case letters. Remember,
724 @kbd{RET}, @kbd{TAB}, @kbd{DEL}, and @kbd{SPC} are the Return, Tab,
725 Delete, and Space keys.
726
727 @strong{RPN calculation.} In RPN, you type the input number(s) first,
728 then the command to operate on the numbers.
729
730 @noindent
731 Type @kbd{2 RET 3 + Q} to compute @c{$\sqrt{2+3} = 2.2360679775$}
732 @asis{the square root of 2+3, which is 2.2360679775}.
733
734 @noindent
735 Type @kbd{P 2 ^} to compute @c{$\pi^2 = 9.86960440109$}
736 @asis{the value of `pi' squared, 9.86960440109}.
737
738 @noindent
739 Type @kbd{TAB} to exchange the order of these two results.
740
741 @noindent
742 Type @kbd{- I H S} to subtract these results and compute the Inverse
743 Hyperbolic sine of the difference, 2.72996136574.
744
745 @noindent
746 Type @kbd{DEL} to erase this result.
747
748 @strong{Algebraic calculation.} You can also enter calculations using
749 conventional ``algebraic'' notation. To enter an algebraic formula,
750 use the apostrophe key.
751
752 @noindent
753 Type @kbd{' sqrt(2+3) RET} to compute @c{$\sqrt{2+3}$}
754 @asis{the square root of 2+3}.
755
756 @noindent
757 Type @kbd{' pi^2 RET} to enter @c{$\pi^2$}
758 @asis{`pi' squared}. To evaluate this symbolic
759 formula as a number, type @kbd{=}.
760
761 @noindent
762 Type @kbd{' arcsinh($ - $$) RET} to subtract the second-most-recent
763 result from the most-recent and compute the Inverse Hyperbolic sine.
764
765 @strong{Keypad mode.} If you are using the X window system, press
766 @w{@kbd{M-# k}} to get Keypad mode. (If you don't use X, skip to
767 the next section.)
768
769 @noindent
770 Click on the @key{2}, @key{ENTER}, @key{3}, @key{+}, and @key{SQRT}
771 ``buttons'' using your left mouse button.
772
773 @noindent
774 Click on @key{PI}, @key{2}, and @t{y^x}.
775
776 @noindent
777 Click on @key{INV}, then @key{ENTER} to swap the two results.
778
779 @noindent
780 Click on @key{-}, @key{INV}, @key{HYP}, and @key{SIN}.
781
782 @noindent
783 Click on @key{<-} to erase the result, then click @key{OFF} to turn
784 the Keypad Calculator off.
785
786 @strong{Grabbing data.} Type @kbd{M-# x} if necessary to exit Calc.
787 Now select the following numbers as an Emacs region: ``Mark'' the
788 front of the list by typing control-@kbd{SPC} or control-@kbd{@@} there,
789 then move to the other end of the list. (Either get this list from
790 the on-line copy of this manual, accessed by @w{@kbd{M-# i}}, or just
791 type these numbers into a scratch file.) Now type @kbd{M-# g} to
792 ``grab'' these numbers into Calc.
793
794 @group
795 @example
796 1.23 1.97
797 1.6 2
798 1.19 1.08
799 @end example
800 @end group
801
802 @noindent
803 The result @samp{[1.23, 1.97, 1.6, 2, 1.19, 1.08]} is a Calc ``vector.''
804 Type @w{@kbd{V R +}} to compute the sum of these numbers.
805
806 @noindent
807 Type @kbd{U} to Undo this command, then type @kbd{V R *} to compute
808 the product of the numbers.
809
810 @noindent
811 You can also grab data as a rectangular matrix. Place the cursor on
812 the upper-leftmost @samp{1} and set the mark, then move to just after
813 the lower-right @samp{8} and press @kbd{M-# r}.
814
815 @noindent
816 Type @kbd{v t} to transpose this @c{$3\times2$}
817 @asis{3x2} matrix into a @c{$2\times3$}
818 @asis{2x3} matrix. Type
819 @w{@kbd{v u}} to unpack the rows into two separate vectors. Now type
820 @w{@kbd{V R + TAB V R +}} to compute the sums of the two original columns.
821 (There is also a special grab-and-sum-columns command, @kbd{M-# :}.)
822
823 @strong{Units conversion.} Units are entered algebraically.
824 Type @w{@kbd{' 43 mi/hr RET}} to enter the quantity 43 miles-per-hour.
825 Type @w{@kbd{u c km/hr RET}}. Type @w{@kbd{u c m/s RET}}.
826
827 @strong{Date arithmetic.} Type @kbd{t N} to get the current date and
828 time. Type @kbd{90 +} to find the date 90 days from now. Type
829 @kbd{' <25 dec 87> RET} to enter a date, then @kbd{- 7 /} to see how
830 many weeks have passed since then.
831
832 @strong{Algebra.} Algebraic entries can also include formulas
833 or equations involving variables. Type @kbd{@w{' [x + y} = a, x y = 1] RET}
834 to enter a pair of equations involving three variables.
835 (Note the leading apostrophe in this example; also, note that the space
836 between @samp{x y} is required.) Type @w{@kbd{a S x,y RET}} to solve
837 these equations for the variables @cite{x} and @cite{y}.@refill
838
839 @noindent
840 Type @kbd{d B} to view the solutions in more readable notation.
841 Type @w{@kbd{d C}} to view them in C language notation, and @kbd{d T}
842 to view them in the notation for the @TeX{} typesetting system.
843 Type @kbd{d N} to return to normal notation.
844
845 @noindent
846 Type @kbd{7.5}, then @kbd{s l a RET} to let @cite{a = 7.5} in these formulas.
847 (That's a letter @kbd{l}, not a numeral @kbd{1}.)
848
849 @iftex
850 @strong{Help functions.} You can read about any command in the on-line
851 manual. Type @kbd{M-# c} to return to Calc after each of these
852 commands: @kbd{h k t N} to read about the @kbd{t N} command,
853 @kbd{h f sqrt RET} to read about the @code{sqrt} function, and
854 @kbd{h s} to read the Calc summary.
855 @end iftex
856 @ifinfo
857 @strong{Help functions.} You can read about any command in the on-line
858 manual. Remember to type the letter @kbd{l}, then @kbd{M-# c}, to
859 return here after each of these commands: @w{@kbd{h k t N}} to read
860 about the @w{@kbd{t N}} command, @kbd{h f sqrt RET} to read about the
861 @code{sqrt} function, and @kbd{h s} to read the Calc summary.
862 @end ifinfo
863
864 Press @kbd{DEL} repeatedly to remove any leftover results from the stack.
865 To exit from Calc, press @kbd{q} or @kbd{M-# c} again.
866
867 @node Using Calc, History and Acknowledgements, Demonstration of Calc, Getting Started
868 @section Using Calc
869
870 @noindent
871 Calc has several user interfaces that are specialized for
872 different kinds of tasks. As well as Calc's standard interface,
873 there are Quick Mode, Keypad Mode, and Embedded Mode.
874
875 @c [fix-ref Installation]
876 Calc must be @dfn{installed} before it can be used. @xref{Installation},
877 for instructions on setting up and installing Calc. We will assume
878 you or someone on your system has already installed Calc as described
879 there.
880
881 @menu
882 * Starting Calc::
883 * The Standard Interface::
884 * Quick Mode Overview::
885 * Keypad Mode Overview::
886 * Standalone Operation::
887 * Embedded Mode Overview::
888 * Other M-# Commands::
889 @end menu
890
891 @node Starting Calc, The Standard Interface, Using Calc, Using Calc
892 @subsection Starting Calc
893
894 @noindent
895 On most systems, you can type @kbd{M-#} to start the Calculator.
896 The notation @kbd{M-#} is short for Meta-@kbd{#}. On most
897 keyboards this means holding down the Meta (or Alt) and
898 Shift keys while typing @kbd{3}.
899
900 @cindex META key
901 Once again, if you don't have a Meta key on your keyboard you can type
902 @key{ESC} first, then @kbd{#}, to accomplish the same thing. If you
903 don't even have an @key{ESC} key, you can fake it by holding down
904 Control or @key{CTRL} while typing a left square bracket
905 (that's @kbd{C-[} in Emacs notation).@refill
906
907 @kbd{M-#} is a @dfn{prefix key}; when you press it, Emacs waits for
908 you to press a second key to complete the command. In this case,
909 you will follow @kbd{M-#} with a letter (upper- or lower-case, it
910 doesn't matter for @kbd{M-#}) that says which Calc interface you
911 want to use.
912
913 To get Calc's standard interface, type @kbd{M-# c}. To get
914 Keypad Mode, type @kbd{M-# k}. Type @kbd{M-# ?} to get a brief
915 list of the available options, and type a second @kbd{?} to get
916 a complete list.
917
918 To ease typing, @kbd{M-# M-#} (or @kbd{M-# #} if that's easier)
919 also works to start Calc. It starts the same interface (either
920 @kbd{M-# c} or @w{@kbd{M-# k}}) that you last used, selecting the
921 @kbd{M-# c} interface by default. (If your installation has
922 a special function key set up to act like @kbd{M-#}, hitting that
923 function key twice is just like hitting @kbd{M-# M-#}.)
924
925 If @kbd{M-#} doesn't work for you, you can always type explicit
926 commands like @kbd{M-x calc} (for the standard user interface) or
927 @w{@kbd{M-x calc-keypad}} (for Keypad Mode). First type @kbd{M-x}
928 (that's Meta with the letter @kbd{x}), then, at the prompt,
929 type the full command (like @kbd{calc-keypad}) and press Return.
930
931 If you type @kbd{M-x calc} and Emacs still doesn't recognize the
932 command (it will say @samp{[No match]} when you try to press
933 @key{RET}), then Calc has not been properly installed.
934
935 The same commands (like @kbd{M-# c} or @kbd{M-# M-#}) that start
936 the Calculator also turn it off if it is already on.
937
938 @node The Standard Interface, Quick Mode Overview, Starting Calc, Using Calc
939 @subsection The Standard Calc Interface
940
941 @noindent
942 @cindex Standard user interface
943 Calc's standard interface acts like a traditional RPN calculator,
944 operated by the normal Emacs keyboard. When you type @kbd{M-# c}
945 to start the Calculator, the Emacs screen splits into two windows
946 with the file you were editing on top and Calc on the bottom.
947
948 @group
949 @iftex
950 @advance@hsize20pt
951 @end iftex
952 @smallexample
953
954 ...
955 --**-Emacs: myfile (Fundamental)----All----------------------
956 --- Emacs Calculator Mode --- |Emacs Calc Mode v2.00...
957 2: 17.3 | 17.3
958 1: -5 | 3
959 . | 2
960 | 4
961 | * 8
962 | ->-5
963 |
964 --%%-Calc: 12 Deg (Calculator)----All----- --%%-Emacs: *Calc Trail*
965 @end smallexample
966 @end group
967
968 In this figure, the mode-line for @file{myfile} has moved up and the
969 ``Calculator'' window has appeared below it. As you can see, Calc
970 actually makes two windows side-by-side. The lefthand one is
971 called the @dfn{stack window} and the righthand one is called the
972 @dfn{trail window.} The stack holds the numbers involved in the
973 calculation you are currently performing. The trail holds a complete
974 record of all calculations you have done. In a desk calculator with
975 a printer, the trail corresponds to the paper tape that records what
976 you do.
977
978 In this case, the trail shows that four numbers (17.3, 3, 2, and 4)
979 were first entered into the Calculator, then the 2 and 4 were
980 multiplied to get 8, then the 3 and 8 were subtracted to get @i{-5}.
981 (The @samp{>} symbol shows that this was the most recent calculation.)
982 The net result is the two numbers 17.3 and @i{-5} sitting on the stack.
983
984 Most Calculator commands deal explicitly with the stack only, but
985 there is a set of commands that allow you to search back through
986 the trail and retrieve any previous result.
987
988 Calc commands use the digits, letters, and punctuation keys.
989 Shifted (i.e., upper-case) letters are different from lowercase
990 letters. Some letters are @dfn{prefix} keys that begin two-letter
991 commands. For example, @kbd{e} means ``enter exponent'' and shifted
992 @kbd{E} means @cite{e^x}. With the @kbd{d} (``display modes'') prefix
993 the letter ``e'' takes on very different meanings: @kbd{d e} means
994 ``engineering notation'' and @kbd{d E} means ``@dfn{eqn} language mode.''
995
996 There is nothing stopping you from switching out of the Calc
997 window and back into your editing window, say by using the Emacs
998 @w{@kbd{C-x o}} (@code{other-window}) command. When the cursor is
999 inside a regular window, Emacs acts just like normal. When the
1000 cursor is in the Calc stack or trail windows, keys are interpreted
1001 as Calc commands.
1002
1003 When you quit by pressing @kbd{M-# c} a second time, the Calculator
1004 windows go away but the actual Stack and Trail are not gone, just
1005 hidden. When you press @kbd{M-# c} once again you will get the
1006 same stack and trail contents you had when you last used the
1007 Calculator.
1008
1009 The Calculator does not remember its state between Emacs sessions.
1010 Thus if you quit Emacs and start it again, @kbd{M-# c} will give you
1011 a fresh stack and trail. There is a command (@kbd{m m}) that lets
1012 you save your favorite mode settings between sessions, though.
1013 One of the things it saves is which user interface (standard or
1014 Keypad) you last used; otherwise, a freshly started Emacs will
1015 always treat @kbd{M-# M-#} the same as @kbd{M-# c}.
1016
1017 The @kbd{q} key is another equivalent way to turn the Calculator off.
1018
1019 If you type @kbd{M-# b} first and then @kbd{M-# c}, you get a
1020 full-screen version of Calc (@code{full-calc}) in which the stack and
1021 trail windows are still side-by-side but are now as tall as the whole
1022 Emacs screen. When you press @kbd{q} or @kbd{M-# c} again to quit,
1023 the file you were editing before reappears. The @kbd{M-# b} key
1024 switches back and forth between ``big'' full-screen mode and the
1025 normal partial-screen mode.
1026
1027 Finally, @kbd{M-# o} (@code{calc-other-window}) is like @kbd{M-# c}
1028 except that the Calc window is not selected. The buffer you were
1029 editing before remains selected instead. @kbd{M-# o} is a handy
1030 way to switch out of Calc momentarily to edit your file; type
1031 @kbd{M-# c} to switch back into Calc when you are done.
1032
1033 @node Quick Mode Overview, Keypad Mode Overview, The Standard Interface, Using Calc
1034 @subsection Quick Mode (Overview)
1035
1036 @noindent
1037 @dfn{Quick Mode} is a quick way to use Calc when you don't need the
1038 full complexity of the stack and trail. To use it, type @kbd{M-# q}
1039 (@code{quick-calc}) in any regular editing buffer.
1040
1041 Quick Mode is very simple: It prompts you to type any formula in
1042 standard algebraic notation (like @samp{4 - 2/3}) and then displays
1043 the result at the bottom of the Emacs screen (@i{3.33333333333}
1044 in this case). You are then back in the same editing buffer you
1045 were in before, ready to continue editing or to type @kbd{M-# q}
1046 again to do another quick calculation. The result of the calculation
1047 will also be in the Emacs ``kill ring'' so that a @kbd{C-y} command
1048 at this point will yank the result into your editing buffer.
1049
1050 Calc mode settings affect Quick Mode, too, though you will have to
1051 go into regular Calc (with @kbd{M-# c}) to change the mode settings.
1052
1053 @c [fix-ref Quick Calculator mode]
1054 @xref{Quick Calculator}, for further information.
1055
1056 @node Keypad Mode Overview, Standalone Operation, Quick Mode Overview, Using Calc
1057 @subsection Keypad Mode (Overview)
1058
1059 @noindent
1060 @dfn{Keypad Mode} is a mouse-based interface to the Calculator.
1061 It is designed for use with the X window system. If you don't
1062 have X, you will have to operate keypad mode with your arrow
1063 keys (which is probably more trouble than it's worth). Keypad
1064 mode is currently not supported under Emacs 19.
1065
1066 Type @kbd{M-# k} to turn Keypad Mode on or off. Once again you
1067 get two new windows, this time on the righthand side of the screen
1068 instead of at the bottom. The upper window is the familiar Calc
1069 Stack; the lower window is a picture of a typical calculator keypad.
1070
1071 @tex
1072 \dimen0=\pagetotal%
1073 \advance \dimen0 by 24\baselineskip%
1074 \ifdim \dimen0>\pagegoal \vfill\eject \fi%
1075 \medskip
1076 @end tex
1077 @smallexample
1078 |--- Emacs Calculator Mode ---
1079 |2: 17.3
1080 |1: -5
1081 | .
1082 |--%%-Calc: 12 Deg (Calcul
1083 |----+-----Calc 2.00-----+----1
1084 |FLR |CEIL|RND |TRNC|CLN2|FLT |
1085 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
1086 | LN |EXP | |ABS |IDIV|MOD |
1087 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
1088 |SIN |COS |TAN |SQRT|y^x |1/x |
1089 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
1090 | ENTER |+/- |EEX |UNDO| <- |
1091 |-----+---+-+--+--+-+---++----|
1092 | INV | 7 | 8 | 9 | / |
1093 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
1094 | HYP | 4 | 5 | 6 | * |
1095 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
1096 |EXEC | 1 | 2 | 3 | - |
1097 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
1098 | OFF | 0 | . | PI | + |
1099 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
1100 @end smallexample
1101 @iftex
1102 @begingroup
1103 @ifdim@hsize=5in
1104 @vskip-3.7in
1105 @advance@hsize-2.2in
1106 @else
1107 @vskip-3.89in
1108 @advance@hsize-3.05in
1109 @advance@vsize.1in
1110 @fi
1111 @end iftex
1112
1113 Keypad Mode is much easier for beginners to learn, because there
1114 is no need to memorize lots of obscure key sequences. But not all
1115 commands in regular Calc are available on the Keypad. You can
1116 always switch the cursor into the Calc stack window to use
1117 standard Calc commands if you need. Serious Calc users, though,
1118 often find they prefer the standard interface over Keypad Mode.
1119
1120 To operate the Calculator, just click on the ``buttons'' of the
1121 keypad using your left mouse button. To enter the two numbers
1122 shown here you would click @w{@kbd{1 7 .@: 3 ENTER 5 +/- ENTER}}; to
1123 add them together you would then click @kbd{+} (to get 12.3 on
1124 the stack).
1125
1126 If you click the right mouse button, the top three rows of the
1127 keypad change to show other sets of commands, such as advanced
1128 math functions, vector operations, and operations on binary
1129 numbers.
1130
1131 @iftex
1132 @endgroup
1133 @end iftex
1134 Because Keypad Mode doesn't use the regular keyboard, Calc leaves
1135 the cursor in your original editing buffer. You can type in
1136 this buffer in the usual way while also clicking on the Calculator
1137 keypad. One advantage of Keypad Mode is that you don't need an
1138 explicit command to switch between editing and calculating.
1139
1140 If you press @kbd{M-# b} first, you get a full-screen Keypad Mode
1141 (@code{full-calc-keypad}) with three windows: The keypad in the lower
1142 left, the stack in the lower right, and the trail on top.
1143
1144 @c [fix-ref Keypad Mode]
1145 @xref{Keypad Mode}, for further information.
1146
1147 @node Standalone Operation, Embedded Mode Overview, Keypad Mode Overview, Using Calc
1148 @subsection Standalone Operation
1149
1150 @noindent
1151 @cindex Standalone Operation
1152 If you are not in Emacs at the moment but you wish to use Calc,
1153 you must start Emacs first. If all you want is to run Calc, you
1154 can give the commands:
1155
1156 @example
1157 emacs -f full-calc
1158 @end example
1159
1160 @noindent
1161 or
1162
1163 @example
1164 emacs -f full-calc-keypad
1165 @end example
1166
1167 @noindent
1168 which run a full-screen Calculator (as if by @kbd{M-# b M-# c}) or
1169 a full-screen X-based Calculator (as if by @kbd{M-# b M-# k}).
1170 In standalone operation, quitting the Calculator (by pressing
1171 @kbd{q} or clicking on the keypad @key{EXIT} button) quits Emacs
1172 itself.
1173
1174 @node Embedded Mode Overview, Other M-# Commands, Standalone Operation, Using Calc
1175 @subsection Embedded Mode (Overview)
1176
1177 @noindent
1178 @dfn{Embedded Mode} is a way to use Calc directly from inside an
1179 editing buffer. Suppose you have a formula written as part of a
1180 document like this:
1181
1182 @group
1183 @smallexample
1184 The derivative of
1185
1186 ln(ln(x))
1187
1188 is
1189 @end smallexample
1190 @end group
1191
1192 @noindent
1193 and you wish to have Calc compute and format the derivative for
1194 you and store this derivative in the buffer automatically. To
1195 do this with Embedded Mode, first copy the formula down to where
1196 you want the result to be:
1197
1198 @group
1199 @smallexample
1200 The derivative of
1201
1202 ln(ln(x))
1203
1204 is
1205
1206 ln(ln(x))
1207 @end smallexample
1208 @end group
1209
1210 Now, move the cursor onto this new formula and press @kbd{M-# e}.
1211 Calc will read the formula (using the surrounding blank lines to
1212 tell how much text to read), then push this formula (invisibly)
1213 onto the Calc stack. The cursor will stay on the formula in the
1214 editing buffer, but the buffer's mode line will change to look
1215 like the Calc mode line (with mode indicators like @samp{12 Deg}
1216 and so on). Even though you are still in your editing buffer,
1217 the keyboard now acts like the Calc keyboard, and any new result
1218 you get is copied from the stack back into the buffer. To take
1219 the derivative, you would type @kbd{a d x @key{RET}}.
1220
1221 @group
1222 @smallexample
1223 The derivative of
1224
1225 ln(ln(x))
1226
1227 is
1228
1229 1 / ln(x) x
1230 @end smallexample
1231 @end group
1232
1233 To make this look nicer, you might want to press @kbd{d =} to center
1234 the formula, and even @kbd{d B} to use ``big'' display mode.
1235
1236 @group
1237 @smallexample
1238 The derivative of
1239
1240 ln(ln(x))
1241
1242 is
1243 % [calc-mode: justify: center]
1244 % [calc-mode: language: big]
1245
1246 1
1247 -------
1248 ln(x) x
1249 @end smallexample
1250 @end group
1251
1252 Calc has added annotations to the file to help it remember the modes
1253 that were used for this formula. They are formatted like comments
1254 in the @TeX{} typesetting language, just in case you are using @TeX{}.
1255 (In this example @TeX{} is not being used, so you might want to move
1256 these comments up to the top of the file or otherwise put them out
1257 of the way.)
1258
1259 As an extra flourish, we can add an equation number using a
1260 righthand label: Type @kbd{d @} (1) RET}.
1261
1262 @group
1263 @smallexample
1264 % [calc-mode: justify: center]
1265 % [calc-mode: language: big]
1266 % [calc-mode: right-label: " (1)"]
1267
1268 1
1269 ------- (1)
1270 ln(x) x
1271 @end smallexample
1272 @end group
1273
1274 To leave Embedded Mode, type @kbd{M-# e} again. The mode line
1275 and keyboard will revert to the way they were before. (If you have
1276 actually been trying this as you read along, you'll want to press
1277 @kbd{M-# 0} [with the digit zero] now to reset the modes you changed.)
1278
1279 The related command @kbd{M-# w} operates on a single word, which
1280 generally means a single number, inside text. It uses any
1281 non-numeric characters rather than blank lines to delimit the
1282 formula it reads. Here's an example of its use:
1283
1284 @smallexample
1285 A slope of one-third corresponds to an angle of 1 degrees.
1286 @end smallexample
1287
1288 Place the cursor on the @samp{1}, then type @kbd{M-# w} to enable
1289 Embedded Mode on that number. Now type @kbd{3 /} (to get one-third),
1290 and @kbd{I T} (the Inverse Tangent converts a slope into an angle),
1291 then @w{@kbd{M-# w}} again to exit Embedded mode.
1292
1293 @smallexample
1294 A slope of one-third corresponds to an angle of 18.4349488229 degrees.
1295 @end smallexample
1296
1297 @c [fix-ref Embedded Mode]
1298 @xref{Embedded Mode}, for full details.
1299
1300 @node Other M-# Commands, , Embedded Mode Overview, Using Calc
1301 @subsection Other @kbd{M-#} Commands
1302
1303 @noindent
1304 Two more Calc-related commands are @kbd{M-# g} and @kbd{M-# r},
1305 which ``grab'' data from a selected region of a buffer into the
1306 Calculator. The region is defined in the usual Emacs way, by
1307 a ``mark'' placed at one end of the region, and the Emacs
1308 cursor or ``point'' placed at the other.
1309
1310 The @kbd{M-# g} command reads the region in the usual left-to-right,
1311 top-to-bottom order. The result is packaged into a Calc vector
1312 of numbers and placed on the stack. Calc (in its standard
1313 user interface) is then started. Type @kbd{v u} if you want
1314 to unpack this vector into separate numbers on the stack. Also,
1315 @kbd{C-u M-# g} interprets the region as a single number or
1316 formula.
1317
1318 The @kbd{M-# r} command reads a rectangle, with the point and
1319 mark defining opposite corners of the rectangle. The result
1320 is a matrix of numbers on the Calculator stack.
1321
1322 Complementary to these is @kbd{M-# y}, which ``yanks'' the
1323 value at the top of the Calc stack back into an editing buffer.
1324 If you type @w{@kbd{M-# y}} while in such a buffer, the value is
1325 yanked at the current position. If you type @kbd{M-# y} while
1326 in the Calc buffer, Calc makes an educated guess as to which
1327 editing buffer you want to use. The Calc window does not have
1328 to be visible in order to use this command, as long as there
1329 is something on the Calc stack.
1330
1331 Here, for reference, is the complete list of @kbd{M-#} commands.
1332 The shift, control, and meta keys are ignored for the keystroke
1333 following @kbd{M-#}.
1334
1335 @noindent
1336 Commands for turning Calc on and off:
1337
1338 @table @kbd
1339 @item #
1340 Turn Calc on or off, employing the same user interface as last time.
1341
1342 @item C
1343 Turn Calc on or off using its standard bottom-of-the-screen
1344 interface. If Calc is already turned on but the cursor is not
1345 in the Calc window, move the cursor into the window.
1346
1347 @item O
1348 Same as @kbd{C}, but don't select the new Calc window. If
1349 Calc is already turned on and the cursor is in the Calc window,
1350 move it out of that window.
1351
1352 @item B
1353 Control whether @kbd{M-# c} and @kbd{M-# k} use the full screen.
1354
1355 @item Q
1356 Use Quick Mode for a single short calculation.
1357
1358 @item K
1359 Turn Calc Keypad mode on or off.
1360
1361 @item E
1362 Turn Calc Embedded mode on or off at the current formula.
1363
1364 @item J
1365 Turn Calc Embedded mode on or off, select the interesting part.
1366
1367 @item W
1368 Turn Calc Embedded mode on or off at the current word (number).
1369
1370 @item Z
1371 Turn Calc on in a user-defined way, as defined by a @kbd{Z I} command.
1372
1373 @item X
1374 Quit Calc; turn off standard, Keypad, or Embedded mode if on.
1375 (This is like @kbd{q} or @key{OFF} inside of Calc.)
1376 @end table
1377 @iftex
1378 @sp 2
1379 @end iftex
1380
1381 @group
1382 @noindent
1383 Commands for moving data into and out of the Calculator:
1384
1385 @table @kbd
1386 @item G
1387 Grab the region into the Calculator as a vector.
1388
1389 @item R
1390 Grab the rectangular region into the Calculator as a matrix.
1391
1392 @item :
1393 Grab the rectangular region and compute the sums of its columns.
1394
1395 @item _
1396 Grab the rectangular region and compute the sums of its rows.
1397
1398 @item Y
1399 Yank a value from the Calculator into the current editing buffer.
1400 @end table
1401 @iftex
1402 @sp 2
1403 @end iftex
1404 @end group
1405
1406 @group
1407 @noindent
1408 Commands for use with Embedded Mode:
1409
1410 @table @kbd
1411 @item A
1412 ``Activate'' the current buffer. Locate all formulas that
1413 contain @samp{:=} or @samp{=>} symbols and record their locations
1414 so that they can be updated automatically as variables are changed.
1415
1416 @item D
1417 Duplicate the current formula immediately below and select
1418 the duplicate.
1419
1420 @item F
1421 Insert a new formula at the current point.
1422
1423 @item N
1424 Move the cursor to the next active formula in the buffer.
1425
1426 @item P
1427 Move the cursor to the previous active formula in the buffer.
1428
1429 @item U
1430 Update (i.e., as if by the @kbd{=} key) the formula at the current point.
1431
1432 @item `
1433 Edit (as if by @code{calc-edit}) the formula at the current point.
1434 @end table
1435 @iftex
1436 @sp 2
1437 @end iftex
1438 @end group
1439
1440 @group
1441 @noindent
1442 Miscellaneous commands:
1443
1444 @table @kbd
1445 @item I
1446 Run the Emacs Info system to read the Calc manual.
1447 (This is the same as @kbd{h i} inside of Calc.)
1448
1449 @item T
1450 Run the Emacs Info system to read the Calc Tutorial.
1451
1452 @item S
1453 Run the Emacs Info system to read the Calc Summary.
1454
1455 @item L
1456 Load Calc entirely into memory. (Normally the various parts
1457 are loaded only as they are needed.)
1458
1459 @item M
1460 Read a region of written keystroke names (like @samp{C-n a b c RET})
1461 and record them as the current keyboard macro.
1462
1463 @item 0
1464 (This is the ``zero'' digit key.) Reset the Calculator to
1465 its default state: Empty stack, and default mode settings.
1466 With any prefix argument, reset everything but the stack.
1467 @end table
1468 @end group
1469
1470 @node History and Acknowledgements, , Using Calc, Getting Started
1471 @section History and Acknowledgements
1472
1473 @noindent
1474 Calc was originally started as a two-week project to occupy a lull
1475 in the author's schedule. Basically, a friend asked if I remembered
1476 the value of @c{$2^{32}$}
1477 @cite{2^32}. I didn't offhand, but I said, ``that's
1478 easy, just call up an @code{xcalc}.'' @code{Xcalc} duly reported
1479 that the answer to our question was @samp{4.294967e+09}---with no way to
1480 see the full ten digits even though we knew they were there in the
1481 program's memory! I was so annoyed, I vowed to write a calculator
1482 of my own, once and for all.
1483
1484 I chose Emacs Lisp, a) because I had always been curious about it
1485 and b) because, being only a text editor extension language after
1486 all, Emacs Lisp would surely reach its limits long before the project
1487 got too far out of hand.
1488
1489 To make a long story short, Emacs Lisp turned out to be a distressingly
1490 solid implementation of Lisp, and the humble task of calculating
1491 turned out to be more open-ended than one might have expected.
1492
1493 Emacs Lisp doesn't have built-in floating point math, so it had to be
1494 simulated in software. In fact, Emacs integers will only comfortably
1495 fit six decimal digits or so---not enough for a decent calculator. So
1496 I had to write my own high-precision integer code as well, and once I had
1497 this I figured that arbitrary-size integers were just as easy as large
1498 integers. Arbitrary floating-point precision was the logical next step.
1499 Also, since the large integer arithmetic was there anyway it seemed only
1500 fair to give the user direct access to it, which in turn made it practical
1501 to support fractions as well as floats. All these features inspired me
1502 to look around for other data types that might be worth having.
1503
1504 Around this time, my friend Rick Koshi showed me his nifty new HP-28
1505 calculator. It allowed the user to manipulate formulas as well as
1506 numerical quantities, and it could also operate on matrices. I decided
1507 that these would be good for Calc to have, too. And once things had
1508 gone this far, I figured I might as well take a look at serious algebra
1509 systems like Mathematica, Macsyma, and Maple for further ideas. Since
1510 these systems did far more than I could ever hope to implement, I decided
1511 to focus on rewrite rules and other programming features so that users
1512 could implement what they needed for themselves.
1513
1514 Rick complained that matrices were hard to read, so I put in code to
1515 format them in a 2D style. Once these routines were in place, Big mode
1516 was obligatory. Gee, what other language modes would be useful?
1517
1518 Scott Hemphill and Allen Knutson, two friends with a strong mathematical
1519 bent, contributed ideas and algorithms for a number of Calc features
1520 including modulo forms, primality testing, and float-to-fraction conversion.
1521
1522 Units were added at the eager insistence of Mass Sivilotti. Later,
1523 Ulrich Mueller at CERN and Przemek Klosowski at NIST provided invaluable
1524 expert assistance with the units table. As far as I can remember, the
1525 idea of using algebraic formulas and variables to represent units dates
1526 back to an ancient article in Byte magazine about muMath, an early
1527 algebra system for microcomputers.
1528
1529 Many people have contributed to Calc by reporting bugs and suggesting
1530 features, large and small. A few deserve special mention: Tim Peters,
1531 who helped develop the ideas that led to the selection commands, rewrite
1532 rules, and many other algebra features; @c{Fran\c cois}
1533 @asis{Francois} Pinard, who contributed
1534 an early prototype of the Calc Summary appendix as well as providing
1535 valuable suggestions in many other areas of Calc; Carl Witty, whose eagle
1536 eyes discovered many typographical and factual errors in the Calc manual;
1537 Tim Kay, who drove the development of Embedded mode; Ove Ewerlid, who
1538 made many suggestions relating to the algebra commands and contributed
1539 some code for polynomial operations; Randal Schwartz, who suggested the
1540 @code{calc-eval} function; Robert J. Chassell, who suggested the Calc
1541 Tutorial and exercises; and Juha Sarlin, who first worked out how to split
1542 Calc into quickly-loading parts. Bob Weiner helped immensely with the
1543 Lucid Emacs port.
1544
1545 @cindex Bibliography
1546 @cindex Knuth, Art of Computer Programming
1547 @cindex Numerical Recipes
1548 @c Should these be expanded into more complete references?
1549 Among the books used in the development of Calc were Knuth's @emph{Art
1550 of Computer Programming} (especially volume II, @emph{Seminumerical
1551 Algorithms}); @emph{Numerical Recipes} by Press, Flannery, Teukolsky,
1552 and Vetterling; Bevington's @emph{Data Reduction and Error Analysis for
1553 the Physical Sciences}; @emph{Concrete Mathematics} by Graham, Knuth,
1554 and Patashnik; Steele's @emph{Common Lisp, the Language}; the @emph{CRC
1555 Standard Math Tables} (William H. Beyer, ed.); and Abramowitz and
1556 Stegun's venerable @emph{Handbook of Mathematical Functions}. I
1557 consulted the user's manuals for the HP-28 and HP-48 calculators, as
1558 well as for the programs Mathematica, SMP, Macsyma, Maple, MathCAD,
1559 Gnuplot, and others. Also, of course, Calc could not have been written
1560 without the excellent @emph{GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, by Bil
1561 Lewis and Dan LaLiberte.
1562
1563 Final thanks go to Richard Stallman, without whose fine implementations
1564 of the Emacs editor, language, and environment, Calc would have been
1565 finished in two weeks.
1566
1567 @c [tutorial]
1568
1569 @ifinfo
1570 @c This node is accessed by the `M-# t' command.
1571 @node Interactive Tutorial, , , Top
1572 @chapter Tutorial
1573
1574 @noindent
1575 Some brief instructions on using the Emacs Info system for this tutorial:
1576
1577 Press the space bar and Delete keys to go forward and backward in a
1578 section by screenfuls (or use the regular Emacs scrolling commands
1579 for this).
1580
1581 Press @kbd{n} or @kbd{p} to go to the Next or Previous section.
1582 If the section has a @dfn{menu}, press a digit key like @kbd{1}
1583 or @kbd{2} to go to a sub-section from the menu. Press @kbd{u} to
1584 go back up from a sub-section to the menu it is part of.
1585
1586 Exercises in the tutorial all have cross-references to the
1587 appropriate page of the ``answers'' section. Press @kbd{f}, then
1588 the exercise number, to see the answer to an exercise. After
1589 you have followed a cross-reference, you can press the letter
1590 @kbd{l} to return to where you were before.
1591
1592 You can press @kbd{?} at any time for a brief summary of Info commands.
1593
1594 Press @kbd{1} now to enter the first section of the Tutorial.
1595
1596 @menu
1597 * Tutorial::
1598 @end menu
1599 @end ifinfo
1600
1601 @node Tutorial, Introduction, Getting Started, Top
1602 @chapter Tutorial
1603
1604 @noindent
1605 This chapter explains how to use Calc and its many features, in
1606 a step-by-step, tutorial way. You are encouraged to run Calc and
1607 work along with the examples as you read (@pxref{Starting Calc}).
1608 If you are already familiar with advanced calculators, you may wish
1609 @c [not-split]
1610 to skip on to the rest of this manual.
1611 @c [when-split]
1612 @c to skip on to volume II of this manual, the @dfn{Calc Reference}.
1613
1614 @c [fix-ref Embedded Mode]
1615 This tutorial describes the standard user interface of Calc only.
1616 The ``Quick Mode'' and ``Keypad Mode'' interfaces are fairly
1617 self-explanatory. @xref{Embedded Mode}, for a description of
1618 the ``Embedded Mode'' interface.
1619
1620 @ifinfo
1621 The easiest way to read this tutorial on-line is to have two windows on
1622 your Emacs screen, one with Calc and one with the Info system. (If you
1623 have a printed copy of the manual you can use that instead.) Press
1624 @kbd{M-# c} to turn Calc on or to switch into the Calc window, and
1625 press @kbd{M-# i} to start the Info system or to switch into its window.
1626 Or, you may prefer to use the tutorial in printed form.
1627 @end ifinfo
1628 @iftex
1629 The easiest way to read this tutorial on-line is to have two windows on
1630 your Emacs screen, one with Calc and one with the Info system. (If you
1631 have a printed copy of the manual you can use that instead.) Press
1632 @kbd{M-# c} to turn Calc on or to switch into the Calc window, and
1633 press @kbd{M-# i} to start the Info system or to switch into its window.
1634 @end iftex
1635
1636 This tutorial is designed to be done in sequence. But the rest of this
1637 manual does not assume you have gone through the tutorial. The tutorial
1638 does not cover everything in the Calculator, but it touches on most
1639 general areas.
1640
1641 @ifinfo
1642 You may wish to print out a copy of the Calc Summary and keep notes on
1643 it as you learn Calc. @xref{Installation}, to see how to make a printed
1644 summary. @xref{Summary}.
1645 @end ifinfo
1646 @iftex
1647 The Calc Summary at the end of the reference manual includes some blank
1648 space for your own use. You may wish to keep notes there as you learn
1649 Calc.
1650 @end iftex
1651
1652 @menu
1653 * Basic Tutorial::
1654 * Arithmetic Tutorial::
1655 * Vector/Matrix Tutorial::
1656 * Types Tutorial::
1657 * Algebra Tutorial::
1658 * Programming Tutorial::
1659
1660 * Answers to Exercises::
1661 @end menu
1662
1663 @node Basic Tutorial, Arithmetic Tutorial, Tutorial, Tutorial
1664 @section Basic Tutorial
1665
1666 @noindent
1667 In this section, we learn how RPN and algebraic-style calculations
1668 work, how to undo and redo an operation done by mistake, and how
1669 to control various modes of the Calculator.
1670
1671 @menu
1672 * RPN Tutorial:: Basic operations with the stack.
1673 * Algebraic Tutorial:: Algebraic entry; variables.
1674 * Undo Tutorial:: If you make a mistake: Undo and the trail.
1675 * Modes Tutorial:: Common mode-setting commands.
1676 @end menu
1677
1678 @node RPN Tutorial, Algebraic Tutorial, Basic Tutorial, Basic Tutorial
1679 @subsection RPN Calculations and the Stack
1680
1681 @cindex RPN notation
1682 @ifinfo
1683 @noindent
1684 Calc normally uses RPN notation. You may be familiar with the RPN
1685 system from Hewlett-Packard calculators, FORTH, or PostScript.
1686 (Reverse Polish Notation, RPN, is named after the Polish mathematician
1687 Jan Lukasiewicz.)
1688 @end ifinfo
1689 @tex
1690 \noindent
1691 Calc normally uses RPN notation. You may be familiar with the RPN
1692 system from Hewlett-Packard calculators, FORTH, or PostScript.
1693 (Reverse Polish Notation, RPN, is named after the Polish mathematician
1694 Jan \L ukasiewicz.)
1695 @end tex
1696
1697 The central component of an RPN calculator is the @dfn{stack}. A
1698 calculator stack is like a stack of dishes. New dishes (numbers) are
1699 added at the top of the stack, and numbers are normally only removed
1700 from the top of the stack.
1701
1702 @cindex Operators
1703 @cindex Operands
1704 In an operation like @cite{2+3}, the 2 and 3 are called the @dfn{operands}
1705 and the @cite{+} is the @dfn{operator}. In an RPN calculator you always
1706 enter the operands first, then the operator. Each time you type a
1707 number, Calc adds or @dfn{pushes} it onto the top of the Stack.
1708 When you press an operator key like @kbd{+}, Calc @dfn{pops} the appropriate
1709 number of operands from the stack and pushes back the result.
1710
1711 Thus we could add the numbers 2 and 3 in an RPN calculator by typing:
1712 @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} +}. (The @key{RET} key, Return, corresponds to
1713 the @key{ENTER} key on traditional RPN calculators.) Try this now if
1714 you wish; type @kbd{M-# c} to switch into the Calc window (you can type
1715 @kbd{M-# c} again or @kbd{M-# o} to switch back to the Tutorial window).
1716 The first four keystrokes ``push'' the numbers 2 and 3 onto the stack.
1717 The @kbd{+} key ``pops'' the top two numbers from the stack, adds them,
1718 and pushes the result (5) back onto the stack. Here's how the stack
1719 will look at various points throughout the calculation:@refill
1720
1721 @group
1722 @smallexample
1723 . 1: 2 2: 2 1: 5 .
1724 . 1: 3 .
1725 .
1726
1727 M-# c 2 RET 3 RET + DEL
1728 @end smallexample
1729 @end group
1730
1731 The @samp{.} symbol is a marker that represents the top of the stack.
1732 Note that the ``top'' of the stack is really shown at the bottom of
1733 the Stack window. This may seem backwards, but it turns out to be
1734 less distracting in regular use.
1735
1736 @cindex Stack levels
1737 @cindex Levels of stack
1738 The numbers @samp{1:} and @samp{2:} on the left are @dfn{stack level
1739 numbers}. Old RPN calculators always had four stack levels called
1740 @cite{x}, @cite{y}, @cite{z}, and @cite{t}. Calc's stack can grow
1741 as large as you like, so it uses numbers instead of letters. Some
1742 stack-manipulation commands accept a numeric argument that says
1743 which stack level to work on. Normal commands like @kbd{+} always
1744 work on the top few levels of the stack.@refill
1745
1746 @c [fix-ref Truncating the Stack]
1747 The Stack buffer is just an Emacs buffer, and you can move around in
1748 it using the regular Emacs motion commands. But no matter where the
1749 cursor is, even if you have scrolled the @samp{.} marker out of
1750 view, most Calc commands always move the cursor back down to level 1
1751 before doing anything. It is possible to move the @samp{.} marker
1752 upwards through the stack, temporarily ``hiding'' some numbers from
1753 commands like @kbd{+}. This is called @dfn{stack truncation} and
1754 we will not cover it in this tutorial; @pxref{Truncating the Stack},
1755 if you are interested.
1756
1757 You don't really need the second @key{RET} in @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3
1758 @key{RET} +}. That's because if you type any operator name or
1759 other non-numeric key when you are entering a number, the Calculator
1760 automatically enters that number and then does the requested command.
1761 Thus @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 +} will work just as well.@refill
1762
1763 Examples in this tutorial will often omit @key{RET} even when the
1764 stack displays shown would only happen if you did press @key{RET}:
1765
1766 @group
1767 @smallexample
1768 1: 2 2: 2 1: 5
1769 . 1: 3 .
1770 .
1771
1772 2 RET 3 +
1773 @end smallexample
1774 @end group
1775
1776 @noindent
1777 Here, after pressing @kbd{3} the stack would really show @samp{1: 2}
1778 with @samp{Calc:@: 3} in the minibuffer. In these situations, you can
1779 press the optional @key{RET} to see the stack as the figure shows.
1780
1781 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} (This tutorial will include exercises
1782 at various points. Try them if you wish. Answers to all the exercises
1783 are located at the end of the Tutorial chapter. Each exercise will
1784 include a cross-reference to its particular answer. If you are
1785 reading with the Emacs Info system, press @kbd{f} and the
1786 exercise number to go to the answer, then the letter @kbd{l} to
1787 return to where you were.)
1788
1789 @noindent
1790 Here's the first exercise: What will the keystrokes @kbd{1 @key{RET} 2
1791 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 + * -} compute? (@samp{*} is the symbol for
1792 multiplication.) Figure it out by hand, then try it with Calc to see
1793 if you're right. @xref{RPN Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
1794
1795 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Compute @c{$(2\times4) + (7\times9.4) + {5\over4}$}
1796 @cite{2*4 + 7*9.5 + 5/4} using the
1797 stack. @xref{RPN Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
1798
1799 The @key{DEL} key is called Backspace on some keyboards. It is
1800 whatever key you would use to correct a simple typing error when
1801 regularly using Emacs. The @key{DEL} key pops and throws away the
1802 top value on the stack. (You can still get that value back from
1803 the Trail if you should need it later on.) There are many places
1804 in this tutorial where we assume you have used @key{DEL} to erase the
1805 results of the previous example at the beginning of a new example.
1806 In the few places where it is really important to use @key{DEL} to
1807 clear away old results, the text will remind you to do so.
1808
1809 (It won't hurt to let things accumulate on the stack, except that
1810 whenever you give a display-mode-changing command Calc will have to
1811 spend a long time reformatting such a large stack.)
1812
1813 Since the @kbd{-} key is also an operator (it subtracts the top two
1814 stack elements), how does one enter a negative number? Calc uses
1815 the @kbd{_} (underscore) key to act like the minus sign in a number.
1816 So, typing @kbd{-5 @key{RET}} won't work because the @kbd{-} key
1817 will try to do a subtraction, but @kbd{_5 @key{RET}} works just fine.
1818
1819 You can also press @kbd{n}, which means ``change sign.'' It changes
1820 the number at the top of the stack (or the number being entered)
1821 from positive to negative or vice-versa: @kbd{5 n @key{RET}}.
1822
1823 @cindex Duplicating a stack entry
1824 If you press @key{RET} when you're not entering a number, the effect
1825 is to duplicate the top number on the stack. Consider this calculation:
1826
1827 @group
1828 @smallexample
1829 1: 3 2: 3 1: 9 2: 9 1: 81
1830 . 1: 3 . 1: 9 .
1831 . .
1832
1833 3 RET RET * RET *
1834 @end smallexample
1835 @end group
1836
1837 @noindent
1838 (Of course, an easier way to do this would be @kbd{3 @key{RET} 4 ^},
1839 to raise 3 to the fourth power.)
1840
1841 The space-bar key (denoted @key{SPC} here) performs the same function
1842 as @key{RET}; you could replace all three occurrences of @key{RET} in
1843 the above example with @key{SPC} and the effect would be the same.
1844
1845 @cindex Exchanging stack entries
1846 Another stack manipulation key is @key{TAB}. This exchanges the top
1847 two stack entries. Suppose you have computed @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 +}
1848 to get 5, and then you realize what you really wanted to compute
1849 was @cite{20 / (2+3)}.
1850
1851 @group
1852 @smallexample
1853 1: 5 2: 5 2: 20 1: 4
1854 . 1: 20 1: 5 .
1855 . .
1856
1857 2 RET 3 + 20 TAB /
1858 @end smallexample
1859 @end group
1860
1861 @noindent
1862 Planning ahead, the calculation would have gone like this:
1863
1864 @group
1865 @smallexample
1866 1: 20 2: 20 3: 20 2: 20 1: 4
1867 . 1: 2 2: 2 1: 5 .
1868 . 1: 3 .
1869 .
1870
1871 20 RET 2 RET 3 + /
1872 @end smallexample
1873 @end group
1874
1875 A related stack command is @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} (hold @key{META} and type
1876 @key{TAB}). It rotates the top three elements of the stack upward,
1877 bringing the object in level 3 to the top.
1878
1879 @group
1880 @smallexample
1881 1: 10 2: 10 3: 10 3: 20 3: 30
1882 . 1: 20 2: 20 2: 30 2: 10
1883 . 1: 30 1: 10 1: 20
1884 . . .
1885
1886 10 RET 20 RET 30 RET M-TAB M-TAB
1887 @end smallexample
1888 @end group
1889
1890 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Suppose the numbers 10, 20, and 30 are
1891 on the stack. Figure out how to add one to the number in level 2
1892 without affecting the rest of the stack. Also figure out how to add
1893 one to the number in level 3. @xref{RPN Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
1894
1895 Operations like @kbd{+}, @kbd{-}, @kbd{*}, @kbd{/}, and @kbd{^} pop two
1896 arguments from the stack and push a result. Operations like @kbd{n} and
1897 @kbd{Q} (square root) pop a single number and push the result. You can
1898 think of them as simply operating on the top element of the stack.
1899
1900 @group
1901 @smallexample
1902 1: 3 1: 9 2: 9 1: 25 1: 5
1903 . . 1: 16 . .
1904 .
1905
1906 3 RET RET * 4 RET RET * + Q
1907 @end smallexample
1908 @end group
1909
1910 @noindent
1911 (Note that capital @kbd{Q} means to hold down the Shift key while
1912 typing @kbd{q}. Remember, plain unshifted @kbd{q} is the Quit command.)
1913
1914 @cindex Pythagorean Theorem
1915 Here we've used the Pythagorean Theorem to determine the hypotenuse of a
1916 right triangle. Calc actually has a built-in command for that called
1917 @kbd{f h}, but let's suppose we can't remember the necessary keystrokes.
1918 We can still enter it by its full name using @kbd{M-x} notation:
1919
1920 @group
1921 @smallexample
1922 1: 3 2: 3 1: 5
1923 . 1: 4 .
1924 .
1925
1926 3 RET 4 RET M-x calc-hypot
1927 @end smallexample
1928 @end group
1929
1930 All Calculator commands begin with the word @samp{calc-}. Since it
1931 gets tiring to type this, Calc provides an @kbd{x} key which is just
1932 like the regular Emacs @kbd{M-x} key except that it types the @samp{calc-}
1933 prefix for you:
1934
1935 @group
1936 @smallexample
1937 1: 3 2: 3 1: 5
1938 . 1: 4 .
1939 .
1940
1941 3 RET 4 RET x hypot
1942 @end smallexample
1943 @end group
1944
1945 What happens if you take the square root of a negative number?
1946
1947 @group
1948 @smallexample
1949 1: 4 1: -4 1: (0, 2)
1950 . . .
1951
1952 4 RET n Q
1953 @end smallexample
1954 @end group
1955
1956 @noindent
1957 The notation @cite{(a, b)} represents a complex number.
1958 Complex numbers are more traditionally written @c{$a + b i$}
1959 @cite{a + b i};
1960 Calc can display in this format, too, but for now we'll stick to the
1961 @cite{(a, b)} notation.
1962
1963 If you don't know how complex numbers work, you can safely ignore this
1964 feature. Complex numbers only arise from operations that would be
1965 errors in a calculator that didn't have complex numbers. (For example,
1966 taking the square root or logarithm of a negative number produces a
1967 complex result.)
1968
1969 Complex numbers are entered in the notation shown. The @kbd{(} and
1970 @kbd{,} and @kbd{)} keys manipulate ``incomplete complex numbers.''
1971
1972 @group
1973 @smallexample
1974 1: ( ... 2: ( ... 1: (2, ... 1: (2, ... 1: (2, 3)
1975 . 1: 2 . 3 .
1976 . .
1977
1978 ( 2 , 3 )
1979 @end smallexample
1980 @end group
1981
1982 You can perform calculations while entering parts of incomplete objects.
1983 However, an incomplete object cannot actually participate in a calculation:
1984
1985 @group
1986 @smallexample
1987 1: ( ... 2: ( ... 3: ( ... 1: ( ... 1: ( ...
1988 . 1: 2 2: 2 5 5
1989 . 1: 3 . .
1990 .
1991 (error)
1992 ( 2 RET 3 + +
1993 @end smallexample
1994 @end group
1995
1996 @noindent
1997 Adding 5 to an incomplete object makes no sense, so the last command
1998 produces an error message and leaves the stack the same.
1999
2000 Incomplete objects can't participate in arithmetic, but they can be
2001 moved around by the regular stack commands.
2002
2003 @group
2004 @smallexample
2005 2: 2 3: 2 3: 3 1: ( ... 1: (2, 3)
2006 1: 3 2: 3 2: ( ... 2 .
2007 . 1: ( ... 1: 2 3
2008 . . .
2009
2010 2 RET 3 RET ( M-TAB M-TAB )
2011 @end smallexample
2012 @end group
2013
2014 @noindent
2015 Note that the @kbd{,} (comma) key did not have to be used here.
2016 When you press @kbd{)} all the stack entries between the incomplete
2017 entry and the top are collected, so there's never really a reason
2018 to use the comma. It's up to you.
2019
2020 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} To enter the complex number @cite{(2, 3)},
2021 your friend Joe typed @kbd{( 2 , @key{SPC} 3 )}. What happened?
2022 (Joe thought of a clever way to correct his mistake in only two
2023 keystrokes, but it didn't quite work. Try it to find out why.)
2024 @xref{RPN Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
2025
2026 Vectors are entered the same way as complex numbers, but with square
2027 brackets in place of parentheses. We'll meet vectors again later in
2028 the tutorial.
2029
2030 Any Emacs command can be given a @dfn{numeric prefix argument} by
2031 typing a series of @key{META}-digits beforehand. If @key{META} is
2032 awkward for you, you can instead type @kbd{C-u} followed by the
2033 necessary digits. Numeric prefix arguments can be negative, as in
2034 @kbd{M-- M-3 M-5} or @w{@kbd{C-u - 3 5}}. Calc commands use numeric
2035 prefix arguments in a variety of ways. For example, a numeric prefix
2036 on the @kbd{+} operator adds any number of stack entries at once:
2037
2038 @group
2039 @smallexample
2040 1: 10 2: 10 3: 10 3: 10 1: 60
2041 . 1: 20 2: 20 2: 20 .
2042 . 1: 30 1: 30
2043 . .
2044
2045 10 RET 20 RET 30 RET C-u 3 +
2046 @end smallexample
2047 @end group
2048
2049 For stack manipulation commands like @key{RET}, a positive numeric
2050 prefix argument operates on the top @var{n} stack entries at once. A
2051 negative argument operates on the entry in level @var{n} only. An
2052 argument of zero operates on the entire stack. In this example, we copy
2053 the second-to-top element of the stack:
2054
2055 @group
2056 @smallexample
2057 1: 10 2: 10 3: 10 3: 10 4: 10
2058 . 1: 20 2: 20 2: 20 3: 20
2059 . 1: 30 1: 30 2: 30
2060 . . 1: 20
2061 .
2062
2063 10 RET 20 RET 30 RET C-u -2 RET
2064 @end smallexample
2065 @end group
2066
2067 @cindex Clearing the stack
2068 @cindex Emptying the stack
2069 Another common idiom is @kbd{M-0 DEL}, which clears the stack.
2070 (The @kbd{M-0} numeric prefix tells @key{DEL} to operate on the
2071 entire stack.)
2072
2073 @node Algebraic Tutorial, Undo Tutorial, RPN Tutorial, Basic Tutorial
2074 @subsection Algebraic-Style Calculations
2075
2076 @noindent
2077 If you are not used to RPN notation, you may prefer to operate the
2078 Calculator in ``algebraic mode,'' which is closer to the way
2079 non-RPN calculators work. In algebraic mode, you enter formulas
2080 in traditional @cite{2+3} notation.
2081
2082 You don't really need any special ``mode'' to enter algebraic formulas.
2083 You can enter a formula at any time by pressing the apostrophe (@kbd{'})
2084 key. Answer the prompt with the desired formula, then press @key{RET}.
2085 The formula is evaluated and the result is pushed onto the RPN stack.
2086 If you don't want to think in RPN at all, you can enter your whole
2087 computation as a formula, read the result from the stack, then press
2088 @key{DEL} to delete it from the stack.
2089
2090 Try pressing the apostrophe key, then @kbd{2+3+4}, then @key{RET}.
2091 The result should be the number 9.
2092
2093 Algebraic formulas use the operators @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*},
2094 @samp{/}, and @samp{^}. You can use parentheses to make the order
2095 of evaluation clear. In the absence of parentheses, @samp{^} is
2096 evaluated first, then @samp{*}, then @samp{/}, then finally
2097 @samp{+} and @samp{-}. For example, the expression
2098
2099 @example
2100 2 + 3*4*5 / 6*7^8 - 9
2101 @end example
2102
2103 @noindent
2104 is equivalent to
2105
2106 @example
2107 2 + ((3*4*5) / (6*(7^8)) - 9
2108 @end example
2109
2110 @noindent
2111 or, in large mathematical notation,
2112
2113 @ifinfo
2114 @group
2115 @example
2116 3 * 4 * 5
2117 2 + --------- - 9
2118 8
2119 6 * 7
2120 @end example
2121 @end group
2122 @end ifinfo
2123 @tex
2124 \turnoffactive
2125 \beforedisplay
2126 $$ 2 + { 3 \times 4 \times 5 \over 6 \times 7^8 } - 9 $$
2127 \afterdisplay
2128 @end tex
2129
2130 @noindent
2131 The result of this expression will be the number @i{-6.99999826533}.
2132
2133 Calc's order of evaluation is the same as for most computer languages,
2134 except that @samp{*} binds more strongly than @samp{/}, as the above
2135 example shows. As in normal mathematical notation, the @samp{*} symbol
2136 can often be omitted: @samp{2 a} is the same as @samp{2*a}.
2137
2138 Operators at the same level are evaluated from left to right, except
2139 that @samp{^} is evaluated from right to left. Thus, @samp{2-3-4} is
2140 equivalent to @samp{(2-3)-4} or @i{-5}, whereas @samp{2^3^4} is equivalent
2141 to @samp{2^(3^4)} (a very large integer; try it!).
2142
2143 If you tire of typing the apostrophe all the time, there is an
2144 ``algebraic mode'' you can select in which Calc automatically senses
2145 when you are about to type an algebraic expression. To enter this
2146 mode, press the two letters @w{@kbd{m a}}. (An @samp{Alg} indicator
2147 should appear in the Calc window's mode line.)
2148
2149 Press @kbd{m a}, then @kbd{2+3+4} with no apostrophe, then @key{RET}.
2150
2151 In algebraic mode, when you press any key that would normally begin
2152 entering a number (such as a digit, a decimal point, or the @kbd{_}
2153 key), or if you press @kbd{(} or @kbd{[}, Calc automatically begins
2154 an algebraic entry.
2155
2156 Functions which do not have operator symbols like @samp{+} and @samp{*}
2157 must be entered in formulas using function-call notation. For example,
2158 the function name corresponding to the square-root key @kbd{Q} is
2159 @code{sqrt}. To compute a square root in a formula, you would use
2160 the notation @samp{sqrt(@var{x})}.
2161
2162 Press the apostrophe, then type @kbd{sqrt(5*2) - 3}. The result should
2163 be @cite{0.16227766017}.
2164
2165 Note that if the formula begins with a function name, you need to use
2166 the apostrophe even if you are in algebraic mode. If you type @kbd{arcsin}
2167 out of the blue, the @kbd{a r} will be taken as an Algebraic Rewrite
2168 command, and the @kbd{csin} will be taken as the name of the rewrite
2169 rule to use!
2170
2171 Some people prefer to enter complex numbers and vectors in algebraic
2172 form because they find RPN entry with incomplete objects to be too
2173 distracting, even though they otherwise use Calc as an RPN calculator.
2174
2175 Still in algebraic mode, type:
2176
2177 @group
2178 @smallexample
2179 1: (2, 3) 2: (2, 3) 1: (8, -1) 2: (8, -1) 1: (9, -1)
2180 . 1: (1, -2) . 1: 1 .
2181 . .
2182
2183 (2,3) RET (1,-2) RET * 1 RET +
2184 @end smallexample
2185 @end group
2186
2187 Algebraic mode allows us to enter complex numbers without pressing
2188 an apostrophe first, but it also means we need to press @key{RET}
2189 after every entry, even for a simple number like @cite{1}.
2190
2191 (You can type @kbd{C-u m a} to enable a special ``incomplete algebraic
2192 mode'' in which the @kbd{(} and @kbd{[} keys use algebraic entry even
2193 though regular numeric keys still use RPN numeric entry. There is also
2194 a ``total algebraic mode,'' started by typing @kbd{m t}, in which all
2195 normal keys begin algebraic entry. You must then use the @key{META} key
2196 to type Calc commands: @kbd{M-m t} to get back out of total algebraic
2197 mode, @kbd{M-q} to quit, etc. Total algebraic mode is not supported
2198 under Emacs 19.)
2199
2200 If you're still in algebraic mode, press @kbd{m a} again to turn it off.
2201
2202 Actual non-RPN calculators use a mixture of algebraic and RPN styles.
2203 In general, operators of two numbers (like @kbd{+} and @kbd{*})
2204 use algebraic form, but operators of one number (like @kbd{n} and @kbd{Q})
2205 use RPN form. Also, a non-RPN calculator allows you to see the
2206 intermediate results of a calculation as you go along. You can
2207 accomplish this in Calc by performing your calculation as a series
2208 of algebraic entries, using the @kbd{$} sign to tie them together.
2209 In an algebraic formula, @kbd{$} represents the number on the top
2210 of the stack. Here, we perform the calculation @c{$\sqrt{2\times4+1}$}
2211 @cite{sqrt(2*4+1)},
2212 which on a traditional calculator would be done by pressing
2213 @kbd{2 * 4 + 1 =} and then the square-root key.
2214
2215 @group
2216 @smallexample
2217 1: 8 1: 9 1: 3
2218 . . .
2219
2220 ' 2*4 RET $+1 RET Q
2221 @end smallexample
2222 @end group
2223
2224 @noindent
2225 Notice that we didn't need to press an apostrophe for the @kbd{$+1},
2226 because the dollar sign always begins an algebraic entry.
2227
2228 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} How could you get the same effect as
2229 pressing @kbd{Q} but using an algebraic entry instead? How about
2230 if the @kbd{Q} key on your keyboard were broken?
2231 @xref{Algebraic Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
2232
2233 The notations @kbd{$$}, @kbd{$$$}, and so on stand for higher stack
2234 entries. For example, @kbd{' $$+$ RET} is just like typing @kbd{+}.
2235
2236 Algebraic formulas can include @dfn{variables}. To store in a
2237 variable, press @kbd{s s}, then type the variable name, then press
2238 @key{RET}. (There are actually two flavors of store command:
2239 @kbd{s s} stores a number in a variable but also leaves the number
2240 on the stack, while @w{@kbd{s t}} removes a number from the stack and
2241 stores it in the variable.) A variable name should consist of one
2242 or more letters or digits, beginning with a letter.
2243
2244 @group
2245 @smallexample
2246 1: 17 . 1: a + a^2 1: 306
2247 . . .
2248
2249 17 s t a RET ' a+a^2 RET =
2250 @end smallexample
2251 @end group
2252
2253 @noindent
2254 The @kbd{=} key @dfn{evaluates} a formula by replacing all its
2255 variables by the values that were stored in them.
2256
2257 For RPN calculations, you can recall a variable's value on the
2258 stack either by entering its name as a formula and pressing @kbd{=},
2259 or by using the @kbd{s r} command.
2260
2261 @group
2262 @smallexample
2263 1: 17 2: 17 3: 17 2: 17 1: 306
2264 . 1: 17 2: 17 1: 289 .
2265 . 1: 2 .
2266 .
2267
2268 s r a RET ' a RET = 2 ^ +
2269 @end smallexample
2270 @end group
2271
2272 If you press a single digit for a variable name (as in @kbd{s t 3}, you
2273 get one of ten @dfn{quick variables} @code{q0} through @code{q9}.
2274 They are ``quick'' simply because you don't have to type the letter
2275 @code{q} or the @key{RET} after their names. In fact, you can type
2276 simply @kbd{s 3} as a shorthand for @kbd{s s 3}, and likewise for
2277 @kbd{t 3} and @w{@kbd{r 3}}.
2278
2279 Any variables in an algebraic formula for which you have not stored
2280 values are left alone, even when you evaluate the formula.
2281
2282 @group
2283 @smallexample
2284 1: 2 a + 2 b 1: 34 + 2 b
2285 . .
2286
2287 ' 2a+2b RET =
2288 @end smallexample
2289 @end group
2290
2291 Calls to function names which are undefined in Calc are also left
2292 alone, as are calls for which the value is undefined.
2293
2294 @group
2295 @smallexample
2296 1: 2 + log10(0) + log10(x) + log10(5, 6) + foo(3)
2297 .
2298
2299 ' log10(100) + log10(0) + log10(x) + log10(5,6) + foo(3) RET
2300 @end smallexample
2301 @end group
2302
2303 @noindent
2304 In this example, the first call to @code{log10} works, but the other
2305 calls are not evaluated. In the second call, the logarithm is
2306 undefined for that value of the argument; in the third, the argument
2307 is symbolic, and in the fourth, there are too many arguments. In the
2308 fifth case, there is no function called @code{foo}. You will see a
2309 ``Wrong number of arguments'' message referring to @samp{log10(5,6)}.
2310 Press the @kbd{w} (``why'') key to see any other messages that may
2311 have arisen from the last calculation. In this case you will get
2312 ``logarithm of zero,'' then ``number expected: @code{x}''. Calc
2313 automatically displays the first message only if the message is
2314 sufficiently important; for example, Calc considers ``wrong number
2315 of arguments'' and ``logarithm of zero'' to be important enough to
2316 report automatically, while a message like ``number expected: @code{x}''
2317 will only show up if you explicitly press the @kbd{w} key.
2318
2319 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Joe entered the formula @samp{2 x y},
2320 stored 5 in @code{x}, pressed @kbd{=}, and got the expected result,
2321 @samp{10 y}. He then tried the same for the formula @samp{2 x (1+y)},
2322 expecting @samp{10 (1+y)}, but it didn't work. Why not?
2323 @xref{Algebraic Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
2324
2325 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} What result would you expect
2326 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 0 /} to give? What if you then type @kbd{0 *}?
2327 @xref{Algebraic Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
2328
2329 One interesting way to work with variables is to use the
2330 @dfn{evaluates-to} (@samp{=>}) operator. It works like this:
2331 Enter a formula algebraically in the usual way, but follow
2332 the formula with an @samp{=>} symbol. (There is also an @kbd{s =}
2333 command which builds an @samp{=>} formula using the stack.) On
2334 the stack, you will see two copies of the formula with an @samp{=>}
2335 between them. The lefthand formula is exactly like you typed it;
2336 the righthand formula has been evaluated as if by typing @kbd{=}.
2337
2338 @group
2339 @smallexample
2340 2: 2 + 3 => 5 2: 2 + 3 => 5
2341 1: 2 a + 2 b => 34 + 2 b 1: 2 a + 2 b => 20 + 2 b
2342 . .
2343
2344 ' 2+3 => RET ' 2a+2b RET s = 10 s t a RET
2345 @end smallexample
2346 @end group
2347
2348 @noindent
2349 Notice that the instant we stored a new value in @code{a}, all
2350 @samp{=>} operators already on the stack that referred to @cite{a}
2351 were updated to use the new value. With @samp{=>}, you can push a
2352 set of formulas on the stack, then change the variables experimentally
2353 to see the effects on the formulas' values.
2354
2355 You can also ``unstore'' a variable when you are through with it:
2356
2357 @group
2358 @smallexample
2359 2: 2 + 5 => 5
2360 1: 2 a + 2 b => 2 a + 2 b
2361 .
2362
2363 s u a RET
2364 @end smallexample
2365 @end group
2366
2367 We will encounter formulas involving variables and functions again
2368 when we discuss the algebra and calculus features of the Calculator.
2369
2370 @node Undo Tutorial, Modes Tutorial, Algebraic Tutorial, Basic Tutorial
2371 @subsection Undo and Redo
2372
2373 @noindent
2374 If you make a mistake, you can usually correct it by pressing shift-@kbd{U},
2375 the ``undo'' command. First, clear the stack (@kbd{M-0 DEL}) and exit
2376 and restart Calc (@kbd{M-# M-# M-# M-#}) to make sure things start off
2377 with a clean slate. Now:
2378
2379 @group
2380 @smallexample
2381 1: 2 2: 2 1: 8 2: 2 1: 6
2382 . 1: 3 . 1: 3 .
2383 . .
2384
2385 2 RET 3 ^ U *
2386 @end smallexample
2387 @end group
2388
2389 You can undo any number of times. Calc keeps a complete record of
2390 all you have done since you last opened the Calc window. After the
2391 above example, you could type:
2392
2393 @group
2394 @smallexample
2395 1: 6 2: 2 1: 2 . .
2396 . 1: 3 .
2397 .
2398 (error)
2399 U U U U
2400 @end smallexample
2401 @end group
2402
2403 You can also type @kbd{D} to ``redo'' a command that you have undone
2404 mistakenly.
2405
2406 @group
2407 @smallexample
2408 . 1: 2 2: 2 1: 6 1: 6
2409 . 1: 3 . .
2410 .
2411 (error)
2412 D D D D
2413 @end smallexample
2414 @end group
2415
2416 @noindent
2417 It was not possible to redo past the @cite{6}, since that was placed there
2418 by something other than an undo command.
2419
2420 @cindex Time travel
2421 You can think of undo and redo as a sort of ``time machine.'' Press
2422 @kbd{U} to go backward in time, @kbd{D} to go forward. If you go
2423 backward and do something (like @kbd{*}) then, as any science fiction
2424 reader knows, you have changed your future and you cannot go forward
2425 again. Thus, the inability to redo past the @cite{6} even though there
2426 was an earlier undo command.
2427
2428 You can always recall an earlier result using the Trail. We've ignored
2429 the trail so far, but it has been faithfully recording everything we
2430 did since we loaded the Calculator. If the Trail is not displayed,
2431 press @kbd{t d} now to turn it on.
2432
2433 Let's try grabbing an earlier result. The @cite{8} we computed was
2434 undone by a @kbd{U} command, and was lost even to Redo when we pressed
2435 @kbd{*}, but it's still there in the trail. There should be a little
2436 @samp{>} arrow (the @dfn{trail pointer}) resting on the last trail
2437 entry. If there isn't, press @kbd{t ]} to reset the trail pointer.
2438 Now, press @w{@kbd{t p}} to move the arrow onto the line containing
2439 @cite{8}, and press @w{@kbd{t y}} to ``yank'' that number back onto the
2440 stack.
2441
2442 If you press @kbd{t ]} again, you will see that even our Yank command
2443 went into the trail.
2444
2445 Let's go further back in time. Earlier in the tutorial we computed
2446 a huge integer using the formula @samp{2^3^4}. We don't remember
2447 what it was, but the first digits were ``241''. Press @kbd{t r}
2448 (which stands for trail-search-reverse), then type @kbd{241}.
2449 The trail cursor will jump back to the next previous occurrence of
2450 the string ``241'' in the trail. This is just a regular Emacs
2451 incremental search; you can now press @kbd{C-s} or @kbd{C-r} to
2452 continue the search forwards or backwards as you like.
2453
2454 To finish the search, press @key{RET}. This halts the incremental
2455 search and leaves the trail pointer at the thing we found. Now we
2456 can type @kbd{t y} to yank that number onto the stack. If we hadn't
2457 remembered the ``241'', we could simply have searched for @kbd{2^3^4},
2458 then pressed @kbd{@key{RET} t n} to halt and then move to the next item.
2459
2460 You may have noticed that all the trail-related commands begin with
2461 the letter @kbd{t}. (The store-and-recall commands, on the other hand,
2462 all began with @kbd{s}.) Calc has so many commands that there aren't
2463 enough keys for all of them, so various commands are grouped into
2464 two-letter sequences where the first letter is called the @dfn{prefix}
2465 key. If you type a prefix key by accident, you can press @kbd{C-g}
2466 to cancel it. (In fact, you can press @kbd{C-g} to cancel almost
2467 anything in Emacs.) To get help on a prefix key, press that key
2468 followed by @kbd{?}. Some prefixes have several lines of help,
2469 so you need to press @kbd{?} repeatedly to see them all. This may
2470 not work under Lucid Emacs, but you can also type @kbd{h h} to
2471 see all the help at once.
2472
2473 Try pressing @kbd{t ?} now. You will see a line of the form,
2474
2475 @smallexample
2476 trail/time: Display; Fwd, Back; Next, Prev, Here, [, ]; Yank: [MORE] t-
2477 @end smallexample
2478
2479 @noindent
2480 The word ``trail'' indicates that the @kbd{t} prefix key contains
2481 trail-related commands. Each entry on the line shows one command,
2482 with a single capital letter showing which letter you press to get
2483 that command. We have used @kbd{t n}, @kbd{t p}, @kbd{t ]}, and
2484 @kbd{t y} so far. The @samp{[MORE]} means you can press @kbd{?}
2485 again to see more @kbd{t}-prefix comands. Notice that the commands
2486 are roughly divided (by semicolons) into related groups.
2487
2488 When you are in the help display for a prefix key, the prefix is
2489 still active. If you press another key, like @kbd{y} for example,
2490 it will be interpreted as a @kbd{t y} command. If all you wanted
2491 was to look at the help messages, press @kbd{C-g} afterwards to cancel
2492 the prefix.
2493
2494 One more way to correct an error is by editing the stack entries.
2495 The actual Stack buffer is marked read-only and must not be edited
2496 directly, but you can press @kbd{`} (the backquote or accent grave)
2497 to edit a stack entry.
2498
2499 Try entering @samp{3.141439} now. If this is supposed to represent
2500 @c{$\pi$}
2501 @cite{pi}, it's got several errors. Press @kbd{`} to edit this number.
2502 Now use the normal Emacs cursor motion and editing keys to change
2503 the second 4 to a 5, and to transpose the 3 and the 9. When you
2504 press @key{RET}, the number on the stack will be replaced by your
2505 new number. This works for formulas, vectors, and all other types
2506 of values you can put on the stack. The @kbd{`} key also works
2507 during entry of a number or algebraic formula.
2508
2509 @node Modes Tutorial, , Undo Tutorial, Basic Tutorial
2510 @subsection Mode-Setting Commands
2511
2512 @noindent
2513 Calc has many types of @dfn{modes} that affect the way it interprets
2514 your commands or the way it displays data. We have already seen one
2515 mode, namely algebraic mode. There are many others, too; we'll
2516 try some of the most common ones here.
2517
2518 Perhaps the most fundamental mode in Calc is the current @dfn{precision}.
2519 Notice the @samp{12} on the Calc window's mode line:
2520
2521 @smallexample
2522 --%%-Calc: 12 Deg (Calculator)----All------
2523 @end smallexample
2524
2525 @noindent
2526 Most of the symbols there are Emacs things you don't need to worry
2527 about, but the @samp{12} and the @samp{Deg} are mode indicators.
2528 The @samp{12} means that calculations should always be carried to
2529 12 significant figures. That is why, when we type @kbd{1 @key{RET} 7 /},
2530 we get @cite{0.142857142857} with exactly 12 digits, not counting
2531 leading and trailing zeros.
2532
2533 You can set the precision to anything you like by pressing @kbd{p},
2534 then entering a suitable number. Try pressing @kbd{p 30 @key{RET}},
2535 then doing @kbd{1 @key{RET} 7 /} again:
2536
2537 @group
2538 @smallexample
2539 1: 0.142857142857
2540 2: 0.142857142857142857142857142857
2541 .
2542 @end smallexample
2543 @end group
2544
2545 Although the precision can be set arbitrarily high, Calc always
2546 has to have @emph{some} value for the current precision. After
2547 all, the true value @cite{1/7} is an infinitely repeating decimal;
2548 Calc has to stop somewhere.
2549
2550 Of course, calculations are slower the more digits you request.
2551 Press @w{@kbd{p 12}} now to set the precision back down to the default.
2552
2553 Calculations always use the current precision. For example, even
2554 though we have a 30-digit value for @cite{1/7} on the stack, if
2555 we use it in a calculation in 12-digit mode it will be rounded
2556 down to 12 digits before it is used. Try it; press @key{RET} to
2557 duplicate the number, then @w{@kbd{1 +}}. Notice that the @key{RET}
2558 key didn't round the number, because it doesn't do any calculation.
2559 But the instant we pressed @kbd{+}, the number was rounded down.
2560
2561 @group
2562 @smallexample
2563 1: 0.142857142857
2564 2: 0.142857142857142857142857142857
2565 3: 1.14285714286
2566 .
2567 @end smallexample
2568 @end group
2569
2570 @noindent
2571 In fact, since we added a digit on the left, we had to lose one
2572 digit on the right from even the 12-digit value of @cite{1/7}.
2573
2574 How did we get more than 12 digits when we computed @samp{2^3^4}? The
2575 answer is that Calc makes a distinction between @dfn{integers} and
2576 @dfn{floating-point} numbers, or @dfn{floats}. An integer is a number
2577 that does not contain a decimal point. There is no such thing as an
2578 ``infinitely repeating fraction integer,'' so Calc doesn't have to limit
2579 itself. If you asked for @samp{2^10000} (don't try this!), you would
2580 have to wait a long time but you would eventually get an exact answer.
2581 If you ask for @samp{2.^10000}, you will quickly get an answer which is
2582 correct only to 12 places. The decimal point tells Calc that it should
2583 use floating-point arithmetic to get the answer, not exact integer
2584 arithmetic.
2585
2586 You can use the @kbd{F} (@code{calc-floor}) command to convert a
2587 floating-point value to an integer, and @kbd{c f} (@code{calc-float})
2588 to convert an integer to floating-point form.
2589
2590 Let's try entering that last calculation:
2591
2592 @group
2593 @smallexample
2594 1: 2. 2: 2. 1: 1.99506311689e3010
2595 . 1: 10000 .
2596 .
2597
2598 2.0 RET 10000 RET ^
2599 @end smallexample
2600 @end group
2601
2602 @noindent
2603 @cindex Scientific notation, entry of
2604 Notice the letter @samp{e} in there. It represents ``times ten to the
2605 power of,'' and is used by Calc automatically whenever writing the
2606 number out fully would introduce more extra zeros than you probably
2607 want to see. You can enter numbers in this notation, too.
2608
2609 @group
2610 @smallexample
2611 1: 2. 2: 2. 1: 1.99506311678e3010
2612 . 1: 10000. .
2613 .
2614
2615 2.0 RET 1e4 RET ^
2616 @end smallexample
2617 @end group
2618
2619 @cindex Round-off errors
2620 @noindent
2621 Hey, the answer is different! Look closely at the middle columns
2622 of the two examples. In the first, the stack contained the
2623 exact integer @cite{10000}, but in the second it contained
2624 a floating-point value with a decimal point. When you raise a
2625 number to an integer power, Calc uses repeated squaring and
2626 multiplication to get the answer. When you use a floating-point
2627 power, Calc uses logarithms and exponentials. As you can see,
2628 a slight error crept in during one of these methods. Which
2629 one should we trust? Let's raise the precision a bit and find
2630 out:
2631
2632 @group
2633 @smallexample
2634 . 1: 2. 2: 2. 1: 1.995063116880828e3010
2635 . 1: 10000. .
2636 .
2637
2638 p 16 RET 2. RET 1e4 ^ p 12 RET
2639 @end smallexample
2640 @end group
2641
2642 @noindent
2643 @cindex Guard digits
2644 Presumably, it doesn't matter whether we do this higher-precision
2645 calculation using an integer or floating-point power, since we
2646 have added enough ``guard digits'' to trust the first 12 digits
2647 no matter what. And the verdict is@dots{} Integer powers were more
2648 accurate; in fact, the result was only off by one unit in the
2649 last place.
2650
2651 @cindex Guard digits
2652 Calc does many of its internal calculations to a slightly higher
2653 precision, but it doesn't always bump the precision up enough.
2654 In each case, Calc added about two digits of precision during
2655 its calculation and then rounded back down to 12 digits
2656 afterward. In one case, it was enough; in the the other, it
2657 wasn't. If you really need @var{x} digits of precision, it
2658 never hurts to do the calculation with a few extra guard digits.
2659
2660 What if we want guard digits but don't want to look at them?
2661 We can set the @dfn{float format}. Calc supports four major
2662 formats for floating-point numbers, called @dfn{normal},
2663 @dfn{fixed-point}, @dfn{scientific notation}, and @dfn{engineering
2664 notation}. You get them by pressing @w{@kbd{d n}}, @kbd{d f},
2665 @kbd{d s}, and @kbd{d e}, respectively. In each case, you can
2666 supply a numeric prefix argument which says how many digits
2667 should be displayed. As an example, let's put a few numbers
2668 onto the stack and try some different display modes. First,
2669 use @kbd{M-0 DEL} to clear the stack, then enter the four
2670 numbers shown here:
2671
2672 @group
2673 @smallexample
2674 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345
2675 3: 12345. 3: 12300. 3: 1.2345e4 3: 1.23e4 3: 12345.000
2676 2: 123.45 2: 123. 2: 1.2345e2 2: 1.23e2 2: 123.450
2677 1: 12.345 1: 12.3 1: 1.2345e1 1: 1.23e1 1: 12.345
2678 . . . . .
2679
2680 d n M-3 d n d s M-3 d s M-3 d f
2681 @end smallexample
2682 @end group
2683
2684 @noindent
2685 Notice that when we typed @kbd{M-3 d n}, the numbers were rounded down
2686 to three significant digits, but then when we typed @kbd{d s} all
2687 five significant figures reappeared. The float format does not
2688 affect how numbers are stored, it only affects how they are
2689 displayed. Only the current precision governs the actual rounding
2690 of numbers in the Calculator's memory.
2691
2692 Engineering notation, not shown here, is like scientific notation
2693 except the exponent (the power-of-ten part) is always adjusted to be
2694 a multiple of three (as in ``kilo,'' ``micro,'' etc.). As a result
2695 there will be one, two, or three digits before the decimal point.
2696
2697 Whenever you change a display-related mode, Calc redraws everything
2698 in the stack. This may be slow if there are many things on the stack,
2699 so Calc allows you to type shift-@kbd{H} before any mode command to
2700 prevent it from updating the stack. Anything Calc displays after the
2701 mode-changing command will appear in the new format.
2702
2703 @group
2704 @smallexample
2705 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345
2706 3: 12345.000 3: 12345.000 3: 12345.000 3: 1.2345e4 3: 12345.
2707 2: 123.450 2: 123.450 2: 1.2345e1 2: 1.2345e1 2: 123.45
2708 1: 12.345 1: 1.2345e1 1: 1.2345e2 1: 1.2345e2 1: 12.345
2709 . . . . .
2710
2711 H d s DEL U TAB d SPC d n
2712 @end smallexample
2713 @end group
2714
2715 @noindent
2716 Here the @kbd{H d s} command changes to scientific notation but without
2717 updating the screen. Deleting the top stack entry and undoing it back
2718 causes it to show up in the new format; swapping the top two stack
2719 entries reformats both entries. The @kbd{d SPC} command refreshes the
2720 whole stack. The @kbd{d n} command changes back to the normal float
2721 format; since it doesn't have an @kbd{H} prefix, it also updates all
2722 the stack entries to be in @kbd{d n} format.
2723
2724 Notice that the integer @cite{12345} was not affected by any
2725 of the float formats. Integers are integers, and are always
2726 displayed exactly.
2727
2728 @cindex Large numbers, readability
2729 Large integers have their own problems. Let's look back at
2730 the result of @kbd{2^3^4}.
2731
2732 @example
2733 2417851639229258349412352
2734 @end example
2735
2736 @noindent
2737 Quick---how many digits does this have? Try typing @kbd{d g}:
2738
2739 @example
2740 2,417,851,639,229,258,349,412,352
2741 @end example
2742
2743 @noindent
2744 Now how many digits does this have? It's much easier to tell!
2745 We can actually group digits into clumps of any size. Some
2746 people prefer @kbd{M-5 d g}:
2747
2748 @example
2749 24178,51639,22925,83494,12352
2750 @end example
2751
2752 Let's see what happens to floating-point numbers when they are grouped.
2753 First, type @kbd{p 25 @key{RET}} to make sure we have enough precision
2754 to get ourselves into trouble. Now, type @kbd{1e13 /}:
2755
2756 @example
2757 24,17851,63922.9258349412352
2758 @end example
2759
2760 @noindent
2761 The integer part is grouped but the fractional part isn't. Now try
2762 @kbd{M-- M-5 d g} (that's meta-minus-sign, meta-five):
2763
2764 @example
2765 24,17851,63922.92583,49412,352
2766 @end example
2767
2768 If you find it hard to tell the decimal point from the commas, try
2769 changing the grouping character to a space with @kbd{d , @key{SPC}}:
2770
2771 @example
2772 24 17851 63922.92583 49412 352
2773 @end example
2774
2775 Type @kbd{d , ,} to restore the normal grouping character, then
2776 @kbd{d g} again to turn grouping off. Also, press @kbd{p 12} to
2777 restore the default precision.
2778
2779 Press @kbd{U} enough times to get the original big integer back.
2780 (Notice that @kbd{U} does not undo each mode-setting command; if
2781 you want to undo a mode-setting command, you have to do it yourself.)
2782 Now, type @kbd{d r 16 @key{RET}}:
2783
2784 @example
2785 16#200000000000000000000
2786 @end example
2787
2788 @noindent
2789 The number is now displayed in @dfn{hexadecimal}, or ``base-16'' form.
2790 Suddenly it looks pretty simple; this should be no surprise, since we
2791 got this number by computing a power of two, and 16 is a power of 2.
2792 In fact, we can use @w{@kbd{d r 2 @key{RET}}} to see it in actual binary
2793 form:
2794
2795 @example
2796 2#1000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 @dots{}
2797 @end example
2798
2799 @noindent
2800 We don't have enough space here to show all the zeros! They won't
2801 fit on a typical screen, either, so you will have to use horizontal
2802 scrolling to see them all. Press @kbd{<} and @kbd{>} to scroll the
2803 stack window left and right by half its width. Another way to view
2804 something large is to press @kbd{`} (back-quote) to edit the top of
2805 stack in a separate window. (Press @kbd{M-# M-#} when you are done.)
2806
2807 You can enter non-decimal numbers using the @kbd{#} symbol, too.
2808 Let's see what the hexadecimal number @samp{5FE} looks like in
2809 binary. Type @kbd{16#5FE} (the letters can be typed in upper or
2810 lower case; they will always appear in upper case). It will also
2811 help to turn grouping on with @kbd{d g}:
2812
2813 @example
2814 2#101,1111,1110
2815 @end example
2816
2817 Notice that @kbd{d g} groups by fours by default if the display radix
2818 is binary or hexadecimal, but by threes if it is decimal, octal, or any
2819 other radix.
2820
2821 Now let's see that number in decimal; type @kbd{d r 10}:
2822
2823 @example
2824 1,534
2825 @end example
2826
2827 Numbers are not @emph{stored} with any particular radix attached. They're
2828 just numbers; they can be entered in any radix, and are always displayed
2829 in whatever radix you've chosen with @kbd{d r}. The current radix applies
2830 to integers, fractions, and floats.
2831
2832 @cindex Roundoff errors, in non-decimal numbers
2833 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Your friend Joe tried to enter one-third
2834 as @samp{3#0.1} in @kbd{d r 3} mode with a precision of 12. He got
2835 @samp{3#0.0222222...} (with 25 2's) in the display. When he multiplied
2836 that by three, he got @samp{3#0.222222...} instead of the expected
2837 @samp{3#1}. Next, Joe entered @samp{3#0.2} and, to his great relief,
2838 saw @samp{3#0.2} on the screen. But when he typed @kbd{2 /}, he got
2839 @samp{3#0.10000001} (some zeros omitted). What's going on here?
2840 @xref{Modes Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
2841
2842 @cindex Scientific notation, in non-decimal numbers
2843 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Scientific notation works in non-decimal
2844 modes in the natural way (the exponent is a power of the radix instead of
2845 a power of ten, although the exponent itself is always written in decimal).
2846 Thus @samp{8#1.23e3 = 8#1230.0}. Suppose we have the hexadecimal number
2847 @samp{f.e8f} times 16 to the 15th power: We write @samp{16#f.e8fe15}.
2848 What is wrong with this picture? What could we write instead that would
2849 work better? @xref{Modes Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
2850
2851 The @kbd{m} prefix key has another set of modes, relating to the way
2852 Calc interprets your inputs and does computations. Whereas @kbd{d}-prefix
2853 modes generally affect the way things look, @kbd{m}-prefix modes affect
2854 the way they are actually computed.
2855
2856 The most popular @kbd{m}-prefix mode is the @dfn{angular mode}. Notice
2857 the @samp{Deg} indicator in the mode line. This means that if you use
2858 a command that interprets a number as an angle, it will assume the
2859 angle is measured in degrees. For example,
2860
2861 @group
2862 @smallexample
2863 1: 45 1: 0.707106781187 1: 0.500000000001 1: 0.5
2864 . . . .
2865
2866 45 S 2 ^ c 1
2867 @end smallexample
2868 @end group
2869
2870 @noindent
2871 The shift-@kbd{S} command computes the sine of an angle. The sine
2872 of 45 degrees is @c{$\sqrt{2}/2$}
2873 @cite{sqrt(2)/2}; squaring this yields @cite{2/4 = 0.5}.
2874 However, there has been a slight roundoff error because the
2875 representation of @c{$\sqrt{2}/2$}
2876 @cite{sqrt(2)/2} wasn't exact. The @kbd{c 1}
2877 command is a handy way to clean up numbers in this case; it
2878 temporarily reduces the precision by one digit while it
2879 re-rounds the number on the top of the stack.
2880
2881 @cindex Roundoff errors, examples
2882 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Your friend Joe computed the sine
2883 of 45 degrees as shown above, then, hoping to avoid an inexact
2884 result, he increased the precision to 16 digits before squaring.
2885 What happened? @xref{Modes Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
2886
2887 To do this calculation in radians, we would type @kbd{m r} first.
2888 (The indicator changes to @samp{Rad}.) 45 degrees corresponds to
2889 @c{$\pi\over4$}
2890 @cite{pi/4} radians. To get @c{$\pi$}
2891 @cite{pi}, press the @kbd{P} key. (Once
2892 again, this is a shifted capital @kbd{P}. Remember, unshifted
2893 @kbd{p} sets the precision.)
2894
2895 @group
2896 @smallexample
2897 1: 3.14159265359 1: 0.785398163398 1: 0.707106781187
2898 . . .
2899
2900 P 4 / m r S
2901 @end smallexample
2902 @end group
2903
2904 Likewise, inverse trigonometric functions generate results in
2905 either radians or degrees, depending on the current angular mode.
2906
2907 @group
2908 @smallexample
2909 1: 0.707106781187 1: 0.785398163398 1: 45.
2910 . . .
2911
2912 .5 Q m r I S m d U I S
2913 @end smallexample
2914 @end group
2915
2916 @noindent
2917 Here we compute the Inverse Sine of @c{$\sqrt{0.5}$}
2918 @cite{sqrt(0.5)}, first in
2919 radians, then in degrees.
2920
2921 Use @kbd{c d} and @kbd{c r} to convert a number from radians to degrees
2922 and vice-versa.
2923
2924 @group
2925 @smallexample
2926 1: 45 1: 0.785398163397 1: 45.
2927 . . .
2928
2929 45 c r c d
2930 @end smallexample
2931 @end group
2932
2933 Another interesting mode is @dfn{fraction mode}. Normally,
2934 dividing two integers produces a floating-point result if the
2935 quotient can't be expressed as an exact integer. Fraction mode
2936 causes integer division to produce a fraction, i.e., a rational
2937 number, instead.
2938
2939 @group
2940 @smallexample
2941 2: 12 1: 1.33333333333 1: 4:3
2942 1: 9 . .
2943 .
2944
2945 12 RET 9 / m f U / m f
2946 @end smallexample
2947 @end group
2948
2949 @noindent
2950 In the first case, we get an approximate floating-point result.
2951 In the second case, we get an exact fractional result (four-thirds).
2952
2953 You can enter a fraction at any time using @kbd{:} notation.
2954 (Calc uses @kbd{:} instead of @kbd{/} as the fraction separator
2955 because @kbd{/} is already used to divide the top two stack
2956 elements.) Calculations involving fractions will always
2957 produce exact fractional results; fraction mode only says
2958 what to do when dividing two integers.
2959
2960 @cindex Fractions vs. floats
2961 @cindex Floats vs. fractions
2962 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} If fractional arithmetic is exact,
2963 why would you ever use floating-point numbers instead?
2964 @xref{Modes Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
2965
2966 Typing @kbd{m f} doesn't change any existing values in the stack.
2967 In the above example, we had to Undo the division and do it over
2968 again when we changed to fraction mode. But if you use the
2969 evaluates-to operator you can get commands like @kbd{m f} to
2970 recompute for you.
2971
2972 @group
2973 @smallexample
2974 1: 12 / 9 => 1.33333333333 1: 12 / 9 => 1.333 1: 12 / 9 => 4:3
2975 . . .
2976
2977 ' 12/9 => RET p 4 RET m f
2978 @end smallexample
2979 @end group
2980
2981 @noindent
2982 In this example, the righthand side of the @samp{=>} operator
2983 on the stack is recomputed when we change the precision, then
2984 again when we change to fraction mode. All @samp{=>} expressions
2985 on the stack are recomputed every time you change any mode that
2986 might affect their values.
2987
2988 @node Arithmetic Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial, Basic Tutorial, Tutorial
2989 @section Arithmetic Tutorial
2990
2991 @noindent
2992 In this section, we explore the arithmetic and scientific functions
2993 available in the Calculator.
2994
2995 The standard arithmetic commands are @kbd{+}, @kbd{-}, @kbd{*}, @kbd{/},
2996 and @kbd{^}. Each normally takes two numbers from the top of the stack
2997 and pushes back a result. The @kbd{n} and @kbd{&} keys perform
2998 change-sign and reciprocal operations, respectively.
2999
3000 @group
3001 @smallexample
3002 1: 5 1: 0.2 1: 5. 1: -5. 1: 5.
3003 . . . . .
3004
3005 5 & & n n
3006 @end smallexample
3007 @end group
3008
3009 @cindex Binary operators
3010 You can apply a ``binary operator'' like @kbd{+} across any number of
3011 stack entries by giving it a numeric prefix. You can also apply it
3012 pairwise to several stack elements along with the top one if you use
3013 a negative prefix.
3014
3015 @group
3016 @smallexample
3017 3: 2 1: 9 3: 2 4: 2 3: 12
3018 2: 3 . 2: 3 3: 3 2: 13
3019 1: 4 1: 4 2: 4 1: 14
3020 . . 1: 10 .
3021 .
3022
3023 2 RET 3 RET 4 M-3 + U 10 M-- M-3 +
3024 @end smallexample
3025 @end group
3026
3027 @cindex Unary operators
3028 You can apply a ``unary operator'' like @kbd{&} to the top @var{n}
3029 stack entries with a numeric prefix, too.
3030
3031 @group
3032 @smallexample
3033 3: 2 3: 0.5 3: 0.5
3034 2: 3 2: 0.333333333333 2: 3.
3035 1: 4 1: 0.25 1: 4.
3036 . . .
3037
3038 2 RET 3 RET 4 M-3 & M-2 &
3039 @end smallexample
3040 @end group
3041
3042 Notice that the results here are left in floating-point form.
3043 We can convert them back to integers by pressing @kbd{F}, the
3044 ``floor'' function. This function rounds down to the next lower
3045 integer. There is also @kbd{R}, which rounds to the nearest
3046 integer.
3047
3048 @group
3049 @smallexample
3050 7: 2. 7: 2 7: 2
3051 6: 2.4 6: 2 6: 2
3052 5: 2.5 5: 2 5: 3
3053 4: 2.6 4: 2 4: 3
3054 3: -2. 3: -2 3: -2
3055 2: -2.4 2: -3 2: -2
3056 1: -2.6 1: -3 1: -3
3057 . . .
3058
3059 M-7 F U M-7 R
3060 @end smallexample
3061 @end group
3062
3063 Since dividing-and-flooring (i.e., ``integer quotient'') is such a
3064 common operation, Calc provides a special command for that purpose, the
3065 backslash @kbd{\}. Another common arithmetic operator is @kbd{%}, which
3066 computes the remainder that would arise from a @kbd{\} operation, i.e.,
3067 the ``modulo'' of two numbers. For example,
3068
3069 @group
3070 @smallexample
3071 2: 1234 1: 12 2: 1234 1: 34
3072 1: 100 . 1: 100 .
3073 . .
3074
3075 1234 RET 100 \ U %
3076 @end smallexample
3077 @end group
3078
3079 These commands actually work for any real numbers, not just integers.
3080
3081 @group
3082 @smallexample
3083 2: 3.1415 1: 3 2: 3.1415 1: 0.1415
3084 1: 1 . 1: 1 .
3085 . .
3086
3087 3.1415 RET 1 \ U %
3088 @end smallexample
3089 @end group
3090
3091 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} The @kbd{\} command would appear to be a
3092 frill, since you could always do the same thing with @kbd{/ F}. Think
3093 of a situation where this is not true---@kbd{/ F} would be inadequate.
3094 Now think of a way you could get around the problem if Calc didn't
3095 provide a @kbd{\} command. @xref{Arithmetic Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
3096
3097 We've already seen the @kbd{Q} (square root) and @kbd{S} (sine)
3098 commands. Other commands along those lines are @kbd{C} (cosine),
3099 @kbd{T} (tangent), @kbd{E} (@cite{e^x}) and @kbd{L} (natural
3100 logarithm). These can be modified by the @kbd{I} (inverse) and
3101 @kbd{H} (hyperbolic) prefix keys.
3102
3103 Let's compute the sine and cosine of an angle, and verify the
3104 identity @c{$\sin^2x + \cos^2x = 1$}
3105 @cite{sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2 = 1}. We'll
3106 arbitrarily pick @i{-64} degrees as a good value for @cite{x}. With
3107 the angular mode set to degrees (type @w{@kbd{m d}}), do:
3108
3109 @group
3110 @smallexample
3111 2: -64 2: -64 2: -0.89879 2: -0.89879 1: 1.
3112 1: -64 1: -0.89879 1: -64 1: 0.43837 .
3113 . . . .
3114
3115 64 n RET RET S TAB C f h
3116 @end smallexample
3117 @end group
3118
3119 @noindent
3120 (For brevity, we're showing only five digits of the results here.
3121 You can of course do these calculations to any precision you like.)
3122
3123 Remember, @kbd{f h} is the @code{calc-hypot}, or square-root of sum
3124 of squares, command.
3125
3126 Another identity is @c{$\displaystyle\tan x = {\sin x \over \cos x}$}
3127 @cite{tan(x) = sin(x) / cos(x)}.
3128 @group
3129 @smallexample
3130
3131 2: -0.89879 1: -2.0503 1: -64.
3132 1: 0.43837 . .
3133 .
3134
3135 U / I T
3136 @end smallexample
3137 @end group
3138
3139 A physical interpretation of this calculation is that if you move
3140 @cite{0.89879} units downward and @cite{0.43837} units to the right,
3141 your direction of motion is @i{-64} degrees from horizontal. Suppose
3142 we move in the opposite direction, up and to the left:
3143
3144 @group
3145 @smallexample
3146 2: -0.89879 2: 0.89879 1: -2.0503 1: -64.
3147 1: 0.43837 1: -0.43837 . .
3148 . .
3149
3150 U U M-2 n / I T
3151 @end smallexample
3152 @end group
3153
3154 @noindent
3155 How can the angle be the same? The answer is that the @kbd{/} operation
3156 loses information about the signs of its inputs. Because the quotient
3157 is negative, we know exactly one of the inputs was negative, but we
3158 can't tell which one. There is an @kbd{f T} [@code{arctan2}] function which
3159 computes the inverse tangent of the quotient of a pair of numbers.
3160 Since you feed it the two original numbers, it has enough information
3161 to give you a full 360-degree answer.
3162
3163 @group
3164 @smallexample
3165 2: 0.89879 1: 116. 3: 116. 2: 116. 1: 180.
3166 1: -0.43837 . 2: -0.89879 1: -64. .
3167 . 1: 0.43837 .
3168 .
3169
3170 U U f T M-RET M-2 n f T -
3171 @end smallexample
3172 @end group
3173
3174 @noindent
3175 The resulting angles differ by 180 degrees; in other words, they
3176 point in opposite directions, just as we would expect.
3177
3178 The @key{META}-@key{RET} we used in the third step is the
3179 ``last-arguments'' command. It is sort of like Undo, except that it
3180 restores the arguments of the last command to the stack without removing
3181 the command's result. It is useful in situations like this one,
3182 where we need to do several operations on the same inputs. We could
3183 have accomplished the same thing by using @kbd{M-2 @key{RET}} to duplicate
3184 the top two stack elements right after the @kbd{U U}, then a pair of
3185 @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} commands to cycle the 116 up around the duplicates.
3186
3187 A similar identity is supposed to hold for hyperbolic sines and cosines,
3188 except that it is the @emph{difference}
3189 @c{$\cosh^2x - \sinh^2x$}
3190 @cite{cosh(x)^2 - sinh(x)^2} that always equals one.
3191 Let's try to verify this identity.@refill
3192
3193 @group
3194 @smallexample
3195 2: -64 2: -64 2: -64 2: 9.7192e54 2: 9.7192e54
3196 1: -64 1: -3.1175e27 1: 9.7192e54 1: -64 1: 9.7192e54
3197 . . . . .
3198
3199 64 n RET RET H C 2 ^ TAB H S 2 ^
3200 @end smallexample
3201 @end group
3202
3203 @noindent
3204 @cindex Roundoff errors, examples
3205 Something's obviously wrong, because when we subtract these numbers
3206 the answer will clearly be zero! But if you think about it, if these
3207 numbers @emph{did} differ by one, it would be in the 55th decimal
3208 place. The difference we seek has been lost entirely to roundoff
3209 error.
3210
3211 We could verify this hypothesis by doing the actual calculation with,
3212 say, 60 decimal places of precision. This will be slow, but not
3213 enormously so. Try it if you wish; sure enough, the answer is
3214 0.99999, reasonably close to 1.
3215
3216 Of course, a more reasonable way to verify the identity is to use
3217 a more reasonable value for @cite{x}!
3218
3219 @cindex Common logarithm
3220 Some Calculator commands use the Hyperbolic prefix for other purposes.
3221 The logarithm and exponential functions, for example, work to the base
3222 @cite{e} normally but use base-10 instead if you use the Hyperbolic
3223 prefix.
3224
3225 @group
3226 @smallexample
3227 1: 1000 1: 6.9077 1: 1000 1: 3
3228 . . . .
3229
3230 1000 L U H L
3231 @end smallexample
3232 @end group
3233
3234 @noindent
3235 First, we mistakenly compute a natural logarithm. Then we undo
3236 and compute a common logarithm instead.
3237
3238 The @kbd{B} key computes a general base-@var{b} logarithm for any
3239 value of @var{b}.
3240
3241 @group
3242 @smallexample
3243 2: 1000 1: 3 1: 1000. 2: 1000. 1: 6.9077
3244 1: 10 . . 1: 2.71828 .
3245 . .
3246
3247 1000 RET 10 B H E H P B
3248 @end smallexample
3249 @end group
3250
3251 @noindent
3252 Here we first use @kbd{B} to compute the base-10 logarithm, then use
3253 the ``hyperbolic'' exponential as a cheap hack to recover the number
3254 1000, then use @kbd{B} again to compute the natural logarithm. Note
3255 that @kbd{P} with the hyperbolic prefix pushes the constant @cite{e}
3256 onto the stack.
3257
3258 You may have noticed that both times we took the base-10 logarithm
3259 of 1000, we got an exact integer result. Calc always tries to give
3260 an exact rational result for calculations involving rational numbers
3261 where possible. But when we used @kbd{H E}, the result was a
3262 floating-point number for no apparent reason. In fact, if we had
3263 computed @kbd{10 @key{RET} 3 ^} we @emph{would} have gotten an
3264 exact integer 1000. But the @kbd{H E} command is rigged to generate
3265 a floating-point result all of the time so that @kbd{1000 H E} will
3266 not waste time computing a thousand-digit integer when all you
3267 probably wanted was @samp{1e1000}.
3268
3269 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Find a pair of integer inputs to
3270 the @kbd{B} command for which Calc could find an exact rational
3271 result but doesn't. @xref{Arithmetic Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
3272
3273 The Calculator also has a set of functions relating to combinatorics
3274 and statistics. You may be familiar with the @dfn{factorial} function,
3275 which computes the product of all the integers up to a given number.
3276
3277 @group
3278 @smallexample
3279 1: 100 1: 93326215443... 1: 100. 1: 9.3326e157
3280 . . . .
3281
3282 100 ! U c f !
3283 @end smallexample
3284 @end group
3285
3286 @noindent
3287 Recall, the @kbd{c f} command converts the integer or fraction at the
3288 top of the stack to floating-point format. If you take the factorial
3289 of a floating-point number, you get a floating-point result
3290 accurate to the current precision. But if you give @kbd{!} an
3291 exact integer, you get an exact integer result (158 digits long
3292 in this case).
3293
3294 If you take the factorial of a non-integer, Calc uses a generalized
3295 factorial function defined in terms of Euler's Gamma function
3296 @c{$\Gamma(n)$}
3297 @cite{gamma(n)}
3298 (which is itself available as the @kbd{f g} command).
3299
3300 @group
3301 @smallexample
3302 3: 4. 3: 24. 1: 5.5 1: 52.342777847
3303 2: 4.5 2: 52.3427777847 . .
3304 1: 5. 1: 120.
3305 . .
3306
3307 M-3 ! M-0 DEL 5.5 f g
3308 @end smallexample
3309 @end group
3310
3311 @noindent
3312 Here we verify the identity @c{$n! = \Gamma(n+1)$}
3313 @cite{@var{n}!@: = gamma(@var{n}+1)}.
3314
3315 The binomial coefficient @var{n}-choose-@var{m}@c{ or $\displaystyle {n \choose m}$}
3316 @asis{} is defined by
3317 @c{$\displaystyle {n! \over m! \, (n-m)!}$}
3318 @cite{n!@: / m!@: (n-m)!} for all reals @cite{n} and
3319 @cite{m}. The intermediate results in this formula can become quite
3320 large even if the final result is small; the @kbd{k c} command computes
3321 a binomial coefficient in a way that avoids large intermediate
3322 values.
3323
3324 The @kbd{k} prefix key defines several common functions out of
3325 combinatorics and number theory. Here we compute the binomial
3326 coefficient 30-choose-20, then determine its prime factorization.
3327
3328 @group
3329 @smallexample
3330 2: 30 1: 30045015 1: [3, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 23, 29]
3331 1: 20 . .
3332 .
3333
3334 30 RET 20 k c k f
3335 @end smallexample
3336 @end group
3337
3338 @noindent
3339 You can verify these prime factors by using @kbd{v u} to ``unpack''
3340 this vector into 8 separate stack entries, then @kbd{M-8 *} to
3341 multiply them back together. The result is the original number,
3342 30045015.
3343
3344 @cindex Hash tables
3345 Suppose a program you are writing needs a hash table with at least
3346 10000 entries. It's best to use a prime number as the actual size
3347 of a hash table. Calc can compute the next prime number after 10000:
3348
3349 @group
3350 @smallexample
3351 1: 10000 1: 10007 1: 9973
3352 . . .
3353
3354 10000 k n I k n
3355 @end smallexample
3356 @end group
3357
3358 @noindent
3359 Just for kicks we've also computed the next prime @emph{less} than
3360 10000.
3361
3362 @c [fix-ref Financial Functions]
3363 @xref{Financial Functions}, for a description of the Calculator
3364 commands that deal with business and financial calculations (functions
3365 like @code{pv}, @code{rate}, and @code{sln}).
3366
3367 @c [fix-ref Binary Number Functions]
3368 @xref{Binary Functions}, to read about the commands for operating
3369 on binary numbers (like @code{and}, @code{xor}, and @code{lsh}).
3370
3371 @node Vector/Matrix Tutorial, Types Tutorial, Arithmetic Tutorial, Tutorial
3372 @section Vector/Matrix Tutorial
3373
3374 @noindent
3375 A @dfn{vector} is a list of numbers or other Calc data objects.
3376 Calc provides a large set of commands that operate on vectors. Some
3377 are familiar operations from vector analysis. Others simply treat
3378 a vector as a list of objects.
3379
3380 @menu
3381 * Vector Analysis Tutorial::
3382 * Matrix Tutorial::
3383 * List Tutorial::
3384 @end menu
3385
3386 @node Vector Analysis Tutorial, Matrix Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial
3387 @subsection Vector Analysis
3388
3389 @noindent
3390 If you add two vectors, the result is a vector of the sums of the
3391 elements, taken pairwise.
3392
3393 @group
3394 @smallexample
3395 1: [1, 2, 3] 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: [8, 8, 3]
3396 . 1: [7, 6, 0] .
3397 .
3398
3399 [1,2,3] s 1 [7 6 0] s 2 +
3400 @end smallexample
3401 @end group
3402
3403 @noindent
3404 Note that we can separate the vector elements with either commas or
3405 spaces. This is true whether we are using incomplete vectors or
3406 algebraic entry. The @kbd{s 1} and @kbd{s 2} commands save these
3407 vectors so we can easily reuse them later.
3408
3409 If you multiply two vectors, the result is the sum of the products
3410 of the elements taken pairwise. This is called the @dfn{dot product}
3411 of the vectors.
3412
3413 @group
3414 @smallexample
3415 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: 19
3416 1: [7, 6, 0] .
3417 .
3418
3419 r 1 r 2 *
3420 @end smallexample
3421 @end group
3422
3423 @cindex Dot product
3424 The dot product of two vectors is equal to the product of their
3425 lengths times the cosine of the angle between them. (Here the vector
3426 is interpreted as a line from the origin @cite{(0,0,0)} to the
3427 specified point in three-dimensional space.) The @kbd{A}
3428 (absolute value) command can be used to compute the length of a
3429 vector.
3430
3431 @group
3432 @smallexample
3433 3: 19 3: 19 1: 0.550782 1: 56.579
3434 2: [1, 2, 3] 2: 3.741657 . .
3435 1: [7, 6, 0] 1: 9.219544
3436 . .
3437
3438 M-RET M-2 A * / I C
3439 @end smallexample
3440 @end group
3441
3442 @noindent
3443 First we recall the arguments to the dot product command, then
3444 we compute the absolute values of the top two stack entries to
3445 obtain the lengths of the vectors, then we divide the dot product
3446 by the product of the lengths to get the cosine of the angle.
3447 The inverse cosine finds that the angle between the vectors
3448 is about 56 degrees.
3449
3450 @cindex Cross product
3451 @cindex Perpendicular vectors
3452 The @dfn{cross product} of two vectors is a vector whose length
3453 is the product of the lengths of the inputs times the sine of the
3454 angle between them, and whose direction is perpendicular to both
3455 input vectors. Unlike the dot product, the cross product is
3456 defined only for three-dimensional vectors. Let's double-check
3457 our computation of the angle using the cross product.
3458
3459 @group
3460 @smallexample
3461 2: [1, 2, 3] 3: [-18, 21, -8] 1: [-0.52, 0.61, -0.23] 1: 56.579
3462 1: [7, 6, 0] 2: [1, 2, 3] . .
3463 . 1: [7, 6, 0]
3464 .
3465
3466 r 1 r 2 V C s 3 M-RET M-2 A * / A I S
3467 @end smallexample
3468 @end group
3469
3470 @noindent
3471 First we recall the original vectors and compute their cross product,
3472 which we also store for later reference. Now we divide the vector
3473 by the product of the lengths of the original vectors. The length of
3474 this vector should be the sine of the angle; sure enough, it is!
3475
3476 @c [fix-ref General Mode Commands]
3477 Vector-related commands generally begin with the @kbd{v} prefix key.
3478 Some are uppercase letters and some are lowercase. To make it easier
3479 to type these commands, the shift-@kbd{V} prefix key acts the same as
3480 the @kbd{v} key. (@xref{General Mode Commands}, for a way to make all
3481 prefix keys have this property.)
3482
3483 If we take the dot product of two perpendicular vectors we expect
3484 to get zero, since the cosine of 90 degrees is zero. Let's check
3485 that the cross product is indeed perpendicular to both inputs:
3486
3487 @group
3488 @smallexample
3489 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: 0 2: [7, 6, 0] 1: 0
3490 1: [-18, 21, -8] . 1: [-18, 21, -8] .
3491 . .
3492
3493 r 1 r 3 * DEL r 2 r 3 *
3494 @end smallexample
3495 @end group
3496
3497 @cindex Normalizing a vector
3498 @cindex Unit vectors
3499 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Given a vector on the top of the
3500 stack, what keystrokes would you use to @dfn{normalize} the
3501 vector, i.e., to reduce its length to one without changing its
3502 direction? @xref{Vector Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
3503
3504 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Suppose a certain particle can be
3505 at any of several positions along a ruler. You have a list of
3506 those positions in the form of a vector, and another list of the
3507 probabilities for the particle to be at the corresponding positions.
3508 Find the average position of the particle.
3509 @xref{Vector Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
3510
3511 @node Matrix Tutorial, List Tutorial, Vector Analysis Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial
3512 @subsection Matrices
3513
3514 @noindent
3515 A @dfn{matrix} is just a vector of vectors, all the same length.
3516 This means you can enter a matrix using nested brackets. You can
3517 also use the semicolon character to enter a matrix. We'll show
3518 both methods here:
3519
3520 @group
3521 @smallexample
3522 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ]
3523 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 4, 5, 6 ] ]
3524 . .
3525
3526 [[1 2 3] [4 5 6]] ' [1 2 3; 4 5 6] RET
3527 @end smallexample
3528 @end group
3529
3530 @noindent
3531 We'll be using this matrix again, so type @kbd{s 4} to save it now.
3532
3533 Note that semicolons work with incomplete vectors, but they work
3534 better in algebraic entry. That's why we use the apostrophe in
3535 the second example.
3536
3537 When two matrices are multiplied, the lefthand matrix must have
3538 the same number of columns as the righthand matrix has rows.
3539 Row @cite{i}, column @cite{j} of the result is effectively the
3540 dot product of row @cite{i} of the left matrix by column @cite{j}
3541 of the right matrix.
3542
3543 If we try to duplicate this matrix and multiply it by itself,
3544 the dimensions are wrong and the multiplication cannot take place:
3545
3546 @group
3547 @smallexample
3548 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] * [ [ 1, 2, 3 ]
3549 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 4, 5, 6 ] ]
3550 .
3551
3552 RET *
3553 @end smallexample
3554 @end group
3555
3556 @noindent
3557 Though rather hard to read, this is a formula which shows the product
3558 of two matrices. The @samp{*} function, having invalid arguments, has
3559 been left in symbolic form.
3560
3561 We can multiply the matrices if we @dfn{transpose} one of them first.
3562
3563 @group
3564 @smallexample
3565 2: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [ [ 14, 32 ] 1: [ [ 17, 22, 27 ]
3566 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 32, 77 ] ] [ 22, 29, 36 ]
3567 1: [ [ 1, 4 ] . [ 27, 36, 45 ] ]
3568 [ 2, 5 ] .
3569 [ 3, 6 ] ]
3570 .
3571
3572 U v t * U TAB *
3573 @end smallexample
3574 @end group
3575
3576 Matrix multiplication is not commutative; indeed, switching the
3577 order of the operands can even change the dimensions of the result
3578 matrix, as happened here!
3579
3580 If you multiply a plain vector by a matrix, it is treated as a
3581 single row or column depending on which side of the matrix it is
3582 on. The result is a plain vector which should also be interpreted
3583 as a row or column as appropriate.
3584
3585 @group
3586 @smallexample
3587 2: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [14, 32]
3588 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] .
3589 1: [1, 2, 3]
3590 .
3591
3592 r 4 r 1 *
3593 @end smallexample
3594 @end group
3595
3596 Multiplying in the other order wouldn't work because the number of
3597 rows in the matrix is different from the number of elements in the
3598 vector.
3599
3600 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Use @samp{*} to sum along the rows
3601 of the above @c{$2\times3$}
3602 @asis{2x3} matrix to get @cite{[6, 15]}. Now use @samp{*} to
3603 sum along the columns to get @cite{[5, 7, 9]}.
3604 @xref{Matrix Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
3605
3606 @cindex Identity matrix
3607 An @dfn{identity matrix} is a square matrix with ones along the
3608 diagonal and zeros elsewhere. It has the property that multiplication
3609 by an identity matrix, on the left or on the right, always produces
3610 the original matrix.
3611
3612 @group
3613 @smallexample
3614 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 2: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ]
3615 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 4, 5, 6 ] ]
3616 . 1: [ [ 1, 0, 0 ] .
3617 [ 0, 1, 0 ]
3618 [ 0, 0, 1 ] ]
3619 .
3620
3621 r 4 v i 3 RET *
3622 @end smallexample
3623 @end group
3624
3625 If a matrix is square, it is often possible to find its @dfn{inverse},
3626 that is, a matrix which, when multiplied by the original matrix, yields
3627 an identity matrix. The @kbd{&} (reciprocal) key also computes the
3628 inverse of a matrix.
3629
3630 @group
3631 @smallexample
3632 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [ [ -2.4, 1.2, -0.2 ]
3633 [ 4, 5, 6 ] [ 2.8, -1.4, 0.4 ]
3634 [ 7, 6, 0 ] ] [ -0.73333, 0.53333, -0.2 ] ]
3635 . .
3636
3637 r 4 r 2 | s 5 &
3638 @end smallexample
3639 @end group
3640
3641 @noindent
3642 The vertical bar @kbd{|} @dfn{concatenates} numbers, vectors, and
3643 matrices together. Here we have used it to add a new row onto
3644 our matrix to make it square.
3645
3646 We can multiply these two matrices in either order to get an identity.
3647
3648 @group
3649 @smallexample
3650 1: [ [ 1., 0., 0. ] 1: [ [ 1., 0., 0. ]
3651 [ 0., 1., 0. ] [ 0., 1., 0. ]
3652 [ 0., 0., 1. ] ] [ 0., 0., 1. ] ]
3653 . .
3654
3655 M-RET * U TAB *
3656 @end smallexample
3657 @end group
3658
3659 @cindex Systems of linear equations
3660 @cindex Linear equations, systems of
3661 Matrix inverses are related to systems of linear equations in algebra.
3662 Suppose we had the following set of equations:
3663
3664 @ifinfo
3665 @group
3666 @example
3667 a + 2b + 3c = 6
3668 4a + 5b + 6c = 2
3669 7a + 6b = 3
3670 @end example
3671 @end group
3672 @end ifinfo
3673 @tex
3674 \turnoffactive
3675 \beforedisplayh
3676 $$ \openup1\jot \tabskip=0pt plus1fil
3677 \halign to\displaywidth{\tabskip=0pt
3678 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
3679 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
3680 $\hfil#$&${}#\hfil$\tabskip=0pt plus1fil\cr
3681 a&+&2b&+&3c&=6 \cr
3682 4a&+&5b&+&6c&=2 \cr
3683 7a&+&6b& & &=3 \cr}
3684 $$
3685 \afterdisplayh
3686 @end tex
3687
3688 @noindent
3689 This can be cast into the matrix equation,
3690
3691 @ifinfo
3692 @group
3693 @example
3694 [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] [ [ a ] [ [ 6 ]
3695 [ 4, 5, 6 ] * [ b ] = [ 2 ]
3696 [ 7, 6, 0 ] ] [ c ] ] [ 3 ] ]
3697 @end example
3698 @end group
3699 @end ifinfo
3700 @tex
3701 \turnoffactive
3702 \beforedisplay
3703 $$ \pmatrix{ 1 & 2 & 3 \cr 4 & 5 & 6 \cr 7 & 6 & 0 }
3704 \times
3705 \pmatrix{ a \cr b \cr c } = \pmatrix{ 6 \cr 2 \cr 3 }
3706 $$
3707 \afterdisplay
3708 @end tex
3709
3710 We can solve this system of equations by multiplying both sides by the
3711 inverse of the matrix. Calc can do this all in one step:
3712
3713 @group
3714 @smallexample
3715 2: [6, 2, 3] 1: [-12.6, 15.2, -3.93333]
3716 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] .
3717 [ 4, 5, 6 ]
3718 [ 7, 6, 0 ] ]
3719 .
3720
3721 [6,2,3] r 5 /
3722 @end smallexample
3723 @end group
3724
3725 @noindent
3726 The result is the @cite{[a, b, c]} vector that solves the equations.
3727 (Dividing by a square matrix is equivalent to multiplying by its
3728 inverse.)
3729
3730 Let's verify this solution:
3731
3732 @group
3733 @smallexample
3734 2: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [6., 2., 3.]
3735 [ 4, 5, 6 ] .
3736 [ 7, 6, 0 ] ]
3737 1: [-12.6, 15.2, -3.93333]
3738 .
3739
3740 r 5 TAB *
3741 @end smallexample
3742 @end group
3743
3744 @noindent
3745 Note that we had to be careful about the order in which we multiplied
3746 the matrix and vector. If we multiplied in the other order, Calc would
3747 assume the vector was a row vector in order to make the dimensions
3748 come out right, and the answer would be incorrect. If you
3749 don't feel safe letting Calc take either interpretation of your
3750 vectors, use explicit @c{$N\times1$}
3751 @asis{Nx1} or @c{$1\times N$}
3752 @asis{1xN} matrices instead.
3753 In this case, you would enter the original column vector as
3754 @samp{[[6], [2], [3]]} or @samp{[6; 2; 3]}.
3755
3756 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Algebraic entry allows you to make
3757 vectors and matrices that include variables. Solve the following
3758 system of equations to get expressions for @cite{x} and @cite{y}
3759 in terms of @cite{a} and @cite{b}.
3760
3761 @ifinfo
3762 @group
3763 @example
3764 x + a y = 6
3765 x + b y = 10
3766 @end example
3767 @end group
3768 @end ifinfo
3769 @tex
3770 \turnoffactive
3771 \beforedisplay
3772 $$ \eqalign{ x &+ a y = 6 \cr
3773 x &+ b y = 10}
3774 $$
3775 \afterdisplay
3776 @end tex
3777
3778 @noindent
3779 @xref{Matrix Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
3780
3781 @cindex Least-squares for over-determined systems
3782 @cindex Over-determined systems of equations
3783 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} A system of equations is ``over-determined''
3784 if it has more equations than variables. It is often the case that
3785 there are no values for the variables that will satisfy all the
3786 equations at once, but it is still useful to find a set of values
3787 which ``nearly'' satisfy all the equations. In terms of matrix equations,
3788 you can't solve @cite{A X = B} directly because the matrix @cite{A}
3789 is not square for an over-determined system. Matrix inversion works
3790 only for square matrices. One common trick is to multiply both sides
3791 on the left by the transpose of @cite{A}:
3792 @ifinfo
3793 @samp{trn(A)*A*X = trn(A)*B}.
3794 @end ifinfo
3795 @tex
3796 \turnoffactive
3797 $A^T A \, X = A^T B$, where $A^T$ is the transpose \samp{trn(A)}.
3798 @end tex
3799 Now @c{$A^T A$}
3800 @cite{trn(A)*A} is a square matrix so a solution is possible. It
3801 turns out that the @cite{X} vector you compute in this way will be a
3802 ``least-squares'' solution, which can be regarded as the ``closest''
3803 solution to the set of equations. Use Calc to solve the following
3804 over-determined system:@refill
3805
3806 @ifinfo
3807 @group
3808 @example
3809 a + 2b + 3c = 6
3810 4a + 5b + 6c = 2
3811 7a + 6b = 3
3812 2a + 4b + 6c = 11
3813 @end example
3814 @end group
3815 @end ifinfo
3816 @tex
3817 \turnoffactive
3818 \beforedisplayh
3819 $$ \openup1\jot \tabskip=0pt plus1fil
3820 \halign to\displaywidth{\tabskip=0pt
3821 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
3822 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
3823 $\hfil#$&${}#\hfil$\tabskip=0pt plus1fil\cr
3824 a&+&2b&+&3c&=6 \cr
3825 4a&+&5b&+&6c&=2 \cr
3826 7a&+&6b& & &=3 \cr
3827 2a&+&4b&+&6c&=11 \cr}
3828 $$
3829 \afterdisplayh
3830 @end tex
3831
3832 @noindent
3833 @xref{Matrix Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
3834
3835 @node List Tutorial, , Matrix Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial
3836 @subsection Vectors as Lists
3837
3838 @noindent
3839 @cindex Lists
3840 Although Calc has a number of features for manipulating vectors and
3841 matrices as mathematical objects, you can also treat vectors as
3842 simple lists of values. For example, we saw that the @kbd{k f}
3843 command returns a vector which is a list of the prime factors of a
3844 number.
3845
3846 You can pack and unpack stack entries into vectors:
3847
3848 @group
3849 @smallexample
3850 3: 10 1: [10, 20, 30] 3: 10
3851 2: 20 . 2: 20
3852 1: 30 1: 30
3853 . .
3854
3855 M-3 v p v u
3856 @end smallexample
3857 @end group
3858
3859 You can also build vectors out of consecutive integers, or out
3860 of many copies of a given value:
3861
3862 @group
3863 @smallexample
3864 1: [1, 2, 3, 4] 2: [1, 2, 3, 4] 2: [1, 2, 3, 4]
3865 . 1: 17 1: [17, 17, 17, 17]
3866 . .
3867
3868 v x 4 RET 17 v b 4 RET
3869 @end smallexample
3870 @end group
3871
3872 You can apply an operator to every element of a vector using the
3873 @dfn{map} command.
3874
3875 @group
3876 @smallexample
3877 1: [17, 34, 51, 68] 1: [289, 1156, 2601, 4624] 1: [17, 34, 51, 68]
3878 . . .
3879
3880 V M * 2 V M ^ V M Q
3881 @end smallexample
3882 @end group
3883
3884 @noindent
3885 In the first step, we multiply the vector of integers by the vector
3886 of 17's elementwise. In the second step, we raise each element to
3887 the power two. (The general rule is that both operands must be
3888 vectors of the same length, or else one must be a vector and the
3889 other a plain number.) In the final step, we take the square root
3890 of each element.
3891
3892 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Compute a vector of powers of two
3893 from @c{$2^{-4}$}
3894 @cite{2^-4} to @cite{2^4}. @xref{List Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
3895
3896 You can also @dfn{reduce} a binary operator across a vector.
3897 For example, reducing @samp{*} computes the product of all the
3898 elements in the vector:
3899
3900 @group
3901 @smallexample
3902 1: 123123 1: [3, 7, 11, 13, 41] 1: 123123
3903 . . .
3904
3905 123123 k f V R *
3906 @end smallexample
3907 @end group
3908
3909 @noindent
3910 In this example, we decompose 123123 into its prime factors, then
3911 multiply those factors together again to yield the original number.
3912
3913 We could compute a dot product ``by hand'' using mapping and
3914 reduction:
3915
3916 @group
3917 @smallexample
3918 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: [7, 12, 0] 1: 19
3919 1: [7, 6, 0] . .
3920 .
3921
3922 r 1 r 2 V M * V R +
3923 @end smallexample
3924 @end group
3925
3926 @noindent
3927 Recalling two vectors from the previous section, we compute the
3928 sum of pairwise products of the elements to get the same answer
3929 for the dot product as before.
3930
3931 A slight variant of vector reduction is the @dfn{accumulate} operation,
3932 @kbd{V U}. This produces a vector of the intermediate results from
3933 a corresponding reduction. Here we compute a table of factorials:
3934
3935 @group
3936 @smallexample
3937 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] 1: [1, 2, 6, 24, 120, 720]
3938 . .
3939
3940 v x 6 RET V U *
3941 @end smallexample
3942 @end group
3943
3944 Calc allows vectors to grow as large as you like, although it gets
3945 rather slow if vectors have more than about a hundred elements.
3946 Actually, most of the time is spent formatting these large vectors
3947 for display, not calculating on them. Try the following experiment
3948 (if your computer is very fast you may need to substitute a larger
3949 vector size).
3950
3951 @group
3952 @smallexample
3953 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, ... 1: [2, 3, 4, 5, ...
3954 . .
3955
3956 v x 500 RET 1 V M +
3957 @end smallexample
3958 @end group
3959
3960 Now press @kbd{v .} (the letter @kbd{v}, then a period) and try the
3961 experiment again. In @kbd{v .} mode, long vectors are displayed
3962 ``abbreviated'' like this:
3963
3964 @group
3965 @smallexample
3966 1: [1, 2, 3, ..., 500] 1: [2, 3, 4, ..., 501]
3967 . .
3968
3969 v x 500 RET 1 V M +
3970 @end smallexample
3971 @end group
3972
3973 @noindent
3974 (where now the @samp{...} is actually part of the Calc display).
3975 You will find both operations are now much faster. But notice that
3976 even in @w{@kbd{v .}} mode, the full vectors are still shown in the Trail.
3977 Type @w{@kbd{t .}} to cause the trail to abbreviate as well, and try the
3978 experiment one more time. Operations on long vectors are now quite
3979 fast! (But of course if you use @kbd{t .} you will lose the ability
3980 to get old vectors back using the @kbd{t y} command.)
3981
3982 An easy way to view a full vector when @kbd{v .} mode is active is
3983 to press @kbd{`} (back-quote) to edit the vector; editing always works
3984 with the full, unabbreviated value.
3985
3986 @cindex Least-squares for fitting a straight line
3987 @cindex Fitting data to a line
3988 @cindex Line, fitting data to
3989 @cindex Data, extracting from buffers
3990 @cindex Columns of data, extracting
3991 As a larger example, let's try to fit a straight line to some data,
3992 using the method of least squares. (Calc has a built-in command for
3993 least-squares curve fitting, but we'll do it by hand here just to
3994 practice working with vectors.) Suppose we have the following list
3995 of values in a file we have loaded into Emacs:
3996
3997 @smallexample
3998 x y
3999 --- ---
4000 1.34 0.234
4001 1.41 0.298
4002 1.49 0.402
4003 1.56 0.412
4004 1.64 0.466
4005 1.73 0.473
4006 1.82 0.601
4007 1.91 0.519
4008 2.01 0.603
4009 2.11 0.637
4010 2.22 0.645
4011 2.33 0.705
4012 2.45 0.917
4013 2.58 1.009
4014 2.71 0.971
4015 2.85 1.062
4016 3.00 1.148
4017 3.15 1.157
4018 3.32 1.354
4019 @end smallexample
4020
4021 @noindent
4022 If you are reading this tutorial in printed form, you will find it
4023 easiest to press @kbd{M-# i} to enter the on-line Info version of
4024 the manual and find this table there. (Press @kbd{g}, then type
4025 @kbd{List Tutorial}, to jump straight to this section.)
4026
4027 Position the cursor at the upper-left corner of this table, just
4028 to the left of the @cite{1.34}. Press @kbd{C-@@} to set the mark.
4029 (On your system this may be @kbd{C-2}, @kbd{C-SPC}, or @kbd{NUL}.)
4030 Now position the cursor to the lower-right, just after the @cite{1.354}.
4031 You have now defined this region as an Emacs ``rectangle.'' Still
4032 in the Info buffer, type @kbd{M-# r}. This command
4033 (@code{calc-grab-rectangle}) will pop you back into the Calculator, with
4034 the contents of the rectangle you specified in the form of a matrix.@refill
4035
4036 @group
4037 @smallexample
4038 1: [ [ 1.34, 0.234 ]
4039 [ 1.41, 0.298 ]
4040 @dots{}
4041 @end smallexample
4042 @end group
4043
4044 @noindent
4045 (You may wish to use @kbd{v .} mode to abbreviate the display of this
4046 large matrix.)
4047
4048 We want to treat this as a pair of lists. The first step is to
4049 transpose this matrix into a pair of rows. Remember, a matrix is
4050 just a vector of vectors. So we can unpack the matrix into a pair
4051 of row vectors on the stack.
4052
4053 @group
4054 @smallexample
4055 1: [ [ 1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ] 2: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ]
4056 [ 0.234, 0.298, 0.402, ... ] ] 1: [0.234, 0.298, 0.402, ... ]
4057 . .
4058
4059 v t v u
4060 @end smallexample
4061 @end group
4062
4063 @noindent
4064 Let's store these in quick variables 1 and 2, respectively.
4065
4066 @group
4067 @smallexample
4068 1: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ] .
4069 .
4070
4071 t 2 t 1
4072 @end smallexample
4073 @end group
4074
4075 @noindent
4076 (Recall that @kbd{t 2} is a variant of @kbd{s 2} that removes the
4077 stored value from the stack.)
4078
4079 In a least squares fit, the slope @cite{m} is given by the formula
4080
4081 @ifinfo
4082 @example
4083 m = (N sum(x y) - sum(x) sum(y)) / (N sum(x^2) - sum(x)^2)
4084 @end example
4085 @end ifinfo
4086 @tex
4087 \turnoffactive
4088 \beforedisplay
4089 $$ m = {N \sum x y - \sum x \sum y \over
4090 N \sum x^2 - \left( \sum x \right)^2} $$
4091 \afterdisplay
4092 @end tex
4093
4094 @noindent
4095 where @c{$\sum x$}
4096 @cite{sum(x)} represents the sum of all the values of @cite{x}.
4097 While there is an actual @code{sum} function in Calc, it's easier to
4098 sum a vector using a simple reduction. First, let's compute the four
4099 different sums that this formula uses.
4100
4101 @group
4102 @smallexample
4103 1: 41.63 1: 98.0003
4104 . .
4105
4106 r 1 V R + t 3 r 1 2 V M ^ V R + t 4
4107
4108 @end smallexample
4109 @end group
4110 @noindent
4111 @group
4112 @smallexample
4113 1: 13.613 1: 33.36554
4114 . .
4115
4116 r 2 V R + t 5 r 1 r 2 V M * V R + t 6
4117 @end smallexample
4118 @end group
4119
4120 @ifinfo
4121 @noindent
4122 These are @samp{sum(x)}, @samp{sum(x^2)}, @samp{sum(y)}, and @samp{sum(x y)},
4123 respectively. (We could have used @kbd{*} to compute @samp{sum(x^2)} and
4124 @samp{sum(x y)}.)
4125 @end ifinfo
4126 @tex
4127 \turnoffactive
4128 These are $\sum x$, $\sum x^2$, $\sum y$, and $\sum x y$,
4129 respectively. (We could have used \kbd{*} to compute $\sum x^2$ and
4130 $\sum x y$.)
4131 @end tex
4132
4133 Finally, we also need @cite{N}, the number of data points. This is just
4134 the length of either of our lists.
4135
4136 @group
4137 @smallexample
4138 1: 19
4139 .
4140
4141 r 1 v l t 7
4142 @end smallexample
4143 @end group
4144
4145 @noindent
4146 (That's @kbd{v} followed by a lower-case @kbd{l}.)
4147
4148 Now we grind through the formula:
4149
4150 @group
4151 @smallexample
4152 1: 633.94526 2: 633.94526 1: 67.23607
4153 . 1: 566.70919 .
4154 .
4155
4156 r 7 r 6 * r 3 r 5 * -
4157
4158 @end smallexample
4159 @end group
4160 @noindent
4161 @group
4162 @smallexample
4163 2: 67.23607 3: 67.23607 2: 67.23607 1: 0.52141679
4164 1: 1862.0057 2: 1862.0057 1: 128.9488 .
4165 . 1: 1733.0569 .
4166 .
4167
4168 r 7 r 4 * r 3 2 ^ - / t 8
4169 @end smallexample
4170 @end group
4171
4172 That gives us the slope @cite{m}. The y-intercept @cite{b} can now
4173 be found with the simple formula,
4174
4175 @ifinfo
4176 @example
4177 b = (sum(y) - m sum(x)) / N
4178 @end example
4179 @end ifinfo
4180 @tex
4181 \turnoffactive
4182 \beforedisplay
4183 $$ b = {\sum y - m \sum x \over N} $$
4184 \afterdisplay
4185 \vskip10pt
4186 @end tex
4187
4188 @group
4189 @smallexample
4190 1: 13.613 2: 13.613 1: -8.09358 1: -0.425978
4191 . 1: 21.70658 . .
4192 .
4193
4194 r 5 r 8 r 3 * - r 7 / t 9
4195 @end smallexample
4196 @end group
4197
4198 Let's ``plot'' this straight line approximation, @c{$y \approx m x + b$}
4199 @cite{m x + b}, and compare it with the original data.@refill
4200
4201 @group
4202 @smallexample
4203 1: [0.699, 0.735, ... ] 1: [0.273, 0.309, ... ]
4204 . .
4205
4206 r 1 r 8 * r 9 + s 0
4207 @end smallexample
4208 @end group
4209
4210 @noindent
4211 Notice that multiplying a vector by a constant, and adding a constant
4212 to a vector, can be done without mapping commands since these are
4213 common operations from vector algebra. As far as Calc is concerned,
4214 we've just been doing geometry in 19-dimensional space!
4215
4216 We can subtract this vector from our original @cite{y} vector to get
4217 a feel for the error of our fit. Let's find the maximum error:
4218
4219 @group
4220 @smallexample
4221 1: [0.0387, 0.0112, ... ] 1: [0.0387, 0.0112, ... ] 1: 0.0897
4222 . . .
4223
4224 r 2 - V M A V R X
4225 @end smallexample
4226 @end group
4227
4228 @noindent
4229 First we compute a vector of differences, then we take the absolute
4230 values of these differences, then we reduce the @code{max} function
4231 across the vector. (The @code{max} function is on the two-key sequence
4232 @kbd{f x}; because it is so common to use @code{max} in a vector
4233 operation, the letters @kbd{X} and @kbd{N} are also accepted for
4234 @code{max} and @code{min} in this context. In general, you answer
4235 the @kbd{V M} or @kbd{V R} prompt with the actual key sequence that
4236 invokes the function you want. You could have typed @kbd{V R f x} or
4237 even @kbd{V R x max @key{RET}} if you had preferred.)
4238
4239 If your system has the GNUPLOT program, you can see graphs of your
4240 data and your straight line to see how well they match. (If you have
4241 GNUPLOT 3.0, the following instructions will work regardless of the
4242 kind of display you have. Some GNUPLOT 2.0, non-X-windows systems
4243 may require additional steps to view the graphs.)
4244
4245 Let's start by plotting the original data. Recall the ``@i{x}'' and ``@i{y}''
4246 vectors onto the stack and press @kbd{g f}. This ``fast'' graphing
4247 command does everything you need to do for simple, straightforward
4248 plotting of data.
4249
4250 @group
4251 @smallexample
4252 2: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ]
4253 1: [0.234, 0.298, 0.402, ... ]
4254 .
4255
4256 r 1 r 2 g f
4257 @end smallexample
4258 @end group
4259
4260 If all goes well, you will shortly get a new window containing a graph
4261 of the data. (If not, contact your GNUPLOT or Calc installer to find
4262 out what went wrong.) In the X window system, this will be a separate
4263 graphics window. For other kinds of displays, the default is to
4264 display the graph in Emacs itself using rough character graphics.
4265 Press @kbd{q} when you are done viewing the character graphics.
4266
4267 Next, let's add the line we got from our least-squares fit:
4268
4269 @group
4270 @smallexample
4271 2: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ]
4272 1: [0.273, 0.309, 0.351, ... ]
4273 .
4274
4275 DEL r 0 g a g p
4276 @end smallexample
4277 @end group
4278
4279 It's not very useful to get symbols to mark the data points on this
4280 second curve; you can type @kbd{g S g p} to remove them. Type @kbd{g q}
4281 when you are done to remove the X graphics window and terminate GNUPLOT.
4282
4283 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} An earlier exercise showed how to do
4284 least squares fitting to a general system of equations. Our 19 data
4285 points are really 19 equations of the form @cite{y_i = m x_i + b} for
4286 different pairs of @cite{(x_i,y_i)}. Use the matrix-transpose method
4287 to solve for @cite{m} and @cite{b}, duplicating the above result.
4288 @xref{List Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
4289
4290 @cindex Geometric mean
4291 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} If the input data do not form a
4292 rectangle, you can use @w{@kbd{M-# g}} (@code{calc-grab-region})
4293 to grab the data the way Emacs normally works with regions---it reads
4294 left-to-right, top-to-bottom, treating line breaks the same as spaces.
4295 Use this command to find the geometric mean of the following numbers.
4296 (The geometric mean is the @var{n}th root of the product of @var{n} numbers.)
4297
4298 @example
4299 2.3 6 22 15.1 7
4300 15 14 7.5
4301 2.5
4302 @end example
4303
4304 @noindent
4305 The @kbd{M-# g} command accepts numbers separated by spaces or commas,
4306 with or without surrounding vector brackets.
4307 @xref{List Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
4308
4309 @ifinfo
4310 As another example, a theorem about binomial coefficients tells
4311 us that the alternating sum of binomial coefficients
4312 @var{n}-choose-0 minus @var{n}-choose-1 plus @var{n}-choose-2, and so
4313 on up to @var{n}-choose-@var{n},
4314 always comes out to zero. Let's verify this
4315 for @cite{n=6}.@refill
4316 @end ifinfo
4317 @tex
4318 As another example, a theorem about binomial coefficients tells
4319 us that the alternating sum of binomial coefficients
4320 ${n \choose 0} - {n \choose 1} + {n \choose 2} - \cdots \pm {n \choose n}$
4321 always comes out to zero. Let's verify this
4322 for \cite{n=6}.
4323 @end tex
4324
4325 @group
4326 @smallexample
4327 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] 1: [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
4328 . .
4329
4330 v x 7 RET 1 -
4331
4332 @end smallexample
4333 @end group
4334 @noindent
4335 @group
4336 @smallexample
4337 1: [1, -6, 15, -20, 15, -6, 1] 1: 0
4338 . .
4339
4340 V M ' (-1)^$ choose(6,$) RET V R +
4341 @end smallexample
4342 @end group
4343
4344 The @kbd{V M '} command prompts you to enter any algebraic expression
4345 to define the function to map over the vector. The symbol @samp{$}
4346 inside this expression represents the argument to the function.
4347 The Calculator applies this formula to each element of the vector,
4348 substituting each element's value for the @samp{$} sign(s) in turn.
4349
4350 To define a two-argument function, use @samp{$$} for the first
4351 argument and @samp{$} for the second: @kbd{V M ' $$-$ RET} is
4352 equivalent to @kbd{V M -}. This is analogous to regular algebraic
4353 entry, where @samp{$$} would refer to the next-to-top stack entry
4354 and @samp{$} would refer to the top stack entry, and @kbd{' $$-$ RET}
4355 would act exactly like @kbd{-}.
4356
4357 Notice that the @kbd{V M '} command has recorded two things in the
4358 trail: The result, as usual, and also a funny-looking thing marked
4359 @samp{oper} that represents the operator function you typed in.
4360 The function is enclosed in @samp{< >} brackets, and the argument is
4361 denoted by a @samp{#} sign. If there were several arguments, they
4362 would be shown as @samp{#1}, @samp{#2}, and so on. (For example,
4363 @kbd{V M ' $$-$} will put the function @samp{<#1 - #2>} on the
4364 trail.) This object is a ``nameless function''; you can use nameless
4365 @w{@samp{< >}} notation to answer the @kbd{V M '} prompt if you like.
4366 Nameless function notation has the interesting, occasionally useful
4367 property that a nameless function is not actually evaluated until
4368 it is used. For example, @kbd{V M ' $+random(2.0)} evaluates
4369 @samp{random(2.0)} once and adds that random number to all elements
4370 of the vector, but @kbd{V M ' <#+random(2.0)>} evaluates the
4371 @samp{random(2.0)} separately for each vector element.
4372
4373 Another group of operators that are often useful with @kbd{V M} are
4374 the relational operators: @kbd{a =}, for example, compares two numbers
4375 and gives the result 1 if they are equal, or 0 if not. Similarly,
4376 @w{@kbd{a <}} checks for one number being less than another.
4377
4378 Other useful vector operations include @kbd{v v}, to reverse a
4379 vector end-for-end; @kbd{V S}, to sort the elements of a vector
4380 into increasing order; and @kbd{v r} and @w{@kbd{v c}}, to extract
4381 one row or column of a matrix, or (in both cases) to extract one
4382 element of a plain vector. With a negative argument, @kbd{v r}
4383 and @kbd{v c} instead delete one row, column, or vector element.
4384
4385 @cindex Divisor functions
4386 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} The @cite{k}th @dfn{divisor function}
4387 @tex
4388 $\sigma_k(n)$
4389 @end tex
4390 is the sum of the @cite{k}th powers of all the divisors of an
4391 integer @cite{n}. Figure out a method for computing the divisor
4392 function for reasonably small values of @cite{n}. As a test,
4393 the 0th and 1st divisor functions of 30 are 8 and 72, respectively.
4394 @xref{List Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
4395
4396 @cindex Square-free numbers
4397 @cindex Duplicate values in a list
4398 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 5.} The @kbd{k f} command produces a
4399 list of prime factors for a number. Sometimes it is important to
4400 know that a number is @dfn{square-free}, i.e., that no prime occurs
4401 more than once in its list of prime factors. Find a sequence of
4402 keystrokes to tell if a number is square-free; your method should
4403 leave 1 on the stack if it is, or 0 if it isn't.
4404 @xref{List Answer 5, 5}. (@bullet{})
4405
4406 @cindex Triangular lists
4407 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 6.} Build a list of lists that looks
4408 like the following diagram. (You may wish to use the @kbd{v /}
4409 command to enable multi-line display of vectors.)
4410
4411 @group
4412 @smallexample
4413 1: [ [1],
4414 [1, 2],
4415 [1, 2, 3],
4416 [1, 2, 3, 4],
4417 [1, 2, 3, 4, 5],
4418 [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] ]
4419 @end smallexample
4420 @end group
4421
4422 @noindent
4423 @xref{List Answer 6, 6}. (@bullet{})
4424
4425 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 7.} Build the following list of lists.
4426
4427 @group
4428 @smallexample
4429 1: [ [0],
4430 [1, 2],
4431 [3, 4, 5],
4432 [6, 7, 8, 9],
4433 [10, 11, 12, 13, 14],
4434 [15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20] ]
4435 @end smallexample
4436 @end group
4437
4438 @noindent
4439 @xref{List Answer 7, 7}. (@bullet{})
4440
4441 @cindex Maximizing a function over a list of values
4442 @c [fix-ref Numerical Solutions]
4443 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 8.} Compute a list of values of Bessel's
4444 @c{$J_1(x)$}
4445 @cite{J1} function @samp{besJ(1,x)} for @cite{x} from 0 to 5
4446 in steps of 0.25.
4447 Find the value of @cite{x} (from among the above set of values) for
4448 which @samp{besJ(1,x)} is a maximum. Use an ``automatic'' method,
4449 i.e., just reading along the list by hand to find the largest value
4450 is not allowed! (There is an @kbd{a X} command which does this kind
4451 of thing automatically; @pxref{Numerical Solutions}.)
4452 @xref{List Answer 8, 8}. (@bullet{})@refill
4453
4454 @cindex Digits, vectors of
4455 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 9.} You are given an integer in the range
4456 @c{$0 \le N < 10^m$}
4457 @cite{0 <= N < 10^m} for @cite{m=12} (i.e., an integer of less than
4458 twelve digits). Convert this integer into a vector of @cite{m}
4459 digits, each in the range from 0 to 9. In vector-of-digits notation,
4460 add one to this integer to produce a vector of @cite{m+1} digits
4461 (since there could be a carry out of the most significant digit).
4462 Convert this vector back into a regular integer. A good integer
4463 to try is 25129925999. @xref{List Answer 9, 9}. (@bullet{})
4464
4465 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 10.} Your friend Joe tried to use
4466 @kbd{V R a =} to test if all numbers in a list were equal. What
4467 happened? How would you do this test? @xref{List Answer 10, 10}. (@bullet{})
4468
4469 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 11.} The area of a circle of radius one
4470 is @c{$\pi$}
4471 @cite{pi}. The area of the @c{$2\times2$}
4472 @asis{2x2} square that encloses that
4473 circle is 4. So if we throw @i{N} darts at random points in the square,
4474 about @c{$\pi/4$}
4475 @cite{pi/4} of them will land inside the circle. This gives us
4476 an entertaining way to estimate the value of @c{$\pi$}
4477 @cite{pi}. The @w{@kbd{k r}}
4478 command picks a random number between zero and the value on the stack.
4479 We could get a random floating-point number between @i{-1} and 1 by typing
4480 @w{@kbd{2.0 k r 1 -}}. Build a vector of 100 random @cite{(x,y)} points in
4481 this square, then use vector mapping and reduction to count how many
4482 points lie inside the unit circle. Hint: Use the @kbd{v b} command.
4483 @xref{List Answer 11, 11}. (@bullet{})
4484
4485 @cindex Matchstick problem
4486 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 12.} The @dfn{matchstick problem} provides
4487 another way to calculate @c{$\pi$}
4488 @cite{pi}. Say you have an infinite field
4489 of vertical lines with a spacing of one inch. Toss a one-inch matchstick
4490 onto the field. The probability that the matchstick will land crossing
4491 a line turns out to be @c{$2/\pi$}
4492 @cite{2/pi}. Toss 100 matchsticks to estimate
4493 @c{$\pi$}
4494 @cite{pi}. (If you want still more fun, the probability that the GCD
4495 (@w{@kbd{k g}}) of two large integers is one turns out to be @c{$6/\pi^2$}
4496 @cite{6/pi^2}.
4497 That provides yet another way to estimate @c{$\pi$}
4498 @cite{pi}.)
4499 @xref{List Answer 12, 12}. (@bullet{})
4500
4501 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 13.} An algebraic entry of a string in
4502 double-quote marks, @samp{"hello"}, creates a vector of the numerical
4503 (ASCII) codes of the characters (here, @cite{[104, 101, 108, 108, 111]}).
4504 Sometimes it is convenient to compute a @dfn{hash code} of a string,
4505 which is just an integer that represents the value of that string.
4506 Two equal strings have the same hash code; two different strings
4507 @dfn{probably} have different hash codes. (For example, Calc has
4508 over 400 function names, but Emacs can quickly find the definition for
4509 any given name because it has sorted the functions into ``buckets'' by
4510 their hash codes. Sometimes a few names will hash into the same bucket,
4511 but it is easier to search among a few names than among all the names.)
4512 One popular hash function is computed as follows: First set @cite{h = 0}.
4513 Then, for each character from the string in turn, set @cite{h = 3h + c_i}
4514 where @cite{c_i} is the character's ASCII code. If we have 511 buckets,
4515 we then take the hash code modulo 511 to get the bucket number. Develop a
4516 simple command or commands for converting string vectors into hash codes.
4517 The hash code for @samp{"Testing, 1, 2, 3"} is 1960915098, which modulo
4518 511 is 121. @xref{List Answer 13, 13}. (@bullet{})
4519
4520 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 14.} The @kbd{H V R} and @kbd{H V U}
4521 commands do nested function evaluations. @kbd{H V U} takes a starting
4522 value and a number of steps @var{n} from the stack; it then applies the
4523 function you give to the starting value 0, 1, 2, up to @var{n} times
4524 and returns a vector of the results. Use this command to create a
4525 ``random walk'' of 50 steps. Start with the two-dimensional point
4526 @cite{(0,0)}; then take one step a random distance between @i{-1} and 1
4527 in both @cite{x} and @cite{y}; then take another step, and so on. Use the
4528 @kbd{g f} command to display this random walk. Now modify your random
4529 walk to walk a unit distance, but in a random direction, at each step.
4530 (Hint: The @code{sincos} function returns a vector of the cosine and
4531 sine of an angle.) @xref{List Answer 14, 14}. (@bullet{})
4532
4533 @node Types Tutorial, Algebra Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial, Tutorial
4534 @section Types Tutorial
4535
4536 @noindent
4537 Calc understands a variety of data types as well as simple numbers.
4538 In this section, we'll experiment with each of these types in turn.
4539
4540 The numbers we've been using so far have mainly been either @dfn{integers}
4541 or @dfn{floats}. We saw that floats are usually a good approximation to
4542 the mathematical concept of real numbers, but they are only approximations
4543 and are susceptible to roundoff error. Calc also supports @dfn{fractions},
4544 which can exactly represent any rational number.
4545
4546 @group
4547 @smallexample
4548 1: 3628800 2: 3628800 1: 518400:7 1: 518414:7 1: 7:518414
4549 . 1: 49 . . .
4550 .
4551
4552 10 ! 49 RET : 2 + &
4553 @end smallexample
4554 @end group
4555
4556 @noindent
4557 The @kbd{:} command divides two integers to get a fraction; @kbd{/}
4558 would normally divide integers to get a floating-point result.
4559 Notice we had to type @key{RET} between the @kbd{49} and the @kbd{:}
4560 since the @kbd{:} would otherwise be interpreted as part of a
4561 fraction beginning with 49.
4562
4563 You can convert between floating-point and fractional format using
4564 @kbd{c f} and @kbd{c F}:
4565
4566 @group
4567 @smallexample
4568 1: 1.35027217629e-5 1: 7:518414
4569 . .
4570
4571 c f c F
4572 @end smallexample
4573 @end group
4574
4575 The @kbd{c F} command replaces a floating-point number with the
4576 ``simplest'' fraction whose floating-point representation is the
4577 same, to within the current precision.
4578
4579 @group
4580 @smallexample
4581 1: 3.14159265359 1: 1146408:364913 1: 3.1416 1: 355:113
4582 . . . .
4583
4584 P c F DEL p 5 RET P c F
4585 @end smallexample
4586 @end group
4587
4588 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} A calculation has produced the
4589 result 1.26508260337. You suspect it is the square root of the
4590 product of @c{$\pi$}
4591 @cite{pi} and some rational number. Is it? (Be sure
4592 to allow for roundoff error!) @xref{Types Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
4593
4594 @dfn{Complex numbers} can be stored in both rectangular and polar form.
4595
4596 @group
4597 @smallexample
4598 1: -9 1: (0, 3) 1: (3; 90.) 1: (6; 90.) 1: (2.4495; 45.)
4599 . . . . .
4600
4601 9 n Q c p 2 * Q
4602 @end smallexample
4603 @end group
4604
4605 @noindent
4606 The square root of @i{-9} is by default rendered in rectangular form
4607 (@w{@cite{0 + 3i}}), but we can convert it to polar form (3 with a
4608 phase angle of 90 degrees). All the usual arithmetic and scientific
4609 operations are defined on both types of complex numbers.
4610
4611 Another generalized kind of number is @dfn{infinity}. Infinity
4612 isn't really a number, but it can sometimes be treated like one.
4613 Calc uses the symbol @code{inf} to represent positive infinity,
4614 i.e., a value greater than any real number. Naturally, you can
4615 also write @samp{-inf} for minus infinity, a value less than any
4616 real number. The word @code{inf} can only be input using
4617 algebraic entry.
4618
4619 @group
4620 @smallexample
4621 2: inf 2: -inf 2: -inf 2: -inf 1: nan
4622 1: -17 1: -inf 1: -inf 1: inf .
4623 . . . .
4624
4625 ' inf RET 17 n * RET 72 + A +
4626 @end smallexample
4627 @end group
4628
4629 @noindent
4630 Since infinity is infinitely large, multiplying it by any finite
4631 number (like @i{-17}) has no effect, except that since @i{-17}
4632 is negative, it changes a plus infinity to a minus infinity.
4633 (``A huge positive number, multiplied by @i{-17}, yields a huge
4634 negative number.'') Adding any finite number to infinity also
4635 leaves it unchanged. Taking an absolute value gives us plus
4636 infinity again. Finally, we add this plus infinity to the minus
4637 infinity we had earlier. If you work it out, you might expect
4638 the answer to be @i{-72} for this. But the 72 has been completely
4639 lost next to the infinities; by the time we compute @w{@samp{inf - inf}}
4640 the finite difference between them, if any, is indetectable.
4641 So we say the result is @dfn{indeterminate}, which Calc writes
4642 with the symbol @code{nan} (for Not A Number).
4643
4644 Dividing by zero is normally treated as an error, but you can get
4645 Calc to write an answer in terms of infinity by pressing @kbd{m i}
4646 to turn on ``infinite mode.''
4647
4648 @group
4649 @smallexample
4650 3: nan 2: nan 2: nan 2: nan 1: nan
4651 2: 1 1: 1 / 0 1: uinf 1: uinf .
4652 1: 0 . . .
4653 .
4654
4655 1 RET 0 / m i U / 17 n * +
4656 @end smallexample
4657 @end group
4658
4659 @noindent
4660 Dividing by zero normally is left unevaluated, but after @kbd{m i}
4661 it instead gives an infinite result. The answer is actually
4662 @code{uinf}, ``undirected infinity.'' If you look at a graph of
4663 @cite{1 / x} around @w{@cite{x = 0}}, you'll see that it goes toward
4664 plus infinity as you approach zero from above, but toward minus
4665 infinity as you approach from below. Since we said only @cite{1 / 0},
4666 Calc knows that the answer is infinite but not in which direction.
4667 That's what @code{uinf} means. Notice that multiplying @code{uinf}
4668 by a negative number still leaves plain @code{uinf}; there's no
4669 point in saying @samp{-uinf} because the sign of @code{uinf} is
4670 unknown anyway. Finally, we add @code{uinf} to our @code{nan},
4671 yielding @code{nan} again. It's easy to see that, because
4672 @code{nan} means ``totally unknown'' while @code{uinf} means
4673 ``unknown sign but known to be infinite,'' the more mysterious
4674 @code{nan} wins out when it is combined with @code{uinf}, or, for
4675 that matter, with anything else.
4676
4677 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Predict what Calc will answer
4678 for each of these formulas: @samp{inf / inf}, @samp{exp(inf)},
4679 @samp{exp(-inf)}, @samp{sqrt(-inf)}, @samp{sqrt(uinf)},
4680 @samp{abs(uinf)}, @samp{ln(0)}.
4681 @xref{Types Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
4682
4683 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} We saw that @samp{inf - inf = nan},
4684 which stands for an unknown value. Can @code{nan} stand for
4685 a complex number? Can it stand for infinity?
4686 @xref{Types Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
4687
4688 @dfn{HMS forms} represent a value in terms of hours, minutes, and
4689 seconds.
4690
4691 @group
4692 @smallexample
4693 1: 2@@ 30' 0" 1: 3@@ 30' 0" 2: 3@@ 30' 0" 1: 2.
4694 . . 1: 1@@ 45' 0." .
4695 .
4696
4697 2@@ 30' RET 1 + RET 2 / /
4698 @end smallexample
4699 @end group
4700
4701 HMS forms can also be used to hold angles in degrees, minutes, and
4702 seconds.
4703
4704 @group
4705 @smallexample
4706 1: 0.5 1: 26.56505 1: 26@@ 33' 54.18" 1: 0.44721
4707 . . . .
4708
4709 0.5 I T c h S
4710 @end smallexample
4711 @end group
4712
4713 @noindent
4714 First we convert the inverse tangent of 0.5 to degrees-minutes-seconds
4715 form, then we take the sine of that angle. Note that the trigonometric
4716 functions will accept HMS forms directly as input.
4717
4718 @cindex Beatles
4719 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} The Beatles' @emph{Abbey Road} is
4720 47 minutes and 26 seconds long, and contains 17 songs. What is the
4721 average length of a song on @emph{Abbey Road}? If the Extended Disco
4722 Version of @emph{Abbey Road} added 20 seconds to the length of each
4723 song, how long would the album be? @xref{Types Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
4724
4725 A @dfn{date form} represents a date, or a date and time. Dates must
4726 be entered using algebraic entry. Date forms are surrounded by
4727 @samp{< >} symbols; most standard formats for dates are recognized.
4728
4729 @group
4730 @smallexample
4731 2: <Sun Jan 13, 1991> 1: 2.25
4732 1: <6:00pm Thu Jan 10, 1991> .
4733 .
4734
4735 ' <13 Jan 1991>, <1/10/91, 6pm> RET -
4736 @end smallexample
4737 @end group
4738
4739 @noindent
4740 In this example, we enter two dates, then subtract to find the
4741 number of days between them. It is also possible to add an
4742 HMS form or a number (of days) to a date form to get another
4743 date form.
4744
4745 @group
4746 @smallexample
4747 1: <4:45:59pm Mon Jan 14, 1991> 1: <2:50:59am Thu Jan 17, 1991>
4748 . .
4749
4750 t N 2 + 10@@ 5' +
4751 @end smallexample
4752 @end group
4753
4754 @c [fix-ref Date Arithmetic]
4755 @noindent
4756 The @kbd{t N} (``now'') command pushes the current date and time on the
4757 stack; then we add two days, ten hours and five minutes to the date and
4758 time. Other date-and-time related commands include @kbd{t J}, which
4759 does Julian day conversions, @kbd{t W}, which finds the beginning of
4760 the week in which a date form lies, and @kbd{t I}, which increments a
4761 date by one or several months. @xref{Date Arithmetic}, for more.
4762
4763 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 5.} How many days until the next
4764 Friday the 13th? @xref{Types Answer 5, 5}. (@bullet{})
4765
4766 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 6.} How many leap years will there be
4767 between now and the year 10001 A.D.? @xref{Types Answer 6, 6}. (@bullet{})
4768
4769 @cindex Slope and angle of a line
4770 @cindex Angle and slope of a line
4771 An @dfn{error form} represents a mean value with an attached standard
4772 deviation, or error estimate. Suppose our measurements indicate that
4773 a certain telephone pole is about 30 meters away, with an estimated
4774 error of 1 meter, and 8 meters tall, with an estimated error of 0.2
4775 meters. What is the slope of a line from here to the top of the
4776 pole, and what is the equivalent angle in degrees?
4777
4778 @group
4779 @smallexample
4780 1: 8 +/- 0.2 2: 8 +/- 0.2 1: 0.266 +/- 0.011 1: 14.93 +/- 0.594
4781 . 1: 30 +/- 1 . .
4782 .
4783
4784 8 p .2 RET 30 p 1 / I T
4785 @end smallexample
4786 @end group
4787
4788 @noindent
4789 This means that the angle is about 15 degrees, and, assuming our
4790 original error estimates were valid standard deviations, there is about
4791 a 60% chance that the result is correct within 0.59 degrees.
4792
4793 @cindex Torus, volume of
4794 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 7.} The volume of a torus (a donut shape) is
4795 @c{$2 \pi^2 R r^2$}
4796 @w{@cite{2 pi^2 R r^2}} where @cite{R} is the radius of the circle that
4797 defines the center of the tube and @cite{r} is the radius of the tube
4798 itself. Suppose @cite{R} is 20 cm and @cite{r} is 4 cm, each known to
4799 within 5 percent. What is the volume and the relative uncertainty of
4800 the volume? @xref{Types Answer 7, 7}. (@bullet{})
4801
4802 An @dfn{interval form} represents a range of values. While an
4803 error form is best for making statistical estimates, intervals give
4804 you exact bounds on an answer. Suppose we additionally know that
4805 our telephone pole is definitely between 28 and 31 meters away,
4806 and that it is between 7.7 and 8.1 meters tall.
4807
4808 @group
4809 @smallexample
4810 1: [7.7 .. 8.1] 2: [7.7 .. 8.1] 1: [0.24 .. 0.28] 1: [13.9 .. 16.1]
4811 . 1: [28 .. 31] . .
4812 .
4813
4814 [ 7.7 .. 8.1 ] [ 28 .. 31 ] / I T
4815 @end smallexample
4816 @end group
4817
4818 @noindent
4819 If our bounds were correct, then the angle to the top of the pole
4820 is sure to lie in the range shown.
4821
4822 The square brackets around these intervals indicate that the endpoints
4823 themselves are allowable values. In other words, the distance to the
4824 telephone pole is between 28 and 31, @emph{inclusive}. You can also
4825 make an interval that is exclusive of its endpoints by writing
4826 parentheses instead of square brackets. You can even make an interval
4827 which is inclusive (``closed'') on one end and exclusive (``open'') on
4828 the other.
4829
4830 @group
4831 @smallexample
4832 1: [1 .. 10) 1: (0.1 .. 1] 2: (0.1 .. 1] 1: (0.2 .. 3)
4833 . . 1: [2 .. 3) .
4834 .
4835
4836 [ 1 .. 10 ) & [ 2 .. 3 ) *
4837 @end smallexample
4838 @end group
4839
4840 @noindent
4841 The Calculator automatically keeps track of which end values should
4842 be open and which should be closed. You can also make infinite or
4843 semi-infinite intervals by using @samp{-inf} or @samp{inf} for one
4844 or both endpoints.
4845
4846 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 8.} What answer would you expect from
4847 @samp{@w{1 /} @w{(0 .. 10)}}? What about @samp{@w{1 /} @w{(-10 .. 0)}}? What
4848 about @samp{@w{1 /} @w{[0 .. 10]}} (where the interval actually includes
4849 zero)? What about @samp{@w{1 /} @w{(-10 .. 10)}}?
4850 @xref{Types Answer 8, 8}. (@bullet{})
4851
4852 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 9.} Two easy ways of squaring a number
4853 are @kbd{RET *} and @w{@kbd{2 ^}}. Normally these produce the same
4854 answer. Would you expect this still to hold true for interval forms?
4855 If not, which of these will result in a larger interval?
4856 @xref{Types Answer 9, 9}. (@bullet{})
4857
4858 A @dfn{modulo form} is used for performing arithmetic modulo @i{M}.
4859 For example, arithmetic involving time is generally done modulo 12
4860 or 24 hours.
4861
4862 @group
4863 @smallexample
4864 1: 17 mod 24 1: 3 mod 24 1: 21 mod 24 1: 9 mod 24
4865 . . . .
4866
4867 17 M 24 RET 10 + n 5 /
4868 @end smallexample
4869 @end group
4870
4871 @noindent
4872 In this last step, Calc has found a new number which, when multiplied
4873 by 5 modulo 24, produces the original number, 21. If @i{M} is prime
4874 it is always possible to find such a number. For non-prime @i{M}
4875 like 24, it is only sometimes possible.
4876
4877 @group
4878 @smallexample
4879 1: 10 mod 24 1: 16 mod 24 1: 1000000... 1: 16
4880 . . . .
4881
4882 10 M 24 RET 100 ^ 10 RET 100 ^ 24 %
4883 @end smallexample
4884 @end group
4885
4886 @noindent
4887 These two calculations get the same answer, but the first one is
4888 much more efficient because it avoids the huge intermediate value
4889 that arises in the second one.
4890
4891 @cindex Fermat, primality test of
4892 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 10.} A theorem of Pierre de Fermat
4893 says that @c{\w{$x^{n-1} \bmod n = 1$}}
4894 @cite{x^(n-1) mod n = 1} if @cite{n} is a prime number
4895 and @cite{x} is an integer less than @cite{n}. If @cite{n} is
4896 @emph{not} a prime number, this will @emph{not} be true for most
4897 values of @cite{x}. Thus we can test informally if a number is
4898 prime by trying this formula for several values of @cite{x}.
4899 Use this test to tell whether the following numbers are prime:
4900 811749613, 15485863. @xref{Types Answer 10, 10}. (@bullet{})
4901
4902 It is possible to use HMS forms as parts of error forms, intervals,
4903 modulo forms, or as the phase part of a polar complex number.
4904 For example, the @code{calc-time} command pushes the current time
4905 of day on the stack as an HMS/modulo form.
4906
4907 @group
4908 @smallexample
4909 1: 17@@ 34' 45" mod 24@@ 0' 0" 1: 6@@ 22' 15" mod 24@@ 0' 0"
4910 . .
4911
4912 x time RET n
4913 @end smallexample
4914 @end group
4915
4916 @noindent
4917 This calculation tells me it is six hours and 22 minutes until midnight.
4918
4919 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 11.} A rule of thumb is that one year
4920 is about @c{$\pi \times 10^7$}
4921 @w{@cite{pi * 10^7}} seconds. What time will it be that
4922 many seconds from right now? @xref{Types Answer 11, 11}. (@bullet{})
4923
4924 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 12.} You are preparing to order packaging
4925 for the CD release of the Extended Disco Version of @emph{Abbey Road}.
4926 You are told that the songs will actually be anywhere from 20 to 60
4927 seconds longer than the originals. One CD can hold about 75 minutes
4928 of music. Should you order single or double packages?
4929 @xref{Types Answer 12, 12}. (@bullet{})
4930
4931 Another kind of data the Calculator can manipulate is numbers with
4932 @dfn{units}. This isn't strictly a new data type; it's simply an
4933 application of algebraic expressions, where we use variables with
4934 suggestive names like @samp{cm} and @samp{in} to represent units
4935 like centimeters and inches.
4936
4937 @group
4938 @smallexample
4939 1: 2 in 1: 5.08 cm 1: 0.027778 fath 1: 0.0508 m
4940 . . . .
4941
4942 ' 2in RET u c cm RET u c fath RET u b
4943 @end smallexample
4944 @end group
4945
4946 @noindent
4947 We enter the quantity ``2 inches'' (actually an algebraic expression
4948 which means two times the variable @samp{in}), then we convert it
4949 first to centimeters, then to fathoms, then finally to ``base'' units,
4950 which in this case means meters.
4951
4952 @group
4953 @smallexample
4954 1: 9 acre 1: 3 sqrt(acre) 1: 190.84 m 1: 190.84 m + 30 cm
4955 . . . .
4956
4957 ' 9 acre RET Q u s ' $+30 cm RET
4958
4959 @end smallexample
4960 @end group
4961 @noindent
4962 @group
4963 @smallexample
4964 1: 191.14 m 1: 36536.3046 m^2 1: 365363046 cm^2
4965 . . .
4966
4967 u s 2 ^ u c cgs
4968 @end smallexample
4969 @end group
4970
4971 @noindent
4972 Since units expressions are really just formulas, taking the square
4973 root of @samp{acre} is undefined. After all, @code{acre} might be an
4974 algebraic variable that you will someday assign a value. We use the
4975 ``units-simplify'' command to simplify the expression with variables
4976 being interpreted as unit names.
4977
4978 In the final step, we have converted not to a particular unit, but to a
4979 units system. The ``cgs'' system uses centimeters instead of meters
4980 as its standard unit of length.
4981
4982 There is a wide variety of units defined in the Calculator.
4983
4984 @group
4985 @smallexample
4986 1: 55 mph 1: 88.5139 kph 1: 88.5139 km / hr 1: 8.201407e-8 c
4987 . . . .
4988
4989 ' 55 mph RET u c kph RET u c km/hr RET u c c RET
4990 @end smallexample
4991 @end group
4992
4993 @noindent
4994 We express a speed first in miles per hour, then in kilometers per
4995 hour, then again using a slightly more explicit notation, then
4996 finally in terms of fractions of the speed of light.
4997
4998 Temperature conversions are a bit more tricky. There are two ways to
4999 interpret ``20 degrees Fahrenheit''---it could mean an actual
5000 temperature, or it could mean a change in temperature. For normal
5001 units there is no difference, but temperature units have an offset
5002 as well as a scale factor and so there must be two explicit commands
5003 for them.
5004
5005 @group
5006 @smallexample
5007 1: 20 degF 1: 11.1111 degC 1: -20:3 degC 1: -6.666 degC
5008 . . . .
5009
5010 ' 20 degF RET u c degC RET U u t degC RET c f
5011 @end smallexample
5012 @end group
5013
5014 @noindent
5015 First we convert a change of 20 degrees Fahrenheit into an equivalent
5016 change in degrees Celsius (or Centigrade). Then, we convert the
5017 absolute temperature 20 degrees Fahrenheit into Celsius. Since
5018 this comes out as an exact fraction, we then convert to floating-point
5019 for easier comparison with the other result.
5020
5021 For simple unit conversions, you can put a plain number on the stack.
5022 Then @kbd{u c} and @kbd{u t} will prompt for both old and new units.
5023 When you use this method, you're responsible for remembering which
5024 numbers are in which units:
5025
5026 @group
5027 @smallexample
5028 1: 55 1: 88.5139 1: 8.201407e-8
5029 . . .
5030
5031 55 u c mph RET kph RET u c km/hr RET c RET
5032 @end smallexample
5033 @end group
5034
5035 To see a complete list of built-in units, type @kbd{u v}. Press
5036 @w{@kbd{M-# c}} again to re-enter the Calculator when you're done looking
5037 at the units table.
5038
5039 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 13.} How many seconds are there really
5040 in a year? @xref{Types Answer 13, 13}. (@bullet{})
5041
5042 @cindex Speed of light
5043 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 14.} Supercomputer designs are limited by
5044 the speed of light (and of electricity, which is nearly as fast).
5045 Suppose a computer has a 4.1 ns (nanosecond) clock cycle, and its
5046 cabinet is one meter across. Is speed of light going to be a
5047 significant factor in its design? @xref{Types Answer 14, 14}. (@bullet{})
5048
5049 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 15.} Sam the Slug normally travels about
5050 five yards in an hour. He has obtained a supply of Power Pills; each
5051 Power Pill he eats doubles his speed. How many Power Pills can he
5052 swallow and still travel legally on most US highways?
5053 @xref{Types Answer 15, 15}. (@bullet{})
5054
5055 @node Algebra Tutorial, Programming Tutorial, Types Tutorial, Tutorial
5056 @section Algebra and Calculus Tutorial
5057
5058 @noindent
5059 This section shows how to use Calc's algebra facilities to solve
5060 equations, do simple calculus problems, and manipulate algebraic
5061 formulas.
5062
5063 @menu
5064 * Basic Algebra Tutorial::
5065 * Rewrites Tutorial::
5066 @end menu
5067
5068 @node Basic Algebra Tutorial, Rewrites Tutorial, Algebra Tutorial, Algebra Tutorial
5069 @subsection Basic Algebra
5070
5071 @noindent
5072 If you enter a formula in algebraic mode that refers to variables,
5073 the formula itself is pushed onto the stack. You can manipulate
5074 formulas as regular data objects.
5075
5076 @group
5077 @smallexample
5078 1: 2 x^2 - 6 1: 6 - 2 x^2 1: (6 - 2 x^2) (3 x^2 + y)
5079 . . .
5080
5081 ' 2x^2-6 RET n ' 3x^2+y RET *
5082 @end smallexample
5083 @end group
5084
5085 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Do @kbd{' x RET Q 2 ^} and
5086 @kbd{' x RET 2 ^ Q} both wind up with the same result (@samp{x})?
5087 Why or why not? @xref{Algebra Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
5088
5089 There are also commands for doing common algebraic operations on
5090 formulas. Continuing with the formula from the last example,
5091
5092 @group
5093 @smallexample
5094 1: 18 x^2 + 6 y - 6 x^4 - 2 x^2 y 1: (18 - 2 y) x^2 - 6 x^4 + 6 y
5095 . .
5096
5097 a x a c x RET
5098 @end smallexample
5099 @end group
5100
5101 @noindent
5102 First we ``expand'' using the distributive law, then we ``collect''
5103 terms involving like powers of @cite{x}.
5104
5105 Let's find the value of this expression when @cite{x} is 2 and @cite{y}
5106 is one-half.
5107
5108 @group
5109 @smallexample
5110 1: 17 x^2 - 6 x^4 + 3 1: -25
5111 . .
5112
5113 1:2 s l y RET 2 s l x RET
5114 @end smallexample
5115 @end group
5116
5117 @noindent
5118 The @kbd{s l} command means ``let''; it takes a number from the top of
5119 the stack and temporarily assigns it as the value of the variable
5120 you specify. It then evaluates (as if by the @kbd{=} key) the
5121 next expression on the stack. After this command, the variable goes
5122 back to its original value, if any.
5123
5124 (An earlier exercise in this tutorial involved storing a value in the
5125 variable @code{x}; if this value is still there, you will have to
5126 unstore it with @kbd{s u x RET} before the above example will work
5127 properly.)
5128
5129 @cindex Maximum of a function using Calculus
5130 Let's find the maximum value of our original expression when @cite{y}
5131 is one-half and @cite{x} ranges over all possible values. We can
5132 do this by taking the derivative with respect to @cite{x} and examining
5133 values of @cite{x} for which the derivative is zero. If the second
5134 derivative of the function at that value of @cite{x} is negative,
5135 the function has a local maximum there.
5136
5137 @group
5138 @smallexample
5139 1: 17 x^2 - 6 x^4 + 3 1: 34 x - 24 x^3
5140 . .
5141
5142 U DEL s 1 a d x RET s 2
5143 @end smallexample
5144 @end group
5145
5146 @noindent
5147 Well, the derivative is clearly zero when @cite{x} is zero. To find
5148 the other root(s), let's divide through by @cite{x} and then solve:
5149
5150 @group
5151 @smallexample
5152 1: (34 x - 24 x^3) / x 1: 34 x / x - 24 x^3 / x 1: 34 - 24 x^2
5153 . . .
5154
5155 ' x RET / a x a s
5156
5157 @end smallexample
5158 @end group
5159 @noindent
5160 @group
5161 @smallexample
5162 1: 34 - 24 x^2 = 0 1: x = 1.19023
5163 . .
5164
5165 0 a = s 3 a S x RET
5166 @end smallexample
5167 @end group
5168
5169 @noindent
5170 Notice the use of @kbd{a s} to ``simplify'' the formula. When the
5171 default algebraic simplifications don't do enough, you can use
5172 @kbd{a s} to tell Calc to spend more time on the job.
5173
5174 Now we compute the second derivative and plug in our values of @cite{x}:
5175
5176 @group
5177 @smallexample
5178 1: 1.19023 2: 1.19023 2: 1.19023
5179 . 1: 34 x - 24 x^3 1: 34 - 72 x^2
5180 . .
5181
5182 a . r 2 a d x RET s 4
5183 @end smallexample
5184 @end group
5185
5186 @noindent
5187 (The @kbd{a .} command extracts just the righthand side of an equation.
5188 Another method would have been to use @kbd{v u} to unpack the equation
5189 @w{@samp{x = 1.19}} to @samp{x} and @samp{1.19}, then use @kbd{M-- M-2 DEL}
5190 to delete the @samp{x}.)
5191
5192 @group
5193 @smallexample
5194 2: 34 - 72 x^2 1: -68. 2: 34 - 72 x^2 1: 34
5195 1: 1.19023 . 1: 0 .
5196 . .
5197
5198 TAB s l x RET U DEL 0 s l x RET
5199 @end smallexample
5200 @end group
5201
5202 @noindent
5203 The first of these second derivatives is negative, so we know the function
5204 has a maximum value at @cite{x = 1.19023}. (The function also has a
5205 local @emph{minimum} at @cite{x = 0}.)
5206
5207 When we solved for @cite{x}, we got only one value even though
5208 @cite{34 - 24 x^2 = 0} is a quadratic equation that ought to have
5209 two solutions. The reason is that @w{@kbd{a S}} normally returns a
5210 single ``principal'' solution. If it needs to come up with an
5211 arbitrary sign (as occurs in the quadratic formula) it picks @cite{+}.
5212 If it needs an arbitrary integer, it picks zero. We can get a full
5213 solution by pressing @kbd{H} (the Hyperbolic flag) before @kbd{a S}.
5214
5215 @group
5216 @smallexample
5217 1: 34 - 24 x^2 = 0 1: x = 1.19023 s1 1: x = -1.19023
5218 . . .
5219
5220 r 3 H a S x RET s 5 1 n s l s1 RET
5221 @end smallexample
5222 @end group
5223
5224 @noindent
5225 Calc has invented the variable @samp{s1} to represent an unknown sign;
5226 it is supposed to be either @i{+1} or @i{-1}. Here we have used
5227 the ``let'' command to evaluate the expression when the sign is negative.
5228 If we plugged this into our second derivative we would get the same,
5229 negative, answer, so @cite{x = -1.19023} is also a maximum.
5230
5231 To find the actual maximum value, we must plug our two values of @cite{x}
5232 into the original formula.
5233
5234 @group
5235 @smallexample
5236 2: 17 x^2 - 6 x^4 + 3 1: 24.08333 s1^2 - 12.04166 s1^4 + 3
5237 1: x = 1.19023 s1 .
5238 .
5239
5240 r 1 r 5 s l RET
5241 @end smallexample
5242 @end group
5243
5244 @noindent
5245 (Here we see another way to use @kbd{s l}; if its input is an equation
5246 with a variable on the lefthand side, then @kbd{s l} treats the equation
5247 like an assignment to that variable if you don't give a variable name.)
5248
5249 It's clear that this will have the same value for either sign of
5250 @code{s1}, but let's work it out anyway, just for the exercise:
5251
5252 @group
5253 @smallexample
5254 2: [-1, 1] 1: [15.04166, 15.04166]
5255 1: 24.08333 s1^2 ... .
5256 .
5257
5258 [ 1 n , 1 ] TAB V M $ RET
5259 @end smallexample
5260 @end group
5261
5262 @noindent
5263 Here we have used a vector mapping operation to evaluate the function
5264 at several values of @samp{s1} at once. @kbd{V M $} is like @kbd{V M '}
5265 except that it takes the formula from the top of the stack. The
5266 formula is interpreted as a function to apply across the vector at the
5267 next-to-top stack level. Since a formula on the stack can't contain
5268 @samp{$} signs, Calc assumes the variables in the formula stand for
5269 different arguments. It prompts you for an @dfn{argument list}, giving
5270 the list of all variables in the formula in alphabetical order as the
5271 default list. In this case the default is @samp{(s1)}, which is just
5272 what we want so we simply press @key{RET} at the prompt.
5273
5274 If there had been several different values, we could have used
5275 @w{@kbd{V R X}} to find the global maximum.
5276
5277 Calc has a built-in @kbd{a P} command that solves an equation using
5278 @w{@kbd{H a S}} and returns a vector of all the solutions. It simply
5279 automates the job we just did by hand. Applied to our original
5280 cubic polynomial, it would produce the vector of solutions
5281 @cite{[1.19023, -1.19023, 0]}. (There is also an @kbd{a X} command
5282 which finds a local maximum of a function. It uses a numerical search
5283 method rather than examining the derivatives, and thus requires you
5284 to provide some kind of initial guess to show it where to look.)
5285
5286 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Given a vector of the roots of a
5287 polynomial (such as the output of an @kbd{a P} command), what
5288 sequence of commands would you use to reconstruct the original
5289 polynomial? (The answer will be unique to within a constant
5290 multiple; choose the solution where the leading coefficient is one.)
5291 @xref{Algebra Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
5292
5293 The @kbd{m s} command enables ``symbolic mode,'' in which formulas
5294 like @samp{sqrt(5)} that can't be evaluated exactly are left in
5295 symbolic form rather than giving a floating-point approximate answer.
5296 Fraction mode (@kbd{m f}) is also useful when doing algebra.
5297
5298 @group
5299 @smallexample
5300 2: 34 x - 24 x^3 2: 34 x - 24 x^3
5301 1: 34 x - 24 x^3 1: [sqrt(51) / 6, sqrt(51) / -6, 0]
5302 . .
5303
5304 r 2 RET m s m f a P x RET
5305 @end smallexample
5306 @end group
5307
5308 One more mode that makes reading formulas easier is ``Big mode.''
5309
5310 @group
5311 @smallexample
5312 3
5313 2: 34 x - 24 x
5314
5315 ____ ____
5316 V 51 V 51
5317 1: [-----, -----, 0]
5318 6 -6
5319
5320 .
5321
5322 d B
5323 @end smallexample
5324 @end group
5325
5326 Here things like powers, square roots, and quotients and fractions
5327 are displayed in a two-dimensional pictorial form. Calc has other
5328 language modes as well, such as C mode, FORTRAN mode, and @TeX{} mode.
5329
5330 @group
5331 @smallexample
5332 2: 34*x - 24*pow(x, 3) 2: 34*x - 24*x**3
5333 1: @{sqrt(51) / 6, sqrt(51) / -6, 0@} 1: /sqrt(51) / 6, sqrt(51) / -6, 0/
5334 . .
5335
5336 d C d F
5337
5338 @end smallexample
5339 @end group
5340 @noindent
5341 @group
5342 @smallexample
5343 3: 34 x - 24 x^3
5344 2: [@{\sqrt@{51@} \over 6@}, @{\sqrt@{51@} \over -6@}, 0]
5345 1: @{2 \over 3@} \sqrt@{5@}
5346 .
5347
5348 d T ' 2 \sqrt@{5@} \over 3 RET
5349 @end smallexample
5350 @end group
5351
5352 @noindent
5353 As you can see, language modes affect both entry and display of
5354 formulas. They affect such things as the names used for built-in
5355 functions, the set of arithmetic operators and their precedences,
5356 and notations for vectors and matrices.
5357
5358 Notice that @samp{sqrt(51)} may cause problems with older
5359 implementations of C and FORTRAN, which would require something more
5360 like @samp{sqrt(51.0)}. It is always wise to check over the formulas
5361 produced by the various language modes to make sure they are fully
5362 correct.
5363
5364 Type @kbd{m s}, @kbd{m f}, and @kbd{d N} to reset these modes. (You
5365 may prefer to remain in Big mode, but all the examples in the tutorial
5366 are shown in normal mode.)
5367
5368 @cindex Area under a curve
5369 What is the area under the portion of this curve from @cite{x = 1} to @cite{2}?
5370 This is simply the integral of the function:
5371
5372 @group
5373 @smallexample
5374 1: 17 x^2 - 6 x^4 + 3 1: 5.6666 x^3 - 1.2 x^5 + 3 x
5375 . .
5376
5377 r 1 a i x
5378 @end smallexample
5379 @end group
5380
5381 @noindent
5382 We want to evaluate this at our two values for @cite{x} and subtract.
5383 One way to do it is again with vector mapping and reduction:
5384
5385 @group
5386 @smallexample
5387 2: [2, 1] 1: [12.93333, 7.46666] 1: 5.46666
5388 1: 5.6666 x^3 ... . .
5389
5390 [ 2 , 1 ] TAB V M $ RET V R -
5391 @end smallexample
5392 @end group
5393
5394 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Find the integral from 1 to @cite{y}
5395 of @c{$x \sin \pi x$}
5396 @w{@cite{x sin(pi x)}} (where the sine is calculated in radians).
5397 Find the values of the integral for integers @cite{y} from 1 to 5.
5398 @xref{Algebra Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
5399
5400 Calc's integrator can do many simple integrals symbolically, but many
5401 others are beyond its capabilities. Suppose we wish to find the area
5402 under the curve @c{$\sin x \ln x$}
5403 @cite{sin(x) ln(x)} over the same range of @cite{x}. If
5404 you entered this formula and typed @kbd{a i x RET} (don't bother to try
5405 this), Calc would work for a long time but would be unable to find a
5406 solution. In fact, there is no closed-form solution to this integral.
5407 Now what do we do?
5408
5409 @cindex Integration, numerical
5410 @cindex Numerical integration
5411 One approach would be to do the integral numerically. It is not hard
5412 to do this by hand using vector mapping and reduction. It is rather
5413 slow, though, since the sine and logarithm functions take a long time.
5414 We can save some time by reducing the working precision.
5415
5416 @group
5417 @smallexample
5418 3: 10 1: [1, 1.1, 1.2, ... , 1.8, 1.9]
5419 2: 1 .
5420 1: 0.1
5421 .
5422
5423 10 RET 1 RET .1 RET C-u v x
5424 @end smallexample
5425 @end group
5426
5427 @noindent
5428 (Note that we have used the extended version of @kbd{v x}; we could
5429 also have used plain @kbd{v x} as follows: @kbd{v x 10 RET 9 + .1 *}.)
5430
5431 @group
5432 @smallexample
5433 2: [1, 1.1, ... ] 1: [0., 0.084941, 0.16993, ... ]
5434 1: sin(x) ln(x) .
5435 .
5436
5437 ' sin(x) ln(x) RET s 1 m r p 5 RET V M $ RET
5438
5439 @end smallexample
5440 @end group
5441 @noindent
5442 @group
5443 @smallexample
5444 1: 3.4195 0.34195
5445 . .
5446
5447 V R + 0.1 *
5448 @end smallexample
5449 @end group
5450
5451 @noindent
5452 (If you got wildly different results, did you remember to switch
5453 to radians mode?)
5454
5455 Here we have divided the curve into ten segments of equal width;
5456 approximating these segments as rectangular boxes (i.e., assuming
5457 the curve is nearly flat at that resolution), we compute the areas
5458 of the boxes (height times width), then sum the areas. (It is
5459 faster to sum first, then multiply by the width, since the width
5460 is the same for every box.)
5461
5462 The true value of this integral turns out to be about 0.374, so
5463 we're not doing too well. Let's try another approach.
5464
5465 @group
5466 @smallexample
5467 1: sin(x) ln(x) 1: 0.84147 x - 0.84147 + 0.11957 (x - 1)^2 - ...
5468 . .
5469
5470 r 1 a t x=1 RET 4 RET
5471 @end smallexample
5472 @end group
5473
5474 @noindent
5475 Here we have computed the Taylor series expansion of the function
5476 about the point @cite{x=1}. We can now integrate this polynomial
5477 approximation, since polynomials are easy to integrate.
5478
5479 @group
5480 @smallexample
5481 1: 0.42074 x^2 + ... 1: [-0.0446, -0.42073] 1: 0.3761
5482 . . .
5483
5484 a i x RET [ 2 , 1 ] TAB V M $ RET V R -
5485 @end smallexample
5486 @end group
5487
5488 @noindent
5489 Better! By increasing the precision and/or asking for more terms
5490 in the Taylor series, we can get a result as accurate as we like.
5491 (Taylor series converge better away from singularities in the
5492 function such as the one at @code{ln(0)}, so it would also help to
5493 expand the series about the points @cite{x=2} or @cite{x=1.5} instead
5494 of @cite{x=1}.)
5495
5496 @cindex Simpson's rule
5497 @cindex Integration by Simpson's rule
5498 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} Our first method approximated the
5499 curve by stairsteps of width 0.1; the total area was then the sum
5500 of the areas of the rectangles under these stairsteps. Our second
5501 method approximated the function by a polynomial, which turned out
5502 to be a better approximation than stairsteps. A third method is
5503 @dfn{Simpson's rule}, which is like the stairstep method except
5504 that the steps are not required to be flat. Simpson's rule boils
5505 down to the formula,
5506
5507 @ifinfo
5508 @example
5509 (h/3) * (f(a) + 4 f(a+h) + 2 f(a+2h) + 4 f(a+3h) + ...
5510 + 2 f(a+(n-2)*h) + 4 f(a+(n-1)*h) + f(a+n*h))
5511 @end example
5512 @end ifinfo
5513 @tex
5514 \turnoffactive
5515 \beforedisplay
5516 $$ \displaylines{
5517 \qquad {h \over 3} (f(a) + 4 f(a+h) + 2 f(a+2h) + 4 f(a+3h) + \cdots
5518 \hfill \cr \hfill {} + 2 f(a+(n-2)h) + 4 f(a+(n-1)h) + f(a+n h)) \qquad
5519 } $$
5520 \afterdisplay
5521 @end tex
5522
5523 @noindent
5524 where @cite{n} (which must be even) is the number of slices and @cite{h}
5525 is the width of each slice. These are 10 and 0.1 in our example.
5526 For reference, here is the corresponding formula for the stairstep
5527 method:
5528
5529 @ifinfo
5530 @example
5531 h * (f(a) + f(a+h) + f(a+2h) + f(a+3h) + ...
5532 + f(a+(n-2)*h) + f(a+(n-1)*h))
5533 @end example
5534 @end ifinfo
5535 @tex
5536 \turnoffactive
5537 \beforedisplay
5538 $$ h (f(a) + f(a+h) + f(a+2h) + f(a+3h) + \cdots
5539 + f(a+(n-2)h) + f(a+(n-1)h)) $$
5540 \afterdisplay
5541 @end tex
5542
5543 Compute the integral from 1 to 2 of @c{$\sin x \ln x$}
5544 @cite{sin(x) ln(x)} using
5545 Simpson's rule with 10 slices. @xref{Algebra Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
5546
5547 Calc has a built-in @kbd{a I} command for doing numerical integration.
5548 It uses @dfn{Romberg's method}, which is a more sophisticated cousin
5549 of Simpson's rule. In particular, it knows how to keep refining the
5550 result until the current precision is satisfied.
5551
5552 @c [fix-ref Selecting Sub-Formulas]
5553 Aside from the commands we've seen so far, Calc also provides a
5554 large set of commands for operating on parts of formulas. You
5555 indicate the desired sub-formula by placing the cursor on any part
5556 of the formula before giving a @dfn{selection} command. Selections won't
5557 be covered in the tutorial; @pxref{Selecting Subformulas}, for
5558 details and examples.
5559
5560 @c hard exercise: simplify (2^(n r) - 2^(r*(n - 1))) / (2^r - 1) 2^(n - 1)
5561 @c to 2^((n-1)*(r-1)).
5562
5563 @node Rewrites Tutorial, , Basic Algebra Tutorial, Algebra Tutorial
5564 @subsection Rewrite Rules
5565
5566 @noindent
5567 No matter how many built-in commands Calc provided for doing algebra,
5568 there would always be something you wanted to do that Calc didn't have
5569 in its repertoire. So Calc also provides a @dfn{rewrite rule} system
5570 that you can use to define your own algebraic manipulations.
5571
5572 Suppose we want to simplify this trigonometric formula:
5573
5574 @group
5575 @smallexample
5576 1: 1 / cos(x) - sin(x) tan(x)
5577 .
5578
5579 ' 1/cos(x) - sin(x) tan(x) RET s 1
5580 @end smallexample
5581 @end group
5582
5583 @noindent
5584 If we were simplifying this by hand, we'd probably replace the
5585 @samp{tan} with a @samp{sin/cos} first, then combine over a common
5586 denominator. There is no Calc command to do the former; the @kbd{a n}
5587 algebra command will do the latter but we'll do both with rewrite
5588 rules just for practice.
5589
5590 Rewrite rules are written with the @samp{:=} symbol.
5591
5592 @group
5593 @smallexample
5594 1: 1 / cos(x) - sin(x)^2 / cos(x)
5595 .
5596
5597 a r tan(a) := sin(a)/cos(a) RET
5598 @end smallexample
5599 @end group
5600
5601 @noindent
5602 (The ``assignment operator'' @samp{:=} has several uses in Calc. All
5603 by itself the formula @samp{tan(a) := sin(a)/cos(a)} doesn't do anything,
5604 but when it is given to the @kbd{a r} command, that command interprets
5605 it as a rewrite rule.)
5606
5607 The lefthand side, @samp{tan(a)}, is called the @dfn{pattern} of the
5608 rewrite rule. Calc searches the formula on the stack for parts that
5609 match the pattern. Variables in a rewrite pattern are called
5610 @dfn{meta-variables}, and when matching the pattern each meta-variable
5611 can match any sub-formula. Here, the meta-variable @samp{a} matched
5612 the actual variable @samp{x}.
5613
5614 When the pattern part of a rewrite rule matches a part of the formula,
5615 that part is replaced by the righthand side with all the meta-variables
5616 substituted with the things they matched. So the result is
5617 @samp{sin(x) / cos(x)}. Calc's normal algebraic simplifications then
5618 mix this in with the rest of the original formula.
5619
5620 To merge over a common denominator, we can use another simple rule:
5621
5622 @group
5623 @smallexample
5624 1: (1 - sin(x)^2) / cos(x)
5625 .
5626
5627 a r a/x + b/x := (a+b)/x RET
5628 @end smallexample
5629 @end group
5630
5631 This rule points out several interesting features of rewrite patterns.
5632 First, if a meta-variable appears several times in a pattern, it must
5633 match the same thing everywhere. This rule detects common denominators
5634 because the same meta-variable @samp{x} is used in both of the
5635 denominators.
5636
5637 Second, meta-variable names are independent from variables in the
5638 target formula. Notice that the meta-variable @samp{x} here matches
5639 the subformula @samp{cos(x)}; Calc never confuses the two meanings of
5640 @samp{x}.
5641
5642 And third, rewrite patterns know a little bit about the algebraic
5643 properties of formulas. The pattern called for a sum of two quotients;
5644 Calc was able to match a difference of two quotients by matching
5645 @samp{a = 1}, @samp{b = -sin(x)^2}, and @samp{x = cos(x)}.
5646
5647 @c [fix-ref Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules]
5648 We could just as easily have written @samp{a/x - b/x := (a-b)/x} for
5649 the rule. It would have worked just the same in all cases. (If we
5650 really wanted the rule to apply only to @samp{+} or only to @samp{-},
5651 we could have used the @code{plain} symbol. @xref{Algebraic Properties
5652 of Rewrite Rules}, for some examples of this.)
5653
5654 One more rewrite will complete the job. We want to use the identity
5655 @samp{sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2 = 1}, but of course we must first rearrange
5656 the identity in a way that matches our formula. The obvious rule
5657 would be @samp{@w{1 - sin(x)^2} := cos(x)^2}, but a little thought shows
5658 that the rule @samp{sin(x)^2 := 1 - cos(x)^2} will also work. The
5659 latter rule has a more general pattern so it will work in many other
5660 situations, too.
5661
5662 @group
5663 @smallexample
5664 1: (1 + cos(x)^2 - 1) / cos(x) 1: cos(x)
5665 . .
5666
5667 a r sin(x)^2 := 1 - cos(x)^2 RET a s
5668 @end smallexample
5669 @end group
5670
5671 You may ask, what's the point of using the most general rule if you
5672 have to type it in every time anyway? The answer is that Calc allows
5673 you to store a rewrite rule in a variable, then give the variable
5674 name in the @kbd{a r} command. In fact, this is the preferred way to
5675 use rewrites. For one, if you need a rule once you'll most likely
5676 need it again later. Also, if the rule doesn't work quite right you
5677 can simply Undo, edit the variable, and run the rule again without
5678 having to retype it.
5679
5680 @group
5681 @smallexample
5682 ' tan(x) := sin(x)/cos(x) RET s t tsc RET
5683 ' a/x + b/x := (a+b)/x RET s t merge RET
5684 ' sin(x)^2 := 1 - cos(x)^2 RET s t sinsqr RET
5685
5686 1: 1 / cos(x) - sin(x) tan(x) 1: cos(x)
5687 . .
5688
5689 r 1 a r tsc RET a r merge RET a r sinsqr RET a s
5690 @end smallexample
5691 @end group
5692
5693 To edit a variable, type @kbd{s e} and the variable name, use regular
5694 Emacs editing commands as necessary, then type @kbd{M-# M-#} or
5695 @kbd{C-c C-c} to store the edited value back into the variable.
5696 You can also use @w{@kbd{s e}} to create a new variable if you wish.
5697
5698 Notice that the first time you use each rule, Calc puts up a ``compiling''
5699 message briefly. The pattern matcher converts rules into a special
5700 optimized pattern-matching language rather than using them directly.
5701 This allows @kbd{a r} to apply even rather complicated rules very
5702 efficiently. If the rule is stored in a variable, Calc compiles it
5703 only once and stores the compiled form along with the variable. That's
5704 another good reason to store your rules in variables rather than
5705 entering them on the fly.
5706
5707 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Type @kbd{m s} to get symbolic
5708 mode, then enter the formula @samp{@w{(2 + sqrt(2))} / @w{(1 + sqrt(2))}}.
5709 Using a rewrite rule, simplify this formula by multiplying both
5710 sides by the conjugate @w{@samp{1 - sqrt(2)}}. The result will have
5711 to be expanded by the distributive law; do this with another
5712 rewrite. @xref{Rewrites Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
5713
5714 The @kbd{a r} command can also accept a vector of rewrite rules, or
5715 a variable containing a vector of rules.
5716
5717 @group
5718 @smallexample
5719 1: [tsc, merge, sinsqr] 1: [tan(x) := sin(x) / cos(x), ... ]
5720 . .
5721
5722 ' [tsc,merge,sinsqr] RET =
5723
5724 @end smallexample
5725 @end group
5726 @noindent
5727 @group
5728 @smallexample
5729 1: 1 / cos(x) - sin(x) tan(x) 1: cos(x)
5730 . .
5731
5732 s t trig RET r 1 a r trig RET a s
5733 @end smallexample
5734 @end group
5735
5736 @c [fix-ref Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules]
5737 Calc tries all the rules you give against all parts of the formula,
5738 repeating until no further change is possible. (The exact order in
5739 which things are tried is rather complex, but for simple rules like
5740 the ones we've used here the order doesn't really matter.
5741 @xref{Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules}.)
5742
5743 Calc actually repeats only up to 100 times, just in case your rule set
5744 has gotten into an infinite loop. You can give a numeric prefix argument
5745 to @kbd{a r} to specify any limit. In particular, @kbd{M-1 a r} does
5746 only one rewrite at a time.
5747
5748 @group
5749 @smallexample
5750 1: 1 / cos(x) - sin(x)^2 / cos(x) 1: (1 - sin(x)^2) / cos(x)
5751 . .
5752
5753 r 1 M-1 a r trig RET M-1 a r trig RET
5754 @end smallexample
5755 @end group
5756
5757 You can type @kbd{M-0 a r} if you want no limit at all on the number
5758 of rewrites that occur.
5759
5760 Rewrite rules can also be @dfn{conditional}. Simply follow the rule
5761 with a @samp{::} symbol and the desired condition. For example,
5762
5763 @group
5764 @smallexample
5765 1: exp(2 pi i) + exp(3 pi i) + exp(4 pi i)
5766 .
5767
5768 ' exp(2 pi i) + exp(3 pi i) + exp(4 pi i) RET
5769
5770 @end smallexample
5771 @end group
5772 @noindent
5773 @group
5774 @smallexample
5775 1: 1 + exp(3 pi i) + 1
5776 .
5777
5778 a r exp(k pi i) := 1 :: k % 2 = 0 RET
5779 @end smallexample
5780 @end group
5781
5782 @noindent
5783 (Recall, @samp{k % 2} is the remainder from dividing @samp{k} by 2,
5784 which will be zero only when @samp{k} is an even integer.)
5785
5786 An interesting point is that the variables @samp{pi} and @samp{i}
5787 were matched literally rather than acting as meta-variables.
5788 This is because they are special-constant variables. The special
5789 constants @samp{e}, @samp{phi}, and so on also match literally.
5790 A common error with rewrite
5791 rules is to write, say, @samp{f(a,b,c,d,e) := g(a+b+c+d+e)}, expecting
5792 to match any @samp{f} with five arguments but in fact matching
5793 only when the fifth argument is literally @samp{e}!@refill
5794
5795 @cindex Fibonacci numbers
5796 @c @starindex
5797 @tindex fib
5798 Rewrite rules provide an interesting way to define your own functions.
5799 Suppose we want to define @samp{fib(n)} to produce the @var{n}th
5800 Fibonacci number. The first two Fibonacci numbers are each 1;
5801 later numbers are formed by summing the two preceding numbers in
5802 the sequence. This is easy to express in a set of three rules:
5803
5804 @group
5805 @smallexample
5806 ' [fib(1) := 1, fib(2) := 1, fib(n) := fib(n-1) + fib(n-2)] RET s t fib
5807
5808 1: fib(7) 1: 13
5809 . .
5810
5811 ' fib(7) RET a r fib RET
5812 @end smallexample
5813 @end group
5814
5815 One thing that is guaranteed about the order that rewrites are tried
5816 is that, for any given subformula, earlier rules in the rule set will
5817 be tried for that subformula before later ones. So even though the
5818 first and third rules both match @samp{fib(1)}, we know the first will
5819 be used preferentially.
5820
5821 This rule set has one dangerous bug: Suppose we apply it to the
5822 formula @samp{fib(x)}? (Don't actually try this.) The third rule
5823 will match @samp{fib(x)} and replace it with @w{@samp{fib(x-1) + fib(x-2)}}.
5824 Each of these will then be replaced to get @samp{fib(x-2) + 2 fib(x-3) +
5825 fib(x-4)}, and so on, expanding forever. What we really want is to apply
5826 the third rule only when @samp{n} is an integer greater than two. Type
5827 @w{@kbd{s e fib RET}}, then edit the third rule to:
5828
5829 @smallexample
5830 fib(n) := fib(n-1) + fib(n-2) :: integer(n) :: n > 2
5831 @end smallexample
5832
5833 @noindent
5834 Now:
5835
5836 @group
5837 @smallexample
5838 1: fib(6) + fib(x) + fib(0) 1: 8 + fib(x) + fib(0)
5839 . .
5840
5841 ' fib(6)+fib(x)+fib(0) RET a r fib RET
5842 @end smallexample
5843 @end group
5844
5845 @noindent
5846 We've created a new function, @code{fib}, and a new command,
5847 @w{@kbd{a r fib RET}}, which means ``evaluate all @code{fib} calls in
5848 this formula.'' To make things easier still, we can tell Calc to
5849 apply these rules automatically by storing them in the special
5850 variable @code{EvalRules}.
5851
5852 @group
5853 @smallexample
5854 1: [fib(1) := ...] . 1: [8, 13]
5855 . .
5856
5857 s r fib RET s t EvalRules RET ' [fib(6), fib(7)] RET
5858 @end smallexample
5859 @end group
5860
5861 It turns out that this rule set has the problem that it does far
5862 more work than it needs to when @samp{n} is large. Consider the
5863 first few steps of the computation of @samp{fib(6)}:
5864
5865 @group
5866 @smallexample
5867 fib(6) =
5868 fib(5) + fib(4) =
5869 fib(4) + fib(3) + fib(3) + fib(2) =
5870 fib(3) + fib(2) + fib(2) + fib(1) + fib(2) + fib(1) + 1 = ...
5871 @end smallexample
5872 @end group
5873
5874 @noindent
5875 Note that @samp{fib(3)} appears three times here. Unless Calc's
5876 algebraic simplifier notices the multiple @samp{fib(3)}s and combines
5877 them (and, as it happens, it doesn't), this rule set does lots of
5878 needless recomputation. To cure the problem, type @code{s e EvalRules}
5879 to edit the rules (or just @kbd{s E}, a shorthand command for editing
5880 @code{EvalRules}) and add another condition:
5881
5882 @smallexample
5883 fib(n) := fib(n-1) + fib(n-2) :: integer(n) :: n > 2 :: remember
5884 @end smallexample
5885
5886 @noindent
5887 If a @samp{:: remember} condition appears anywhere in a rule, then if
5888 that rule succeeds Calc will add another rule that describes that match
5889 to the front of the rule set. (Remembering works in any rule set, but
5890 for technical reasons it is most effective in @code{EvalRules}.) For
5891 example, if the rule rewrites @samp{fib(7)} to something that evaluates
5892 to 13, then the rule @samp{fib(7) := 13} will be added to the rule set.
5893
5894 Type @kbd{' fib(8) RET} to compute the eighth Fibonacci number, then
5895 type @kbd{s E} again to see what has happened to the rule set.
5896
5897 With the @code{remember} feature, our rule set can now compute
5898 @samp{fib(@var{n})} in just @var{n} steps. In the process it builds
5899 up a table of all Fibonacci numbers up to @var{n}. After we have
5900 computed the result for a particular @var{n}, we can get it back
5901 (and the results for all smaller @var{n}) later in just one step.
5902
5903 All Calc operations will run somewhat slower whenever @code{EvalRules}
5904 contains any rules. You should type @kbd{s u EvalRules RET} now to
5905 un-store the variable.
5906
5907 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Sometimes it is possible to reformulate
5908 a problem to reduce the amount of recursion necessary to solve it.
5909 Create a rule that, in about @var{n} simple steps and without recourse
5910 to the @code{remember} option, replaces @samp{fib(@var{n}, 1, 1)} with
5911 @samp{fib(1, @var{x}, @var{y})} where @var{x} and @var{y} are the
5912 @var{n}th and @var{n+1}st Fibonacci numbers, respectively. This rule is
5913 rather clunky to use, so add a couple more rules to make the ``user
5914 interface'' the same as for our first version: enter @samp{fib(@var{n})},
5915 get back a plain number. @xref{Rewrites Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
5916
5917 There are many more things that rewrites can do. For example, there
5918 are @samp{&&&} and @samp{|||} pattern operators that create ``and''
5919 and ``or'' combinations of rules. As one really simple example, we
5920 could combine our first two Fibonacci rules thusly:
5921
5922 @example
5923 [fib(1 ||| 2) := 1, fib(n) := ... ]
5924 @end example
5925
5926 @noindent
5927 That means ``@code{fib} of something matching either 1 or 2 rewrites
5928 to 1.''
5929
5930 You can also make meta-variables optional by enclosing them in @code{opt}.
5931 For example, the pattern @samp{a + b x} matches @samp{2 + 3 x} but not
5932 @samp{2 + x} or @samp{3 x} or @samp{x}. The pattern @samp{opt(a) + opt(b) x}
5933 matches all of these forms, filling in a default of zero for @samp{a}
5934 and one for @samp{b}.
5935
5936 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Your friend Joe had @samp{2 + 3 x}
5937 on the stack and tried to use the rule
5938 @samp{opt(a) + opt(b) x := f(a, b, x)}. What happened?
5939 @xref{Rewrites Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
5940
5941 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} Starting with a positive integer @cite{a},
5942 divide @cite{a} by two if it is even, otherwise compute @cite{3 a + 1}.
5943 Now repeat this step over and over. A famous unproved conjecture
5944 is that for any starting @cite{a}, the sequence always eventually
5945 reaches 1. Given the formula @samp{seq(@var{a}, 0)}, write a set of
5946 rules that convert this into @samp{seq(1, @var{n})} where @var{n}
5947 is the number of steps it took the sequence to reach the value 1.
5948 Now enhance the rules to accept @samp{seq(@var{a})} as a starting
5949 configuration, and to stop with just the number @var{n} by itself.
5950 Now make the result be a vector of values in the sequence, from @var{a}
5951 to 1. (The formula @samp{@var{x}|@var{y}} appends the vectors @var{x}
5952 and @var{y}.) For example, rewriting @samp{seq(6)} should yield the
5953 vector @cite{[6, 3, 10, 5, 16, 8, 4, 2, 1]}.
5954 @xref{Rewrites Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
5955
5956 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 5.} Define, using rewrite rules, a function
5957 @samp{nterms(@var{x})} that returns the number of terms in the sum
5958 @var{x}, or 1 if @var{x} is not a sum. (A @dfn{sum} for our purposes
5959 is one or more non-sum terms separated by @samp{+} or @samp{-} signs,
5960 so that @cite{2 - 3 (x + y) + x y} is a sum of three terms.)
5961 @xref{Rewrites Answer 5, 5}. (@bullet{})
5962
5963 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 6.} Calc considers the form @cite{0^0}
5964 to be ``indeterminate,'' and leaves it unevaluated (assuming infinite
5965 mode is not enabled). Some people prefer to define @cite{0^0 = 1},
5966 so that the identity @cite{x^0 = 1} can safely be used for all @cite{x}.
5967 Find a way to make Calc follow this convention. What happens if you
5968 now type @kbd{m i} to turn on infinite mode?
5969 @xref{Rewrites Answer 6, 6}. (@bullet{})
5970
5971 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 7.} A Taylor series for a function is an
5972 infinite series that exactly equals the value of that function at
5973 values of @cite{x} near zero.
5974
5975 @ifinfo
5976 @example
5977 cos(x) = 1 - x^2 / 2! + x^4 / 4! - x^6 / 6! + ...
5978 @end example
5979 @end ifinfo
5980 @tex
5981 \turnoffactive \let\rm\goodrm
5982 \beforedisplay
5983 $$ \cos x = 1 - {x^2 \over 2!} + {x^4 \over 4!} - {x^6 \over 6!} + \cdots $$
5984 \afterdisplay
5985 @end tex
5986
5987 The @kbd{a t} command produces a @dfn{truncated Taylor series} which
5988 is obtained by dropping all the terms higher than, say, @cite{x^2}.
5989 Calc represents the truncated Taylor series as a polynomial in @cite{x}.
5990 Mathematicians often write a truncated series using a ``big-O'' notation
5991 that records what was the lowest term that was truncated.
5992
5993 @ifinfo
5994 @example
5995 cos(x) = 1 - x^2 / 2! + O(x^3)
5996 @end example
5997 @end ifinfo
5998 @tex
5999 \turnoffactive \let\rm\goodrm
6000 \beforedisplay
6001 $$ \cos x = 1 - {x^2 \over 2!} + O(x^3) $$
6002 \afterdisplay
6003 @end tex
6004
6005 @noindent
6006 The meaning of @cite{O(x^3)} is ``a quantity which is negligibly small
6007 if @cite{x^3} is considered negligibly small as @cite{x} goes to zero.''
6008
6009 The exercise is to create rewrite rules that simplify sums and products of
6010 power series represented as @samp{@var{polynomial} + O(@var{var}^@var{n})}.
6011 For example, given @samp{1 - x^2 / 2 + O(x^3)} and @samp{x - x^3 / 6 + O(x^4)}
6012 on the stack, we want to be able to type @kbd{*} and get the result
6013 @samp{x - 2:3 x^3 + O(x^4)}. Don't worry if the terms of the sum are
6014 rearranged or if @kbd{a s} needs to be typed after rewriting. (This one
6015 is rather tricky; the solution at the end of this chapter uses 6 rewrite
6016 rules. Hint: The @samp{constant(x)} condition tests whether @samp{x} is
6017 a number.) @xref{Rewrites Answer 7, 7}. (@bullet{})
6018
6019 @c [fix-ref Rewrite Rules]
6020 @xref{Rewrite Rules}, for the whole story on rewrite rules.
6021
6022 @node Programming Tutorial, Answers to Exercises, Algebra Tutorial, Tutorial
6023 @section Programming Tutorial
6024
6025 @noindent
6026 The Calculator is written entirely in Emacs Lisp, a highly extensible
6027 language. If you know Lisp, you can program the Calculator to do
6028 anything you like. Rewrite rules also work as a powerful programming
6029 system. But Lisp and rewrite rules take a while to master, and often
6030 all you want to do is define a new function or repeat a command a few
6031 times. Calc has features that allow you to do these things easily.
6032
6033 (Note that the programming commands relating to user-defined keys
6034 are not yet supported under Lucid Emacs 19.)
6035
6036 One very limited form of programming is defining your own functions.
6037 Calc's @kbd{Z F} command allows you to define a function name and
6038 key sequence to correspond to any formula. Programming commands use
6039 the shift-@kbd{Z} prefix; the user commands they create use the lower
6040 case @kbd{z} prefix.
6041
6042 @group
6043 @smallexample
6044 1: 1 + x + x^2 / 2 + x^3 / 6 1: 1 + x + x^2 / 2 + x^3 / 6
6045 . .
6046
6047 ' 1 + x + x^2/2! + x^3/3! RET Z F e myexp RET RET RET y
6048 @end smallexample
6049 @end group
6050
6051 This polynomial is a Taylor series approximation to @samp{exp(x)}.
6052 The @kbd{Z F} command asks a number of questions. The above answers
6053 say that the key sequence for our function should be @kbd{z e}; the
6054 @kbd{M-x} equivalent should be @code{calc-myexp}; the name of the
6055 function in algebraic formulas should also be @code{myexp}; the
6056 default argument list @samp{(x)} is acceptable; and finally @kbd{y}
6057 answers the question ``leave it in symbolic form for non-constant
6058 arguments?''
6059
6060 @group
6061 @smallexample
6062 1: 1.3495 2: 1.3495 3: 1.3495
6063 . 1: 1.34986 2: 1.34986
6064 . 1: myexp(a + 1)
6065 .
6066
6067 .3 z e .3 E ' a+1 RET z e
6068 @end smallexample
6069 @end group
6070
6071 @noindent
6072 First we call our new @code{exp} approximation with 0.3 as an
6073 argument, and compare it with the true @code{exp} function. Then
6074 we note that, as requested, if we try to give @kbd{z e} an
6075 argument that isn't a plain number, it leaves the @code{myexp}
6076 function call in symbolic form. If we had answered @kbd{n} to the
6077 final question, @samp{myexp(a + 1)} would have evaluated by plugging
6078 in @samp{a + 1} for @samp{x} in the defining formula.
6079
6080 @cindex Sine integral Si(x)
6081 @c @starindex
6082 @tindex Si
6083 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} The ``sine integral'' function
6084 @c{${\rm Si}(x)$}
6085 @cite{Si(x)} is defined as the integral of @samp{sin(t)/t} for
6086 @cite{t = 0} to @cite{x} in radians. (It was invented because this
6087 integral has no solution in terms of basic functions; if you give it
6088 to Calc's @kbd{a i} command, it will ponder it for a long time and then
6089 give up.) We can use the numerical integration command, however,
6090 which in algebraic notation is written like @samp{ninteg(f(t), t, 0, x)}
6091 with any integrand @samp{f(t)}. Define a @kbd{z s} command and
6092 @code{Si} function that implement this. You will need to edit the
6093 default argument list a bit. As a test, @samp{Si(1)} should return
6094 0.946083. (Hint: @code{ninteg} will run a lot faster if you reduce
6095 the precision to, say, six digits beforehand.)
6096 @xref{Programming Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
6097
6098 The simplest way to do real ``programming'' of Emacs is to define a
6099 @dfn{keyboard macro}. A keyboard macro is simply a sequence of
6100 keystrokes which Emacs has stored away and can play back on demand.
6101 For example, if you find yourself typing @kbd{H a S x @key{RET}} often,
6102 you may wish to program a keyboard macro to type this for you.
6103
6104 @group
6105 @smallexample
6106 1: y = sqrt(x) 1: x = y^2
6107 . .
6108
6109 ' y=sqrt(x) RET C-x ( H a S x RET C-x )
6110
6111 1: y = cos(x) 1: x = s1 arccos(y) + 2 pi n1
6112 . .
6113
6114 ' y=cos(x) RET X
6115 @end smallexample
6116 @end group
6117
6118 @noindent
6119 When you type @kbd{C-x (}, Emacs begins recording. But it is also
6120 still ready to execute your keystrokes, so you're really ``training''
6121 Emacs by walking it through the procedure once. When you type
6122 @w{@kbd{C-x )}}, the macro is recorded. You can now type @kbd{X} to
6123 re-execute the same keystrokes.
6124
6125 You can give a name to your macro by typing @kbd{Z K}.
6126
6127 @group
6128 @smallexample
6129 1: . 1: y = x^4 1: x = s2 sqrt(s1 sqrt(y))
6130 . .
6131
6132 Z K x RET ' y=x^4 RET z x
6133 @end smallexample
6134 @end group
6135
6136 @noindent
6137 Notice that we use shift-@kbd{Z} to define the command, and lower-case
6138 @kbd{z} to call it up.
6139
6140 Keyboard macros can call other macros.
6141
6142 @group
6143 @smallexample
6144 1: abs(x) 1: x = s1 y 1: 2 / x 1: x = 2 / y
6145 . . . .
6146
6147 ' abs(x) RET C-x ( ' y RET a = z x C-x ) ' 2/x RET X
6148 @end smallexample
6149 @end group
6150
6151 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Define a keyboard macro to negate
6152 the item in level 3 of the stack, without disturbing the rest of
6153 the stack. @xref{Programming Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
6154
6155 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Define keyboard macros to compute
6156 the following functions:
6157
6158 @enumerate
6159 @item
6160 Compute @c{$\displaystyle{\sin x \over x}$}
6161 @cite{sin(x) / x}, where @cite{x} is the number on the
6162 top of the stack.
6163
6164 @item
6165 Compute the base-@cite{b} logarithm, just like the @kbd{B} key except
6166 the arguments are taken in the opposite order.
6167
6168 @item
6169 Produce a vector of integers from 1 to the integer on the top of
6170 the stack.
6171 @end enumerate
6172 @noindent
6173 @xref{Programming Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
6174
6175 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} Define a keyboard macro to compute
6176 the average (mean) value of a list of numbers.
6177 @xref{Programming Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
6178
6179 In many programs, some of the steps must execute several times.
6180 Calc has @dfn{looping} commands that allow this. Loops are useful
6181 inside keyboard macros, but actually work at any time.
6182
6183 @group
6184 @smallexample
6185 1: x^6 2: x^6 1: 360 x^2
6186 . 1: 4 .
6187 .
6188
6189 ' x^6 RET 4 Z < a d x RET Z >
6190 @end smallexample
6191 @end group
6192
6193 @noindent
6194 Here we have computed the fourth derivative of @cite{x^6} by
6195 enclosing a derivative command in a ``repeat loop'' structure.
6196 This structure pops a repeat count from the stack, then
6197 executes the body of the loop that many times.
6198
6199 If you make a mistake while entering the body of the loop,
6200 type @w{@kbd{Z C-g}} to cancel the loop command.
6201
6202 @cindex Fibonacci numbers
6203 Here's another example:
6204
6205 @group
6206 @smallexample
6207 3: 1 2: 10946
6208 2: 1 1: 17711
6209 1: 20 .
6210 .
6211
6212 1 RET RET 20 Z < TAB C-j + Z >
6213 @end smallexample
6214 @end group
6215
6216 @noindent
6217 The numbers in levels 2 and 1 should be the 21st and 22nd Fibonacci
6218 numbers, respectively. (To see what's going on, try a few repetitions
6219 of the loop body by hand; @kbd{C-j}, also on the Line-Feed or @key{LFD}
6220 key if you have one, makes a copy of the number in level 2.)
6221
6222 @cindex Golden ratio
6223 @cindex Phi, golden ratio
6224 A fascinating property of the Fibonacci numbers is that the @cite{n}th
6225 Fibonacci number can be found directly by computing @c{$\phi^n / \sqrt{5}$}
6226 @cite{phi^n / sqrt(5)}
6227 and then rounding to the nearest integer, where @c{$\phi$ (``phi'')}
6228 @cite{phi}, the
6229 ``golden ratio,'' is @c{$(1 + \sqrt{5}) / 2$}
6230 @cite{(1 + sqrt(5)) / 2}. (For convenience, this constant is available
6231 from the @code{phi} variable, or the @kbd{I H P} command.)
6232
6233 @group
6234 @smallexample
6235 1: 1.61803 1: 24476.0000409 1: 10945.9999817 1: 10946
6236 . . . .
6237
6238 I H P 21 ^ 5 Q / R
6239 @end smallexample
6240 @end group
6241
6242 @cindex Continued fractions
6243 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 5.} The @dfn{continued fraction}
6244 representation of @c{$\phi$}
6245 @cite{phi} is @c{$1 + 1/(1 + 1/(1 + 1/( \ldots )))$}
6246 @cite{1 + 1/(1 + 1/(1 + 1/( ...@: )))}.
6247 We can compute an approximate value by carrying this however far
6248 and then replacing the innermost @c{$1/( \ldots )$}
6249 @cite{1/( ...@: )} by 1. Approximate
6250 @c{$\phi$}
6251 @cite{phi} using a twenty-term continued fraction.
6252 @xref{Programming Answer 5, 5}. (@bullet{})
6253
6254 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 6.} Linear recurrences like the one for
6255 Fibonacci numbers can be expressed in terms of matrices. Given a
6256 vector @w{@cite{[a, b]}} determine a matrix which, when multiplied by this
6257 vector, produces the vector @cite{[b, c]}, where @cite{a}, @cite{b} and
6258 @cite{c} are three successive Fibonacci numbers. Now write a program
6259 that, given an integer @cite{n}, computes the @cite{n}th Fibonacci number
6260 using matrix arithmetic. @xref{Programming Answer 6, 6}. (@bullet{})
6261
6262 @cindex Harmonic numbers
6263 A more sophisticated kind of loop is the @dfn{for} loop. Suppose
6264 we wish to compute the 20th ``harmonic'' number, which is equal to
6265 the sum of the reciprocals of the integers from 1 to 20.
6266
6267 @group
6268 @smallexample
6269 3: 0 1: 3.597739
6270 2: 1 .
6271 1: 20
6272 .
6273
6274 0 RET 1 RET 20 Z ( & + 1 Z )
6275 @end smallexample
6276 @end group
6277
6278 @noindent
6279 The ``for'' loop pops two numbers, the lower and upper limits, then
6280 repeats the body of the loop as an internal counter increases from
6281 the lower limit to the upper one. Just before executing the loop
6282 body, it pushes the current loop counter. When the loop body
6283 finishes, it pops the ``step,'' i.e., the amount by which to
6284 increment the loop counter. As you can see, our loop always
6285 uses a step of one.
6286
6287 This harmonic number function uses the stack to hold the running
6288 total as well as for the various loop housekeeping functions. If
6289 you find this disorienting, you can sum in a variable instead:
6290
6291 @group
6292 @smallexample
6293 1: 0 2: 1 . 1: 3.597739
6294 . 1: 20 .
6295 .
6296
6297 0 t 7 1 RET 20 Z ( & s + 7 1 Z ) r 7
6298 @end smallexample
6299 @end group
6300
6301 @noindent
6302 The @kbd{s +} command adds the top-of-stack into the value in a
6303 variable (and removes that value from the stack).
6304
6305 It's worth noting that many jobs that call for a ``for'' loop can
6306 also be done more easily by Calc's high-level operations. Two
6307 other ways to compute harmonic numbers are to use vector mapping
6308 and reduction (@kbd{v x 20}, then @w{@kbd{V M &}}, then @kbd{V R +}),
6309 or to use the summation command @kbd{a +}. Both of these are
6310 probably easier than using loops. However, there are some
6311 situations where loops really are the way to go:
6312
6313 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 7.} Use a ``for'' loop to find the first
6314 harmonic number which is greater than 4.0.
6315 @xref{Programming Answer 7, 7}. (@bullet{})
6316
6317 Of course, if we're going to be using variables in our programs,
6318 we have to worry about the programs clobbering values that the
6319 caller was keeping in those same variables. This is easy to
6320 fix, though:
6321
6322 @group
6323 @smallexample
6324 . 1: 0.6667 1: 0.6667 3: 0.6667
6325 . . 2: 3.597739
6326 1: 0.6667
6327 .
6328
6329 Z ` p 4 RET 2 RET 3 / s 7 s s a RET Z ' r 7 s r a RET
6330 @end smallexample
6331 @end group
6332
6333 @noindent
6334 When we type @kbd{Z `} (that's a back-quote character), Calc saves
6335 its mode settings and the contents of the ten ``quick variables''
6336 for later reference. When we type @kbd{Z '} (that's an apostrophe
6337 now), Calc restores those saved values. Thus the @kbd{p 4} and
6338 @kbd{s 7} commands have no effect outside this sequence. Wrapping
6339 this around the body of a keyboard macro ensures that it doesn't
6340 interfere with what the user of the macro was doing. Notice that
6341 the contents of the stack, and the values of named variables,
6342 survive past the @kbd{Z '} command.
6343
6344 @cindex Bernoulli numbers, approximate
6345 The @dfn{Bernoulli numbers} are a sequence with the interesting
6346 property that all of the odd Bernoulli numbers are zero, and the
6347 even ones, while difficult to compute, can be roughly approximated
6348 by the formula @c{$\displaystyle{2 n! \over (2 \pi)^n}$}
6349 @cite{2 n!@: / (2 pi)^n}. Let's write a keyboard
6350 macro to compute (approximate) Bernoulli numbers. (Calc has a
6351 command, @kbd{k b}, to compute exact Bernoulli numbers, but
6352 this command is very slow for large @cite{n} since the higher
6353 Bernoulli numbers are very large fractions.)
6354
6355 @group
6356 @smallexample
6357 1: 10 1: 0.0756823
6358 . .
6359
6360 10 C-x ( RET 2 % Z [ DEL 0 Z : ' 2 $! / (2 pi)^$ RET = Z ] C-x )
6361 @end smallexample
6362 @end group
6363
6364 @noindent
6365 You can read @kbd{Z [} as ``then,'' @kbd{Z :} as ``else,'' and
6366 @kbd{Z ]} as ``end-if.'' There is no need for an explicit ``if''
6367 command. For the purposes of @w{@kbd{Z [}}, the condition is ``true''
6368 if the value it pops from the stack is a nonzero number, or ``false''
6369 if it pops zero or something that is not a number (like a formula).
6370 Here we take our integer argument modulo 2; this will be nonzero
6371 if we're asking for an odd Bernoulli number.
6372
6373 The actual tenth Bernoulli number is @cite{5/66}.
6374
6375 @group
6376 @smallexample
6377 3: 0.0756823 1: 0 1: 0.25305 1: 0 1: 1.16659
6378 2: 5:66 . . . .
6379 1: 0.0757575
6380 .
6381
6382 10 k b RET c f M-0 DEL 11 X DEL 12 X DEL 13 X DEL 14 X
6383 @end smallexample
6384 @end group
6385
6386 Just to exercise loops a bit more, let's compute a table of even
6387 Bernoulli numbers.
6388
6389 @group
6390 @smallexample
6391 3: [] 1: [0.10132, 0.03079, 0.02340, 0.033197, ...]
6392 2: 2 .
6393 1: 30
6394 .
6395
6396 [ ] 2 RET 30 Z ( X | 2 Z )
6397 @end smallexample
6398 @end group
6399
6400 @noindent
6401 The vertical-bar @kbd{|} is the vector-concatenation command. When
6402 we execute it, the list we are building will be in stack level 2
6403 (initially this is an empty list), and the next Bernoulli number
6404 will be in level 1. The effect is to append the Bernoulli number
6405 onto the end of the list. (To create a table of exact fractional
6406 Bernoulli numbers, just replace @kbd{X} with @kbd{k b} in the above
6407 sequence of keystrokes.)
6408
6409 With loops and conditionals, you can program essentially anything
6410 in Calc. One other command that makes looping easier is @kbd{Z /},
6411 which takes a condition from the stack and breaks out of the enclosing
6412 loop if the condition is true (non-zero). You can use this to make
6413 ``while'' and ``until'' style loops.
6414
6415 If you make a mistake when entering a keyboard macro, you can edit
6416 it using @kbd{Z E}. First, you must attach it to a key with @kbd{Z K}.
6417 One technique is to enter a throwaway dummy definition for the macro,
6418 then enter the real one in the edit command.
6419
6420 @group
6421 @smallexample
6422 1: 3 1: 3 Keyboard Macro Editor.
6423 . . Original keys: 1 RET 2 +
6424
6425 type "1\r"
6426 type "2"
6427 calc-plus
6428
6429 C-x ( 1 RET 2 + C-x ) Z K h RET Z E h
6430 @end smallexample
6431 @end group
6432
6433 @noindent
6434 This shows the screen display assuming you have the @file{macedit}
6435 keyboard macro editing package installed, which is usually the case
6436 since a copy of @file{macedit} comes bundled with Calc.
6437
6438 A keyboard macro is stored as a pure keystroke sequence. The
6439 @file{macedit} package (invoked by @kbd{Z E}) scans along the
6440 macro and tries to decode it back into human-readable steps.
6441 If a key or keys are simply shorthand for some command with a
6442 @kbd{M-x} name, that name is shown. Anything that doesn't correspond
6443 to a @kbd{M-x} command is written as a @samp{type} command.
6444
6445 Let's edit in a new definition, for computing harmonic numbers.
6446 First, erase the three lines of the old definition. Then, type
6447 in the new definition (or use Emacs @kbd{M-w} and @kbd{C-y} commands
6448 to copy it from this page of the Info file; you can skip typing
6449 the comments that begin with @samp{#}).
6450
6451 @smallexample
6452 calc-kbd-push # Save local values (Z `)
6453 type "0" # Push a zero
6454 calc-store-into # Store it in variable 1
6455 type "1"
6456 type "1" # Initial value for loop
6457 calc-roll-down # This is the TAB key; swap initial & final
6458 calc-kbd-for # Begin "for" loop...
6459 calc-inv # Take reciprocal
6460 calc-store-plus # Add to accumulator
6461 type "1"
6462 type "1" # Loop step is 1
6463 calc-kbd-end-for # End "for" loop
6464 calc-recall # Now recall final accumulated value
6465 type "1"
6466 calc-kbd-pop # Restore values (Z ')
6467 @end smallexample
6468
6469 @noindent
6470 Press @kbd{M-# M-#} to finish editing and return to the Calculator.
6471
6472 @group
6473 @smallexample
6474 1: 20 1: 3.597739
6475 . .
6476
6477 20 z h
6478 @end smallexample
6479 @end group
6480
6481 If you don't know how to write a particular command in @file{macedit}
6482 format, you can always write it as keystrokes in a @code{type} command.
6483 There is also a @code{keys} command which interprets the rest of the
6484 line as standard Emacs keystroke names. In fact, @file{macedit} defines
6485 a handy @code{read-kbd-macro} command which reads the current region
6486 of the current buffer as a sequence of keystroke names, and defines that
6487 sequence on the @kbd{X} (and @kbd{C-x e}) key. Because this is so
6488 useful, Calc puts this command on the @kbd{M-# m} key. Try reading in
6489 this macro in the following form: Press @kbd{C-@@} (or @kbd{C-SPC}) at
6490 one end of the text below, then type @kbd{M-# m} at the other.
6491
6492 @group
6493 @example
6494 Z ` 0 t 1
6495 1 TAB
6496 Z ( & s + 1 1 Z )
6497 r 1
6498 Z '
6499 @end example
6500 @end group
6501
6502 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 8.} A general algorithm for solving
6503 equations numerically is @dfn{Newton's Method}. Given the equation
6504 @cite{f(x) = 0} for any function @cite{f}, and an initial guess
6505 @cite{x_0} which is reasonably close to the desired solution, apply
6506 this formula over and over:
6507
6508 @ifinfo
6509 @example
6510 new_x = x - f(x)/f'(x)
6511 @end example
6512 @end ifinfo
6513 @tex
6514 \beforedisplay
6515 $$ x_{\goodrm new} = x - {f(x) \over f'(x)} $$
6516 \afterdisplay
6517 @end tex
6518
6519 @noindent
6520 where @cite{f'(x)} is the derivative of @cite{f}. The @cite{x}
6521 values will quickly converge to a solution, i.e., eventually
6522 @c{$x_{\rm new}$}
6523 @cite{new_x} and @cite{x} will be equal to within the limits
6524 of the current precision. Write a program which takes a formula
6525 involving the variable @cite{x}, and an initial guess @cite{x_0},
6526 on the stack, and produces a value of @cite{x} for which the formula
6527 is zero. Use it to find a solution of @c{$\sin(\cos x) = 0.5$}
6528 @cite{sin(cos(x)) = 0.5}
6529 near @cite{x = 4.5}. (Use angles measured in radians.) Note that
6530 the built-in @w{@kbd{a R}} (@code{calc-find-root}) command uses Newton's
6531 method when it is able. @xref{Programming Answer 8, 8}. (@bullet{})
6532
6533 @cindex Digamma function
6534 @cindex Gamma constant, Euler's
6535 @cindex Euler's gamma constant
6536 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 9.} The @dfn{digamma} function @c{$\psi(z)$ (``psi'')}
6537 @cite{psi(z)}
6538 is defined as the derivative of @c{$\ln \Gamma(z)$}
6539 @cite{ln(gamma(z))}. For large
6540 values of @cite{z}, it can be approximated by the infinite sum
6541
6542 @ifinfo
6543 @example
6544 psi(z) ~= ln(z) - 1/2z - sum(bern(2 n) / 2 n z^(2 n), n, 1, inf)
6545 @end example
6546 @end ifinfo
6547 @tex
6548 \let\rm\goodrm
6549 \beforedisplay
6550 $$ \psi(z) \approx \ln z - {1\over2z} -
6551 \sum_{n=1}^\infty {\code{bern}(2 n) \over 2 n z^{2n}}
6552 $$
6553 \afterdisplay
6554 @end tex
6555
6556 @noindent
6557 where @c{$\sum$}
6558 @cite{sum} represents the sum over @cite{n} from 1 to infinity
6559 (or to some limit high enough to give the desired accuracy), and
6560 the @code{bern} function produces (exact) Bernoulli numbers.
6561 While this sum is not guaranteed to converge, in practice it is safe.
6562 An interesting mathematical constant is Euler's gamma, which is equal
6563 to about 0.5772. One way to compute it is by the formula,
6564 @c{$\gamma = -\psi(1)$}
6565 @cite{gamma = -psi(1)}. Unfortunately, 1 isn't a large enough argument
6566 for the above formula to work (5 is a much safer value for @cite{z}).
6567 Fortunately, we can compute @c{$\psi(1)$}
6568 @cite{psi(1)} from @c{$\psi(5)$}
6569 @cite{psi(5)} using
6570 the recurrence @c{$\psi(z+1) = \psi(z) + {1 \over z}$}
6571 @cite{psi(z+1) = psi(z) + 1/z}. Your task: Develop
6572 a program to compute @c{$\psi(z)$}
6573 @cite{psi(z)}; it should ``pump up'' @cite{z}
6574 if necessary to be greater than 5, then use the above summation
6575 formula. Use looping commands to compute the sum. Use your function
6576 to compute @c{$\gamma$}
6577 @cite{gamma} to twelve decimal places. (Calc has a built-in command
6578 for Euler's constant, @kbd{I P}, which you can use to check your answer.)
6579 @xref{Programming Answer 9, 9}. (@bullet{})
6580
6581 @cindex Polynomial, list of coefficients
6582 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 10.} Given a polynomial in @cite{x} and
6583 a number @cite{m} on the stack, where the polynomial is of degree
6584 @cite{m} or less (i.e., does not have any terms higher than @cite{x^m}),
6585 write a program to convert the polynomial into a list-of-coefficients
6586 notation. For example, @cite{5 x^4 + (x + 1)^2} with @cite{m = 6}
6587 should produce the list @cite{[1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0]}. Also develop
6588 a way to convert from this form back to the standard algebraic form.
6589 @xref{Programming Answer 10, 10}. (@bullet{})
6590
6591 @cindex Recursion
6592 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 11.} The @dfn{Stirling numbers of the
6593 first kind} are defined by the recurrences,
6594
6595 @ifinfo
6596 @example
6597 s(n,n) = 1 for n >= 0,
6598 s(n,0) = 0 for n > 0,
6599 s(n+1,m) = s(n,m-1) - n s(n,m) for n >= m >= 1.
6600 @end example
6601 @end ifinfo
6602 @tex
6603 \turnoffactive
6604 \beforedisplay
6605 $$ \eqalign{ s(n,n) &= 1 \qquad \hbox{for } n \ge 0, \cr
6606 s(n,0) &= 0 \qquad \hbox{for } n > 0, \cr
6607 s(n+1,m) &= s(n,m-1) - n \, s(n,m) \qquad
6608 \hbox{for } n \ge m \ge 1.}
6609 $$
6610 \afterdisplay
6611 \vskip5pt
6612 (These numbers are also sometimes written $\displaystyle{n \brack m}$.)
6613 @end tex
6614
6615 This can be implemented using a @dfn{recursive} program in Calc; the
6616 program must invoke itself in order to calculate the two righthand
6617 terms in the general formula. Since it always invokes itself with
6618 ``simpler'' arguments, it's easy to see that it must eventually finish
6619 the computation. Recursion is a little difficult with Emacs keyboard
6620 macros since the macro is executed before its definition is complete.
6621 So here's the recommended strategy: Create a ``dummy macro'' and assign
6622 it to a key with, e.g., @kbd{Z K s}. Now enter the true definition,
6623 using the @kbd{z s} command to call itself recursively, then assign it
6624 to the same key with @kbd{Z K s}. Now the @kbd{z s} command will run
6625 the complete recursive program. (Another way is to use @w{@kbd{Z E}}
6626 or @kbd{M-# m} (@code{read-kbd-macro}) to read the whole macro at once,
6627 thus avoiding the ``training'' phase.) The task: Write a program
6628 that computes Stirling numbers of the first kind, given @cite{n} and
6629 @cite{m} on the stack. Test it with @emph{small} inputs like
6630 @cite{s(4,2)}. (There is a built-in command for Stirling numbers,
6631 @kbd{k s}, which you can use to check your answers.)
6632 @xref{Programming Answer 11, 11}. (@bullet{})
6633
6634 The programming commands we've seen in this part of the tutorial
6635 are low-level, general-purpose operations. Often you will find
6636 that a higher-level function, such as vector mapping or rewrite
6637 rules, will do the job much more easily than a detailed, step-by-step
6638 program can:
6639
6640 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 12.} Write another program for
6641 computing Stirling numbers of the first kind, this time using
6642 rewrite rules. Once again, @cite{n} and @cite{m} should be taken
6643 from the stack. @xref{Programming Answer 12, 12}. (@bullet{})
6644
6645 @example
6646
6647 @end example
6648 This ends the tutorial section of the Calc manual. Now you know enough
6649 about Calc to use it effectively for many kinds of calculations. But
6650 Calc has many features that were not even touched upon in this tutorial.
6651 @c [not-split]
6652 The rest of this manual tells the whole story.
6653 @c [when-split]
6654 @c Volume II of this manual, the @dfn{Calc Reference}, tells the whole story.
6655
6656 @page
6657 @node Answers to Exercises, , Programming Tutorial, Tutorial
6658 @section Answers to Exercises
6659
6660 @noindent
6661 This section includes answers to all the exercises in the Calc tutorial.
6662
6663 @menu
6664 * RPN Answer 1:: 1 RET 2 RET 3 RET 4 + * -
6665 * RPN Answer 2:: 2*4 + 7*9.5 + 5/4
6666 * RPN Answer 3:: Operating on levels 2 and 3
6667 * RPN Answer 4:: Joe's complex problems
6668 * Algebraic Answer 1:: Simulating Q command
6669 * Algebraic Answer 2:: Joe's algebraic woes
6670 * Algebraic Answer 3:: 1 / 0
6671 * Modes Answer 1:: 3#0.1 = 3#0.0222222?
6672 * Modes Answer 2:: 16#f.e8fe15
6673 * Modes Answer 3:: Joe's rounding bug
6674 * Modes Answer 4:: Why floating point?
6675 * Arithmetic Answer 1:: Why the \ command?
6676 * Arithmetic Answer 2:: Tripping up the B command
6677 * Vector Answer 1:: Normalizing a vector
6678 * Vector Answer 2:: Average position
6679 * Matrix Answer 1:: Row and column sums
6680 * Matrix Answer 2:: Symbolic system of equations
6681 * Matrix Answer 3:: Over-determined system
6682 * List Answer 1:: Powers of two
6683 * List Answer 2:: Least-squares fit with matrices
6684 * List Answer 3:: Geometric mean
6685 * List Answer 4:: Divisor function
6686 * List Answer 5:: Duplicate factors
6687 * List Answer 6:: Triangular list
6688 * List Answer 7:: Another triangular list
6689 * List Answer 8:: Maximum of Bessel function
6690 * List Answer 9:: Integers the hard way
6691 * List Answer 10:: All elements equal
6692 * List Answer 11:: Estimating pi with darts
6693 * List Answer 12:: Estimating pi with matchsticks
6694 * List Answer 13:: Hash codes
6695 * List Answer 14:: Random walk
6696 * Types Answer 1:: Square root of pi times rational
6697 * Types Answer 2:: Infinities
6698 * Types Answer 3:: What can "nan" be?
6699 * Types Answer 4:: Abbey Road
6700 * Types Answer 5:: Friday the 13th
6701 * Types Answer 6:: Leap years
6702 * Types Answer 7:: Erroneous donut
6703 * Types Answer 8:: Dividing intervals
6704 * Types Answer 9:: Squaring intervals
6705 * Types Answer 10:: Fermat's primality test
6706 * Types Answer 11:: pi * 10^7 seconds
6707 * Types Answer 12:: Abbey Road on CD
6708 * Types Answer 13:: Not quite pi * 10^7 seconds
6709 * Types Answer 14:: Supercomputers and c
6710 * Types Answer 15:: Sam the Slug
6711 * Algebra Answer 1:: Squares and square roots
6712 * Algebra Answer 2:: Building polynomial from roots
6713 * Algebra Answer 3:: Integral of x sin(pi x)
6714 * Algebra Answer 4:: Simpson's rule
6715 * Rewrites Answer 1:: Multiplying by conjugate
6716 * Rewrites Answer 2:: Alternative fib rule
6717 * Rewrites Answer 3:: Rewriting opt(a) + opt(b) x
6718 * Rewrites Answer 4:: Sequence of integers
6719 * Rewrites Answer 5:: Number of terms in sum
6720 * Rewrites Answer 6:: Defining 0^0 = 1
6721 * Rewrites Answer 7:: Truncated Taylor series
6722 * Programming Answer 1:: Fresnel's C(x)
6723 * Programming Answer 2:: Negate third stack element
6724 * Programming Answer 3:: Compute sin(x) / x, etc.
6725 * Programming Answer 4:: Average value of a list
6726 * Programming Answer 5:: Continued fraction phi
6727 * Programming Answer 6:: Matrix Fibonacci numbers
6728 * Programming Answer 7:: Harmonic number greater than 4
6729 * Programming Answer 8:: Newton's method
6730 * Programming Answer 9:: Digamma function
6731 * Programming Answer 10:: Unpacking a polynomial
6732 * Programming Answer 11:: Recursive Stirling numbers
6733 * Programming Answer 12:: Stirling numbers with rewrites
6734 @end menu
6735
6736 @c The following kludgery prevents the individual answers from
6737 @c being entered on the table of contents.
6738 @tex
6739 \global\let\oldwrite=\write
6740 \gdef\skipwrite#1#2{\let\write=\oldwrite}
6741 \global\let\oldchapternofonts=\chapternofonts
6742 \gdef\chapternofonts{\let\write=\skipwrite\oldchapternofonts}
6743 @end tex
6744
6745 @node RPN Answer 1, RPN Answer 2, Answers to Exercises, Answers to Exercises
6746 @subsection RPN Tutorial Exercise 1
6747
6748 @noindent
6749 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 + * -}
6750
6751 The result is @c{$1 - (2 \times (3 + 4)) = -13$}
6752 @cite{1 - (2 * (3 + 4)) = -13}.
6753
6754 @node RPN Answer 2, RPN Answer 3, RPN Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6755 @subsection RPN Tutorial Exercise 2
6756
6757 @noindent
6758 @c{$2\times4 + 7\times9.5 + {5\over4} = 75.75$}
6759 @cite{2*4 + 7*9.5 + 5/4 = 75.75}
6760
6761 After computing the intermediate term @c{$2\times4 = 8$}
6762 @cite{2*4 = 8}, you can leave
6763 that result on the stack while you compute the second term. With
6764 both of these results waiting on the stack you can then compute the
6765 final term, then press @kbd{+ +} to add everything up.
6766
6767 @group
6768 @smallexample
6769 2: 2 1: 8 3: 8 2: 8
6770 1: 4 . 2: 7 1: 66.5
6771 . 1: 9.5 .
6772 .
6773
6774 2 RET 4 * 7 RET 9.5 *
6775
6776 @end smallexample
6777 @end group
6778 @noindent
6779 @group
6780 @smallexample
6781 4: 8 3: 8 2: 8 1: 75.75
6782 3: 66.5 2: 66.5 1: 67.75 .
6783 2: 5 1: 1.25 .
6784 1: 4 .
6785 .
6786
6787 5 RET 4 / + +
6788 @end smallexample
6789 @end group
6790
6791 Alternatively, you could add the first two terms before going on
6792 with the third term.
6793
6794 @group
6795 @smallexample
6796 2: 8 1: 74.5 3: 74.5 2: 74.5 1: 75.75
6797 1: 66.5 . 2: 5 1: 1.25 .
6798 . 1: 4 .
6799 .
6800
6801 ... + 5 RET 4 / +
6802 @end smallexample
6803 @end group
6804
6805 On an old-style RPN calculator this second method would have the
6806 advantage of using only three stack levels. But since Calc's stack
6807 can grow arbitrarily large this isn't really an issue. Which method
6808 you choose is purely a matter of taste.
6809
6810 @node RPN Answer 3, RPN Answer 4, RPN Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6811 @subsection RPN Tutorial Exercise 3
6812
6813 @noindent
6814 The @key{TAB} key provides a way to operate on the number in level 2.
6815
6816 @group
6817 @smallexample
6818 3: 10 3: 10 4: 10 3: 10 3: 10
6819 2: 20 2: 30 3: 30 2: 30 2: 21
6820 1: 30 1: 20 2: 20 1: 21 1: 30
6821 . . 1: 1 . .
6822 .
6823
6824 TAB 1 + TAB
6825 @end smallexample
6826 @end group
6827
6828 Similarly, @key{M-TAB} gives you access to the number in level 3.
6829
6830 @group
6831 @smallexample
6832 3: 10 3: 21 3: 21 3: 30 3: 11
6833 2: 21 2: 30 2: 30 2: 11 2: 21
6834 1: 30 1: 10 1: 11 1: 21 1: 30
6835 . . . . .
6836
6837 M-TAB 1 + M-TAB M-TAB
6838 @end smallexample
6839 @end group
6840
6841 @node RPN Answer 4, Algebraic Answer 1, RPN Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
6842 @subsection RPN Tutorial Exercise 4
6843
6844 @noindent
6845 Either @kbd{( 2 , 3 )} or @kbd{( 2 @key{SPC} 3 )} would have worked,
6846 but using both the comma and the space at once yields:
6847
6848 @group
6849 @smallexample
6850 1: ( ... 2: ( ... 1: (2, ... 2: (2, ... 2: (2, ...
6851 . 1: 2 . 1: (2, ... 1: (2, 3)
6852 . . .
6853
6854 ( 2 , SPC 3 )
6855 @end smallexample
6856 @end group
6857
6858 Joe probably tried to type @kbd{@key{TAB} @key{DEL}} to swap the
6859 extra incomplete object to the top of the stack and delete it.
6860 But a feature of Calc is that @key{DEL} on an incomplete object
6861 deletes just one component out of that object, so he had to press
6862 @key{DEL} twice to finish the job.
6863
6864 @group
6865 @smallexample
6866 2: (2, ... 2: (2, 3) 2: (2, 3) 1: (2, 3)
6867 1: (2, 3) 1: (2, ... 1: ( ... .
6868 . . .
6869
6870 TAB DEL DEL
6871 @end smallexample
6872 @end group
6873
6874 (As it turns out, deleting the second-to-top stack entry happens often
6875 enough that Calc provides a special key, @kbd{M-DEL}, to do just that.
6876 @kbd{M-DEL} is just like @kbd{TAB DEL}, except that it doesn't exhibit
6877 the ``feature'' that tripped poor Joe.)
6878
6879 @node Algebraic Answer 1, Algebraic Answer 2, RPN Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
6880 @subsection Algebraic Entry Tutorial Exercise 1
6881
6882 @noindent
6883 Type @kbd{' sqrt($) @key{RET}}.
6884
6885 If the @kbd{Q} key is broken, you could use @kbd{' $^0.5 @key{RET}}.
6886 Or, RPN style, @kbd{0.5 ^}.
6887
6888 (Actually, @samp{$^1:2}, using the fraction one-half as the power, is
6889 a closer equivalent, since @samp{9^0.5} yields @cite{3.0} whereas
6890 @samp{sqrt(9)} and @samp{9^1:2} yield the exact integer @cite{3}.)
6891
6892 @node Algebraic Answer 2, Algebraic Answer 3, Algebraic Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6893 @subsection Algebraic Entry Tutorial Exercise 2
6894
6895 @noindent
6896 In the formula @samp{2 x (1+y)}, @samp{x} was interpreted as a function
6897 name with @samp{1+y} as its argument. Assigning a value to a variable
6898 has no relation to a function by the same name. Joe needed to use an
6899 explicit @samp{*} symbol here: @samp{2 x*(1+y)}.
6900
6901 @node Algebraic Answer 3, Modes Answer 1, Algebraic Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6902 @subsection Algebraic Entry Tutorial Exercise 3
6903
6904 @noindent
6905 The result from @kbd{1 @key{RET} 0 /} will be the formula @cite{1 / 0}.
6906 The ``function'' @samp{/} cannot be evaluated when its second argument
6907 is zero, so it is left in symbolic form. When you now type @kbd{0 *},
6908 the result will be zero because Calc uses the general rule that ``zero
6909 times anything is zero.''
6910
6911 @c [fix-ref Infinities]
6912 The @kbd{m i} command enables an @dfn{infinite mode} in which @cite{1 / 0}
6913 results in a special symbol that represents ``infinity.'' If you
6914 multiply infinity by zero, Calc uses another special new symbol to
6915 show that the answer is ``indeterminate.'' @xref{Infinities}, for
6916 further discussion of infinite and indeterminate values.
6917
6918 @node Modes Answer 1, Modes Answer 2, Algebraic Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
6919 @subsection Modes Tutorial Exercise 1
6920
6921 @noindent
6922 Calc always stores its numbers in decimal, so even though one-third has
6923 an exact base-3 representation (@samp{3#0.1}), it is still stored as
6924 0.3333333 (chopped off after 12 or however many decimal digits) inside
6925 the calculator's memory. When this inexact number is converted back
6926 to base 3 for display, it may still be slightly inexact. When we
6927 multiply this number by 3, we get 0.999999, also an inexact value.
6928
6929 When Calc displays a number in base 3, it has to decide how many digits
6930 to show. If the current precision is 12 (decimal) digits, that corresponds
6931 to @samp{12 / log10(3) = 25.15} base-3 digits. Because 25.15 is not an
6932 exact integer, Calc shows only 25 digits, with the result that stored
6933 numbers carry a little bit of extra information that may not show up on
6934 the screen. When Joe entered @samp{3#0.2}, the stored number 0.666666
6935 happened to round to a pleasing value when it lost that last 0.15 of a
6936 digit, but it was still inexact in Calc's memory. When he divided by 2,
6937 he still got the dreaded inexact value 0.333333. (Actually, he divided
6938 0.666667 by 2 to get 0.333334, which is why he got something a little
6939 higher than @code{3#0.1} instead of a little lower.)
6940
6941 If Joe didn't want to be bothered with all this, he could have typed
6942 @kbd{M-24 d n} to display with one less digit than the default. (If
6943 you give @kbd{d n} a negative argument, it uses default-minus-that,
6944 so @kbd{M-- d n} would be an easier way to get the same effect.) Those
6945 inexact results would still be lurking there, but they would now be
6946 rounded to nice, natural-looking values for display purposes. (Remember,
6947 @samp{0.022222} in base 3 is like @samp{0.099999} in base 10; rounding
6948 off one digit will round the number up to @samp{0.1}.) Depending on the
6949 nature of your work, this hiding of the inexactness may be a benefit or
6950 a danger. With the @kbd{d n} command, Calc gives you the choice.
6951
6952 Incidentally, another consequence of all this is that if you type
6953 @kbd{M-30 d n} to display more digits than are ``really there,''
6954 you'll see garbage digits at the end of the number. (In decimal
6955 display mode, with decimally-stored numbers, these garbage digits are
6956 always zero so they vanish and you don't notice them.) Because Calc
6957 rounds off that 0.15 digit, there is the danger that two numbers could
6958 be slightly different internally but still look the same. If you feel
6959 uneasy about this, set the @kbd{d n} precision to be a little higher
6960 than normal; you'll get ugly garbage digits, but you'll always be able
6961 to tell two distinct numbers apart.
6962
6963 An interesting side note is that most computers store their
6964 floating-point numbers in binary, and convert to decimal for display.
6965 Thus everyday programs have the same problem: Decimal 0.1 cannot be
6966 represented exactly in binary (try it: @kbd{0.1 d 2}), so @samp{0.1 * 10}
6967 comes out as an inexact approximation to 1 on some machines (though
6968 they generally arrange to hide it from you by rounding off one digit as
6969 we did above). Because Calc works in decimal instead of binary, you can
6970 be sure that numbers that look exact @emph{are} exact as long as you stay
6971 in decimal display mode.
6972
6973 It's not hard to show that any number that can be represented exactly
6974 in binary, octal, or hexadecimal is also exact in decimal, so the kinds
6975 of problems we saw in this exercise are likely to be severe only when
6976 you use a relatively unusual radix like 3.
6977
6978 @node Modes Answer 2, Modes Answer 3, Modes Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6979 @subsection Modes Tutorial Exercise 2
6980
6981 If the radix is 15 or higher, we can't use the letter @samp{e} to mark
6982 the exponent because @samp{e} is interpreted as a digit. When Calc
6983 needs to display scientific notation in a high radix, it writes
6984 @samp{16#F.E8F*16.^15}. You can enter a number like this as an
6985 algebraic entry. Also, pressing @kbd{e} without any digits before it
6986 normally types @kbd{1e}, but in a high radix it types @kbd{16.^} and
6987 puts you in algebraic entry: @kbd{16#f.e8f RET e 15 RET *} is another
6988 way to enter this number.
6989
6990 The reason Calc puts a decimal point in the @samp{16.^} is to prevent
6991 huge integers from being generated if the exponent is large (consider
6992 @samp{16#1.23*16^1000}, where we compute @samp{16^1000} as a giant
6993 exact integer and then throw away most of the digits when we multiply
6994 it by the floating-point @samp{16#1.23}). While this wouldn't normally
6995 matter for display purposes, it could give you a nasty surprise if you
6996 copied that number into a file and later moved it back into Calc.
6997
6998 @node Modes Answer 3, Modes Answer 4, Modes Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6999 @subsection Modes Tutorial Exercise 3
7000
7001 @noindent
7002 The answer he got was @cite{0.5000000000006399}.
7003
7004 The problem is not that the square operation is inexact, but that the
7005 sine of 45 that was already on the stack was accurate to only 12 places.
7006 Arbitrary-precision calculations still only give answers as good as
7007 their inputs.
7008
7009 The real problem is that there is no 12-digit number which, when
7010 squared, comes out to 0.5 exactly. The @kbd{f [} and @kbd{f ]}
7011 commands decrease or increase a number by one unit in the last
7012 place (according to the current precision). They are useful for
7013 determining facts like this.
7014
7015 @group
7016 @smallexample
7017 1: 0.707106781187 1: 0.500000000001
7018 . .
7019
7020 45 S 2 ^
7021
7022 @end smallexample
7023 @end group
7024 @noindent
7025 @group
7026 @smallexample
7027 1: 0.707106781187 1: 0.707106781186 1: 0.499999999999
7028 . . .
7029
7030 U DEL f [ 2 ^
7031 @end smallexample
7032 @end group
7033
7034 A high-precision calculation must be carried out in high precision
7035 all the way. The only number in the original problem which was known
7036 exactly was the quantity 45 degrees, so the precision must be raised
7037 before anything is done after the number 45 has been entered in order
7038 for the higher precision to be meaningful.
7039
7040 @node Modes Answer 4, Arithmetic Answer 1, Modes Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
7041 @subsection Modes Tutorial Exercise 4
7042
7043 @noindent
7044 Many calculations involve real-world quantities, like the width and
7045 height of a piece of wood or the volume of a jar. Such quantities
7046 can't be measured exactly anyway, and if the data that is input to
7047 a calculation is inexact, doing exact arithmetic on it is a waste
7048 of time.
7049
7050 Fractions become unwieldy after too many calculations have been
7051 done with them. For example, the sum of the reciprocals of the
7052 integers from 1 to 10 is 7381:2520. The sum from 1 to 30 is
7053 9304682830147:2329089562800. After a point it will take a long
7054 time to add even one more term to this sum, but a floating-point
7055 calculation of the sum will not have this problem.
7056
7057 Also, rational numbers cannot express the results of all calculations.
7058 There is no fractional form for the square root of two, so if you type
7059 @w{@kbd{2 Q}}, Calc has no choice but to give you a floating-point answer.
7060
7061 @node Arithmetic Answer 1, Arithmetic Answer 2, Modes Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
7062 @subsection Arithmetic Tutorial Exercise 1
7063
7064 @noindent
7065 Dividing two integers that are larger than the current precision may
7066 give a floating-point result that is inaccurate even when rounded
7067 down to an integer. Consider @cite{123456789 / 2} when the current
7068 precision is 6 digits. The true answer is @cite{61728394.5}, but
7069 with a precision of 6 this will be rounded to @c{$12345700.0/2.0 = 61728500.0$}
7070 @cite{12345700.@: / 2.@: = 61728500.}.
7071 The result, when converted to an integer, will be off by 106.
7072
7073 Here are two solutions: Raise the precision enough that the
7074 floating-point round-off error is strictly to the right of the
7075 decimal point. Or, convert to fraction mode so that @cite{123456789 / 2}
7076 produces the exact fraction @cite{123456789:2}, which can be rounded
7077 down by the @kbd{F} command without ever switching to floating-point
7078 format.
7079
7080 @node Arithmetic Answer 2, Vector Answer 1, Arithmetic Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
7081 @subsection Arithmetic Tutorial Exercise 2
7082
7083 @noindent
7084 @kbd{27 @key{RET} 9 B} could give the exact result @cite{3:2}, but it
7085 does a floating-point calculation instead and produces @cite{1.5}.
7086
7087 Calc will find an exact result for a logarithm if the result is an integer
7088 or the reciprocal of an integer. But there is no efficient way to search
7089 the space of all possible rational numbers for an exact answer, so Calc
7090 doesn't try.
7091
7092 @node Vector Answer 1, Vector Answer 2, Arithmetic Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
7093 @subsection Vector Tutorial Exercise 1
7094
7095 @noindent
7096 Duplicate the vector, compute its length, then divide the vector
7097 by its length: @kbd{@key{RET} A /}.
7098
7099 @group
7100 @smallexample
7101 1: [1, 2, 3] 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: [0.27, 0.53, 0.80] 1: 1.
7102 . 1: 3.74165738677 . .
7103 .
7104
7105 r 1 RET A / A
7106 @end smallexample
7107 @end group
7108
7109 The final @kbd{A} command shows that the normalized vector does
7110 indeed have unit length.
7111
7112 @node Vector Answer 2, Matrix Answer 1, Vector Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
7113 @subsection Vector Tutorial Exercise 2
7114
7115 @noindent
7116 The average position is equal to the sum of the products of the
7117 positions times their corresponding probabilities. This is the
7118 definition of the dot product operation. So all you need to do
7119 is to put the two vectors on the stack and press @kbd{*}.
7120
7121 @node Matrix Answer 1, Matrix Answer 2, Vector Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
7122 @subsection Matrix Tutorial Exercise 1
7123
7124 @noindent
7125 The trick is to multiply by a vector of ones. Use @kbd{r 4 [1 1 1] *} to
7126 get the row sum. Similarly, use @kbd{[1 1] r 4 *} to get the column sum.
7127
7128 @node Matrix Answer 2, Matrix Answer 3, Matrix Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
7129 @subsection Matrix Tutorial Exercise 2
7130
7131 @ifinfo
7132 @group
7133 @example
7134 x + a y = 6
7135 x + b y = 10
7136 @end example
7137 @end group
7138 @end ifinfo
7139 @tex
7140 \turnoffactive
7141 \beforedisplay
7142 $$ \eqalign{ x &+ a y = 6 \cr
7143 x &+ b y = 10}
7144 $$
7145 \afterdisplay
7146 @end tex
7147
7148 Just enter the righthand side vector, then divide by the lefthand side
7149 matrix as usual.
7150
7151 @group
7152 @smallexample
7153 1: [6, 10] 2: [6, 10] 1: [6 - 4 a / (b - a), 4 / (b - a) ]
7154 . 1: [ [ 1, a ] .
7155 [ 1, b ] ]
7156 .
7157
7158 ' [6 10] RET ' [1 a; 1 b] RET /
7159 @end smallexample
7160 @end group
7161
7162 This can be made more readable using @kbd{d B} to enable ``big'' display
7163 mode:
7164
7165 @group
7166 @smallexample
7167 4 a 4
7168 1: [6 - -----, -----]
7169 b - a b - a
7170 @end smallexample
7171 @end group
7172
7173 Type @kbd{d N} to return to ``normal'' display mode afterwards.
7174
7175 @node Matrix Answer 3, List Answer 1, Matrix Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
7176 @subsection Matrix Tutorial Exercise 3
7177
7178 @noindent
7179 To solve @c{$A^T A \, X = A^T B$}
7180 @cite{trn(A) * A * X = trn(A) * B}, first we compute
7181 @c{$A' = A^T A$}
7182 @cite{A2 = trn(A) * A} and @c{$B' = A^T B$}
7183 @cite{B2 = trn(A) * B}; now, we have a
7184 system @c{$A' X = B'$}
7185 @cite{A2 * X = B2} which we can solve using Calc's @samp{/}
7186 command.
7187
7188 @ifinfo
7189 @group
7190 @example
7191 a + 2b + 3c = 6
7192 4a + 5b + 6c = 2
7193 7a + 6b = 3
7194 2a + 4b + 6c = 11
7195 @end example
7196 @end group
7197 @end ifinfo
7198 @tex
7199 \turnoffactive
7200 \beforedisplayh
7201 $$ \openup1\jot \tabskip=0pt plus1fil
7202 \halign to\displaywidth{\tabskip=0pt
7203 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
7204 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
7205 $\hfil#$&${}#\hfil$\tabskip=0pt plus1fil\cr
7206 a&+&2b&+&3c&=6 \cr
7207 4a&+&5b&+&6c&=2 \cr
7208 7a&+&6b& & &=3 \cr
7209 2a&+&4b&+&6c&=11 \cr}
7210 $$
7211 \afterdisplayh
7212 @end tex
7213
7214 The first step is to enter the coefficient matrix. We'll store it in
7215 quick variable number 7 for later reference. Next, we compute the
7216 @c{$B'$}
7217 @cite{B2} vector.
7218
7219 @group
7220 @smallexample
7221 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 2: [ [ 1, 4, 7, 2 ] 1: [57, 84, 96]
7222 [ 4, 5, 6 ] [ 2, 5, 6, 4 ] .
7223 [ 7, 6, 0 ] [ 3, 6, 0, 6 ] ]
7224 [ 2, 4, 6 ] ] 1: [6, 2, 3, 11]
7225 . .
7226
7227 ' [1 2 3; 4 5 6; 7 6 0; 2 4 6] RET s 7 v t [6 2 3 11] *
7228 @end smallexample
7229 @end group
7230
7231 @noindent
7232 Now we compute the matrix @c{$A'$}
7233 @cite{A2} and divide.
7234
7235 @group
7236 @smallexample
7237 2: [57, 84, 96] 1: [-11.64, 14.08, -3.64]
7238 1: [ [ 70, 72, 39 ] .
7239 [ 72, 81, 60 ]
7240 [ 39, 60, 81 ] ]
7241 .
7242
7243 r 7 v t r 7 * /
7244 @end smallexample
7245 @end group
7246
7247 @noindent
7248 (The actual computed answer will be slightly inexact due to
7249 round-off error.)
7250
7251 Notice that the answers are similar to those for the @c{$3\times3$}
7252 @asis{3x3} system
7253 solved in the text. That's because the fourth equation that was
7254 added to the system is almost identical to the first one multiplied
7255 by two. (If it were identical, we would have gotten the exact same
7256 answer since the @c{$4\times3$}
7257 @asis{4x3} system would be equivalent to the original @c{$3\times3$}
7258 @asis{3x3}
7259 system.)
7260
7261 Since the first and fourth equations aren't quite equivalent, they
7262 can't both be satisfied at once. Let's plug our answers back into
7263 the original system of equations to see how well they match.
7264
7265 @group
7266 @smallexample
7267 2: [-11.64, 14.08, -3.64] 1: [5.6, 2., 3., 11.2]
7268 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] .
7269 [ 4, 5, 6 ]
7270 [ 7, 6, 0 ]
7271 [ 2, 4, 6 ] ]
7272 .
7273
7274 r 7 TAB *
7275 @end smallexample
7276 @end group
7277
7278 @noindent
7279 This is reasonably close to our original @cite{B} vector,
7280 @cite{[6, 2, 3, 11]}.
7281
7282 @node List Answer 1, List Answer 2, Matrix Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
7283 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 1
7284
7285 @noindent
7286 We can use @kbd{v x} to build a vector of integers. This needs to be
7287 adjusted to get the range of integers we desire. Mapping @samp{-}
7288 across the vector will accomplish this, although it turns out the
7289 plain @samp{-} key will work just as well.
7290
7291 @group
7292 @smallexample
7293 2: 2 2: 2
7294 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9] 1: [-4, -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4]
7295 . .
7296
7297 2 v x 9 RET 5 V M - or 5 -
7298 @end smallexample
7299 @end group
7300
7301 @noindent
7302 Now we use @kbd{V M ^} to map the exponentiation operator across the
7303 vector.
7304
7305 @group
7306 @smallexample
7307 1: [0.0625, 0.125, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16]
7308 .
7309
7310 V M ^
7311 @end smallexample
7312 @end group
7313
7314 @node List Answer 2, List Answer 3, List Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
7315 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 2
7316
7317 @noindent
7318 Given @cite{x} and @cite{y} vectors in quick variables 1 and 2 as before,
7319 the first job is to form the matrix that describes the problem.
7320
7321 @ifinfo
7322 @example
7323 m*x + b*1 = y
7324 @end example
7325 @end ifinfo
7326 @tex
7327 \turnoffactive
7328 \beforedisplay
7329 $$ m \times x + b \times 1 = y $$
7330 \afterdisplay
7331 @end tex
7332
7333 Thus we want a @c{$19\times2$}
7334 @asis{19x2} matrix with our @cite{x} vector as one column and
7335 ones as the other column. So, first we build the column of ones, then
7336 we combine the two columns to form our @cite{A} matrix.
7337
7338 @group
7339 @smallexample
7340 2: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ] 1: [ [ 1.34, 1 ]
7341 1: [1, 1, 1, ...] [ 1.41, 1 ]
7342 . [ 1.49, 1 ]
7343 @dots{}
7344
7345 r 1 1 v b 19 RET M-2 v p v t s 3
7346 @end smallexample
7347 @end group
7348
7349 @noindent
7350 Now we compute @c{$A^T y$}
7351 @cite{trn(A) * y} and @c{$A^T A$}
7352 @cite{trn(A) * A} and divide.
7353
7354 @group
7355 @smallexample
7356 1: [33.36554, 13.613] 2: [33.36554, 13.613]
7357 . 1: [ [ 98.0003, 41.63 ]
7358 [ 41.63, 19 ] ]
7359 .
7360
7361 v t r 2 * r 3 v t r 3 *
7362 @end smallexample
7363 @end group
7364
7365 @noindent
7366 (Hey, those numbers look familiar!)
7367
7368 @group
7369 @smallexample
7370 1: [0.52141679, -0.425978]
7371 .
7372
7373 /
7374 @end smallexample
7375 @end group
7376
7377 Since we were solving equations of the form @c{$m \times x + b \times 1 = y$}
7378 @cite{m*x + b*1 = y}, these
7379 numbers should be @cite{m} and @cite{b}, respectively. Sure enough, they
7380 agree exactly with the result computed using @kbd{V M} and @kbd{V R}!
7381
7382 The moral of this story: @kbd{V M} and @kbd{V R} will probably solve
7383 your problem, but there is often an easier way using the higher-level
7384 arithmetic functions!
7385
7386 @c [fix-ref Curve Fitting]
7387 In fact, there is a built-in @kbd{a F} command that does least-squares
7388 fits. @xref{Curve Fitting}.
7389
7390 @node List Answer 3, List Answer 4, List Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
7391 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 3
7392
7393 @noindent
7394 Move to one end of the list and press @kbd{C-@@} (or @kbd{C-SPC} or
7395 whatever) to set the mark, then move to the other end of the list
7396 and type @w{@kbd{M-# g}}.
7397
7398 @group
7399 @smallexample
7400 1: [2.3, 6, 22, 15.1, 7, 15, 14, 7.5, 2.5]
7401 .
7402 @end smallexample
7403 @end group
7404
7405 To make things interesting, let's assume we don't know at a glance
7406 how many numbers are in this list. Then we could type:
7407
7408 @group
7409 @smallexample
7410 2: [2.3, 6, 22, ... ] 2: [2.3, 6, 22, ... ]
7411 1: [2.3, 6, 22, ... ] 1: 126356422.5
7412 . .
7413
7414 RET V R *
7415
7416 @end smallexample
7417 @end group
7418 @noindent
7419 @group
7420 @smallexample
7421 2: 126356422.5 2: 126356422.5 1: 7.94652913734
7422 1: [2.3, 6, 22, ... ] 1: 9 .
7423 . .
7424
7425 TAB v l I ^
7426 @end smallexample
7427 @end group
7428
7429 @noindent
7430 (The @kbd{I ^} command computes the @var{n}th root of a number.
7431 You could also type @kbd{& ^} to take the reciprocal of 9 and
7432 then raise the number to that power.)
7433
7434 @node List Answer 4, List Answer 5, List Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
7435 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 4
7436
7437 @noindent
7438 A number @cite{j} is a divisor of @cite{n} if @c{$n \mathbin{\hbox{\code{\%}}} j = 0$}
7439 @samp{n % j = 0}. The first
7440 step is to get a vector that identifies the divisors.
7441
7442 @group
7443 @smallexample
7444 2: 30 2: [0, 0, 0, 2, ...] 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, ...]
7445 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, ...] 1: 0 .
7446 . .
7447
7448 30 RET v x 30 RET s 1 V M % 0 V M a = s 2
7449 @end smallexample
7450 @end group
7451
7452 @noindent
7453 This vector has 1's marking divisors of 30 and 0's marking non-divisors.
7454
7455 The zeroth divisor function is just the total number of divisors.
7456 The first divisor function is the sum of the divisors.
7457
7458 @group
7459 @smallexample
7460 1: 8 3: 8 2: 8 2: 8
7461 2: [1, 2, 3, 4, ...] 1: [1, 2, 3, 0, ...] 1: 72
7462 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, ...] . .
7463 .
7464
7465 V R + r 1 r 2 V M * V R +
7466 @end smallexample
7467 @end group
7468
7469 @noindent
7470 Once again, the last two steps just compute a dot product for which
7471 a simple @kbd{*} would have worked equally well.
7472
7473 @node List Answer 5, List Answer 6, List Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
7474 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 5
7475
7476 @noindent
7477 The obvious first step is to obtain the list of factors with @kbd{k f}.
7478 This list will always be in sorted order, so if there are duplicates
7479 they will be right next to each other. A suitable method is to compare
7480 the list with a copy of itself shifted over by one.
7481
7482 @group
7483 @smallexample
7484 1: [3, 7, 7, 7, 19] 2: [3, 7, 7, 7, 19] 2: [3, 7, 7, 7, 19, 0]
7485 . 1: [3, 7, 7, 7, 19, 0] 1: [0, 3, 7, 7, 7, 19]
7486 . .
7487
7488 19551 k f RET 0 | TAB 0 TAB |
7489
7490 @end smallexample
7491 @end group
7492 @noindent
7493 @group
7494 @smallexample
7495 1: [0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0] 1: 2 1: 0
7496 . . .
7497
7498 V M a = V R + 0 a =
7499 @end smallexample
7500 @end group
7501
7502 @noindent
7503 Note that we have to arrange for both vectors to have the same length
7504 so that the mapping operation works; no prime factor will ever be
7505 zero, so adding zeros on the left and right is safe. From then on
7506 the job is pretty straightforward.
7507
7508 Incidentally, Calc provides the @c{\dfn{M\"obius} $\mu$}
7509 @dfn{Moebius mu} function which is
7510 zero if and only if its argument is square-free. It would be a much
7511 more convenient way to do the above test in practice.
7512
7513 @node List Answer 6, List Answer 7, List Answer 5, Answers to Exercises
7514 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 6
7515
7516 @noindent
7517 First use @kbd{v x 6 RET} to get a list of integers, then @kbd{V M v x}
7518 to get a list of lists of integers!
7519
7520 @node List Answer 7, List Answer 8, List Answer 6, Answers to Exercises
7521 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 7
7522
7523 @noindent
7524 Here's one solution. First, compute the triangular list from the previous
7525 exercise and type @kbd{1 -} to subtract one from all the elements.
7526
7527 @group
7528 @smallexample
7529 1: [ [0],
7530 [0, 1],
7531 [0, 1, 2],
7532 @dots{}
7533
7534 1 -
7535 @end smallexample
7536 @end group
7537
7538 The numbers down the lefthand edge of the list we desire are called
7539 the ``triangular numbers'' (now you know why!). The @cite{n}th
7540 triangular number is the sum of the integers from 1 to @cite{n}, and
7541 can be computed directly by the formula @c{$n (n+1) \over 2$}
7542 @cite{n * (n+1) / 2}.
7543
7544 @group
7545 @smallexample
7546 2: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ] 2: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ]
7547 1: [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5] 1: [0, 1, 3, 6, 10, 15]
7548 . .
7549
7550 v x 6 RET 1 - V M ' $ ($+1)/2 RET
7551 @end smallexample
7552 @end group
7553
7554 @noindent
7555 Adding this list to the above list of lists produces the desired
7556 result:
7557
7558 @group
7559 @smallexample
7560 1: [ [0],
7561 [1, 2],
7562 [3, 4, 5],
7563 [6, 7, 8, 9],
7564 [10, 11, 12, 13, 14],
7565 [15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20] ]
7566 .
7567
7568 V M +
7569 @end smallexample
7570 @end group
7571
7572 If we did not know the formula for triangular numbers, we could have
7573 computed them using a @kbd{V U +} command. We could also have
7574 gotten them the hard way by mapping a reduction across the original
7575 triangular list.
7576
7577 @group
7578 @smallexample
7579 2: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ] 2: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ]
7580 1: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ] 1: [0, 1, 3, 6, 10, 15]
7581 . .
7582
7583 RET V M V R +
7584 @end smallexample
7585 @end group
7586
7587 @noindent
7588 (This means ``map a @kbd{V R +} command across the vector,'' and
7589 since each element of the main vector is itself a small vector,
7590 @kbd{V R +} computes the sum of its elements.)
7591
7592 @node List Answer 8, List Answer 9, List Answer 7, Answers to Exercises
7593 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 8
7594
7595 @noindent
7596 The first step is to build a list of values of @cite{x}.
7597
7598 @group
7599 @smallexample
7600 1: [1, 2, 3, ..., 21] 1: [0, 1, 2, ..., 20] 1: [0, 0.25, 0.5, ..., 5]
7601 . . .
7602
7603 v x 21 RET 1 - 4 / s 1
7604 @end smallexample
7605 @end group
7606
7607 Next, we compute the Bessel function values.
7608
7609 @group
7610 @smallexample
7611 1: [0., 0.124, 0.242, ..., -0.328]
7612 .
7613
7614 V M ' besJ(1,$) RET
7615 @end smallexample
7616 @end group
7617
7618 @noindent
7619 (Another way to do this would be @kbd{1 TAB V M f j}.)
7620
7621 A way to isolate the maximum value is to compute the maximum using
7622 @kbd{V R X}, then compare all the Bessel values with that maximum.
7623
7624 @group
7625 @smallexample
7626 2: [0., 0.124, 0.242, ... ] 1: [0, 0, 0, ... ] 2: [0, 0, 0, ... ]
7627 1: 0.5801562 . 1: 1
7628 . .
7629
7630 RET V R X V M a = RET V R + DEL
7631 @end smallexample
7632 @end group
7633
7634 @noindent
7635 It's a good idea to verify, as in the last step above, that only
7636 one value is equal to the maximum. (After all, a plot of @c{$\sin x$}
7637 @cite{sin(x)}
7638 might have many points all equal to the maximum value, 1.)
7639
7640 The vector we have now has a single 1 in the position that indicates
7641 the maximum value of @cite{x}. Now it is a simple matter to convert
7642 this back into the corresponding value itself.
7643
7644 @group
7645 @smallexample
7646 2: [0, 0, 0, ... ] 1: [0, 0., 0., ... ] 1: 1.75
7647 1: [0, 0.25, 0.5, ... ] . .
7648 .
7649
7650 r 1 V M * V R +
7651 @end smallexample
7652 @end group
7653
7654 If @kbd{a =} had produced more than one @cite{1} value, this method
7655 would have given the sum of all maximum @cite{x} values; not very
7656 useful! In this case we could have used @kbd{v m} (@code{calc-mask-vector})
7657 instead. This command deletes all elements of a ``data'' vector that
7658 correspond to zeros in a ``mask'' vector, leaving us with, in this
7659 example, a vector of maximum @cite{x} values.
7660
7661 The built-in @kbd{a X} command maximizes a function using more
7662 efficient methods. Just for illustration, let's use @kbd{a X}
7663 to maximize @samp{besJ(1,x)} over this same interval.
7664
7665 @group
7666 @smallexample
7667 2: besJ(1, x) 1: [1.84115, 0.581865]
7668 1: [0 .. 5] .
7669 .
7670
7671 ' besJ(1,x), [0..5] RET a X x RET
7672 @end smallexample
7673 @end group
7674
7675 @noindent
7676 The output from @kbd{a X} is a vector containing the value of @cite{x}
7677 that maximizes the function, and the function's value at that maximum.
7678 As you can see, our simple search got quite close to the right answer.
7679
7680 @node List Answer 9, List Answer 10, List Answer 8, Answers to Exercises
7681 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 9
7682
7683 @noindent
7684 Step one is to convert our integer into vector notation.
7685
7686 @group
7687 @smallexample
7688 1: 25129925999 3: 25129925999
7689 . 2: 10
7690 1: [11, 10, 9, ..., 1, 0]
7691 .
7692
7693 25129925999 RET 10 RET 12 RET v x 12 RET -
7694
7695 @end smallexample
7696 @end group
7697 @noindent
7698 @group
7699 @smallexample
7700 1: 25129925999 1: [0, 2, 25, 251, 2512, ... ]
7701 2: [100000000000, ... ] .
7702 .
7703
7704 V M ^ s 1 V M \
7705 @end smallexample
7706 @end group
7707
7708 @noindent
7709 (Recall, the @kbd{\} command computes an integer quotient.)
7710
7711 @group
7712 @smallexample
7713 1: [0, 2, 5, 1, 2, 9, 9, 2, 5, 9, 9, 9]
7714 .
7715
7716 10 V M % s 2
7717 @end smallexample
7718 @end group
7719
7720 Next we must increment this number. This involves adding one to
7721 the last digit, plus handling carries. There is a carry to the
7722 left out of a digit if that digit is a nine and all the digits to
7723 the right of it are nines.
7724
7725 @group
7726 @smallexample
7727 1: [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1] 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, ... ]
7728 . .
7729
7730 9 V M a = v v
7731
7732 @end smallexample
7733 @end group
7734 @noindent
7735 @group
7736 @smallexample
7737 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, ... ] 1: [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1]
7738 . .
7739
7740 V U * v v 1 |
7741 @end smallexample
7742 @end group
7743
7744 @noindent
7745 Accumulating @kbd{*} across a vector of ones and zeros will preserve
7746 only the initial run of ones. These are the carries into all digits
7747 except the rightmost digit. Concatenating a one on the right takes
7748 care of aligning the carries properly, and also adding one to the
7749 rightmost digit.
7750
7751 @group
7752 @smallexample
7753 2: [0, 0, 0, 0, ... ] 1: [0, 0, 2, 5, 1, 2, 9, 9, 2, 6, 0, 0, 0]
7754 1: [0, 0, 2, 5, ... ] .
7755 .
7756
7757 0 r 2 | V M + 10 V M %
7758 @end smallexample
7759 @end group
7760
7761 @noindent
7762 Here we have concatenated 0 to the @emph{left} of the original number;
7763 this takes care of shifting the carries by one with respect to the
7764 digits that generated them.
7765
7766 Finally, we must convert this list back into an integer.
7767
7768 @group
7769 @smallexample
7770 3: [0, 0, 2, 5, ... ] 2: [0, 0, 2, 5, ... ]
7771 2: 1000000000000 1: [1000000000000, 100000000000, ... ]
7772 1: [100000000000, ... ] .
7773 .
7774
7775 10 RET 12 ^ r 1 |
7776
7777 @end smallexample
7778 @end group
7779 @noindent
7780 @group
7781 @smallexample
7782 1: [0, 0, 20000000000, 5000000000, ... ] 1: 25129926000
7783 . .
7784
7785 V M * V R +
7786 @end smallexample
7787 @end group
7788
7789 @noindent
7790 Another way to do this final step would be to reduce the formula
7791 @w{@samp{10 $$ + $}} across the vector of digits.
7792
7793 @group
7794 @smallexample
7795 1: [0, 0, 2, 5, ... ] 1: 25129926000
7796 . .
7797
7798 V R ' 10 $$ + $ RET
7799 @end smallexample
7800 @end group
7801
7802 @node List Answer 10, List Answer 11, List Answer 9, Answers to Exercises
7803 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 10
7804
7805 @noindent
7806 For the list @cite{[a, b, c, d]}, the result is @cite{((a = b) = c) = d},
7807 which will compare @cite{a} and @cite{b} to produce a 1 or 0, which is
7808 then compared with @cite{c} to produce another 1 or 0, which is then
7809 compared with @cite{d}. This is not at all what Joe wanted.
7810
7811 Here's a more correct method:
7812
7813 @group
7814 @smallexample
7815 1: [7, 7, 7, 8, 7] 2: [7, 7, 7, 8, 7]
7816 . 1: 7
7817 .
7818
7819 ' [7,7,7,8,7] RET RET v r 1 RET
7820
7821 @end smallexample
7822 @end group
7823 @noindent
7824 @group
7825 @smallexample
7826 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, 1] 1: 0
7827 . .
7828
7829 V M a = V R *
7830 @end smallexample
7831 @end group
7832
7833 @node List Answer 11, List Answer 12, List Answer 10, Answers to Exercises
7834 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 11
7835
7836 @noindent
7837 The circle of unit radius consists of those points @cite{(x,y)} for which
7838 @cite{x^2 + y^2 < 1}. We start by generating a vector of @cite{x^2}
7839 and a vector of @cite{y^2}.
7840
7841 We can make this go a bit faster by using the @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .}
7842 commands.
7843
7844 @group
7845 @smallexample
7846 2: [2., 2., ..., 2.] 2: [2., 2., ..., 2.]
7847 1: [2., 2., ..., 2.] 1: [1.16, 1.98, ..., 0.81]
7848 . .
7849
7850 v . t . 2. v b 100 RET RET V M k r
7851
7852 @end smallexample
7853 @end group
7854 @noindent
7855 @group
7856 @smallexample
7857 2: [2., 2., ..., 2.] 1: [0.026, 0.96, ..., 0.036]
7858 1: [0.026, 0.96, ..., 0.036] 2: [0.53, 0.81, ..., 0.094]
7859 . .
7860
7861 1 - 2 V M ^ TAB V M k r 1 - 2 V M ^
7862 @end smallexample
7863 @end group
7864
7865 Now we sum the @cite{x^2} and @cite{y^2} values, compare with 1 to
7866 get a vector of 1/0 truth values, then sum the truth values.
7867
7868 @group
7869 @smallexample
7870 1: [0.56, 1.78, ..., 0.13] 1: [1, 0, ..., 1] 1: 84
7871 . . .
7872
7873 + 1 V M a < V R +
7874 @end smallexample
7875 @end group
7876
7877 @noindent
7878 The ratio @cite{84/100} should approximate the ratio @c{$\pi/4$}
7879 @cite{pi/4}.
7880
7881 @group
7882 @smallexample
7883 1: 0.84 1: 3.36 2: 3.36 1: 1.0695
7884 . . 1: 3.14159 .
7885
7886 100 / 4 * P /
7887 @end smallexample
7888 @end group
7889
7890 @noindent
7891 Our estimate, 3.36, is off by about 7%. We could get a better estimate
7892 by taking more points (say, 1000), but it's clear that this method is
7893 not very efficient!
7894
7895 (Naturally, since this example uses random numbers your own answer
7896 will be slightly different from the one shown here!)
7897
7898 If you typed @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .} before, type them again to
7899 return to full-sized display of vectors.
7900
7901 @node List Answer 12, List Answer 13, List Answer 11, Answers to Exercises
7902 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 12
7903
7904 @noindent
7905 This problem can be made a lot easier by taking advantage of some
7906 symmetries. First of all, after some thought it's clear that the
7907 @cite{y} axis can be ignored altogether. Just pick a random @cite{x}
7908 component for one end of the match, pick a random direction @c{$\theta$}
7909 @cite{theta},
7910 and see if @cite{x} and @c{$x + \cos \theta$}
7911 @cite{x + cos(theta)} (which is the @cite{x}
7912 coordinate of the other endpoint) cross a line. The lines are at
7913 integer coordinates, so this happens when the two numbers surround
7914 an integer.
7915
7916 Since the two endpoints are equivalent, we may as well choose the leftmost
7917 of the two endpoints as @cite{x}. Then @cite{theta} is an angle pointing
7918 to the right, in the range -90 to 90 degrees. (We could use radians, but
7919 it would feel like cheating to refer to @c{$\pi/2$}
7920 @cite{pi/2} radians while trying
7921 to estimate @c{$\pi$}
7922 @cite{pi}!)
7923
7924 In fact, since the field of lines is infinite we can choose the
7925 coordinates 0 and 1 for the lines on either side of the leftmost
7926 endpoint. The rightmost endpoint will be between 0 and 1 if the
7927 match does not cross a line, or between 1 and 2 if it does. So:
7928 Pick random @cite{x} and @c{$\theta$}
7929 @cite{theta}, compute @c{$x + \cos \theta$}
7930 @cite{x + cos(theta)},
7931 and count how many of the results are greater than one. Simple!
7932
7933 We can make this go a bit faster by using the @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .}
7934 commands.
7935
7936 @group
7937 @smallexample
7938 1: [0.52, 0.71, ..., 0.72] 2: [0.52, 0.71, ..., 0.72]
7939 . 1: [78.4, 64.5, ..., -42.9]
7940 .
7941
7942 v . t . 1. v b 100 RET V M k r 180. v b 100 RET V M k r 90 -
7943 @end smallexample
7944 @end group
7945
7946 @noindent
7947 (The next step may be slow, depending on the speed of your computer.)
7948
7949 @group
7950 @smallexample
7951 2: [0.52, 0.71, ..., 0.72] 1: [0.72, 1.14, ..., 1.45]
7952 1: [0.20, 0.43, ..., 0.73] .
7953 .
7954
7955 m d V M C +
7956
7957 @end smallexample
7958 @end group
7959 @noindent
7960 @group
7961 @smallexample
7962 1: [0, 1, ..., 1] 1: 0.64 1: 3.125
7963 . . .
7964
7965 1 V M a > V R + 100 / 2 TAB /
7966 @end smallexample
7967 @end group
7968
7969 Let's try the third method, too. We'll use random integers up to
7970 one million. The @kbd{k r} command with an integer argument picks
7971 a random integer.
7972
7973 @group
7974 @smallexample
7975 2: [1000000, 1000000, ..., 1000000] 2: [78489, 527587, ..., 814975]
7976 1: [1000000, 1000000, ..., 1000000] 1: [324014, 358783, ..., 955450]
7977 . .
7978
7979 1000000 v b 100 RET RET V M k r TAB V M k r
7980
7981 @end smallexample
7982 @end group
7983 @noindent
7984 @group
7985 @smallexample
7986 1: [1, 1, ..., 25] 1: [1, 1, ..., 0] 1: 0.56
7987 . . .
7988
7989 V M k g 1 V M a = V R + 100 /
7990
7991 @end smallexample
7992 @end group
7993 @noindent
7994 @group
7995 @smallexample
7996 1: 10.714 1: 3.273
7997 . .
7998
7999 6 TAB / Q
8000 @end smallexample
8001 @end group
8002
8003 For a proof of this property of the GCD function, see section 4.5.2,
8004 exercise 10, of Knuth's @emph{Art of Computer Programming}, volume II.
8005
8006 If you typed @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .} before, type them again to
8007 return to full-sized display of vectors.
8008
8009 @node List Answer 13, List Answer 14, List Answer 12, Answers to Exercises
8010 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 13
8011
8012 @noindent
8013 First, we put the string on the stack as a vector of ASCII codes.
8014
8015 @group
8016 @smallexample
8017 1: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51]
8018 .
8019
8020 "Testing, 1, 2, 3 RET
8021 @end smallexample
8022 @end group
8023
8024 @noindent
8025 Note that the @kbd{"} key, like @kbd{$}, initiates algebraic entry so
8026 there was no need to type an apostrophe. Also, Calc didn't mind that
8027 we omitted the closing @kbd{"}. (The same goes for all closing delimiters
8028 like @kbd{)} and @kbd{]} at the end of a formula.
8029
8030 We'll show two different approaches here. In the first, we note that
8031 if the input vector is @cite{[a, b, c, d]}, then the hash code is
8032 @cite{3 (3 (3a + b) + c) + d = 27a + 9b + 3c + d}. In other words,
8033 it's a sum of descending powers of three times the ASCII codes.
8034
8035 @group
8036 @smallexample
8037 2: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51] 2: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51]
8038 1: 16 1: [15, 14, 13, ..., 0]
8039 . .
8040
8041 RET v l v x 16 RET -
8042
8043 @end smallexample
8044 @end group
8045 @noindent
8046 @group
8047 @smallexample
8048 2: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51] 1: 1960915098 1: 121
8049 1: [14348907, ..., 1] . .
8050 .
8051
8052 3 TAB V M ^ * 511 %
8053 @end smallexample
8054 @end group
8055
8056 @noindent
8057 Once again, @kbd{*} elegantly summarizes most of the computation.
8058 But there's an even more elegant approach: Reduce the formula
8059 @kbd{3 $$ + $} across the vector. Recall that this represents a
8060 function of two arguments that computes its first argument times three
8061 plus its second argument.
8062
8063 @group
8064 @smallexample
8065 1: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51] 1: 1960915098
8066 . .
8067
8068 "Testing, 1, 2, 3 RET V R ' 3$$+$ RET
8069 @end smallexample
8070 @end group
8071
8072 @noindent
8073 If you did the decimal arithmetic exercise, this will be familiar.
8074 Basically, we're turning a base-3 vector of digits into an integer,
8075 except that our ``digits'' are much larger than real digits.
8076
8077 Instead of typing @kbd{511 %} again to reduce the result, we can be
8078 cleverer still and notice that rather than computing a huge integer
8079 and taking the modulo at the end, we can take the modulo at each step
8080 without affecting the result. While this means there are more
8081 arithmetic operations, the numbers we operate on remain small so
8082 the operations are faster.
8083
8084 @group
8085 @smallexample
8086 1: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51] 1: 121
8087 . .
8088
8089 "Testing, 1, 2, 3 RET V R ' (3$$+$)%511 RET
8090 @end smallexample
8091 @end group
8092
8093 Why does this work? Think about a two-step computation:
8094 @w{@cite{3 (3a + b) + c}}. Taking a result modulo 511 basically means
8095 subtracting off enough 511's to put the result in the desired range.
8096 So the result when we take the modulo after every step is,
8097
8098 @ifinfo
8099 @example
8100 3 (3 a + b - 511 m) + c - 511 n
8101 @end example
8102 @end ifinfo
8103 @tex
8104 \turnoffactive
8105 \beforedisplay
8106 $$ 3 (3 a + b - 511 m) + c - 511 n $$
8107 \afterdisplay
8108 @end tex
8109
8110 @noindent
8111 for some suitable integers @cite{m} and @cite{n}. Expanding out by
8112 the distributive law yields
8113
8114 @ifinfo
8115 @example
8116 9 a + 3 b + c - 511*3 m - 511 n
8117 @end example
8118 @end ifinfo
8119 @tex
8120 \turnoffactive
8121 \beforedisplay
8122 $$ 9 a + 3 b + c - 511\times3 m - 511 n $$
8123 \afterdisplay
8124 @end tex
8125
8126 @noindent
8127 The @cite{m} term in the latter formula is redundant because any
8128 contribution it makes could just as easily be made by the @cite{n}
8129 term. So we can take it out to get an equivalent formula with
8130 @cite{n' = 3m + n},
8131
8132 @ifinfo
8133 @example
8134 9 a + 3 b + c - 511 n'
8135 @end example
8136 @end ifinfo
8137 @tex
8138 \turnoffactive
8139 \beforedisplay
8140 $$ 9 a + 3 b + c - 511 n' $$
8141 \afterdisplay
8142 @end tex
8143
8144 @noindent
8145 which is just the formula for taking the modulo only at the end of
8146 the calculation. Therefore the two methods are essentially the same.
8147
8148 Later in the tutorial we will encounter @dfn{modulo forms}, which
8149 basically automate the idea of reducing every intermediate result
8150 modulo some value @i{M}.
8151
8152 @node List Answer 14, Types Answer 1, List Answer 13, Answers to Exercises
8153 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 14
8154
8155 We want to use @kbd{H V U} to nest a function which adds a random
8156 step to an @cite{(x,y)} coordinate. The function is a bit long, but
8157 otherwise the problem is quite straightforward.
8158
8159 @group
8160 @smallexample
8161 2: [0, 0] 1: [ [ 0, 0 ]
8162 1: 50 [ 0.4288, -0.1695 ]
8163 . [ -0.4787, -0.9027 ]
8164 ...
8165
8166 [0,0] 50 H V U ' <# + [random(2.0)-1, random(2.0)-1]> RET
8167 @end smallexample
8168 @end group
8169
8170 Just as the text recommended, we used @samp{< >} nameless function
8171 notation to keep the two @code{random} calls from being evaluated
8172 before nesting even begins.
8173
8174 We now have a vector of @cite{[x, y]} sub-vectors, which by Calc's
8175 rules acts like a matrix. We can transpose this matrix and unpack
8176 to get a pair of vectors, @cite{x} and @cite{y}, suitable for graphing.
8177
8178 @group
8179 @smallexample
8180 2: [ 0, 0.4288, -0.4787, ... ]
8181 1: [ 0, -0.1696, -0.9027, ... ]
8182 .
8183
8184 v t v u g f
8185 @end smallexample
8186 @end group
8187
8188 Incidentally, because the @cite{x} and @cite{y} are completely
8189 independent in this case, we could have done two separate commands
8190 to create our @cite{x} and @cite{y} vectors of numbers directly.
8191
8192 To make a random walk of unit steps, we note that @code{sincos} of
8193 a random direction exactly gives us an @cite{[x, y]} step of unit
8194 length; in fact, the new nesting function is even briefer, though
8195 we might want to lower the precision a bit for it.
8196
8197 @group
8198 @smallexample
8199 2: [0, 0] 1: [ [ 0, 0 ]
8200 1: 50 [ 0.1318, 0.9912 ]
8201 . [ -0.5965, 0.3061 ]
8202 ...
8203
8204 [0,0] 50 m d p 6 RET H V U ' <# + sincos(random(360.0))> RET
8205 @end smallexample
8206 @end group
8207
8208 Another @kbd{v t v u g f} sequence will graph this new random walk.
8209
8210 An interesting twist on these random walk functions would be to use
8211 complex numbers instead of 2-vectors to represent points on the plane.
8212 In the first example, we'd use something like @samp{random + random*(0,1)},
8213 and in the second we could use polar complex numbers with random phase
8214 angles. (This exercise was first suggested in this form by Randal
8215 Schwartz.)
8216
8217 @node Types Answer 1, Types Answer 2, List Answer 14, Answers to Exercises
8218 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 1
8219
8220 @noindent
8221 If the number is the square root of @c{$\pi$}
8222 @cite{pi} times a rational number,
8223 then its square, divided by @c{$\pi$}
8224 @cite{pi}, should be a rational number.
8225
8226 @group
8227 @smallexample
8228 1: 1.26508260337 1: 0.509433962268 1: 2486645810:4881193627
8229 . . .
8230
8231 2 ^ P / c F
8232 @end smallexample
8233 @end group
8234
8235 @noindent
8236 Technically speaking this is a rational number, but not one that is
8237 likely to have arisen in the original problem. More likely, it just
8238 happens to be the fraction which most closely represents some
8239 irrational number to within 12 digits.
8240
8241 But perhaps our result was not quite exact. Let's reduce the
8242 precision slightly and try again:
8243
8244 @group
8245 @smallexample
8246 1: 0.509433962268 1: 27:53
8247 . .
8248
8249 U p 10 RET c F
8250 @end smallexample
8251 @end group
8252
8253 @noindent
8254 Aha! It's unlikely that an irrational number would equal a fraction
8255 this simple to within ten digits, so our original number was probably
8256 @c{$\sqrt{27 \pi / 53}$}
8257 @cite{sqrt(27 pi / 53)}.
8258
8259 Notice that we didn't need to re-round the number when we reduced the
8260 precision. Remember, arithmetic operations always round their inputs
8261 to the current precision before they begin.
8262
8263 @node Types Answer 2, Types Answer 3, Types Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
8264 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 2
8265
8266 @noindent
8267 @samp{inf / inf = nan}. Perhaps @samp{1} is the ``obvious'' answer.
8268 But if @w{@samp{17 inf = inf}}, then @samp{17 inf / inf = inf / inf = 17}, too.
8269
8270 @samp{exp(inf) = inf}. It's tempting to say that the exponential
8271 of infinity must be ``bigger'' than ``regular'' infinity, but as
8272 far as Calc is concerned all infinities are as just as big.
8273 In other words, as @cite{x} goes to infinity, @cite{e^x} also goes
8274 to infinity, but the fact the @cite{e^x} grows much faster than
8275 @cite{x} is not relevant here.
8276
8277 @samp{exp(-inf) = 0}. Here we have a finite answer even though
8278 the input is infinite.
8279
8280 @samp{sqrt(-inf) = (0, 1) inf}. Remember that @cite{(0, 1)}
8281 represents the imaginary number @cite{i}. Here's a derivation:
8282 @samp{sqrt(-inf) = @w{sqrt((-1) * inf)} = sqrt(-1) * sqrt(inf)}.
8283 The first part is, by definition, @cite{i}; the second is @code{inf}
8284 because, once again, all infinities are the same size.
8285
8286 @samp{sqrt(uinf) = uinf}. In fact, we do know something about the
8287 direction because @code{sqrt} is defined to return a value in the
8288 right half of the complex plane. But Calc has no notation for this,
8289 so it settles for the conservative answer @code{uinf}.
8290
8291 @samp{abs(uinf) = inf}. No matter which direction @cite{x} points,
8292 @samp{abs(x)} always points along the positive real axis.
8293
8294 @samp{ln(0) = -inf}. Here we have an infinite answer to a finite
8295 input. As in the @cite{1 / 0} case, Calc will only use infinities
8296 here if you have turned on ``infinite'' mode. Otherwise, it will
8297 treat @samp{ln(0)} as an error.
8298
8299 @node Types Answer 3, Types Answer 4, Types Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
8300 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 3
8301
8302 @noindent
8303 We can make @samp{inf - inf} be any real number we like, say,
8304 @cite{a}, just by claiming that we added @cite{a} to the first
8305 infinity but not to the second. This is just as true for complex
8306 values of @cite{a}, so @code{nan} can stand for a complex number.
8307 (And, similarly, @code{uinf} can stand for an infinity that points
8308 in any direction in the complex plane, such as @samp{(0, 1) inf}).
8309
8310 In fact, we can multiply the first @code{inf} by two. Surely
8311 @w{@samp{2 inf - inf = inf}}, but also @samp{2 inf - inf = inf - inf = nan}.
8312 So @code{nan} can even stand for infinity. Obviously it's just
8313 as easy to make it stand for minus infinity as for plus infinity.
8314
8315 The moral of this story is that ``infinity'' is a slippery fish
8316 indeed, and Calc tries to handle it by having a very simple model
8317 for infinities (only the direction counts, not the ``size''); but
8318 Calc is careful to write @code{nan} any time this simple model is
8319 unable to tell what the true answer is.
8320
8321 @node Types Answer 4, Types Answer 5, Types Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
8322 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 4
8323
8324 @group
8325 @smallexample
8326 2: 0@@ 47' 26" 1: 0@@ 2' 47.411765"
8327 1: 17 .
8328 .
8329
8330 0@@ 47' 26" RET 17 /
8331 @end smallexample
8332 @end group
8333
8334 @noindent
8335 The average song length is two minutes and 47.4 seconds.
8336
8337 @group
8338 @smallexample
8339 2: 0@@ 2' 47.411765" 1: 0@@ 3' 7.411765" 1: 0@@ 53' 6.000005"
8340 1: 0@@ 0' 20" . .
8341 .
8342
8343 20" + 17 *
8344 @end smallexample
8345 @end group
8346
8347 @noindent
8348 The album would be 53 minutes and 6 seconds long.
8349
8350 @node Types Answer 5, Types Answer 6, Types Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
8351 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 5
8352
8353 @noindent
8354 Let's suppose it's January 14, 1991. The easiest thing to do is
8355 to keep trying 13ths of months until Calc reports a Friday.
8356 We can do this by manually entering dates, or by using @kbd{t I}:
8357
8358 @group
8359 @smallexample
8360 1: <Wed Feb 13, 1991> 1: <Wed Mar 13, 1991> 1: <Sat Apr 13, 1991>
8361 . . .
8362
8363 ' <2/13> RET DEL ' <3/13> RET t I
8364 @end smallexample
8365 @end group
8366
8367 @noindent
8368 (Calc assumes the current year if you don't say otherwise.)
8369
8370 This is getting tedious---we can keep advancing the date by typing
8371 @kbd{t I} over and over again, but let's automate the job by using
8372 vector mapping. The @kbd{t I} command actually takes a second
8373 ``how-many-months'' argument, which defaults to one. This
8374 argument is exactly what we want to map over:
8375
8376 @group
8377 @smallexample
8378 2: <Sat Apr 13, 1991> 1: [<Mon May 13, 1991>, <Thu Jun 13, 1991>,
8379 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] <Sat Jul 13, 1991>, <Tue Aug 13, 1991>,
8380 . <Fri Sep 13, 1991>, <Sun Oct 13, 1991>]
8381 .
8382
8383 v x 6 RET V M t I
8384 @end smallexample
8385 @end group
8386
8387 @ifinfo
8388 @noindent
8389 Et voila, September 13, 1991 is a Friday.
8390 @end ifinfo
8391 @tex
8392 \noindent
8393 {\it Et voil{\accent"12 a}}, September 13, 1991 is a Friday.
8394 @end tex
8395
8396 @group
8397 @smallexample
8398 1: 242
8399 .
8400
8401 ' <sep 13> - <jan 14> RET
8402 @end smallexample
8403 @end group
8404
8405 @noindent
8406 And the answer to our original question: 242 days to go.
8407
8408 @node Types Answer 6, Types Answer 7, Types Answer 5, Answers to Exercises
8409 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 6
8410
8411 @noindent
8412 The full rule for leap years is that they occur in every year divisible
8413 by four, except that they don't occur in years divisible by 100, except
8414 that they @emph{do} in years divisible by 400. We could work out the
8415 answer by carefully counting the years divisible by four and the
8416 exceptions, but there is a much simpler way that works even if we
8417 don't know the leap year rule.
8418
8419 Let's assume the present year is 1991. Years have 365 days, except
8420 that leap years (whenever they occur) have 366 days. So let's count
8421 the number of days between now and then, and compare that to the
8422 number of years times 365. The number of extra days we find must be
8423 equal to the number of leap years there were.
8424
8425 @group
8426 @smallexample
8427 1: <Mon Jan 1, 10001> 2: <Mon Jan 1, 10001> 1: 2925593
8428 . 1: <Tue Jan 1, 1991> .
8429 .
8430
8431 ' <jan 1 10001> RET ' <jan 1 1991> RET -
8432
8433 @end smallexample
8434 @end group
8435 @noindent
8436 @group
8437 @smallexample
8438 3: 2925593 2: 2925593 2: 2925593 1: 1943
8439 2: 10001 1: 8010 1: 2923650 .
8440 1: 1991 . .
8441 .
8442
8443 10001 RET 1991 - 365 * -
8444 @end smallexample
8445 @end group
8446
8447 @c [fix-ref Date Forms]
8448 @noindent
8449 There will be 1943 leap years before the year 10001. (Assuming,
8450 of course, that the algorithm for computing leap years remains
8451 unchanged for that long. @xref{Date Forms}, for some interesting
8452 background information in that regard.)
8453
8454 @node Types Answer 7, Types Answer 8, Types Answer 6, Answers to Exercises
8455 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 7
8456
8457 @noindent
8458 The relative errors must be converted to absolute errors so that
8459 @samp{+/-} notation may be used.
8460
8461 @group
8462 @smallexample
8463 1: 1. 2: 1.
8464 . 1: 0.2
8465 .
8466
8467 20 RET .05 * 4 RET .05 *
8468 @end smallexample
8469 @end group
8470
8471 Now we simply chug through the formula.
8472
8473 @group
8474 @smallexample
8475 1: 19.7392088022 1: 394.78 +/- 19.739 1: 6316.5 +/- 706.21
8476 . . .
8477
8478 2 P 2 ^ * 20 p 1 * 4 p .2 RET 2 ^ *
8479 @end smallexample
8480 @end group
8481
8482 It turns out the @kbd{v u} command will unpack an error form as
8483 well as a vector. This saves us some retyping of numbers.
8484
8485 @group
8486 @smallexample
8487 3: 6316.5 +/- 706.21 2: 6316.5 +/- 706.21
8488 2: 6316.5 1: 0.1118
8489 1: 706.21 .
8490 .
8491
8492 RET v u TAB /
8493 @end smallexample
8494 @end group
8495
8496 @noindent
8497 Thus the volume is 6316 cubic centimeters, within about 11 percent.
8498
8499 @node Types Answer 8, Types Answer 9, Types Answer 7, Answers to Exercises
8500 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 8
8501
8502 @noindent
8503 The first answer is pretty simple: @samp{1 / (0 .. 10) = (0.1 .. inf)}.
8504 Since a number in the interval @samp{(0 .. 10)} can get arbitrarily
8505 close to zero, its reciprocal can get arbitrarily large, so the answer
8506 is an interval that effectively means, ``any number greater than 0.1''
8507 but with no upper bound.
8508
8509 The second answer, similarly, is @samp{1 / (-10 .. 0) = (-inf .. -0.1)}.
8510
8511 Calc normally treats division by zero as an error, so that the formula
8512 @w{@samp{1 / 0}} is left unsimplified. Our third problem,
8513 @w{@samp{1 / [0 .. 10]}}, also (potentially) divides by zero because zero
8514 is now a member of the interval. So Calc leaves this one unevaluated, too.
8515
8516 If you turn on ``infinite'' mode by pressing @kbd{m i}, you will
8517 instead get the answer @samp{[0.1 .. inf]}, which includes infinity
8518 as a possible value.
8519
8520 The fourth calculation, @samp{1 / (-10 .. 10)}, has the same problem.
8521 Zero is buried inside the interval, but it's still a possible value.
8522 It's not hard to see that the actual result of @samp{1 / (-10 .. 10)}
8523 will be either greater than @i{0.1}, or less than @i{-0.1}. Thus
8524 the interval goes from minus infinity to plus infinity, with a ``hole''
8525 in it from @i{-0.1} to @i{0.1}. Calc doesn't have any way to
8526 represent this, so it just reports @samp{[-inf .. inf]} as the answer.
8527 It may be disappointing to hear ``the answer lies somewhere between
8528 minus infinity and plus infinity, inclusive,'' but that's the best
8529 that interval arithmetic can do in this case.
8530
8531 @node Types Answer 9, Types Answer 10, Types Answer 8, Answers to Exercises
8532 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 9
8533
8534 @group
8535 @smallexample
8536 1: [-3 .. 3] 2: [-3 .. 3] 2: [0 .. 9]
8537 . 1: [0 .. 9] 1: [-9 .. 9]
8538 . .
8539
8540 [ 3 n .. 3 ] RET 2 ^ TAB RET *
8541 @end smallexample
8542 @end group
8543
8544 @noindent
8545 In the first case the result says, ``if a number is between @i{-3} and
8546 3, its square is between 0 and 9.'' The second case says, ``the product
8547 of two numbers each between @i{-3} and 3 is between @i{-9} and 9.''
8548
8549 An interval form is not a number; it is a symbol that can stand for
8550 many different numbers. Two identical-looking interval forms can stand
8551 for different numbers.
8552
8553 The same issue arises when you try to square an error form.
8554
8555 @node Types Answer 10, Types Answer 11, Types Answer 9, Answers to Exercises
8556 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 10
8557
8558 @noindent
8559 Testing the first number, we might arbitrarily choose 17 for @cite{x}.
8560
8561 @group
8562 @smallexample
8563 1: 17 mod 811749613 2: 17 mod 811749613 1: 533694123 mod 811749613
8564 . 811749612 .
8565 .
8566
8567 17 M 811749613 RET 811749612 ^
8568 @end smallexample
8569 @end group
8570
8571 @noindent
8572 Since 533694123 is (considerably) different from 1, the number 811749613
8573 must not be prime.
8574
8575 It's awkward to type the number in twice as we did above. There are
8576 various ways to avoid this, and algebraic entry is one. In fact, using
8577 a vector mapping operation we can perform several tests at once. Let's
8578 use this method to test the second number.
8579
8580 @group
8581 @smallexample
8582 2: [17, 42, 100000] 1: [1 mod 15485863, 1 mod ... ]
8583 1: 15485863 .
8584 .
8585
8586 [17 42 100000] 15485863 RET V M ' ($$ mod $)^($-1) RET
8587 @end smallexample
8588 @end group
8589
8590 @noindent
8591 The result is three ones (modulo @cite{n}), so it's very probable that
8592 15485863 is prime. (In fact, this number is the millionth prime.)
8593
8594 Note that the functions @samp{($$^($-1)) mod $} or @samp{$$^($-1) % $}
8595 would have been hopelessly inefficient, since they would have calculated
8596 the power using full integer arithmetic.
8597
8598 Calc has a @kbd{k p} command that does primality testing. For small
8599 numbers it does an exact test; for large numbers it uses a variant
8600 of the Fermat test we used here. You can use @kbd{k p} repeatedly
8601 to prove that a large integer is prime with any desired probability.
8602
8603 @node Types Answer 11, Types Answer 12, Types Answer 10, Answers to Exercises
8604 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 11
8605
8606 @noindent
8607 There are several ways to insert a calculated number into an HMS form.
8608 One way to convert a number of seconds to an HMS form is simply to
8609 multiply the number by an HMS form representing one second:
8610
8611 @group
8612 @smallexample
8613 1: 31415926.5359 2: 31415926.5359 1: 8726@@ 38' 46.5359"
8614 . 1: 0@@ 0' 1" .
8615 .
8616
8617 P 1e7 * 0@@ 0' 1" *
8618
8619 @end smallexample
8620 @end group
8621 @noindent
8622 @group
8623 @smallexample
8624 2: 8726@@ 38' 46.5359" 1: 6@@ 6' 2.5359" mod 24@@ 0' 0"
8625 1: 15@@ 27' 16" mod 24@@ 0' 0" .
8626 .
8627
8628 x time RET +
8629 @end smallexample
8630 @end group
8631
8632 @noindent
8633 It will be just after six in the morning.
8634
8635 The algebraic @code{hms} function can also be used to build an
8636 HMS form:
8637
8638 @group
8639 @smallexample
8640 1: hms(0, 0, 10000000. pi) 1: 8726@@ 38' 46.5359"
8641 . .
8642
8643 ' hms(0, 0, 1e7 pi) RET =
8644 @end smallexample
8645 @end group
8646
8647 @noindent
8648 The @kbd{=} key is necessary to evaluate the symbol @samp{pi} to
8649 the actual number 3.14159...
8650
8651 @node Types Answer 12, Types Answer 13, Types Answer 11, Answers to Exercises
8652 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 12
8653
8654 @noindent
8655 As we recall, there are 17 songs of about 2 minutes and 47 seconds
8656 each.
8657
8658 @group
8659 @smallexample
8660 2: 0@@ 2' 47" 1: [0@@ 3' 7" .. 0@@ 3' 47"]
8661 1: [0@@ 0' 20" .. 0@@ 1' 0"] .
8662 .
8663
8664 [ 0@@ 20" .. 0@@ 1' ] +
8665
8666 @end smallexample
8667 @end group
8668 @noindent
8669 @group
8670 @smallexample
8671 1: [0@@ 52' 59." .. 1@@ 4' 19."]
8672 .
8673
8674 17 *
8675 @end smallexample
8676 @end group
8677
8678 @noindent
8679 No matter how long it is, the album will fit nicely on one CD.
8680
8681 @node Types Answer 13, Types Answer 14, Types Answer 12, Answers to Exercises
8682 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 13
8683
8684 @noindent
8685 Type @kbd{' 1 yr RET u c s RET}. The answer is 31557600 seconds.
8686
8687 @node Types Answer 14, Types Answer 15, Types Answer 13, Answers to Exercises
8688 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 14
8689
8690 @noindent
8691 How long will it take for a signal to get from one end of the computer
8692 to the other?
8693
8694 @group
8695 @smallexample
8696 1: m / c 1: 3.3356 ns
8697 . .
8698
8699 ' 1 m / c RET u c ns RET
8700 @end smallexample
8701 @end group
8702
8703 @noindent
8704 (Recall, @samp{c} is a ``unit'' corresponding to the speed of light.)
8705
8706 @group
8707 @smallexample
8708 1: 3.3356 ns 1: 0.81356 ns / ns 1: 0.81356
8709 2: 4.1 ns . .
8710 .
8711
8712 ' 4.1 ns RET / u s
8713 @end smallexample
8714 @end group
8715
8716 @noindent
8717 Thus a signal could take up to 81 percent of a clock cycle just to
8718 go from one place to another inside the computer, assuming the signal
8719 could actually attain the full speed of light. Pretty tight!
8720
8721 @node Types Answer 15, Algebra Answer 1, Types Answer 14, Answers to Exercises
8722 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 15
8723
8724 @noindent
8725 The speed limit is 55 miles per hour on most highways. We want to
8726 find the ratio of Sam's speed to the US speed limit.
8727
8728 @group
8729 @smallexample
8730 1: 55 mph 2: 55 mph 3: 11 hr mph / yd
8731 . 1: 5 yd / hr .
8732 .
8733
8734 ' 55 mph RET ' 5 yd/hr RET /
8735 @end smallexample
8736 @end group
8737
8738 The @kbd{u s} command cancels out these units to get a plain
8739 number. Now we take the logarithm base two to find the final
8740 answer, assuming that each successive pill doubles his speed.
8741
8742 @group
8743 @smallexample
8744 1: 19360. 2: 19360. 1: 14.24
8745 . 1: 2 .
8746 .
8747
8748 u s 2 B
8749 @end smallexample
8750 @end group
8751
8752 @noindent
8753 Thus Sam can take up to 14 pills without a worry.
8754
8755 @node Algebra Answer 1, Algebra Answer 2, Types Answer 15, Answers to Exercises
8756 @subsection Algebra Tutorial Exercise 1
8757
8758 @noindent
8759 @c [fix-ref Declarations]
8760 The result @samp{sqrt(x)^2} is simplified back to @cite{x} by the
8761 Calculator, but @samp{sqrt(x^2)} is not. (Consider what happens
8762 if @w{@cite{x = -4}}.) If @cite{x} is real, this formula could be
8763 simplified to @samp{abs(x)}, but for general complex arguments even
8764 that is not safe. (@xref{Declarations}, for a way to tell Calc
8765 that @cite{x} is known to be real.)
8766
8767 @node Algebra Answer 2, Algebra Answer 3, Algebra Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
8768 @subsection Algebra Tutorial Exercise 2
8769
8770 @noindent
8771 Suppose our roots are @cite{[a, b, c]}. We want a polynomial which
8772 is zero when @cite{x} is any of these values. The trivial polynomial
8773 @cite{x-a} is zero when @cite{x=a}, so the product @cite{(x-a)(x-b)(x-c)}
8774 will do the job. We can use @kbd{a c x} to write this in a more
8775 familiar form.
8776
8777 @group
8778 @smallexample
8779 1: 34 x - 24 x^3 1: [1.19023, -1.19023, 0]
8780 . .
8781
8782 r 2 a P x RET
8783
8784 @end smallexample
8785 @end group
8786 @noindent
8787 @group
8788 @smallexample
8789 1: [x - 1.19023, x + 1.19023, x] 1: (x - 1.19023) (x + 1.19023) x
8790 . .
8791
8792 V M ' x-$ RET V R *
8793
8794 @end smallexample
8795 @end group
8796 @noindent
8797 @group
8798 @smallexample
8799 1: x^3 - 1.41666 x 1: 34 x - 24 x^3
8800 . .
8801
8802 a c x RET 24 n * a x
8803 @end smallexample
8804 @end group
8805
8806 @noindent
8807 Sure enough, our answer (multiplied by a suitable constant) is the
8808 same as the original polynomial.
8809
8810 @node Algebra Answer 3, Algebra Answer 4, Algebra Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
8811 @subsection Algebra Tutorial Exercise 3
8812
8813 @group
8814 @smallexample
8815 1: x sin(pi x) 1: (sin(pi x) - pi x cos(pi x)) / pi^2
8816 . .
8817
8818 ' x sin(pi x) RET m r a i x RET
8819
8820 @end smallexample
8821 @end group
8822 @noindent
8823 @group
8824 @smallexample
8825 1: [y, 1]
8826 2: (sin(pi x) - pi x cos(pi x)) / pi^2
8827 .
8828
8829 ' [y,1] RET TAB
8830
8831 @end smallexample
8832 @end group
8833 @noindent
8834 @group
8835 @smallexample
8836 1: [(sin(pi y) - pi y cos(pi y)) / pi^2, (sin(pi) - pi cos(pi)) / pi^2]
8837 .
8838
8839 V M $ RET
8840
8841 @end smallexample
8842 @end group
8843 @noindent
8844 @group
8845 @smallexample
8846 1: (sin(pi y) - pi y cos(pi y)) / pi^2 + (pi cos(pi) - sin(pi)) / pi^2
8847 .
8848
8849 V R -
8850
8851 @end smallexample
8852 @end group
8853 @noindent
8854 @group
8855 @smallexample
8856 1: (sin(3.14159 y) - 3.14159 y cos(3.14159 y)) / 9.8696 - 0.3183
8857 .
8858
8859 =
8860
8861 @end smallexample
8862 @end group
8863 @noindent
8864 @group
8865 @smallexample
8866 1: [0., -0.95493, 0.63662, -1.5915, 1.2732]
8867 .
8868
8869 v x 5 RET TAB V M $ RET
8870 @end smallexample
8871 @end group
8872
8873 @node Algebra Answer 4, Rewrites Answer 1, Algebra Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
8874 @subsection Algebra Tutorial Exercise 4
8875
8876 @noindent
8877 The hard part is that @kbd{V R +} is no longer sufficient to add up all
8878 the contributions from the slices, since the slices have varying
8879 coefficients. So first we must come up with a vector of these
8880 coefficients. Here's one way:
8881
8882 @group
8883 @smallexample
8884 2: -1 2: 3 1: [4, 2, ..., 4]
8885 1: [1, 2, ..., 9] 1: [-1, 1, ..., -1] .
8886 . .
8887
8888 1 n v x 9 RET V M ^ 3 TAB -
8889
8890 @end smallexample
8891 @end group
8892 @noindent
8893 @group
8894 @smallexample
8895 1: [4, 2, ..., 4, 1] 1: [1, 4, 2, ..., 4, 1]
8896 . .
8897
8898 1 | 1 TAB |
8899 @end smallexample
8900 @end group
8901
8902 @noindent
8903 Now we compute the function values. Note that for this method we need
8904 eleven values, including both endpoints of the desired interval.
8905
8906 @group
8907 @smallexample
8908 2: [1, 4, 2, ..., 4, 1]
8909 1: [1, 1.1, 1.2, ... , 1.8, 1.9, 2.]
8910 .
8911
8912 11 RET 1 RET .1 RET C-u v x
8913
8914 @end smallexample
8915 @end group
8916 @noindent
8917 @group
8918 @smallexample
8919 2: [1, 4, 2, ..., 4, 1]
8920 1: [0., 0.084941, 0.16993, ... ]
8921 .
8922
8923 ' sin(x) ln(x) RET m r p 5 RET V M $ RET
8924 @end smallexample
8925 @end group
8926
8927 @noindent
8928 Once again this calls for @kbd{V M * V R +}; a simple @kbd{*} does the
8929 same thing.
8930
8931 @group
8932 @smallexample
8933 1: 11.22 1: 1.122 1: 0.374
8934 . . .
8935
8936 * .1 * 3 /
8937 @end smallexample
8938 @end group
8939
8940 @noindent
8941 Wow! That's even better than the result from the Taylor series method.
8942
8943 @node Rewrites Answer 1, Rewrites Answer 2, Algebra Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
8944 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 1
8945
8946 @noindent
8947 We'll use Big mode to make the formulas more readable.
8948
8949 @group
8950 @smallexample
8951 ___
8952 2 + V 2
8953 1: (2 + sqrt(2)) / (1 + sqrt(2)) 1: --------
8954 . ___
8955 1 + V 2
8956
8957 .
8958
8959 ' (2+sqrt(2)) / (1+sqrt(2)) RET d B
8960 @end smallexample
8961 @end group
8962
8963 @noindent
8964 Multiplying by the conjugate helps because @cite{(a+b) (a-b) = a^2 - b^2}.
8965
8966 @group
8967 @smallexample
8968 ___ ___
8969 1: (2 + V 2 ) (V 2 - 1)
8970 .
8971
8972 a r a/(b+c) := a*(b-c) / (b^2-c^2) RET
8973
8974 @end smallexample
8975 @end group
8976 @noindent
8977 @group
8978 @smallexample
8979 ___ ___
8980 1: 2 + V 2 - 2 1: V 2
8981 . .
8982
8983 a r a*(b+c) := a*b + a*c a s
8984 @end smallexample
8985 @end group
8986
8987 @noindent
8988 (We could have used @kbd{a x} instead of a rewrite rule for the
8989 second step.)
8990
8991 The multiply-by-conjugate rule turns out to be useful in many
8992 different circumstances, such as when the denominator involves
8993 sines and cosines or the imaginary constant @code{i}.
8994
8995 @node Rewrites Answer 2, Rewrites Answer 3, Rewrites Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
8996 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 2
8997
8998 @noindent
8999 Here is the rule set:
9000
9001 @group
9002 @smallexample
9003 [ fib(n) := fib(n, 1, 1) :: integer(n) :: n >= 1,
9004 fib(1, x, y) := x,
9005 fib(n, x, y) := fib(n-1, y, x+y) ]
9006 @end smallexample
9007 @end group
9008
9009 @noindent
9010 The first rule turns a one-argument @code{fib} that people like to write
9011 into a three-argument @code{fib} that makes computation easier. The
9012 second rule converts back from three-argument form once the computation
9013 is done. The third rule does the computation itself. It basically
9014 says that if @cite{x} and @cite{y} are two consecutive Fibonacci numbers,
9015 then @cite{y} and @cite{x+y} are the next (overlapping) pair of Fibonacci
9016 numbers.
9017
9018 Notice that because the number @cite{n} was ``validated'' by the
9019 conditions on the first rule, there is no need to put conditions on
9020 the other rules because the rule set would never get that far unless
9021 the input were valid. That further speeds computation, since no
9022 extra conditions need to be checked at every step.
9023
9024 Actually, a user with a nasty sense of humor could enter a bad
9025 three-argument @code{fib} call directly, say, @samp{fib(0, 1, 1)},
9026 which would get the rules into an infinite loop. One thing that would
9027 help keep this from happening by accident would be to use something like
9028 @samp{ZzFib} instead of @code{fib} as the name of the three-argument
9029 function.
9030
9031 @node Rewrites Answer 3, Rewrites Answer 4, Rewrites Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
9032 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 3
9033
9034 @noindent
9035 He got an infinite loop. First, Calc did as expected and rewrote
9036 @w{@samp{2 + 3 x}} to @samp{f(2, 3, x)}. Then it looked for ways to
9037 apply the rule again, and found that @samp{f(2, 3, x)} looks like
9038 @samp{a + b x} with @w{@samp{a = 0}} and @samp{b = 1}, so it rewrote to
9039 @samp{f(0, 1, f(2, 3, x))}. It then wrapped another @samp{f(0, 1, ...)}
9040 around that, and so on, ad infinitum. Joe should have used @kbd{M-1 a r}
9041 to make sure the rule applied only once.
9042
9043 (Actually, even the first step didn't work as he expected. What Calc
9044 really gives for @kbd{M-1 a r} in this situation is @samp{f(3 x, 1, 2)},
9045 treating 2 as the ``variable,'' and @samp{3 x} as a constant being added
9046 to it. While this may seem odd, it's just as valid a solution as the
9047 ``obvious'' one. One way to fix this would be to add the condition
9048 @samp{:: variable(x)} to the rule, to make sure the thing that matches
9049 @samp{x} is indeed a variable, or to change @samp{x} to @samp{quote(x)}
9050 on the lefthand side, so that the rule matches the actual variable
9051 @samp{x} rather than letting @samp{x} stand for something else.)
9052
9053 @node Rewrites Answer 4, Rewrites Answer 5, Rewrites Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
9054 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 4
9055
9056 @noindent
9057 @c @starindex
9058 @tindex seq
9059 Here is a suitable set of rules to solve the first part of the problem:
9060
9061 @group
9062 @smallexample
9063 [ seq(n, c) := seq(n/2, c+1) :: n%2 = 0,
9064 seq(n, c) := seq(3n+1, c+1) :: n%2 = 1 :: n > 1 ]
9065 @end smallexample
9066 @end group
9067
9068 Given the initial formula @samp{seq(6, 0)}, application of these
9069 rules produces the following sequence of formulas:
9070
9071 @example
9072 seq( 3, 1)
9073 seq(10, 2)
9074 seq( 5, 3)
9075 seq(16, 4)
9076 seq( 8, 5)
9077 seq( 4, 6)
9078 seq( 2, 7)
9079 seq( 1, 8)
9080 @end example
9081
9082 @noindent
9083 whereupon neither of the rules match, and rewriting stops.
9084
9085 We can pretty this up a bit with a couple more rules:
9086
9087 @group
9088 @smallexample
9089 [ seq(n) := seq(n, 0),
9090 seq(1, c) := c,
9091 ... ]
9092 @end smallexample
9093 @end group
9094
9095 @noindent
9096 Now, given @samp{seq(6)} as the starting configuration, we get 8
9097 as the result.
9098
9099 The change to return a vector is quite simple:
9100
9101 @group
9102 @smallexample
9103 [ seq(n) := seq(n, []) :: integer(n) :: n > 0,
9104 seq(1, v) := v | 1,
9105 seq(n, v) := seq(n/2, v | n) :: n%2 = 0,
9106 seq(n, v) := seq(3n+1, v | n) :: n%2 = 1 ]
9107 @end smallexample
9108 @end group
9109
9110 @noindent
9111 Given @samp{seq(6)}, the result is @samp{[6, 3, 10, 5, 16, 8, 4, 2, 1]}.
9112
9113 Notice that the @cite{n > 1} guard is no longer necessary on the last
9114 rule since the @cite{n = 1} case is now detected by another rule.
9115 But a guard has been added to the initial rule to make sure the
9116 initial value is suitable before the computation begins.
9117
9118 While still a good idea, this guard is not as vitally important as it
9119 was for the @code{fib} function, since calling, say, @samp{seq(x, [])}
9120 will not get into an infinite loop. Calc will not be able to prove
9121 the symbol @samp{x} is either even or odd, so none of the rules will
9122 apply and the rewrites will stop right away.
9123
9124 @node Rewrites Answer 5, Rewrites Answer 6, Rewrites Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
9125 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 5
9126
9127 @noindent
9128 @c @starindex
9129 @tindex nterms
9130 If @cite{x} is the sum @cite{a + b}, then `@t{nterms(}@i{x}@t{)}' must
9131 be `@t{nterms(}@i{a}@t{)}' plus `@t{nterms(}@i{b}@t{)}'. If @cite{x}
9132 is not a sum, then `@t{nterms(}@i{x}@t{)}' = 1.
9133
9134 @group
9135 @smallexample
9136 [ nterms(a + b) := nterms(a) + nterms(b),
9137 nterms(x) := 1 ]
9138 @end smallexample
9139 @end group
9140
9141 @noindent
9142 Here we have taken advantage of the fact that earlier rules always
9143 match before later rules; @samp{nterms(x)} will only be tried if we
9144 already know that @samp{x} is not a sum.
9145
9146 @node Rewrites Answer 6, Rewrites Answer 7, Rewrites Answer 5, Answers to Exercises
9147 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 6
9148
9149 Just put the rule @samp{0^0 := 1} into @code{EvalRules}. For example,
9150 before making this definition we have:
9151
9152 @group
9153 @smallexample
9154 2: [-2, -1, 0, 1, 2] 1: [1, 1, 0^0, 1, 1]
9155 1: 0 .
9156 .
9157
9158 v x 5 RET 3 - 0 V M ^
9159 @end smallexample
9160 @end group
9161
9162 @noindent
9163 But then:
9164
9165 @group
9166 @smallexample
9167 2: [-2, -1, 0, 1, 2] 1: [1, 1, 1, 1, 1]
9168 1: 0 .
9169 .
9170
9171 U ' 0^0:=1 RET s t EvalRules RET V M ^
9172 @end smallexample
9173 @end group
9174
9175 Perhaps more surprisingly, this rule still works with infinite mode
9176 turned on. Calc tries @code{EvalRules} before any built-in rules for
9177 a function. This allows you to override the default behavior of any
9178 Calc feature: Even though Calc now wants to evaluate @cite{0^0} to
9179 @code{nan}, your rule gets there first and evaluates it to 1 instead.
9180
9181 Just for kicks, try adding the rule @code{2+3 := 6} to @code{EvalRules}.
9182 What happens? (Be sure to remove this rule afterward, or you might get
9183 a nasty surprise when you use Calc to balance your checkbook!)
9184
9185 @node Rewrites Answer 7, Programming Answer 1, Rewrites Answer 6, Answers to Exercises
9186 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 7
9187
9188 @noindent
9189 Here is a rule set that will do the job:
9190
9191 @group
9192 @smallexample
9193 [ a*(b + c) := a*b + a*c,
9194 opt(a) O(x^n) + opt(b) O(x^m) := O(x^n) :: n <= m
9195 :: constant(a) :: constant(b),
9196 opt(a) O(x^n) + opt(b) x^m := O(x^n) :: n <= m
9197 :: constant(a) :: constant(b),
9198 a O(x^n) := O(x^n) :: constant(a),
9199 x^opt(m) O(x^n) := O(x^(n+m)),
9200 O(x^n) O(x^m) := O(x^(n+m)) ]
9201 @end smallexample
9202 @end group
9203
9204 If we really want the @kbd{+} and @kbd{*} keys to operate naturally
9205 on power series, we should put these rules in @code{EvalRules}. For
9206 testing purposes, it is better to put them in a different variable,
9207 say, @code{O}, first.
9208
9209 The first rule just expands products of sums so that the rest of the
9210 rules can assume they have an expanded-out polynomial to work with.
9211 Note that this rule does not mention @samp{O} at all, so it will
9212 apply to any product-of-sum it encounters---this rule may surprise
9213 you if you put it into @code{EvalRules}!
9214
9215 In the second rule, the sum of two O's is changed to the smaller O.
9216 The optional constant coefficients are there mostly so that
9217 @samp{O(x^2) - O(x^3)} and @samp{O(x^3) - O(x^2)} are handled
9218 as well as @samp{O(x^2) + O(x^3)}.
9219
9220 The third rule absorbs higher powers of @samp{x} into O's.
9221
9222 The fourth rule says that a constant times a negligible quantity
9223 is still negligible. (This rule will also match @samp{O(x^3) / 4},
9224 with @samp{a = 1/4}.)
9225
9226 The fifth rule rewrites, for example, @samp{x^2 O(x^3)} to @samp{O(x^5)}.
9227 (It is easy to see that if one of these forms is negligible, the other
9228 is, too.) Notice the @samp{x^opt(m)} to pick up terms like
9229 @w{@samp{x O(x^3)}}. Optional powers will match @samp{x} as @samp{x^1}
9230 but not 1 as @samp{x^0}. This turns out to be exactly what we want here.
9231
9232 The sixth rule is the corresponding rule for products of two O's.
9233
9234 Another way to solve this problem would be to create a new ``data type''
9235 that represents truncated power series. We might represent these as
9236 function calls @samp{series(@var{coefs}, @var{x})} where @var{coefs} is
9237 a vector of coefficients for @cite{x^0}, @cite{x^1}, @cite{x^2}, and so
9238 on. Rules would exist for sums and products of such @code{series}
9239 objects, and as an optional convenience could also know how to combine a
9240 @code{series} object with a normal polynomial. (With this, and with a
9241 rule that rewrites @samp{O(x^n)} to the equivalent @code{series} form,
9242 you could still enter power series in exactly the same notation as
9243 before.) Operations on such objects would probably be more efficient,
9244 although the objects would be a bit harder to read.
9245
9246 @c [fix-ref Compositions]
9247 Some other symbolic math programs provide a power series data type
9248 similar to this. Mathematica, for example, has an object that looks
9249 like @samp{PowerSeries[@var{x}, @var{x0}, @var{coefs}, @var{nmin},
9250 @var{nmax}, @var{den}]}, where @var{x0} is the point about which the
9251 power series is taken (we've been assuming this was always zero),
9252 and @var{nmin}, @var{nmax}, and @var{den} allow pseudo-power-series
9253 with fractional or negative powers. Also, the @code{PowerSeries}
9254 objects have a special display format that makes them look like
9255 @samp{2 x^2 + O(x^4)} when they are printed out. (@xref{Compositions},
9256 for a way to do this in Calc, although for something as involved as
9257 this it would probably be better to write the formatting routine
9258 in Lisp.)
9259
9260 @node Programming Answer 1, Programming Answer 2, Rewrites Answer 7, Answers to Exercises
9261 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 1
9262
9263 @noindent
9264 Just enter the formula @samp{ninteg(sin(t)/t, t, 0, x)}, type
9265 @kbd{Z F}, and answer the questions. Since this formula contains two
9266 variables, the default argument list will be @samp{(t x)}. We want to
9267 change this to @samp{(x)} since @cite{t} is really a dummy variable
9268 to be used within @code{ninteg}.
9269
9270 The exact keystrokes are @kbd{Z F s Si RET RET C-b C-b DEL DEL RET y}.
9271 (The @kbd{C-b C-b DEL DEL} are what fix the argument list.)
9272
9273 @node Programming Answer 2, Programming Answer 3, Programming Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
9274 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 2
9275
9276 @noindent
9277 One way is to move the number to the top of the stack, operate on
9278 it, then move it back: @kbd{C-x ( M-TAB n M-TAB M-TAB C-x )}.
9279
9280 Another way is to negate the top three stack entries, then negate
9281 again the top two stack entries: @kbd{C-x ( M-3 n M-2 n C-x )}.
9282
9283 Finally, it turns out that a negative prefix argument causes a
9284 command like @kbd{n} to operate on the specified stack entry only,
9285 which is just what we want: @kbd{C-x ( M-- 3 n C-x )}.
9286
9287 Just for kicks, let's also do it algebraically:
9288 @w{@kbd{C-x ( ' -$$$, $$, $ RET C-x )}}.
9289
9290 @node Programming Answer 3, Programming Answer 4, Programming Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
9291 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 3
9292
9293 @noindent
9294 Each of these functions can be computed using the stack, or using
9295 algebraic entry, whichever way you prefer:
9296
9297 @noindent
9298 Computing @c{$\displaystyle{\sin x \over x}$}
9299 @cite{sin(x) / x}:
9300
9301 Using the stack: @kbd{C-x ( RET S TAB / C-x )}.
9302
9303 Using algebraic entry: @kbd{C-x ( ' sin($)/$ RET C-x )}.
9304
9305 @noindent
9306 Computing the logarithm:
9307
9308 Using the stack: @kbd{C-x ( TAB B C-x )}
9309
9310 Using algebraic entry: @kbd{C-x ( ' log($,$$) RET C-x )}.
9311
9312 @noindent
9313 Computing the vector of integers:
9314
9315 Using the stack: @kbd{C-x ( 1 RET 1 C-u v x C-x )}. (Recall that
9316 @kbd{C-u v x} takes the vector size, starting value, and increment
9317 from the stack.)
9318
9319 Alternatively: @kbd{C-x ( ~ v x C-x )}. (The @kbd{~} key pops a
9320 number from the stack and uses it as the prefix argument for the
9321 next command.)
9322
9323 Using algebraic entry: @kbd{C-x ( ' index($) RET C-x )}.
9324
9325 @node Programming Answer 4, Programming Answer 5, Programming Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
9326 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 4
9327
9328 @noindent
9329 Here's one way: @kbd{C-x ( RET V R + TAB v l / C-x )}.
9330
9331 @node Programming Answer 5, Programming Answer 6, Programming Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
9332 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 5
9333
9334 @group
9335 @smallexample
9336 2: 1 1: 1.61803398502 2: 1.61803398502
9337 1: 20 . 1: 1.61803398875
9338 . .
9339
9340 1 RET 20 Z < & 1 + Z > I H P
9341 @end smallexample
9342 @end group
9343
9344 @noindent
9345 This answer is quite accurate.
9346
9347 @node Programming Answer 6, Programming Answer 7, Programming Answer 5, Answers to Exercises
9348 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 6
9349
9350 @noindent
9351 Here is the matrix:
9352
9353 @example
9354 [ [ 0, 1 ] * [a, b] = [b, a + b]
9355 [ 1, 1 ] ]
9356 @end example
9357
9358 @noindent
9359 Thus @samp{[0, 1; 1, 1]^n * [1, 1]} computes Fibonacci numbers @cite{n+1}
9360 and @cite{n+2}. Here's one program that does the job:
9361
9362 @example
9363 C-x ( ' [0, 1; 1, 1] ^ ($-1) * [1, 1] RET v u DEL C-x )
9364 @end example
9365
9366 @noindent
9367 This program is quite efficient because Calc knows how to raise a
9368 matrix (or other value) to the power @cite{n} in only @c{$\log_2 n$}
9369 @cite{log(n,2)}
9370 steps. For example, this program can compute the 1000th Fibonacci
9371 number (a 209-digit integer!) in about 10 steps; even though the
9372 @kbd{Z < ... Z >} solution had much simpler steps, it would have
9373 required so many steps that it would not have been practical.
9374
9375 @node Programming Answer 7, Programming Answer 8, Programming Answer 6, Answers to Exercises
9376 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 7
9377
9378 @noindent
9379 The trick here is to compute the harmonic numbers differently, so that
9380 the loop counter itself accumulates the sum of reciprocals. We use
9381 a separate variable to hold the integer counter.
9382
9383 @group
9384 @smallexample
9385 1: 1 2: 1 1: .
9386 . 1: 4
9387 .
9388
9389 1 t 1 1 RET 4 Z ( t 2 r 1 1 + s 1 & Z )
9390 @end smallexample
9391 @end group
9392
9393 @noindent
9394 The body of the loop goes as follows: First save the harmonic sum
9395 so far in variable 2. Then delete it from the stack; the for loop
9396 itself will take care of remembering it for us. Next, recall the
9397 count from variable 1, add one to it, and feed its reciprocal to
9398 the for loop to use as the step value. The for loop will increase
9399 the ``loop counter'' by that amount and keep going until the
9400 loop counter exceeds 4.
9401
9402 @group
9403 @smallexample
9404 2: 31 3: 31
9405 1: 3.99498713092 2: 3.99498713092
9406 . 1: 4.02724519544
9407 .
9408
9409 r 1 r 2 RET 31 & +
9410 @end smallexample
9411 @end group
9412
9413 Thus we find that the 30th harmonic number is 3.99, and the 31st
9414 harmonic number is 4.02.
9415
9416 @node Programming Answer 8, Programming Answer 9, Programming Answer 7, Answers to Exercises
9417 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 8
9418
9419 @noindent
9420 The first step is to compute the derivative @cite{f'(x)} and thus
9421 the formula @c{$\displaystyle{x - {f(x) \over f'(x)}}$}
9422 @cite{x - f(x)/f'(x)}.
9423
9424 (Because this definition is long, it will be repeated in concise form
9425 below. You can use @w{@kbd{M-# m}} to load it from there. While you are
9426 entering a @kbd{Z ` Z '} body in a macro, Calc simply collects
9427 keystrokes without executing them. In the following diagrams we'll
9428 pretend Calc actually executed the keystrokes as you typed them,
9429 just for purposes of illustration.)
9430
9431 @group
9432 @smallexample
9433 2: sin(cos(x)) - 0.5 3: 4.5
9434 1: 4.5 2: sin(cos(x)) - 0.5
9435 . 1: -(sin(x) cos(cos(x)))
9436 .
9437
9438 ' sin(cos(x))-0.5 RET 4.5 m r C-x ( Z ` TAB RET a d x RET
9439
9440 @end smallexample
9441 @end group
9442 @noindent
9443 @group
9444 @smallexample
9445 2: 4.5
9446 1: x + (sin(cos(x)) - 0.5) / sin(x) cos(cos(x))
9447 .
9448
9449 / ' x RET TAB - t 1
9450 @end smallexample
9451 @end group
9452
9453 Now, we enter the loop. We'll use a repeat loop with a 20-repetition
9454 limit just in case the method fails to converge for some reason.
9455 (Normally, the @w{@kbd{Z /}} command will stop the loop before all 20
9456 repetitions are done.)
9457
9458 @group
9459 @smallexample
9460 1: 4.5 3: 4.5 2: 4.5
9461 . 2: x + (sin(cos(x)) ... 1: 5.24196456928
9462 1: 4.5 .
9463 .
9464
9465 20 Z < RET r 1 TAB s l x RET
9466 @end smallexample
9467 @end group
9468
9469 This is the new guess for @cite{x}. Now we compare it with the
9470 old one to see if we've converged.
9471
9472 @group
9473 @smallexample
9474 3: 5.24196 2: 5.24196 1: 5.24196 1: 5.26345856348
9475 2: 5.24196 1: 0 . .
9476 1: 4.5 .
9477 .
9478
9479 RET M-TAB a = Z / Z > Z ' C-x )
9480 @end smallexample
9481 @end group
9482
9483 The loop converges in just a few steps to this value. To check
9484 the result, we can simply substitute it back into the equation.
9485
9486 @group
9487 @smallexample
9488 2: 5.26345856348
9489 1: 0.499999999997
9490 .
9491
9492 RET ' sin(cos($)) RET
9493 @end smallexample
9494 @end group
9495
9496 Let's test the new definition again:
9497
9498 @group
9499 @smallexample
9500 2: x^2 - 9 1: 3.
9501 1: 1 .
9502 .
9503
9504 ' x^2-9 RET 1 X
9505 @end smallexample
9506 @end group
9507
9508 Once again, here's the full Newton's Method definition:
9509
9510 @group
9511 @example
9512 C-x ( Z ` TAB RET a d x RET / ' x RET TAB - t 1
9513 20 Z < RET r 1 TAB s l x RET
9514 RET M-TAB a = Z /
9515 Z >
9516 Z '
9517 C-x )
9518 @end example
9519 @end group
9520
9521 @c [fix-ref Nesting and Fixed Points]
9522 It turns out that Calc has a built-in command for applying a formula
9523 repeatedly until it converges to a number. @xref{Nesting and Fixed Points},
9524 to see how to use it.
9525
9526 @c [fix-ref Root Finding]
9527 Also, of course, @kbd{a R} is a built-in command that uses Newton's
9528 method (among others) to look for numerical solutions to any equation.
9529 @xref{Root Finding}.
9530
9531 @node Programming Answer 9, Programming Answer 10, Programming Answer 8, Answers to Exercises
9532 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 9
9533
9534 @noindent
9535 The first step is to adjust @cite{z} to be greater than 5. A simple
9536 ``for'' loop will do the job here. If @cite{z} is less than 5, we
9537 reduce the problem using @c{$\psi(z) = \psi(z+1) - 1/z$}
9538 @cite{psi(z) = psi(z+1) - 1/z}. We go
9539 on to compute @c{$\psi(z+1)$}
9540 @cite{psi(z+1)}, and remember to add back a factor of
9541 @cite{-1/z} when we're done. This step is repeated until @cite{z > 5}.
9542
9543 (Because this definition is long, it will be repeated in concise form
9544 below. You can use @w{@kbd{M-# m}} to load it from there. While you are
9545 entering a @kbd{Z ` Z '} body in a macro, Calc simply collects
9546 keystrokes without executing them. In the following diagrams we'll
9547 pretend Calc actually executed the keystrokes as you typed them,
9548 just for purposes of illustration.)
9549
9550 @group
9551 @smallexample
9552 1: 1. 1: 1.
9553 . .
9554
9555 1.0 RET C-x ( Z ` s 1 0 t 2
9556 @end smallexample
9557 @end group
9558
9559 Here, variable 1 holds @cite{z} and variable 2 holds the adjustment
9560 factor. If @cite{z < 5}, we use a loop to increase it.
9561
9562 (By the way, we started with @samp{1.0} instead of the integer 1 because
9563 otherwise the calculation below will try to do exact fractional arithmetic,
9564 and will never converge because fractions compare equal only if they
9565 are exactly equal, not just equal to within the current precision.)
9566
9567 @group
9568 @smallexample
9569 3: 1. 2: 1. 1: 6.
9570 2: 1. 1: 1 .
9571 1: 5 .
9572 .
9573
9574 RET 5 a < Z [ 5 Z ( & s + 2 1 s + 1 1 Z ) r 1 Z ]
9575 @end smallexample
9576 @end group
9577
9578 Now we compute the initial part of the sum: @c{$\ln z - {1 \over 2z}$}
9579 @cite{ln(z) - 1/2z}
9580 minus the adjustment factor.
9581
9582 @group
9583 @smallexample
9584 2: 1.79175946923 2: 1.7084261359 1: -0.57490719743
9585 1: 0.0833333333333 1: 2.28333333333 .
9586 . .
9587
9588 L r 1 2 * & - r 2 -
9589 @end smallexample
9590 @end group
9591
9592 Now we evaluate the series. We'll use another ``for'' loop counting
9593 up the value of @cite{2 n}. (Calc does have a summation command,
9594 @kbd{a +}, but we'll use loops just to get more practice with them.)
9595
9596 @group
9597 @smallexample
9598 3: -0.5749 3: -0.5749 4: -0.5749 2: -0.5749
9599 2: 2 2: 1:6 3: 1:6 1: 2.3148e-3
9600 1: 40 1: 2 2: 2 .
9601 . . 1: 36.
9602 .
9603
9604 2 RET 40 Z ( RET k b TAB RET r 1 TAB ^ * /
9605
9606 @end smallexample
9607 @end group
9608 @noindent
9609 @group
9610 @smallexample
9611 3: -0.5749 3: -0.5772 2: -0.5772 1: -0.577215664892
9612 2: -0.5749 2: -0.5772 1: 0 .
9613 1: 2.3148e-3 1: -0.5749 .
9614 . .
9615
9616 TAB RET M-TAB - RET M-TAB a = Z / 2 Z ) Z ' C-x )
9617 @end smallexample
9618 @end group
9619
9620 This is the value of @c{$-\gamma$}
9621 @cite{- gamma}, with a slight bit of roundoff error.
9622 To get a full 12 digits, let's use a higher precision:
9623
9624 @group
9625 @smallexample
9626 2: -0.577215664892 2: -0.577215664892
9627 1: 1. 1: -0.577215664901532
9628
9629 1. RET p 16 RET X
9630 @end smallexample
9631 @end group
9632
9633 Here's the complete sequence of keystrokes:
9634
9635 @group
9636 @example
9637 C-x ( Z ` s 1 0 t 2
9638 RET 5 a < Z [ 5 Z ( & s + 2 1 s + 1 1 Z ) r 1 Z ]
9639 L r 1 2 * & - r 2 -
9640 2 RET 40 Z ( RET k b TAB RET r 1 TAB ^ * /
9641 TAB RET M-TAB - RET M-TAB a = Z /
9642 2 Z )
9643 Z '
9644 C-x )
9645 @end example
9646 @end group
9647
9648 @node Programming Answer 10, Programming Answer 11, Programming Answer 9, Answers to Exercises
9649 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 10
9650
9651 @noindent
9652 Taking the derivative of a term of the form @cite{x^n} will produce
9653 a term like @c{$n x^{n-1}$}
9654 @cite{n x^(n-1)}. Taking the derivative of a constant
9655 produces zero. From this it is easy to see that the @cite{n}th
9656 derivative of a polynomial, evaluated at @cite{x = 0}, will equal the
9657 coefficient on the @cite{x^n} term times @cite{n!}.
9658
9659 (Because this definition is long, it will be repeated in concise form
9660 below. You can use @w{@kbd{M-# m}} to load it from there. While you are
9661 entering a @kbd{Z ` Z '} body in a macro, Calc simply collects
9662 keystrokes without executing them. In the following diagrams we'll
9663 pretend Calc actually executed the keystrokes as you typed them,
9664 just for purposes of illustration.)
9665
9666 @group
9667 @smallexample
9668 2: 5 x^4 + (x + 1)^2 3: 5 x^4 + (x + 1)^2
9669 1: 6 2: 0
9670 . 1: 6
9671 .
9672
9673 ' 5 x^4 + (x+1)^2 RET 6 C-x ( Z ` [ ] t 1 0 TAB
9674 @end smallexample
9675 @end group
9676
9677 @noindent
9678 Variable 1 will accumulate the vector of coefficients.
9679
9680 @group
9681 @smallexample
9682 2: 0 3: 0 2: 5 x^4 + ...
9683 1: 5 x^4 + ... 2: 5 x^4 + ... 1: 1
9684 . 1: 1 .
9685 .
9686
9687 Z ( TAB RET 0 s l x RET M-TAB ! / s | 1
9688 @end smallexample
9689 @end group
9690
9691 @noindent
9692 Note that @kbd{s | 1} appends the top-of-stack value to the vector
9693 in a variable; it is completely analogous to @kbd{s + 1}. We could
9694 have written instead, @kbd{r 1 TAB | t 1}.
9695
9696 @group
9697 @smallexample
9698 1: 20 x^3 + 2 x + 2 1: 0 1: [1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0]
9699 . . .
9700
9701 a d x RET 1 Z ) DEL r 1 Z ' C-x )
9702 @end smallexample
9703 @end group
9704
9705 To convert back, a simple method is just to map the coefficients
9706 against a table of powers of @cite{x}.
9707
9708 @group
9709 @smallexample
9710 2: [1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0] 2: [1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0]
9711 1: 6 1: [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
9712 . .
9713
9714 6 RET 1 + 0 RET 1 C-u v x
9715
9716 @end smallexample
9717 @end group
9718 @noindent
9719 @group
9720 @smallexample
9721 2: [1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0] 2: 1 + 2 x + x^2 + 5 x^4
9722 1: [1, x, x^2, x^3, ... ] .
9723 .
9724
9725 ' x RET TAB V M ^ *
9726 @end smallexample
9727 @end group
9728
9729 Once again, here are the whole polynomial to/from vector programs:
9730
9731 @group
9732 @example
9733 C-x ( Z ` [ ] t 1 0 TAB
9734 Z ( TAB RET 0 s l x RET M-TAB ! / s | 1
9735 a d x RET
9736 1 Z ) r 1
9737 Z '
9738 C-x )
9739
9740 C-x ( 1 + 0 RET 1 C-u v x ' x RET TAB V M ^ * C-x )
9741 @end example
9742 @end group
9743
9744 @node Programming Answer 11, Programming Answer 12, Programming Answer 10, Answers to Exercises
9745 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 11
9746
9747 @noindent
9748 First we define a dummy program to go on the @kbd{z s} key. The true
9749 @w{@kbd{z s}} key is supposed to take two numbers from the stack and
9750 return one number, so @kbd{DEL} as a dummy definition will make
9751 sure the stack comes out right.
9752
9753 @group
9754 @smallexample
9755 2: 4 1: 4 2: 4
9756 1: 2 . 1: 2
9757 . .
9758
9759 4 RET 2 C-x ( DEL C-x ) Z K s RET 2
9760 @end smallexample
9761 @end group
9762
9763 The last step replaces the 2 that was eaten during the creation
9764 of the dummy @kbd{z s} command. Now we move on to the real
9765 definition. The recurrence needs to be rewritten slightly,
9766 to the form @cite{s(n,m) = s(n-1,m-1) - (n-1) s(n-1,m)}.
9767
9768 (Because this definition is long, it will be repeated in concise form
9769 below. You can use @kbd{M-# m} to load it from there.)
9770
9771 @group
9772 @smallexample
9773 2: 4 4: 4 3: 4 2: 4
9774 1: 2 3: 2 2: 2 1: 2
9775 . 2: 4 1: 0 .
9776 1: 2 .
9777 .
9778
9779 C-x ( M-2 RET a = Z [ DEL DEL 1 Z :
9780
9781 @end smallexample
9782 @end group
9783 @noindent
9784 @group
9785 @smallexample
9786 4: 4 2: 4 2: 3 4: 3 4: 3 3: 3
9787 3: 2 1: 2 1: 2 3: 2 3: 2 2: 2
9788 2: 2 . . 2: 3 2: 3 1: 3
9789 1: 0 1: 2 1: 1 .
9790 . . .
9791
9792 RET 0 a = Z [ DEL DEL 0 Z : TAB 1 - TAB M-2 RET 1 - z s
9793 @end smallexample
9794 @end group
9795
9796 @noindent
9797 (Note that the value 3 that our dummy @kbd{z s} produces is not correct;
9798 it is merely a placeholder that will do just as well for now.)
9799
9800 @group
9801 @smallexample
9802 3: 3 4: 3 3: 3 2: 3 1: -6
9803 2: 3 3: 3 2: 3 1: 9 .
9804 1: 2 2: 3 1: 3 .
9805 . 1: 2 .
9806 .
9807
9808 M-TAB M-TAB TAB RET M-TAB z s * -
9809
9810 @end smallexample
9811 @end group
9812 @noindent
9813 @group
9814 @smallexample
9815 1: -6 2: 4 1: 11 2: 11
9816 . 1: 2 . 1: 11
9817 . .
9818
9819 Z ] Z ] C-x ) Z K s RET DEL 4 RET 2 z s M-RET k s
9820 @end smallexample
9821 @end group
9822
9823 Even though the result that we got during the definition was highly
9824 bogus, once the definition is complete the @kbd{z s} command gets
9825 the right answers.
9826
9827 Here's the full program once again:
9828
9829 @group
9830 @example
9831 C-x ( M-2 RET a =
9832 Z [ DEL DEL 1
9833 Z : RET 0 a =
9834 Z [ DEL DEL 0
9835 Z : TAB 1 - TAB M-2 RET 1 - z s
9836 M-TAB M-TAB TAB RET M-TAB z s * -
9837 Z ]
9838 Z ]
9839 C-x )
9840 @end example
9841 @end group
9842
9843 You can read this definition using @kbd{M-# m} (@code{read-kbd-macro})
9844 followed by @kbd{Z K s}, without having to make a dummy definition
9845 first, because @code{read-kbd-macro} doesn't need to execute the
9846 definition as it reads it in. For this reason, @code{M-# m} is often
9847 the easiest way to create recursive programs in Calc.
9848
9849 @node Programming Answer 12, , Programming Answer 11, Answers to Exercises
9850 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 12
9851
9852 @noindent
9853 This turns out to be a much easier way to solve the problem. Let's
9854 denote Stirling numbers as calls of the function @samp{s}.
9855
9856 First, we store the rewrite rules corresponding to the definition of
9857 Stirling numbers in a convenient variable:
9858
9859 @smallexample
9860 s e StirlingRules RET
9861 [ s(n,n) := 1 :: n >= 0,
9862 s(n,0) := 0 :: n > 0,
9863 s(n,m) := s(n-1,m-1) - (n-1) s(n-1,m) :: n >= m :: m >= 1 ]
9864 C-c C-c
9865 @end smallexample
9866
9867 Now, it's just a matter of applying the rules:
9868
9869 @group
9870 @smallexample
9871 2: 4 1: s(4, 2) 1: 11
9872 1: 2 . .
9873 .
9874
9875 4 RET 2 C-x ( ' s($$,$) RET a r StirlingRules RET C-x )
9876 @end smallexample
9877 @end group
9878
9879 As in the case of the @code{fib} rules, it would be useful to put these
9880 rules in @code{EvalRules} and to add a @samp{:: remember} condition to
9881 the last rule.
9882
9883 @c This ends the table-of-contents kludge from above:
9884 @tex
9885 \global\let\chapternofonts=\oldchapternofonts
9886 @end tex
9887
9888 @c [reference]
9889
9890 @node Introduction, Data Types, Tutorial, Top
9891 @chapter Introduction
9892
9893 @noindent
9894 This chapter is the beginning of the Calc reference manual.
9895 It covers basic concepts such as the stack, algebraic and
9896 numeric entry, undo, numeric prefix arguments, etc.
9897
9898 @c [when-split]
9899 @c (Chapter 2, the Tutorial, has been printed in a separate volume.)
9900
9901 @menu
9902 * Basic Commands::
9903 * Help Commands::
9904 * Stack Basics::
9905 * Numeric Entry::
9906 * Algebraic Entry::
9907 * Quick Calculator::
9908 * Keypad Mode::
9909 * Prefix Arguments::
9910 * Undo::
9911 * Error Messages::
9912 * Multiple Calculators::
9913 * Troubleshooting Commands::
9914 @end menu
9915
9916 @node Basic Commands, Help Commands, Introduction, Introduction
9917 @section Basic Commands
9918
9919 @noindent
9920 @pindex calc
9921 @pindex calc-mode
9922 @cindex Starting the Calculator
9923 @cindex Running the Calculator
9924 To start the Calculator in its standard interface, type @kbd{M-x calc}.
9925 By default this creates a pair of small windows, @samp{*Calculator*}
9926 and @samp{*Calc Trail*}. The former displays the contents of the
9927 Calculator stack and is manipulated exclusively through Calc commands.
9928 It is possible (though not usually necessary) to create several Calc
9929 Mode buffers each of which has an independent stack, undo list, and
9930 mode settings. There is exactly one Calc Trail buffer; it records a
9931 list of the results of all calculations that have been done. The
9932 Calc Trail buffer uses a variant of Calc Mode, so Calculator commands
9933 still work when the trail buffer's window is selected. It is possible
9934 to turn the trail window off, but the @samp{*Calc Trail*} buffer itself
9935 still exists and is updated silently. @xref{Trail Commands}.@refill
9936
9937 @kindex M-# c
9938 @kindex M-# M-#
9939 @c @mindex @null
9940 @kindex M-# #
9941 In most installations, the @kbd{M-# c} key sequence is a more
9942 convenient way to start the Calculator. Also, @kbd{M-# M-#} and
9943 @kbd{M-# #} are synonyms for @kbd{M-# c} unless you last used Calc
9944 in its ``keypad'' mode.
9945
9946 @kindex x
9947 @kindex M-x
9948 @pindex calc-execute-extended-command
9949 Most Calc commands use one or two keystrokes. Lower- and upper-case
9950 letters are distinct. Commands may also be entered in full @kbd{M-x} form;
9951 for some commands this is the only form. As a convenience, the @kbd{x}
9952 key (@code{calc-execute-extended-command})
9953 is like @kbd{M-x} except that it enters the initial string @samp{calc-}
9954 for you. For example, the following key sequences are equivalent:
9955 @kbd{S}, @kbd{M-x calc-sin @key{RET}}, @kbd{x sin @key{RET}}.@refill
9956
9957 @cindex Extensions module
9958 @cindex @file{calc-ext} module
9959 The Calculator exists in many parts. When you type @kbd{M-# c}, the
9960 Emacs ``auto-load'' mechanism will bring in only the first part, which
9961 contains the basic arithmetic functions. The other parts will be
9962 auto-loaded the first time you use the more advanced commands like trig
9963 functions or matrix operations. This is done to improve the response time
9964 of the Calculator in the common case when all you need to do is a
9965 little arithmetic. If for some reason the Calculator fails to load an
9966 extension module automatically, you can force it to load all the
9967 extensions by using the @kbd{M-# L} (@code{calc-load-everything})
9968 command. @xref{Mode Settings}.@refill
9969
9970 If you type @kbd{M-x calc} or @kbd{M-# c} with any numeric prefix argument,
9971 the Calculator is loaded if necessary, but it is not actually started.
9972 If the argument is positive, the @file{calc-ext} extensions are also
9973 loaded if necessary. User-written Lisp code that wishes to make use
9974 of Calc's arithmetic routines can use @samp{(calc 0)} or @samp{(calc 1)}
9975 to auto-load the Calculator.@refill
9976
9977 @kindex M-# b
9978 @pindex full-calc
9979 If you type @kbd{M-# b}, then next time you use @kbd{M-# c} you
9980 will get a Calculator that uses the full height of the Emacs screen.
9981 When full-screen mode is on, @kbd{M-# c} runs the @code{full-calc}
9982 command instead of @code{calc}. From the Unix shell you can type
9983 @samp{emacs -f full-calc} to start a new Emacs specifically for use
9984 as a calculator. When Calc is started from the Emacs command line
9985 like this, Calc's normal ``quit'' commands actually quit Emacs itself.
9986
9987 @kindex M-# o
9988 @pindex calc-other-window
9989 The @kbd{M-# o} command is like @kbd{M-# c} except that the Calc
9990 window is not actually selected. If you are already in the Calc
9991 window, @kbd{M-# o} switches you out of it. (The regular Emacs
9992 @kbd{C-x o} command would also work for this, but it has a
9993 tendency to drop you into the Calc Trail window instead, which
9994 @kbd{M-# o} takes care not to do.)
9995
9996 @c @mindex M-# q
9997 For one quick calculation, you can type @kbd{M-# q} (@code{quick-calc})
9998 which prompts you for a formula (like @samp{2+3/4}). The result is
9999 displayed at the bottom of the Emacs screen without ever creating
10000 any special Calculator windows. @xref{Quick Calculator}.
10001
10002 @c @mindex M-# k
10003 Finally, if you are using the X window system you may want to try
10004 @kbd{M-# k} (@code{calc-keypad}) which runs Calc with a
10005 ``calculator keypad'' picture as well as a stack display. Click on
10006 the keys with the mouse to operate the calculator. @xref{Keypad Mode}.
10007
10008 @kindex q
10009 @pindex calc-quit
10010 @cindex Quitting the Calculator
10011 @cindex Exiting the Calculator
10012 The @kbd{q} key (@code{calc-quit}) exits Calc Mode and closes the
10013 Calculator's window(s). It does not delete the Calculator buffers.
10014 If you type @kbd{M-x calc} again, the Calculator will reappear with the
10015 contents of the stack intact. Typing @kbd{M-# c} or @kbd{M-# M-#}
10016 again from inside the Calculator buffer is equivalent to executing
10017 @code{calc-quit}; you can think of @kbd{M-# M-#} as toggling the
10018 Calculator on and off.@refill
10019
10020 @kindex M-# x
10021 The @kbd{M-# x} command also turns the Calculator off, no matter which
10022 user interface (standard, Keypad, or Embedded) is currently active.
10023 It also cancels @code{calc-edit} mode if used from there.
10024
10025 @kindex d SPC
10026 @pindex calc-refresh
10027 @cindex Refreshing a garbled display
10028 @cindex Garbled displays, refreshing
10029 The @kbd{d SPC} key sequence (@code{calc-refresh}) redraws the contents
10030 of the Calculator buffer from memory. Use this if the contents of the
10031 buffer have been damaged somehow.
10032
10033 @c @mindex o
10034 The @kbd{o} key (@code{calc-realign}) moves the cursor back to its
10035 ``home'' position at the bottom of the Calculator buffer.
10036
10037 @kindex <
10038 @kindex >
10039 @pindex calc-scroll-left
10040 @pindex calc-scroll-right
10041 @cindex Horizontal scrolling
10042 @cindex Scrolling
10043 @cindex Wide text, scrolling
10044 The @kbd{<} and @kbd{>} keys are bound to @code{calc-scroll-left} and
10045 @code{calc-scroll-right}. These are just like the normal horizontal
10046 scrolling commands except that they scroll one half-screen at a time by
10047 default. (Calc formats its output to fit within the bounds of the
10048 window whenever it can.)@refill
10049
10050 @kindex @{
10051 @kindex @}
10052 @pindex calc-scroll-down
10053 @pindex calc-scroll-up
10054 @cindex Vertical scrolling
10055 The @kbd{@{} and @kbd{@}} keys are bound to @code{calc-scroll-down}
10056 and @code{calc-scroll-up}. They scroll up or down by one-half the
10057 height of the Calc window.@refill
10058
10059 @kindex M-# 0
10060 @pindex calc-reset
10061 The @kbd{M-# 0} command (@code{calc-reset}; that's @kbd{M-#} followed
10062 by a zero) resets the Calculator to its default state. This clears
10063 the stack, resets all the modes, clears the caches (@pxref{Caches}),
10064 and so on. (It does @emph{not} erase the values of any variables.)
10065 With a numeric prefix argument, @kbd{M-# 0} preserves the contents
10066 of the stack but resets everything else.
10067
10068 @pindex calc-version
10069 The @kbd{M-x calc-version} command displays the current version number
10070 of Calc and the name of the person who installed it on your system.
10071 (This information is also present in the @samp{*Calc Trail*} buffer,
10072 and in the output of the @kbd{h h} command.)
10073
10074 @node Help Commands, Stack Basics, Basic Commands, Introduction
10075 @section Help Commands
10076
10077 @noindent
10078 @cindex Help commands
10079 @kindex ?
10080 @pindex calc-help
10081 The @kbd{?} key (@code{calc-help}) displays a series of brief help messages.
10082 Some keys (such as @kbd{b} and @kbd{d}) are prefix keys, like Emacs'
10083 @key{ESC} and @kbd{C-x} prefixes. You can type
10084 @kbd{?} after a prefix to see a list of commands beginning with that
10085 prefix. (If the message includes @samp{[MORE]}, press @kbd{?} again
10086 to see additional commands for that prefix.)
10087
10088 @kindex h h
10089 @pindex calc-full-help
10090 The @kbd{h h} (@code{calc-full-help}) command displays all the @kbd{?}
10091 responses at once. When printed, this makes a nice, compact (three pages)
10092 summary of Calc keystrokes.
10093
10094 In general, the @kbd{h} key prefix introduces various commands that
10095 provide help within Calc. Many of the @kbd{h} key functions are
10096 Calc-specific analogues to the @kbd{C-h} functions for Emacs help.
10097
10098 @kindex h i
10099 @kindex M-# i
10100 @kindex i
10101 @pindex calc-info
10102 The @kbd{h i} (@code{calc-info}) command runs the Emacs Info system
10103 to read this manual on-line. This is basically the same as typing
10104 @kbd{C-h i} (the regular way to run the Info system), then, if Info
10105 is not already in the Calc manual, selecting the beginning of the
10106 manual. The @kbd{M-# i} command is another way to read the Calc
10107 manual; it is different from @kbd{h i} in that it works any time,
10108 not just inside Calc. The plain @kbd{i} key is also equivalent to
10109 @kbd{h i}, though this key is obsolete and may be replaced with a
10110 different command in a future version of Calc.
10111
10112 @kindex h t
10113 @kindex M-# t
10114 @pindex calc-tutorial
10115 The @kbd{h t} (@code{calc-tutorial}) command runs the Info system on
10116 the Tutorial section of the Calc manual. It is like @kbd{h i},
10117 except that it selects the starting node of the tutorial rather
10118 than the beginning of the whole manual. (It actually selects the
10119 node ``Interactive Tutorial'' which tells a few things about
10120 using the Info system before going on to the actual tutorial.)
10121 The @kbd{M-# t} key is equivalent to @kbd{h t} (but it works at
10122 all times).
10123
10124 @kindex h s
10125 @kindex M-# s
10126 @pindex calc-info-summary
10127 The @kbd{h s} (@code{calc-info-summary}) command runs the Info system
10128 on the Summary node of the Calc manual. @xref{Summary}. The @kbd{M-# s}
10129 key is equivalent to @kbd{h s}.
10130
10131 @kindex h k
10132 @pindex calc-describe-key
10133 The @kbd{h k} (@code{calc-describe-key}) command looks up a key
10134 sequence in the Calc manual. For example, @kbd{h k H a S} looks
10135 up the documentation on the @kbd{H a S} (@code{calc-solve-for})
10136 command. This works by looking up the textual description of
10137 the key(s) in the Key Index of the manual, then jumping to the
10138 node indicated by the index.
10139
10140 Most Calc commands do not have traditional Emacs documentation
10141 strings, since the @kbd{h k} command is both more convenient and
10142 more instructive. This means the regular Emacs @kbd{C-h k}
10143 (@code{describe-key}) command will not be useful for Calc keystrokes.
10144
10145 @kindex h c
10146 @pindex calc-describe-key-briefly
10147 The @kbd{h c} (@code{calc-describe-key-briefly}) command reads a
10148 key sequence and displays a brief one-line description of it at
10149 the bottom of the screen. It looks for the key sequence in the
10150 Summary node of the Calc manual; if it doesn't find the sequence
10151 there, it acts just like its regular Emacs counterpart @kbd{C-h c}
10152 (@code{describe-key-briefly}). For example, @kbd{h c H a S}
10153 gives the description:
10154
10155 @smallexample
10156 H a S runs calc-solve-for: a `H a S' v => fsolve(a,v) (?=notes)
10157 @end smallexample
10158
10159 @noindent
10160 which means the command @kbd{H a S} or @kbd{H M-x calc-solve-for}
10161 takes a value @cite{a} from the stack, prompts for a value @cite{v},
10162 then applies the algebraic function @code{fsolve} to these values.
10163 The @samp{?=notes} message means you can now type @kbd{?} to see
10164 additional notes from the summary that apply to this command.
10165
10166 @kindex h f
10167 @pindex calc-describe-function
10168 The @kbd{h f} (@code{calc-describe-function}) command looks up an
10169 algebraic function or a command name in the Calc manual. The
10170 prompt initially contains @samp{calcFunc-}; follow this with an
10171 algebraic function name to look up that function in the Function
10172 Index. Or, backspace and enter a command name beginning with
10173 @samp{calc-} to look it up in the Command Index. This command
10174 will also look up operator symbols that can appear in algebraic
10175 formulas, like @samp{%} and @samp{=>}.
10176
10177 @kindex h v
10178 @pindex calc-describe-variable
10179 The @kbd{h v} (@code{calc-describe-variable}) command looks up a
10180 variable in the Calc manual. The prompt initially contains the
10181 @samp{var-} prefix; just add a variable name like @code{pi} or
10182 @code{PlotRejects}.
10183
10184 @kindex h b
10185 @pindex describe-bindings
10186 The @kbd{h b} (@code{calc-describe-bindings}) command is just like
10187 @kbd{C-h b}, except that only local (Calc-related) key bindings are
10188 listed.
10189
10190 @kindex h n
10191 The @kbd{h n} or @kbd{h C-n} (@code{calc-view-news}) command displays
10192 the ``news'' or change history of Calc. This is kept in the file
10193 @file{README}, which Calc looks for in the same directory as the Calc
10194 source files.
10195
10196 @kindex h C-c
10197 @kindex h C-d
10198 @kindex h C-w
10199 The @kbd{h C-c}, @kbd{h C-d}, and @kbd{h C-w} keys display copying,
10200 distribution, and warranty information about Calc. These work by
10201 pulling up the appropriate parts of the ``Copying'' or ``Reporting
10202 Bugs'' sections of the manual.
10203
10204 @node Stack Basics, Numeric Entry, Help Commands, Introduction
10205 @section Stack Basics
10206
10207 @noindent
10208 @cindex Stack basics
10209 @c [fix-tut RPN Calculations and the Stack]
10210 Calc uses RPN notation. If you are not familar with RPN, @pxref{RPN
10211 Tutorial}.
10212
10213 To add the numbers 1 and 2 in Calc you would type the keys:
10214 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 2 +}.
10215 (@key{RET} corresponds to the @key{ENTER} key on most calculators.)
10216 The first three keystrokes ``push'' the numbers 1 and 2 onto the stack. The
10217 @kbd{+} key always ``pops'' the top two numbers from the stack, adds them,
10218 and pushes the result (3) back onto the stack. This number is ready for
10219 further calculations: @kbd{5 -} pushes 5 onto the stack, then pops the
10220 3 and 5, subtracts them, and pushes the result (@i{-2}).@refill
10221
10222 Note that the ``top'' of the stack actually appears at the @emph{bottom}
10223 of the buffer. A line containing a single @samp{.} character signifies
10224 the end of the buffer; Calculator commands operate on the number(s)
10225 directly above this line. The @kbd{d t} (@code{calc-truncate-stack})
10226 command allows you to move the @samp{.} marker up and down in the stack;
10227 @pxref{Truncating the Stack}.
10228
10229 @kindex d l
10230 @pindex calc-line-numbering
10231 Stack elements are numbered consecutively, with number 1 being the top of
10232 the stack. These line numbers are ordinarily displayed on the lefthand side
10233 of the window. The @kbd{d l} (@code{calc-line-numbering}) command controls
10234 whether these numbers appear. (Line numbers may be turned off since they
10235 slow the Calculator down a bit and also clutter the display.)
10236
10237 @kindex o
10238 @pindex calc-realign
10239 The unshifted letter @kbd{o} (@code{calc-realign}) command repositions
10240 the cursor to its top-of-stack ``home'' position. It also undoes any
10241 horizontal scrolling in the window. If you give it a numeric prefix
10242 argument, it instead moves the cursor to the specified stack element.
10243
10244 The @key{RET} (or equivalent @key{SPC}) key is only required to separate
10245 two consecutive numbers.
10246 (After all, if you typed @kbd{1 2} by themselves the Calculator
10247 would enter the number 12.) If you press @kbd{RET} or @kbd{SPC} @emph{not}
10248 right after typing a number, the key duplicates the number on the top of
10249 the stack. @kbd{@key{RET} *} is thus a handy way to square a number.@refill
10250
10251 The @key{DEL} key pops and throws away the top number on the stack.
10252 The @key{TAB} key swaps the top two objects on the stack.
10253 @xref{Stack and Trail}, for descriptions of these and other stack-related
10254 commands.@refill
10255
10256 @node Numeric Entry, Algebraic Entry, Stack Basics, Introduction
10257 @section Numeric Entry
10258
10259 @noindent
10260 @kindex 0-9
10261 @kindex .
10262 @kindex e
10263 @cindex Numeric entry
10264 @cindex Entering numbers
10265 Pressing a digit or other numeric key begins numeric entry using the
10266 minibuffer. The number is pushed on the stack when you press the @key{RET}
10267 or @key{SPC} keys. If you press any other non-numeric key, the number is
10268 pushed onto the stack and the appropriate operation is performed. If
10269 you press a numeric key which is not valid, the key is ignored.
10270
10271 @cindex Minus signs
10272 @cindex Negative numbers, entering
10273 @kindex _
10274 There are three different concepts corresponding to the word ``minus,''
10275 typified by @cite{a-b} (subtraction), @cite{-x}
10276 (change-sign), and @cite{-5} (negative number). Calc uses three
10277 different keys for these operations, respectively:
10278 @kbd{-}, @kbd{n}, and @kbd{_} (the underscore). The @kbd{-} key subtracts
10279 the two numbers on the top of the stack. The @kbd{n} key changes the sign
10280 of the number on the top of the stack or the number currently being entered.
10281 The @kbd{_} key begins entry of a negative number or changes the sign of
10282 the number currently being entered. The following sequences all enter the
10283 number @i{-5} onto the stack: @kbd{0 @key{RET} 5 -}, @kbd{5 n @key{RET}},
10284 @kbd{5 @key{RET} n}, @kbd{_ 5 @key{RET}}, @kbd{5 _ @key{RET}}.@refill
10285
10286 Some other keys are active during numeric entry, such as @kbd{#} for
10287 non-decimal numbers, @kbd{:} for fractions, and @kbd{@@} for HMS forms.
10288 These notations are described later in this manual with the corresponding
10289 data types. @xref{Data Types}.
10290
10291 During numeric entry, the only editing key available is @kbd{DEL}.
10292
10293 @node Algebraic Entry, Quick Calculator, Numeric Entry, Introduction
10294 @section Algebraic Entry
10295
10296 @noindent
10297 @kindex '
10298 @pindex calc-algebraic-entry
10299 @cindex Algebraic notation
10300 @cindex Formulas, entering
10301 Calculations can also be entered in algebraic form. This is accomplished
10302 by typing the apostrophe key, @kbd{'}, followed by the expression in
10303 standard format: @kbd{@key{'} 2+3*4 @key{RET}} computes
10304 @c{$2+(3\times4) = 14$}
10305 @cite{2+(3*4) = 14} and pushes that on the stack. If you wish you can
10306 ignore the RPN aspect of Calc altogether and simply enter algebraic
10307 expressions in this way. You may want to use @key{DEL} every so often to
10308 clear previous results off the stack.@refill
10309
10310 You can press the apostrophe key during normal numeric entry to switch
10311 the half-entered number into algebraic entry mode. One reason to do this
10312 would be to use the full Emacs cursor motion and editing keys, which are
10313 available during algebraic entry but not during numeric entry.
10314
10315 In the same vein, during either numeric or algebraic entry you can
10316 press @kbd{`} (backquote) to switch to @code{calc-edit} mode, where
10317 you complete your half-finished entry in a separate buffer.
10318 @xref{Editing Stack Entries}.
10319
10320 @kindex m a
10321 @pindex calc-algebraic-mode
10322 @cindex Algebraic mode
10323 If you prefer algebraic entry, you can use the command @kbd{m a}
10324 (@code{calc-algebraic-mode}) to set Algebraic mode. In this mode,
10325 digits and other keys that would normally start numeric entry instead
10326 start full algebraic entry; as long as your formula begins with a digit
10327 you can omit the apostrophe. Open parentheses and square brackets also
10328 begin algebraic entry. You can still do RPN calculations in this mode,
10329 but you will have to press @key{RET} to terminate every number:
10330 @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} * 4 @key{RET} +} would accomplish the same
10331 thing as @kbd{2*3+4 @key{RET}}.@refill
10332
10333 @cindex Incomplete algebraic mode
10334 If you give a numeric prefix argument like @kbd{C-u} to the @kbd{m a}
10335 command, it enables Incomplete Algebraic mode; this is like regular
10336 Algebraic mode except that it applies to the @kbd{(} and @kbd{[} keys
10337 only. Numeric keys still begin a numeric entry in this mode.
10338
10339 @kindex m t
10340 @pindex calc-total-algebraic-mode
10341 @cindex Total algebraic mode
10342 The @kbd{m t} (@code{calc-total-algebraic-mode}) gives you an even
10343 stronger algebraic-entry mode, in which @emph{all} regular letter and
10344 punctuation keys begin algebraic entry. Use this if you prefer typing
10345 @w{@kbd{sqrt( )}} instead of @kbd{Q}, @w{@kbd{factor( )}} instead of
10346 @kbd{a f}, and so on. To type regular Calc commands when you are in
10347 ``total'' algebraic mode, hold down the @key{META} key. Thus @kbd{M-q}
10348 is the command to quit Calc, @kbd{M-p} sets the precision, and
10349 @kbd{M-m t} (or @kbd{M-m M-t}, if you prefer) turns total algebraic
10350 mode back off again. Meta keys also terminate algebraic entry, so
10351 that @kbd{2+3 M-S} is equivalent to @kbd{2+3 RET M-S}. The symbol
10352 @samp{Alg*} will appear in the mode line whenever you are in this mode.
10353
10354 Pressing @kbd{'} (the apostrophe) a second time re-enters the previous
10355 algebraic formula. You can then use the normal Emacs editing keys to
10356 modify this formula to your liking before pressing @key{RET}.
10357
10358 @kindex $
10359 @cindex Formulas, referring to stack
10360 Within a formula entered from the keyboard, the symbol @kbd{$}
10361 represents the number on the top of the stack. If an entered formula
10362 contains any @kbd{$} characters, the Calculator replaces the top of
10363 stack with that formula rather than simply pushing the formula onto the
10364 stack. Thus, @kbd{' 1+2 @key{RET}} pushes 3 on the stack, and @kbd{$*2
10365 @key{RET}} replaces it with 6. Note that the @kbd{$} key always
10366 initiates algebraic entry; the @kbd{'} is unnecessary if @kbd{$} is the
10367 first character in the new formula.@refill
10368
10369 Higher stack elements can be accessed from an entered formula with the
10370 symbols @kbd{$$}, @kbd{$$$}, and so on. The number of stack elements
10371 removed (to be replaced by the entered values) equals the number of dollar
10372 signs in the longest such symbol in the formula. For example, @samp{$$+$$$}
10373 adds the second and third stack elements, replacing the top three elements
10374 with the answer. (All information about the top stack element is thus lost
10375 since no single @samp{$} appears in this formula.)@refill
10376
10377 A slightly different way to refer to stack elements is with a dollar
10378 sign followed by a number: @samp{$1}, @samp{$2}, and so on are much
10379 like @samp{$}, @samp{$$}, etc., except that stack entries referred
10380 to numerically are not replaced by the algebraic entry. That is, while
10381 @samp{$+1} replaces 5 on the stack with 6, @samp{$1+1} leaves the 5
10382 on the stack and pushes an additional 6.
10383
10384 If a sequence of formulas are entered separated by commas, each formula
10385 is pushed onto the stack in turn. For example, @samp{1,2,3} pushes
10386 those three numbers onto the stack (leaving the 3 at the top), and
10387 @samp{$+1,$-1} replaces a 5 on the stack with 4 followed by 6. Also,
10388 @samp{$,$$} exchanges the top two elements of the stack, just like the
10389 @key{TAB} key.
10390
10391 You can finish an algebraic entry with @kbd{M-=} or @kbd{M-RET} instead
10392 of @key{RET}. This uses @kbd{=} to evaluate the variables in each
10393 formula that goes onto the stack. (Thus @kbd{' pi @key{RET}} pushes
10394 the variable @samp{pi}, but @kbd{' pi M-RET} pushes 3.1415.)
10395
10396 If you finish your algebraic entry by pressing @kbd{LFD} (or @kbd{C-j})
10397 instead of @key{RET}, Calc disables the default simplifications
10398 (as if by @kbd{m O}; @pxref{Simplification Modes}) while the entry
10399 is being pushed on the stack. Thus @kbd{' 1+2 @key{RET}} pushes 3
10400 on the stack, but @kbd{' 1+2 @key{LFD}} pushes the formula @cite{1+2};
10401 you might then press @kbd{=} when it is time to evaluate this formula.
10402
10403 @node Quick Calculator, Prefix Arguments, Algebraic Entry, Introduction
10404 @section ``Quick Calculator'' Mode
10405
10406 @noindent
10407 @kindex M-# q
10408 @pindex quick-calc
10409 @cindex Quick Calculator
10410 There is another way to invoke the Calculator if all you need to do
10411 is make one or two quick calculations. Type @kbd{M-# q} (or
10412 @kbd{M-x quick-calc}), then type any formula as an algebraic entry.
10413 The Calculator will compute the result and display it in the echo
10414 area, without ever actually putting up a Calc window.
10415
10416 You can use the @kbd{$} character in a Quick Calculator formula to
10417 refer to the previous Quick Calculator result. Older results are
10418 not retained; the Quick Calculator has no effect on the full
10419 Calculator's stack or trail. If you compute a result and then
10420 forget what it was, just run @code{M-# q} again and enter
10421 @samp{$} as the formula.
10422
10423 If this is the first time you have used the Calculator in this Emacs
10424 session, the @kbd{M-# q} command will create the @code{*Calculator*}
10425 buffer and perform all the usual initializations; it simply will
10426 refrain from putting that buffer up in a new window. The Quick
10427 Calculator refers to the @code{*Calculator*} buffer for all mode
10428 settings. Thus, for example, to set the precision that the Quick
10429 Calculator uses, simply run the full Calculator momentarily and use
10430 the regular @kbd{p} command.
10431
10432 If you use @code{M-# q} from inside the Calculator buffer, the
10433 effect is the same as pressing the apostrophe key (algebraic entry).
10434
10435 The result of a Quick calculation is placed in the Emacs ``kill ring''
10436 as well as being displayed. A subsequent @kbd{C-y} command will
10437 yank the result into the editing buffer. You can also use this
10438 to yank the result into the next @kbd{M-# q} input line as a more
10439 explicit alternative to @kbd{$} notation, or to yank the result
10440 into the Calculator stack after typing @kbd{M-# c}.
10441
10442 If you finish your formula by typing @key{LFD} (or @kbd{C-j}) instead
10443 of @key{RET}, the result is inserted immediately into the current
10444 buffer rather than going into the kill ring.
10445
10446 Quick Calculator results are actually evaluated as if by the @kbd{=}
10447 key (which replaces variable names by their stored values, if any).
10448 If the formula you enter is an assignment to a variable using the
10449 @samp{:=} operator, say, @samp{foo := 2 + 3} or @samp{foo := foo + 1},
10450 then the result of the evaluation is stored in that Calc variable.
10451 @xref{Store and Recall}.
10452
10453 If the result is an integer and the current display radix is decimal,
10454 the number will also be displayed in hex and octal formats. If the
10455 integer is in the range from 1 to 126, it will also be displayed as
10456 an ASCII character.
10457
10458 For example, the quoted character @samp{"x"} produces the vector
10459 result @samp{[120]} (because 120 is the ASCII code of the lower-case
10460 `x'; @pxref{Strings}). Since this is a vector, not an integer, it
10461 is displayed only according to the current mode settings. But
10462 running Quick Calc again and entering @samp{120} will produce the
10463 result @samp{120 (16#78, 8#170, x)} which shows the number in its
10464 decimal, hexadecimal, octal, and ASCII forms.
10465
10466 Please note that the Quick Calculator is not any faster at loading
10467 or computing the answer than the full Calculator; the name ``quick''
10468 merely refers to the fact that it's much less hassle to use for
10469 small calculations.
10470
10471 @node Prefix Arguments, Undo, Quick Calculator, Introduction
10472 @section Numeric Prefix Arguments
10473
10474 @noindent
10475 Many Calculator commands use numeric prefix arguments. Some, such as
10476 @kbd{d s} (@code{calc-sci-notation}), set a parameter to the value of
10477 the prefix argument or use a default if you don't use a prefix.
10478 Others (like @kbd{d f} (@code{calc-fix-notation})) require an argument
10479 and prompt for a number if you don't give one as a prefix.@refill
10480
10481 As a rule, stack-manipulation commands accept a numeric prefix argument
10482 which is interpreted as an index into the stack. A positive argument
10483 operates on the top @var{n} stack entries; a negative argument operates
10484 on the @var{n}th stack entry in isolation; and a zero argument operates
10485 on the entire stack.
10486
10487 Most commands that perform computations (such as the arithmetic and
10488 scientific functions) accept a numeric prefix argument that allows the
10489 operation to be applied across many stack elements. For unary operations
10490 (that is, functions of one argument like absolute value or complex
10491 conjugate), a positive prefix argument applies that function to the top
10492 @var{n} stack entries simultaneously, and a negative argument applies it
10493 to the @var{n}th stack entry only. For binary operations (functions of
10494 two arguments like addition, GCD, and vector concatenation), a positive
10495 prefix argument ``reduces'' the function across the top @var{n}
10496 stack elements (for example, @kbd{C-u 5 +} sums the top 5 stack entries;
10497 @pxref{Reducing and Mapping}), and a negative argument maps the next-to-top
10498 @var{n} stack elements with the top stack element as a second argument
10499 (for example, @kbd{7 c-u -5 +} adds 7 to the top 5 stack elements).
10500 This feature is not available for operations which use the numeric prefix
10501 argument for some other purpose.
10502
10503 Numeric prefixes are specified the same way as always in Emacs: Press
10504 a sequence of @key{META}-digits, or press @key{ESC} followed by digits,
10505 or press @kbd{C-u} followed by digits. Some commands treat plain
10506 @kbd{C-u} (without any actual digits) specially.@refill
10507
10508 @kindex ~
10509 @pindex calc-num-prefix
10510 You can type @kbd{~} (@code{calc-num-prefix}) to pop an integer from the
10511 top of the stack and enter it as the numeric prefix for the next command.
10512 For example, @kbd{C-u 16 p} sets the precision to 16 digits; an alternate
10513 (silly) way to do this would be @kbd{2 @key{RET} 4 ^ ~ p}, i.e., compute 2
10514 to the fourth power and set the precision to that value.@refill
10515
10516 Conversely, if you have typed a numeric prefix argument the @kbd{~} key
10517 pushes it onto the stack in the form of an integer.
10518
10519 @node Undo, Error Messages, Prefix Arguments, Introduction
10520 @section Undoing Mistakes
10521
10522 @noindent
10523 @kindex U
10524 @kindex C-_
10525 @pindex calc-undo
10526 @cindex Mistakes, undoing
10527 @cindex Undoing mistakes
10528 @cindex Errors, undoing
10529 The shift-@kbd{U} key (@code{calc-undo}) undoes the most recent operation.
10530 If that operation added or dropped objects from the stack, those objects
10531 are removed or restored. If it was a ``store'' operation, you are
10532 queried whether or not to restore the variable to its original value.
10533 The @kbd{U} key may be pressed any number of times to undo successively
10534 farther back in time; with a numeric prefix argument it undoes a
10535 specified number of operations. The undo history is cleared only by the
10536 @kbd{q} (@code{calc-quit}) command. (Recall that @kbd{M-# c} is
10537 synonymous with @code{calc-quit} while inside the Calculator; this
10538 also clears the undo history.)
10539
10540 Currently the mode-setting commands (like @code{calc-precision}) are not
10541 undoable. You can undo past a point where you changed a mode, but you
10542 will need to reset the mode yourself.
10543
10544 @kindex D
10545 @pindex calc-redo
10546 @cindex Redoing after an Undo
10547 The shift-@kbd{D} key (@code{calc-redo}) redoes an operation that was
10548 mistakenly undone. Pressing @kbd{U} with a negative prefix argument is
10549 equivalent to executing @code{calc-redo}. You can redo any number of
10550 times, up to the number of recent consecutive undo commands. Redo
10551 information is cleared whenever you give any command that adds new undo
10552 information, i.e., if you undo, then enter a number on the stack or make
10553 any other change, then it will be too late to redo.
10554
10555 @kindex M-RET
10556 @pindex calc-last-args
10557 @cindex Last-arguments feature
10558 @cindex Arguments, restoring
10559 The @kbd{M-@key{RET}} key (@code{calc-last-args}) is like undo in that
10560 it restores the arguments of the most recent command onto the stack;
10561 however, it does not remove the result of that command. Given a numeric
10562 prefix argument, this command applies to the @cite{n}th most recent
10563 command which removed items from the stack; it pushes those items back
10564 onto the stack.
10565
10566 The @kbd{K} (@code{calc-keep-args}) command provides a related function
10567 to @kbd{M-@key{RET}}. @xref{Stack and Trail}.
10568
10569 It is also possible to recall previous results or inputs using the trail.
10570 @xref{Trail Commands}.
10571
10572 The standard Emacs @kbd{C-_} undo key is recognized as a synonym for @kbd{U}.
10573
10574 @node Error Messages, Multiple Calculators, Undo, Introduction
10575 @section Error Messages
10576
10577 @noindent
10578 @kindex w
10579 @pindex calc-why
10580 @cindex Errors, messages
10581 @cindex Why did an error occur?
10582 Many situations that would produce an error message in other calculators
10583 simply create unsimplified formulas in the Emacs Calculator. For example,
10584 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 0 /} pushes the formula @cite{1 / 0}; @w{@kbd{0 L}} pushes
10585 the formula @samp{ln(0)}. Floating-point overflow and underflow are also
10586 reasons for this to happen.
10587
10588 When a function call must be left in symbolic form, Calc usually
10589 produces a message explaining why. Messages that are probably
10590 surprising or indicative of user errors are displayed automatically.
10591 Other messages are simply kept in Calc's memory and are displayed only
10592 if you type @kbd{w} (@code{calc-why}). You can also press @kbd{w} if
10593 the same computation results in several messages. (The first message
10594 will end with @samp{[w=more]} in this case.)
10595
10596 @kindex d w
10597 @pindex calc-auto-why
10598 The @kbd{d w} (@code{calc-auto-why}) command controls when error messages
10599 are displayed automatically. (Calc effectively presses @kbd{w} for you
10600 after your computation finishes.) By default, this occurs only for
10601 ``important'' messages. The other possible modes are to report
10602 @emph{all} messages automatically, or to report none automatically (so
10603 that you must always press @kbd{w} yourself to see the messages).
10604
10605 @node Multiple Calculators, Troubleshooting Commands, Error Messages, Introduction
10606 @section Multiple Calculators
10607
10608 @noindent
10609 @pindex another-calc
10610 It is possible to have any number of Calc Mode buffers at once.
10611 Usually this is done by executing @kbd{M-x another-calc}, which
10612 is similar to @kbd{M-# c} except that if a @samp{*Calculator*}
10613 buffer already exists, a new, independent one with a name of the
10614 form @samp{*Calculator*<@var{n}>} is created. You can also use the
10615 command @code{calc-mode} to put any buffer into Calculator mode, but
10616 this would ordinarily never be done.
10617
10618 The @kbd{q} (@code{calc-quit}) command does not destroy a Calculator buffer;
10619 it only closes its window. Use @kbd{M-x kill-buffer} to destroy a
10620 Calculator buffer.
10621
10622 Each Calculator buffer keeps its own stack, undo list, and mode settings
10623 such as precision, angular mode, and display formats. In Emacs terms,
10624 variables such as @code{calc-stack} are buffer-local variables. The
10625 global default values of these variables are used only when a new
10626 Calculator buffer is created. The @code{calc-quit} command saves
10627 the stack and mode settings of the buffer being quit as the new defaults.
10628
10629 There is only one trail buffer, @samp{*Calc Trail*}, used by all
10630 Calculator buffers.
10631
10632 @node Troubleshooting Commands, , Multiple Calculators, Introduction
10633 @section Troubleshooting Commands
10634
10635 @noindent
10636 This section describes commands you can use in case a computation
10637 incorrectly fails or gives the wrong answer.
10638
10639 @xref{Reporting Bugs}, if you find a problem that appears to be due
10640 to a bug or deficiency in Calc.
10641
10642 @menu
10643 * Autoloading Problems::
10644 * Recursion Depth::
10645 * Caches::
10646 * Debugging Calc::
10647 @end menu
10648
10649 @node Autoloading Problems, Recursion Depth, Troubleshooting Commands, Troubleshooting Commands
10650 @subsection Autoloading Problems
10651
10652 @noindent
10653 The Calc program is split into many component files; components are
10654 loaded automatically as you use various commands that require them.
10655 Occasionally Calc may lose track of when a certain component is
10656 necessary; typically this means you will type a command and it won't
10657 work because some function you've never heard of was undefined.
10658
10659 @kindex M-# L
10660 @pindex calc-load-everything
10661 If this happens, the easiest workaround is to type @kbd{M-# L}
10662 (@code{calc-load-everything}) to force all the parts of Calc to be
10663 loaded right away. This will cause Emacs to take up a lot more
10664 memory than it would otherwise, but it's guaranteed to fix the problem.
10665
10666 If you seem to run into this problem no matter what you do, or if
10667 even the @kbd{M-# L} command crashes, Calc may have been improperly
10668 installed. @xref{Installation}, for details of the installation
10669 process.
10670
10671 @node Recursion Depth, Caches, Autoloading Problems, Troubleshooting Commands
10672 @subsection Recursion Depth
10673
10674 @noindent
10675 @kindex M
10676 @kindex I M
10677 @pindex calc-more-recursion-depth
10678 @pindex calc-less-recursion-depth
10679 @cindex Recursion depth
10680 @cindex ``Computation got stuck'' message
10681 @cindex @code{max-lisp-eval-depth}
10682 @cindex @code{max-specpdl-size}
10683 Calc uses recursion in many of its calculations. Emacs Lisp keeps a
10684 variable @code{max-lisp-eval-depth} which limits the amount of recursion
10685 possible in an attempt to recover from program bugs. If a calculation
10686 ever halts incorrectly with the message ``Computation got stuck or
10687 ran too long,'' use the @kbd{M} command (@code{calc-more-recursion-depth})
10688 to increase this limit. (Of course, this will not help if the
10689 calculation really did get stuck due to some problem inside Calc.)@refill
10690
10691 The limit is always increased (multiplied) by a factor of two. There
10692 is also an @kbd{I M} (@code{calc-less-recursion-depth}) command which
10693 decreases this limit by a factor of two, down to a minimum value of 200.
10694 The default value is 1000.
10695
10696 These commands also double or halve @code{max-specpdl-size}, another
10697 internal Lisp recursion limit. The minimum value for this limit is 600.
10698
10699 @node Caches, Debugging Calc, Recursion Depth, Troubleshooting Commands
10700 @subsection Caches
10701
10702 @noindent
10703 @cindex Caches
10704 @cindex Flushing caches
10705 Calc saves certain values after they have been computed once. For
10706 example, the @kbd{P} (@code{calc-pi}) command initially ``knows'' the
10707 constant @c{$\pi$}
10708 @cite{pi} to about 20 decimal places; if the current precision
10709 is greater than this, it will recompute @c{$\pi$}
10710 @cite{pi} using a series
10711 approximation. This value will not need to be recomputed ever again
10712 unless you raise the precision still further. Many operations such as
10713 logarithms and sines make use of similarly cached values such as
10714 @c{$\pi \over 4$}
10715 @cite{pi/4} and @c{$\ln 2$}
10716 @cite{ln(2)}. The visible effect of caching is that
10717 high-precision computations may seem to do extra work the first time.
10718 Other things cached include powers of two (for the binary arithmetic
10719 functions), matrix inverses and determinants, symbolic integrals, and
10720 data points computed by the graphing commands.
10721
10722 @pindex calc-flush-caches
10723 If you suspect a Calculator cache has become corrupt, you can use the
10724 @code{calc-flush-caches} command to reset all caches to the empty state.
10725 (This should only be necessary in the event of bugs in the Calculator.)
10726 The @kbd{M-# 0} (with the zero key) command also resets caches along
10727 with all other aspects of the Calculator's state.
10728
10729 @node Debugging Calc, , Caches, Troubleshooting Commands
10730 @subsection Debugging Calc
10731
10732 @noindent
10733 A few commands exist to help in the debugging of Calc commands.
10734 @xref{Programming}, to see the various ways that you can write
10735 your own Calc commands.
10736
10737 @kindex Z T
10738 @pindex calc-timing
10739 The @kbd{Z T} (@code{calc-timing}) command turns on and off a mode
10740 in which the timing of slow commands is reported in the Trail.
10741 Any Calc command that takes two seconds or longer writes a line
10742 to the Trail showing how many seconds it took. This value is
10743 accurate only to within one second.
10744
10745 All steps of executing a command are included; in particular, time
10746 taken to format the result for display in the stack and trail is
10747 counted. Some prompts also count time taken waiting for them to
10748 be answered, while others do not; this depends on the exact
10749 implementation of the command. For best results, if you are timing
10750 a sequence that includes prompts or multiple commands, define a
10751 keyboard macro to run the whole sequence at once. Calc's @kbd{X}
10752 command (@pxref{Keyboard Macros}) will then report the time taken
10753 to execute the whole macro.
10754
10755 Another advantage of the @kbd{X} command is that while it is
10756 executing, the stack and trail are not updated from step to step.
10757 So if you expect the output of your test sequence to leave a result
10758 that may take a long time to format and you don't wish to count
10759 this formatting time, end your sequence with a @key{DEL} keystroke
10760 to clear the result from the stack. When you run the sequence with
10761 @kbd{X}, Calc will never bother to format the large result.
10762
10763 Another thing @kbd{Z T} does is to increase the Emacs variable
10764 @code{gc-cons-threshold} to a much higher value (two million; the
10765 usual default in Calc is 250,000) for the duration of each command.
10766 This generally prevents garbage collection during the timing of
10767 the command, though it may cause your Emacs process to grow
10768 abnormally large. (Garbage collection time is a major unpredictable
10769 factor in the timing of Emacs operations.)
10770
10771 Another command that is useful when debugging your own Lisp
10772 extensions to Calc is @kbd{M-x calc-pass-errors}, which disables
10773 the error handler that changes the ``@code{max-lisp-eval-depth}
10774 exceeded'' message to the much more friendly ``Computation got
10775 stuck or ran too long.'' This handler interferes with the Emacs
10776 Lisp debugger's @code{debug-on-error} mode. Errors are reported
10777 in the handler itself rather than at the true location of the
10778 error. After you have executed @code{calc-pass-errors}, Lisp
10779 errors will be reported correctly but the user-friendly message
10780 will be lost.
10781
10782 @node Data Types, Stack and Trail, Introduction, Top
10783 @chapter Data Types
10784
10785 @noindent
10786 This chapter discusses the various types of objects that can be placed
10787 on the Calculator stack, how they are displayed, and how they are
10788 entered. (@xref{Data Type Formats}, for information on how these data
10789 types are represented as underlying Lisp objects.)@refill
10790
10791 Integers, fractions, and floats are various ways of describing real
10792 numbers. HMS forms also for many purposes act as real numbers. These
10793 types can be combined to form complex numbers, modulo forms, error forms,
10794 or interval forms. (But these last four types cannot be combined
10795 arbitrarily:@: error forms may not contain modulo forms, for example.)
10796 Finally, all these types of numbers may be combined into vectors,
10797 matrices, or algebraic formulas.
10798
10799 @menu
10800 * Integers:: The most basic data type.
10801 * Fractions:: This and above are called @dfn{rationals}.
10802 * Floats:: This and above are called @dfn{reals}.
10803 * Complex Numbers:: This and above are called @dfn{numbers}.
10804 * Infinities::
10805 * Vectors and Matrices::
10806 * Strings::
10807 * HMS Forms::
10808 * Date Forms::
10809 * Modulo Forms::
10810 * Error Forms::
10811 * Interval Forms::
10812 * Incomplete Objects::
10813 * Variables::
10814 * Formulas::
10815 @end menu
10816
10817 @node Integers, Fractions, Data Types, Data Types
10818 @section Integers
10819
10820 @noindent
10821 @cindex Integers
10822 The Calculator stores integers to arbitrary precision. Addition,
10823 subtraction, and multiplication of integers always yields an exact
10824 integer result. (If the result of a division or exponentiation of
10825 integers is not an integer, it is expressed in fractional or
10826 floating-point form according to the current Fraction Mode.
10827 @xref{Fraction Mode}.)
10828
10829 A decimal integer is represented as an optional sign followed by a
10830 sequence of digits. Grouping (@pxref{Grouping Digits}) can be used to
10831 insert a comma at every third digit for display purposes, but you
10832 must not type commas during the entry of numbers.@refill
10833
10834 @kindex #
10835 A non-decimal integer is represented as an optional sign, a radix
10836 between 2 and 36, a @samp{#} symbol, and one or more digits. For radix 11
10837 and above, the letters A through Z (upper- or lower-case) count as
10838 digits and do not terminate numeric entry mode. @xref{Radix Modes}, for how
10839 to set the default radix for display of integers. Numbers of any radix
10840 may be entered at any time. If you press @kbd{#} at the beginning of a
10841 number, the current display radix is used.@refill
10842
10843 @node Fractions, Floats, Integers, Data Types
10844 @section Fractions
10845
10846 @noindent
10847 @cindex Fractions
10848 A @dfn{fraction} is a ratio of two integers. Fractions are traditionally
10849 written ``2/3'' but Calc uses the notation @samp{2:3}. (The @kbd{/} key
10850 performs RPN division; the following two sequences push the number
10851 @samp{2:3} on the stack: @kbd{2 :@: 3 @key{RET}}, or @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 /}
10852 assuming Fraction Mode has been enabled.)
10853 When the Calculator produces a fractional result it always reduces it to
10854 simplest form, which may in fact be an integer.@refill
10855
10856 Fractions may also be entered in a three-part form, where @samp{2:3:4}
10857 represents two-and-three-quarters. @xref{Fraction Formats}, for fraction
10858 display formats.@refill
10859
10860 Non-decimal fractions are entered and displayed as
10861 @samp{@var{radix}#@var{num}:@var{denom}} (or in the analogous three-part
10862 form). The numerator and denominator always use the same radix.@refill
10863
10864 @node Floats, Complex Numbers, Fractions, Data Types
10865 @section Floats
10866
10867 @noindent
10868 @cindex Floating-point numbers
10869 A floating-point number or @dfn{float} is a number stored in scientific
10870 notation. The number of significant digits in the fractional part is
10871 governed by the current floating precision (@pxref{Precision}). The
10872 range of acceptable values is from @c{$10^{-3999999}$}
10873 @cite{10^-3999999} (inclusive)
10874 to @c{$10^{4000000}$}
10875 @cite{10^4000000}
10876 (exclusive), plus the corresponding negative
10877 values and zero.
10878
10879 Calculations that would exceed the allowable range of values (such
10880 as @samp{exp(exp(20))}) are left in symbolic form by Calc. The
10881 messages ``floating-point overflow'' or ``floating-point underflow''
10882 indicate that during the calculation a number would have been produced
10883 that was too large or too close to zero, respectively, to be represented
10884 by Calc. This does not necessarily mean the final result would have
10885 overflowed, just that an overflow occurred while computing the result.
10886 (In fact, it could report an underflow even though the final result
10887 would have overflowed!)
10888
10889 If a rational number and a float are mixed in a calculation, the result
10890 will in general be expressed as a float. Commands that require an integer
10891 value (such as @kbd{k g} [@code{gcd}]) will also accept integer-valued
10892 floats, i.e., floating-point numbers with nothing after the decimal point.
10893
10894 Floats are identified by the presence of a decimal point and/or an
10895 exponent. In general a float consists of an optional sign, digits
10896 including an optional decimal point, and an optional exponent consisting
10897 of an @samp{e}, an optional sign, and up to seven exponent digits.
10898 For example, @samp{23.5e-2} is 23.5 times ten to the minus-second power,
10899 or 0.235.
10900
10901 Floating-point numbers are normally displayed in decimal notation with
10902 all significant figures shown. Exceedingly large or small numbers are
10903 displayed in scientific notation. Various other display options are
10904 available. @xref{Float Formats}.
10905
10906 @cindex Accuracy of calculations
10907 Floating-point numbers are stored in decimal, not binary. The result
10908 of each operation is rounded to the nearest value representable in the
10909 number of significant digits specified by the current precision,
10910 rounding away from zero in the case of a tie. Thus (in the default
10911 display mode) what you see is exactly what you get. Some operations such
10912 as square roots and transcendental functions are performed with several
10913 digits of extra precision and then rounded down, in an effort to make the
10914 final result accurate to the full requested precision. However,
10915 accuracy is not rigorously guaranteed. If you suspect the validity of a
10916 result, try doing the same calculation in a higher precision. The
10917 Calculator's arithmetic is not intended to be IEEE-conformant in any
10918 way.@refill
10919
10920 While floats are always @emph{stored} in decimal, they can be entered
10921 and displayed in any radix just like integers and fractions. The
10922 notation @samp{@var{radix}#@var{ddd}.@var{ddd}} is a floating-point
10923 number whose digits are in the specified radix. Note that the @samp{.}
10924 is more aptly referred to as a ``radix point'' than as a decimal
10925 point in this case. The number @samp{8#123.4567} is defined as
10926 @samp{8#1234567 * 8^-4}. If the radix is 14 or less, you can use
10927 @samp{e} notation to write a non-decimal number in scientific notation.
10928 The exponent is written in decimal, and is considered to be a power
10929 of the radix: @samp{8#1234567e-4}. If the radix is 15 or above, the
10930 letter @samp{e} is a digit, so scientific notation must be written
10931 out, e.g., @samp{16#123.4567*16^2}. The first two exercises of the
10932 Modes Tutorial explore some of the properties of non-decimal floats.
10933
10934 @node Complex Numbers, Infinities, Floats, Data Types
10935 @section Complex Numbers
10936
10937 @noindent
10938 @cindex Complex numbers
10939 There are two supported formats for complex numbers: rectangular and
10940 polar. The default format is rectangular, displayed in the form
10941 @samp{(@var{real},@var{imag})} where @var{real} is the real part and
10942 @var{imag} is the imaginary part, each of which may be any real number.
10943 Rectangular complex numbers can also be displayed in @samp{@var{a}+@var{b}i}
10944 notation; @pxref{Complex Formats}.@refill
10945
10946 Polar complex numbers are displayed in the form `@t{(}@var{r}@t{;}@c{$\theta$}
10947 @var{theta}@t{)}'
10948 where @var{r} is the nonnegative magnitude and @c{$\theta$}
10949 @var{theta} is the argument
10950 or phase angle. The range of @c{$\theta$}
10951 @var{theta} depends on the current angular
10952 mode (@pxref{Angular Modes}); it is generally between @i{-180} and
10953 @i{+180} degrees or the equivalent range in radians.@refill
10954
10955 Complex numbers are entered in stages using incomplete objects.
10956 @xref{Incomplete Objects}.
10957
10958 Operations on rectangular complex numbers yield rectangular complex
10959 results, and similarly for polar complex numbers. Where the two types
10960 are mixed, or where new complex numbers arise (as for the square root of
10961 a negative real), the current @dfn{Polar Mode} is used to determine the
10962 type. @xref{Polar Mode}.
10963
10964 A complex result in which the imaginary part is zero (or the phase angle
10965 is 0 or 180 degrees or @c{$\pi$}
10966 @cite{pi} radians) is automatically converted to a real
10967 number.
10968
10969 @node Infinities, Vectors and Matrices, Complex Numbers, Data Types
10970 @section Infinities
10971
10972 @noindent
10973 @cindex Infinity
10974 @cindex @code{inf} variable
10975 @cindex @code{uinf} variable
10976 @cindex @code{nan} variable
10977 @vindex inf
10978 @vindex uinf
10979 @vindex nan
10980 The word @code{inf} represents the mathematical concept of @dfn{infinity}.
10981 Calc actually has three slightly different infinity-like values:
10982 @code{inf}, @code{uinf}, and @code{nan}. These are just regular
10983 variable names (@pxref{Variables}); you should avoid using these
10984 names for your own variables because Calc gives them special
10985 treatment. Infinities, like all variable names, are normally
10986 entered using algebraic entry.
10987
10988 Mathematically speaking, it is not rigorously correct to treat
10989 ``infinity'' as if it were a number, but mathematicians often do
10990 so informally. When they say that @samp{1 / inf = 0}, what they
10991 really mean is that @cite{1 / x}, as @cite{x} becomes larger and
10992 larger, becomes arbitrarily close to zero. So you can imagine
10993 that if @cite{x} got ``all the way to infinity,'' then @cite{1 / x}
10994 would go all the way to zero. Similarly, when they say that
10995 @samp{exp(inf) = inf}, they mean that @c{$e^x$}
10996 @cite{exp(x)} grows without
10997 bound as @cite{x} grows. The symbol @samp{-inf} likewise stands
10998 for an infinitely negative real value; for example, we say that
10999 @samp{exp(-inf) = 0}. You can have an infinity pointing in any
11000 direction on the complex plane: @samp{sqrt(-inf) = i inf}.
11001
11002 The same concept of limits can be used to define @cite{1 / 0}. We
11003 really want the value that @cite{1 / x} approaches as @cite{x}
11004 approaches zero. But if all we have is @cite{1 / 0}, we can't
11005 tell which direction @cite{x} was coming from. If @cite{x} was
11006 positive and decreasing toward zero, then we should say that
11007 @samp{1 / 0 = inf}. But if @cite{x} was negative and increasing
11008 toward zero, the answer is @samp{1 / 0 = -inf}. In fact, @cite{x}
11009 could be an imaginary number, giving the answer @samp{i inf} or
11010 @samp{-i inf}. Calc uses the special symbol @samp{uinf} to mean
11011 @dfn{undirected infinity}, i.e., a value which is infinitely
11012 large but with an unknown sign (or direction on the complex plane).
11013
11014 Calc actually has three modes that say how infinities are handled.
11015 Normally, infinities never arise from calculations that didn't
11016 already have them. Thus, @cite{1 / 0} is treated simply as an
11017 error and left unevaluated. The @kbd{m i} (@code{calc-infinite-mode})
11018 command (@pxref{Infinite Mode}) enables a mode in which
11019 @cite{1 / 0} evaluates to @code{uinf} instead. There is also
11020 an alternative type of infinite mode which says to treat zeros
11021 as if they were positive, so that @samp{1 / 0 = inf}. While this
11022 is less mathematically correct, it may be the answer you want in
11023 some cases.
11024
11025 Since all infinities are ``as large'' as all others, Calc simplifies,
11026 e.g., @samp{5 inf} to @samp{inf}. Another example is
11027 @samp{5 - inf = -inf}, where the @samp{-inf} is so large that
11028 adding a finite number like five to it does not affect it.
11029 Note that @samp{a - inf} also results in @samp{-inf}; Calc assumes
11030 that variables like @code{a} always stand for finite quantities.
11031 Just to show that infinities really are all the same size,
11032 note that @samp{sqrt(inf) = inf^2 = exp(inf) = inf} in Calc's
11033 notation.
11034
11035 It's not so easy to define certain formulas like @samp{0 * inf} and
11036 @samp{inf / inf}. Depending on where these zeros and infinities
11037 came from, the answer could be literally anything. The latter
11038 formula could be the limit of @cite{x / x} (giving a result of one),
11039 or @cite{2 x / x} (giving two), or @cite{x^2 / x} (giving @code{inf}),
11040 or @cite{x / x^2} (giving zero). Calc uses the symbol @code{nan}
11041 to represent such an @dfn{indeterminate} value. (The name ``nan''
11042 comes from analogy with the ``NAN'' concept of IEEE standard
11043 arithmetic; it stands for ``Not A Number.'' This is somewhat of a
11044 misnomer, since @code{nan} @emph{does} stand for some number or
11045 infinity, it's just that @emph{which} number it stands for
11046 cannot be determined.) In Calc's notation, @samp{0 * inf = nan}
11047 and @samp{inf / inf = nan}. A few other common indeterminate
11048 expressions are @samp{inf - inf} and @samp{inf ^ 0}. Also,
11049 @samp{0 / 0 = nan} if you have turned on ``infinite mode''
11050 (as described above).
11051
11052 Infinities are especially useful as parts of @dfn{intervals}.
11053 @xref{Interval Forms}.
11054
11055 @node Vectors and Matrices, Strings, Infinities, Data Types
11056 @section Vectors and Matrices
11057
11058 @noindent
11059 @cindex Vectors
11060 @cindex Plain vectors
11061 @cindex Matrices
11062 The @dfn{vector} data type is flexible and general. A vector is simply a
11063 list of zero or more data objects. When these objects are numbers, the
11064 whole is a vector in the mathematical sense. When these objects are
11065 themselves vectors of equal (nonzero) length, the whole is a @dfn{matrix}.
11066 A vector which is not a matrix is referred to here as a @dfn{plain vector}.
11067
11068 A vector is displayed as a list of values separated by commas and enclosed
11069 in square brackets: @samp{[1, 2, 3]}. Thus the following is a 2 row by
11070 3 column matrix: @samp{[[1, 2, 3], [4, 5, 6]]}. Vectors, like complex
11071 numbers, are entered as incomplete objects. @xref{Incomplete Objects}.
11072 During algebraic entry, vectors are entered all at once in the usual
11073 brackets-and-commas form. Matrices may be entered algebraically as nested
11074 vectors, or using the shortcut notation @w{@samp{[1, 2, 3; 4, 5, 6]}},
11075 with rows separated by semicolons. The commas may usually be omitted
11076 when entering vectors: @samp{[1 2 3]}. Curly braces may be used in
11077 place of brackets: @samp{@{1, 2, 3@}}, but the commas are required in
11078 this case.
11079
11080 Traditional vector and matrix arithmetic is also supported;
11081 @pxref{Basic Arithmetic} and @pxref{Matrix Functions}.
11082 Many other operations are applied to vectors element-wise. For example,
11083 the complex conjugate of a vector is a vector of the complex conjugates
11084 of its elements.@refill
11085
11086 @c @starindex
11087 @tindex vec
11088 Algebraic functions for building vectors include @samp{vec(a, b, c)}
11089 to build @samp{[a, b, c]}, @samp{cvec(a, n, m)} to build an @c{$n\times m$}
11090 @asis{@var{n}x@var{m}}
11091 matrix of @samp{a}s, and @samp{index(n)} to build a vector of integers
11092 from 1 to @samp{n}.
11093
11094 @node Strings, HMS Forms, Vectors and Matrices, Data Types
11095 @section Strings
11096
11097 @noindent
11098 @kindex "
11099 @cindex Strings
11100 @cindex Character strings
11101 Character strings are not a special data type in the Calculator.
11102 Rather, a string is represented simply as a vector all of whose
11103 elements are integers in the range 0 to 255 (ASCII codes). You can
11104 enter a string at any time by pressing the @kbd{"} key. Quotation
11105 marks and backslashes are written @samp{\"} and @samp{\\}, respectively,
11106 inside strings. Other notations introduced by backslashes are:
11107
11108 @group
11109 @example
11110 \a 7 \^@@ 0
11111 \b 8 \^a-z 1-26
11112 \e 27 \^[ 27
11113 \f 12 \^\\ 28
11114 \n 10 \^] 29
11115 \r 13 \^^ 30
11116 \t 9 \^_ 31
11117 \^? 127
11118 @end example
11119 @end group
11120
11121 @noindent
11122 Finally, a backslash followed by three octal digits produces any
11123 character from its ASCII code.
11124
11125 @kindex d "
11126 @pindex calc-display-strings
11127 Strings are normally displayed in vector-of-integers form. The
11128 @w{@kbd{d "}} (@code{calc-display-strings}) command toggles a mode in
11129 which any vectors of small integers are displayed as quoted strings
11130 instead.
11131
11132 The backslash notations shown above are also used for displaying
11133 strings. Characters 128 and above are not translated by Calc; unless
11134 you have an Emacs modified for 8-bit fonts, these will show up in
11135 backslash-octal-digits notation. For characters below 32, and
11136 for character 127, Calc uses the backslash-letter combination if
11137 there is one, or otherwise uses a @samp{\^} sequence.
11138
11139 The only Calc feature that uses strings is @dfn{compositions};
11140 @pxref{Compositions}. Strings also provide a convenient
11141 way to do conversions between ASCII characters and integers.
11142
11143 @c @starindex
11144 @tindex string
11145 There is a @code{string} function which provides a different display
11146 format for strings. Basically, @samp{string(@var{s})}, where @var{s}
11147 is a vector of integers in the proper range, is displayed as the
11148 corresponding string of characters with no surrounding quotation
11149 marks or other modifications. Thus @samp{string("ABC")} (or
11150 @samp{string([65 66 67])}) will look like @samp{ABC} on the stack.
11151 This happens regardless of whether @w{@kbd{d "}} has been used. The
11152 only way to turn it off is to use @kbd{d U} (unformatted language
11153 mode) which will display @samp{string("ABC")} instead.
11154
11155 Control characters are displayed somewhat differently by @code{string}.
11156 Characters below 32, and character 127, are shown using @samp{^} notation
11157 (same as shown above, but without the backslash). The quote and
11158 backslash characters are left alone, as are characters 128 and above.
11159
11160 @c @starindex
11161 @tindex bstring
11162 The @code{bstring} function is just like @code{string} except that
11163 the resulting string is breakable across multiple lines if it doesn't
11164 fit all on one line. Potential break points occur at every space
11165 character in the string.
11166
11167 @node HMS Forms, Date Forms, Strings, Data Types
11168 @section HMS Forms
11169
11170 @noindent
11171 @cindex Hours-minutes-seconds forms
11172 @cindex Degrees-minutes-seconds forms
11173 @dfn{HMS} stands for Hours-Minutes-Seconds; when used as an angular
11174 argument, the interpretation is Degrees-Minutes-Seconds. All functions
11175 that operate on angles accept HMS forms. These are interpreted as
11176 degrees regardless of the current angular mode. It is also possible to
11177 use HMS as the angular mode so that calculated angles are expressed in
11178 degrees, minutes, and seconds.
11179
11180 @kindex @@
11181 @c @mindex @null
11182 @kindex ' (HMS forms)
11183 @c @mindex @null
11184 @kindex " (HMS forms)
11185 @c @mindex @null
11186 @kindex h (HMS forms)
11187 @c @mindex @null
11188 @kindex o (HMS forms)
11189 @c @mindex @null
11190 @kindex m (HMS forms)
11191 @c @mindex @null
11192 @kindex s (HMS forms)
11193 The default format for HMS values is
11194 @samp{@var{hours}@@ @var{mins}' @var{secs}"}. During entry, the letters
11195 @samp{h} (for ``hours'') or
11196 @samp{o} (approximating the ``degrees'' symbol) are accepted as well as
11197 @samp{@@}, @samp{m} is accepted in place of @samp{'}, and @samp{s} is
11198 accepted in place of @samp{"}.
11199 The @var{hours} value is an integer (or integer-valued float).
11200 The @var{mins} value is an integer or integer-valued float between 0 and 59.
11201 The @var{secs} value is a real number between 0 (inclusive) and 60
11202 (exclusive). A positive HMS form is interpreted as @var{hours} +
11203 @var{mins}/60 + @var{secs}/3600. A negative HMS form is interpreted
11204 as @i{- @var{hours}} @i{-} @var{mins}/60 @i{-} @var{secs}/3600.
11205 Display format for HMS forms is quite flexible. @xref{HMS Formats}.@refill
11206
11207 HMS forms can be added and subtracted. When they are added to numbers,
11208 the numbers are interpreted according to the current angular mode. HMS
11209 forms can also be multiplied and divided by real numbers. Dividing
11210 two HMS forms produces a real-valued ratio of the two angles.
11211
11212 @pindex calc-time
11213 @cindex Time of day
11214 Just for kicks, @kbd{M-x calc-time} pushes the current time of day on
11215 the stack as an HMS form.
11216
11217 @node Date Forms, Modulo Forms, HMS Forms, Data Types
11218 @section Date Forms
11219
11220 @noindent
11221 @cindex Date forms
11222 A @dfn{date form} represents a date and possibly an associated time.
11223 Simple date arithmetic is supported: Adding a number to a date
11224 produces a new date shifted by that many days; adding an HMS form to
11225 a date shifts it by that many hours. Subtracting two date forms
11226 computes the number of days between them (represented as a simple
11227 number). Many other operations, such as multiplying two date forms,
11228 are nonsensical and are not allowed by Calc.
11229
11230 Date forms are entered and displayed enclosed in @samp{< >} brackets.
11231 The default format is, e.g., @samp{<Wed Jan 9, 1991>} for dates,
11232 or @samp{<3:32:20pm Wed Jan 9, 1991>} for dates with times.
11233 Input is flexible; date forms can be entered in any of the usual
11234 notations for dates and times. @xref{Date Formats}.
11235
11236 Date forms are stored internally as numbers, specifically the number
11237 of days since midnight on the morning of January 1 of the year 1 AD.
11238 If the internal number is an integer, the form represents a date only;
11239 if the internal number is a fraction or float, the form represents
11240 a date and time. For example, @samp{<6:00am Wed Jan 9, 1991>}
11241 is represented by the number 726842.25. The standard precision of
11242 12 decimal digits is enough to ensure that a (reasonable) date and
11243 time can be stored without roundoff error.
11244
11245 If the current precision is greater than 12, date forms will keep
11246 additional digits in the seconds position. For example, if the
11247 precision is 15, the seconds will keep three digits after the
11248 decimal point. Decreasing the precision below 12 may cause the
11249 time part of a date form to become inaccurate. This can also happen
11250 if astronomically high years are used, though this will not be an
11251 issue in everyday (or even everymillenium) use. Note that date
11252 forms without times are stored as exact integers, so roundoff is
11253 never an issue for them.
11254
11255 You can use the @kbd{v p} (@code{calc-pack}) and @kbd{v u}
11256 (@code{calc-unpack}) commands to get at the numerical representation
11257 of a date form. @xref{Packing and Unpacking}.
11258
11259 Date forms can go arbitrarily far into the future or past. Negative
11260 year numbers represent years BC. Calc uses a combination of the
11261 Gregorian and Julian calendars, following the history of Great
11262 Britain and the British colonies. This is the same calendar that
11263 is used by the @code{cal} program in most Unix implementations.
11264
11265 @cindex Julian calendar
11266 @cindex Gregorian calendar
11267 Some historical background: The Julian calendar was created by
11268 Julius Caesar in the year 46 BC as an attempt to fix the gradual
11269 drift caused by the lack of leap years in the calendar used
11270 until that time. The Julian calendar introduced an extra day in
11271 all years divisible by four. After some initial confusion, the
11272 calendar was adopted around the year we call 8 AD. Some centuries
11273 later it became apparent that the Julian year of 365.25 days was
11274 itself not quite right. In 1582 Pope Gregory XIII introduced the
11275 Gregorian calendar, which added the new rule that years divisible
11276 by 100, but not by 400, were not to be considered leap years
11277 despite being divisible by four. Many countries delayed adoption
11278 of the Gregorian calendar because of religious differences;
11279 in Britain it was put off until the year 1752, by which time
11280 the Julian calendar had fallen eleven days behind the true
11281 seasons. So the switch to the Gregorian calendar in early
11282 September 1752 introduced a discontinuity: The day after
11283 Sep 2, 1752 is Sep 14, 1752. Calc follows this convention.
11284 To take another example, Russia waited until 1918 before
11285 adopting the new calendar, and thus needed to remove thirteen
11286 days (between Feb 1, 1918 and Feb 14, 1918). This means that
11287 Calc's reckoning will be inconsistent with Russian history between
11288 1752 and 1918, and similarly for various other countries.
11289
11290 Today's timekeepers introduce an occasional ``leap second'' as
11291 well, but Calc does not take these minor effects into account.
11292 (If it did, it would have to report a non-integer number of days
11293 between, say, @samp{<12:00am Mon Jan 1, 1900>} and
11294 @samp{<12:00am Sat Jan 1, 2000>}.)
11295
11296 Calc uses the Julian calendar for all dates before the year 1752,
11297 including dates BC when the Julian calendar technically had not
11298 yet been invented. Thus the claim that day number @i{-10000} is
11299 called ``August 16, 28 BC'' should be taken with a grain of salt.
11300
11301 Please note that there is no ``year 0''; the day before
11302 @samp{<Sat Jan 1, +1>} is @samp{<Fri Dec 31, -1>}. These are
11303 days 0 and @i{-1} respectively in Calc's internal numbering scheme.
11304
11305 @cindex Julian day counting
11306 Another day counting system in common use is, confusingly, also
11307 called ``Julian.'' It was invented in 1583 by Joseph Justus
11308 Scaliger, who named it in honor of his father Julius Caesar
11309 Scaliger. For obscure reasons he chose to start his day
11310 numbering on Jan 1, 4713 BC at noon, which in Calc's scheme
11311 is @i{-1721423.5} (recall that Calc starts at midnight instead
11312 of noon). Thus to convert a Calc date code obtained by
11313 unpacking a date form into a Julian day number, simply add
11314 1721423.5. The Julian code for @samp{6:00am Jan 9, 1991}
11315 is 2448265.75. The built-in @kbd{t J} command performs
11316 this conversion for you.
11317
11318 @cindex Unix time format
11319 The Unix operating system measures time as an integer number of
11320 seconds since midnight, Jan 1, 1970. To convert a Calc date
11321 value into a Unix time stamp, first subtract 719164 (the code
11322 for @samp{<Jan 1, 1970>}), then multiply by 86400 (the number of
11323 seconds in a day) and press @kbd{R} to round to the nearest
11324 integer. If you have a date form, you can simply subtract the
11325 day @samp{<Jan 1, 1970>} instead of unpacking and subtracting
11326 719164. Likewise, divide by 86400 and add @samp{<Jan 1, 1970>}
11327 to convert from Unix time to a Calc date form. (Note that
11328 Unix normally maintains the time in the GMT time zone; you may
11329 need to subtract five hours to get New York time, or eight hours
11330 for California time. The same is usually true of Julian day
11331 counts.) The built-in @kbd{t U} command performs these
11332 conversions.
11333
11334 @node Modulo Forms, Error Forms, Date Forms, Data Types
11335 @section Modulo Forms
11336
11337 @noindent
11338 @cindex Modulo forms
11339 A @dfn{modulo form} is a real number which is taken modulo (i.e., within
11340 an integer multiple of) some value @cite{M}. Arithmetic modulo @cite{M}
11341 often arises in number theory. Modulo forms are written
11342 `@i{a} @t{mod} @i{M}',
11343 where @cite{a} and @cite{M} are real numbers or HMS forms, and
11344 @c{$0 \le a < M$}
11345 @cite{0 <= a < @var{M}}.
11346 In many applications @cite{a} and @cite{M} will be
11347 integers but this is not required.@refill
11348
11349 Modulo forms are not to be confused with the modulo operator @samp{%}.
11350 The expression @samp{27 % 10} means to compute 27 modulo 10 to produce
11351 the result 7. Further computations treat this 7 as just a regular integer.
11352 The expression @samp{27 mod 10} produces the result @samp{7 mod 10};
11353 further computations with this value are again reduced modulo 10 so that
11354 the result always lies in the desired range.
11355
11356 When two modulo forms with identical @cite{M}'s are added or multiplied,
11357 the Calculator simply adds or multiplies the values, then reduces modulo
11358 @cite{M}. If one argument is a modulo form and the other a plain number,
11359 the plain number is treated like a compatible modulo form. It is also
11360 possible to raise modulo forms to powers; the result is the value raised
11361 to the power, then reduced modulo @cite{M}. (When all values involved
11362 are integers, this calculation is done much more efficiently than
11363 actually computing the power and then reducing.)
11364
11365 @cindex Modulo division
11366 Two modulo forms `@i{a} @t{mod} @i{M}' and `@i{b} @t{mod} @i{M}'
11367 can be divided if @cite{a}, @cite{b}, and @cite{M} are all
11368 integers. The result is the modulo form which, when multiplied by
11369 `@i{b} @t{mod} @i{M}', produces `@i{a} @t{mod} @i{M}'. If
11370 there is no solution to this equation (which can happen only when
11371 @cite{M} is non-prime), or if any of the arguments are non-integers, the
11372 division is left in symbolic form. Other operations, such as square
11373 roots, are not yet supported for modulo forms. (Note that, although
11374 @w{`@t{(}@i{a} @t{mod} @i{M}@t{)^.5}'} will compute a ``modulo square root''
11375 in the sense of reducing @c{$\sqrt a$}
11376 @cite{sqrt(a)} modulo @cite{M}, this is not a
11377 useful definition from the number-theoretical point of view.)@refill
11378
11379 @c @mindex M
11380 @kindex M (modulo forms)
11381 @c @mindex mod
11382 @tindex mod (operator)
11383 To create a modulo form during numeric entry, press the shift-@kbd{M}
11384 key to enter the word @samp{mod}. As a special convenience, pressing
11385 shift-@kbd{M} a second time automatically enters the value of @cite{M}
11386 that was most recently used before. During algebraic entry, either
11387 type @samp{mod} by hand or press @kbd{M-m} (that's @kbd{@key{META}-m}).
11388 Once again, pressing this a second time enters the current modulo.@refill
11389
11390 You can also use @kbd{v p} and @kbd{%} to modify modulo forms.
11391 @xref{Building Vectors}. @xref{Basic Arithmetic}.
11392
11393 It is possible to mix HMS forms and modulo forms. For example, an
11394 HMS form modulo 24 could be used to manipulate clock times; an HMS
11395 form modulo 360 would be suitable for angles. Making the modulo @cite{M}
11396 also be an HMS form eliminates troubles that would arise if the angular
11397 mode were inadvertently set to Radians, in which case
11398 @w{@samp{2@@ 0' 0" mod 24}} would be interpreted as two degrees modulo
11399 24 radians!
11400
11401 Modulo forms cannot have variables or formulas for components. If you
11402 enter the formula @samp{(x + 2) mod 5}, Calc propagates the modulus
11403 to each of the coefficients: @samp{(1 mod 5) x + (2 mod 5)}.
11404
11405 @c @starindex
11406 @tindex makemod
11407 The algebraic function @samp{makemod(a, m)} builds the modulo form
11408 @w{@samp{a mod m}}.
11409
11410 @node Error Forms, Interval Forms, Modulo Forms, Data Types
11411 @section Error Forms
11412
11413 @noindent
11414 @cindex Error forms
11415 @cindex Standard deviations
11416 An @dfn{error form} is a number with an associated standard
11417 deviation, as in @samp{2.3 +/- 0.12}. The notation
11418 `@i{x} @t{+/-} @c{$\sigma$}
11419 @asis{sigma}' stands for an uncertain value which follows a normal or
11420 Gaussian distribution of mean @cite{x} and standard deviation or
11421 ``error'' @c{$\sigma$}
11422 @cite{sigma}. Both the mean and the error can be either numbers or
11423 formulas. Generally these are real numbers but the mean may also be
11424 complex. If the error is negative or complex, it is changed to its
11425 absolute value. An error form with zero error is converted to a
11426 regular number by the Calculator.@refill
11427
11428 All arithmetic and transcendental functions accept error forms as input.
11429 Operations on the mean-value part work just like operations on regular
11430 numbers. The error part for any function @cite{f(x)} (such as @c{$\sin x$}
11431 @cite{sin(x)})
11432 is defined by the error of @cite{x} times the derivative of @cite{f}
11433 evaluated at the mean value of @cite{x}. For a two-argument function
11434 @cite{f(x,y)} (such as addition) the error is the square root of the sum
11435 of the squares of the errors due to @cite{x} and @cite{y}.
11436 @tex
11437 $$ \eqalign{
11438 f(x \hbox{\code{ +/- }} \sigma)
11439 &= f(x) \hbox{\code{ +/- }} \sigma \left| {df(x) \over dx} \right| \cr
11440 f(x \hbox{\code{ +/- }} \sigma_x, y \hbox{\code{ +/- }} \sigma_y)
11441 &= f(x,y) \hbox{\code{ +/- }}
11442 \sqrt{\left(\sigma_x \left| {\partial f(x,y) \over \partial x}
11443 \right| \right)^2
11444 +\left(\sigma_y \left| {\partial f(x,y) \over \partial y}
11445 \right| \right)^2 } \cr
11446 } $$
11447 @end tex
11448 Note that this
11449 definition assumes the errors in @cite{x} and @cite{y} are uncorrelated.
11450 A side effect of this definition is that @samp{(2 +/- 1) * (2 +/- 1)}
11451 is not the same as @samp{(2 +/- 1)^2}; the former represents the product
11452 of two independent values which happen to have the same probability
11453 distributions, and the latter is the product of one random value with itself.
11454 The former will produce an answer with less error, since on the average
11455 the two independent errors can be expected to cancel out.@refill
11456
11457 Consult a good text on error analysis for a discussion of the proper use
11458 of standard deviations. Actual errors often are neither Gaussian-distributed
11459 nor uncorrelated, and the above formulas are valid only when errors
11460 are small. As an example, the error arising from
11461 `@t{sin(}@i{x} @t{+/-} @c{$\sigma$}
11462 @i{sigma}@t{)}' is
11463 `@c{$\sigma$\nobreak}
11464 @i{sigma} @t{abs(cos(}@i{x}@t{))}'. When @cite{x} is close to zero,
11465 @c{$\cos x$}
11466 @cite{cos(x)} is
11467 close to one so the error in the sine is close to @c{$\sigma$}
11468 @cite{sigma}; this makes sense, since @c{$\sin x$}
11469 @cite{sin(x)} is approximately @cite{x} near zero, so a given
11470 error in @cite{x} will produce about the same error in the sine. Likewise,
11471 near 90 degrees @c{$\cos x$}
11472 @cite{cos(x)} is nearly zero and so the computed error is
11473 small: The sine curve is nearly flat in that region, so an error in @cite{x}
11474 has relatively little effect on the value of @c{$\sin x$}
11475 @cite{sin(x)}. However, consider
11476 @samp{sin(90 +/- 1000)}. The cosine of 90 is zero, so Calc will report
11477 zero error! We get an obviously wrong result because we have violated
11478 the small-error approximation underlying the error analysis. If the error
11479 in @cite{x} had been small, the error in @c{$\sin x$}
11480 @cite{sin(x)} would indeed have been negligible.@refill
11481
11482 @c @mindex p
11483 @kindex p (error forms)
11484 @tindex +/-
11485 To enter an error form during regular numeric entry, use the @kbd{p}
11486 (``plus-or-minus'') key to type the @samp{+/-} symbol. (If you try actually
11487 typing @samp{+/-} the @kbd{+} key will be interpreted as the Calculator's
11488 @kbd{+} command!) Within an algebraic formula, you can press @kbd{M-p} to
11489 type the @samp{+/-} symbol, or type it out by hand.
11490
11491 Error forms and complex numbers can be mixed; the formulas shown above
11492 are used for complex numbers, too; note that if the error part evaluates
11493 to a complex number its absolute value (or the square root of the sum of
11494 the squares of the absolute values of the two error contributions) is
11495 used. Mathematically, this corresponds to a radially symmetric Gaussian
11496 distribution of numbers on the complex plane. However, note that Calc
11497 considers an error form with real components to represent a real number,
11498 not a complex distribution around a real mean.
11499
11500 Error forms may also be composed of HMS forms. For best results, both
11501 the mean and the error should be HMS forms if either one is.
11502
11503 @c @starindex
11504 @tindex sdev
11505 The algebraic function @samp{sdev(a, b)} builds the error form @samp{a +/- b}.
11506
11507 @node Interval Forms, Incomplete Objects, Error Forms, Data Types
11508 @section Interval Forms
11509
11510 @noindent
11511 @cindex Interval forms
11512 An @dfn{interval} is a subset of consecutive real numbers. For example,
11513 the interval @samp{[2 ..@: 4]} represents all the numbers from 2 to 4,
11514 inclusive. If you multiply it by the interval @samp{[0.5 ..@: 2]} you
11515 obtain @samp{[1 ..@: 8]}. This calculation represents the fact that if
11516 you multiply some number in the range @samp{[2 ..@: 4]} by some other
11517 number in the range @samp{[0.5 ..@: 2]}, your result will lie in the range
11518 from 1 to 8. Interval arithmetic is used to get a worst-case estimate
11519 of the possible range of values a computation will produce, given the
11520 set of possible values of the input.
11521
11522 @ifinfo
11523 Calc supports several varieties of intervals, including @dfn{closed}
11524 intervals of the type shown above, @dfn{open} intervals such as
11525 @samp{(2 ..@: 4)}, which represents the range of numbers from 2 to 4
11526 @emph{exclusive}, and @dfn{semi-open} intervals in which one end
11527 uses a round parenthesis and the other a square bracket. In mathematical
11528 terms,
11529 @samp{[2 ..@: 4]} means @cite{2 <= x <= 4}, whereas
11530 @samp{[2 ..@: 4)} represents @cite{2 <= x < 4},
11531 @samp{(2 ..@: 4]} represents @cite{2 < x <= 4}, and
11532 @samp{(2 ..@: 4)} represents @cite{2 < x < 4}.@refill
11533 @end ifinfo
11534 @tex
11535 Calc supports several varieties of intervals, including \dfn{closed}
11536 intervals of the type shown above, \dfn{open} intervals such as
11537 \samp{(2 ..\: 4)}, which represents the range of numbers from 2 to 4
11538 \emph{exclusive}, and \dfn{semi-open} intervals in which one end
11539 uses a round parenthesis and the other a square bracket. In mathematical
11540 terms,
11541 $$ \eqalign{
11542 [2 \hbox{\cite{..}} 4] &\quad\hbox{means}\quad 2 \le x \le 4 \cr
11543 [2 \hbox{\cite{..}} 4) &\quad\hbox{means}\quad 2 \le x < 4 \cr
11544 (2 \hbox{\cite{..}} 4] &\quad\hbox{means}\quad 2 < x \le 4 \cr
11545 (2 \hbox{\cite{..}} 4) &\quad\hbox{means}\quad 2 < x < 4 \cr
11546 } $$
11547 @end tex
11548
11549 The lower and upper limits of an interval must be either real numbers
11550 (or HMS or date forms), or symbolic expressions which are assumed to be
11551 real-valued, or @samp{-inf} and @samp{inf}. In general the lower limit
11552 must be less than the upper limit. A closed interval containing only
11553 one value, @samp{[3 ..@: 3]}, is converted to a plain number (3)
11554 automatically. An interval containing no values at all (such as
11555 @samp{[3 ..@: 2]} or @samp{[2 ..@: 2)}) can be represented but is not
11556 guaranteed to behave well when used in arithmetic. Note that the
11557 interval @samp{[3 .. inf)} represents all real numbers greater than
11558 or equal to 3, and @samp{(-inf .. inf)} represents all real numbers.
11559 In fact, @samp{[-inf .. inf]} represents all real numbers including
11560 the real infinities.
11561
11562 Intervals are entered in the notation shown here, either as algebraic
11563 formulas, or using incomplete forms. (@xref{Incomplete Objects}.)
11564 In algebraic formulas, multiple periods in a row are collected from
11565 left to right, so that @samp{1...1e2} is interpreted as @samp{1.0 ..@: 1e2}
11566 rather than @samp{1 ..@: 0.1e2}. Add spaces or zeros if you want to
11567 get the other interpretation. If you omit the lower or upper limit,
11568 a default of @samp{-inf} or @samp{inf} (respectively) is furnished.
11569
11570 ``Infinite mode'' also affects operations on intervals
11571 (@pxref{Infinities}). Calc will always introduce an open infinity,
11572 as in @samp{1 / (0 .. 2] = [0.5 .. inf)}. But closed infinities,
11573 @w{@samp{1 / [0 .. 2] = [0.5 .. inf]}}, arise only in infinite mode;
11574 otherwise they are left unevaluated. Note that the ``direction'' of
11575 a zero is not an issue in this case since the zero is always assumed
11576 to be continuous with the rest of the interval. For intervals that
11577 contain zero inside them Calc is forced to give the result,
11578 @samp{1 / (-2 .. 2) = [-inf .. inf]}.
11579
11580 While it may seem that intervals and error forms are similar, they are
11581 based on entirely different concepts of inexact quantities. An error
11582 form `@i{x} @t{+/-} @c{$\sigma$}
11583 @i{sigma}' means a variable is random, and its value could
11584 be anything but is ``probably'' within one @c{$\sigma$}
11585 @i{sigma} of the mean value @cite{x}.
11586 An interval `@t{[}@i{a} @t{..@:} @i{b}@t{]}' means a variable's value
11587 is unknown, but guaranteed to lie in the specified range. Error forms
11588 are statistical or ``average case'' approximations; interval arithmetic
11589 tends to produce ``worst case'' bounds on an answer.@refill
11590
11591 Intervals may not contain complex numbers, but they may contain
11592 HMS forms or date forms.
11593
11594 @xref{Set Operations}, for commands that interpret interval forms
11595 as subsets of the set of real numbers.
11596
11597 @c @starindex
11598 @tindex intv
11599 The algebraic function @samp{intv(n, a, b)} builds an interval form
11600 from @samp{a} to @samp{b}; @samp{n} is an integer code which must
11601 be 0 for @samp{(..)}, 1 for @samp{(..]}, 2 for @samp{[..)}, or
11602 3 for @samp{[..]}.
11603
11604 Please note that in fully rigorous interval arithmetic, care would be
11605 taken to make sure that the computation of the lower bound rounds toward
11606 minus infinity, while upper bound computations round toward plus
11607 infinity. Calc's arithmetic always uses a round-to-nearest mode,
11608 which means that roundoff errors could creep into an interval
11609 calculation to produce intervals slightly smaller than they ought to
11610 be. For example, entering @samp{[1..2]} and pressing @kbd{Q 2 ^}
11611 should yield the interval @samp{[1..2]} again, but in fact it yields the
11612 (slightly too small) interval @samp{[1..1.9999999]} due to roundoff
11613 error.
11614
11615 @node Incomplete Objects, Variables, Interval Forms, Data Types
11616 @section Incomplete Objects
11617
11618 @noindent
11619 @c @mindex [ ]
11620 @kindex [
11621 @c @mindex ( )
11622 @kindex (
11623 @kindex ,
11624 @c @mindex @null
11625 @kindex ]
11626 @c @mindex @null
11627 @kindex )
11628 @cindex Incomplete vectors
11629 @cindex Incomplete complex numbers
11630 @cindex Incomplete interval forms
11631 When @kbd{(} or @kbd{[} is typed to begin entering a complex number or
11632 vector, respectively, the effect is to push an @dfn{incomplete} complex
11633 number or vector onto the stack. The @kbd{,} key adds the value(s) at
11634 the top of the stack onto the current incomplete object. The @kbd{)}
11635 and @kbd{]} keys ``close'' the incomplete object after adding any values
11636 on the top of the stack in front of the incomplete object.
11637
11638 As a result, the sequence of keystrokes @kbd{[ 2 , 3 @key{RET} 2 * , 9 ]}
11639 pushes the vector @samp{[2, 6, 9]} onto the stack. Likewise, @kbd{( 1 , 2 Q )}
11640 pushes the complex number @samp{(1, 1.414)} (approximately).
11641
11642 If several values lie on the stack in front of the incomplete object,
11643 all are collected and appended to the object. Thus the @kbd{,} key
11644 is redundant: @kbd{[ 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 2 * 9 ]}. Some people
11645 prefer the equivalent @key{SPC} key to @key{RET}.@refill
11646
11647 As a special case, typing @kbd{,} immediately after @kbd{(}, @kbd{[}, or
11648 @kbd{,} adds a zero or duplicates the preceding value in the list being
11649 formed. Typing @key{DEL} during incomplete entry removes the last item
11650 from the list.
11651
11652 @kindex ;
11653 The @kbd{;} key is used in the same way as @kbd{,} to create polar complex
11654 numbers: @kbd{( 1 ; 2 )}. When entering a vector, @kbd{;} is useful for
11655 creating a matrix. In particular, @kbd{[ [ 1 , 2 ; 3 , 4 ; 5 , 6 ] ]} is
11656 equivalent to @kbd{[ [ 1 , 2 ] , [ 3 , 4 ] , [ 5 , 6 ] ]}.
11657
11658 @kindex ..
11659 @pindex calc-dots
11660 Incomplete entry is also used to enter intervals. For example,
11661 @kbd{[ 2 ..@: 4 )} enters a semi-open interval. Note that when you type
11662 the first period, it will be interpreted as a decimal point, but when
11663 you type a second period immediately afterward, it is re-interpreted as
11664 part of the interval symbol. Typing @kbd{..} corresponds to executing
11665 the @code{calc-dots} command.
11666
11667 If you find incomplete entry distracting, you may wish to enter vectors
11668 and complex numbers as algebraic formulas by pressing the apostrophe key.
11669
11670 @node Variables, Formulas, Incomplete Objects, Data Types
11671 @section Variables
11672
11673 @noindent
11674 @cindex Variables, in formulas
11675 A @dfn{variable} is somewhere between a storage register on a conventional
11676 calculator, and a variable in a programming language. (In fact, a Calc
11677 variable is really just an Emacs Lisp variable that contains a Calc number
11678 or formula.) A variable's name is normally composed of letters and digits.
11679 Calc also allows apostrophes and @code{#} signs in variable names.
11680 The Calc variable @code{foo} corresponds to the Emacs Lisp variable
11681 @code{var-foo}. Commands like @kbd{s s} (@code{calc-store}) that operate
11682 on variables can be made to use any arbitrary Lisp variable simply by
11683 backspacing over the @samp{var-} prefix in the minibuffer.@refill
11684
11685 In a command that takes a variable name, you can either type the full
11686 name of a variable, or type a single digit to use one of the special
11687 convenience variables @code{var-q0} through @code{var-q9}. For example,
11688 @kbd{3 s s 2} stores the number 3 in variable @code{var-q2}, and
11689 @w{@kbd{3 s s foo @key{RET}}} stores that number in variable
11690 @code{var-foo}.@refill
11691
11692 To push a variable itself (as opposed to the variable's value) on the
11693 stack, enter its name as an algebraic expression using the apostrophe
11694 (@key{'}) key. Variable names in algebraic formulas implicitly have
11695 @samp{var-} prefixed to their names. The @samp{#} character in variable
11696 names used in algebraic formulas corresponds to a dash @samp{-} in the
11697 Lisp variable name. If the name contains any dashes, the prefix @samp{var-}
11698 is @emph{not} automatically added. Thus the two formulas @samp{foo + 1}
11699 and @samp{var#foo + 1} both refer to the same variable.
11700
11701 @kindex =
11702 @pindex calc-evaluate
11703 @cindex Evaluation of variables in a formula
11704 @cindex Variables, evaluation
11705 @cindex Formulas, evaluation
11706 The @kbd{=} (@code{calc-evaluate}) key ``evaluates'' a formula by
11707 replacing all variables in the formula which have been given values by a
11708 @code{calc-store} or @code{calc-let} command by their stored values.
11709 Other variables are left alone. Thus a variable that has not been
11710 stored acts like an abstract variable in algebra; a variable that has
11711 been stored acts more like a register in a traditional calculator.
11712 With a positive numeric prefix argument, @kbd{=} evaluates the top
11713 @var{n} stack entries; with a negative argument, @kbd{=} evaluates
11714 the @var{n}th stack entry.
11715
11716 @cindex @code{e} variable
11717 @cindex @code{pi} variable
11718 @cindex @code{i} variable
11719 @cindex @code{phi} variable
11720 @cindex @code{gamma} variable
11721 @vindex e
11722 @vindex pi
11723 @vindex i
11724 @vindex phi
11725 @vindex gamma
11726 A few variables are called @dfn{special constants}. Their names are
11727 @samp{e}, @samp{pi}, @samp{i}, @samp{phi}, and @samp{gamma}.
11728 (@xref{Scientific Functions}.) When they are evaluated with @kbd{=},
11729 their values are calculated if necessary according to the current precision
11730 or complex polar mode. If you wish to use these symbols for other purposes,
11731 simply undefine or redefine them using @code{calc-store}.@refill
11732
11733 The variables @samp{inf}, @samp{uinf}, and @samp{nan} stand for
11734 infinite or indeterminate values. It's best not to use them as
11735 regular variables, since Calc uses special algebraic rules when
11736 it manipulates them. Calc displays a warning message if you store
11737 a value into any of these special variables.
11738
11739 @xref{Store and Recall}, for a discussion of commands dealing with variables.
11740
11741 @node Formulas, , Variables, Data Types
11742 @section Formulas
11743
11744 @noindent
11745 @cindex Formulas
11746 @cindex Expressions
11747 @cindex Operators in formulas
11748 @cindex Precedence of operators
11749 When you press the apostrophe key you may enter any expression or formula
11750 in algebraic form. (Calc uses the terms ``expression'' and ``formula''
11751 interchangeably.) An expression is built up of numbers, variable names,
11752 and function calls, combined with various arithmetic operators.
11753 Parentheses may
11754 be used to indicate grouping. Spaces are ignored within formulas, except
11755 that spaces are not permitted within variable names or numbers.
11756 Arithmetic operators, in order from highest to lowest precedence, and
11757 with their equivalent function names, are:
11758
11759 @samp{_} [@code{subscr}] (subscripts);
11760
11761 postfix @samp{%} [@code{percent}] (as in @samp{25% = 0.25});
11762
11763 prefix @samp{+} and @samp{-} [@code{neg}] (as in @samp{-x})
11764 and prefix @samp{!} [@code{lnot}] (logical ``not,'' as in @samp{!x});
11765
11766 @samp{+/-} [@code{sdev}] (the standard deviation symbol) and
11767 @samp{mod} [@code{makemod}] (the symbol for modulo forms);
11768
11769 postfix @samp{!} [@code{fact}] (factorial, as in @samp{n!})
11770 and postfix @samp{!!} [@code{dfact}] (double factorial);
11771
11772 @samp{^} [@code{pow}] (raised-to-the-power-of);
11773
11774 @samp{*} [@code{mul}];
11775
11776 @samp{/} [@code{div}], @samp{%} [@code{mod}] (modulo), and
11777 @samp{\} [@code{idiv}] (integer division);
11778
11779 infix @samp{+} [@code{add}] and @samp{-} [@code{sub}] (as in @samp{x-y});
11780
11781 @samp{|} [@code{vconcat}] (vector concatenation);
11782
11783 relations @samp{=} [@code{eq}], @samp{!=} [@code{neq}], @samp{<} [@code{lt}],
11784 @samp{>} [@code{gt}], @samp{<=} [@code{leq}], and @samp{>=} [@code{geq}];
11785
11786 @samp{&&} [@code{land}] (logical ``and'');
11787
11788 @samp{||} [@code{lor}] (logical ``or'');
11789
11790 the C-style ``if'' operator @samp{a?b:c} [@code{if}];
11791
11792 @samp{!!!} [@code{pnot}] (rewrite pattern ``not'');
11793
11794 @samp{&&&} [@code{pand}] (rewrite pattern ``and'');
11795
11796 @samp{|||} [@code{por}] (rewrite pattern ``or'');
11797
11798 @samp{:=} [@code{assign}] (for assignments and rewrite rules);
11799
11800 @samp{::} [@code{condition}] (rewrite pattern condition);
11801
11802 @samp{=>} [@code{evalto}].
11803
11804 Note that, unlike in usual computer notation, multiplication binds more
11805 strongly than division: @samp{a*b/c*d} is equivalent to @c{$a b \over c d$}
11806 @cite{(a*b)/(c*d)}.
11807
11808 @cindex Multiplication, implicit
11809 @cindex Implicit multiplication
11810 The multiplication sign @samp{*} may be omitted in many cases. In particular,
11811 if the righthand side is a number, variable name, or parenthesized
11812 expression, the @samp{*} may be omitted. Implicit multiplication has the
11813 same precedence as the explicit @samp{*} operator. The one exception to
11814 the rule is that a variable name followed by a parenthesized expression,
11815 as in @samp{f(x)},
11816 is interpreted as a function call, not an implicit @samp{*}. In many
11817 cases you must use a space if you omit the @samp{*}: @samp{2a} is the
11818 same as @samp{2*a}, and @samp{a b} is the same as @samp{a*b}, but @samp{ab}
11819 is a variable called @code{ab}, @emph{not} the product of @samp{a} and
11820 @samp{b}! Also note that @samp{f (x)} is still a function call.@refill
11821
11822 @cindex Implicit comma in vectors
11823 The rules are slightly different for vectors written with square brackets.
11824 In vectors, the space character is interpreted (like the comma) as a
11825 separator of elements of the vector. Thus @w{@samp{[ 2a b+c d ]}} is
11826 equivalent to @samp{[2*a, b+c, d]}, whereas @samp{2a b+c d} is equivalent
11827 to @samp{2*a*b + c*d}.
11828 Note that spaces around the brackets, and around explicit commas, are
11829 ignored. To force spaces to be interpreted as multiplication you can
11830 enclose a formula in parentheses as in @samp{[(a b) 2(c d)]}, which is
11831 interpreted as @samp{[a*b, 2*c*d]}. An implicit comma is also inserted
11832 between @samp{][}, as in the matrix @samp{[[1 2][3 4]]}.@refill
11833
11834 Vectors that contain commas (not embedded within nested parentheses or
11835 brackets) do not treat spaces specially: @samp{[a b, 2 c d]} is a vector
11836 of two elements. Also, if it would be an error to treat spaces as
11837 separators, but not otherwise, then Calc will ignore spaces:
11838 @w{@samp{[a - b]}} is a vector of one element, but @w{@samp{[a -b]}} is
11839 a vector of two elements. Finally, vectors entered with curly braces
11840 instead of square brackets do not give spaces any special treatment.
11841 When Calc displays a vector that does not contain any commas, it will
11842 insert parentheses if necessary to make the meaning clear:
11843 @w{@samp{[(a b)]}}.
11844
11845 The expression @samp{5%-2} is ambiguous; is this five-percent minus two,
11846 or five modulo minus-two? Calc always interprets the leftmost symbol as
11847 an infix operator preferentially (modulo, in this case), so you would
11848 need to write @samp{(5%)-2} to get the former interpretation.
11849
11850 @cindex Function call notation
11851 A function call is, e.g., @samp{sin(1+x)}. Function names follow the same
11852 rules as variable names except that the default prefix @samp{calcFunc-} is
11853 used (instead of @samp{var-}) for the internal Lisp form.
11854 Most mathematical Calculator commands like
11855 @code{calc-sin} have function equivalents like @code{sin}.
11856 If no Lisp function is defined for a function called by a formula, the
11857 call is left as it is during algebraic manipulation: @samp{f(x+y)} is
11858 left alone. Beware that many innocent-looking short names like @code{in}
11859 and @code{re} have predefined meanings which could surprise you; however,
11860 single letters or single letters followed by digits are always safe to
11861 use for your own function names. @xref{Function Index}.@refill
11862
11863 In the documentation for particular commands, the notation @kbd{H S}
11864 (@code{calc-sinh}) [@code{sinh}] means that the key sequence @kbd{H S}, the
11865 command @kbd{M-x calc-sinh}, and the algebraic function @code{sinh(x)} all
11866 represent the same operation.@refill
11867
11868 Commands that interpret (``parse'') text as algebraic formulas include
11869 algebraic entry (@kbd{'}), editing commands like @kbd{`} which parse
11870 the contents of the editing buffer when you finish, the @kbd{M-# g}
11871 and @w{@kbd{M-# r}} commands, the @kbd{C-y} command, the X window system
11872 ``paste'' mouse operation, and Embedded Mode. All of these operations
11873 use the same rules for parsing formulas; in particular, language modes
11874 (@pxref{Language Modes}) affect them all in the same way.
11875
11876 When you read a large amount of text into the Calculator (say a vector
11877 which represents a big set of rewrite rules; @pxref{Rewrite Rules}),
11878 you may wish to include comments in the text. Calc's formula parser
11879 ignores the symbol @samp{%%} and anything following it on a line:
11880
11881 @example
11882 [ a + b, %% the sum of "a" and "b"
11883 c + d,
11884 %% last line is coming up:
11885 e + f ]
11886 @end example
11887
11888 @noindent
11889 This is parsed exactly the same as @samp{[ a + b, c + d, e + f ]}.
11890
11891 @xref{Syntax Tables}, for a way to create your own operators and other
11892 input notations. @xref{Compositions}, for a way to create new display
11893 formats.
11894
11895 @xref{Algebra}, for commands for manipulating formulas symbolically.
11896
11897 @node Stack and Trail, Mode Settings, Data Types, Top
11898 @chapter Stack and Trail Commands
11899
11900 @noindent
11901 This chapter describes the Calc commands for manipulating objects on the
11902 stack and in the trail buffer. (These commands operate on objects of any
11903 type, such as numbers, vectors, formulas, and incomplete objects.)
11904
11905 @menu
11906 * Stack Manipulation::
11907 * Editing Stack Entries::
11908 * Trail Commands::
11909 * Keep Arguments::
11910 @end menu
11911
11912 @node Stack Manipulation, Editing Stack Entries, Stack and Trail, Stack and Trail
11913 @section Stack Manipulation Commands
11914
11915 @noindent
11916 @kindex RET
11917 @kindex SPC
11918 @pindex calc-enter
11919 @cindex Duplicating stack entries
11920 To duplicate the top object on the stack, press @key{RET} or @key{SPC}
11921 (two equivalent keys for the @code{calc-enter} command).
11922 Given a positive numeric prefix argument, these commands duplicate
11923 several elements at the top of the stack.
11924 Given a negative argument,
11925 these commands duplicate the specified element of the stack.
11926 Given an argument of zero, they duplicate the entire stack.
11927 For example, with @samp{10 20 30} on the stack,
11928 @key{RET} creates @samp{10 20 30 30},
11929 @kbd{C-u 2 @key{RET}} creates @samp{10 20 30 20 30},
11930 @kbd{C-u - 2 @key{RET}} creates @samp{10 20 30 20}, and
11931 @kbd{C-u 0 @key{RET}} creates @samp{10 20 30 10 20 30}.@refill
11932
11933 @kindex LFD
11934 @pindex calc-over
11935 The @key{LFD} (@code{calc-over}) command (on a key marked Line-Feed if you
11936 have it, else on @kbd{C-j}) is like @code{calc-enter}
11937 except that the sign of the numeric prefix argument is interpreted
11938 oppositely. Also, with no prefix argument the default argument is 2.
11939 Thus with @samp{10 20 30} on the stack, @key{LFD} and @kbd{C-u 2 @key{LFD}}
11940 are both equivalent to @kbd{C-u - 2 @key{RET}}, producing
11941 @samp{10 20 30 20}.@refill
11942
11943 @kindex DEL
11944 @kindex C-d
11945 @pindex calc-pop
11946 @cindex Removing stack entries
11947 @cindex Deleting stack entries
11948 To remove the top element from the stack, press @key{DEL} (@code{calc-pop}).
11949 The @kbd{C-d} key is a synonym for @key{DEL}.
11950 (If the top element is an incomplete object with at least one element, the
11951 last element is removed from it.) Given a positive numeric prefix argument,
11952 several elements are removed. Given a negative argument, the specified
11953 element of the stack is deleted. Given an argument of zero, the entire
11954 stack is emptied.
11955 For example, with @samp{10 20 30} on the stack,
11956 @key{DEL} leaves @samp{10 20},
11957 @kbd{C-u 2 @key{DEL}} leaves @samp{10},
11958 @kbd{C-u - 2 @key{DEL}} leaves @samp{10 30}, and
11959 @kbd{C-u 0 @key{DEL}} leaves an empty stack.@refill
11960
11961 @kindex M-DEL
11962 @pindex calc-pop-above
11963 The @key{M-DEL} (@code{calc-pop-above}) command is to @key{DEL} what
11964 @key{LFD} is to @key{RET}: It interprets the sign of the numeric
11965 prefix argument in the opposite way, and the default argument is 2.
11966 Thus @key{M-DEL} by itself removes the second-from-top stack element,
11967 leaving the first, third, fourth, and so on; @kbd{M-3 M-DEL} deletes
11968 the third stack element.
11969
11970 @kindex TAB
11971 @pindex calc-roll-down
11972 To exchange the top two elements of the stack, press @key{TAB}
11973 (@code{calc-roll-down}). Given a positive numeric prefix argument, the
11974 specified number of elements at the top of the stack are rotated downward.
11975 Given a negative argument, the entire stack is rotated downward the specified
11976 number of times. Given an argument of zero, the entire stack is reversed
11977 top-for-bottom.
11978 For example, with @samp{10 20 30 40 50} on the stack,
11979 @key{TAB} creates @samp{10 20 30 50 40},
11980 @kbd{C-u 3 @key{TAB}} creates @samp{10 20 50 30 40},
11981 @kbd{C-u - 2 @key{TAB}} creates @samp{40 50 10 20 30}, and
11982 @kbd{C-u 0 @key{TAB}} creates @samp{50 40 30 20 10}.@refill
11983
11984 @kindex M-TAB
11985 @pindex calc-roll-up
11986 The command @key{M-TAB} (@code{calc-roll-up}) is analogous to @key{TAB}
11987 except that it rotates upward instead of downward. Also, the default
11988 with no prefix argument is to rotate the top 3 elements.
11989 For example, with @samp{10 20 30 40 50} on the stack,
11990 @key{M-TAB} creates @samp{10 20 40 50 30},
11991 @kbd{C-u 4 @key{M-TAB}} creates @samp{10 30 40 50 20},
11992 @kbd{C-u - 2 @key{M-TAB}} creates @samp{30 40 50 10 20}, and
11993 @kbd{C-u 0 @key{M-TAB}} creates @samp{50 40 30 20 10}.@refill
11994
11995 A good way to view the operation of @key{TAB} and @key{M-TAB} is in
11996 terms of moving a particular element to a new position in the stack.
11997 With a positive argument @i{n}, @key{TAB} moves the top stack
11998 element down to level @i{n}, making room for it by pulling all the
11999 intervening stack elements toward the top. @key{M-TAB} moves the
12000 element at level @i{n} up to the top. (Compare with @key{LFD},
12001 which copies instead of moving the element in level @i{n}.)
12002
12003 With a negative argument @i{-n}, @key{TAB} rotates the stack
12004 to move the object in level @i{n} to the deepest place in the
12005 stack, and the object in level @i{n+1} to the top. @key{M-TAB}
12006 rotates the deepest stack element to be in level @i{n}, also
12007 putting the top stack element in level @i{n+1}.
12008
12009 @xref{Selecting Subformulas}, for a way to apply these commands to
12010 any portion of a vector or formula on the stack.
12011
12012 @node Editing Stack Entries, Trail Commands, Stack Manipulation, Stack and Trail
12013 @section Editing Stack Entries
12014
12015 @noindent
12016 @kindex `
12017 @pindex calc-edit
12018 @pindex calc-edit-finish
12019 @cindex Editing the stack with Emacs
12020 The backquote, @kbd{`} (@code{calc-edit}) command creates a temporary
12021 buffer (@samp{*Calc Edit*}) for editing the top-of-stack value using
12022 regular Emacs commands. With a numeric prefix argument, it edits the
12023 specified number of stack entries at once. (An argument of zero edits
12024 the entire stack; a negative argument edits one specific stack entry.)
12025
12026 When you are done editing, press @kbd{M-# M-#} to finish and return
12027 to Calc. The @key{RET} and @key{LFD} keys also work to finish most
12028 sorts of editing, though in some cases Calc leaves @key{RET} with its
12029 usual meaning (``insert a newline'') if it's a situation where you
12030 might want to insert new lines into the editing buffer. The traditional
12031 Emacs ``finish'' key sequence, @kbd{C-c C-c}, also works to finish
12032 editing and may be easier to type, depending on your keyboard.
12033
12034 When you finish editing, the Calculator parses the lines of text in
12035 the @samp{*Calc Edit*} buffer as numbers or formulas, replaces the
12036 original stack elements in the original buffer with these new values,
12037 then kills the @samp{*Calc Edit*} buffer. The original Calculator buffer
12038 continues to exist during editing, but for best results you should be
12039 careful not to change it until you have finished the edit. You can
12040 also cancel the edit by pressing @kbd{M-# x}.
12041
12042 The formula is normally reevaluated as it is put onto the stack.
12043 For example, editing @samp{a + 2} to @samp{3 + 2} and pressing
12044 @kbd{M-# M-#} will push 5 on the stack. If you use @key{LFD} to
12045 finish, Calc will put the result on the stack without evaluating it.
12046
12047 If you give a prefix argument to @kbd{M-# M-#} (or @kbd{C-c C-c}),
12048 Calc will not kill the @samp{*Calc Edit*} buffer. You can switch
12049 back to that buffer and continue editing if you wish. However, you
12050 should understand that if you initiated the edit with @kbd{`}, the
12051 @kbd{M-# M-#} operation will be programmed to replace the top of the
12052 stack with the new edited value, and it will do this even if you have
12053 rearranged the stack in the meanwhile. This is not so much of a problem
12054 with other editing commands, though, such as @kbd{s e}
12055 (@code{calc-edit-variable}; @pxref{Operations on Variables}).
12056
12057 If the @code{calc-edit} command involves more than one stack entry,
12058 each line of the @samp{*Calc Edit*} buffer is interpreted as a
12059 separate formula. Otherwise, the entire buffer is interpreted as
12060 one formula, with line breaks ignored. (You can use @kbd{C-o} or
12061 @kbd{C-q C-j} to insert a newline in the buffer without pressing @key{RET}.)
12062
12063 The @kbd{`} key also works during numeric or algebraic entry. The
12064 text entered so far is moved to the @code{*Calc Edit*} buffer for
12065 more extensive editing than is convenient in the minibuffer.
12066
12067 @node Trail Commands, Keep Arguments, Editing Stack Entries, Stack and Trail
12068 @section Trail Commands
12069
12070 @noindent
12071 @cindex Trail buffer
12072 The commands for manipulating the Calc Trail buffer are two-key sequences
12073 beginning with the @kbd{t} prefix.
12074
12075 @kindex t d
12076 @pindex calc-trail-display
12077 The @kbd{t d} (@code{calc-trail-display}) command turns display of the
12078 trail on and off. Normally the trail display is toggled on if it was off,
12079 off if it was on. With a numeric prefix of zero, this command always
12080 turns the trail off; with a prefix of one, it always turns the trail on.
12081 The other trail-manipulation commands described here automatically turn
12082 the trail on. Note that when the trail is off values are still recorded
12083 there; they are simply not displayed. To set Emacs to turn the trail
12084 off by default, type @kbd{t d} and then save the mode settings with
12085 @kbd{m m} (@code{calc-save-modes}).
12086
12087 @kindex t i
12088 @pindex calc-trail-in
12089 @kindex t o
12090 @pindex calc-trail-out
12091 The @kbd{t i} (@code{calc-trail-in}) and @kbd{t o}
12092 (@code{calc-trail-out}) commands switch the cursor into and out of the
12093 Calc Trail window. In practice they are rarely used, since the commands
12094 shown below are a more convenient way to move around in the
12095 trail, and they work ``by remote control'' when the cursor is still
12096 in the Calculator window.@refill
12097
12098 @cindex Trail pointer
12099 There is a @dfn{trail pointer} which selects some entry of the trail at
12100 any given time. The trail pointer looks like a @samp{>} symbol right
12101 before the selected number. The following commands operate on the
12102 trail pointer in various ways.
12103
12104 @kindex t y
12105 @pindex calc-trail-yank
12106 @cindex Retrieving previous results
12107 The @kbd{t y} (@code{calc-trail-yank}) command reads the selected value in
12108 the trail and pushes it onto the Calculator stack. It allows you to
12109 re-use any previously computed value without retyping. With a numeric
12110 prefix argument @var{n}, it yanks the value @var{n} lines above the current
12111 trail pointer.
12112
12113 @kindex t <
12114 @pindex calc-trail-scroll-left
12115 @kindex t >
12116 @pindex calc-trail-scroll-right
12117 The @kbd{t <} (@code{calc-trail-scroll-left}) and @kbd{t >}
12118 (@code{calc-trail-scroll-right}) commands horizontally scroll the trail
12119 window left or right by one half of its width.@refill
12120
12121 @kindex t n
12122 @pindex calc-trail-next
12123 @kindex t p
12124 @pindex calc-trail-previous
12125 @kindex t f
12126 @pindex calc-trail-forward
12127 @kindex t b
12128 @pindex calc-trail-backward
12129 The @kbd{t n} (@code{calc-trail-next}) and @kbd{t p}
12130 (@code{calc-trail-previous)} commands move the trail pointer down or up
12131 one line. The @kbd{t f} (@code{calc-trail-forward}) and @kbd{t b}
12132 (@code{calc-trail-backward}) commands move the trail pointer down or up
12133 one screenful at a time. All of these commands accept numeric prefix
12134 arguments to move several lines or screenfuls at a time.@refill
12135
12136 @kindex t [
12137 @pindex calc-trail-first
12138 @kindex t ]
12139 @pindex calc-trail-last
12140 @kindex t h
12141 @pindex calc-trail-here
12142 The @kbd{t [} (@code{calc-trail-first}) and @kbd{t ]}
12143 (@code{calc-trail-last}) commands move the trail pointer to the first or
12144 last line of the trail. The @kbd{t h} (@code{calc-trail-here}) command
12145 moves the trail pointer to the cursor position; unlike the other trail
12146 commands, @kbd{t h} works only when Calc Trail is the selected window.@refill
12147
12148 @kindex t s
12149 @pindex calc-trail-isearch-forward
12150 @kindex t r
12151 @pindex calc-trail-isearch-backward
12152 @ifinfo
12153 The @kbd{t s} (@code{calc-trail-isearch-forward}) and @kbd{t r}
12154 (@code{calc-trail-isearch-backward}) commands perform an incremental
12155 search forward or backward through the trail. You can press @key{RET}
12156 to terminate the search; the trail pointer moves to the current line.
12157 If you cancel the search with @kbd{C-g}, the trail pointer stays where
12158 it was when the search began.@refill
12159 @end ifinfo
12160 @tex
12161 The @kbd{t s} (@code{calc-trail-isearch-forward}) and @kbd{t r}
12162 (@code{calc-trail-isearch-backward}) com\-mands perform an incremental
12163 search forward or backward through the trail. You can press @key{RET}
12164 to terminate the search; the trail pointer moves to the current line.
12165 If you cancel the search with @kbd{C-g}, the trail pointer stays where
12166 it was when the search began.
12167 @end tex
12168
12169 @kindex t m
12170 @pindex calc-trail-marker
12171 The @kbd{t m} (@code{calc-trail-marker}) command allows you to enter a
12172 line of text of your own choosing into the trail. The text is inserted
12173 after the line containing the trail pointer; this usually means it is
12174 added to the end of the trail. Trail markers are useful mainly as the
12175 targets for later incremental searches in the trail.
12176
12177 @kindex t k
12178 @pindex calc-trail-kill
12179 The @kbd{t k} (@code{calc-trail-kill}) command removes the selected line
12180 from the trail. The line is saved in the Emacs kill ring suitable for
12181 yanking into another buffer, but it is not easy to yank the text back
12182 into the trail buffer. With a numeric prefix argument, this command
12183 kills the @var{n} lines below or above the selected one.
12184
12185 The @kbd{t .} (@code{calc-full-trail-vectors}) command is described
12186 elsewhere; @pxref{Vector and Matrix Formats}.
12187
12188 @node Keep Arguments, , Trail Commands, Stack and Trail
12189 @section Keep Arguments
12190
12191 @noindent
12192 @kindex K
12193 @pindex calc-keep-args
12194 The @kbd{K} (@code{calc-keep-args}) command acts like a prefix for
12195 the following command. It prevents that command from removing its
12196 arguments from the stack. For example, after @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 +},
12197 the stack contains the sole number 5, but after @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 K +},
12198 the stack contains the arguments and the result: @samp{2 3 5}.
12199
12200 This works for all commands that take arguments off the stack. As
12201 another example, @kbd{K a s} simplifies a formula, pushing the
12202 simplified version of the formula onto the stack after the original
12203 formula (rather than replacing the original formula).
12204
12205 Note that you could get the same effect by typing @kbd{RET a s},
12206 copying the formula and then simplifying the copy. One difference
12207 is that for a very large formula the time taken to format the
12208 intermediate copy in @kbd{RET a s} could be noticeable; @kbd{K a s}
12209 would avoid this extra work.
12210
12211 Even stack manipulation commands are affected. @key{TAB} works by
12212 popping two values and pushing them back in the opposite order,
12213 so @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 K @key{TAB}} produces @samp{2 3 3 2}.
12214
12215 A few Calc commands provide other ways of doing the same thing.
12216 For example, @kbd{' sin($)} replaces the number on the stack with
12217 its sine using algebraic entry; to push the sine and keep the
12218 original argument you could use either @kbd{' sin($1)} or
12219 @kbd{K ' sin($)}. @xref{Algebraic Entry}. Also, the @kbd{s s}
12220 command is effectively the same as @kbd{K s t}. @xref{Storing Variables}.
12221
12222 Keyboard macros may interact surprisingly with the @kbd{K} prefix.
12223 If you have defined a keyboard macro to be, say, @samp{Q +} to add
12224 one number to the square root of another, then typing @kbd{K X} will
12225 execute @kbd{K Q +}, probably not what you expected. The @kbd{K}
12226 prefix will apply to just the first command in the macro rather than
12227 the whole macro.
12228
12229 If you execute a command and then decide you really wanted to keep
12230 the argument, you can press @kbd{M-@key{RET}} (@code{calc-last-args}).
12231 This command pushes the last arguments that were popped by any command
12232 onto the stack. Note that the order of things on the stack will be
12233 different than with @kbd{K}: @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 + M-@key{RET}} leaves
12234 @samp{5 2 3} on the stack instead of @samp{2 3 5}. @xref{Undo}.
12235
12236 @node Mode Settings, Arithmetic, Stack and Trail, Top
12237 @chapter Mode Settings
12238
12239 @noindent
12240 This chapter describes commands that set modes in the Calculator.
12241 They do not affect the contents of the stack, although they may change
12242 the @emph{appearance} or @emph{interpretation} of the stack's contents.
12243
12244 @menu
12245 * General Mode Commands::
12246 * Precision::
12247 * Inverse and Hyperbolic::
12248 * Calculation Modes::
12249 * Simplification Modes::
12250 * Declarations::
12251 * Display Modes::
12252 * Language Modes::
12253 * Modes Variable::
12254 * Calc Mode Line::
12255 @end menu
12256
12257 @node General Mode Commands, Precision, Mode Settings, Mode Settings
12258 @section General Mode Commands
12259
12260 @noindent
12261 @kindex m m
12262 @pindex calc-save-modes
12263 @cindex Continuous memory
12264 @cindex Saving mode settings
12265 @cindex Permanent mode settings
12266 @cindex @file{.emacs} file, mode settings
12267 You can save all of the current mode settings in your @file{.emacs} file
12268 with the @kbd{m m} (@code{calc-save-modes}) command. This will cause
12269 Emacs to reestablish these modes each time it starts up. The modes saved
12270 in the file include everything controlled by the @kbd{m} and @kbd{d}
12271 prefix keys, the current precision and binary word size, whether or not
12272 the trail is displayed, the current height of the Calc window, and more.
12273 The current interface (used when you type @kbd{M-# M-#}) is also saved.
12274 If there were already saved mode settings in the file, they are replaced.
12275 Otherwise, the new mode information is appended to the end of the file.
12276
12277 @kindex m R
12278 @pindex calc-mode-record-mode
12279 The @kbd{m R} (@code{calc-mode-record-mode}) command tells Calc to
12280 record the new mode settings (as if by pressing @kbd{m m}) every
12281 time a mode setting changes. If Embedded Mode is enabled, other
12282 options are available; @pxref{Mode Settings in Embedded Mode}.
12283
12284 @kindex m F
12285 @pindex calc-settings-file-name
12286 The @kbd{m F} (@code{calc-settings-file-name}) command allows you to
12287 choose a different place than your @file{.emacs} file for @kbd{m m},
12288 @kbd{Z P}, and similar commands to save permanent information.
12289 You are prompted for a file name. All Calc modes are then reset to
12290 their default values, then settings from the file you named are loaded
12291 if this file exists, and this file becomes the one that Calc will
12292 use in the future for commands like @kbd{m m}. The default settings
12293 file name is @file{~/.emacs}. You can see the current file name by
12294 giving a blank response to the @kbd{m F} prompt. See also the
12295 discussion of the @code{calc-settings-file} variable; @pxref{Installation}.
12296
12297 If the file name you give contains the string @samp{.emacs} anywhere
12298 inside it, @kbd{m F} will not automatically load the new file. This
12299 is because you are presumably switching to your @file{~/.emacs} file,
12300 which may contain other things you don't want to reread. You can give
12301 a numeric prefix argument of 1 to @kbd{m F} to force it to read the
12302 file no matter what its name. Conversely, an argument of @i{-1} tells
12303 @kbd{m F} @emph{not} to read the new file. An argument of 2 or @i{-2}
12304 tells @kbd{m F} not to reset the modes to their defaults beforehand,
12305 which is useful if you intend your new file to have a variant of the
12306 modes present in the file you were using before.
12307
12308 @kindex m x
12309 @pindex calc-always-load-extensions
12310 The @kbd{m x} (@code{calc-always-load-extensions}) command enables a mode
12311 in which the first use of Calc loads the entire program, including all
12312 extensions modules. Otherwise, the extensions modules will not be loaded
12313 until the various advanced Calc features are used. Since this mode only
12314 has effect when Calc is first loaded, @kbd{m x} is usually followed by
12315 @kbd{m m} to make the mode-setting permanent. To load all of Calc just
12316 once, rather than always in the future, you can press @kbd{M-# L}.
12317
12318 @kindex m S
12319 @pindex calc-shift-prefix
12320 The @kbd{m S} (@code{calc-shift-prefix}) command enables a mode in which
12321 all of Calc's letter prefix keys may be typed shifted as well as unshifted.
12322 If you are typing, say, @kbd{a S} (@code{calc-solve-for}) quite often
12323 you might find it easier to turn this mode on so that you can type
12324 @kbd{A S} instead. When this mode is enabled, the commands that used to
12325 be on those single shifted letters (e.g., @kbd{A} (@code{calc-abs})) can
12326 now be invoked by pressing the shifted letter twice: @kbd{A A}. Note
12327 that the @kbd{v} prefix key always works both shifted and unshifted, and
12328 the @kbd{z} and @kbd{Z} prefix keys are always distinct. Also, the @kbd{h}
12329 prefix is not affected by this mode. Press @kbd{m S} again to disable
12330 shifted-prefix mode.
12331
12332 @node Precision, Inverse and Hyperbolic, General Mode Commands, Mode Settings
12333 @section Precision
12334
12335 @noindent
12336 @kindex p
12337 @pindex calc-precision
12338 @cindex Precision of calculations
12339 The @kbd{p} (@code{calc-precision}) command controls the precision to
12340 which floating-point calculations are carried. The precision must be
12341 at least 3 digits and may be arbitrarily high, within the limits of
12342 memory and time. This affects only floats: Integer and rational
12343 calculations are always carried out with as many digits as necessary.
12344
12345 The @kbd{p} key prompts for the current precision. If you wish you
12346 can instead give the precision as a numeric prefix argument.
12347
12348 Many internal calculations are carried to one or two digits higher
12349 precision than normal. Results are rounded down afterward to the
12350 current precision. Unless a special display mode has been selected,
12351 floats are always displayed with their full stored precision, i.e.,
12352 what you see is what you get. Reducing the current precision does not
12353 round values already on the stack, but those values will be rounded
12354 down before being used in any calculation. The @kbd{c 0} through
12355 @kbd{c 9} commands (@pxref{Conversions}) can be used to round an
12356 existing value to a new precision.@refill
12357
12358 @cindex Accuracy of calculations
12359 It is important to distinguish the concepts of @dfn{precision} and
12360 @dfn{accuracy}. In the normal usage of these words, the number
12361 123.4567 has a precision of 7 digits but an accuracy of 4 digits.
12362 The precision is the total number of digits not counting leading
12363 or trailing zeros (regardless of the position of the decimal point).
12364 The accuracy is simply the number of digits after the decimal point
12365 (again not counting trailing zeros). In Calc you control the precision,
12366 not the accuracy of computations. If you were to set the accuracy
12367 instead, then calculations like @samp{exp(100)} would generate many
12368 more digits than you would typically need, while @samp{exp(-100)} would
12369 probably round to zero! In Calc, both these computations give you
12370 exactly 12 (or the requested number of) significant digits.
12371
12372 The only Calc features that deal with accuracy instead of precision
12373 are fixed-point display mode for floats (@kbd{d f}; @pxref{Float Formats}),
12374 and the rounding functions like @code{floor} and @code{round}
12375 (@pxref{Integer Truncation}). Also, @kbd{c 0} through @kbd{c 9}
12376 deal with both precision and accuracy depending on the magnitudes
12377 of the numbers involved.
12378
12379 If you need to work with a particular fixed accuracy (say, dollars and
12380 cents with two digits after the decimal point), one solution is to work
12381 with integers and an ``implied'' decimal point. For example, $8.99
12382 divided by 6 would be entered @kbd{899 RET 6 /}, yielding 149.833
12383 (actually $1.49833 with our implied decimal point); pressing @kbd{R}
12384 would round this to 150 cents, i.e., $1.50.
12385
12386 @xref{Floats}, for still more on floating-point precision and related
12387 issues.
12388
12389 @node Inverse and Hyperbolic, Calculation Modes, Precision, Mode Settings
12390 @section Inverse and Hyperbolic Flags
12391
12392 @noindent
12393 @kindex I
12394 @pindex calc-inverse
12395 There is no single-key equivalent to the @code{calc-arcsin} function.
12396 Instead, you must first press @kbd{I} (@code{calc-inverse}) to set
12397 the @dfn{Inverse Flag}, then press @kbd{S} (@code{calc-sin}).
12398 The @kbd{I} key actually toggles the Inverse Flag. When this flag
12399 is set, the word @samp{Inv} appears in the mode line.@refill
12400
12401 @kindex H
12402 @pindex calc-hyperbolic
12403 Likewise, the @kbd{H} key (@code{calc-hyperbolic}) sets or clears the
12404 Hyperbolic Flag, which transforms @code{calc-sin} into @code{calc-sinh}.
12405 If both of these flags are set at once, the effect will be
12406 @code{calc-arcsinh}. (The Hyperbolic flag is also used by some
12407 non-trigonometric commands; for example @kbd{H L} computes a base-10,
12408 instead of base-@i{e}, logarithm.)@refill
12409
12410 Command names like @code{calc-arcsin} are provided for completeness, and
12411 may be executed with @kbd{x} or @kbd{M-x}. Their effect is simply to
12412 toggle the Inverse and/or Hyperbolic flags and then execute the
12413 corresponding base command (@code{calc-sin} in this case).
12414
12415 The Inverse and Hyperbolic flags apply only to the next Calculator
12416 command, after which they are automatically cleared. (They are also
12417 cleared if the next keystroke is not a Calc command.) Digits you
12418 type after @kbd{I} or @kbd{H} (or @kbd{K}) are treated as prefix
12419 arguments for the next command, not as numeric entries. The same
12420 is true of @kbd{C-u}, but not of the minus sign (@kbd{K -} means to
12421 subtract and keep arguments).
12422
12423 The third Calc prefix flag, @kbd{K} (keep-arguments), is discussed
12424 elsewhere. @xref{Keep Arguments}.
12425
12426 @node Calculation Modes, Simplification Modes, Inverse and Hyperbolic, Mode Settings
12427 @section Calculation Modes
12428
12429 @noindent
12430 The commands in this section are two-key sequences beginning with
12431 the @kbd{m} prefix. (That's the letter @kbd{m}, not the @key{META} key.)
12432 The @samp{m a} (@code{calc-algebraic-mode}) command is described elsewhere
12433 (@pxref{Algebraic Entry}).
12434
12435 @menu
12436 * Angular Modes::
12437 * Polar Mode::
12438 * Fraction Mode::
12439 * Infinite Mode::
12440 * Symbolic Mode::
12441 * Matrix Mode::
12442 * Automatic Recomputation::
12443 * Working Message::
12444 @end menu
12445
12446 @node Angular Modes, Polar Mode, Calculation Modes, Calculation Modes
12447 @subsection Angular Modes
12448
12449 @noindent
12450 @cindex Angular mode
12451 The Calculator supports three notations for angles: radians, degrees,
12452 and degrees-minutes-seconds. When a number is presented to a function
12453 like @code{sin} that requires an angle, the current angular mode is
12454 used to interpret the number as either radians or degrees. If an HMS
12455 form is presented to @code{sin}, it is always interpreted as
12456 degrees-minutes-seconds.
12457
12458 Functions that compute angles produce a number in radians, a number in
12459 degrees, or an HMS form depending on the current angular mode. If the
12460 result is a complex number and the current mode is HMS, the number is
12461 instead expressed in degrees. (Complex-number calculations would
12462 normally be done in radians mode, though. Complex numbers are converted
12463 to degrees by calculating the complex result in radians and then
12464 multiplying by 180 over @c{$\pi$}
12465 @cite{pi}.)
12466
12467 @kindex m r
12468 @pindex calc-radians-mode
12469 @kindex m d
12470 @pindex calc-degrees-mode
12471 @kindex m h
12472 @pindex calc-hms-mode
12473 The @kbd{m r} (@code{calc-radians-mode}), @kbd{m d} (@code{calc-degrees-mode}),
12474 and @kbd{m h} (@code{calc-hms-mode}) commands control the angular mode.
12475 The current angular mode is displayed on the Emacs mode line.
12476 The default angular mode is degrees.@refill
12477
12478 @node Polar Mode, Fraction Mode, Angular Modes, Calculation Modes
12479 @subsection Polar Mode
12480
12481 @noindent
12482 @cindex Polar mode
12483 The Calculator normally ``prefers'' rectangular complex numbers in the
12484 sense that rectangular form is used when the proper form can not be
12485 decided from the input. This might happen by multiplying a rectangular
12486 number by a polar one, by taking the square root of a negative real
12487 number, or by entering @kbd{( 2 @key{SPC} 3 )}.
12488
12489 @kindex m p
12490 @pindex calc-polar-mode
12491 The @kbd{m p} (@code{calc-polar-mode}) command toggles complex-number
12492 preference between rectangular and polar forms. In polar mode, all
12493 of the above example situations would produce polar complex numbers.
12494
12495 @node Fraction Mode, Infinite Mode, Polar Mode, Calculation Modes
12496 @subsection Fraction Mode
12497
12498 @noindent
12499 @cindex Fraction mode
12500 @cindex Division of integers
12501 Division of two integers normally yields a floating-point number if the
12502 result cannot be expressed as an integer. In some cases you would
12503 rather get an exact fractional answer. One way to accomplish this is
12504 to multiply fractions instead: @kbd{6 @key{RET} 1:4 *} produces @cite{3:2}
12505 even though @kbd{6 @key{RET} 4 /} produces @cite{1.5}.
12506
12507 @kindex m f
12508 @pindex calc-frac-mode
12509 To set the Calculator to produce fractional results for normal integer
12510 divisions, use the @kbd{m f} (@code{calc-frac-mode}) command.
12511 For example, @cite{8/4} produces @cite{2} in either mode,
12512 but @cite{6/4} produces @cite{3:2} in Fraction Mode, @cite{1.5} in
12513 Float Mode.@refill
12514
12515 At any time you can use @kbd{c f} (@code{calc-float}) to convert a
12516 fraction to a float, or @kbd{c F} (@code{calc-fraction}) to convert a
12517 float to a fraction. @xref{Conversions}.
12518
12519 @node Infinite Mode, Symbolic Mode, Fraction Mode, Calculation Modes
12520 @subsection Infinite Mode
12521
12522 @noindent
12523 @cindex Infinite mode
12524 The Calculator normally treats results like @cite{1 / 0} as errors;
12525 formulas like this are left in unsimplified form. But Calc can be
12526 put into a mode where such calculations instead produce ``infinite''
12527 results.
12528
12529 @kindex m i
12530 @pindex calc-infinite-mode
12531 The @kbd{m i} (@code{calc-infinite-mode}) command turns this mode
12532 on and off. When the mode is off, infinities do not arise except
12533 in calculations that already had infinities as inputs. (One exception
12534 is that infinite open intervals like @samp{[0 .. inf)} can be
12535 generated; however, intervals closed at infinity (@samp{[0 .. inf]})
12536 will not be generated when infinite mode is off.)
12537
12538 With infinite mode turned on, @samp{1 / 0} will generate @code{uinf},
12539 an undirected infinity. @xref{Infinities}, for a discussion of the
12540 difference between @code{inf} and @code{uinf}. Also, @cite{0 / 0}
12541 evaluates to @code{nan}, the ``indeterminate'' symbol. Various other
12542 functions can also return infinities in this mode; for example,
12543 @samp{ln(0) = -inf}, and @samp{gamma(-7) = uinf}. Once again,
12544 note that @samp{exp(inf) = inf} regardless of infinite mode because
12545 this calculation has infinity as an input.
12546
12547 @cindex Positive infinite mode
12548 The @kbd{m i} command with a numeric prefix argument of zero,
12549 i.e., @kbd{C-u 0 m i}, turns on a ``positive infinite mode'' in
12550 which zero is treated as positive instead of being directionless.
12551 Thus, @samp{1 / 0 = inf} and @samp{-1 / 0 = -inf} in this mode.
12552 Note that zero never actually has a sign in Calc; there are no
12553 separate representations for @i{+0} and @i{-0}. Positive
12554 infinite mode merely changes the interpretation given to the
12555 single symbol, @samp{0}. One consequence of this is that, while
12556 you might expect @samp{1 / -0 = -inf}, actually @samp{1 / -0}
12557 is equivalent to @samp{1 / 0}, which is equal to positive @code{inf}.
12558
12559 @node Symbolic Mode, Matrix Mode, Infinite Mode, Calculation Modes
12560 @subsection Symbolic Mode
12561
12562 @noindent
12563 @cindex Symbolic mode
12564 @cindex Inexact results
12565 Calculations are normally performed numerically wherever possible.
12566 For example, the @code{calc-sqrt} command, or @code{sqrt} function in an
12567 algebraic expression, produces a numeric answer if the argument is a
12568 number or a symbolic expression if the argument is an expression:
12569 @kbd{2 Q} pushes 1.4142 but @kbd{@key{'} x+1 @key{RET} Q} pushes @samp{sqrt(x+1)}.
12570
12571 @kindex m s
12572 @pindex calc-symbolic-mode
12573 In @dfn{symbolic mode}, controlled by the @kbd{m s} (@code{calc-symbolic-mode})
12574 command, functions which would produce inexact, irrational results are
12575 left in symbolic form. Thus @kbd{16 Q} pushes 4, but @kbd{2 Q} pushes
12576 @samp{sqrt(2)}.
12577
12578 @kindex N
12579 @pindex calc-eval-num
12580 The shift-@kbd{N} (@code{calc-eval-num}) command evaluates numerically
12581 the expression at the top of the stack, by temporarily disabling
12582 @code{calc-symbolic-mode} and executing @kbd{=} (@code{calc-evaluate}).
12583 Given a numeric prefix argument, it also
12584 sets the floating-point precision to the specified value for the duration
12585 of the command.@refill
12586
12587 To evaluate a formula numerically without expanding the variables it
12588 contains, you can use the key sequence @kbd{m s a v m s} (this uses
12589 @code{calc-alg-evaluate}, which resimplifies but doesn't evaluate
12590 variables.)
12591
12592 @node Matrix Mode, Automatic Recomputation, Symbolic Mode, Calculation Modes
12593 @subsection Matrix and Scalar Modes
12594
12595 @noindent
12596 @cindex Matrix mode
12597 @cindex Scalar mode
12598 Calc sometimes makes assumptions during algebraic manipulation that
12599 are awkward or incorrect when vectors and matrices are involved.
12600 Calc has two modes, @dfn{matrix mode} and @dfn{scalar mode}, which
12601 modify its behavior around vectors in useful ways.
12602
12603 @kindex m v
12604 @pindex calc-matrix-mode
12605 Press @kbd{m v} (@code{calc-matrix-mode}) once to enter matrix mode.
12606 In this mode, all objects are assumed to be matrices unless provably
12607 otherwise. One major effect is that Calc will no longer consider
12608 multiplication to be commutative. (Recall that in matrix arithmetic,
12609 @samp{A*B} is not the same as @samp{B*A}.) This assumption affects
12610 rewrite rules and algebraic simplification. Another effect of this
12611 mode is that calculations that would normally produce constants like
12612 0 and 1 (e.g., @cite{a - a} and @cite{a / a}, respectively) will now
12613 produce function calls that represent ``generic'' zero or identity
12614 matrices: @samp{idn(0)}, @samp{idn(1)}. The @code{idn} function
12615 @samp{idn(@var{a},@var{n})} returns @var{a} times an @var{n}x@var{n}
12616 identity matrix; if @var{n} is omitted, it doesn't know what
12617 dimension to use and so the @code{idn} call remains in symbolic
12618 form. However, if this generic identity matrix is later combined
12619 with a matrix whose size is known, it will be converted into
12620 a true identity matrix of the appropriate size. On the other hand,
12621 if it is combined with a scalar (as in @samp{idn(1) + 2}), Calc
12622 will assume it really was a scalar after all and produce, e.g., 3.
12623
12624 Press @kbd{m v} a second time to get scalar mode. Here, objects are
12625 assumed @emph{not} to be vectors or matrices unless provably so.
12626 For example, normally adding a variable to a vector, as in
12627 @samp{[x, y, z] + a}, will leave the sum in symbolic form because
12628 as far as Calc knows, @samp{a} could represent either a number or
12629 another 3-vector. In scalar mode, @samp{a} is assumed to be a
12630 non-vector, and the addition is evaluated to @samp{[x+a, y+a, z+a]}.
12631
12632 Press @kbd{m v} a third time to return to the normal mode of operation.
12633
12634 If you press @kbd{m v} with a numeric prefix argument @var{n}, you
12635 get a special ``dimensioned matrix mode'' in which matrices of
12636 unknown size are assumed to be @var{n}x@var{n} square matrices.
12637 Then, the function call @samp{idn(1)} will expand into an actual
12638 matrix rather than representing a ``generic'' matrix.
12639
12640 @cindex Declaring scalar variables
12641 Of course these modes are approximations to the true state of
12642 affairs, which is probably that some quantities will be matrices
12643 and others will be scalars. One solution is to ``declare''
12644 certain variables or functions to be scalar-valued.
12645 @xref{Declarations}, to see how to make declarations in Calc.
12646
12647 There is nothing stopping you from declaring a variable to be
12648 scalar and then storing a matrix in it; however, if you do, the
12649 results you get from Calc may not be valid. Suppose you let Calc
12650 get the result @samp{[x+a, y+a, z+a]} shown above, and then stored
12651 @samp{[1, 2, 3]} in @samp{a}. The result would not be the same as
12652 for @samp{[x, y, z] + [1, 2, 3]}, but that's because you have broken
12653 your earlier promise to Calc that @samp{a} would be scalar.
12654
12655 Another way to mix scalars and matrices is to use selections
12656 (@pxref{Selecting Subformulas}). Use matrix mode when operating on
12657 your formula normally; then, to apply scalar mode to a certain part
12658 of the formula without affecting the rest just select that part,
12659 change into scalar mode and press @kbd{=} to resimplify the part
12660 under this mode, then change back to matrix mode before deselecting.
12661
12662 @node Automatic Recomputation, Working Message, Matrix Mode, Calculation Modes
12663 @subsection Automatic Recomputation
12664
12665 @noindent
12666 The @dfn{evaluates-to} operator, @samp{=>}, has the special
12667 property that any @samp{=>} formulas on the stack are recomputed
12668 whenever variable values or mode settings that might affect them
12669 are changed. @xref{Evaluates-To Operator}.
12670
12671 @kindex m C
12672 @pindex calc-auto-recompute
12673 The @kbd{m C} (@code{calc-auto-recompute}) command turns this
12674 automatic recomputation on and off. If you turn it off, Calc will
12675 not update @samp{=>} operators on the stack (nor those in the
12676 attached Embedded Mode buffer, if there is one). They will not
12677 be updated unless you explicitly do so by pressing @kbd{=} or until
12678 you press @kbd{m C} to turn recomputation back on. (While automatic
12679 recomputation is off, you can think of @kbd{m C m C} as a command
12680 to update all @samp{=>} operators while leaving recomputation off.)
12681
12682 To update @samp{=>} operators in an Embedded buffer while
12683 automatic recomputation is off, use @w{@kbd{M-# u}}.
12684 @xref{Embedded Mode}.
12685
12686 @node Working Message, , Automatic Recomputation, Calculation Modes
12687 @subsection Working Messages
12688
12689 @noindent
12690 @cindex Performance
12691 @cindex Working messages
12692 Since the Calculator is written entirely in Emacs Lisp, which is not
12693 designed for heavy numerical work, many operations are quite slow.
12694 The Calculator normally displays the message @samp{Working...} in the
12695 echo area during any command that may be slow. In addition, iterative
12696 operations such as square roots and trigonometric functions display the
12697 intermediate result at each step. Both of these types of messages can
12698 be disabled if you find them distracting.
12699
12700 @kindex m w
12701 @pindex calc-working
12702 Type @kbd{m w} (@code{calc-working}) with a numeric prefix of 0 to
12703 disable all ``working'' messages. Use a numeric prefix of 1 to enable
12704 only the plain @samp{Working...} message. Use a numeric prefix of 2 to
12705 see intermediate results as well. With no numeric prefix this displays
12706 the current mode.@refill
12707
12708 While it may seem that the ``working'' messages will slow Calc down
12709 considerably, experiments have shown that their impact is actually
12710 quite small. But if your terminal is slow you may find that it helps
12711 to turn the messages off.
12712
12713 @node Simplification Modes, Declarations, Calculation Modes, Mode Settings
12714 @section Simplification Modes
12715
12716 @noindent
12717 The current @dfn{simplification mode} controls how numbers and formulas
12718 are ``normalized'' when being taken from or pushed onto the stack.
12719 Some normalizations are unavoidable, such as rounding floating-point
12720 results to the current precision, and reducing fractions to simplest
12721 form. Others, such as simplifying a formula like @cite{a+a} (or @cite{2+3}),
12722 are done by default but can be turned off when necessary.
12723
12724 When you press a key like @kbd{+} when @cite{2} and @cite{3} are on the
12725 stack, Calc pops these numbers, normalizes them, creates the formula
12726 @cite{2+3}, normalizes it, and pushes the result. Of course the standard
12727 rules for normalizing @cite{2+3} will produce the result @cite{5}.
12728
12729 Simplification mode commands consist of the lower-case @kbd{m} prefix key
12730 followed by a shifted letter.
12731
12732 @kindex m O
12733 @pindex calc-no-simplify-mode
12734 The @kbd{m O} (@code{calc-no-simplify-mode}) command turns off all optional
12735 simplifications. These would leave a formula like @cite{2+3} alone. In
12736 fact, nothing except simple numbers are ever affected by normalization
12737 in this mode.
12738
12739 @kindex m N
12740 @pindex calc-num-simplify-mode
12741 The @kbd{m N} (@code{calc-num-simplify-mode}) command turns off simplification
12742 of any formulas except those for which all arguments are constants. For
12743 example, @cite{1+2} is simplified to @cite{3}, and @cite{a+(2-2)} is
12744 simplified to @cite{a+0} but no further, since one argument of the sum
12745 is not a constant. Unfortunately, @cite{(a+2)-2} is @emph{not} simplified
12746 because the top-level @samp{-} operator's arguments are not both
12747 constant numbers (one of them is the formula @cite{a+2}).
12748 A constant is a number or other numeric object (such as a constant
12749 error form or modulo form), or a vector all of whose
12750 elements are constant.@refill
12751
12752 @kindex m D
12753 @pindex calc-default-simplify-mode
12754 The @kbd{m D} (@code{calc-default-simplify-mode}) command restores the
12755 default simplifications for all formulas. This includes many easy and
12756 fast algebraic simplifications such as @cite{a+0} to @cite{a}, and
12757 @cite{a + 2 a} to @cite{3 a}, as well as evaluating functions like
12758 @cite{@t{deriv}(x^2, x)} to @cite{2 x}.
12759
12760 @kindex m B
12761 @pindex calc-bin-simplify-mode
12762 The @kbd{m B} (@code{calc-bin-simplify-mode}) mode applies the default
12763 simplifications to a result and then, if the result is an integer,
12764 uses the @kbd{b c} (@code{calc-clip}) command to clip the integer according
12765 to the current binary word size. @xref{Binary Functions}. Real numbers
12766 are rounded to the nearest integer and then clipped; other kinds of
12767 results (after the default simplifications) are left alone.
12768
12769 @kindex m A
12770 @pindex calc-alg-simplify-mode
12771 The @kbd{m A} (@code{calc-alg-simplify-mode}) mode does algebraic
12772 simplification; it applies all the default simplifications, and also
12773 the more powerful (and slower) simplifications made by @kbd{a s}
12774 (@code{calc-simplify}). @xref{Algebraic Simplifications}.
12775
12776 @kindex m E
12777 @pindex calc-ext-simplify-mode
12778 The @kbd{m E} (@code{calc-ext-simplify-mode}) mode does ``extended''
12779 algebraic simplification, as by the @kbd{a e} (@code{calc-simplify-extended})
12780 command. @xref{Unsafe Simplifications}.
12781
12782 @kindex m U
12783 @pindex calc-units-simplify-mode
12784 The @kbd{m U} (@code{calc-units-simplify-mode}) mode does units
12785 simplification; it applies the command @kbd{u s}
12786 (@code{calc-simplify-units}), which in turn
12787 is a superset of @kbd{a s}. In this mode, variable names which
12788 are identifiable as unit names (like @samp{mm} for ``millimeters'')
12789 are simplified with their unit definitions in mind.@refill
12790
12791 A common technique is to set the simplification mode down to the lowest
12792 amount of simplification you will allow to be applied automatically, then
12793 use manual commands like @kbd{a s} and @kbd{c c} (@code{calc-clean}) to
12794 perform higher types of simplifications on demand. @xref{Algebraic
12795 Definitions}, for another sample use of no-simplification mode.@refill
12796
12797 @node Declarations, Display Modes, Simplification Modes, Mode Settings
12798 @section Declarations
12799
12800 @noindent
12801 A @dfn{declaration} is a statement you make that promises you will
12802 use a certain variable or function in a restricted way. This may
12803 give Calc the freedom to do things that it couldn't do if it had to
12804 take the fully general situation into account.
12805
12806 @menu
12807 * Declaration Basics::
12808 * Kinds of Declarations::
12809 * Functions for Declarations::
12810 @end menu
12811
12812 @node Declaration Basics, Kinds of Declarations, Declarations, Declarations
12813 @subsection Declaration Basics
12814
12815 @noindent
12816 @kindex s d
12817 @pindex calc-declare-variable
12818 The @kbd{s d} (@code{calc-declare-variable}) command is the easiest
12819 way to make a declaration for a variable. This command prompts for
12820 the variable name, then prompts for the declaration. The default
12821 at the declaration prompt is the previous declaration, if any.
12822 You can edit this declaration, or press @kbd{C-k} to erase it and
12823 type a new declaration. (Or, erase it and press @key{RET} to clear
12824 the declaration, effectively ``undeclaring'' the variable.)
12825
12826 A declaration is in general a vector of @dfn{type symbols} and
12827 @dfn{range} values. If there is only one type symbol or range value,
12828 you can write it directly rather than enclosing it in a vector.
12829 For example, @kbd{s d foo RET real RET} declares @code{foo} to
12830 be a real number, and @kbd{s d bar RET [int, const, [1..6]] RET}
12831 declares @code{bar} to be a constant integer between 1 and 6.
12832 (Actually, you can omit the outermost brackets and Calc will
12833 provide them for you: @kbd{s d bar RET int, const, [1..6] RET}.)
12834
12835 @cindex @code{Decls} variable
12836 @vindex Decls
12837 Declarations in Calc are kept in a special variable called @code{Decls}.
12838 This variable encodes the set of all outstanding declarations in
12839 the form of a matrix. Each row has two elements: A variable or
12840 vector of variables declared by that row, and the declaration
12841 specifier as described above. You can use the @kbd{s D} command to
12842 edit this variable if you wish to see all the declarations at once.
12843 @xref{Operations on Variables}, for a description of this command
12844 and the @kbd{s p} command that allows you to save your declarations
12845 permanently if you wish.
12846
12847 Items being declared can also be function calls. The arguments in
12848 the call are ignored; the effect is to say that this function returns
12849 values of the declared type for any valid arguments. The @kbd{s d}
12850 command declares only variables, so if you wish to make a function
12851 declaration you will have to edit the @code{Decls} matrix yourself.
12852
12853 For example, the declaration matrix
12854
12855 @group
12856 @smallexample
12857 [ [ foo, real ]
12858 [ [j, k, n], int ]
12859 [ f(1,2,3), [0 .. inf) ] ]
12860 @end smallexample
12861 @end group
12862
12863 @noindent
12864 declares that @code{foo} represents a real number, @code{j}, @code{k}
12865 and @code{n} represent integers, and the function @code{f} always
12866 returns a real number in the interval shown.
12867
12868 @vindex All
12869 If there is a declaration for the variable @code{All}, then that
12870 declaration applies to all variables that are not otherwise declared.
12871 It does not apply to function names. For example, using the row
12872 @samp{[All, real]} says that all your variables are real unless they
12873 are explicitly declared without @code{real} in some other row.
12874 The @kbd{s d} command declares @code{All} if you give a blank
12875 response to the variable-name prompt.
12876
12877 @node Kinds of Declarations, Functions for Declarations, Declaration Basics, Declarations
12878 @subsection Kinds of Declarations
12879
12880 @noindent
12881 The type-specifier part of a declaration (that is, the second prompt
12882 in the @kbd{s d} command) can be a type symbol, an interval, or a
12883 vector consisting of zero or more type symbols followed by zero or
12884 more intervals or numbers that represent the set of possible values
12885 for the variable.
12886
12887 @group
12888 @smallexample
12889 [ [ a, [1, 2, 3, 4, 5] ]
12890 [ b, [1 .. 5] ]
12891 [ c, [int, 1 .. 5] ] ]
12892 @end smallexample
12893 @end group
12894
12895 Here @code{a} is declared to contain one of the five integers shown;
12896 @code{b} is any number in the interval from 1 to 5 (any real number
12897 since we haven't specified), and @code{c} is any integer in that
12898 interval. Thus the declarations for @code{a} and @code{c} are
12899 nearly equivalent (see below).
12900
12901 The type-specifier can be the empty vector @samp{[]} to say that
12902 nothing is known about a given variable's value. This is the same
12903 as not declaring the variable at all except that it overrides any
12904 @code{All} declaration which would otherwise apply.
12905
12906 The initial value of @code{Decls} is the empty vector @samp{[]}.
12907 If @code{Decls} has no stored value or if the value stored in it
12908 is not valid, it is ignored and there are no declarations as far
12909 as Calc is concerned. (The @kbd{s d} command will replace such a
12910 malformed value with a fresh empty matrix, @samp{[]}, before recording
12911 the new declaration.) Unrecognized type symbols are ignored.
12912
12913 The following type symbols describe what sorts of numbers will be
12914 stored in a variable:
12915
12916 @table @code
12917 @item int
12918 Integers.
12919 @item numint
12920 Numerical integers. (Integers or integer-valued floats.)
12921 @item frac
12922 Fractions. (Rational numbers which are not integers.)
12923 @item rat
12924 Rational numbers. (Either integers or fractions.)
12925 @item float
12926 Floating-point numbers.
12927 @item real
12928 Real numbers. (Integers, fractions, or floats. Actually,
12929 intervals and error forms with real components also count as
12930 reals here.)
12931 @item pos
12932 Positive real numbers. (Strictly greater than zero.)
12933 @item nonneg
12934 Nonnegative real numbers. (Greater than or equal to zero.)
12935 @item number
12936 Numbers. (Real or complex.)
12937 @end table
12938
12939 Calc uses this information to determine when certain simplifications
12940 of formulas are safe. For example, @samp{(x^y)^z} cannot be
12941 simplified to @samp{x^(y z)} in general; for example,
12942 @samp{((-3)^2)^1:2} is 3, but @samp{(-3)^(2*1:2) = (-3)^1} is @i{-3}.
12943 However, this simplification @emph{is} safe if @code{z} is known
12944 to be an integer, or if @code{x} is known to be a nonnegative
12945 real number. If you have given declarations that allow Calc to
12946 deduce either of these facts, Calc will perform this simplification
12947 of the formula.
12948
12949 Calc can apply a certain amount of logic when using declarations.
12950 For example, @samp{(x^y)^(2n+1)} will be simplified if @code{n}
12951 has been declared @code{int}; Calc knows that an integer times an
12952 integer, plus an integer, must always be an integer. (In fact,
12953 Calc would simplify @samp{(-x)^(2n+1)} to @samp{-(x^(2n+1))} since
12954 it is able to determine that @samp{2n+1} must be an odd integer.)
12955
12956 Similarly, @samp{(abs(x)^y)^z} will be simplified to @samp{abs(x)^(y z)}
12957 because Calc knows that the @code{abs} function always returns a
12958 nonnegative real. If you had a @code{myabs} function that also had
12959 this property, you could get Calc to recognize it by adding the row
12960 @samp{[myabs(), nonneg]} to the @code{Decls} matrix.
12961
12962 One instance of this simplification is @samp{sqrt(x^2)} (since the
12963 @code{sqrt} function is effectively a one-half power). Normally
12964 Calc leaves this formula alone. After the command
12965 @kbd{s d x RET real RET}, however, it can simplify the formula to
12966 @samp{abs(x)}. And after @kbd{s d x RET nonneg RET}, Calc can
12967 simplify this formula all the way to @samp{x}.
12968
12969 If there are any intervals or real numbers in the type specifier,
12970 they comprise the set of possible values that the variable or
12971 function being declared can have. In particular, the type symbol
12972 @code{real} is effectively the same as the range @samp{[-inf .. inf]}
12973 (note that infinity is included in the range of possible values);
12974 @code{pos} is the same as @samp{(0 .. inf]}, and @code{nonneg} is
12975 the same as @samp{[0 .. inf]}. Saying @samp{[real, [-5 .. 5]]} is
12976 redundant because the fact that the variable is real can be
12977 deduced just from the interval, but @samp{[int, [-5 .. 5]]} and
12978 @samp{[rat, [-5 .. 5]]} are useful combinations.
12979
12980 Note that the vector of intervals or numbers is in the same format
12981 used by Calc's set-manipulation commands. @xref{Set Operations}.
12982
12983 The type specifier @samp{[1, 2, 3]} is equivalent to
12984 @samp{[numint, 1, 2, 3]}, @emph{not} to @samp{[int, 1, 2, 3]}.
12985 In other words, the range of possible values means only that
12986 the variable's value must be numerically equal to a number in
12987 that range, but not that it must be equal in type as well.
12988 Calc's set operations act the same way; @samp{in(2, [1., 2., 3.])}
12989 and @samp{in(1.5, [1:2, 3:2, 5:2])} both report ``true.''
12990
12991 If you use a conflicting combination of type specifiers, the
12992 results are unpredictable. An example is @samp{[pos, [0 .. 5]]},
12993 where the interval does not lie in the range described by the
12994 type symbol.
12995
12996 ``Real'' declarations mostly affect simplifications involving powers
12997 like the one described above. Another case where they are used
12998 is in the @kbd{a P} command which returns a list of all roots of a
12999 polynomial; if the variable has been declared real, only the real
13000 roots (if any) will be included in the list.
13001
13002 ``Integer'' declarations are used for simplifications which are valid
13003 only when certain values are integers (such as @samp{(x^y)^z}
13004 shown above).
13005
13006 Another command that makes use of declarations is @kbd{a s}, when
13007 simplifying equations and inequalities. It will cancel @code{x}
13008 from both sides of @samp{a x = b x} only if it is sure @code{x}
13009 is non-zero, say, because it has a @code{pos} declaration.
13010 To declare specifically that @code{x} is real and non-zero,
13011 use @samp{[[-inf .. 0), (0 .. inf]]}. (There is no way in the
13012 current notation to say that @code{x} is nonzero but not necessarily
13013 real.) The @kbd{a e} command does ``unsafe'' simplifications,
13014 including cancelling @samp{x} from the equation when @samp{x} is
13015 not known to be nonzero.
13016
13017 Another set of type symbols distinguish between scalars and vectors.
13018
13019 @table @code
13020 @item scalar
13021 The value is not a vector.
13022 @item vector
13023 The value is a vector.
13024 @item matrix
13025 The value is a matrix (a rectangular vector of vectors).
13026 @end table
13027
13028 These type symbols can be combined with the other type symbols
13029 described above; @samp{[int, matrix]} describes an object which
13030 is a matrix of integers.
13031
13032 Scalar/vector declarations are used to determine whether certain
13033 algebraic operations are safe. For example, @samp{[a, b, c] + x}
13034 is normally not simplified to @samp{[a + x, b + x, c + x]}, but
13035 it will be if @code{x} has been declared @code{scalar}. On the
13036 other hand, multiplication is usually assumed to be commutative,
13037 but the terms in @samp{x y} will never be exchanged if both @code{x}
13038 and @code{y} are known to be vectors or matrices. (Calc currently
13039 never distinguishes between @code{vector} and @code{matrix}
13040 declarations.)
13041
13042 @xref{Matrix Mode}, for a discussion of ``matrix mode'' and
13043 ``scalar mode,'' which are similar to declaring @samp{[All, matrix]}
13044 or @samp{[All, scalar]} but much more convenient.
13045
13046 One more type symbol that is recognized is used with the @kbd{H a d}
13047 command for taking total derivatives of a formula. @xref{Calculus}.
13048
13049 @table @code
13050 @item const
13051 The value is a constant with respect to other variables.
13052 @end table
13053
13054 Calc does not check the declarations for a variable when you store
13055 a value in it. However, storing @i{-3.5} in a variable that has
13056 been declared @code{pos}, @code{int}, or @code{matrix} may have
13057 unexpected effects; Calc may evaluate @samp{sqrt(x^2)} to @cite{3.5}
13058 if it substitutes the value first, or to @cite{-3.5} if @code{x}
13059 was declared @code{pos} and the formula @samp{sqrt(x^2)} is
13060 simplified to @samp{x} before the value is substituted. Before
13061 using a variable for a new purpose, it is best to use @kbd{s d}
13062 or @kbd{s D} to check to make sure you don't still have an old
13063 declaration for the variable that will conflict with its new meaning.
13064
13065 @node Functions for Declarations, , Kinds of Declarations, Declarations
13066 @subsection Functions for Declarations
13067
13068 @noindent
13069 Calc has a set of functions for accessing the current declarations
13070 in a convenient manner. These functions return 1 if the argument
13071 can be shown to have the specified property, or 0 if the argument
13072 can be shown @emph{not} to have that property; otherwise they are
13073 left unevaluated. These functions are suitable for use with rewrite
13074 rules (@pxref{Conditional Rewrite Rules}) or programming constructs
13075 (@pxref{Conditionals in Macros}). They can be entered only using
13076 algebraic notation. @xref{Logical Operations}, for functions
13077 that perform other tests not related to declarations.
13078
13079 For example, @samp{dint(17)} returns 1 because 17 is an integer, as
13080 do @samp{dint(n)} and @samp{dint(2 n - 3)} if @code{n} has been declared
13081 @code{int}, but @samp{dint(2.5)} and @samp{dint(n + 0.5)} return 0.
13082 Calc consults knowledge of its own built-in functions as well as your
13083 own declarations: @samp{dint(floor(x))} returns 1.
13084
13085 @c @starindex
13086 @tindex dint
13087 @c @starindex
13088 @tindex dnumint
13089 @c @starindex
13090 @tindex dnatnum
13091 The @code{dint} function checks if its argument is an integer.
13092 The @code{dnatnum} function checks if its argument is a natural
13093 number, i.e., a nonnegative integer. The @code{dnumint} function
13094 checks if its argument is numerically an integer, i.e., either an
13095 integer or an integer-valued float. Note that these and the other
13096 data type functions also accept vectors or matrices composed of
13097 suitable elements, and that real infinities @samp{inf} and @samp{-inf}
13098 are considered to be integers for the purposes of these functions.
13099
13100 @c @starindex
13101 @tindex drat
13102 The @code{drat} function checks if its argument is rational, i.e.,
13103 an integer or fraction. Infinities count as rational, but intervals
13104 and error forms do not.
13105
13106 @c @starindex
13107 @tindex dreal
13108 The @code{dreal} function checks if its argument is real. This
13109 includes integers, fractions, floats, real error forms, and intervals.
13110
13111 @c @starindex
13112 @tindex dimag
13113 The @code{dimag} function checks if its argument is imaginary,
13114 i.e., is mathematically equal to a real number times @cite{i}.
13115
13116 @c @starindex
13117 @tindex dpos
13118 @c @starindex
13119 @tindex dneg
13120 @c @starindex
13121 @tindex dnonneg
13122 The @code{dpos} function checks for positive (but nonzero) reals.
13123 The @code{dneg} function checks for negative reals. The @code{dnonneg}
13124 function checks for nonnegative reals, i.e., reals greater than or
13125 equal to zero. Note that the @kbd{a s} command can simplify an
13126 expression like @cite{x > 0} to 1 or 0 using @code{dpos}, and that
13127 @kbd{a s} is effectively applied to all conditions in rewrite rules,
13128 so the actual functions @code{dpos}, @code{dneg}, and @code{dnonneg}
13129 are rarely necessary.
13130
13131 @c @starindex
13132 @tindex dnonzero
13133 The @code{dnonzero} function checks that its argument is nonzero.
13134 This includes all nonzero real or complex numbers, all intervals that
13135 do not include zero, all nonzero modulo forms, vectors all of whose
13136 elements are nonzero, and variables or formulas whose values can be
13137 deduced to be nonzero. It does not include error forms, since they
13138 represent values which could be anything including zero. (This is
13139 also the set of objects considered ``true'' in conditional contexts.)
13140
13141 @c @starindex
13142 @tindex deven
13143 @c @starindex
13144 @tindex dodd
13145 The @code{deven} function returns 1 if its argument is known to be
13146 an even integer (or integer-valued float); it returns 0 if its argument
13147 is known not to be even (because it is known to be odd or a non-integer).
13148 The @kbd{a s} command uses this to simplify a test of the form
13149 @samp{x % 2 = 0}. There is also an analogous @code{dodd} function.
13150
13151 @c @starindex
13152 @tindex drange
13153 The @code{drange} function returns a set (an interval or a vector
13154 of intervals and/or numbers; @pxref{Set Operations}) that describes
13155 the set of possible values of its argument. If the argument is
13156 a variable or a function with a declaration, the range is copied
13157 from the declaration. Otherwise, the possible signs of the
13158 expression are determined using a method similar to @code{dpos},
13159 etc., and a suitable set like @samp{[0 .. inf]} is returned. If
13160 the expression is not provably real, the @code{drange} function
13161 remains unevaluated.
13162
13163 @c @starindex
13164 @tindex dscalar
13165 The @code{dscalar} function returns 1 if its argument is provably
13166 scalar, or 0 if its argument is provably non-scalar. It is left
13167 unevaluated if this cannot be determined. (If matrix mode or scalar
13168 mode are in effect, this function returns 1 or 0, respectively,
13169 if it has no other information.) When Calc interprets a condition
13170 (say, in a rewrite rule) it considers an unevaluated formula to be
13171 ``false.'' Thus, @samp{dscalar(a)} is ``true'' only if @code{a} is
13172 provably scalar, and @samp{!dscalar(a)} is ``true'' only if @code{a}
13173 is provably non-scalar; both are ``false'' if there is insufficient
13174 information to tell.
13175
13176 @node Display Modes, Language Modes, Declarations, Mode Settings
13177 @section Display Modes
13178
13179 @noindent
13180 The commands in this section are two-key sequences beginning with the
13181 @kbd{d} prefix. The @kbd{d l} (@code{calc-line-numbering}) and @kbd{d b}
13182 (@code{calc-line-breaking}) commands are described elsewhere;
13183 @pxref{Stack Basics} and @pxref{Normal Language Modes}, respectively.
13184 Display formats for vectors and matrices are also covered elsewhere;
13185 @pxref{Vector and Matrix Formats}.@refill
13186
13187 One thing all display modes have in common is their treatment of the
13188 @kbd{H} prefix. This prefix causes any mode command that would normally
13189 refresh the stack to leave the stack display alone. The word ``Dirty''
13190 will appear in the mode line when Calc thinks the stack display may not
13191 reflect the latest mode settings.
13192
13193 @kindex d RET
13194 @pindex calc-refresh-top
13195 The @kbd{d RET} (@code{calc-refresh-top}) command reformats the
13196 top stack entry according to all the current modes. Positive prefix
13197 arguments reformat the top @var{n} entries; negative prefix arguments
13198 reformat the specified entry, and a prefix of zero is equivalent to
13199 @kbd{d SPC} (@code{calc-refresh}), which reformats the entire stack.
13200 For example, @kbd{H d s M-2 d RET} changes to scientific notation
13201 but reformats only the top two stack entries in the new mode.
13202
13203 The @kbd{I} prefix has another effect on the display modes. The mode
13204 is set only temporarily; the top stack entry is reformatted according
13205 to that mode, then the original mode setting is restored. In other
13206 words, @kbd{I d s} is equivalent to @kbd{H d s d RET H d @var{(old mode)}}.
13207
13208 @menu
13209 * Radix Modes::
13210 * Grouping Digits::
13211 * Float Formats::
13212 * Complex Formats::
13213 * Fraction Formats::
13214 * HMS Formats::
13215 * Date Formats::
13216 * Truncating the Stack::
13217 * Justification::
13218 * Labels::
13219 @end menu
13220
13221 @node Radix Modes, Grouping Digits, Display Modes, Display Modes
13222 @subsection Radix Modes
13223
13224 @noindent
13225 @cindex Radix display
13226 @cindex Non-decimal numbers
13227 @cindex Decimal and non-decimal numbers
13228 Calc normally displays numbers in decimal (@dfn{base-10} or @dfn{radix-10})
13229 notation. Calc can actually display in any radix from two (binary) to 36.
13230 When the radix is above 10, the letters @code{A} to @code{Z} are used as
13231 digits. When entering such a number, letter keys are interpreted as
13232 potential digits rather than terminating numeric entry mode.
13233
13234 @kindex d 2
13235 @kindex d 8
13236 @kindex d 6
13237 @kindex d 0
13238 @cindex Hexadecimal integers
13239 @cindex Octal integers
13240 The key sequences @kbd{d 2}, @kbd{d 8}, @kbd{d 6}, and @kbd{d 0} select
13241 binary, octal, hexadecimal, and decimal as the current display radix,
13242 respectively. Numbers can always be entered in any radix, though the
13243 current radix is used as a default if you press @kbd{#} without any initial
13244 digits. A number entered without a @kbd{#} is @emph{always} interpreted
13245 as decimal.@refill
13246
13247 @kindex d r
13248 @pindex calc-radix
13249 To set the radix generally, use @kbd{d r} (@code{calc-radix}) and enter
13250 an integer from 2 to 36. You can specify the radix as a numeric prefix
13251 argument; otherwise you will be prompted for it.
13252
13253 @kindex d z
13254 @pindex calc-leading-zeros
13255 @cindex Leading zeros
13256 Integers normally are displayed with however many digits are necessary to
13257 represent the integer and no more. The @kbd{d z} (@code{calc-leading-zeros})
13258 command causes integers to be padded out with leading zeros according to the
13259 current binary word size. (@xref{Binary Functions}, for a discussion of
13260 word size.) If the absolute value of the word size is @cite{w}, all integers
13261 are displayed with at least enough digits to represent @c{$2^w-1$}
13262 @cite{(2^w)-1} in the
13263 current radix. (Larger integers will still be displayed in their entirety.)
13264
13265 @node Grouping Digits, Float Formats, Radix Modes, Display Modes
13266 @subsection Grouping Digits
13267
13268 @noindent
13269 @kindex d g
13270 @pindex calc-group-digits
13271 @cindex Grouping digits
13272 @cindex Digit grouping
13273 Long numbers can be hard to read if they have too many digits. For
13274 example, the factorial of 30 is 33 digits long! Press @kbd{d g}
13275 (@code{calc-group-digits}) to enable @dfn{grouping} mode, in which digits
13276 are displayed in clumps of 3 or 4 (depending on the current radix)
13277 separated by commas.
13278
13279 The @kbd{d g} command toggles grouping on and off.
13280 With a numerix prefix of 0, this command displays the current state of
13281 the grouping flag; with an argument of minus one it disables grouping;
13282 with a positive argument @cite{N} it enables grouping on every @cite{N}
13283 digits. For floating-point numbers, grouping normally occurs only
13284 before the decimal point. A negative prefix argument @cite{-N} enables
13285 grouping every @cite{N} digits both before and after the decimal point.@refill
13286
13287 @kindex d ,
13288 @pindex calc-group-char
13289 The @kbd{d ,} (@code{calc-group-char}) command allows you to choose any
13290 character as the grouping separator. The default is the comma character.
13291 If you find it difficult to read vectors of large integers grouped with
13292 commas, you may wish to use spaces or some other character instead.
13293 This command takes the next character you type, whatever it is, and
13294 uses it as the digit separator. As a special case, @kbd{d , \} selects
13295 @samp{\,} (@TeX{}'s thin-space symbol) as the digit separator.
13296
13297 Please note that grouped numbers will not generally be parsed correctly
13298 if re-read in textual form, say by the use of @kbd{M-# y} and @kbd{M-# g}.
13299 (@xref{Kill and Yank}, for details on these commands.) One exception is
13300 the @samp{\,} separator, which doesn't interfere with parsing because it
13301 is ignored by @TeX{} language mode.
13302
13303 @node Float Formats, Complex Formats, Grouping Digits, Display Modes
13304 @subsection Float Formats
13305
13306 @noindent
13307 Floating-point quantities are normally displayed in standard decimal
13308 form, with scientific notation used if the exponent is especially high
13309 or low. All significant digits are normally displayed. The commands
13310 in this section allow you to choose among several alternative display
13311 formats for floats.
13312
13313 @kindex d n
13314 @pindex calc-normal-notation
13315 The @kbd{d n} (@code{calc-normal-notation}) command selects the normal
13316 display format. All significant figures in a number are displayed.
13317 With a positive numeric prefix, numbers are rounded if necessary to
13318 that number of significant digits. With a negative numerix prefix,
13319 the specified number of significant digits less than the current
13320 precision is used. (Thus @kbd{C-u -2 d n} displays 10 digits if the
13321 current precision is 12.)
13322
13323 @kindex d f
13324 @pindex calc-fix-notation
13325 The @kbd{d f} (@code{calc-fix-notation}) command selects fixed-point
13326 notation. The numeric argument is the number of digits after the
13327 decimal point, zero or more. This format will relax into scientific
13328 notation if a nonzero number would otherwise have been rounded all the
13329 way to zero. Specifying a negative number of digits is the same as
13330 for a positive number, except that small nonzero numbers will be rounded
13331 to zero rather than switching to scientific notation.
13332
13333 @kindex d s
13334 @pindex calc-sci-notation
13335 @cindex Scientific notation, display of
13336 The @kbd{d s} (@code{calc-sci-notation}) command selects scientific
13337 notation. A positive argument sets the number of significant figures
13338 displayed, of which one will be before and the rest after the decimal
13339 point. A negative argument works the same as for @kbd{d n} format.
13340 The default is to display all significant digits.
13341
13342 @kindex d e
13343 @pindex calc-eng-notation
13344 @cindex Engineering notation, display of
13345 The @kbd{d e} (@code{calc-eng-notation}) command selects engineering
13346 notation. This is similar to scientific notation except that the
13347 exponent is rounded down to a multiple of three, with from one to three
13348 digits before the decimal point. An optional numeric prefix sets the
13349 number of significant digits to display, as for @kbd{d s}.
13350
13351 It is important to distinguish between the current @emph{precision} and
13352 the current @emph{display format}. After the commands @kbd{C-u 10 p}
13353 and @kbd{C-u 6 d n} the Calculator computes all results to ten
13354 significant figures but displays only six. (In fact, intermediate
13355 calculations are often carried to one or two more significant figures,
13356 but values placed on the stack will be rounded down to ten figures.)
13357 Numbers are never actually rounded to the display precision for storage,
13358 except by commands like @kbd{C-k} and @kbd{M-# y} which operate on the
13359 actual displayed text in the Calculator buffer.
13360
13361 @kindex d .
13362 @pindex calc-point-char
13363 The @kbd{d .} (@code{calc-point-char}) command selects the character used
13364 as a decimal point. Normally this is a period; users in some countries
13365 may wish to change this to a comma. Note that this is only a display
13366 style; on entry, periods must always be used to denote floating-point
13367 numbers, and commas to separate elements in a list.
13368
13369 @node Complex Formats, Fraction Formats, Float Formats, Display Modes
13370 @subsection Complex Formats
13371
13372 @noindent
13373 @kindex d c
13374 @pindex calc-complex-notation
13375 There are three supported notations for complex numbers in rectangular
13376 form. The default is as a pair of real numbers enclosed in parentheses
13377 and separated by a comma: @samp{(a,b)}. The @kbd{d c}
13378 (@code{calc-complex-notation}) command selects this style.@refill
13379
13380 @kindex d i
13381 @pindex calc-i-notation
13382 @kindex d j
13383 @pindex calc-j-notation
13384 The other notations are @kbd{d i} (@code{calc-i-notation}), in which
13385 numbers are displayed in @samp{a+bi} form, and @kbd{d j}
13386 (@code{calc-j-notation}) which displays the form @samp{a+bj} preferred
13387 in some disciplines.@refill
13388
13389 @cindex @code{i} variable
13390 @vindex i
13391 Complex numbers are normally entered in @samp{(a,b)} format.
13392 If you enter @samp{2+3i} as an algebraic formula, it will be stored as
13393 the formula @samp{2 + 3 * i}. However, if you use @kbd{=} to evaluate
13394 this formula and you have not changed the variable @samp{i}, the @samp{i}
13395 will be interpreted as @samp{(0,1)} and the formula will be simplified
13396 to @samp{(2,3)}. Other commands (like @code{calc-sin}) will @emph{not}
13397 interpret the formula @samp{2 + 3 * i} as a complex number.
13398 @xref{Variables}, under ``special constants.''@refill
13399
13400 @node Fraction Formats, HMS Formats, Complex Formats, Display Modes
13401 @subsection Fraction Formats
13402
13403 @noindent
13404 @kindex d o
13405 @pindex calc-over-notation
13406 Display of fractional numbers is controlled by the @kbd{d o}
13407 (@code{calc-over-notation}) command. By default, a number like
13408 eight thirds is displayed in the form @samp{8:3}. The @kbd{d o} command
13409 prompts for a one- or two-character format. If you give one character,
13410 that character is used as the fraction separator. Common separators are
13411 @samp{:} and @samp{/}. (During input of numbers, the @kbd{:} key must be
13412 used regardless of the display format; in particular, the @kbd{/} is used
13413 for RPN-style division, @emph{not} for entering fractions.)
13414
13415 If you give two characters, fractions use ``integer-plus-fractional-part''
13416 notation. For example, the format @samp{+/} would display eight thirds
13417 as @samp{2+2/3}. If two colons are present in a number being entered,
13418 the number is interpreted in this form (so that the entries @kbd{2:2:3}
13419 and @kbd{8:3} are equivalent).
13420
13421 It is also possible to follow the one- or two-character format with
13422 a number. For example: @samp{:10} or @samp{+/3}. In this case,
13423 Calc adjusts all fractions that are displayed to have the specified
13424 denominator, if possible. Otherwise it adjusts the denominator to
13425 be a multiple of the specified value. For example, in @samp{:6} mode
13426 the fraction @cite{1:6} will be unaffected, but @cite{2:3} will be
13427 displayed as @cite{4:6}, @cite{1:2} will be displayed as @cite{3:6},
13428 and @cite{1:8} will be displayed as @cite{3:24}. Integers are also
13429 affected by this mode: 3 is displayed as @cite{18:6}. Note that the
13430 format @samp{:1} writes fractions the same as @samp{:}, but it writes
13431 integers as @cite{n:1}.
13432
13433 The fraction format does not affect the way fractions or integers are
13434 stored, only the way they appear on the screen. The fraction format
13435 never affects floats.
13436
13437 @node HMS Formats, Date Formats, Fraction Formats, Display Modes
13438 @subsection HMS Formats
13439
13440 @noindent
13441 @kindex d h
13442 @pindex calc-hms-notation
13443 The @kbd{d h} (@code{calc-hms-notation}) command controls the display of
13444 HMS (hours-minutes-seconds) forms. It prompts for a string which
13445 consists basically of an ``hours'' marker, optional punctuation, a
13446 ``minutes'' marker, more optional punctuation, and a ``seconds'' marker.
13447 Punctuation is zero or more spaces, commas, or semicolons. The hours
13448 marker is one or more non-punctuation characters. The minutes and
13449 seconds markers must be single non-punctuation characters.
13450
13451 The default HMS format is @samp{@@ ' "}, producing HMS values of the form
13452 @samp{23@@ 30' 15.75"}. The format @samp{deg, ms} would display this same
13453 value as @samp{23deg, 30m15.75s}. During numeric entry, the @kbd{h} or @kbd{o}
13454 keys are recognized as synonyms for @kbd{@@} regardless of display format.
13455 The @kbd{m} and @kbd{s} keys are recognized as synonyms for @kbd{'} and
13456 @kbd{"}, respectively, but only if an @kbd{@@} (or @kbd{h} or @kbd{o}) has
13457 already been typed; otherwise, they have their usual meanings
13458 (@kbd{m-} prefix and @kbd{s-} prefix). Thus, @kbd{5 "}, @kbd{0 @@ 5 "}, and
13459 @kbd{0 h 5 s} are some of the ways to enter the quantity ``five seconds.''
13460 The @kbd{'} key is recognized as ``minutes'' only if @kbd{@@} (or @kbd{h} or
13461 @kbd{o}) has already been pressed; otherwise it means to switch to algebraic
13462 entry.
13463
13464 @node Date Formats, Truncating the Stack, HMS Formats, Display Modes
13465 @subsection Date Formats
13466
13467 @noindent
13468 @kindex d d
13469 @pindex calc-date-notation
13470 The @kbd{d d} (@code{calc-date-notation}) command controls the display
13471 of date forms (@pxref{Date Forms}). It prompts for a string which
13472 contains letters that represent the various parts of a date and time.
13473 To show which parts should be omitted when the form represents a pure
13474 date with no time, parts of the string can be enclosed in @samp{< >}
13475 marks. If you don't include @samp{< >} markers in the format, Calc
13476 guesses at which parts, if any, should be omitted when formatting
13477 pure dates.
13478
13479 The default format is: @samp{<H:mm:SSpp >Www Mmm D, YYYY}.
13480 An example string in this format is @samp{3:32pm Wed Jan 9, 1991}.
13481 If you enter a blank format string, this default format is
13482 reestablished.
13483
13484 Calc uses @samp{< >} notation for nameless functions as well as for
13485 dates. @xref{Specifying Operators}. To avoid confusion with nameless
13486 functions, your date formats should avoid using the @samp{#} character.
13487
13488 @menu
13489 * Date Formatting Codes::
13490 * Free-Form Dates::
13491 * Standard Date Formats::
13492 @end menu
13493
13494 @node Date Formatting Codes, Free-Form Dates, Date Formats, Date Formats
13495 @subsubsection Date Formatting Codes
13496
13497 @noindent
13498 When displaying a date, the current date format is used. All
13499 characters except for letters and @samp{<} and @samp{>} are
13500 copied literally when dates are formatted. The portion between
13501 @samp{< >} markers is omitted for pure dates, or included for
13502 date/time forms. Letters are interpreted according to the table
13503 below.
13504
13505 When dates are read in during algebraic entry, Calc first tries to
13506 match the input string to the current format either with or without
13507 the time part. The punctuation characters (including spaces) must
13508 match exactly; letter fields must correspond to suitable text in
13509 the input. If this doesn't work, Calc checks if the input is a
13510 simple number; if so, the number is interpreted as a number of days
13511 since Jan 1, 1 AD. Otherwise, Calc tries a much more relaxed and
13512 flexible algorithm which is described in the next section.
13513
13514 Weekday names are ignored during reading.
13515
13516 Two-digit year numbers are interpreted as lying in the range
13517 from 1941 to 2039. Years outside that range are always
13518 entered and displayed in full. Year numbers with a leading
13519 @samp{+} sign are always interpreted exactly, allowing the
13520 entry and display of the years 1 through 99 AD.
13521
13522 Here is a complete list of the formatting codes for dates:
13523
13524 @table @asis
13525 @item Y
13526 Year: ``91'' for 1991, ``7'' for 2007, ``+23'' for 23 AD.
13527 @item YY
13528 Year: ``91'' for 1991, ``07'' for 2007, ``+23'' for 23 AD.
13529 @item BY
13530 Year: ``91'' for 1991, `` 7'' for 2007, ``+23'' for 23 AD.
13531 @item YYY
13532 Year: ``1991'' for 1991, ``23'' for 23 AD.
13533 @item YYYY
13534 Year: ``1991'' for 1991, ``+23'' for 23 AD.
13535 @item aa
13536 Year: ``ad'' or blank.
13537 @item AA
13538 Year: ``AD'' or blank.
13539 @item aaa
13540 Year: ``ad '' or blank. (Note trailing space.)
13541 @item AAA
13542 Year: ``AD '' or blank.
13543 @item aaaa
13544 Year: ``a.d.'' or blank.
13545 @item AAAA
13546 Year: ``A.D.'' or blank.
13547 @item bb
13548 Year: ``bc'' or blank.
13549 @item BB
13550 Year: ``BC'' or blank.
13551 @item bbb
13552 Year: `` bc'' or blank. (Note leading space.)
13553 @item BBB
13554 Year: `` BC'' or blank.
13555 @item bbbb
13556 Year: ``b.c.'' or blank.
13557 @item BBBB
13558 Year: ``B.C.'' or blank.
13559 @item M
13560 Month: ``8'' for August.
13561 @item MM
13562 Month: ``08'' for August.
13563 @item BM
13564 Month: `` 8'' for August.
13565 @item MMM
13566 Month: ``AUG'' for August.
13567 @item Mmm
13568 Month: ``Aug'' for August.
13569 @item mmm
13570 Month: ``aug'' for August.
13571 @item MMMM
13572 Month: ``AUGUST'' for August.
13573 @item Mmmm
13574 Month: ``August'' for August.
13575 @item D
13576 Day: ``7'' for 7th day of month.
13577 @item DD
13578 Day: ``07'' for 7th day of month.
13579 @item BD
13580 Day: `` 7'' for 7th day of month.
13581 @item W
13582 Weekday: ``0'' for Sunday, ``6'' for Saturday.
13583 @item WWW
13584 Weekday: ``SUN'' for Sunday.
13585 @item Www
13586 Weekday: ``Sun'' for Sunday.
13587 @item www
13588 Weekday: ``sun'' for Sunday.
13589 @item WWWW
13590 Weekday: ``SUNDAY'' for Sunday.
13591 @item Wwww
13592 Weekday: ``Sunday'' for Sunday.
13593 @item d
13594 Day of year: ``34'' for Feb. 3.
13595 @item ddd
13596 Day of year: ``034'' for Feb. 3.
13597 @item bdd
13598 Day of year: `` 34'' for Feb. 3.
13599 @item h
13600 Hour: ``5'' for 5 AM; ``17'' for 5 PM.
13601 @item hh
13602 Hour: ``05'' for 5 AM; ``17'' for 5 PM.
13603 @item bh
13604 Hour: `` 5'' for 5 AM; ``17'' for 5 PM.
13605 @item H
13606 Hour: ``5'' for 5 AM and 5 PM.
13607 @item HH
13608 Hour: ``05'' for 5 AM and 5 PM.
13609 @item BH
13610 Hour: `` 5'' for 5 AM and 5 PM.
13611 @item p
13612 AM/PM: ``a'' or ``p''.
13613 @item P
13614 AM/PM: ``A'' or ``P''.
13615 @item pp
13616 AM/PM: ``am'' or ``pm''.
13617 @item PP
13618 AM/PM: ``AM'' or ``PM''.
13619 @item pppp
13620 AM/PM: ``a.m.'' or ``p.m.''.
13621 @item PPPP
13622 AM/PM: ``A.M.'' or ``P.M.''.
13623 @item m
13624 Minutes: ``7'' for 7.
13625 @item mm
13626 Minutes: ``07'' for 7.
13627 @item bm
13628 Minutes: `` 7'' for 7.
13629 @item s
13630 Seconds: ``7'' for 7; ``7.23'' for 7.23.
13631 @item ss
13632 Seconds: ``07'' for 7; ``07.23'' for 7.23.
13633 @item bs
13634 Seconds: `` 7'' for 7; `` 7.23'' for 7.23.
13635 @item SS
13636 Optional seconds: ``07'' for 7; blank for 0.
13637 @item BS
13638 Optional seconds: `` 7'' for 7; blank for 0.
13639 @item N
13640 Numeric date/time: ``726842.25'' for 6:00am Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13641 @item n
13642 Numeric date: ``726842'' for any time on Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13643 @item J
13644 Julian date/time: ``2448265.75'' for 6:00am Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13645 @item j
13646 Julian date: ``2448266'' for any time on Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13647 @item U
13648 Unix time: ``663400800'' for 6:00am Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13649 @item X
13650 Brackets suppression. An ``X'' at the front of the format
13651 causes the surrounding @w{@samp{< >}} delimiters to be omitted
13652 when formatting dates. Note that the brackets are still
13653 required for algebraic entry.
13654 @end table
13655
13656 If ``SS'' or ``BS'' (optional seconds) is preceded by a colon, the
13657 colon is also omitted if the seconds part is zero.
13658
13659 If ``bb,'' ``bbb'' or ``bbbb'' or their upper-case equivalents
13660 appear in the format, then negative year numbers are displayed
13661 without a minus sign. Note that ``aa'' and ``bb'' are mutually
13662 exclusive. Some typical usages would be @samp{YYYY AABB};
13663 @samp{AAAYYYYBBB}; @samp{YYYYBBB}.
13664
13665 The formats ``YY,'' ``YYYY,'' ``MM,'' ``DD,'' ``ddd,'' ``hh,'' ``HH,''
13666 ``mm,'' ``ss,'' and ``SS'' actually match any number of digits during
13667 reading unless several of these codes are strung together with no
13668 punctuation in between, in which case the input must have exactly as
13669 many digits as there are letters in the format.
13670
13671 The ``j,'' ``J,'' and ``U'' formats do not make any time zone
13672 adjustment. They effectively use @samp{julian(x,0)} and
13673 @samp{unixtime(x,0)} to make the conversion; @pxref{Date Arithmetic}.
13674
13675 @node Free-Form Dates, Standard Date Formats, Date Formatting Codes, Date Formats
13676 @subsubsection Free-Form Dates
13677
13678 @noindent
13679 When reading a date form during algebraic entry, Calc falls back
13680 on the algorithm described here if the input does not exactly
13681 match the current date format. This algorithm generally
13682 ``does the right thing'' and you don't have to worry about it,
13683 but it is described here in full detail for the curious.
13684
13685 Calc does not distinguish between upper- and lower-case letters
13686 while interpreting dates.
13687
13688 First, the time portion, if present, is located somewhere in the
13689 text and then removed. The remaining text is then interpreted as
13690 the date.
13691
13692 A time is of the form @samp{hh:mm:ss}, possibly with the seconds
13693 part omitted and possibly with an AM/PM indicator added to indicate
13694 12-hour time. If the AM/PM is present, the minutes may also be
13695 omitted. The AM/PM part may be any of the words @samp{am},
13696 @samp{pm}, @samp{noon}, or @samp{midnight}; each of these may be
13697 abbreviated to one letter, and the alternate forms @samp{a.m.},
13698 @samp{p.m.}, and @samp{mid} are also understood. Obviously
13699 @samp{noon} and @samp{midnight} are allowed only on 12:00:00.
13700 The words @samp{noon}, @samp{mid}, and @samp{midnight} are also
13701 recognized with no number attached.
13702
13703 If there is no AM/PM indicator, the time is interpreted in 24-hour
13704 format.
13705
13706 To read the date portion, all words and numbers are isolated
13707 from the string; other characters are ignored. All words must
13708 be either month names or day-of-week names (the latter of which
13709 are ignored). Names can be written in full or as three-letter
13710 abbreviations.
13711
13712 Large numbers, or numbers with @samp{+} or @samp{-} signs,
13713 are interpreted as years. If one of the other numbers is
13714 greater than 12, then that must be the day and the remaining
13715 number in the input is therefore the month. Otherwise, Calc
13716 assumes the month, day and year are in the same order that they
13717 appear in the current date format. If the year is omitted, the
13718 current year is taken from the system clock.
13719
13720 If there are too many or too few numbers, or any unrecognizable
13721 words, then the input is rejected.
13722
13723 If there are any large numbers (of five digits or more) other than
13724 the year, they are ignored on the assumption that they are something
13725 like Julian dates that were included along with the traditional
13726 date components when the date was formatted.
13727
13728 One of the words @samp{ad}, @samp{a.d.}, @samp{bc}, or @samp{b.c.}
13729 may optionally be used; the latter two are equivalent to a
13730 minus sign on the year value.
13731
13732 If you always enter a four-digit year, and use a name instead
13733 of a number for the month, there is no danger of ambiguity.
13734
13735 @node Standard Date Formats, , Free-Form Dates, Date Formats
13736 @subsubsection Standard Date Formats
13737
13738 @noindent
13739 There are actually ten standard date formats, numbered 0 through 9.
13740 Entering a blank line at the @kbd{d d} command's prompt gives
13741 you format number 1, Calc's usual format. You can enter any digit
13742 to select the other formats.
13743
13744 To create your own standard date formats, give a numeric prefix
13745 argument from 0 to 9 to the @w{@kbd{d d}} command. The format you
13746 enter will be recorded as the new standard format of that
13747 number, as well as becoming the new current date format.
13748 You can save your formats permanently with the @w{@kbd{m m}}
13749 command (@pxref{Mode Settings}).
13750
13751 @table @asis
13752 @item 0
13753 @samp{N} (Numerical format)
13754 @item 1
13755 @samp{<H:mm:SSpp >Www Mmm D, YYYY} (American format)
13756 @item 2
13757 @samp{D Mmm YYYY<, h:mm:SS>} (European format)
13758 @item 3
13759 @samp{Www Mmm BD< hh:mm:ss> YYYY} (Unix written date format)
13760 @item 4
13761 @samp{M/D/Y< H:mm:SSpp>} (American slashed format)
13762 @item 5
13763 @samp{D.M.Y< h:mm:SS>} (European dotted format)
13764 @item 6
13765 @samp{M-D-Y< H:mm:SSpp>} (American dashed format)
13766 @item 7
13767 @samp{D-M-Y< h:mm:SS>} (European dashed format)
13768 @item 8
13769 @samp{j<, h:mm:ss>} (Julian day plus time)
13770 @item 9
13771 @samp{YYddd< hh:mm:ss>} (Year-day format)
13772 @end table
13773
13774 @node Truncating the Stack, Justification, Date Formats, Display Modes
13775 @subsection Truncating the Stack
13776
13777 @noindent
13778 @kindex d t
13779 @pindex calc-truncate-stack
13780 @cindex Truncating the stack
13781 @cindex Narrowing the stack
13782 The @kbd{d t} (@code{calc-truncate-stack}) command moves the @samp{.}@:
13783 line that marks the top-of-stack up or down in the Calculator buffer.
13784 The number right above that line is considered to the be at the top of
13785 the stack. Any numbers below that line are ``hidden'' from all stack
13786 operations. This is similar to the Emacs ``narrowing'' feature, except
13787 that the values below the @samp{.} are @emph{visible}, just temporarily
13788 frozen. This feature allows you to keep several independent calculations
13789 running at once in different parts of the stack, or to apply a certain
13790 command to an element buried deep in the stack.@refill
13791
13792 Pressing @kbd{d t} by itself moves the @samp{.} to the line the cursor
13793 is on. Thus, this line and all those below it become hidden. To un-hide
13794 these lines, move down to the end of the buffer and press @w{@kbd{d t}}.
13795 With a positive numeric prefix argument @cite{n}, @kbd{d t} hides the
13796 bottom @cite{n} values in the buffer. With a negative argument, it hides
13797 all but the top @cite{n} values. With an argument of zero, it hides zero
13798 values, i.e., moves the @samp{.} all the way down to the bottom.@refill
13799
13800 @kindex d [
13801 @pindex calc-truncate-up
13802 @kindex d ]
13803 @pindex calc-truncate-down
13804 The @kbd{d [} (@code{calc-truncate-up}) and @kbd{d ]}
13805 (@code{calc-truncate-down}) commands move the @samp{.} up or down one
13806 line at a time (or several lines with a prefix argument).@refill
13807
13808 @node Justification, Labels, Truncating the Stack, Display Modes
13809 @subsection Justification
13810
13811 @noindent
13812 @kindex d <
13813 @pindex calc-left-justify
13814 @kindex d =
13815 @pindex calc-center-justify
13816 @kindex d >
13817 @pindex calc-right-justify
13818 Values on the stack are normally left-justified in the window. You can
13819 control this arrangement by typing @kbd{d <} (@code{calc-left-justify}),
13820 @kbd{d >} (@code{calc-right-justify}), or @kbd{d =}
13821 (@code{calc-center-justify}). For example, in right-justification mode,
13822 stack entries are displayed flush-right against the right edge of the
13823 window.@refill
13824
13825 If you change the width of the Calculator window you may have to type
13826 @kbd{d SPC} (@code{calc-refresh}) to re-align right-justified or centered
13827 text.
13828
13829 Right-justification is especially useful together with fixed-point
13830 notation (see @code{d f}; @code{calc-fix-notation}). With these modes
13831 together, the decimal points on numbers will always line up.
13832
13833 With a numeric prefix argument, the justification commands give you
13834 a little extra control over the display. The argument specifies the
13835 horizontal ``origin'' of a display line. It is also possible to
13836 specify a maximum line width using the @kbd{d b} command (@pxref{Normal
13837 Language Modes}). For reference, the precise rules for formatting and
13838 breaking lines are given below. Notice that the interaction between
13839 origin and line width is slightly different in each justification
13840 mode.
13841
13842 In left-justified mode, the line is indented by a number of spaces
13843 given by the origin (default zero). If the result is longer than the
13844 maximum line width, if given, or too wide to fit in the Calc window
13845 otherwise, then it is broken into lines which will fit; each broken
13846 line is indented to the origin.
13847
13848 In right-justified mode, lines are shifted right so that the rightmost
13849 character is just before the origin, or just before the current
13850 window width if no origin was specified. If the line is too long
13851 for this, then it is broken; the current line width is used, if
13852 specified, or else the origin is used as a width if that is
13853 specified, or else the line is broken to fit in the window.
13854
13855 In centering mode, the origin is the column number of the center of
13856 each stack entry. If a line width is specified, lines will not be
13857 allowed to go past that width; Calc will either indent less or
13858 break the lines if necessary. If no origin is specified, half the
13859 line width or Calc window width is used.
13860
13861 Note that, in each case, if line numbering is enabled the display
13862 is indented an additional four spaces to make room for the line
13863 number. The width of the line number is taken into account when
13864 positioning according to the current Calc window width, but not
13865 when positioning by explicit origins and widths. In the latter
13866 case, the display is formatted as specified, and then uniformly
13867 shifted over four spaces to fit the line numbers.
13868
13869 @node Labels, , Justification, Display Modes
13870 @subsection Labels
13871
13872 @noindent
13873 @kindex d @{
13874 @pindex calc-left-label
13875 The @kbd{d @{} (@code{calc-left-label}) command prompts for a string,
13876 then displays that string to the left of every stack entry. If the
13877 entries are left-justified (@pxref{Justification}), then they will
13878 appear immediately after the label (unless you specified an origin
13879 greater than the length of the label). If the entries are centered
13880 or right-justified, the label appears on the far left and does not
13881 affect the horizontal position of the stack entry.
13882
13883 Give a blank string (with @kbd{d @{ @key{RET}}) to turn the label off.
13884
13885 @kindex d @}
13886 @pindex calc-right-label
13887 The @kbd{d @}} (@code{calc-right-label}) command similarly adds a
13888 label on the righthand side. It does not affect positioning of
13889 the stack entries unless they are right-justified. Also, if both
13890 a line width and an origin are given in right-justified mode, the
13891 stack entry is justified to the origin and the righthand label is
13892 justified to the line width.
13893
13894 One application of labels would be to add equation numbers to
13895 formulas you are manipulating in Calc and then copying into a
13896 document (possibly using Embedded Mode). The equations would
13897 typically be centered, and the equation numbers would be on the
13898 left or right as you prefer.
13899
13900 @node Language Modes, Modes Variable, Display Modes, Mode Settings
13901 @section Language Modes
13902
13903 @noindent
13904 The commands in this section change Calc to use a different notation for
13905 entry and display of formulas, corresponding to the conventions of some
13906 other common language such as Pascal or @TeX{}. Objects displayed on the
13907 stack or yanked from the Calculator to an editing buffer will be formatted
13908 in the current language; objects entered in algebraic entry or yanked from
13909 another buffer will be interpreted according to the current language.
13910
13911 The current language has no effect on things written to or read from the
13912 trail buffer, nor does it affect numeric entry. Only algebraic entry is
13913 affected. You can make even algebraic entry ignore the current language
13914 and use the standard notation by giving a numeric prefix, e.g., @kbd{C-u '}.
13915
13916 For example, suppose the formula @samp{2*a[1] + atan(a[2])} occurs in a C
13917 program; elsewhere in the program you need the derivatives of this formula
13918 with respect to @samp{a[1]} and @samp{a[2]}. First, type @kbd{d C}
13919 to switch to C notation. Now use @code{C-u M-# g} to grab the formula
13920 into the Calculator, @kbd{a d a[1] @key{RET}} to differentiate with respect
13921 to the first variable, and @kbd{M-# y} to yank the formula for the derivative
13922 back into your C program. Press @kbd{U} to undo the differentiation and
13923 repeat with @kbd{a d a[2] @key{RET}} for the other derivative.
13924
13925 Without being switched into C mode first, Calc would have misinterpreted
13926 the brackets in @samp{a[1]} and @samp{a[2]}, would not have known that
13927 @code{atan} was equivalent to Calc's built-in @code{arctan} function,
13928 and would have written the formula back with notations (like implicit
13929 multiplication) which would not have been legal for a C program.
13930
13931 As another example, suppose you are maintaining a C program and a @TeX{}
13932 document, each of which needs a copy of the same formula. You can grab the
13933 formula from the program in C mode, switch to @TeX{} mode, and yank the
13934 formula into the document in @TeX{} math-mode format.
13935
13936 Language modes are selected by typing the letter @kbd{d} followed by a
13937 shifted letter key.
13938
13939 @menu
13940 * Normal Language Modes::
13941 * C FORTRAN Pascal::
13942 * TeX Language Mode::
13943 * Eqn Language Mode::
13944 * Mathematica Language Mode::
13945 * Maple Language Mode::
13946 * Compositions::
13947 * Syntax Tables::
13948 @end menu
13949
13950 @node Normal Language Modes, C FORTRAN Pascal, Language Modes, Language Modes
13951 @subsection Normal Language Modes
13952
13953 @noindent
13954 @kindex d N
13955 @pindex calc-normal-language
13956 The @kbd{d N} (@code{calc-normal-language}) command selects the usual
13957 notation for Calc formulas, as described in the rest of this manual.
13958 Matrices are displayed in a multi-line tabular format, but all other
13959 objects are written in linear form, as they would be typed from the
13960 keyboard.
13961
13962 @kindex d O
13963 @pindex calc-flat-language
13964 @cindex Matrix display
13965 The @kbd{d O} (@code{calc-flat-language}) command selects a language
13966 identical with the normal one, except that matrices are written in
13967 one-line form along with everything else. In some applications this
13968 form may be more suitable for yanking data into other buffers.
13969
13970 @kindex d b
13971 @pindex calc-line-breaking
13972 @cindex Line breaking
13973 @cindex Breaking up long lines
13974 Even in one-line mode, long formulas or vectors will still be split
13975 across multiple lines if they exceed the width of the Calculator window.
13976 The @kbd{d b} (@code{calc-line-breaking}) command turns this line-breaking
13977 feature on and off. (It works independently of the current language.)
13978 If you give a numeric prefix argument of five or greater to the @kbd{d b}
13979 command, that argument will specify the line width used when breaking
13980 long lines.
13981
13982 @kindex d B
13983 @pindex calc-big-language
13984 The @kbd{d B} (@code{calc-big-language}) command selects a language
13985 which uses textual approximations to various mathematical notations,
13986 such as powers, quotients, and square roots:
13987
13988 @example
13989 ____________
13990 | a + 1 2
13991 | ----- + c
13992 \| b
13993 @end example
13994
13995 @noindent
13996 in place of @samp{sqrt((a+1)/b + c^2)}.
13997
13998 Subscripts like @samp{a_i} are displayed as actual subscripts in ``big''
13999 mode. Double subscripts, @samp{a_i_j} (@samp{subscr(subscr(a, i), j)})
14000 are displayed as @samp{a} with subscripts separated by commas:
14001 @samp{i, j}. They must still be entered in the usual underscore
14002 notation.
14003
14004 One slight ambiguity of Big notation is that
14005
14006 @example
14007 3
14008 - -
14009 4
14010 @end example
14011
14012 @noindent
14013 can represent either the negative rational number @cite{-3:4}, or the
14014 actual expression @samp{-(3/4)}; but the latter formula would normally
14015 never be displayed because it would immediately be evaluated to
14016 @cite{-3:4} or @cite{-0.75}, so this ambiguity is not a problem in
14017 typical use.
14018
14019 Non-decimal numbers are displayed with subscripts. Thus there is no
14020 way to tell the difference between @samp{16#C2} and @samp{C2_16},
14021 though generally you will know which interpretation is correct.
14022 Logarithms @samp{log(x,b)} and @samp{log10(x)} also use subscripts
14023 in Big mode.
14024
14025 In Big mode, stack entries often take up several lines. To aid
14026 readability, stack entries are separated by a blank line in this mode.
14027 You may find it useful to expand the Calc window's height using
14028 @kbd{C-x ^} (@code{enlarge-window}) or to make the Calc window the only
14029 one on the screen with @kbd{C-x 1} (@code{delete-other-windows}).
14030
14031 Long lines are currently not rearranged to fit the window width in
14032 Big mode, so you may need to use the @kbd{<} and @kbd{>} keys
14033 to scroll across a wide formula. For really big formulas, you may
14034 even need to use @kbd{@{} and @kbd{@}} to scroll up and down.
14035
14036 @kindex d U
14037 @pindex calc-unformatted-language
14038 The @kbd{d U} (@code{calc-unformatted-language}) command altogether disables
14039 the use of operator notation in formulas. In this mode, the formula
14040 shown above would be displayed:
14041
14042 @example
14043 sqrt(add(div(add(a, 1), b), pow(c, 2)))
14044 @end example
14045
14046 These four modes differ only in display format, not in the format
14047 expected for algebraic entry. The standard Calc operators work in
14048 all four modes, and unformatted notation works in any language mode
14049 (except that Mathematica mode expects square brackets instead of
14050 parentheses).
14051
14052 @node C FORTRAN Pascal, TeX Language Mode, Normal Language Modes, Language Modes
14053 @subsection C, FORTRAN, and Pascal Modes
14054
14055 @noindent
14056 @kindex d C
14057 @pindex calc-c-language
14058 @cindex C language
14059 The @kbd{d C} (@code{calc-c-language}) command selects the conventions
14060 of the C language for display and entry of formulas. This differs from
14061 the normal language mode in a variety of (mostly minor) ways. In
14062 particular, C language operators and operator precedences are used in
14063 place of Calc's usual ones. For example, @samp{a^b} means @samp{xor(a,b)}
14064 in C mode; a value raised to a power is written as a function call,
14065 @samp{pow(a,b)}.
14066
14067 In C mode, vectors and matrices use curly braces instead of brackets.
14068 Octal and hexadecimal values are written with leading @samp{0} or @samp{0x}
14069 rather than using the @samp{#} symbol. Array subscripting is
14070 translated into @code{subscr} calls, so that @samp{a[i]} in C
14071 mode is the same as @samp{a_i} in normal mode. Assignments
14072 turn into the @code{assign} function, which Calc normally displays
14073 using the @samp{:=} symbol.
14074
14075 The variables @code{var-pi} and @code{var-e} would be displayed @samp{pi}
14076 and @samp{e} in normal mode, but in C mode they are displayed as
14077 @samp{M_PI} and @samp{M_E}, corresponding to the names of constants
14078 typically provided in the @file{<math.h>} header. Functions whose
14079 names are different in C are translated automatically for entry and
14080 display purposes. For example, entering @samp{asin(x)} will push the
14081 formula @samp{arcsin(x)} onto the stack; this formula will be displayed
14082 as @samp{asin(x)} as long as C mode is in effect.
14083
14084 @kindex d P
14085 @pindex calc-pascal-language
14086 @cindex Pascal language
14087 The @kbd{d P} (@code{calc-pascal-language}) command selects Pascal
14088 conventions. Like C mode, Pascal mode interprets array brackets and uses
14089 a different table of operators. Hexadecimal numbers are entered and
14090 displayed with a preceding dollar sign. (Thus the regular meaning of
14091 @kbd{$2} during algebraic entry does not work in Pascal mode, though
14092 @kbd{$} (and @kbd{$$}, etc.) not followed by digits works the same as
14093 always.) No special provisions are made for other non-decimal numbers,
14094 vectors, and so on, since there is no universally accepted standard way
14095 of handling these in Pascal.
14096
14097 @kindex d F
14098 @pindex calc-fortran-language
14099 @cindex FORTRAN language
14100 The @kbd{d F} (@code{calc-fortran-language}) command selects FORTRAN
14101 conventions. Various function names are transformed into FORTRAN
14102 equivalents. Vectors are written as @samp{/1, 2, 3/}, and may be
14103 entered this way or using square brackets. Since FORTRAN uses round
14104 parentheses for both function calls and array subscripts, Calc displays
14105 both in the same way; @samp{a(i)} is interpreted as a function call
14106 upon reading, and subscripts must be entered as @samp{subscr(a, i)}.
14107 Also, if the variable @code{a} has been declared to have type
14108 @code{vector} or @code{matrix} then @samp{a(i)} will be parsed as a
14109 subscript. (@xref{Declarations}.) Usually it doesn't matter, though;
14110 if you enter the subscript expression @samp{a(i)} and Calc interprets
14111 it as a function call, you'll never know the difference unless you
14112 switch to another language mode or replace @code{a} with an actual
14113 vector (or unless @code{a} happens to be the name of a built-in
14114 function!).
14115
14116 Underscores are allowed in variable and function names in all of these
14117 language modes. The underscore here is equivalent to the @samp{#} in
14118 normal mode, or to hyphens in the underlying Emacs Lisp variable names.
14119
14120 FORTRAN and Pascal modes normally do not adjust the case of letters in
14121 formulas. Most built-in Calc names use lower-case letters. If you use a
14122 positive numeric prefix argument with @kbd{d P} or @kbd{d F}, these
14123 modes will use upper-case letters exclusively for display, and will
14124 convert to lower-case on input. With a negative prefix, these modes
14125 convert to lower-case for display and input.
14126
14127 @node TeX Language Mode, Eqn Language Mode, C FORTRAN Pascal, Language Modes
14128 @subsection @TeX{} Language Mode
14129
14130 @noindent
14131 @kindex d T
14132 @pindex calc-tex-language
14133 @cindex TeX language
14134 The @kbd{d T} (@code{calc-tex-language}) command selects the conventions
14135 of ``math mode'' in the @TeX{} typesetting language, by Donald Knuth.
14136 Formulas are entered
14137 and displayed in @TeX{} notation, as in @samp{\sin\left( a \over b \right)}.
14138 Math formulas are usually enclosed by @samp{$ $} signs in @TeX{}; these
14139 should be omitted when interfacing with Calc. To Calc, the @samp{$} sign
14140 has the same meaning it always does in algebraic formulas (a reference to
14141 an existing entry on the stack).@refill
14142
14143 Complex numbers are displayed as in @samp{3 + 4i}. Fractions and
14144 quotients are written using @code{\over};
14145 binomial coefficients are written with @code{\choose}.
14146 Interval forms are written with @code{\ldots}, and
14147 error forms are written with @code{\pm}.
14148 Absolute values are written as in @samp{|x + 1|}, and the floor and
14149 ceiling functions are written with @code{\lfloor}, @code{\rfloor}, etc.
14150 The words @code{\left} and @code{\right} are ignored when reading
14151 formulas in @TeX{} mode. Both @code{inf} and @code{uinf} are written
14152 as @code{\infty}; when read, @code{\infty} always translates to
14153 @code{inf}.@refill
14154
14155 Function calls are written the usual way, with the function name followed
14156 by the arguments in parentheses. However, functions for which @TeX{} has
14157 special names (like @code{\sin}) will use curly braces instead of
14158 parentheses for very simple arguments. During input, curly braces and
14159 parentheses work equally well for grouping, but when the document is
14160 formatted the curly braces will be invisible. Thus the printed result is
14161 @c{$\sin{2 x}$}
14162 @cite{sin 2x} but @c{$\sin(2 + x)$}
14163 @cite{sin(2 + x)}.
14164
14165 Function and variable names not treated specially by @TeX{} are simply
14166 written out as-is, which will cause them to come out in italic letters
14167 in the printed document. If you invoke @kbd{d T} with a positive numeric
14168 prefix argument, names of more than one character will instead be written
14169 @samp{\hbox@{@var{name}@}}. The @samp{\hbox@{ @}} notation is ignored
14170 during reading. If you use a negative prefix argument, such function
14171 names are written @samp{\@var{name}}, and function names that begin
14172 with @code{\} during reading have the @code{\} removed. (Note that
14173 in this mode, long variable names are still written with @code{\hbox}.
14174 However, you can always make an actual variable name like @code{\bar}
14175 in any @TeX{} mode.)
14176
14177 During reading, text of the form @samp{\matrix@{ ...@: @}} is replaced
14178 by @samp{[ ...@: ]}. The same also applies to @code{\pmatrix} and
14179 @code{\bmatrix}. The symbol @samp{&} is interpreted as a comma,
14180 and the symbols @samp{\cr} and @samp{\\} are interpreted as semicolons.
14181 During output, matrices are displayed in @samp{\matrix@{ a & b \\ c & d@}}
14182 format; you may need to edit this afterwards to change @code{\matrix}
14183 to @code{\pmatrix} or @code{\\} to @code{\cr}.
14184
14185 Accents like @code{\tilde} and @code{\bar} translate into function
14186 calls internally (@samp{tilde(x)}, @samp{bar(x)}). The @code{\underline}
14187 sequence is treated as an accent. The @code{\vec} accent corresponds
14188 to the function name @code{Vec}, because @code{vec} is the name of
14189 a built-in Calc function. The following table shows the accents
14190 in Calc, @TeX{}, and @dfn{eqn} (described in the next section):
14191
14192 @iftex
14193 @begingroup
14194 @let@calcindexershow=@calcindexernoshow @c Suppress marginal notes
14195 @let@calcindexersh=@calcindexernoshow
14196 @end iftex
14197 @c @starindex
14198 @tindex acute
14199 @c @starindex
14200 @tindex bar
14201 @c @starindex
14202 @tindex breve
14203 @c @starindex
14204 @tindex check
14205 @c @starindex
14206 @tindex dot
14207 @c @starindex
14208 @tindex dotdot
14209 @c @starindex
14210 @tindex dyad
14211 @c @starindex
14212 @tindex grave
14213 @c @starindex
14214 @tindex hat
14215 @c @starindex
14216 @tindex Prime
14217 @c @starindex
14218 @tindex tilde
14219 @c @starindex
14220 @tindex under
14221 @c @starindex
14222 @tindex Vec
14223 @iftex
14224 @endgroup
14225 @end iftex
14226 @example
14227 Calc TeX eqn
14228 ---- --- ---
14229 acute \acute
14230 bar \bar bar
14231 breve \breve
14232 check \check
14233 dot \dot dot
14234 dotdot \ddot dotdot
14235 dyad dyad
14236 grave \grave
14237 hat \hat hat
14238 Prime prime
14239 tilde \tilde tilde
14240 under \underline under
14241 Vec \vec vec
14242 @end example
14243
14244 The @samp{=>} (evaluates-to) operator appears as a @code{\to} symbol:
14245 @samp{@{@var{a} \to @var{b}@}}. @TeX{} defines @code{\to} as an
14246 alias for @code{\rightarrow}. However, if the @samp{=>} is the
14247 top-level expression being formatted, a slightly different notation
14248 is used: @samp{\evalto @var{a} \to @var{b}}. The @code{\evalto}
14249 word is ignored by Calc's input routines, and is undefined in @TeX{}.
14250 You will typically want to include one of the following definitions
14251 at the top of a @TeX{} file that uses @code{\evalto}:
14252
14253 @example
14254 \def\evalto@{@}
14255 \def\evalto#1\to@{@}
14256 @end example
14257
14258 The first definition formats evaluates-to operators in the usual
14259 way. The second causes only the @var{b} part to appear in the
14260 printed document; the @var{a} part and the arrow are hidden.
14261 Another definition you may wish to use is @samp{\let\to=\Rightarrow}
14262 which causes @code{\to} to appear more like Calc's @samp{=>} symbol.
14263 @xref{Evaluates-To Operator}, for a discussion of @code{evalto}.
14264
14265 The complete set of @TeX{} control sequences that are ignored during
14266 reading is:
14267
14268 @example
14269 \hbox \mbox \text \left \right
14270 \, \> \: \; \! \quad \qquad \hfil \hfill
14271 \displaystyle \textstyle \dsize \tsize
14272 \scriptstyle \scriptscriptstyle \ssize \ssize
14273 \rm \bf \it \sl \roman \bold \italic \slanted
14274 \cal \mit \Cal \Bbb \frak \goth
14275 \evalto
14276 @end example
14277
14278 Note that, because these symbols are ignored, reading a @TeX{} formula
14279 into Calc and writing it back out may lose spacing and font information.
14280
14281 Also, the ``discretionary multiplication sign'' @samp{\*} is read
14282 the same as @samp{*}.
14283
14284 @ifinfo
14285 The @TeX{} version of this manual includes some printed examples at the
14286 end of this section.
14287 @end ifinfo
14288 @iftex
14289 Here are some examples of how various Calc formulas are formatted in @TeX{}:
14290
14291 @group
14292 @example
14293 sin(a^2 / b_i)
14294 \sin\left( {a^2 \over b_i} \right)
14295 @end example
14296 @tex
14297 \let\rm\goodrm
14298 $$ \sin\left( a^2 \over b_i \right) $$
14299 @end tex
14300 @sp 1
14301 @end group
14302
14303 @group
14304 @example
14305 [(3, 4), 3:4, 3 +/- 4, [3 .. inf)]
14306 [3 + 4i, @{3 \over 4@}, 3 \pm 4, [3 \ldots \infty)]
14307 @end example
14308 @tex
14309 \turnoffactive
14310 $$ [3 + 4i, {3 \over 4}, 3 \pm 4, [ 3 \ldots \infty)] $$
14311 @end tex
14312 @sp 1
14313 @end group
14314
14315 @group
14316 @example
14317 [abs(a), abs(a / b), floor(a), ceil(a / b)]
14318 [|a|, \left| a \over b \right|,
14319 \lfloor a \rfloor, \left\lceil a \over b \right\rceil]
14320 @end example
14321 @tex
14322 $$ [|a|, \left| a \over b \right|,
14323 \lfloor a \rfloor, \left\lceil a \over b \right\rceil] $$
14324 @end tex
14325 @sp 1
14326 @end group
14327
14328 @group
14329 @example
14330 [sin(a), sin(2 a), sin(2 + a), sin(a / b)]
14331 [\sin@{a@}, \sin@{2 a@}, \sin(2 + a),
14332 \sin\left( @{a \over b@} \right)]
14333 @end example
14334 @tex
14335 \turnoffactive\let\rm\goodrm
14336 $$ [\sin{a}, \sin{2 a}, \sin(2 + a), \sin\left( {a \over b} \right)] $$
14337 @end tex
14338 @sp 2
14339 @end group
14340
14341 @group
14342 First with plain @kbd{d T}, then with @kbd{C-u d T}, then finally with
14343 @kbd{C-u - d T} (using the example definition
14344 @samp{\def\foo#1@{\tilde F(#1)@}}:
14345
14346 @example
14347
14348 [f(a), foo(bar), sin(pi)]
14349 [f(a), foo(bar), \sin{\pi}]
14350 [f(a), \hbox@{foo@}(\hbox@{bar@}), \sin@{\pi@}]
14351 [f(a), \foo@{\hbox@{bar@}@}, \sin@{\pi@}]
14352 @end example
14353 @tex
14354 \let\rm\goodrm
14355 $$ [f(a), foo(bar), \sin{\pi}] $$
14356 $$ [f(a), \hbox{foo}(\hbox{bar}), \sin{\pi}] $$
14357 $$ [f(a), \tilde F(\hbox{bar}), \sin{\pi}] $$
14358 @end tex
14359 @sp 2
14360 @end group
14361
14362 @group
14363 First with @samp{\def\evalto@{@}}, then with @samp{\def\evalto#1\to@{@}}:
14364
14365 @example
14366
14367 2 + 3 => 5
14368 \evalto 2 + 3 \to 5
14369 @end example
14370 @tex
14371 \turnoffactive
14372 $$ 2 + 3 \to 5 $$
14373 $$ 5 $$
14374 @end tex
14375 @sp 2
14376 @end group
14377
14378 @group
14379 First with standard @code{\to}, then with @samp{\let\to\Rightarrow}:
14380
14381 @example
14382
14383 [2 + 3 => 5, a / 2 => (b + c) / 2]
14384 [@{2 + 3 \to 5@}, @{@{a \over 2@} \to @{b + c \over 2@}@}]
14385 @end example
14386 @tex
14387 \turnoffactive
14388 $$ [{2 + 3 \to 5}, {{a \over 2} \to {b + c \over 2}}] $$
14389 {\let\to\Rightarrow
14390 $$ [{2 + 3 \to 5}, {{a \over 2} \to {b + c \over 2}}] $$}
14391 @end tex
14392 @sp 2
14393 @end group
14394
14395 @group
14396 Matrices normally, then changing @code{\matrix} to @code{\pmatrix}:
14397
14398 @example
14399
14400 [ [ a / b, 0 ], [ 0, 2^(x + 1) ] ]
14401 \matrix@{ @{a \over b@} & 0 \\ 0 & 2^@{(x + 1)@} @}
14402 \pmatrix@{ @{a \over b@} & 0 \\ 0 & 2^@{(x + 1)@} @}
14403 @end example
14404 @tex
14405 \turnoffactive
14406 $$ \matrix{ {a \over b} & 0 \cr 0 & 2^{(x + 1)} } $$
14407 $$ \pmatrix{ {a \over b} & 0 \cr 0 & 2^{(x + 1)} } $$
14408 @end tex
14409 @sp 2
14410 @end group
14411 @end iftex
14412
14413 @node Eqn Language Mode, Mathematica Language Mode, TeX Language Mode, Language Modes
14414 @subsection Eqn Language Mode
14415
14416 @noindent
14417 @kindex d E
14418 @pindex calc-eqn-language
14419 @dfn{Eqn} is another popular formatter for math formulas. It is
14420 designed for use with the TROFF text formatter, and comes standard
14421 with many versions of Unix. The @kbd{d E} (@code{calc-eqn-language})
14422 command selects @dfn{eqn} notation.
14423
14424 The @dfn{eqn} language's main idiosyncrasy is that whitespace plays
14425 a significant part in the parsing of the language. For example,
14426 @samp{sqrt x+1 + y} treats @samp{x+1} as the argument of the
14427 @code{sqrt} operator. @dfn{Eqn} also understands more conventional
14428 grouping using curly braces: @samp{sqrt@{x+1@} + y}. Braces are
14429 required only when the argument contains spaces.
14430
14431 In Calc's @dfn{eqn} mode, however, curly braces are required to
14432 delimit arguments of operators like @code{sqrt}. The first of the
14433 above examples would treat only the @samp{x} as the argument of
14434 @code{sqrt}, and in fact @samp{sin x+1} would be interpreted as
14435 @samp{sin * x + 1}, because @code{sin} is not a special operator
14436 in the @dfn{eqn} language. If you always surround the argument
14437 with curly braces, Calc will never misunderstand.
14438
14439 Calc also understands parentheses as grouping characters. Another
14440 peculiarity of @dfn{eqn}'s syntax makes it advisable to separate
14441 words with spaces from any surrounding characters that aren't curly
14442 braces, so Calc writes @samp{sin ( x + y )} in @dfn{eqn} mode.
14443 (The spaces around @code{sin} are important to make @dfn{eqn}
14444 recognize that @code{sin} should be typeset in a roman font, and
14445 the spaces around @code{x} and @code{y} are a good idea just in
14446 case the @dfn{eqn} document has defined special meanings for these
14447 names, too.)
14448
14449 Powers and subscripts are written with the @code{sub} and @code{sup}
14450 operators, respectively. Note that the caret symbol @samp{^} is
14451 treated the same as a space in @dfn{eqn} mode, as is the @samp{~}
14452 symbol (these are used to introduce spaces of various widths into
14453 the typeset output of @dfn{eqn}).
14454
14455 As in @TeX{} mode, Calc's formatter omits parentheses around the
14456 arguments of functions like @code{ln} and @code{sin} if they are
14457 ``simple-looking''; in this case Calc surrounds the argument with
14458 braces, separated by a @samp{~} from the function name: @samp{sin~@{x@}}.
14459
14460 Font change codes (like @samp{roman @var{x}}) and positioning codes
14461 (like @samp{~} and @samp{down @var{n} @var{x}}) are ignored by the
14462 @dfn{eqn} reader. Also ignored are the words @code{left}, @code{right},
14463 @code{mark}, and @code{lineup}. Quotation marks in @dfn{eqn} mode input
14464 are treated the same as curly braces: @samp{sqrt "1+x"} is equivalent to
14465 @samp{sqrt @{1+x@}}; this is only an approximation to the true meaning
14466 of quotes in @dfn{eqn}, but it is good enough for most uses.
14467
14468 Accent codes (@samp{@var{x} dot}) are handled by treating them as
14469 function calls (@samp{dot(@var{x})}) internally. @xref{TeX Language
14470 Mode} for a table of these accent functions. The @code{prime} accent
14471 is treated specially if it occurs on a variable or function name:
14472 @samp{f prime prime @w{( x prime )}} is stored internally as
14473 @samp{f'@w{'}(x')}. For example, taking the derivative of @samp{f(2 x)}
14474 with @kbd{a d x} will produce @samp{2 f'(2 x)}, which @dfn{eqn} mode
14475 will display as @samp{2 f prime ( 2 x )}.
14476
14477 Assignments are written with the @samp{<-} (left-arrow) symbol,
14478 and @code{evalto} operators are written with @samp{->} or
14479 @samp{evalto ... ->} (@pxref{TeX Language Mode}, for a discussion
14480 of this). The regular Calc symbols @samp{:=} and @samp{=>} are also
14481 recognized for these operators during reading.
14482
14483 Vectors in @dfn{eqn} mode use regular Calc square brackets, but
14484 matrices are formatted as @samp{matrix @{ ccol @{ a above b @} ... @}}.
14485 The words @code{lcol} and @code{rcol} are recognized as synonyms
14486 for @code{ccol} during input, and are generated instead of @code{ccol}
14487 if the matrix justification mode so specifies.
14488
14489 @node Mathematica Language Mode, Maple Language Mode, Eqn Language Mode, Language Modes
14490 @subsection Mathematica Language Mode
14491
14492 @noindent
14493 @kindex d M
14494 @pindex calc-mathematica-language
14495 @cindex Mathematica language
14496 The @kbd{d M} (@code{calc-mathematica-language}) command selects the
14497 conventions of Mathematica, a powerful and popular mathematical tool
14498 from Wolfram Research, Inc. Notable differences in Mathematica mode
14499 are that the names of built-in functions are capitalized, and function
14500 calls use square brackets instead of parentheses. Thus the Calc
14501 formula @samp{sin(2 x)} is entered and displayed @w{@samp{Sin[2 x]}} in
14502 Mathematica mode.
14503
14504 Vectors and matrices use curly braces in Mathematica. Complex numbers
14505 are written @samp{3 + 4 I}. The standard special constants in Calc are
14506 written @code{Pi}, @code{E}, @code{I}, @code{GoldenRatio}, @code{EulerGamma},
14507 @code{Infinity}, @code{ComplexInfinity}, and @code{Indeterminate} in
14508 Mathematica mode.
14509 Non-decimal numbers are written, e.g., @samp{16^^7fff}. Floating-point
14510 numbers in scientific notation are written @samp{1.23*10.^3}.
14511 Subscripts use double square brackets: @samp{a[[i]]}.@refill
14512
14513 @node Maple Language Mode, Compositions, Mathematica Language Mode, Language Modes
14514 @subsection Maple Language Mode
14515
14516 @noindent
14517 @kindex d W
14518 @pindex calc-maple-language
14519 @cindex Maple language
14520 The @kbd{d W} (@code{calc-maple-language}) command selects the
14521 conventions of Maple, another mathematical tool from the University
14522 of Waterloo.
14523
14524 Maple's language is much like C. Underscores are allowed in symbol
14525 names; square brackets are used for subscripts; explicit @samp{*}s for
14526 multiplications are required. Use either @samp{^} or @samp{**} to
14527 denote powers.
14528
14529 Maple uses square brackets for lists and curly braces for sets. Calc
14530 interprets both notations as vectors, and displays vectors with square
14531 brackets. This means Maple sets will be converted to lists when they
14532 pass through Calc. As a special case, matrices are written as calls
14533 to the function @code{matrix}, given a list of lists as the argument,
14534 and can be read in this form or with all-capitals @code{MATRIX}.
14535
14536 The Maple interval notation @samp{2 .. 3} has no surrounding brackets;
14537 Calc reads @samp{2 .. 3} as the closed interval @samp{[2 .. 3]}, and
14538 writes any kind of interval as @samp{2 .. 3}. This means you cannot
14539 see the difference between an open and a closed interval while in
14540 Maple display mode.
14541
14542 Maple writes complex numbers as @samp{3 + 4*I}. Its special constants
14543 are @code{Pi}, @code{E}, @code{I}, and @code{infinity} (all three of
14544 @code{inf}, @code{uinf}, and @code{nan} display as @code{infinity}).
14545 Floating-point numbers are written @samp{1.23*10.^3}.
14546
14547 Among things not currently handled by Calc's Maple mode are the
14548 various quote symbols, procedures and functional operators, and
14549 inert (@samp{&}) operators.
14550
14551 @node Compositions, Syntax Tables, Maple Language Mode, Language Modes
14552 @subsection Compositions
14553
14554 @noindent
14555 @cindex Compositions
14556 There are several @dfn{composition functions} which allow you to get
14557 displays in a variety of formats similar to those in Big language
14558 mode. Most of these functions do not evaluate to anything; they are
14559 placeholders which are left in symbolic form by Calc's evaluator but
14560 are recognized by Calc's display formatting routines.
14561
14562 Two of these, @code{string} and @code{bstring}, are described elsewhere.
14563 @xref{Strings}. For example, @samp{string("ABC")} is displayed as
14564 @samp{ABC}. When viewed on the stack it will be indistinguishable from
14565 the variable @code{ABC}, but internally it will be stored as
14566 @samp{string([65, 66, 67])} and can still be manipulated this way; for
14567 example, the selection and vector commands @kbd{j 1 v v j u} would
14568 select the vector portion of this object and reverse the elements, then
14569 deselect to reveal a string whose characters had been reversed.
14570
14571 The composition functions do the same thing in all language modes
14572 (although their components will of course be formatted in the current
14573 language mode). The one exception is Unformatted mode (@kbd{d U}),
14574 which does not give the composition functions any special treatment.
14575 The functions are discussed here because of their relationship to
14576 the language modes.
14577
14578 @menu
14579 * Composition Basics::
14580 * Horizontal Compositions::
14581 * Vertical Compositions::
14582 * Other Compositions::
14583 * Information about Compositions::
14584 * User-Defined Compositions::
14585 @end menu
14586
14587 @node Composition Basics, Horizontal Compositions, Compositions, Compositions
14588 @subsubsection Composition Basics
14589
14590 @noindent
14591 Compositions are generally formed by stacking formulas together
14592 horizontally or vertically in various ways. Those formulas are
14593 themselves compositions. @TeX{} users will find this analogous
14594 to @TeX{}'s ``boxes.'' Each multi-line composition has a
14595 @dfn{baseline}; horizontal compositions use the baselines to
14596 decide how formulas should be positioned relative to one another.
14597 For example, in the Big mode formula
14598
14599 @group
14600 @example
14601 2
14602 a + b
14603 17 + ------
14604 c
14605 @end example
14606 @end group
14607
14608 @noindent
14609 the second term of the sum is four lines tall and has line three as
14610 its baseline. Thus when the term is combined with 17, line three
14611 is placed on the same level as the baseline of 17.
14612
14613 @tex
14614 \bigskip
14615 @end tex
14616
14617 Another important composition concept is @dfn{precedence}. This is
14618 an integer that represents the binding strength of various operators.
14619 For example, @samp{*} has higher precedence (195) than @samp{+} (180),
14620 which means that @samp{(a * b) + c} will be formatted without the
14621 parentheses, but @samp{a * (b + c)} will keep the parentheses.
14622
14623 The operator table used by normal and Big language modes has the
14624 following precedences:
14625
14626 @example
14627 _ 1200 @r{(subscripts)}
14628 % 1100 @r{(as in n}%@r{)}
14629 - 1000 @r{(as in }-@r{n)}
14630 ! 1000 @r{(as in }!@r{n)}
14631 mod 400
14632 +/- 300
14633 !! 210 @r{(as in n}!!@r{)}
14634 ! 210 @r{(as in n}!@r{)}
14635 ^ 200
14636 * 195 @r{(or implicit multiplication)}
14637 / % \ 190
14638 + - 180 @r{(as in a}+@r{b)}
14639 | 170
14640 < = 160 @r{(and other relations)}
14641 && 110
14642 || 100
14643 ? : 90
14644 !!! 85
14645 &&& 80
14646 ||| 75
14647 := 50
14648 :: 45
14649 => 40
14650 @end example
14651
14652 The general rule is that if an operator with precedence @cite{n}
14653 occurs as an argument to an operator with precedence @cite{m}, then
14654 the argument is enclosed in parentheses if @cite{n < m}. Top-level
14655 expressions and expressions which are function arguments, vector
14656 components, etc., are formatted with precedence zero (so that they
14657 normally never get additional parentheses).
14658
14659 For binary left-associative operators like @samp{+}, the righthand
14660 argument is actually formatted with one-higher precedence than shown
14661 in the table. This makes sure @samp{(a + b) + c} omits the parentheses,
14662 but the unnatural form @samp{a + (b + c)} keeps its parentheses.
14663 Right-associative operators like @samp{^} format the lefthand argument
14664 with one-higher precedence.
14665
14666 @c @starindex
14667 @tindex cprec
14668 The @code{cprec} function formats an expression with an arbitrary
14669 precedence. For example, @samp{cprec(abc, 185)} will combine into
14670 sums and products as follows: @samp{7 + abc}, @samp{7 (abc)} (because
14671 this @code{cprec} form has higher precedence than addition, but lower
14672 precedence than multiplication).
14673
14674 @tex
14675 \bigskip
14676 @end tex
14677
14678 A final composition issue is @dfn{line breaking}. Calc uses two
14679 different strategies for ``flat'' and ``non-flat'' compositions.
14680 A non-flat composition is anything that appears on multiple lines
14681 (not counting line breaking). Examples would be matrices and Big
14682 mode powers and quotients. Non-flat compositions are displayed
14683 exactly as specified. If they come out wider than the current
14684 window, you must use horizontal scrolling (@kbd{<} and @kbd{>}) to
14685 view them.
14686
14687 Flat compositions, on the other hand, will be broken across several
14688 lines if they are too wide to fit the window. Certain points in a
14689 composition are noted internally as @dfn{break points}. Calc's
14690 general strategy is to fill each line as much as possible, then to
14691 move down to the next line starting at the first break point that
14692 didn't fit. However, the line breaker understands the hierarchical
14693 structure of formulas. It will not break an ``inner'' formula if
14694 it can use an earlier break point from an ``outer'' formula instead.
14695 For example, a vector of sums might be formatted as:
14696
14697 @group
14698 @example
14699 [ a + b + c, d + e + f,
14700 g + h + i, j + k + l, m ]
14701 @end example
14702 @end group
14703
14704 @noindent
14705 If the @samp{m} can fit, then so, it seems, could the @samp{g}.
14706 But Calc prefers to break at the comma since the comma is part
14707 of a ``more outer'' formula. Calc would break at a plus sign
14708 only if it had to, say, if the very first sum in the vector had
14709 itself been too large to fit.
14710
14711 Of the composition functions described below, only @code{choriz}
14712 generates break points. The @code{bstring} function (@pxref{Strings})
14713 also generates breakable items: A break point is added after every
14714 space (or group of spaces) except for spaces at the very beginning or
14715 end of the string.
14716
14717 Composition functions themselves count as levels in the formula
14718 hierarchy, so a @code{choriz} that is a component of a larger
14719 @code{choriz} will be less likely to be broken. As a special case,
14720 if a @code{bstring} occurs as a component of a @code{choriz} or
14721 @code{choriz}-like object (such as a vector or a list of arguments
14722 in a function call), then the break points in that @code{bstring}
14723 will be on the same level as the break points of the surrounding
14724 object.
14725
14726 @node Horizontal Compositions, Vertical Compositions, Composition Basics, Compositions
14727 @subsubsection Horizontal Compositions
14728
14729 @noindent
14730 @c @starindex
14731 @tindex choriz
14732 The @code{choriz} function takes a vector of objects and composes
14733 them horizontally. For example, @samp{choriz([17, a b/c, d])} formats
14734 as @w{@samp{17a b / cd}} in normal language mode, or as
14735
14736 @group
14737 @example
14738 a b
14739 17---d
14740 c
14741 @end example
14742 @end group
14743
14744 @noindent
14745 in Big language mode. This is actually one case of the general
14746 function @samp{choriz(@var{vec}, @var{sep}, @var{prec})}, where
14747 either or both of @var{sep} and @var{prec} may be omitted.
14748 @var{Prec} gives the @dfn{precedence} to use when formatting
14749 each of the components of @var{vec}. The default precedence is
14750 the precedence from the surrounding environment.
14751
14752 @var{Sep} is a string (i.e., a vector of character codes as might
14753 be entered with @code{" "} notation) which should separate components
14754 of the composition. Also, if @var{sep} is given, the line breaker
14755 will allow lines to be broken after each occurrence of @var{sep}.
14756 If @var{sep} is omitted, the composition will not be breakable
14757 (unless any of its component compositions are breakable).
14758
14759 For example, @samp{2 choriz([a, b c, d = e], " + ", 180)} is
14760 formatted as @samp{2 a + b c + (d = e)}. To get the @code{choriz}
14761 to have precedence 180 ``outwards'' as well as ``inwards,''
14762 enclose it in a @code{cprec} form: @samp{2 cprec(choriz(...), 180)}
14763 formats as @samp{2 (a + b c + (d = e))}.
14764
14765 The baseline of a horizontal composition is the same as the
14766 baselines of the component compositions, which are all aligned.
14767
14768 @node Vertical Compositions, Other Compositions, Horizontal Compositions, Compositions
14769 @subsubsection Vertical Compositions
14770
14771 @noindent
14772 @c @starindex
14773 @tindex cvert
14774 The @code{cvert} function makes a vertical composition. Each
14775 component of the vector is centered in a column. The baseline of
14776 the result is by default the top line of the resulting composition.
14777 For example, @samp{f(cvert([a, bb, ccc]), cvert([a^2 + 1, b^2]))}
14778 formats in Big mode as
14779
14780 @group
14781 @example
14782 f( a , 2 )
14783 bb a + 1
14784 ccc 2
14785 b
14786 @end example
14787 @end group
14788
14789 @c @starindex
14790 @tindex cbase
14791 There are several special composition functions that work only as
14792 components of a vertical composition. The @code{cbase} function
14793 controls the baseline of the vertical composition; the baseline
14794 will be the same as the baseline of whatever component is enclosed
14795 in @code{cbase}. Thus @samp{f(cvert([a, cbase(bb), ccc]),
14796 cvert([a^2 + 1, cbase(b^2)]))} displays as
14797
14798 @group
14799 @example
14800 2
14801 a + 1
14802 a 2
14803 f(bb , b )
14804 ccc
14805 @end example
14806 @end group
14807
14808 @c @starindex
14809 @tindex ctbase
14810 @c @starindex
14811 @tindex cbbase
14812 There are also @code{ctbase} and @code{cbbase} functions which
14813 make the baseline of the vertical composition equal to the top
14814 or bottom line (rather than the baseline) of that component.
14815 Thus @samp{cvert([cbase(a / b)]) + cvert([ctbase(a / b)]) +
14816 cvert([cbbase(a / b)])} gives
14817
14818 @group
14819 @example
14820 a
14821 a -
14822 - + a + b
14823 b -
14824 b
14825 @end example
14826 @end group
14827
14828 There should be only one @code{cbase}, @code{ctbase}, or @code{cbbase}
14829 function in a given vertical composition. These functions can also
14830 be written with no arguments: @samp{ctbase()} is a zero-height object
14831 which means the baseline is the top line of the following item, and
14832 @samp{cbbase()} means the baseline is the bottom line of the preceding
14833 item.
14834
14835 @c @starindex
14836 @tindex crule
14837 The @code{crule} function builds a ``rule,'' or horizontal line,
14838 across a vertical composition. By itself @samp{crule()} uses @samp{-}
14839 characters to build the rule. You can specify any other character,
14840 e.g., @samp{crule("=")}. The argument must be a character code or
14841 vector of exactly one character code. It is repeated to match the
14842 width of the widest item in the stack. For example, a quotient
14843 with a thick line is @samp{cvert([a + 1, cbase(crule("=")), b^2])}:
14844
14845 @group
14846 @example
14847 a + 1
14848 =====
14849 2
14850 b
14851 @end example
14852 @end group
14853
14854 @c @starindex
14855 @tindex clvert
14856 @c @starindex
14857 @tindex crvert
14858 Finally, the functions @code{clvert} and @code{crvert} act exactly
14859 like @code{cvert} except that the items are left- or right-justified
14860 in the stack. Thus @samp{clvert([a, bb, ccc]) + crvert([a, bb, ccc])}
14861 gives:
14862
14863 @group
14864 @example
14865 a + a
14866 bb bb
14867 ccc ccc
14868 @end example
14869 @end group
14870
14871 Like @code{choriz}, the vertical compositions accept a second argument
14872 which gives the precedence to use when formatting the components.
14873 Vertical compositions do not support separator strings.
14874
14875 @node Other Compositions, Information about Compositions, Vertical Compositions, Compositions
14876 @subsubsection Other Compositions
14877
14878 @noindent
14879 @c @starindex
14880 @tindex csup
14881 The @code{csup} function builds a superscripted expression. For
14882 example, @samp{csup(a, b)} looks the same as @samp{a^b} does in Big
14883 language mode. This is essentially a horizontal composition of
14884 @samp{a} and @samp{b}, where @samp{b} is shifted up so that its
14885 bottom line is one above the baseline.
14886
14887 @c @starindex
14888 @tindex csub
14889 Likewise, the @code{csub} function builds a subscripted expression.
14890 This shifts @samp{b} down so that its top line is one below the
14891 bottom line of @samp{a} (note that this is not quite analogous to
14892 @code{csup}). Other arrangements can be obtained by using
14893 @code{choriz} and @code{cvert} directly.
14894
14895 @c @starindex
14896 @tindex cflat
14897 The @code{cflat} function formats its argument in ``flat'' mode,
14898 as obtained by @samp{d O}, if the current language mode is normal
14899 or Big. It has no effect in other language modes. For example,
14900 @samp{a^(b/c)} is formatted by Big mode like @samp{csup(a, cflat(b/c))}
14901 to improve its readability.
14902
14903 @c @starindex
14904 @tindex cspace
14905 The @code{cspace} function creates horizontal space. For example,
14906 @samp{cspace(4)} is effectively the same as @samp{string(" ")}.
14907 A second string (i.e., vector of characters) argument is repeated
14908 instead of the space character. For example, @samp{cspace(4, "ab")}
14909 looks like @samp{abababab}. If the second argument is not a string,
14910 it is formatted in the normal way and then several copies of that
14911 are composed together: @samp{cspace(4, a^2)} yields
14912
14913 @group
14914 @example
14915 2 2 2 2
14916 a a a a
14917 @end example
14918 @end group
14919
14920 @noindent
14921 If the number argument is zero, this is a zero-width object.
14922
14923 @c @starindex
14924 @tindex cvspace
14925 The @code{cvspace} function creates vertical space, or a vertical
14926 stack of copies of a certain string or formatted object. The
14927 baseline is the center line of the resulting stack. A numerical
14928 argument of zero will produce an object which contributes zero
14929 height if used in a vertical composition.
14930
14931 @c @starindex
14932 @tindex ctspace
14933 @c @starindex
14934 @tindex cbspace
14935 There are also @code{ctspace} and @code{cbspace} functions which
14936 create vertical space with the baseline the same as the baseline
14937 of the top or bottom copy, respectively, of the second argument.
14938 Thus @samp{cvspace(2, a/b) + ctspace(2, a/b) + cbspace(2, a/b)}
14939 displays as:
14940
14941 @group
14942 @example
14943 a
14944 -
14945 a b
14946 - a a
14947 b + - + -
14948 a b b
14949 - a
14950 b -
14951 b
14952 @end example
14953 @end group
14954
14955 @node Information about Compositions, User-Defined Compositions, Other Compositions, Compositions
14956 @subsubsection Information about Compositions
14957
14958 @noindent
14959 The functions in this section are actual functions; they compose their
14960 arguments according to the current language and other display modes,
14961 then return a certain measurement of the composition as an integer.
14962
14963 @c @starindex
14964 @tindex cwidth
14965 The @code{cwidth} function measures the width, in characters, of a
14966 composition. For example, @samp{cwidth(a + b)} is 5, and
14967 @samp{cwidth(a / b)} is 5 in normal mode, 1 in Big mode, and 11 in
14968 @TeX{} mode (for @samp{@{a \over b@}}). The argument may involve
14969 the composition functions described in this section.
14970
14971 @c @starindex
14972 @tindex cheight
14973 The @code{cheight} function measures the height of a composition.
14974 This is the total number of lines in the argument's printed form.
14975
14976 @c @starindex
14977 @tindex cascent
14978 @c @starindex
14979 @tindex cdescent
14980 The functions @code{cascent} and @code{cdescent} measure the amount
14981 of the height that is above (and including) the baseline, or below
14982 the baseline, respectively. Thus @samp{cascent(@var{x}) + cdescent(@var{x})}
14983 always equals @samp{cheight(@var{x})}. For a one-line formula like
14984 @samp{a + b}, @code{cascent} returns 1 and @code{cdescent} returns 0.
14985 For @samp{a / b} in Big mode, @code{cascent} returns 2 and @code{cdescent}
14986 returns 1. The only formula for which @code{cascent} will return zero
14987 is @samp{cvspace(0)} or equivalents.
14988
14989 @node User-Defined Compositions, , Information about Compositions, Compositions
14990 @subsubsection User-Defined Compositions
14991
14992 @noindent
14993 @kindex Z C
14994 @pindex calc-user-define-composition
14995 The @kbd{Z C} (@code{calc-user-define-composition}) command lets you
14996 define the display format for any algebraic function. You provide a
14997 formula containing a certain number of argument variables on the stack.
14998 Any time Calc formats a call to the specified function in the current
14999 language mode and with that number of arguments, Calc effectively
15000 replaces the function call with that formula with the arguments
15001 replaced.
15002
15003 Calc builds the default argument list by sorting all the variable names
15004 that appear in the formula into alphabetical order. You can edit this
15005 argument list before pressing @key{RET} if you wish. Any variables in
15006 the formula that do not appear in the argument list will be displayed
15007 literally; any arguments that do not appear in the formula will not
15008 affect the display at all.
15009
15010 You can define formats for built-in functions, for functions you have
15011 defined with @kbd{Z F} (@pxref{Algebraic Definitions}), or for functions
15012 which have no definitions but are being used as purely syntactic objects.
15013 You can define different formats for each language mode, and for each
15014 number of arguments, using a succession of @kbd{Z C} commands. When
15015 Calc formats a function call, it first searches for a format defined
15016 for the current language mode (and number of arguments); if there is
15017 none, it uses the format defined for the Normal language mode. If
15018 neither format exists, Calc uses its built-in standard format for that
15019 function (usually just @samp{@var{func}(@var{args})}).
15020
15021 If you execute @kbd{Z C} with the number 0 on the stack instead of a
15022 formula, any defined formats for the function in the current language
15023 mode will be removed. The function will revert to its standard format.
15024
15025 For example, the default format for the binomial coefficient function
15026 @samp{choose(n, m)} in the Big language mode is
15027
15028 @group
15029 @example
15030 n
15031 ( )
15032 m
15033 @end example
15034 @end group
15035
15036 @noindent
15037 You might prefer the notation,
15038
15039 @group
15040 @example
15041 C
15042 n m
15043 @end example
15044 @end group
15045
15046 @noindent
15047 To define this notation, first make sure you are in Big mode,
15048 then put the formula
15049
15050 @smallexample
15051 choriz([cvert([cvspace(1), n]), C, cvert([cvspace(1), m])])
15052 @end smallexample
15053
15054 @noindent
15055 on the stack and type @kbd{Z C}. Answer the first prompt with
15056 @code{choose}. The second prompt will be the default argument list
15057 of @samp{(C m n)}. Edit this list to be @samp{(n m)} and press
15058 @key{RET}. Now, try it out: For example, turn simplification
15059 off with @kbd{m O} and enter @samp{choose(a,b) + choose(7,3)}
15060 as an algebraic entry.
15061
15062 @group
15063 @example
15064 C + C
15065 a b 7 3
15066 @end example
15067 @end group
15068
15069 As another example, let's define the usual notation for Stirling
15070 numbers of the first kind, @samp{stir1(n, m)}. This is just like
15071 the regular format for binomial coefficients but with square brackets
15072 instead of parentheses.
15073
15074 @smallexample
15075 choriz([string("["), cvert([n, cbase(cvspace(1)), m]), string("]")])
15076 @end smallexample
15077
15078 Now type @kbd{Z C stir1 @key{RET}}, edit the argument list to
15079 @samp{(n m)}, and type @key{RET}.
15080
15081 The formula provided to @kbd{Z C} usually will involve composition
15082 functions, but it doesn't have to. Putting the formula @samp{a + b + c}
15083 onto the stack and typing @kbd{Z C foo @key{RET} @key{RET}} would define
15084 the function @samp{foo(x,y,z)} to display like @samp{x + y + z}.
15085 This ``sum'' will act exactly like a real sum for all formatting
15086 purposes (it will be parenthesized the same, and so on). However
15087 it will be computationally unrelated to a sum. For example, the
15088 formula @samp{2 * foo(1, 2, 3)} will display as @samp{2 (1 + 2 + 3)}.
15089 Operator precedences have caused the ``sum'' to be written in
15090 parentheses, but the arguments have not actually been summed.
15091 (Generally a display format like this would be undesirable, since
15092 it can easily be confused with a real sum.)
15093
15094 The special function @code{eval} can be used inside a @kbd{Z C}
15095 composition formula to cause all or part of the formula to be
15096 evaluated at display time. For example, if the formula is
15097 @samp{a + eval(b + c)}, then @samp{foo(1, 2, 3)} will be displayed
15098 as @samp{1 + 5}. Evaluation will use the default simplifications,
15099 regardless of the current simplification mode. There are also
15100 @code{evalsimp} and @code{evalextsimp} which simplify as if by
15101 @kbd{a s} and @kbd{a e} (respectively). Note that these ``functions''
15102 operate only in the context of composition formulas (and also in
15103 rewrite rules, where they serve a similar purpose; @pxref{Rewrite
15104 Rules}). On the stack, a call to @code{eval} will be left in
15105 symbolic form.
15106
15107 It is not a good idea to use @code{eval} except as a last resort.
15108 It can cause the display of formulas to be extremely slow. For
15109 example, while @samp{eval(a + b)} might seem quite fast and simple,
15110 there are several situations where it could be slow. For example,
15111 @samp{a} and/or @samp{b} could be polar complex numbers, in which
15112 case doing the sum requires trigonometry. Or, @samp{a} could be
15113 the factorial @samp{fact(100)} which is unevaluated because you
15114 have typed @kbd{m O}; @code{eval} will evaluate it anyway to
15115 produce a large, unwieldy integer.
15116
15117 You can save your display formats permanently using the @kbd{Z P}
15118 command (@pxref{Creating User Keys}).
15119
15120 @node Syntax Tables, , Compositions, Language Modes
15121 @subsection Syntax Tables
15122
15123 @noindent
15124 @cindex Syntax tables
15125 @cindex Parsing formulas, customized
15126 Syntax tables do for input what compositions do for output: They
15127 allow you to teach custom notations to Calc's formula parser.
15128 Calc keeps a separate syntax table for each language mode.
15129
15130 (Note that the Calc ``syntax tables'' discussed here are completely
15131 unrelated to the syntax tables described in the Emacs manual.)
15132
15133 @kindex Z S
15134 @pindex calc-edit-user-syntax
15135 The @kbd{Z S} (@code{calc-edit-user-syntax}) command edits the
15136 syntax table for the current language mode. If you want your
15137 syntax to work in any language, define it in the normal language
15138 mode. Type @kbd{M-# M-#} to finish editing the syntax table, or
15139 @kbd{M-# x} to cancel the edit. The @kbd{m m} command saves all
15140 the syntax tables along with the other mode settings;
15141 @pxref{General Mode Commands}.
15142
15143 @menu
15144 * Syntax Table Basics::
15145 * Precedence in Syntax Tables::
15146 * Advanced Syntax Patterns::
15147 * Conditional Syntax Rules::
15148 @end menu
15149
15150 @node Syntax Table Basics, Precedence in Syntax Tables, Syntax Tables, Syntax Tables
15151 @subsubsection Syntax Table Basics
15152
15153 @noindent
15154 @dfn{Parsing} is the process of converting a raw string of characters,
15155 such as you would type in during algebraic entry, into a Calc formula.
15156 Calc's parser works in two stages. First, the input is broken down
15157 into @dfn{tokens}, such as words, numbers, and punctuation symbols
15158 like @samp{+}, @samp{:=}, and @samp{+/-}. Space between tokens is
15159 ignored (except when it serves to separate adjacent words). Next,
15160 the parser matches this string of tokens against various built-in
15161 syntactic patterns, such as ``an expression followed by @samp{+}
15162 followed by another expression'' or ``a name followed by @samp{(},
15163 zero or more expressions separated by commas, and @samp{)}.''
15164
15165 A @dfn{syntax table} is a list of user-defined @dfn{syntax rules},
15166 which allow you to specify new patterns to define your own
15167 favorite input notations. Calc's parser always checks the syntax
15168 table for the current language mode, then the table for the normal
15169 language mode, before it uses its built-in rules to parse an
15170 algebraic formula you have entered. Each syntax rule should go on
15171 its own line; it consists of a @dfn{pattern}, a @samp{:=} symbol,
15172 and a Calc formula with an optional @dfn{condition}. (Syntax rules
15173 resemble algebraic rewrite rules, but the notation for patterns is
15174 completely different.)
15175
15176 A syntax pattern is a list of tokens, separated by spaces.
15177 Except for a few special symbols, tokens in syntax patterns are
15178 matched literally, from left to right. For example, the rule,
15179
15180 @example
15181 foo ( ) := 2+3
15182 @end example
15183
15184 @noindent
15185 would cause Calc to parse the formula @samp{4+foo()*5} as if it
15186 were @samp{4+(2+3)*5}. Notice that the parentheses were written
15187 as two separate tokens in the rule. As a result, the rule works
15188 for both @samp{foo()} and @w{@samp{foo ( )}}. If we had written
15189 the rule as @samp{foo () := 2+3}, then Calc would treat @samp{()}
15190 as a single, indivisible token, so that @w{@samp{foo( )}} would
15191 not be recognized by the rule. (It would be parsed as a regular
15192 zero-argument function call instead.) In fact, this rule would
15193 also make trouble for the rest of Calc's parser: An unrelated
15194 formula like @samp{bar()} would now be tokenized into @samp{bar ()}
15195 instead of @samp{bar ( )}, so that the standard parser for function
15196 calls would no longer recognize it!
15197
15198 While it is possible to make a token with a mixture of letters
15199 and punctuation symbols, this is not recommended. It is better to
15200 break it into several tokens, as we did with @samp{foo()} above.
15201
15202 The symbol @samp{#} in a syntax pattern matches any Calc expression.
15203 On the righthand side, the things that matched the @samp{#}s can
15204 be referred to as @samp{#1}, @samp{#2}, and so on (where @samp{#1}
15205 matches the leftmost @samp{#} in the pattern). For example, these
15206 rules match a user-defined function, prefix operator, infix operator,
15207 and postfix operator, respectively:
15208
15209 @example
15210 foo ( # ) := myfunc(#1)
15211 foo # := myprefix(#1)
15212 # foo # := myinfix(#1,#2)
15213 # foo := mypostfix(#1)
15214 @end example
15215
15216 Thus @samp{foo(3)} will parse as @samp{myfunc(3)}, and @samp{2+3 foo}
15217 will parse as @samp{mypostfix(2+3)}.
15218
15219 It is important to write the first two rules in the order shown,
15220 because Calc tries rules in order from first to last. If the
15221 pattern @samp{foo #} came first, it would match anything that could
15222 match the @samp{foo ( # )} rule, since an expression in parentheses
15223 is itself a valid expression. Thus the @w{@samp{foo ( # )}} rule would
15224 never get to match anything. Likewise, the last two rules must be
15225 written in the order shown or else @samp{3 foo 4} will be parsed as
15226 @samp{mypostfix(3) * 4}. (Of course, the best way to avoid these
15227 ambiguities is not to use the same symbol in more than one way at
15228 the same time! In case you're not convinced, try the following
15229 exercise: How will the above rules parse the input @samp{foo(3,4)},
15230 if at all? Work it out for yourself, then try it in Calc and see.)
15231
15232 Calc is quite flexible about what sorts of patterns are allowed.
15233 The only rule is that every pattern must begin with a literal
15234 token (like @samp{foo} in the first two patterns above), or with
15235 a @samp{#} followed by a literal token (as in the last two
15236 patterns). After that, any mixture is allowed, although putting
15237 two @samp{#}s in a row will not be very useful since two
15238 expressions with nothing between them will be parsed as one
15239 expression that uses implicit multiplication.
15240
15241 As a more practical example, Maple uses the notation
15242 @samp{sum(a(i), i=1..10)} for sums, which Calc's Maple mode doesn't
15243 recognize at present. To handle this syntax, we simply add the
15244 rule,
15245
15246 @example
15247 sum ( # , # = # .. # ) := sum(#1,#2,#3,#4)
15248 @end example
15249
15250 @noindent
15251 to the Maple mode syntax table. As another example, C mode can't
15252 read assignment operators like @samp{++} and @samp{*=}. We can
15253 define these operators quite easily:
15254
15255 @example
15256 # *= # := muleq(#1,#2)
15257 # ++ := postinc(#1)
15258 ++ # := preinc(#1)
15259 @end example
15260
15261 @noindent
15262 To complete the job, we would use corresponding composition functions
15263 and @kbd{Z C} to cause these functions to display in their respective
15264 Maple and C notations. (Note that the C example ignores issues of
15265 operator precedence, which are discussed in the next section.)
15266
15267 You can enclose any token in quotes to prevent its usual
15268 interpretation in syntax patterns:
15269
15270 @example
15271 # ":=" # := becomes(#1,#2)
15272 @end example
15273
15274 Quotes also allow you to include spaces in a token, although once
15275 again it is generally better to use two tokens than one token with
15276 an embedded space. To include an actual quotation mark in a quoted
15277 token, precede it with a backslash. (This also works to include
15278 backslashes in tokens.)
15279
15280 @example
15281 # "bad token" # "/\"\\" # := silly(#1,#2,#3)
15282 @end example
15283
15284 @noindent
15285 This will parse @samp{3 bad token 4 /"\ 5} to @samp{silly(3,4,5)}.
15286
15287 The token @kbd{#} has a predefined meaning in Calc's formula parser;
15288 it is not legal to use @samp{"#"} in a syntax rule. However, longer
15289 tokens that include the @samp{#} character are allowed. Also, while
15290 @samp{"$"} and @samp{"\""} are allowed as tokens, their presence in
15291 the syntax table will prevent those characters from working in their
15292 usual ways (referring to stack entries and quoting strings,
15293 respectively).
15294
15295 Finally, the notation @samp{%%} anywhere in a syntax table causes
15296 the rest of the line to be ignored as a comment.
15297
15298 @node Precedence in Syntax Tables, Advanced Syntax Patterns, Syntax Table Basics, Syntax Tables
15299 @subsubsection Precedence
15300
15301 @noindent
15302 Different operators are generally assigned different @dfn{precedences}.
15303 By default, an operator defined by a rule like
15304
15305 @example
15306 # foo # := foo(#1,#2)
15307 @end example
15308
15309 @noindent
15310 will have an extremely low precedence, so that @samp{2*3+4 foo 5 == 6}
15311 will be parsed as @samp{(2*3+4) foo (5 == 6)}. To change the
15312 precedence of an operator, use the notation @samp{#/@var{p}} in
15313 place of @samp{#}, where @var{p} is an integer precedence level.
15314 For example, 185 lies between the precedences for @samp{+} and
15315 @samp{*}, so if we change this rule to
15316
15317 @example
15318 #/185 foo #/186 := foo(#1,#2)
15319 @end example
15320
15321 @noindent
15322 then @samp{2+3 foo 4*5} will be parsed as @samp{2+(3 foo (4*5))}.
15323 Also, because we've given the righthand expression slightly higher
15324 precedence, our new operator will be left-associative:
15325 @samp{1 foo 2 foo 3} will be parsed as @samp{(1 foo 2) foo 3}.
15326 By raising the precedence of the lefthand expression instead, we
15327 can create a right-associative operator.
15328
15329 @xref{Composition Basics}, for a table of precedences of the
15330 standard Calc operators. For the precedences of operators in other
15331 language modes, look in the Calc source file @file{calc-lang.el}.
15332
15333 @node Advanced Syntax Patterns, Conditional Syntax Rules, Precedence in Syntax Tables, Syntax Tables
15334 @subsubsection Advanced Syntax Patterns
15335
15336 @noindent
15337 To match a function with a variable number of arguments, you could
15338 write
15339
15340 @example
15341 foo ( # ) := myfunc(#1)
15342 foo ( # , # ) := myfunc(#1,#2)
15343 foo ( # , # , # ) := myfunc(#1,#2,#3)
15344 @end example
15345
15346 @noindent
15347 but this isn't very elegant. To match variable numbers of items,
15348 Calc uses some notations inspired regular expressions and the
15349 ``extended BNF'' style used by some language designers.
15350
15351 @example
15352 foo ( @{ # @}*, ) := apply(myfunc,#1)
15353 @end example
15354
15355 The token @samp{@{} introduces a repeated or optional portion.
15356 One of the three tokens @samp{@}*}, @samp{@}+}, or @samp{@}?}
15357 ends the portion. These will match zero or more, one or more,
15358 or zero or one copies of the enclosed pattern, respectively.
15359 In addition, @samp{@}*} and @samp{@}+} can be followed by a
15360 separator token (with no space in between, as shown above).
15361 Thus @samp{@{ # @}*,} matches nothing, or one expression, or
15362 several expressions separated by commas.
15363
15364 A complete @samp{@{ ... @}} item matches as a vector of the
15365 items that matched inside it. For example, the above rule will
15366 match @samp{foo(1,2,3)} to get @samp{apply(myfunc,[1,2,3])}.
15367 The Calc @code{apply} function takes a function name and a vector
15368 of arguments and builds a call to the function with those
15369 arguments, so the net result is the formula @samp{myfunc(1,2,3)}.
15370
15371 If the body of a @samp{@{ ... @}} contains several @samp{#}s
15372 (or nested @samp{@{ ... @}} constructs), then the items will be
15373 strung together into the resulting vector. If the body
15374 does not contain anything but literal tokens, the result will
15375 always be an empty vector.
15376
15377 @example
15378 foo ( @{ # , # @}+, ) := bar(#1)
15379 foo ( @{ @{ # @}*, @}*; ) := matrix(#1)
15380 @end example
15381
15382 @noindent
15383 will parse @samp{foo(1,2,3,4)} as @samp{bar([1,2,3,4])}, and
15384 @samp{foo(1,2;3,4)} as @samp{matrix([[1,2],[3,4]])}. Also, after
15385 some thought it's easy to see how this pair of rules will parse
15386 @samp{foo(1,2,3)} as @samp{matrix([[1,2,3]])}, since the first
15387 rule will only match an even number of arguments. The rule
15388
15389 @example
15390 foo ( # @{ , # , # @}? ) := bar(#1,#2)
15391 @end example
15392
15393 @noindent
15394 will parse @samp{foo(2,3,4)} as @samp{bar(2,[3,4])}, and
15395 @samp{foo(2)} as @samp{bar(2,[])}.
15396
15397 The notation @samp{@{ ... @}?.} (note the trailing period) works
15398 just the same as regular @samp{@{ ... @}?}, except that it does not
15399 count as an argument; the following two rules are equivalent:
15400
15401 @example
15402 foo ( # , @{ also @}? # ) := bar(#1,#3)
15403 foo ( # , @{ also @}?. # ) := bar(#1,#2)
15404 @end example
15405
15406 @noindent
15407 Note that in the first case the optional text counts as @samp{#2},
15408 which will always be an empty vector, but in the second case no
15409 empty vector is produced.
15410
15411 Another variant is @samp{@{ ... @}?$}, which means the body is
15412 optional only at the end of the input formula. All built-in syntax
15413 rules in Calc use this for closing delimiters, so that during
15414 algebraic entry you can type @kbd{[sqrt(2), sqrt(3 RET}, omitting
15415 the closing parenthesis and bracket. Calc does this automatically
15416 for trailing @samp{)}, @samp{]}, and @samp{>} tokens in syntax
15417 rules, but you can use @samp{@{ ... @}?$} explicitly to get
15418 this effect with any token (such as @samp{"@}"} or @samp{end}).
15419 Like @samp{@{ ... @}?.}, this notation does not count as an
15420 argument. Conversely, you can use quotes, as in @samp{")"}, to
15421 prevent a closing-delimiter token from being automatically treated
15422 as optional.
15423
15424 Calc's parser does not have full backtracking, which means some
15425 patterns will not work as you might expect:
15426
15427 @example
15428 foo ( @{ # , @}? # , # ) := bar(#1,#2,#3)
15429 @end example
15430
15431 @noindent
15432 Here we are trying to make the first argument optional, so that
15433 @samp{foo(2,3)} parses as @samp{bar([],2,3)}. Unfortunately, Calc
15434 first tries to match @samp{2,} against the optional part of the
15435 pattern, finds a match, and so goes ahead to match the rest of the
15436 pattern. Later on it will fail to match the second comma, but it
15437 doesn't know how to go back and try the other alternative at that
15438 point. One way to get around this would be to use two rules:
15439
15440 @example
15441 foo ( # , # , # ) := bar([#1],#2,#3)
15442 foo ( # , # ) := bar([],#1,#2)
15443 @end example
15444
15445 More precisely, when Calc wants to match an optional or repeated
15446 part of a pattern, it scans forward attempting to match that part.
15447 If it reaches the end of the optional part without failing, it
15448 ``finalizes'' its choice and proceeds. If it fails, though, it
15449 backs up and tries the other alternative. Thus Calc has ``partial''
15450 backtracking. A fully backtracking parser would go on to make sure
15451 the rest of the pattern matched before finalizing the choice.
15452
15453 @node Conditional Syntax Rules, , Advanced Syntax Patterns, Syntax Tables
15454 @subsubsection Conditional Syntax Rules
15455
15456 @noindent
15457 It is possible to attach a @dfn{condition} to a syntax rule. For
15458 example, the rules
15459
15460 @example
15461 foo ( # ) := ifoo(#1) :: integer(#1)
15462 foo ( # ) := gfoo(#1)
15463 @end example
15464
15465 @noindent
15466 will parse @samp{foo(3)} as @samp{ifoo(3)}, but will parse
15467 @samp{foo(3.5)} and @samp{foo(x)} as calls to @code{gfoo}. Any
15468 number of conditions may be attached; all must be true for the
15469 rule to succeed. A condition is ``true'' if it evaluates to a
15470 nonzero number. @xref{Logical Operations}, for a list of Calc
15471 functions like @code{integer} that perform logical tests.
15472
15473 The exact sequence of events is as follows: When Calc tries a
15474 rule, it first matches the pattern as usual. It then substitutes
15475 @samp{#1}, @samp{#2}, etc., in the conditions, if any. Next, the
15476 conditions are simplified and evaluated in order from left to right,
15477 as if by the @w{@kbd{a s}} algebra command (@pxref{Simplifying Formulas}).
15478 Each result is true if it is a nonzero number, or an expression
15479 that can be proven to be nonzero (@pxref{Declarations}). If the
15480 results of all conditions are true, the expression (such as
15481 @samp{ifoo(#1)}) has its @samp{#}s substituted, and that is the
15482 result of the parse. If the result of any condition is false, Calc
15483 goes on to try the next rule in the syntax table.
15484
15485 Syntax rules also support @code{let} conditions, which operate in
15486 exactly the same way as they do in algebraic rewrite rules.
15487 @xref{Other Features of Rewrite Rules}, for details. A @code{let}
15488 condition is always true, but as a side effect it defines a
15489 variable which can be used in later conditions, and also in the
15490 expression after the @samp{:=} sign:
15491
15492 @example
15493 foo ( # ) := hifoo(x) :: let(x := #1 + 0.5) :: dnumint(x)
15494 @end example
15495
15496 @noindent
15497 The @code{dnumint} function tests if a value is numerically an
15498 integer, i.e., either a true integer or an integer-valued float.
15499 This rule will parse @code{foo} with a half-integer argument,
15500 like @samp{foo(3.5)}, to a call like @samp{hifoo(4.)}.
15501
15502 The lefthand side of a syntax rule @code{let} must be a simple
15503 variable, not the arbitrary pattern that is allowed in rewrite
15504 rules.
15505
15506 The @code{matches} function is also treated specially in syntax
15507 rule conditions (again, in the same way as in rewrite rules).
15508 @xref{Matching Commands}. If the matching pattern contains
15509 meta-variables, then those meta-variables may be used in later
15510 conditions and in the result expression. The arguments to
15511 @code{matches} are not evaluated in this situation.
15512
15513 @example
15514 sum ( # , # ) := sum(#1,a,b,c) :: matches(#2, a=[b..c])
15515 @end example
15516
15517 @noindent
15518 This is another way to implement the Maple mode @code{sum} notation.
15519 In this approach, we allow @samp{#2} to equal the whole expression
15520 @samp{i=1..10}. Then, we use @code{matches} to break it apart into
15521 its components. If the expression turns out not to match the pattern,
15522 the syntax rule will fail. Note that @kbd{Z S} always uses Calc's
15523 normal language mode for editing expressions in syntax rules, so we
15524 must use regular Calc notation for the interval @samp{[b..c]} that
15525 will correspond to the Maple mode interval @samp{1..10}.
15526
15527 @node Modes Variable, Calc Mode Line, Language Modes, Mode Settings
15528 @section The @code{Modes} Variable
15529
15530 @noindent
15531 @kindex m g
15532 @pindex calc-get-modes
15533 The @kbd{m g} (@code{calc-get-modes}) command pushes onto the stack
15534 a vector of numbers that describes the various mode settings that
15535 are in effect. With a numeric prefix argument, it pushes only the
15536 @var{n}th mode, i.e., the @var{n}th element of this vector. Keyboard
15537 macros can use the @kbd{m g} command to modify their behavior based
15538 on the current mode settings.
15539
15540 @cindex @code{Modes} variable
15541 @vindex Modes
15542 The modes vector is also available in the special variable
15543 @code{Modes}. In other words, @kbd{m g} is like @kbd{s r Modes RET}.
15544 It will not work to store into this variable; in fact, if you do,
15545 @code{Modes} will cease to track the current modes. (The @kbd{m g}
15546 command will continue to work, however.)
15547
15548 In general, each number in this vector is suitable as a numeric
15549 prefix argument to the associated mode-setting command. (Recall
15550 that the @kbd{~} key takes a number from the stack and gives it as
15551 a numeric prefix to the next command.)
15552
15553 The elements of the modes vector are as follows:
15554
15555 @enumerate
15556 @item
15557 Current precision. Default is 12; associated command is @kbd{p}.
15558
15559 @item
15560 Binary word size. Default is 32; associated command is @kbd{b w}.
15561
15562 @item
15563 Stack size (not counting the value about to be pushed by @kbd{m g}).
15564 This is zero if @kbd{m g} is executed with an empty stack.
15565
15566 @item
15567 Number radix. Default is 10; command is @kbd{d r}.
15568
15569 @item
15570 Floating-point format. This is the number of digits, plus the
15571 constant 0 for normal notation, 10000 for scientific notation,
15572 20000 for engineering notation, or 30000 for fixed-point notation.
15573 These codes are acceptable as prefix arguments to the @kbd{d n}
15574 command, but note that this may lose information: For example,
15575 @kbd{d s} and @kbd{C-u 12 d s} have similar (but not quite
15576 identical) effects if the current precision is 12, but they both
15577 produce a code of 10012, which will be treated by @kbd{d n} as
15578 @kbd{C-u 12 d s}. If the precision then changes, the float format
15579 will still be frozen at 12 significant figures.
15580
15581 @item
15582 Angular mode. Default is 1 (degrees). Other values are 2 (radians)
15583 and 3 (HMS). The @kbd{m d} command accepts these prefixes.
15584
15585 @item
15586 Symbolic mode. Value is 0 or 1; default is 0. Command is @kbd{m s}.
15587
15588 @item
15589 Fraction mode. Value is 0 or 1; default is 0. Command is @kbd{m f}.
15590
15591 @item
15592 Polar mode. Value is 0 (rectangular) or 1 (polar); default is 0.
15593 Command is @kbd{m p}.
15594
15595 @item
15596 Matrix/scalar mode. Default value is @i{-1}. Value is 0 for scalar
15597 mode, @i{-2} for matrix mode, or @i{N} for @c{$N\times N$}
15598 @i{NxN} matrix mode. Command is @kbd{m v}.
15599
15600 @item
15601 Simplification mode. Default is 1. Value is @i{-1} for off (@kbd{m O}),
15602 0 for @kbd{m N}, 2 for @kbd{m B}, 3 for @kbd{m A}, 4 for @kbd{m E},
15603 or 5 for @w{@kbd{m U}}. The @kbd{m D} command accepts these prefixes.
15604
15605 @item
15606 Infinite mode. Default is @i{-1} (off). Value is 1 if the mode is on,
15607 or 0 if the mode is on with positive zeros. Command is @kbd{m i}.
15608 @end enumerate
15609
15610 For example, the sequence @kbd{M-1 m g RET 2 + ~ p} increases the
15611 precision by two, leaving a copy of the old precision on the stack.
15612 Later, @kbd{~ p} will restore the original precision using that
15613 stack value. (This sequence might be especially useful inside a
15614 keyboard macro.)
15615
15616 As another example, @kbd{M-3 m g 1 - ~ DEL} deletes all but the
15617 oldest (bottommost) stack entry.
15618
15619 Yet another example: The HP-48 ``round'' command rounds a number
15620 to the current displayed precision. You could roughly emulate this
15621 in Calc with the sequence @kbd{M-5 m g 10000 % ~ c c}. (This
15622 would not work for fixed-point mode, but it wouldn't be hard to
15623 do a full emulation with the help of the @kbd{Z [} and @kbd{Z ]}
15624 programming commands. @xref{Conditionals in Macros}.)
15625
15626 @node Calc Mode Line, , Modes Variable, Mode Settings
15627 @section The Calc Mode Line
15628
15629 @noindent
15630 @cindex Mode line indicators
15631 This section is a summary of all symbols that can appear on the
15632 Calc mode line, the highlighted bar that appears under the Calc
15633 stack window (or under an editing window in Embedded Mode).
15634
15635 The basic mode line format is:
15636
15637 @example
15638 --%%-Calc: 12 Deg @var{other modes} (Calculator)
15639 @end example
15640
15641 The @samp{%%} is the Emacs symbol for ``read-only''; it shows that
15642 regular Emacs commands are not allowed to edit the stack buffer
15643 as if it were text.
15644
15645 The word @samp{Calc:} changes to @samp{CalcEmbed:} if Embedded Mode
15646 is enabled. The words after this describe the various Calc modes
15647 that are in effect.
15648
15649 The first mode is always the current precision, an integer.
15650 The second mode is always the angular mode, either @code{Deg},
15651 @code{Rad}, or @code{Hms}.
15652
15653 Here is a complete list of the remaining symbols that can appear
15654 on the mode line:
15655
15656 @table @code
15657 @item Alg
15658 Algebraic mode (@kbd{m a}; @pxref{Algebraic Entry}).
15659
15660 @item Alg[(
15661 Incomplete algebraic mode (@kbd{C-u m a}).
15662
15663 @item Alg*
15664 Total algebraic mode (@kbd{m t}).
15665
15666 @item Symb
15667 Symbolic mode (@kbd{m s}; @pxref{Symbolic Mode}).
15668
15669 @item Matrix
15670 Matrix mode (@kbd{m v}; @pxref{Matrix Mode}).
15671
15672 @item Matrix@var{n}
15673 Dimensioned matrix mode (@kbd{C-u @var{n} m v}).
15674
15675 @item Scalar
15676 Scalar mode (@kbd{m v}; @pxref{Matrix Mode}).
15677
15678 @item Polar
15679 Polar complex mode (@kbd{m p}; @pxref{Polar Mode}).
15680
15681 @item Frac
15682 Fraction mode (@kbd{m f}; @pxref{Fraction Mode}).
15683
15684 @item Inf
15685 Infinite mode (@kbd{m i}; @pxref{Infinite Mode}).
15686
15687 @item +Inf
15688 Positive infinite mode (@kbd{C-u 0 m i}).
15689
15690 @item NoSimp
15691 Default simplifications off (@kbd{m O}; @pxref{Simplification Modes}).
15692
15693 @item NumSimp
15694 Default simplifications for numeric arguments only (@kbd{m N}).
15695
15696 @item BinSimp@var{w}
15697 Binary-integer simplification mode; word size @var{w} (@kbd{m B}, @kbd{b w}).
15698
15699 @item AlgSimp
15700 Algebraic simplification mode (@kbd{m A}).
15701
15702 @item ExtSimp
15703 Extended algebraic simplification mode (@kbd{m E}).
15704
15705 @item UnitSimp
15706 Units simplification mode (@kbd{m U}).
15707
15708 @item Bin
15709 Current radix is 2 (@kbd{d 2}; @pxref{Radix Modes}).
15710
15711 @item Oct
15712 Current radix is 8 (@kbd{d 8}).
15713
15714 @item Hex
15715 Current radix is 16 (@kbd{d 6}).
15716
15717 @item Radix@var{n}
15718 Current radix is @var{n} (@kbd{d r}).
15719
15720 @item Zero
15721 Leading zeros (@kbd{d z}; @pxref{Radix Modes}).
15722
15723 @item Big
15724 Big language mode (@kbd{d B}; @pxref{Normal Language Modes}).
15725
15726 @item Flat
15727 One-line normal language mode (@kbd{d O}).
15728
15729 @item Unform
15730 Unformatted language mode (@kbd{d U}).
15731
15732 @item C
15733 C language mode (@kbd{d C}; @pxref{C FORTRAN Pascal}).
15734
15735 @item Pascal
15736 Pascal language mode (@kbd{d P}).
15737
15738 @item Fortran
15739 FORTRAN language mode (@kbd{d F}).
15740
15741 @item TeX
15742 @TeX{} language mode (@kbd{d T}; @pxref{TeX Language Mode}).
15743
15744 @item Eqn
15745 @dfn{Eqn} language mode (@kbd{d E}; @pxref{Eqn Language Mode}).
15746
15747 @item Math
15748 Mathematica language mode (@kbd{d M}; @pxref{Mathematica Language Mode}).
15749
15750 @item Maple
15751 Maple language mode (@kbd{d W}; @pxref{Maple Language Mode}).
15752
15753 @item Norm@var{n}
15754 Normal float mode with @var{n} digits (@kbd{d n}; @pxref{Float Formats}).
15755
15756 @item Fix@var{n}
15757 Fixed point mode with @var{n} digits after the point (@kbd{d f}).
15758
15759 @item Sci
15760 Scientific notation mode (@kbd{d s}).
15761
15762 @item Sci@var{n}
15763 Scientific notation with @var{n} digits (@kbd{d s}).
15764
15765 @item Eng
15766 Engineering notation mode (@kbd{d e}).
15767
15768 @item Eng@var{n}
15769 Engineering notation with @var{n} digits (@kbd{d e}).
15770
15771 @item Left@var{n}
15772 Left-justified display indented by @var{n} (@kbd{d <}; @pxref{Justification}).
15773
15774 @item Right
15775 Right-justified display (@kbd{d >}).
15776
15777 @item Right@var{n}
15778 Right-justified display with width @var{n} (@kbd{d >}).
15779
15780 @item Center
15781 Centered display (@kbd{d =}).
15782
15783 @item Center@var{n}
15784 Centered display with center column @var{n} (@kbd{d =}).
15785
15786 @item Wid@var{n}
15787 Line breaking with width @var{n} (@kbd{d b}; @pxref{Normal Language Modes}).
15788
15789 @item Wide
15790 No line breaking (@kbd{d b}).
15791
15792 @item Break
15793 Selections show deep structure (@kbd{j b}; @pxref{Making Selections}).
15794
15795 @item Save
15796 Record modes in @file{~/.emacs} (@kbd{m R}; @pxref{General Mode Commands}).
15797
15798 @item Local
15799 Record modes in Embedded buffer (@kbd{m R}).
15800
15801 @item LocEdit
15802 Record modes as editing-only in Embedded buffer (@kbd{m R}).
15803
15804 @item LocPerm
15805 Record modes as permanent-only in Embedded buffer (@kbd{m R}).
15806
15807 @item Global
15808 Record modes as global in Embedded buffer (@kbd{m R}).
15809
15810 @item Manual
15811 Automatic recomputation turned off (@kbd{m C}; @pxref{Automatic
15812 Recomputation}).
15813
15814 @item Graph
15815 GNUPLOT process is alive in background (@pxref{Graphics}).
15816
15817 @item Sel
15818 Top-of-stack has a selection (Embedded only; @pxref{Making Selections}).
15819
15820 @item Dirty
15821 The stack display may not be up-to-date (@pxref{Display Modes}).
15822
15823 @item Inv
15824 ``Inverse'' prefix was pressed (@kbd{I}; @pxref{Inverse and Hyperbolic}).
15825
15826 @item Hyp
15827 ``Hyperbolic'' prefix was pressed (@kbd{H}).
15828
15829 @item Keep
15830 ``Keep-arguments'' prefix was pressed (@kbd{K}).
15831
15832 @item Narrow
15833 Stack is truncated (@kbd{d t}; @pxref{Truncating the Stack}).
15834 @end table
15835
15836 In addition, the symbols @code{Active} and @code{~Active} can appear
15837 as minor modes on an Embedded buffer's mode line. @xref{Embedded Mode}.
15838
15839 @node Arithmetic, Scientific Functions, Mode Settings, Top
15840 @chapter Arithmetic Functions
15841
15842 @noindent
15843 This chapter describes the Calc commands for doing simple calculations
15844 on numbers, such as addition, absolute value, and square roots. These
15845 commands work by removing the top one or two values from the stack,
15846 performing the desired operation, and pushing the result back onto the
15847 stack. If the operation cannot be performed, the result pushed is a
15848 formula instead of a number, such as @samp{2/0} (because division by zero
15849 is illegal) or @samp{sqrt(x)} (because the argument @samp{x} is a formula).
15850
15851 Most of the commands described here can be invoked by a single keystroke.
15852 Some of the more obscure ones are two-letter sequences beginning with
15853 the @kbd{f} (``functions'') prefix key.
15854
15855 @xref{Prefix Arguments}, for a discussion of the effect of numeric
15856 prefix arguments on commands in this chapter which do not otherwise
15857 interpret a prefix argument.
15858
15859 @menu
15860 * Basic Arithmetic::
15861 * Integer Truncation::
15862 * Complex Number Functions::
15863 * Conversions::
15864 * Date Arithmetic::
15865 * Financial Functions::
15866 * Binary Functions::
15867 @end menu
15868
15869 @node Basic Arithmetic, Integer Truncation, Arithmetic, Arithmetic
15870 @section Basic Arithmetic
15871
15872 @noindent
15873 @kindex +
15874 @pindex calc-plus
15875 @c @mindex @null
15876 @tindex +
15877 The @kbd{+} (@code{calc-plus}) command adds two numbers. The numbers may
15878 be any of the standard Calc data types. The resulting sum is pushed back
15879 onto the stack.
15880
15881 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are vectors or matrices (of matching dimensions),
15882 the result is a vector or matrix sum. If one argument is a vector and the
15883 other a scalar (i.e., a non-vector), the scalar is added to each of the
15884 elements of the vector to form a new vector. If the scalar is not a
15885 number, the operation is left in symbolic form: Suppose you added @samp{x}
15886 to the vector @samp{[1,2]}. You may want the result @samp{[1+x,2+x]}, or
15887 you may plan to substitute a 2-vector for @samp{x} in the future. Since
15888 the Calculator can't tell which interpretation you want, it makes the
15889 safest assumption. @xref{Reducing and Mapping}, for a way to add @samp{x}
15890 to every element of a vector.
15891
15892 If either argument of @kbd{+} is a complex number, the result will in general
15893 be complex. If one argument is in rectangular form and the other polar,
15894 the current Polar Mode determines the form of the result. If Symbolic
15895 Mode is enabled, the sum may be left as a formula if the necessary
15896 conversions for polar addition are non-trivial.
15897
15898 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are HMS forms, the forms are added according to
15899 the usual conventions of hours-minutes-seconds notation. If one argument
15900 is an HMS form and the other is a number, that number is converted from
15901 degrees or radians (depending on the current Angular Mode) to HMS format
15902 and then the two HMS forms are added.
15903
15904 If one argument of @kbd{+} is a date form, the other can be either a
15905 real number, which advances the date by a certain number of days, or
15906 an HMS form, which advances the date by a certain amount of time.
15907 Subtracting two date forms yields the number of days between them.
15908 Adding two date forms is meaningless, but Calc interprets it as the
15909 subtraction of one date form and the negative of the other. (The
15910 negative of a date form can be understood by remembering that dates
15911 are stored as the number of days before or after Jan 1, 1 AD.)
15912
15913 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are error forms, the result is an error form
15914 with an appropriately computed standard deviation. If one argument is an
15915 error form and the other is a number, the number is taken to have zero error.
15916 Error forms may have symbolic formulas as their mean and/or error parts;
15917 adding these will produce a symbolic error form result. However, adding an
15918 error form to a plain symbolic formula (as in @samp{(a +/- b) + c}) will not
15919 work, for the same reasons just mentioned for vectors. Instead you must
15920 write @samp{(a +/- b) + (c +/- 0)}.
15921
15922 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are modulo forms with equal values of @cite{M},
15923 or if one argument is a modulo form and the other a plain number, the
15924 result is a modulo form which represents the sum, modulo @cite{M}, of
15925 the two values.
15926
15927 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are intervals, the result is an interval
15928 which describes all possible sums of the possible input values. If
15929 one argument is a plain number, it is treated as the interval
15930 @w{@samp{[x ..@: x]}}.
15931
15932 If one argument of @kbd{+} is an infinity and the other is not, the
15933 result is that same infinity. If both arguments are infinite and in
15934 the same direction, the result is the same infinity, but if they are
15935 infinite in different directions the result is @code{nan}.
15936
15937 @kindex -
15938 @pindex calc-minus
15939 @c @mindex @null
15940 @tindex -
15941 The @kbd{-} (@code{calc-minus}) command subtracts two values. The top
15942 number on the stack is subtracted from the one behind it, so that the
15943 computation @kbd{5 @key{RET} 2 -} produces 3, not @i{-3}. All options
15944 available for @kbd{+} are available for @kbd{-} as well.
15945
15946 @kindex *
15947 @pindex calc-times
15948 @c @mindex @null
15949 @tindex *
15950 The @kbd{*} (@code{calc-times}) command multiplies two numbers. If one
15951 argument is a vector and the other a scalar, the scalar is multiplied by
15952 the elements of the vector to produce a new vector. If both arguments
15953 are vectors, the interpretation depends on the dimensions of the
15954 vectors: If both arguments are matrices, a matrix multiplication is
15955 done. If one argument is a matrix and the other a plain vector, the
15956 vector is interpreted as a row vector or column vector, whichever is
15957 dimensionally correct. If both arguments are plain vectors, the result
15958 is a single scalar number which is the dot product of the two vectors.
15959
15960 If one argument of @kbd{*} is an HMS form and the other a number, the
15961 HMS form is multiplied by that amount. It is an error to multiply two
15962 HMS forms together, or to attempt any multiplication involving date
15963 forms. Error forms, modulo forms, and intervals can be multiplied;
15964 see the comments for addition of those forms. When two error forms
15965 or intervals are multiplied they are considered to be statistically
15966 independent; thus, @samp{[-2 ..@: 3] * [-2 ..@: 3]} is @samp{[-6 ..@: 9]},
15967 whereas @w{@samp{[-2 ..@: 3] ^ 2}} is @samp{[0 ..@: 9]}.
15968
15969 @kindex /
15970 @pindex calc-divide
15971 @c @mindex @null
15972 @tindex /
15973 The @kbd{/} (@code{calc-divide}) command divides two numbers. When
15974 dividing a scalar @cite{B} by a square matrix @cite{A}, the computation
15975 performed is @cite{B} times the inverse of @cite{A}. This also occurs
15976 if @cite{B} is itself a vector or matrix, in which case the effect is
15977 to solve the set of linear equations represented by @cite{B}. If @cite{B}
15978 is a matrix with the same number of rows as @cite{A}, or a plain vector
15979 (which is interpreted here as a column vector), then the equation
15980 @cite{A X = B} is solved for the vector or matrix @cite{X}. Otherwise,
15981 if @cite{B} is a non-square matrix with the same number of @emph{columns}
15982 as @cite{A}, the equation @cite{X A = B} is solved. If you wish a vector
15983 @cite{B} to be interpreted as a row vector to be solved as @cite{X A = B},
15984 make it into a one-row matrix with @kbd{C-u 1 v p} first. To force a
15985 left-handed solution with a square matrix @cite{B}, transpose @cite{A} and
15986 @cite{B} before dividing, then transpose the result.
15987
15988 HMS forms can be divided by real numbers or by other HMS forms. Error
15989 forms can be divided in any combination of ways. Modulo forms where both
15990 values and the modulo are integers can be divided to get an integer modulo
15991 form result. Intervals can be divided; dividing by an interval that
15992 encompasses zero or has zero as a limit will result in an infinite
15993 interval.
15994
15995 @kindex ^
15996 @pindex calc-power
15997 @c @mindex @null
15998 @tindex ^
15999 The @kbd{^} (@code{calc-power}) command raises a number to a power. If
16000 the power is an integer, an exact result is computed using repeated
16001 multiplications. For non-integer powers, Calc uses Newton's method or
16002 logarithms and exponentials. Square matrices can be raised to integer
16003 powers. If either argument is an error (or interval or modulo) form,
16004 the result is also an error (or interval or modulo) form.
16005
16006 @kindex I ^
16007 @tindex nroot
16008 If you press the @kbd{I} (inverse) key first, the @kbd{I ^} command
16009 computes an Nth root: @kbd{125 RET 3 I ^} computes the number 5.
16010 (This is entirely equivalent to @kbd{125 RET 1:3 ^}.)
16011
16012 @kindex \
16013 @pindex calc-idiv
16014 @tindex idiv
16015 @c @mindex @null
16016 @tindex \
16017 The @kbd{\} (@code{calc-idiv}) command divides two numbers on the stack
16018 to produce an integer result. It is equivalent to dividing with
16019 @key{/}, then rounding down with @kbd{F} (@code{calc-floor}), only a bit
16020 more convenient and efficient. Also, since it is an all-integer
16021 operation when the arguments are integers, it avoids problems that
16022 @kbd{/ F} would have with floating-point roundoff.
16023
16024 @kindex %
16025 @pindex calc-mod
16026 @c @mindex @null
16027 @tindex %
16028 The @kbd{%} (@code{calc-mod}) command performs a ``modulo'' (or ``remainder'')
16029 operation. Mathematically, @samp{a%b = a - (a\b)*b}, and is defined
16030 for all real numbers @cite{a} and @cite{b} (except @cite{b=0}). For
16031 positive @cite{b}, the result will always be between 0 (inclusive) and
16032 @cite{b} (exclusive). Modulo does not work for HMS forms and error forms.
16033 If @cite{a} is a modulo form, its modulo is changed to @cite{b}, which
16034 must be positive real number.
16035
16036 @kindex :
16037 @pindex calc-fdiv
16038 @tindex fdiv
16039 The @kbd{:} (@code{calc-fdiv}) command [@code{fdiv} function in a formula]
16040 divides the two integers on the top of the stack to produce a fractional
16041 result. This is a convenient shorthand for enabling Fraction Mode (with
16042 @kbd{m f}) temporarily and using @samp{/}. Note that during numeric entry
16043 the @kbd{:} key is interpreted as a fraction separator, so to divide 8 by 6
16044 you would have to type @kbd{8 @key{RET} 6 @key{RET} :}. (Of course, in
16045 this case, it would be much easier simply to enter the fraction directly
16046 as @kbd{8:6 @key{RET}}!)
16047
16048 @kindex n
16049 @pindex calc-change-sign
16050 The @kbd{n} (@code{calc-change-sign}) command negates the number on the top
16051 of the stack. It works on numbers, vectors and matrices, HMS forms, date
16052 forms, error forms, intervals, and modulo forms.
16053
16054 @kindex A
16055 @pindex calc-abs
16056 @tindex abs
16057 The @kbd{A} (@code{calc-abs}) [@code{abs}] command computes the absolute
16058 value of a number. The result of @code{abs} is always a nonnegative
16059 real number: With a complex argument, it computes the complex magnitude.
16060 With a vector or matrix argument, it computes the Frobenius norm, i.e.,
16061 the square root of the sum of the squares of the absolute values of the
16062 elements. The absolute value of an error form is defined by replacing
16063 the mean part with its absolute value and leaving the error part the same.
16064 The absolute value of a modulo form is undefined. The absolute value of
16065 an interval is defined in the obvious way.
16066
16067 @kindex f A
16068 @pindex calc-abssqr
16069 @tindex abssqr
16070 The @kbd{f A} (@code{calc-abssqr}) [@code{abssqr}] command computes the
16071 absolute value squared of a number, vector or matrix, or error form.
16072
16073 @kindex f s
16074 @pindex calc-sign
16075 @tindex sign
16076 The @kbd{f s} (@code{calc-sign}) [@code{sign}] command returns 1 if its
16077 argument is positive, @i{-1} if its argument is negative, or 0 if its
16078 argument is zero. In algebraic form, you can also write @samp{sign(a,x)}
16079 which evaluates to @samp{x * sign(a)}, i.e., either @samp{x}, @samp{-x}, or
16080 zero depending on the sign of @samp{a}.
16081
16082 @kindex &
16083 @pindex calc-inv
16084 @tindex inv
16085 @cindex Reciprocal
16086 The @kbd{&} (@code{calc-inv}) [@code{inv}] command computes the
16087 reciprocal of a number, i.e., @cite{1 / x}. Operating on a square
16088 matrix, it computes the inverse of that matrix.
16089
16090 @kindex Q
16091 @pindex calc-sqrt
16092 @tindex sqrt
16093 The @kbd{Q} (@code{calc-sqrt}) [@code{sqrt}] command computes the square
16094 root of a number. For a negative real argument, the result will be a
16095 complex number whose form is determined by the current Polar Mode.
16096
16097 @kindex f h
16098 @pindex calc-hypot
16099 @tindex hypot
16100 The @kbd{f h} (@code{calc-hypot}) [@code{hypot}] command computes the square
16101 root of the sum of the squares of two numbers. That is, @samp{hypot(a,b)}
16102 is the length of the hypotenuse of a right triangle with sides @cite{a}
16103 and @cite{b}. If the arguments are complex numbers, their squared
16104 magnitudes are used.
16105
16106 @kindex f Q
16107 @pindex calc-isqrt
16108 @tindex isqrt
16109 The @kbd{f Q} (@code{calc-isqrt}) [@code{isqrt}] command computes the
16110 integer square root of an integer. This is the true square root of the
16111 number, rounded down to an integer. For example, @samp{isqrt(10)}
16112 produces 3. Note that, like @kbd{\} [@code{idiv}], this uses exact
16113 integer arithmetic throughout to avoid roundoff problems. If the input
16114 is a floating-point number or other non-integer value, this is exactly
16115 the same as @samp{floor(sqrt(x))}.
16116
16117 @kindex f n
16118 @kindex f x
16119 @pindex calc-min
16120 @tindex min
16121 @pindex calc-max
16122 @tindex max
16123 The @kbd{f n} (@code{calc-min}) [@code{min}] and @kbd{f x} (@code{calc-max})
16124 [@code{max}] commands take the minimum or maximum of two real numbers,
16125 respectively. These commands also work on HMS forms, date forms,
16126 intervals, and infinities. (In algebraic expressions, these functions
16127 take any number of arguments and return the maximum or minimum among
16128 all the arguments.)@refill
16129
16130 @kindex f M
16131 @kindex f X
16132 @pindex calc-mant-part
16133 @tindex mant
16134 @pindex calc-xpon-part
16135 @tindex xpon
16136 The @kbd{f M} (@code{calc-mant-part}) [@code{mant}] function extracts
16137 the ``mantissa'' part @cite{m} of its floating-point argument; @kbd{f X}
16138 (@code{calc-xpon-part}) [@code{xpon}] extracts the ``exponent'' part
16139 @cite{e}. The original number is equal to @c{$m \times 10^e$}
16140 @cite{m * 10^e},
16141 where @cite{m} is in the interval @samp{[1.0 ..@: 10.0)} except that
16142 @cite{m=e=0} if the original number is zero. For integers
16143 and fractions, @code{mant} returns the number unchanged and @code{xpon}
16144 returns zero. The @kbd{v u} (@code{calc-unpack}) command can also be
16145 used to ``unpack'' a floating-point number; this produces an integer
16146 mantissa and exponent, with the constraint that the mantissa is not
16147 a multiple of ten (again except for the @cite{m=e=0} case).@refill
16148
16149 @kindex f S
16150 @pindex calc-scale-float
16151 @tindex scf
16152 The @kbd{f S} (@code{calc-scale-float}) [@code{scf}] function scales a number
16153 by a given power of ten. Thus, @samp{scf(mant(x), xpon(x)) = x} for any
16154 real @samp{x}. The second argument must be an integer, but the first
16155 may actually be any numeric value. For example, @samp{scf(5,-2) = 0.05}
16156 or @samp{1:20} depending on the current Fraction Mode.@refill
16157
16158 @kindex f [
16159 @kindex f ]
16160 @pindex calc-decrement
16161 @pindex calc-increment
16162 @tindex decr
16163 @tindex incr
16164 The @kbd{f [} (@code{calc-decrement}) [@code{decr}] and @kbd{f ]}
16165 (@code{calc-increment}) [@code{incr}] functions decrease or increase
16166 a number by one unit. For integers, the effect is obvious. For
16167 floating-point numbers, the change is by one unit in the last place.
16168 For example, incrementing @samp{12.3456} when the current precision
16169 is 6 digits yields @samp{12.3457}. If the current precision had been
16170 8 digits, the result would have been @samp{12.345601}. Incrementing
16171 @samp{0.0} produces @c{$10^{-p}$}
16172 @cite{10^-p}, where @cite{p} is the current
16173 precision. These operations are defined only on integers and floats.
16174 With numeric prefix arguments, they change the number by @cite{n} units.
16175
16176 Note that incrementing followed by decrementing, or vice-versa, will
16177 almost but not quite always cancel out. Suppose the precision is
16178 6 digits and the number @samp{9.99999} is on the stack. Incrementing
16179 will produce @samp{10.0000}; decrementing will produce @samp{9.9999}.
16180 One digit has been dropped. This is an unavoidable consequence of the
16181 way floating-point numbers work.
16182
16183 Incrementing a date/time form adjusts it by a certain number of seconds.
16184 Incrementing a pure date form adjusts it by a certain number of days.
16185
16186 @node Integer Truncation, Complex Number Functions, Basic Arithmetic, Arithmetic
16187 @section Integer Truncation
16188
16189 @noindent
16190 There are four commands for truncating a real number to an integer,
16191 differing mainly in their treatment of negative numbers. All of these
16192 commands have the property that if the argument is an integer, the result
16193 is the same integer. An integer-valued floating-point argument is converted
16194 to integer form.
16195
16196 If you press @kbd{H} (@code{calc-hyperbolic}) first, the result will be
16197 expressed as an integer-valued floating-point number.
16198
16199 @cindex Integer part of a number
16200 @kindex F
16201 @pindex calc-floor
16202 @tindex floor
16203 @tindex ffloor
16204 @c @mindex @null
16205 @kindex H F
16206 The @kbd{F} (@code{calc-floor}) [@code{floor} or @code{ffloor}] command
16207 truncates a real number to the next lower integer, i.e., toward minus
16208 infinity. Thus @kbd{3.6 F} produces 3, but @kbd{_3.6 F} produces
16209 @i{-4}.@refill
16210
16211 @kindex I F
16212 @pindex calc-ceiling
16213 @tindex ceil
16214 @tindex fceil
16215 @c @mindex @null
16216 @kindex H I F
16217 The @kbd{I F} (@code{calc-ceiling}) [@code{ceil} or @code{fceil}]
16218 command truncates toward positive infinity. Thus @kbd{3.6 I F} produces
16219 4, and @kbd{_3.6 I F} produces @i{-3}.@refill
16220
16221 @kindex R
16222 @pindex calc-round
16223 @tindex round
16224 @tindex fround
16225 @c @mindex @null
16226 @kindex H R
16227 The @kbd{R} (@code{calc-round}) [@code{round} or @code{fround}] command
16228 rounds to the nearest integer. When the fractional part is .5 exactly,
16229 this command rounds away from zero. (All other rounding in the
16230 Calculator uses this convention as well.) Thus @kbd{3.5 R} produces 4
16231 but @kbd{3.4 R} produces 3; @kbd{_3.5 R} produces @i{-4}.@refill
16232
16233 @kindex I R
16234 @pindex calc-trunc
16235 @tindex trunc
16236 @tindex ftrunc
16237 @c @mindex @null
16238 @kindex H I R
16239 The @kbd{I R} (@code{calc-trunc}) [@code{trunc} or @code{ftrunc}]
16240 command truncates toward zero. In other words, it ``chops off''
16241 everything after the decimal point. Thus @kbd{3.6 I R} produces 3 and
16242 @kbd{_3.6 I R} produces @i{-3}.@refill
16243
16244 These functions may not be applied meaningfully to error forms, but they
16245 do work for intervals. As a convenience, applying @code{floor} to a
16246 modulo form floors the value part of the form. Applied to a vector,
16247 these functions operate on all elements of the vector one by one.
16248 Applied to a date form, they operate on the internal numerical
16249 representation of dates, converting a date/time form into a pure date.
16250
16251 @c @starindex
16252 @tindex rounde
16253 @c @starindex
16254 @tindex roundu
16255 @c @starindex
16256 @tindex frounde
16257 @c @starindex
16258 @tindex froundu
16259 There are two more rounding functions which can only be entered in
16260 algebraic notation. The @code{roundu} function is like @code{round}
16261 except that it rounds up, toward plus infinity, when the fractional
16262 part is .5. This distinction matters only for negative arguments.
16263 Also, @code{rounde} rounds to an even number in the case of a tie,
16264 rounding up or down as necessary. For example, @samp{rounde(3.5)} and
16265 @samp{rounde(4.5)} both return 4, but @samp{rounde(5.5)} returns 6.
16266 The advantage of round-to-even is that the net error due to rounding
16267 after a long calculation tends to cancel out to zero. An important
16268 subtle point here is that the number being fed to @code{rounde} will
16269 already have been rounded to the current precision before @code{rounde}
16270 begins. For example, @samp{rounde(2.500001)} with a current precision
16271 of 6 will incorrectly, or at least surprisingly, yield 2 because the
16272 argument will first have been rounded down to @cite{2.5} (which
16273 @code{rounde} sees as an exact tie between 2 and 3).
16274
16275 Each of these functions, when written in algebraic formulas, allows
16276 a second argument which specifies the number of digits after the
16277 decimal point to keep. For example, @samp{round(123.4567, 2)} will
16278 produce the answer 123.46, and @samp{round(123.4567, -1)} will
16279 produce 120 (i.e., the cutoff is one digit to the @emph{left} of
16280 the decimal point). A second argument of zero is equivalent to
16281 no second argument at all.
16282
16283 @cindex Fractional part of a number
16284 To compute the fractional part of a number (i.e., the amount which, when
16285 added to `@t{floor(}@i{N}@t{)}', will produce @cite{N}) just take @cite{N}
16286 modulo 1 using the @code{%} command.@refill
16287
16288 Note also the @kbd{\} (integer quotient), @kbd{f I} (integer logarithm),
16289 and @kbd{f Q} (integer square root) commands, which are analogous to
16290 @kbd{/}, @kbd{B}, and @kbd{Q}, respectively, except that they take integer
16291 arguments and return the result rounded down to an integer.
16292
16293 @node Complex Number Functions, Conversions, Integer Truncation, Arithmetic
16294 @section Complex Number Functions
16295
16296 @noindent
16297 @kindex J
16298 @pindex calc-conj
16299 @tindex conj
16300 The @kbd{J} (@code{calc-conj}) [@code{conj}] command computes the
16301 complex conjugate of a number. For complex number @cite{a+bi}, the
16302 complex conjugate is @cite{a-bi}. If the argument is a real number,
16303 this command leaves it the same. If the argument is a vector or matrix,
16304 this command replaces each element by its complex conjugate.
16305
16306 @kindex G
16307 @pindex calc-argument
16308 @tindex arg
16309 The @kbd{G} (@code{calc-argument}) [@code{arg}] command computes the
16310 ``argument'' or polar angle of a complex number. For a number in polar
16311 notation, this is simply the second component of the pair
16312 `@t{(}@i{r}@t{;}@c{$\theta$}
16313 @i{theta}@t{)}'.
16314 The result is expressed according to the current angular mode and will
16315 be in the range @i{-180} degrees (exclusive) to @i{+180} degrees
16316 (inclusive), or the equivalent range in radians.@refill
16317
16318 @pindex calc-imaginary
16319 The @code{calc-imaginary} command multiplies the number on the
16320 top of the stack by the imaginary number @cite{i = (0,1)}. This
16321 command is not normally bound to a key in Calc, but it is available
16322 on the @key{IMAG} button in Keypad Mode.
16323
16324 @kindex f r
16325 @pindex calc-re
16326 @tindex re
16327 The @kbd{f r} (@code{calc-re}) [@code{re}] command replaces a complex number
16328 by its real part. This command has no effect on real numbers. (As an
16329 added convenience, @code{re} applied to a modulo form extracts
16330 the value part.)@refill
16331
16332 @kindex f i
16333 @pindex calc-im
16334 @tindex im
16335 The @kbd{f i} (@code{calc-im}) [@code{im}] command replaces a complex number
16336 by its imaginary part; real numbers are converted to zero. With a vector
16337 or matrix argument, these functions operate element-wise.@refill
16338
16339 @c @mindex v p
16340 @kindex v p (complex)
16341 @pindex calc-pack
16342 The @kbd{v p} (@code{calc-pack}) command can pack the top two numbers on
16343 the the stack into a composite object such as a complex number. With
16344 a prefix argument of @i{-1}, it produces a rectangular complex number;
16345 with an argument of @i{-2}, it produces a polar complex number.
16346 (Also, @pxref{Building Vectors}.)
16347
16348 @c @mindex v u
16349 @kindex v u (complex)
16350 @pindex calc-unpack
16351 The @kbd{v u} (@code{calc-unpack}) command takes the complex number
16352 (or other composite object) on the top of the stack and unpacks it
16353 into its separate components.
16354
16355 @node Conversions, Date Arithmetic, Complex Number Functions, Arithmetic
16356 @section Conversions
16357
16358 @noindent
16359 The commands described in this section convert numbers from one form
16360 to another; they are two-key sequences beginning with the letter @kbd{c}.
16361
16362 @kindex c f
16363 @pindex calc-float
16364 @tindex pfloat
16365 The @kbd{c f} (@code{calc-float}) [@code{pfloat}] command converts the
16366 number on the top of the stack to floating-point form. For example,
16367 @cite{23} is converted to @cite{23.0}, @cite{3:2} is converted to
16368 @cite{1.5}, and @cite{2.3} is left the same. If the value is a composite
16369 object such as a complex number or vector, each of the components is
16370 converted to floating-point. If the value is a formula, all numbers
16371 in the formula are converted to floating-point. Note that depending
16372 on the current floating-point precision, conversion to floating-point
16373 format may lose information.@refill
16374
16375 As a special exception, integers which appear as powers or subscripts
16376 are not floated by @kbd{c f}. If you really want to float a power,
16377 you can use a @kbd{j s} command to select the power followed by @kbd{c f}.
16378 Because @kbd{c f} cannot examine the formula outside of the selection,
16379 it does not notice that the thing being floated is a power.
16380 @xref{Selecting Subformulas}.
16381
16382 The normal @kbd{c f} command is ``pervasive'' in the sense that it
16383 applies to all numbers throughout the formula. The @code{pfloat}
16384 algebraic function never stays around in a formula; @samp{pfloat(a + 1)}
16385 changes to @samp{a + 1.0} as soon as it is evaluated.
16386
16387 @kindex H c f
16388 @tindex float
16389 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H c f} [@code{float}] operates
16390 only on the number or vector of numbers at the top level of its
16391 argument. Thus, @samp{float(1)} is 1.0, but @samp{float(a + 1)}
16392 is left unevaluated because its argument is not a number.
16393
16394 You should use @kbd{H c f} if you wish to guarantee that the final
16395 value, once all the variables have been assigned, is a float; you
16396 would use @kbd{c f} if you wish to do the conversion on the numbers
16397 that appear right now.
16398
16399 @kindex c F
16400 @pindex calc-fraction
16401 @tindex pfrac
16402 The @kbd{c F} (@code{calc-fraction}) [@code{pfrac}] command converts a
16403 floating-point number into a fractional approximation. By default, it
16404 produces a fraction whose decimal representation is the same as the
16405 input number, to within the current precision. You can also give a
16406 numeric prefix argument to specify a tolerance, either directly, or,
16407 if the prefix argument is zero, by using the number on top of the stack
16408 as the tolerance. If the tolerance is a positive integer, the fraction
16409 is correct to within that many significant figures. If the tolerance is
16410 a non-positive integer, it specifies how many digits fewer than the current
16411 precision to use. If the tolerance is a floating-point number, the
16412 fraction is correct to within that absolute amount.
16413
16414 @kindex H c F
16415 @tindex frac
16416 The @code{pfrac} function is pervasive, like @code{pfloat}.
16417 There is also a non-pervasive version, @kbd{H c F} [@code{frac}],
16418 which is analogous to @kbd{H c f} discussed above.
16419
16420 @kindex c d
16421 @pindex calc-to-degrees
16422 @tindex deg
16423 The @kbd{c d} (@code{calc-to-degrees}) [@code{deg}] command converts a
16424 number into degrees form. The value on the top of the stack may be an
16425 HMS form (interpreted as degrees-minutes-seconds), or a real number which
16426 will be interpreted in radians regardless of the current angular mode.@refill
16427
16428 @kindex c r
16429 @pindex calc-to-radians
16430 @tindex rad
16431 The @kbd{c r} (@code{calc-to-radians}) [@code{rad}] command converts an
16432 HMS form or angle in degrees into an angle in radians.
16433
16434 @kindex c h
16435 @pindex calc-to-hms
16436 @tindex hms
16437 The @kbd{c h} (@code{calc-to-hms}) [@code{hms}] command converts a real
16438 number, interpreted according to the current angular mode, to an HMS
16439 form describing the same angle. In algebraic notation, the @code{hms}
16440 function also accepts three arguments: @samp{hms(@var{h}, @var{m}, @var{s})}.
16441 (The three-argument version is independent of the current angular mode.)
16442
16443 @pindex calc-from-hms
16444 The @code{calc-from-hms} command converts the HMS form on the top of the
16445 stack into a real number according to the current angular mode.
16446
16447 @kindex c p
16448 @kindex I c p
16449 @pindex calc-polar
16450 @tindex polar
16451 @tindex rect
16452 The @kbd{c p} (@code{calc-polar}) command converts the complex number on
16453 the top of the stack from polar to rectangular form, or from rectangular
16454 to polar form, whichever is appropriate. Real numbers are left the same.
16455 This command is equivalent to the @code{rect} or @code{polar}
16456 functions in algebraic formulas, depending on the direction of
16457 conversion. (It uses @code{polar}, except that if the argument is
16458 already a polar complex number, it uses @code{rect} instead. The
16459 @kbd{I c p} command always uses @code{rect}.)@refill
16460
16461 @kindex c c
16462 @pindex calc-clean
16463 @tindex pclean
16464 The @kbd{c c} (@code{calc-clean}) [@code{pclean}] command ``cleans'' the
16465 number on the top of the stack. Floating point numbers are re-rounded
16466 according to the current precision. Polar numbers whose angular
16467 components have strayed from the @i{-180} to @i{+180} degree range
16468 are normalized. (Note that results will be undesirable if the current
16469 angular mode is different from the one under which the number was
16470 produced!) Integers and fractions are generally unaffected by this
16471 operation. Vectors and formulas are cleaned by cleaning each component
16472 number (i.e., pervasively).@refill
16473
16474 If the simplification mode is set below the default level, it is raised
16475 to the default level for the purposes of this command. Thus, @kbd{c c}
16476 applies the default simplifications even if their automatic application
16477 is disabled. @xref{Simplification Modes}.
16478
16479 @cindex Roundoff errors, correcting
16480 A numeric prefix argument to @kbd{c c} sets the floating-point precision
16481 to that value for the duration of the command. A positive prefix (of at
16482 least 3) sets the precision to the specified value; a negative or zero
16483 prefix decreases the precision by the specified amount.
16484
16485 @kindex c 0-9
16486 @pindex calc-clean-num
16487 The keystroke sequences @kbd{c 0} through @kbd{c 9} are equivalent
16488 to @kbd{c c} with the corresponding negative prefix argument. If roundoff
16489 errors have changed 2.0 into 1.999999, typing @kbd{c 1} to clip off one
16490 decimal place often conveniently does the trick.
16491
16492 The @kbd{c c} command with a numeric prefix argument, and the @kbd{c 0}
16493 through @kbd{c 9} commands, also ``clip'' very small floating-point
16494 numbers to zero. If the exponent is less than or equal to the negative
16495 of the specified precision, the number is changed to 0.0. For example,
16496 if the current precision is 12, then @kbd{c 2} changes the vector
16497 @samp{[1e-8, 1e-9, 1e-10, 1e-11]} to @samp{[1e-8, 1e-9, 0, 0]}.
16498 Numbers this small generally arise from roundoff noise.
16499
16500 If the numbers you are using really are legitimately this small,
16501 you should avoid using the @kbd{c 0} through @kbd{c 9} commands.
16502 (The plain @kbd{c c} command rounds to the current precision but
16503 does not clip small numbers.)
16504
16505 One more property of @kbd{c 0} through @kbd{c 9}, and of @kbd{c c} with
16506 a prefix argument, is that integer-valued floats are converted to
16507 plain integers, so that @kbd{c 1} on @samp{[1., 1.5, 2., 2.5, 3.]}
16508 produces @samp{[1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3]}. This is not done for huge
16509 numbers (@samp{1e100} is technically an integer-valued float, but
16510 you wouldn't want it automatically converted to a 100-digit integer).
16511
16512 @kindex H c 0-9
16513 @kindex H c c
16514 @tindex clean
16515 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H c c} and @kbd{H c 0} through @kbd{H c 9}
16516 operate non-pervasively [@code{clean}].
16517
16518 @node Date Arithmetic, Financial Functions, Conversions, Arithmetic
16519 @section Date Arithmetic
16520
16521 @noindent
16522 @cindex Date arithmetic, additional functions
16523 The commands described in this section perform various conversions
16524 and calculations involving date forms (@pxref{Date Forms}). They
16525 use the @kbd{t} (for time/date) prefix key followed by shifted
16526 letters.
16527
16528 The simplest date arithmetic is done using the regular @kbd{+} and @kbd{-}
16529 commands. In particular, adding a number to a date form advances the
16530 date form by a certain number of days; adding an HMS form to a date
16531 form advances the date by a certain amount of time; and subtracting two
16532 date forms produces a difference measured in days. The commands
16533 described here provide additional, more specialized operations on dates.
16534
16535 Many of these commands accept a numeric prefix argument; if you give
16536 plain @kbd{C-u} as the prefix, these commands will instead take the
16537 additional argument from the top of the stack.
16538
16539 @menu
16540 * Date Conversions::
16541 * Date Functions::
16542 * Time Zones::
16543 * Business Days::
16544 @end menu
16545
16546 @node Date Conversions, Date Functions, Date Arithmetic, Date Arithmetic
16547 @subsection Date Conversions
16548
16549 @noindent
16550 @kindex t D
16551 @pindex calc-date
16552 @tindex date
16553 The @kbd{t D} (@code{calc-date}) [@code{date}] command converts a
16554 date form into a number, measured in days since Jan 1, 1 AD. The
16555 result will be an integer if @var{date} is a pure date form, or a
16556 fraction or float if @var{date} is a date/time form. Or, if its
16557 argument is a number, it converts this number into a date form.
16558
16559 With a numeric prefix argument, @kbd{t D} takes that many objects
16560 (up to six) from the top of the stack and interprets them in one
16561 of the following ways:
16562
16563 The @samp{date(@var{year}, @var{month}, @var{day})} function
16564 builds a pure date form out of the specified year, month, and
16565 day, which must all be integers. @var{Year} is a year number,
16566 such as 1991 (@emph{not} the same as 91!). @var{Month} must be
16567 an integer in the range 1 to 12; @var{day} must be in the range
16568 1 to 31. If the specified month has fewer than 31 days and
16569 @var{day} is too large, the equivalent day in the following
16570 month will be used.
16571
16572 The @samp{date(@var{month}, @var{day})} function builds a
16573 pure date form using the current year, as determined by the
16574 real-time clock.
16575
16576 The @samp{date(@var{year}, @var{month}, @var{day}, @var{hms})}
16577 function builds a date/time form using an @var{hms} form.
16578
16579 The @samp{date(@var{year}, @var{month}, @var{day}, @var{hour},
16580 @var{minute}, @var{second})} function builds a date/time form.
16581 @var{hour} should be an integer in the range 0 to 23;
16582 @var{minute} should be an integer in the range 0 to 59;
16583 @var{second} should be any real number in the range @samp{[0 .. 60)}.
16584 The last two arguments default to zero if omitted.
16585
16586 @kindex t J
16587 @pindex calc-julian
16588 @tindex julian
16589 @cindex Julian day counts, conversions
16590 The @kbd{t J} (@code{calc-julian}) [@code{julian}] command converts
16591 a date form into a Julian day count, which is the number of days
16592 since noon on Jan 1, 4713 BC. A pure date is converted to an integer
16593 Julian count representing noon of that day. A date/time form is
16594 converted to an exact floating-point Julian count, adjusted to
16595 interpret the date form in the current time zone but the Julian
16596 day count in Greenwich Mean Time. A numeric prefix argument allows
16597 you to specify the time zone; @pxref{Time Zones}. Use a prefix of
16598 zero to suppress the time zone adjustment. Note that pure date forms
16599 are never time-zone adjusted.
16600
16601 This command can also do the opposite conversion, from a Julian day
16602 count (either an integer day, or a floating-point day and time in
16603 the GMT zone), into a pure date form or a date/time form in the
16604 current or specified time zone.
16605
16606 @kindex t U
16607 @pindex calc-unix-time
16608 @tindex unixtime
16609 @cindex Unix time format, conversions
16610 The @kbd{t U} (@code{calc-unix-time}) [@code{unixtime}] command
16611 converts a date form into a Unix time value, which is the number of
16612 seconds since midnight on Jan 1, 1970, or vice-versa. The numeric result
16613 will be an integer if the current precision is 12 or less; for higher
16614 precisions, the result may be a float with (@var{precision}@i{-}12)
16615 digits after the decimal. Just as for @kbd{t J}, the numeric time
16616 is interpreted in the GMT time zone and the date form is interpreted
16617 in the current or specified zone. Some systems use Unix-like
16618 numbering but with the local time zone; give a prefix of zero to
16619 suppress the adjustment if so.
16620
16621 @kindex t C
16622 @pindex calc-convert-time-zones
16623 @tindex tzconv
16624 @cindex Time Zones, converting between
16625 The @kbd{t C} (@code{calc-convert-time-zones}) [@code{tzconv}]
16626 command converts a date form from one time zone to another. You
16627 are prompted for each time zone name in turn; you can answer with
16628 any suitable Calc time zone expression (@pxref{Time Zones}).
16629 If you answer either prompt with a blank line, the local time
16630 zone is used for that prompt. You can also answer the first
16631 prompt with @kbd{$} to take the two time zone names from the
16632 stack (and the date to be converted from the third stack level).
16633
16634 @node Date Functions, Business Days, Date Conversions, Date Arithmetic
16635 @subsection Date Functions
16636
16637 @noindent
16638 @kindex t N
16639 @pindex calc-now
16640 @tindex now
16641 The @kbd{t N} (@code{calc-now}) [@code{now}] command pushes the
16642 current date and time on the stack as a date form. The time is
16643 reported in terms of the specified time zone; with no numeric prefix
16644 argument, @kbd{t N} reports for the current time zone.
16645
16646 @kindex t P
16647 @pindex calc-date-part
16648 The @kbd{t P} (@code{calc-date-part}) command extracts one part
16649 of a date form. The prefix argument specifies the part; with no
16650 argument, this command prompts for a part code from 1 to 9.
16651 The various part codes are described in the following paragraphs.
16652
16653 @tindex year
16654 The @kbd{M-1 t P} [@code{year}] function extracts the year number
16655 from a date form as an integer, e.g., 1991. This and the
16656 following functions will also accept a real number for an
16657 argument, which is interpreted as a standard Calc day number.
16658 Note that this function will never return zero, since the year
16659 1 BC immediately precedes the year 1 AD.
16660
16661 @tindex month
16662 The @kbd{M-2 t P} [@code{month}] function extracts the month number
16663 from a date form as an integer in the range 1 to 12.
16664
16665 @tindex day
16666 The @kbd{M-3 t P} [@code{day}] function extracts the day number
16667 from a date form as an integer in the range 1 to 31.
16668
16669 @tindex hour
16670 The @kbd{M-4 t P} [@code{hour}] function extracts the hour from
16671 a date form as an integer in the range 0 (midnight) to 23. Note
16672 that 24-hour time is always used. This returns zero for a pure
16673 date form. This function (and the following two) also accept
16674 HMS forms as input.
16675
16676 @tindex minute
16677 The @kbd{M-5 t P} [@code{minute}] function extracts the minute
16678 from a date form as an integer in the range 0 to 59.
16679
16680 @tindex second
16681 The @kbd{M-6 t P} [@code{second}] function extracts the second
16682 from a date form. If the current precision is 12 or less,
16683 the result is an integer in the range 0 to 59. For higher
16684 precisions, the result may instead be a floating-point number.
16685
16686 @tindex weekday
16687 The @kbd{M-7 t P} [@code{weekday}] function extracts the weekday
16688 number from a date form as an integer in the range 0 (Sunday)
16689 to 6 (Saturday).
16690
16691 @tindex yearday
16692 The @kbd{M-8 t P} [@code{yearday}] function extracts the day-of-year
16693 number from a date form as an integer in the range 1 (January 1)
16694 to 366 (December 31 of a leap year).
16695
16696 @tindex time
16697 The @kbd{M-9 t P} [@code{time}] function extracts the time portion
16698 of a date form as an HMS form. This returns @samp{0@@ 0' 0"}
16699 for a pure date form.
16700
16701 @kindex t M
16702 @pindex calc-new-month
16703 @tindex newmonth
16704 The @kbd{t M} (@code{calc-new-month}) [@code{newmonth}] command
16705 computes a new date form that represents the first day of the month
16706 specified by the input date. The result is always a pure date
16707 form; only the year and month numbers of the input are retained.
16708 With a numeric prefix argument @var{n} in the range from 1 to 31,
16709 @kbd{t M} computes the @var{n}th day of the month. (If @var{n}
16710 is greater than the actual number of days in the month, or if
16711 @var{n} is zero, the last day of the month is used.)
16712
16713 @kindex t Y
16714 @pindex calc-new-year
16715 @tindex newyear
16716 The @kbd{t Y} (@code{calc-new-year}) [@code{newyear}] command
16717 computes a new pure date form that represents the first day of
16718 the year specified by the input. The month, day, and time
16719 of the input date form are lost. With a numeric prefix argument
16720 @var{n} in the range from 1 to 366, @kbd{t Y} computes the
16721 @var{n}th day of the year (366 is treated as 365 in non-leap
16722 years). A prefix argument of 0 computes the last day of the
16723 year (December 31). A negative prefix argument from @i{-1} to
16724 @i{-12} computes the first day of the @var{n}th month of the year.
16725
16726 @kindex t W
16727 @pindex calc-new-week
16728 @tindex newweek
16729 The @kbd{t W} (@code{calc-new-week}) [@code{newweek}] command
16730 computes a new pure date form that represents the Sunday on or before
16731 the input date. With a numeric prefix argument, it can be made to
16732 use any day of the week as the starting day; the argument must be in
16733 the range from 0 (Sunday) to 6 (Saturday). This function always
16734 subtracts between 0 and 6 days from the input date.
16735
16736 Here's an example use of @code{newweek}: Find the date of the next
16737 Wednesday after a given date. Using @kbd{M-3 t W} or @samp{newweek(d, 3)}
16738 will give you the @emph{preceding} Wednesday, so @samp{newweek(d+7, 3)}
16739 will give you the following Wednesday. A further look at the definition
16740 of @code{newweek} shows that if the input date is itself a Wednesday,
16741 this formula will return the Wednesday one week in the future. An
16742 exercise for the reader is to modify this formula to yield the same day
16743 if the input is already a Wednesday. Another interesting exercise is
16744 to preserve the time-of-day portion of the input (@code{newweek} resets
16745 the time to midnight; hint:@: how can @code{newweek} be defined in terms
16746 of the @code{weekday} function?).
16747
16748 @c @starindex
16749 @tindex pwday
16750 The @samp{pwday(@var{date})} function (not on any key) computes the
16751 day-of-month number of the Sunday on or before @var{date}. With
16752 two arguments, @samp{pwday(@var{date}, @var{day})} computes the day
16753 number of the Sunday on or before day number @var{day} of the month
16754 specified by @var{date}. The @var{day} must be in the range from
16755 7 to 31; if the day number is greater than the actual number of days
16756 in the month, the true number of days is used instead. Thus
16757 @samp{pwday(@var{date}, 7)} finds the first Sunday of the month, and
16758 @samp{pwday(@var{date}, 31)} finds the last Sunday of the month.
16759 With a third @var{weekday} argument, @code{pwday} can be made to look
16760 for any day of the week instead of Sunday.
16761
16762 @kindex t I
16763 @pindex calc-inc-month
16764 @tindex incmonth
16765 The @kbd{t I} (@code{calc-inc-month}) [@code{incmonth}] command
16766 increases a date form by one month, or by an arbitrary number of
16767 months specified by a numeric prefix argument. The time portion,
16768 if any, of the date form stays the same. The day also stays the
16769 same, except that if the new month has fewer days the day
16770 number may be reduced to lie in the valid range. For example,
16771 @samp{incmonth(<Jan 31, 1991>)} produces @samp{<Feb 28, 1991>}.
16772 Because of this, @kbd{t I t I} and @kbd{M-2 t I} do not always give
16773 the same results (@samp{<Mar 28, 1991>} versus @samp{<Mar 31, 1991>}
16774 in this case).
16775
16776 @c @starindex
16777 @tindex incyear
16778 The @samp{incyear(@var{date}, @var{step})} function increases
16779 a date form by the specified number of years, which may be
16780 any positive or negative integer. Note that @samp{incyear(d, n)}
16781 is equivalent to @w{@samp{incmonth(d, 12*n)}}, but these do not have
16782 simple equivalents in terms of day arithmetic because
16783 months and years have varying lengths. If the @var{step}
16784 argument is omitted, 1 year is assumed. There is no keyboard
16785 command for this function; use @kbd{C-u 12 t I} instead.
16786
16787 There is no @code{newday} function at all because @kbd{F} [@code{floor}]
16788 serves this purpose. Similarly, instead of @code{incday} and
16789 @code{incweek} simply use @cite{d + n} or @cite{d + 7 n}.
16790
16791 @xref{Basic Arithmetic}, for the @kbd{f ]} [@code{incr}] command
16792 which can adjust a date/time form by a certain number of seconds.
16793
16794 @node Business Days, Time Zones, Date Functions, Date Arithmetic
16795 @subsection Business Days
16796
16797 @noindent
16798 Often time is measured in ``business days'' or ``working days,''
16799 where weekends and holidays are skipped. Calc's normal date
16800 arithmetic functions use calendar days, so that subtracting two
16801 consecutive Mondays will yield a difference of 7 days. By contrast,
16802 subtracting two consecutive Mondays would yield 5 business days
16803 (assuming two-day weekends and the absence of holidays).
16804
16805 @kindex t +
16806 @kindex t -
16807 @tindex badd
16808 @tindex bsub
16809 @pindex calc-business-days-plus
16810 @pindex calc-business-days-minus
16811 The @kbd{t +} (@code{calc-business-days-plus}) [@code{badd}]
16812 and @kbd{t -} (@code{calc-business-days-minus}) [@code{bsub}]
16813 commands perform arithmetic using business days. For @kbd{t +},
16814 one argument must be a date form and the other must be a real
16815 number (positive or negative). If the number is not an integer,
16816 then a certain amount of time is added as well as a number of
16817 days; for example, adding 0.5 business days to a time in Friday
16818 evening will produce a time in Monday morning. It is also
16819 possible to add an HMS form; adding @samp{12@@ 0' 0"} also adds
16820 half a business day. For @kbd{t -}, the arguments are either a
16821 date form and a number or HMS form, or two date forms, in which
16822 case the result is the number of business days between the two
16823 dates.
16824
16825 @cindex @code{Holidays} variable
16826 @vindex Holidays
16827 By default, Calc considers any day that is not a Saturday or
16828 Sunday to be a business day. You can define any number of
16829 additional holidays by editing the variable @code{Holidays}.
16830 (There is an @w{@kbd{s H}} convenience command for editing this
16831 variable.) Initially, @code{Holidays} contains the vector
16832 @samp{[sat, sun]}. Entries in the @code{Holidays} vector may
16833 be any of the following kinds of objects:
16834
16835 @itemize @bullet
16836 @item
16837 Date forms (pure dates, not date/time forms). These specify
16838 particular days which are to be treated as holidays.
16839
16840 @item
16841 Intervals of date forms. These specify a range of days, all of
16842 which are holidays (e.g., Christmas week). @xref{Interval Forms}.
16843
16844 @item
16845 Nested vectors of date forms. Each date form in the vector is
16846 considered to be a holiday.
16847
16848 @item
16849 Any Calc formula which evaluates to one of the above three things.
16850 If the formula involves the variable @cite{y}, it stands for a
16851 yearly repeating holiday; @cite{y} will take on various year
16852 numbers like 1992. For example, @samp{date(y, 12, 25)} specifies
16853 Christmas day, and @samp{newweek(date(y, 11, 7), 4) + 21} specifies
16854 Thanksgiving (which is held on the fourth Thursday of November).
16855 If the formula involves the variable @cite{m}, that variable
16856 takes on month numbers from 1 to 12: @samp{date(y, m, 15)} is
16857 a holiday that takes place on the 15th of every month.
16858
16859 @item
16860 A weekday name, such as @code{sat} or @code{sun}. This is really
16861 a variable whose name is a three-letter, lower-case day name.
16862
16863 @item
16864 An interval of year numbers (integers). This specifies the span of
16865 years over which this holiday list is to be considered valid. Any
16866 business-day arithmetic that goes outside this range will result
16867 in an error message. Use this if you are including an explicit
16868 list of holidays, rather than a formula to generate them, and you
16869 want to make sure you don't accidentally go beyond the last point
16870 where the holidays you entered are complete. If there is no
16871 limiting interval in the @code{Holidays} vector, the default
16872 @samp{[1 .. 2737]} is used. (This is the absolute range of years
16873 for which Calc's business-day algorithms will operate.)
16874
16875 @item
16876 An interval of HMS forms. This specifies the span of hours that
16877 are to be considered one business day. For example, if this
16878 range is @samp{[9@@ 0' 0" .. 17@@ 0' 0"]} (i.e., 9am to 5pm), then
16879 the business day is only eight hours long, so that @kbd{1.5 t +}
16880 on @samp{<4:00pm Fri Dec 13, 1991>} will add one business day and
16881 four business hours to produce @samp{<12:00pm Tue Dec 17, 1991>}.
16882 Likewise, @kbd{t -} will now express differences in time as
16883 fractions of an eight-hour day. Times before 9am will be treated
16884 as 9am by business date arithmetic, and times at or after 5pm will
16885 be treated as 4:59:59pm. If there is no HMS interval in @code{Holidays},
16886 the full 24-hour day @samp{[0@ 0' 0" .. 24@ 0' 0"]} is assumed.
16887 (Regardless of the type of bounds you specify, the interval is
16888 treated as inclusive on the low end and exclusive on the high end,
16889 so that the work day goes from 9am up to, but not including, 5pm.)
16890 @end itemize
16891
16892 If the @code{Holidays} vector is empty, then @kbd{t +} and
16893 @kbd{t -} will act just like @kbd{+} and @kbd{-} because there will
16894 then be no difference between business days and calendar days.
16895
16896 Calc expands the intervals and formulas you give into a complete
16897 list of holidays for internal use. This is done mainly to make
16898 sure it can detect multiple holidays. (For example,
16899 @samp{<Jan 1, 1989>} is both New Year's Day and a Sunday, but
16900 Calc's algorithms take care to count it only once when figuring
16901 the number of holidays between two dates.)
16902
16903 Since the complete list of holidays for all the years from 1 to
16904 2737 would be huge, Calc actually computes only the part of the
16905 list between the smallest and largest years that have been involved
16906 in business-day calculations so far. Normally, you won't have to
16907 worry about this. Keep in mind, however, that if you do one
16908 calculation for 1992, and another for 1792, even if both involve
16909 only a small range of years, Calc will still work out all the
16910 holidays that fall in that 200-year span.
16911
16912 If you add a (positive) number of days to a date form that falls on a
16913 weekend or holiday, the date form is treated as if it were the most
16914 recent business day. (Thus adding one business day to a Friday,
16915 Saturday, or Sunday will all yield the following Monday.) If you
16916 subtract a number of days from a weekend or holiday, the date is
16917 effectively on the following business day. (So subtracting one business
16918 day from Saturday, Sunday, or Monday yields the preceding Friday.) The
16919 difference between two dates one or both of which fall on holidays
16920 equals the number of actual business days between them. These
16921 conventions are consistent in the sense that, if you add @var{n}
16922 business days to any date, the difference between the result and the
16923 original date will come out to @var{n} business days. (It can't be
16924 completely consistent though; a subtraction followed by an addition
16925 might come out a bit differently, since @kbd{t +} is incapable of
16926 producing a date that falls on a weekend or holiday.)
16927
16928 @c @starindex
16929 @tindex holiday
16930 There is a @code{holiday} function, not on any keys, that takes
16931 any date form and returns 1 if that date falls on a weekend or
16932 holiday, as defined in @code{Holidays}, or 0 if the date is a
16933 business day.
16934
16935 @node Time Zones, , Business Days, Date Arithmetic
16936 @subsection Time Zones
16937
16938 @noindent
16939 @cindex Time zones
16940 @cindex Daylight savings time
16941 Time zones and daylight savings time are a complicated business.
16942 The conversions to and from Julian and Unix-style dates automatically
16943 compute the correct time zone and daylight savings adjustment to use,
16944 provided they can figure out this information. This section describes
16945 Calc's time zone adjustment algorithm in detail, in case you want to
16946 do conversions in different time zones or in case Calc's algorithms
16947 can't determine the right correction to use.
16948
16949 Adjustments for time zones and daylight savings time are done by
16950 @kbd{t U}, @kbd{t J}, @kbd{t N}, and @kbd{t C}, but not by any other
16951 commands. In particular, @samp{<may 1 1991> - <apr 1 1991>} evaluates
16952 to exactly 30 days even though there is a daylight-savings
16953 transition in between. This is also true for Julian pure dates:
16954 @samp{julian(<may 1 1991>) - julian(<apr 1 1991>)}. But Julian
16955 and Unix date/times will adjust for daylight savings time:
16956 @samp{julian(<12am may 1 1991>) - julian(<12am apr 1 1991>)}
16957 evaluates to @samp{29.95834} (that's 29 days and 23 hours)
16958 because one hour was lost when daylight savings commenced on
16959 April 7, 1991.
16960
16961 In brief, the idiom @samp{julian(@var{date1}) - julian(@var{date2})}
16962 computes the actual number of 24-hour periods between two dates, whereas
16963 @samp{@var{date1} - @var{date2}} computes the number of calendar
16964 days between two dates without taking daylight savings into account.
16965
16966 @pindex calc-time-zone
16967 @c @starindex
16968 @tindex tzone
16969 The @code{calc-time-zone} [@code{tzone}] command converts the time
16970 zone specified by its numeric prefix argument into a number of
16971 seconds difference from Greenwich mean time (GMT). If the argument
16972 is a number, the result is simply that value multiplied by 3600.
16973 Typical arguments for North America are 5 (Eastern) or 8 (Pacific). If
16974 Daylight Savings time is in effect, one hour should be subtracted from
16975 the normal difference.
16976
16977 If you give a prefix of plain @kbd{C-u}, @code{calc-time-zone} (like other
16978 date arithmetic commands that include a time zone argument) takes the
16979 zone argument from the top of the stack. (In the case of @kbd{t J}
16980 and @kbd{t U}, the normal argument is then taken from the second-to-top
16981 stack position.) This allows you to give a non-integer time zone
16982 adjustment. The time-zone argument can also be an HMS form, or
16983 it can be a variable which is a time zone name in upper- or lower-case.
16984 For example @samp{tzone(PST) = tzone(8)} and @samp{tzone(pdt) = tzone(7)}
16985 (for Pacific standard and daylight savings times, respectively).
16986
16987 North American and European time zone names are defined as follows;
16988 note that for each time zone there is one name for standard time,
16989 another for daylight savings time, and a third for ``generalized'' time
16990 in which the daylight savings adjustment is computed from context.
16991
16992 @group
16993 @smallexample
16994 YST PST MST CST EST AST NST GMT WET MET MEZ
16995 9 8 7 6 5 4 3.5 0 -1 -2 -2
16996
16997 YDT PDT MDT CDT EDT ADT NDT BST WETDST METDST MESZ
16998 8 7 6 5 4 3 2.5 -1 -2 -3 -3
16999
17000 YGT PGT MGT CGT EGT AGT NGT BGT WEGT MEGT MEGZ
17001 9/8 8/7 7/6 6/5 5/4 4/3 3.5/2.5 0/-1 -1/-2 -2/-3 -2/-3
17002 @end smallexample
17003 @end group
17004
17005 @vindex math-tzone-names
17006 To define time zone names that do not appear in the above table,
17007 you must modify the Lisp variable @code{math-tzone-names}. This
17008 is a list of lists describing the different time zone names; its
17009 structure is best explained by an example. The three entries for
17010 Pacific Time look like this:
17011
17012 @group
17013 @smallexample
17014 ( ( "PST" 8 0 ) ; Name as an upper-case string, then standard
17015 ( "PDT" 8 -1 ) ; adjustment, then daylight savings adjustment.
17016 ( "PGT" 8 "PST" "PDT" ) ) ; Generalized time zone.
17017 @end smallexample
17018 @end group
17019
17020 @cindex @code{TimeZone} variable
17021 @vindex TimeZone
17022 With no arguments, @code{calc-time-zone} or @samp{tzone()} obtains an
17023 argument from the Calc variable @code{TimeZone} if a value has been
17024 stored for that variable. If not, Calc runs the Unix @samp{date}
17025 command and looks for one of the above time zone names in the output;
17026 if this does not succeed, @samp{tzone()} leaves itself unevaluated.
17027 The time zone name in the @samp{date} output may be followed by a signed
17028 adjustment, e.g., @samp{GMT+5} or @samp{GMT+0500} which specifies a
17029 number of hours and minutes to be added to the base time zone.
17030 Calc stores the time zone it finds into @code{TimeZone} to speed
17031 later calls to @samp{tzone()}.
17032
17033 The special time zone name @code{local} is equivalent to no argument,
17034 i.e., it uses the local time zone as obtained from the @code{date}
17035 command.
17036
17037 If the time zone name found is one of the standard or daylight
17038 savings zone names from the above table, and Calc's internal
17039 daylight savings algorithm says that time and zone are consistent
17040 (e.g., @code{PDT} accompanies a date that Calc's algorithm would also
17041 consider to be daylight savings, or @code{PST} accompanies a date
17042 that Calc would consider to be standard time), then Calc substitutes
17043 the corresponding generalized time zone (like @code{PGT}).
17044
17045 If your system does not have a suitable @samp{date} command, you
17046 may wish to put a @samp{(setq var-TimeZone ...)} in your Emacs
17047 initialization file to set the time zone. The easiest way to do
17048 this is to edit the @code{TimeZone} variable using Calc's @kbd{s T}
17049 command, then use the @kbd{s p} (@code{calc-permanent-variable})
17050 command to save the value of @code{TimeZone} permanently.
17051
17052 The @kbd{t J} and @code{t U} commands with no numeric prefix
17053 arguments do the same thing as @samp{tzone()}. If the current
17054 time zone is a generalized time zone, e.g., @code{EGT}, Calc
17055 examines the date being converted to tell whether to use standard
17056 or daylight savings time. But if the current time zone is explicit,
17057 e.g., @code{EST} or @code{EDT}, then that adjustment is used exactly
17058 and Calc's daylight savings algorithm is not consulted.
17059
17060 Some places don't follow the usual rules for daylight savings time.
17061 The state of Arizona, for example, does not observe daylight savings
17062 time. If you run Calc during the winter season in Arizona, the
17063 Unix @code{date} command will report @code{MST} time zone, which
17064 Calc will change to @code{MGT}. If you then convert a time that
17065 lies in the summer months, Calc will apply an incorrect daylight
17066 savings time adjustment. To avoid this, set your @code{TimeZone}
17067 variable explicitly to @code{MST} to force the use of standard,
17068 non-daylight-savings time.
17069
17070 @vindex math-daylight-savings-hook
17071 @findex math-std-daylight-savings
17072 By default Calc always considers daylight savings time to begin at
17073 2 a.m.@: on the first Sunday of April, and to end at 2 a.m.@: on the
17074 last Sunday of October. This is the rule that has been in effect
17075 in North America since 1987. If you are in a country that uses
17076 different rules for computing daylight savings time, you have two
17077 choices: Write your own daylight savings hook, or control time
17078 zones explicitly by setting the @code{TimeZone} variable and/or
17079 always giving a time-zone argument for the conversion functions.
17080
17081 The Lisp variable @code{math-daylight-savings-hook} holds the
17082 name of a function that is used to compute the daylight savings
17083 adjustment for a given date. The default is
17084 @code{math-std-daylight-savings}, which computes an adjustment
17085 (either 0 or @i{-1}) using the North American rules given above.
17086
17087 The daylight savings hook function is called with four arguments:
17088 The date, as a floating-point number in standard Calc format;
17089 a six-element list of the date decomposed into year, month, day,
17090 hour, minute, and second, respectively; a string which contains
17091 the generalized time zone name in upper-case, e.g., @code{"WEGT"};
17092 and a special adjustment to be applied to the hour value when
17093 converting into a generalized time zone (see below).
17094
17095 @findex math-prev-weekday-in-month
17096 The Lisp function @code{math-prev-weekday-in-month} is useful for
17097 daylight savings computations. This is an internal version of
17098 the user-level @code{pwday} function described in the previous
17099 section. It takes four arguments: The floating-point date value,
17100 the corresponding six-element date list, the day-of-month number,
17101 and the weekday number (0-6).
17102
17103 The default daylight savings hook ignores the time zone name, but a
17104 more sophisticated hook could use different algorithms for different
17105 time zones. It would also be possible to use different algorithms
17106 depending on the year number, but the default hook always uses the
17107 algorithm for 1987 and later. Here is a listing of the default
17108 daylight savings hook:
17109
17110 @smallexample
17111 (defun math-std-daylight-savings (date dt zone bump)
17112 (cond ((< (nth 1 dt) 4) 0)
17113 ((= (nth 1 dt) 4)
17114 (let ((sunday (math-prev-weekday-in-month date dt 7 0)))
17115 (cond ((< (nth 2 dt) sunday) 0)
17116 ((= (nth 2 dt) sunday)
17117 (if (>= (nth 3 dt) (+ 3 bump)) -1 0))
17118 (t -1))))
17119 ((< (nth 1 dt) 10) -1)
17120 ((= (nth 1 dt) 10)
17121 (let ((sunday (math-prev-weekday-in-month date dt 31 0)))
17122 (cond ((< (nth 2 dt) sunday) -1)
17123 ((= (nth 2 dt) sunday)
17124 (if (>= (nth 3 dt) (+ 2 bump)) 0 -1))
17125 (t 0))))
17126 (t 0))
17127 )
17128 @end smallexample
17129
17130 @noindent
17131 The @code{bump} parameter is equal to zero when Calc is converting
17132 from a date form in a generalized time zone into a GMT date value.
17133 It is @i{-1} when Calc is converting in the other direction. The
17134 adjustments shown above ensure that the conversion behaves correctly
17135 and reasonably around the 2 a.m.@: transition in each direction.
17136
17137 There is a ``missing'' hour between 2 a.m.@: and 3 a.m.@: at the
17138 beginning of daylight savings time; converting a date/time form that
17139 falls in this hour results in a time value for the following hour,
17140 from 3 a.m.@: to 4 a.m. At the end of daylight savings time, the
17141 hour from 1 a.m.@: to 2 a.m.@: repeats itself; converting a date/time
17142 form that falls in in this hour results in a time value for the first
17143 manifestion of that time (@emph{not} the one that occurs one hour later).
17144
17145 If @code{math-daylight-savings-hook} is @code{nil}, then the
17146 daylight savings adjustment is always taken to be zero.
17147
17148 In algebraic formulas, @samp{tzone(@var{zone}, @var{date})}
17149 computes the time zone adjustment for a given zone name at a
17150 given date. The @var{date} is ignored unless @var{zone} is a
17151 generalized time zone. If @var{date} is a date form, the
17152 daylight savings computation is applied to it as it appears.
17153 If @var{date} is a numeric date value, it is adjusted for the
17154 daylight-savings version of @var{zone} before being given to
17155 the daylight savings hook. This odd-sounding rule ensures
17156 that the daylight-savings computation is always done in
17157 local time, not in the GMT time that a numeric @var{date}
17158 is typically represented in.
17159
17160 @c @starindex
17161 @tindex dsadj
17162 The @samp{dsadj(@var{date}, @var{zone})} function computes the
17163 daylight savings adjustment that is appropriate for @var{date} in
17164 time zone @var{zone}. If @var{zone} is explicitly in or not in
17165 daylight savings time (e.g., @code{PDT} or @code{PST}) the
17166 @var{date} is ignored. If @var{zone} is a generalized time zone,
17167 the algorithms described above are used. If @var{zone} is omitted,
17168 the computation is done for the current time zone.
17169
17170 @xref{Reporting Bugs}, for the address of Calc's author, if you
17171 should wish to contribute your improved versions of
17172 @code{math-tzone-names} and @code{math-daylight-savings-hook}
17173 to the Calc distribution.
17174
17175 @node Financial Functions, Binary Functions, Date Arithmetic, Arithmetic
17176 @section Financial Functions
17177
17178 @noindent
17179 Calc's financial or business functions use the @kbd{b} prefix
17180 key followed by a shifted letter. (The @kbd{b} prefix followed by
17181 a lower-case letter is used for operations on binary numbers.)
17182
17183 Note that the rate and the number of intervals given to these
17184 functions must be on the same time scale, e.g., both months or
17185 both years. Mixing an annual interest rate with a time expressed
17186 in months will give you very wrong answers!
17187
17188 It is wise to compute these functions to a higher precision than
17189 you really need, just to make sure your answer is correct to the
17190 last penny; also, you may wish to check the definitions at the end
17191 of this section to make sure the functions have the meaning you expect.
17192
17193 @menu
17194 * Percentages::
17195 * Future Value::
17196 * Present Value::
17197 * Related Financial Functions::
17198 * Depreciation Functions::
17199 * Definitions of Financial Functions::
17200 @end menu
17201
17202 @node Percentages, Future Value, Financial Functions, Financial Functions
17203 @subsection Percentages
17204
17205 @kindex M-%
17206 @pindex calc-percent
17207 @tindex %
17208 @tindex percent
17209 The @kbd{M-%} (@code{calc-percent}) command takes a percentage value,
17210 say 5.4, and converts it to an equivalent actual number. For example,
17211 @kbd{5.4 M-%} enters 0.054 on the stack. (That's the @key{META} or
17212 @key{ESC} key combined with @kbd{%}.)
17213
17214 Actually, @kbd{M-%} creates a formula of the form @samp{5.4%}.
17215 You can enter @samp{5.4%} yourself during algebraic entry. The
17216 @samp{%} operator simply means, ``the preceding value divided by
17217 100.'' The @samp{%} operator has very high precedence, so that
17218 @samp{1+8%} is interpreted as @samp{1+(8%)}, not as @samp{(1+8)%}.
17219 (The @samp{%} operator is just a postfix notation for the
17220 @code{percent} function, just like @samp{20!} is the notation for
17221 @samp{fact(20)}, or twenty-factorial.)
17222
17223 The formula @samp{5.4%} would normally evaluate immediately to
17224 0.054, but the @kbd{M-%} command suppresses evaluation as it puts
17225 the formula onto the stack. However, the next Calc command that
17226 uses the formula @samp{5.4%} will evaluate it as its first step.
17227 The net effect is that you get to look at @samp{5.4%} on the stack,
17228 but Calc commands see it as @samp{0.054}, which is what they expect.
17229
17230 In particular, @samp{5.4%} and @samp{0.054} are suitable values
17231 for the @var{rate} arguments of the various financial functions,
17232 but the number @samp{5.4} is probably @emph{not} suitable---it
17233 represents a rate of 540 percent!
17234
17235 The key sequence @kbd{M-% *} effectively means ``percent-of.''
17236 For example, @kbd{68 RET 25 M-% *} computes 17, which is 25% of
17237 68 (and also 68% of 25, which comes out to the same thing).
17238
17239 @kindex c %
17240 @pindex calc-convert-percent
17241 The @kbd{c %} (@code{calc-convert-percent}) command converts the
17242 value on the top of the stack from numeric to percentage form.
17243 For example, if 0.08 is on the stack, @kbd{c %} converts it to
17244 @samp{8%}. The quantity is the same, it's just represented
17245 differently. (Contrast this with @kbd{M-%}, which would convert
17246 this number to @samp{0.08%}.) The @kbd{=} key is a convenient way
17247 to convert a formula like @samp{8%} back to numeric form, 0.08.
17248
17249 To compute what percentage one quantity is of another quantity,
17250 use @kbd{/ c %}. For example, @w{@kbd{17 RET 68 / c %}} displays
17251 @samp{25%}.
17252
17253 @kindex b %
17254 @pindex calc-percent-change
17255 @tindex relch
17256 The @kbd{b %} (@code{calc-percent-change}) [@code{relch}] command
17257 calculates the percentage change from one number to another.
17258 For example, @kbd{40 RET 50 b %} produces the answer @samp{25%},
17259 since 50 is 25% larger than 40. A negative result represents a
17260 decrease: @kbd{50 RET 40 b %} produces @samp{-20%}, since 40 is
17261 20% smaller than 50. (The answers are different in magnitude
17262 because, in the first case, we're increasing by 25% of 40, but
17263 in the second case, we're decreasing by 20% of 50.) The effect
17264 of @kbd{40 RET 50 b %} is to compute @cite{(50-40)/40}, converting
17265 the answer to percentage form as if by @kbd{c %}.
17266
17267 @node Future Value, Present Value, Percentages, Financial Functions
17268 @subsection Future Value
17269
17270 @noindent
17271 @kindex b F
17272 @pindex calc-fin-fv
17273 @tindex fv
17274 The @kbd{b F} (@code{calc-fin-fv}) [@code{fv}] command computes
17275 the future value of an investment. It takes three arguments
17276 from the stack: @samp{fv(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{payment})}.
17277 If you give payments of @var{payment} every year for @var{n}
17278 years, and the money you have paid earns interest at @var{rate} per
17279 year, then this function tells you what your investment would be
17280 worth at the end of the period. (The actual interval doesn't
17281 have to be years, as long as @var{n} and @var{rate} are expressed
17282 in terms of the same intervals.) This function assumes payments
17283 occur at the @emph{end} of each interval.
17284
17285 @kindex I b F
17286 @tindex fvb
17287 The @kbd{I b F} [@code{fvb}] command does the same computation,
17288 but assuming your payments are at the beginning of each interval.
17289 Suppose you plan to deposit $1000 per year in a savings account
17290 earning 5.4% interest, starting right now. How much will be
17291 in the account after five years? @code{fvb(5.4%, 5, 1000) = 5870.73}.
17292 Thus you will have earned $870 worth of interest over the years.
17293 Using the stack, this calculation would have been
17294 @kbd{5.4 M-% 5 RET 1000 I b F}. Note that the rate is expressed
17295 as a number between 0 and 1, @emph{not} as a percentage.
17296
17297 @kindex H b F
17298 @tindex fvl
17299 The @kbd{H b F} [@code{fvl}] command computes the future value
17300 of an initial lump sum investment. Suppose you could deposit
17301 those five thousand dollars in the bank right now; how much would
17302 they be worth in five years? @code{fvl(5.4%, 5, 5000) = 6503.89}.
17303
17304 The algebraic functions @code{fv} and @code{fvb} accept an optional
17305 fourth argument, which is used as an initial lump sum in the sense
17306 of @code{fvl}. In other words, @code{fv(@var{rate}, @var{n},
17307 @var{payment}, @var{initial}) = fv(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{payment})
17308 + fvl(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{initial})}.@refill
17309
17310 To illustrate the relationships between these functions, we could
17311 do the @code{fvb} calculation ``by hand'' using @code{fvl}. The
17312 final balance will be the sum of the contributions of our five
17313 deposits at various times. The first deposit earns interest for
17314 five years: @code{fvl(5.4%, 5, 1000) = 1300.78}. The second
17315 deposit only earns interest for four years: @code{fvl(5.4%, 4, 1000) =
17316 1234.13}. And so on down to the last deposit, which earns one
17317 year's interest: @code{fvl(5.4%, 1, 1000) = 1054.00}. The sum of
17318 these five values is, sure enough, $5870.73, just as was computed
17319 by @code{fvb} directly.
17320
17321 What does @code{fv(5.4%, 5, 1000) = 5569.96} mean? The payments
17322 are now at the ends of the periods. The end of one year is the same
17323 as the beginning of the next, so what this really means is that we've
17324 lost the payment at year zero (which contributed $1300.78), but we're
17325 now counting the payment at year five (which, since it didn't have
17326 a chance to earn interest, counts as $1000). Indeed, @cite{5569.96 =
17327 5870.73 - 1300.78 + 1000} (give or take a bit of roundoff error).
17328
17329 @node Present Value, Related Financial Functions, Future Value, Financial Functions
17330 @subsection Present Value
17331
17332 @noindent
17333 @kindex b P
17334 @pindex calc-fin-pv
17335 @tindex pv
17336 The @kbd{b P} (@code{calc-fin-pv}) [@code{pv}] command computes
17337 the present value of an investment. Like @code{fv}, it takes
17338 three arguments: @code{pv(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{payment})}.
17339 It computes the present value of a series of regular payments.
17340 Suppose you have the chance to make an investment that will
17341 pay $2000 per year over the next four years; as you receive
17342 these payments you can put them in the bank at 9% interest.
17343 You want to know whether it is better to make the investment, or
17344 to keep the money in the bank where it earns 9% interest right
17345 from the start. The calculation @code{pv(9%, 4, 2000)} gives the
17346 result 6479.44. If your initial investment must be less than this,
17347 say, $6000, then the investment is worthwhile. But if you had to
17348 put up $7000, then it would be better just to leave it in the bank.
17349
17350 Here is the interpretation of the result of @code{pv}: You are
17351 trying to compare the return from the investment you are
17352 considering, which is @code{fv(9%, 4, 2000) = 9146.26}, with
17353 the return from leaving the money in the bank, which is
17354 @code{fvl(9%, 4, @var{x})} where @var{x} is the amount of money
17355 you would have to put up in advance. The @code{pv} function
17356 finds the break-even point, @cite{x = 6479.44}, at which
17357 @code{fvl(9%, 4, 6479.44)} is also equal to 9146.26. This is
17358 the largest amount you should be willing to invest.
17359
17360 @kindex I b P
17361 @tindex pvb
17362 The @kbd{I b P} [@code{pvb}] command solves the same problem,
17363 but with payments occurring at the beginning of each interval.
17364 It has the same relationship to @code{fvb} as @code{pv} has
17365 to @code{fv}. For example @code{pvb(9%, 4, 2000) = 7062.59},
17366 a larger number than @code{pv} produced because we get to start
17367 earning interest on the return from our investment sooner.
17368
17369 @kindex H b P
17370 @tindex pvl
17371 The @kbd{H b P} [@code{pvl}] command computes the present value of
17372 an investment that will pay off in one lump sum at the end of the
17373 period. For example, if we get our $8000 all at the end of the
17374 four years, @code{pvl(9%, 4, 8000) = 5667.40}. This is much
17375 less than @code{pv} reported, because we don't earn any interest
17376 on the return from this investment. Note that @code{pvl} and
17377 @code{fvl} are simple inverses: @code{fvl(9%, 4, 5667.40) = 8000}.
17378
17379 You can give an optional fourth lump-sum argument to @code{pv}
17380 and @code{pvb}; this is handled in exactly the same way as the
17381 fourth argument for @code{fv} and @code{fvb}.
17382
17383 @kindex b N
17384 @pindex calc-fin-npv
17385 @tindex npv
17386 The @kbd{b N} (@code{calc-fin-npv}) [@code{npv}] command computes
17387 the net present value of a series of irregular investments.
17388 The first argument is the interest rate. The second argument is
17389 a vector which represents the expected return from the investment
17390 at the end of each interval. For example, if the rate represents
17391 a yearly interest rate, then the vector elements are the return
17392 from the first year, second year, and so on.
17393
17394 Thus, @code{npv(9%, [2000,2000,2000,2000]) = pv(9%, 4, 2000) = 6479.44}.
17395 Obviously this function is more interesting when the payments are
17396 not all the same!
17397
17398 The @code{npv} function can actually have two or more arguments.
17399 Multiple arguments are interpreted in the same way as for the
17400 vector statistical functions like @code{vsum}.
17401 @xref{Single-Variable Statistics}. Basically, if there are several
17402 payment arguments, each either a vector or a plain number, all these
17403 values are collected left-to-right into the complete list of payments.
17404 A numeric prefix argument on the @kbd{b N} command says how many
17405 payment values or vectors to take from the stack.@refill
17406
17407 @kindex I b N
17408 @tindex npvb
17409 The @kbd{I b N} [@code{npvb}] command computes the net present
17410 value where payments occur at the beginning of each interval
17411 rather than at the end.
17412
17413 @node Related Financial Functions, Depreciation Functions, Present Value, Financial Functions
17414 @subsection Related Financial Functions
17415
17416 @noindent
17417 The functions in this section are basically inverses of the
17418 present value functions with respect to the various arguments.
17419
17420 @kindex b M
17421 @pindex calc-fin-pmt
17422 @tindex pmt
17423 The @kbd{b M} (@code{calc-fin-pmt}) [@code{pmt}] command computes
17424 the amount of periodic payment necessary to amortize a loan.
17425 Thus @code{pmt(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{amount})} equals the
17426 value of @var{payment} such that @code{pv(@var{rate}, @var{n},
17427 @var{payment}) = @var{amount}}.@refill
17428
17429 @kindex I b M
17430 @tindex pmtb
17431 The @kbd{I b M} [@code{pmtb}] command does the same computation
17432 but using @code{pvb} instead of @code{pv}. Like @code{pv} and
17433 @code{pvb}, these functions can also take a fourth argument which
17434 represents an initial lump-sum investment.
17435
17436 @kindex H b M
17437 The @kbd{H b M} key just invokes the @code{fvl} function, which is
17438 the inverse of @code{pvl}. There is no explicit @code{pmtl} function.
17439
17440 @kindex b #
17441 @pindex calc-fin-nper
17442 @tindex nper
17443 The @kbd{b #} (@code{calc-fin-nper}) [@code{nper}] command computes
17444 the number of regular payments necessary to amortize a loan.
17445 Thus @code{nper(@var{rate}, @var{payment}, @var{amount})} equals
17446 the value of @var{n} such that @code{pv(@var{rate}, @var{n},
17447 @var{payment}) = @var{amount}}. If @var{payment} is too small
17448 ever to amortize a loan for @var{amount} at interest rate @var{rate},
17449 the @code{nper} function is left in symbolic form.@refill
17450
17451 @kindex I b #
17452 @tindex nperb
17453 The @kbd{I b #} [@code{nperb}] command does the same computation
17454 but using @code{pvb} instead of @code{pv}. You can give a fourth
17455 lump-sum argument to these functions, but the computation will be
17456 rather slow in the four-argument case.@refill
17457
17458 @kindex H b #
17459 @tindex nperl
17460 The @kbd{H b #} [@code{nperl}] command does the same computation
17461 using @code{pvl}. By exchanging @var{payment} and @var{amount} you
17462 can also get the solution for @code{fvl}. For example,
17463 @code{nperl(8%, 2000, 1000) = 9.006}, so if you place $1000 in a
17464 bank account earning 8%, it will take nine years to grow to $2000.@refill
17465
17466 @kindex b T
17467 @pindex calc-fin-rate
17468 @tindex rate
17469 The @kbd{b T} (@code{calc-fin-rate}) [@code{rate}] command computes
17470 the rate of return on an investment. This is also an inverse of @code{pv}:
17471 @code{rate(@var{n}, @var{payment}, @var{amount})} computes the value of
17472 @var{rate} such that @code{pv(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{payment}) =
17473 @var{amount}}. The result is expressed as a formula like @samp{6.3%}.@refill
17474
17475 @kindex I b T
17476 @kindex H b T
17477 @tindex rateb
17478 @tindex ratel
17479 The @kbd{I b T} [@code{rateb}] and @kbd{H b T} [@code{ratel}]
17480 commands solve the analogous equations with @code{pvb} or @code{pvl}
17481 in place of @code{pv}. Also, @code{rate} and @code{rateb} can
17482 accept an optional fourth argument just like @code{pv} and @code{pvb}.
17483 To redo the above example from a different perspective,
17484 @code{ratel(9, 2000, 1000) = 8.00597%}, which says you will need an
17485 interest rate of 8% in order to double your account in nine years.@refill
17486
17487 @kindex b I
17488 @pindex calc-fin-irr
17489 @tindex irr
17490 The @kbd{b I} (@code{calc-fin-irr}) [@code{irr}] command is the
17491 analogous function to @code{rate} but for net present value.
17492 Its argument is a vector of payments. Thus @code{irr(@var{payments})}
17493 computes the @var{rate} such that @code{npv(@var{rate}, @var{payments}) = 0};
17494 this rate is known as the @dfn{internal rate of return}.
17495
17496 @kindex I b I
17497 @tindex irrb
17498 The @kbd{I b I} [@code{irrb}] command computes the internal rate of
17499 return assuming payments occur at the beginning of each period.
17500
17501 @node Depreciation Functions, Definitions of Financial Functions, Related Financial Functions, Financial Functions
17502 @subsection Depreciation Functions
17503
17504 @noindent
17505 The functions in this section calculate @dfn{depreciation}, which is
17506 the amount of value that a possession loses over time. These functions
17507 are characterized by three parameters: @var{cost}, the original cost
17508 of the asset; @var{salvage}, the value the asset will have at the end
17509 of its expected ``useful life''; and @var{life}, the number of years
17510 (or other periods) of the expected useful life.
17511
17512 There are several methods for calculating depreciation that differ in
17513 the way they spread the depreciation over the lifetime of the asset.
17514
17515 @kindex b S
17516 @pindex calc-fin-sln
17517 @tindex sln
17518 The @kbd{b S} (@code{calc-fin-sln}) [@code{sln}] command computes the
17519 ``straight-line'' depreciation. In this method, the asset depreciates
17520 by the same amount every year (or period). For example,
17521 @samp{sln(12000, 2000, 5)} returns 2000. The asset costs $12000
17522 initially and will be worth $2000 after five years; it loses $2000
17523 per year.
17524
17525 @kindex b Y
17526 @pindex calc-fin-syd
17527 @tindex syd
17528 The @kbd{b Y} (@code{calc-fin-syd}) [@code{syd}] command computes the
17529 accelerated ``sum-of-years'-digits'' depreciation. Here the depreciation
17530 is higher during the early years of the asset's life. Since the
17531 depreciation is different each year, @kbd{b Y} takes a fourth @var{period}
17532 parameter which specifies which year is requested, from 1 to @var{life}.
17533 If @var{period} is outside this range, the @code{syd} function will
17534 return zero.
17535
17536 @kindex b D
17537 @pindex calc-fin-ddb
17538 @tindex ddb
17539 The @kbd{b D} (@code{calc-fin-ddb}) [@code{ddb}] command computes an
17540 accelerated depreciation using the double-declining balance method.
17541 It also takes a fourth @var{period} parameter.
17542
17543 For symmetry, the @code{sln} function will accept a @var{period}
17544 parameter as well, although it will ignore its value except that the
17545 return value will as usual be zero if @var{period} is out of range.
17546
17547 For example, pushing the vector @cite{[1,2,3,4,5]} (perhaps with @kbd{v x 5})
17548 and then mapping @kbd{V M ' [sln(12000,2000,5,$), syd(12000,2000,5,$),
17549 ddb(12000,2000,5,$)] RET} produces a matrix that allows us to compare
17550 the three depreciation methods:
17551
17552 @group
17553 @example
17554 [ [ 2000, 3333, 4800 ]
17555 [ 2000, 2667, 2880 ]
17556 [ 2000, 2000, 1728 ]
17557 [ 2000, 1333, 592 ]
17558 [ 2000, 667, 0 ] ]
17559 @end example
17560 @end group
17561
17562 @noindent
17563 (Values have been rounded to nearest integers in this figure.)
17564 We see that @code{sln} depreciates by the same amount each year,
17565 @kbd{syd} depreciates more at the beginning and less at the end,
17566 and @kbd{ddb} weights the depreciation even more toward the beginning.
17567
17568 Summing columns with @kbd{V R : +} yields @cite{[10000, 10000, 10000]};
17569 the total depreciation in any method is (by definition) the
17570 difference between the cost and the salvage value.
17571
17572 @node Definitions of Financial Functions, , Depreciation Functions, Financial Functions
17573 @subsection Definitions
17574
17575 @noindent
17576 For your reference, here are the actual formulas used to compute
17577 Calc's financial functions.
17578
17579 Calc will not evaluate a financial function unless the @var{rate} or
17580 @var{n} argument is known. However, @var{payment} or @var{amount} can
17581 be a variable. Calc expands these functions according to the
17582 formulas below for symbolic arguments only when you use the @kbd{a "}
17583 (@code{calc-expand-formula}) command, or when taking derivatives or
17584 integrals or solving equations involving the functions.
17585
17586 @ifinfo
17587 These formulas are shown using the conventions of ``Big'' display
17588 mode (@kbd{d B}); for example, the formula for @code{fv} written
17589 linearly is @samp{pmt * ((1 + rate)^n) - 1) / rate}.
17590
17591 @example
17592 n
17593 (1 + rate) - 1
17594 fv(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * ---------------
17595 rate
17596
17597 n
17598 ((1 + rate) - 1) (1 + rate)
17599 fvb(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * ----------------------------
17600 rate
17601
17602 n
17603 fvl(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * (1 + rate)
17604
17605 -n
17606 1 - (1 + rate)
17607 pv(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * ----------------
17608 rate
17609
17610 -n
17611 (1 - (1 + rate) ) (1 + rate)
17612 pvb(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * -----------------------------
17613 rate
17614
17615 -n
17616 pvl(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * (1 + rate)
17617
17618 -1 -2 -3
17619 npv(rate, [a, b, c]) = a*(1 + rate) + b*(1 + rate) + c*(1 + rate)
17620
17621 -1 -2
17622 npvb(rate, [a, b, c]) = a + b*(1 + rate) + c*(1 + rate)
17623
17624 -n
17625 (amt - x * (1 + rate) ) * rate
17626 pmt(rate, n, amt, x) = -------------------------------
17627 -n
17628 1 - (1 + rate)
17629
17630 -n
17631 (amt - x * (1 + rate) ) * rate
17632 pmtb(rate, n, amt, x) = -------------------------------
17633 -n
17634 (1 - (1 + rate) ) (1 + rate)
17635
17636 amt * rate
17637 nper(rate, pmt, amt) = - log(1 - ------------, 1 + rate)
17638 pmt
17639
17640 amt * rate
17641 nperb(rate, pmt, amt) = - log(1 - ---------------, 1 + rate)
17642 pmt * (1 + rate)
17643
17644 amt
17645 nperl(rate, pmt, amt) = - log(---, 1 + rate)
17646 pmt
17647
17648 1/n
17649 pmt
17650 ratel(n, pmt, amt) = ------ - 1
17651 1/n
17652 amt
17653
17654 cost - salv
17655 sln(cost, salv, life) = -----------
17656 life
17657
17658 (cost - salv) * (life - per + 1)
17659 syd(cost, salv, life, per) = --------------------------------
17660 life * (life + 1) / 2
17661
17662 book * 2
17663 ddb(cost, salv, life, per) = --------, book = cost - depreciation so far
17664 life
17665 @end example
17666 @end ifinfo
17667 @tex
17668 \turnoffactive
17669 $$ \code{fv}(r, n, p) = p { (1 + r)^n - 1 \over r } $$
17670 $$ \code{fvb}(r, n, p) = p { ((1 + r)^n - 1) (1 + r) \over r } $$
17671 $$ \code{fvl}(r, n, p) = p (1 + r)^n $$
17672 $$ \code{pv}(r, n, p) = p { 1 - (1 + r)^{-n} \over r } $$
17673 $$ \code{pvb}(r, n, p) = p { (1 - (1 + r)^{-n}) (1 + r) \over r } $$
17674 $$ \code{pvl}(r, n, p) = p (1 + r)^{-n} $$
17675 $$ \code{npv}(r, [a,b,c]) = a (1 + r)^{-1} + b (1 + r)^{-2} + c (1 + r)^{-3} $$
17676 $$ \code{npvb}(r, [a,b,c]) = a + b (1 + r)^{-1} + c (1 + r)^{-2} $$
17677 $$ \code{pmt}(r, n, a, x) = { (a - x (1 + r)^{-n}) r \over 1 - (1 + r)^{-n} }$$
17678 $$ \code{pmtb}(r, n, a, x) = { (a - x (1 + r)^{-n}) r \over
17679 (1 - (1 + r)^{-n}) (1 + r) } $$
17680 $$ \code{nper}(r, p, a) = -\code{log}(1 - { a r \over p }, 1 + r) $$
17681 $$ \code{nperb}(r, p, a) = -\code{log}(1 - { a r \over p (1 + r) }, 1 + r) $$
17682 $$ \code{nperl}(r, p, a) = -\code{log}({a \over p}, 1 + r) $$
17683 $$ \code{ratel}(n, p, a) = { p^{1/n} \over a^{1/n} } - 1 $$
17684 $$ \code{sln}(c, s, l) = { c - s \over l } $$
17685 $$ \code{syd}(c, s, l, p) = { (c - s) (l - p + 1) \over l (l+1) / 2 } $$
17686 $$ \code{ddb}(c, s, l, p) = { 2 (c - \hbox{depreciation so far}) \over l } $$
17687 @end tex
17688
17689 @noindent
17690 In @code{pmt} and @code{pmtb}, @cite{x=0} if omitted.
17691
17692 These functions accept any numeric objects, including error forms,
17693 intervals, and even (though not very usefully) complex numbers. The
17694 above formulas specify exactly the behavior of these functions with
17695 all sorts of inputs.
17696
17697 Note that if the first argument to the @code{log} in @code{nper} is
17698 negative, @code{nper} leaves itself in symbolic form rather than
17699 returning a (financially meaningless) complex number.
17700
17701 @samp{rate(num, pmt, amt)} solves the equation
17702 @samp{pv(rate, num, pmt) = amt} for @samp{rate} using @kbd{H a R}
17703 (@code{calc-find-root}), with the interval @samp{[.01% .. 100%]}
17704 for an initial guess. The @code{rateb} function is the same except
17705 that it uses @code{pvb}. Note that @code{ratel} can be solved
17706 directly; its formula is shown in the above list.
17707
17708 Similarly, @samp{irr(pmts)} solves the equation @samp{npv(rate, pmts) = 0}
17709 for @samp{rate}.
17710
17711 If you give a fourth argument to @code{nper} or @code{nperb}, Calc
17712 will also use @kbd{H a R} to solve the equation using an initial
17713 guess interval of @samp{[0 .. 100]}.
17714
17715 A fourth argument to @code{fv} simply sums the two components
17716 calculated from the above formulas for @code{fv} and @code{fvl}.
17717 The same is true of @code{fvb}, @code{pv}, and @code{pvb}.
17718
17719 The @kbd{ddb} function is computed iteratively; the ``book'' value
17720 starts out equal to @var{cost}, and decreases according to the above
17721 formula for the specified number of periods. If the book value
17722 would decrease below @var{salvage}, it only decreases to @var{salvage}
17723 and the depreciation is zero for all subsequent periods. The @code{ddb}
17724 function returns the amount the book value decreased in the specified
17725 period.
17726
17727 The Calc financial function names were borrowed mostly from Microsoft
17728 Excel and Borland's Quattro. The @code{ratel} function corresponds to
17729 @samp{@@CGR} in Borland's Reflex. The @code{nper} and @code{nperl}
17730 functions correspond to @samp{@@TERM} and @samp{@@CTERM} in Quattro,
17731 respectively. Beware that the Calc functions may take their arguments
17732 in a different order than the corresponding functions in your favorite
17733 spreadsheet.
17734
17735 @node Binary Functions, , Financial Functions, Arithmetic
17736 @section Binary Number Functions
17737
17738 @noindent
17739 The commands in this chapter all use two-letter sequences beginning with
17740 the @kbd{b} prefix.
17741
17742 @cindex Binary numbers
17743 The ``binary'' operations actually work regardless of the currently
17744 displayed radix, although their results make the most sense in a radix
17745 like 2, 8, or 16 (as obtained by the @kbd{d 2}, @kbd{d 8}, or @w{@kbd{d 6}}
17746 commands, respectively). You may also wish to enable display of leading
17747 zeros with @kbd{d z}. @xref{Radix Modes}.
17748
17749 @cindex Word size for binary operations
17750 The Calculator maintains a current @dfn{word size} @cite{w}, an
17751 arbitrary positive or negative integer. For a positive word size, all
17752 of the binary operations described here operate modulo @cite{2^w}. In
17753 particular, negative arguments are converted to positive integers modulo
17754 @cite{2^w} by all binary functions.@refill
17755
17756 If the word size is negative, binary operations produce 2's complement
17757 integers from @c{$-2^{-w-1}$}
17758 @cite{-(2^(-w-1))} to @c{$2^{-w-1}-1$}
17759 @cite{2^(-w-1)-1} inclusive. Either
17760 mode accepts inputs in any range; the sign of @cite{w} affects only
17761 the results produced.
17762
17763 @kindex b c
17764 @pindex calc-clip
17765 @tindex clip
17766 The @kbd{b c} (@code{calc-clip})
17767 [@code{clip}] command can be used to clip a number by reducing it modulo
17768 @cite{2^w}. The commands described in this chapter automatically clip
17769 their results to the current word size. Note that other operations like
17770 addition do not use the current word size, since integer addition
17771 generally is not ``binary.'' (However, @pxref{Simplification Modes},
17772 @code{calc-bin-simplify-mode}.) For example, with a word size of 8
17773 bits @kbd{b c} converts a number to the range 0 to 255; with a word
17774 size of @i{-8} @kbd{b c} converts to the range @i{-128} to 127.@refill
17775
17776 @kindex b w
17777 @pindex calc-word-size
17778 The default word size is 32 bits. All operations except the shifts and
17779 rotates allow you to specify a different word size for that one
17780 operation by giving a numeric prefix argument: @kbd{C-u 8 b c} clips the
17781 top of stack to the range 0 to 255 regardless of the current word size.
17782 To set the word size permanently, use @kbd{b w} (@code{calc-word-size}).
17783 This command displays a prompt with the current word size; press @key{RET}
17784 immediately to keep this word size, or type a new word size at the prompt.
17785
17786 When the binary operations are written in symbolic form, they take an
17787 optional second (or third) word-size parameter. When a formula like
17788 @samp{and(a,b)} is finally evaluated, the word size current at that time
17789 will be used, but when @samp{and(a,b,-8)} is evaluated, a word size of
17790 @i{-8} will always be used. A symbolic binary function will be left
17791 in symbolic form unless the all of its argument(s) are integers or
17792 integer-valued floats.
17793
17794 If either or both arguments are modulo forms for which @cite{M} is a
17795 power of two, that power of two is taken as the word size unless a
17796 numeric prefix argument overrides it. The current word size is never
17797 consulted when modulo-power-of-two forms are involved.
17798
17799 @kindex b a
17800 @pindex calc-and
17801 @tindex and
17802 The @kbd{b a} (@code{calc-and}) [@code{and}] command computes the bitwise
17803 AND of the two numbers on the top of the stack. In other words, for each
17804 of the @cite{w} binary digits of the two numbers (pairwise), the corresponding
17805 bit of the result is 1 if and only if both input bits are 1:
17806 @samp{and(2#1100, 2#1010) = 2#1000}.
17807
17808 @kindex b o
17809 @pindex calc-or
17810 @tindex or
17811 The @kbd{b o} (@code{calc-or}) [@code{or}] command computes the bitwise
17812 inclusive OR of two numbers. A bit is 1 if either of the input bits, or
17813 both, are 1: @samp{or(2#1100, 2#1010) = 2#1110}.
17814
17815 @kindex b x
17816 @pindex calc-xor
17817 @tindex xor
17818 The @kbd{b x} (@code{calc-xor}) [@code{xor}] command computes the bitwise
17819 exclusive OR of two numbers. A bit is 1 if exactly one of the input bits
17820 is 1: @samp{xor(2#1100, 2#1010) = 2#0110}.
17821
17822 @kindex b d
17823 @pindex calc-diff
17824 @tindex diff
17825 The @kbd{b d} (@code{calc-diff}) [@code{diff}] command computes the bitwise
17826 difference of two numbers; this is defined by @samp{diff(a,b) = and(a,not(b))},
17827 so that @samp{diff(2#1100, 2#1010) = 2#0100}.
17828
17829 @kindex b n
17830 @pindex calc-not
17831 @tindex not
17832 The @kbd{b n} (@code{calc-not}) [@code{not}] command computes the bitwise
17833 NOT of a number. A bit is 1 if the input bit is 0 and vice-versa.
17834
17835 @kindex b l
17836 @pindex calc-lshift-binary
17837 @tindex lsh
17838 The @kbd{b l} (@code{calc-lshift-binary}) [@code{lsh}] command shifts a
17839 number left by one bit, or by the number of bits specified in the numeric
17840 prefix argument. A negative prefix argument performs a logical right shift,
17841 in which zeros are shifted in on the left. In symbolic form, @samp{lsh(a)}
17842 is short for @samp{lsh(a,1)}, which in turn is short for @samp{lsh(a,n,w)}.
17843 Bits shifted ``off the end,'' according to the current word size, are lost.
17844
17845 @kindex H b l
17846 @kindex H b r
17847 @c @mindex @idots
17848 @kindex H b L
17849 @c @mindex @null
17850 @kindex H b R
17851 @c @mindex @null
17852 @kindex H b t
17853 The @kbd{H b l} command also does a left shift, but it takes two arguments
17854 from the stack (the value to shift, and, at top-of-stack, the number of
17855 bits to shift). This version interprets the prefix argument just like
17856 the regular binary operations, i.e., as a word size. The Hyperbolic flag
17857 has a similar effect on the rest of the binary shift and rotate commands.
17858
17859 @kindex b r
17860 @pindex calc-rshift-binary
17861 @tindex rsh
17862 The @kbd{b r} (@code{calc-rshift-binary}) [@code{rsh}] command shifts a
17863 number right by one bit, or by the number of bits specified in the numeric
17864 prefix argument: @samp{rsh(a,n) = lsh(a,-n)}.
17865
17866 @kindex b L
17867 @pindex calc-lshift-arith
17868 @tindex ash
17869 The @kbd{b L} (@code{calc-lshift-arith}) [@code{ash}] command shifts a
17870 number left. It is analogous to @code{lsh}, except that if the shift
17871 is rightward (the prefix argument is negative), an arithmetic shift
17872 is performed as described below.
17873
17874 @kindex b R
17875 @pindex calc-rshift-arith
17876 @tindex rash
17877 The @kbd{b R} (@code{calc-rshift-arith}) [@code{rash}] command performs
17878 an ``arithmetic'' shift to the right, in which the leftmost bit (according
17879 to the current word size) is duplicated rather than shifting in zeros.
17880 This corresponds to dividing by a power of two where the input is interpreted
17881 as a signed, twos-complement number. (The distinction between the @samp{rsh}
17882 and @samp{rash} operations is totally independent from whether the word
17883 size is positive or negative.) With a negative prefix argument, this
17884 performs a standard left shift.
17885
17886 @kindex b t
17887 @pindex calc-rotate-binary
17888 @tindex rot
17889 The @kbd{b t} (@code{calc-rotate-binary}) [@code{rot}] command rotates a
17890 number one bit to the left. The leftmost bit (according to the current
17891 word size) is dropped off the left and shifted in on the right. With a
17892 numeric prefix argument, the number is rotated that many bits to the left
17893 or right.
17894
17895 @xref{Set Operations}, for the @kbd{b p} and @kbd{b u} commands that
17896 pack and unpack binary integers into sets. (For example, @kbd{b u}
17897 unpacks the number @samp{2#11001} to the set of bit-numbers
17898 @samp{[0, 3, 4]}.) Type @kbd{b u V #} to count the number of ``1''
17899 bits in a binary integer.
17900
17901 Another interesting use of the set representation of binary integers
17902 is to reverse the bits in, say, a 32-bit integer. Type @kbd{b u} to
17903 unpack; type @kbd{31 TAB -} to replace each bit-number in the set
17904 with 31 minus that bit-number; type @kbd{b p} to pack the set back
17905 into a binary integer.
17906
17907 @node Scientific Functions, Matrix Functions, Arithmetic, Top
17908 @chapter Scientific Functions
17909
17910 @noindent
17911 The functions described here perform trigonometric and other transcendental
17912 calculations. They generally produce floating-point answers correct to the
17913 full current precision. The @kbd{H} (Hyperbolic) and @kbd{I} (Inverse)
17914 flag keys must be used to get some of these functions from the keyboard.
17915
17916 @kindex P
17917 @pindex calc-pi
17918 @cindex @code{pi} variable
17919 @vindex pi
17920 @kindex H P
17921 @cindex @code{e} variable
17922 @vindex e
17923 @kindex I P
17924 @cindex @code{gamma} variable
17925 @vindex gamma
17926 @cindex Gamma constant, Euler's
17927 @cindex Euler's gamma constant
17928 @kindex H I P
17929 @cindex @code{phi} variable
17930 @cindex Phi, golden ratio
17931 @cindex Golden ratio
17932 One miscellanous command is shift-@kbd{P} (@code{calc-pi}), which pushes
17933 the value of @c{$\pi$}
17934 @cite{pi} (at the current precision) onto the stack. With the
17935 Hyperbolic flag, it pushes the value @cite{e}, the base of natural logarithms.
17936 With the Inverse flag, it pushes Euler's constant @c{$\gamma$}
17937 @cite{gamma} (about 0.5772). With both Inverse and Hyperbolic, it
17938 pushes the ``golden ratio'' @c{$\phi$}
17939 @cite{phi} (about 1.618). (At present, Euler's constant is not available
17940 to unlimited precision; Calc knows only the first 100 digits.)
17941 In Symbolic mode, these commands push the
17942 actual variables @samp{pi}, @samp{e}, @samp{gamma}, and @samp{phi},
17943 respectively, instead of their values; @pxref{Symbolic Mode}.@refill
17944
17945 @c @mindex Q
17946 @c @mindex I Q
17947 @kindex I Q
17948 @tindex sqr
17949 The @kbd{Q} (@code{calc-sqrt}) [@code{sqrt}] function is described elsewhere;
17950 @pxref{Basic Arithmetic}. With the Inverse flag [@code{sqr}], this command
17951 computes the square of the argument.
17952
17953 @xref{Prefix Arguments}, for a discussion of the effect of numeric
17954 prefix arguments on commands in this chapter which do not otherwise
17955 interpret a prefix argument.
17956
17957 @menu
17958 * Logarithmic Functions::
17959 * Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions::
17960 * Advanced Math Functions::
17961 * Branch Cuts::
17962 * Random Numbers::
17963 * Combinatorial Functions::
17964 * Probability Distribution Functions::
17965 @end menu
17966
17967 @node Logarithmic Functions, Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions, Scientific Functions, Scientific Functions
17968 @section Logarithmic Functions
17969
17970 @noindent
17971 @kindex L
17972 @pindex calc-ln
17973 @tindex ln
17974 @c @mindex @null
17975 @kindex I E
17976 The shift-@kbd{L} (@code{calc-ln}) [@code{ln}] command computes the natural
17977 logarithm of the real or complex number on the top of the stack. With
17978 the Inverse flag it computes the exponential function instead, although
17979 this is redundant with the @kbd{E} command.
17980
17981 @kindex E
17982 @pindex calc-exp
17983 @tindex exp
17984 @c @mindex @null
17985 @kindex I L
17986 The shift-@kbd{E} (@code{calc-exp}) [@code{exp}] command computes the
17987 exponential, i.e., @cite{e} raised to the power of the number on the stack.
17988 The meanings of the Inverse and Hyperbolic flags follow from those for
17989 the @code{calc-ln} command.
17990
17991 @kindex H L
17992 @kindex H E
17993 @pindex calc-log10
17994 @tindex log10
17995 @tindex exp10
17996 @c @mindex @null
17997 @kindex H I L
17998 @c @mindex @null
17999 @kindex H I E
18000 The @kbd{H L} (@code{calc-log10}) [@code{log10}] command computes the common
18001 (base-10) logarithm of a number. (With the Inverse flag [@code{exp10}],
18002 it raises ten to a given power.) Note that the common logarithm of a
18003 complex number is computed by taking the natural logarithm and dividing
18004 by @c{$\ln10$}
18005 @cite{ln(10)}.
18006
18007 @kindex B
18008 @kindex I B
18009 @pindex calc-log
18010 @tindex log
18011 @tindex alog
18012 The @kbd{B} (@code{calc-log}) [@code{log}] command computes a logarithm
18013 to any base. For example, @kbd{1024 @key{RET} 2 B} produces 10, since
18014 @c{$2^{10} = 1024$}
18015 @cite{2^10 = 1024}. In certain cases like @samp{log(3,9)}, the result
18016 will be either @cite{1:2} or @cite{0.5} depending on the current Fraction
18017 Mode setting. With the Inverse flag [@code{alog}], this command is
18018 similar to @kbd{^} except that the order of the arguments is reversed.
18019
18020 @kindex f I
18021 @pindex calc-ilog
18022 @tindex ilog
18023 The @kbd{f I} (@code{calc-ilog}) [@code{ilog}] command computes the
18024 integer logarithm of a number to any base. The number and the base must
18025 themselves be positive integers. This is the true logarithm, rounded
18026 down to an integer. Thus @kbd{ilog(x,10)} is 3 for all @cite{x} in the
18027 range from 1000 to 9999. If both arguments are positive integers, exact
18028 integer arithmetic is used; otherwise, this is equivalent to
18029 @samp{floor(log(x,b))}.
18030
18031 @kindex f E
18032 @pindex calc-expm1
18033 @tindex expm1
18034 The @kbd{f E} (@code{calc-expm1}) [@code{expm1}] command computes
18035 @c{$e^x - 1$}
18036 @cite{exp(x)-1}, but using an algorithm that produces a more accurate
18037 answer when the result is close to zero, i.e., when @c{$e^x$}
18038 @cite{exp(x)} is close
18039 to one.
18040
18041 @kindex f L
18042 @pindex calc-lnp1
18043 @tindex lnp1
18044 The @kbd{f L} (@code{calc-lnp1}) [@code{lnp1}] command computes
18045 @c{$\ln(x+1)$}
18046 @cite{ln(x+1)}, producing a more accurate answer when @cite{x} is close
18047 to zero.
18048
18049 @node Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions, Advanced Math Functions, Logarithmic Functions, Scientific Functions
18050 @section Trigonometric/Hyperbolic Functions
18051
18052 @noindent
18053 @kindex S
18054 @pindex calc-sin
18055 @tindex sin
18056 The shift-@kbd{S} (@code{calc-sin}) [@code{sin}] command computes the sine
18057 of an angle or complex number. If the input is an HMS form, it is interpreted
18058 as degrees-minutes-seconds; otherwise, the input is interpreted according
18059 to the current angular mode. It is best to use Radians mode when operating
18060 on complex numbers.@refill
18061
18062 Calc's ``units'' mechanism includes angular units like @code{deg},
18063 @code{rad}, and @code{grad}. While @samp{sin(45 deg)} is not evaluated
18064 all the time, the @kbd{u s} (@code{calc-simplify-units}) command will
18065 simplify @samp{sin(45 deg)} by taking the sine of 45 degrees, regardless
18066 of the current angular mode. @xref{Basic Operations on Units}.
18067
18068 Also, the symbolic variable @code{pi} is not ordinarily recognized in
18069 arguments to trigonometric functions, as in @samp{sin(3 pi / 4)}, but
18070 the @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) command recognizes many such
18071 formulas when the current angular mode is radians @emph{and} symbolic
18072 mode is enabled; this example would be replaced by @samp{sqrt(2) / 2}.
18073 @xref{Symbolic Mode}. Beware, this simplification occurs even if you
18074 have stored a different value in the variable @samp{pi}; this is one
18075 reason why changing built-in variables is a bad idea. Arguments of
18076 the form @cite{x} plus a multiple of @c{$\pi/2$}
18077 @cite{pi/2} are also simplified.
18078 Calc includes similar formulas for @code{cos} and @code{tan}.@refill
18079
18080 The @kbd{a s} command knows all angles which are integer multiples of
18081 @c{$\pi/12$}
18082 @cite{pi/12}, @c{$\pi/10$}
18083 @cite{pi/10}, or @c{$\pi/8$}
18084 @cite{pi/8} radians. In degrees mode,
18085 analogous simplifications occur for integer multiples of 15 or 18
18086 degrees, and for arguments plus multiples of 90 degrees.
18087
18088 @kindex I S
18089 @pindex calc-arcsin
18090 @tindex arcsin
18091 With the Inverse flag, @code{calc-sin} computes an arcsine. This is also
18092 available as the @code{calc-arcsin} command or @code{arcsin} algebraic
18093 function. The returned argument is converted to degrees, radians, or HMS
18094 notation depending on the current angular mode.
18095
18096 @kindex H S
18097 @pindex calc-sinh
18098 @tindex sinh
18099 @kindex H I S
18100 @pindex calc-arcsinh
18101 @tindex arcsinh
18102 With the Hyperbolic flag, @code{calc-sin} computes the hyperbolic
18103 sine, also available as @code{calc-sinh} [@code{sinh}]. With the
18104 Hyperbolic and Inverse flags, it computes the hyperbolic arcsine
18105 (@code{calc-arcsinh}) [@code{arcsinh}].
18106
18107 @kindex C
18108 @pindex calc-cos
18109 @tindex cos
18110 @c @mindex @idots
18111 @kindex I C
18112 @pindex calc-arccos
18113 @c @mindex @null
18114 @tindex arccos
18115 @c @mindex @null
18116 @kindex H C
18117 @pindex calc-cosh
18118 @c @mindex @null
18119 @tindex cosh
18120 @c @mindex @null
18121 @kindex H I C
18122 @pindex calc-arccosh
18123 @c @mindex @null
18124 @tindex arccosh
18125 @c @mindex @null
18126 @kindex T
18127 @pindex calc-tan
18128 @c @mindex @null
18129 @tindex tan
18130 @c @mindex @null
18131 @kindex I T
18132 @pindex calc-arctan
18133 @c @mindex @null
18134 @tindex arctan
18135 @c @mindex @null
18136 @kindex H T
18137 @pindex calc-tanh
18138 @c @mindex @null
18139 @tindex tanh
18140 @c @mindex @null
18141 @kindex H I T
18142 @pindex calc-arctanh
18143 @c @mindex @null
18144 @tindex arctanh
18145 The shift-@kbd{C} (@code{calc-cos}) [@code{cos}] command computes the cosine
18146 of an angle or complex number, and shift-@kbd{T} (@code{calc-tan}) [@code{tan}]
18147 computes the tangent, along with all the various inverse and hyperbolic
18148 variants of these functions.
18149
18150 @kindex f T
18151 @pindex calc-arctan2
18152 @tindex arctan2
18153 The @kbd{f T} (@code{calc-arctan2}) [@code{arctan2}] command takes two
18154 numbers from the stack and computes the arc tangent of their ratio. The
18155 result is in the full range from @i{-180} (exclusive) to @i{+180}
18156 (inclusive) degrees, or the analogous range in radians. A similar
18157 result would be obtained with @kbd{/} followed by @kbd{I T}, but the
18158 value would only be in the range from @i{-90} to @i{+90} degrees
18159 since the division loses information about the signs of the two
18160 components, and an error might result from an explicit division by zero
18161 which @code{arctan2} would avoid. By (arbitrary) definition,
18162 @samp{arctan2(0,0)=0}.
18163
18164 @pindex calc-sincos
18165 @c @starindex
18166 @tindex sincos
18167 @c @starindex
18168 @c @mindex arc@idots
18169 @tindex arcsincos
18170 The @code{calc-sincos} [@code{sincos}] command computes the sine and
18171 cosine of a number, returning them as a vector of the form
18172 @samp{[@var{cos}, @var{sin}]}.
18173 With the Inverse flag [@code{arcsincos}], this command takes a two-element
18174 vector as an argument and computes @code{arctan2} of the elements.
18175 (This command does not accept the Hyperbolic flag.)@refill
18176
18177 @node Advanced Math Functions, Branch Cuts, Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions, Scientific Functions
18178 @section Advanced Mathematical Functions
18179
18180 @noindent
18181 Calc can compute a variety of less common functions that arise in
18182 various branches of mathematics. All of the functions described in
18183 this section allow arbitrary complex arguments and, except as noted,
18184 will work to arbitrarily large precisions. They can not at present
18185 handle error forms or intervals as arguments.
18186
18187 NOTE: These functions are still experimental. In particular, their
18188 accuracy is not guaranteed in all domains. It is advisable to set the
18189 current precision comfortably higher than you actually need when
18190 using these functions. Also, these functions may be impractically
18191 slow for some values of the arguments.
18192
18193 @kindex f g
18194 @pindex calc-gamma
18195 @tindex gamma
18196 The @kbd{f g} (@code{calc-gamma}) [@code{gamma}] command computes the Euler
18197 gamma function. For positive integer arguments, this is related to the
18198 factorial function: @samp{gamma(n+1) = fact(n)}. For general complex
18199 arguments the gamma function can be defined by the following definite
18200 integral: @c{$\Gamma(a) = \int_0^\infty t^{a-1} e^t dt$}
18201 @cite{gamma(a) = integ(t^(a-1) exp(t), t, 0, inf)}.
18202 (The actual implementation uses far more efficient computational methods.)
18203
18204 @kindex f G
18205 @tindex gammaP
18206 @c @mindex @idots
18207 @kindex I f G
18208 @c @mindex @null
18209 @kindex H f G
18210 @c @mindex @null
18211 @kindex H I f G
18212 @pindex calc-inc-gamma
18213 @c @mindex @null
18214 @tindex gammaQ
18215 @c @mindex @null
18216 @tindex gammag
18217 @c @mindex @null
18218 @tindex gammaG
18219 The @kbd{f G} (@code{calc-inc-gamma}) [@code{gammaP}] command computes
18220 the incomplete gamma function, denoted @samp{P(a,x)}. This is defined by
18221 the integral, @c{$P(a,x) = \left( \int_0^x t^{a-1} e^t dt \right) / \Gamma(a)$}
18222 @cite{gammaP(a,x) = integ(t^(a-1) exp(t), t, 0, x) / gamma(a)}.
18223 This implies that @samp{gammaP(a,inf) = 1} for any @cite{a} (see the
18224 definition of the normal gamma function).
18225
18226 Several other varieties of incomplete gamma function are defined.
18227 The complement of @cite{P(a,x)}, called @cite{Q(a,x) = 1-P(a,x)} by
18228 some authors, is computed by the @kbd{I f G} [@code{gammaQ}] command.
18229 You can think of this as taking the other half of the integral, from
18230 @cite{x} to infinity.
18231
18232 @ifinfo
18233 The functions corresponding to the integrals that define @cite{P(a,x)}
18234 and @cite{Q(a,x)} but without the normalizing @cite{1/gamma(a)}
18235 factor are called @cite{g(a,x)} and @cite{G(a,x)}, respectively
18236 (where @cite{g} and @cite{G} represent the lower- and upper-case Greek
18237 letter gamma). You can obtain these using the @kbd{H f G} [@code{gammag}]
18238 and @kbd{H I f G} [@code{gammaG}] commands.
18239 @end ifinfo
18240 @tex
18241 \turnoffactive
18242 The functions corresponding to the integrals that define $P(a,x)$
18243 and $Q(a,x)$ but without the normalizing $1/\Gamma(a)$
18244 factor are called $\gamma(a,x)$ and $\Gamma(a,x)$, respectively.
18245 You can obtain these using the \kbd{H f G} [\code{gammag}] and
18246 \kbd{I H f G} [\code{gammaG}] commands.
18247 @end tex
18248
18249 @kindex f b
18250 @pindex calc-beta
18251 @tindex beta
18252 The @kbd{f b} (@code{calc-beta}) [@code{beta}] command computes the
18253 Euler beta function, which is defined in terms of the gamma function as
18254 @c{$B(a,b) = \Gamma(a) \Gamma(b) / \Gamma(a+b)$}
18255 @cite{beta(a,b) = gamma(a) gamma(b) / gamma(a+b)}, or by
18256 @c{$B(a,b) = \int_0^1 t^{a-1} (1-t)^{b-1} dt$}
18257 @cite{beta(a,b) = integ(t^(a-1) (1-t)^(b-1), t, 0, 1)}.
18258
18259 @kindex f B
18260 @kindex H f B
18261 @pindex calc-inc-beta
18262 @tindex betaI
18263 @tindex betaB
18264 The @kbd{f B} (@code{calc-inc-beta}) [@code{betaI}] command computes
18265 the incomplete beta function @cite{I(x,a,b)}. It is defined by
18266 @c{$I(x,a,b) = \left( \int_0^x t^{a-1} (1-t)^{b-1} dt \right) / B(a,b)$}
18267 @cite{betaI(x,a,b) = integ(t^(a-1) (1-t)^(b-1), t, 0, x) / beta(a,b)}.
18268 Once again, the @kbd{H} (hyperbolic) prefix gives the corresponding
18269 un-normalized version [@code{betaB}].
18270
18271 @kindex f e
18272 @kindex I f e
18273 @pindex calc-erf
18274 @tindex erf
18275 @tindex erfc
18276 The @kbd{f e} (@code{calc-erf}) [@code{erf}] command computes the
18277 error function @c{$\hbox{erf}(x) = {2 \over \sqrt{\pi}} \int_0^x e^{-t^2} dt$}
18278 @cite{erf(x) = 2 integ(exp(-(t^2)), t, 0, x) / sqrt(pi)}.
18279 The complementary error function @kbd{I f e} (@code{calc-erfc}) [@code{erfc}]
18280 is the corresponding integral from @samp{x} to infinity; the sum
18281 @c{$\hbox{erf}(x) + \hbox{erfc}(x) = 1$}
18282 @cite{erf(x) + erfc(x) = 1}.
18283
18284 @kindex f j
18285 @kindex f y
18286 @pindex calc-bessel-J
18287 @pindex calc-bessel-Y
18288 @tindex besJ
18289 @tindex besY
18290 The @kbd{f j} (@code{calc-bessel-J}) [@code{besJ}] and @kbd{f y}
18291 (@code{calc-bessel-Y}) [@code{besY}] commands compute the Bessel
18292 functions of the first and second kinds, respectively.
18293 In @samp{besJ(n,x)} and @samp{besY(n,x)} the ``order'' parameter
18294 @cite{n} is often an integer, but is not required to be one.
18295 Calc's implementation of the Bessel functions currently limits the
18296 precision to 8 digits, and may not be exact even to that precision.
18297 Use with care!@refill
18298
18299 @node Branch Cuts, Random Numbers, Advanced Math Functions, Scientific Functions
18300 @section Branch Cuts and Principal Values
18301
18302 @noindent
18303 @cindex Branch cuts
18304 @cindex Principal values
18305 All of the logarithmic, trigonometric, and other scientific functions are
18306 defined for complex numbers as well as for reals.
18307 This section describes the values
18308 returned in cases where the general result is a family of possible values.
18309 Calc follows section 12.5.3 of Steele's @dfn{Common Lisp, the Language},
18310 second edition, in these matters. This section will describe each
18311 function briefly; for a more detailed discussion (including some nifty
18312 diagrams), consult Steele's book.
18313
18314 Note that the branch cuts for @code{arctan} and @code{arctanh} were
18315 changed between the first and second editions of Steele. Versions of
18316 Calc starting with 2.00 follow the second edition.
18317
18318 The new branch cuts exactly match those of the HP-28/48 calculators.
18319 They also match those of Mathematica 1.2, except that Mathematica's
18320 @code{arctan} cut is always in the right half of the complex plane,
18321 and its @code{arctanh} cut is always in the top half of the plane.
18322 Calc's cuts are continuous with quadrants I and III for @code{arctan},
18323 or II and IV for @code{arctanh}.
18324
18325 Note: The current implementations of these functions with complex arguments
18326 are designed with proper behavior around the branch cuts in mind, @emph{not}
18327 efficiency or accuracy. You may need to increase the floating precision
18328 and wait a while to get suitable answers from them.
18329
18330 For @samp{sqrt(a+bi)}: When @cite{a<0} and @cite{b} is small but positive
18331 or zero, the result is close to the @cite{+i} axis. For @cite{b} small and
18332 negative, the result is close to the @cite{-i} axis. The result always lies
18333 in the right half of the complex plane.
18334
18335 For @samp{ln(a+bi)}: The real part is defined as @samp{ln(abs(a+bi))}.
18336 The imaginary part is defined as @samp{arg(a+bi) = arctan2(b,a)}.
18337 Thus the branch cuts for @code{sqrt} and @code{ln} both lie on the
18338 negative real axis.
18339
18340 The following table describes these branch cuts in another way.
18341 If the real and imaginary parts of @cite{z} are as shown, then
18342 the real and imaginary parts of @cite{f(z)} will be as shown.
18343 Here @code{eps} stands for a small positive value; each
18344 occurrence of @code{eps} may stand for a different small value.
18345
18346 @smallexample
18347 z sqrt(z) ln(z)
18348 ----------------------------------------
18349 +, 0 +, 0 any, 0
18350 -, 0 0, + any, pi
18351 -, +eps +eps, + +eps, +
18352 -, -eps +eps, - +eps, -
18353 @end smallexample
18354
18355 For @samp{z1^z2}: This is defined by @samp{exp(ln(z1)*z2)}.
18356 One interesting consequence of this is that @samp{(-8)^1:3} does
18357 not evaluate to @i{-2} as you might expect, but to the complex
18358 number @cite{(1., 1.732)}. Both of these are valid cube roots
18359 of @i{-8} (as is @cite{(1., -1.732)}); Calc chooses a perhaps
18360 less-obvious root for the sake of mathematical consistency.
18361
18362 For @samp{arcsin(z)}: This is defined by @samp{-i*ln(i*z + sqrt(1-z^2))}.
18363 The branch cuts are on the real axis, less than @i{-1} and greater than 1.
18364
18365 For @samp{arccos(z)}: This is defined by @samp{-i*ln(z + i*sqrt(1-z^2))},
18366 or equivalently by @samp{pi/2 - arcsin(z)}. The branch cuts are on
18367 the real axis, less than @i{-1} and greater than 1.
18368
18369 For @samp{arctan(z)}: This is defined by
18370 @samp{(ln(1+i*z) - ln(1-i*z)) / (2*i)}. The branch cuts are on the
18371 imaginary axis, below @cite{-i} and above @cite{i}.
18372
18373 For @samp{arcsinh(z)}: This is defined by @samp{ln(z + sqrt(1+z^2))}.
18374 The branch cuts are on the imaginary axis, below @cite{-i} and
18375 above @cite{i}.
18376
18377 For @samp{arccosh(z)}: This is defined by
18378 @samp{ln(z + (z+1)*sqrt((z-1)/(z+1)))}. The branch cut is on the
18379 real axis less than 1.
18380
18381 For @samp{arctanh(z)}: This is defined by @samp{(ln(1+z) - ln(1-z)) / 2}.
18382 The branch cuts are on the real axis, less than @i{-1} and greater than 1.
18383
18384 The following tables for @code{arcsin}, @code{arccos}, and
18385 @code{arctan} assume the current angular mode is radians. The
18386 hyperbolic functions operate independently of the angular mode.
18387
18388 @smallexample
18389 z arcsin(z) arccos(z)
18390 -------------------------------------------------------
18391 (-1..1), 0 (-pi/2..pi/2), 0 (0..pi), 0
18392 (-1..1), +eps (-pi/2..pi/2), +eps (0..pi), -eps
18393 (-1..1), -eps (-pi/2..pi/2), -eps (0..pi), +eps
18394 <-1, 0 -pi/2, + pi, -
18395 <-1, +eps -pi/2 + eps, + pi - eps, -
18396 <-1, -eps -pi/2 + eps, - pi - eps, +
18397 >1, 0 pi/2, - 0, +
18398 >1, +eps pi/2 - eps, + +eps, -
18399 >1, -eps pi/2 - eps, - +eps, +
18400 @end smallexample
18401
18402 @smallexample
18403 z arccosh(z) arctanh(z)
18404 -----------------------------------------------------
18405 (-1..1), 0 0, (0..pi) any, 0
18406 (-1..1), +eps +eps, (0..pi) any, +eps
18407 (-1..1), -eps +eps, (-pi..0) any, -eps
18408 <-1, 0 +, pi -, pi/2
18409 <-1, +eps +, pi - eps -, pi/2 - eps
18410 <-1, -eps +, -pi + eps -, -pi/2 + eps
18411 >1, 0 +, 0 +, -pi/2
18412 >1, +eps +, +eps +, pi/2 - eps
18413 >1, -eps +, -eps +, -pi/2 + eps
18414 @end smallexample
18415
18416 @smallexample
18417 z arcsinh(z) arctan(z)
18418 -----------------------------------------------------
18419 0, (-1..1) 0, (-pi/2..pi/2) 0, any
18420 0, <-1 -, -pi/2 -pi/2, -
18421 +eps, <-1 +, -pi/2 + eps pi/2 - eps, -
18422 -eps, <-1 -, -pi/2 + eps -pi/2 + eps, -
18423 0, >1 +, pi/2 pi/2, +
18424 +eps, >1 +, pi/2 - eps pi/2 - eps, +
18425 -eps, >1 -, pi/2 - eps -pi/2 + eps, +
18426 @end smallexample
18427
18428 Finally, the following identities help to illustrate the relationship
18429 between the complex trigonometric and hyperbolic functions. They
18430 are valid everywhere, including on the branch cuts.
18431
18432 @smallexample
18433 sin(i*z) = i*sinh(z) arcsin(i*z) = i*arcsinh(z)
18434 cos(i*z) = cosh(z) arcsinh(i*z) = i*arcsin(z)
18435 tan(i*z) = i*tanh(z) arctan(i*z) = i*arctanh(z)
18436 sinh(i*z) = i*sin(z) cosh(i*z) = cos(z)
18437 @end smallexample
18438
18439 The ``advanced math'' functions (gamma, Bessel, etc.@:) are also defined
18440 for general complex arguments, but their branch cuts and principal values
18441 are not rigorously specified at present.
18442
18443 @node Random Numbers, Combinatorial Functions, Branch Cuts, Scientific Functions
18444 @section Random Numbers
18445
18446 @noindent
18447 @kindex k r
18448 @pindex calc-random
18449 @tindex random
18450 The @kbd{k r} (@code{calc-random}) [@code{random}] command produces
18451 random numbers of various sorts.
18452
18453 Given a positive numeric prefix argument @cite{M}, it produces a random
18454 integer @cite{N} in the range @c{$0 \le N < M$}
18455 @cite{0 <= N < M}. Each of the @cite{M}
18456 values appears with equal probability.@refill
18457
18458 With no numeric prefix argument, the @kbd{k r} command takes its argument
18459 from the stack instead. Once again, if this is a positive integer @cite{M}
18460 the result is a random integer less than @cite{M}. However, note that
18461 while numeric prefix arguments are limited to six digits or so, an @cite{M}
18462 taken from the stack can be arbitrarily large. If @cite{M} is negative,
18463 the result is a random integer in the range @c{$M < N \le 0$}
18464 @cite{M < N <= 0}.
18465
18466 If the value on the stack is a floating-point number @cite{M}, the result
18467 is a random floating-point number @cite{N} in the range @c{$0 \le N < M$}
18468 @cite{0 <= N < M}
18469 or @c{$M < N \le 0$}
18470 @cite{M < N <= 0}, according to the sign of @cite{M}.
18471
18472 If @cite{M} is zero, the result is a Gaussian-distributed random real
18473 number; the distribution has a mean of zero and a standard deviation
18474 of one. The algorithm used generates random numbers in pairs; thus,
18475 every other call to this function will be especially fast.
18476
18477 If @cite{M} is an error form @c{$m$ @code{+/-} $\sigma$}
18478 @samp{m +/- s} where @i{m}
18479 and @c{$\sigma$}
18480 @i{s} are both real numbers, the result uses a Gaussian
18481 distribution with mean @i{m} and standard deviation @c{$\sigma$}
18482 @i{s}.
18483
18484 If @cite{M} is an interval form, the lower and upper bounds specify the
18485 acceptable limits of the random numbers. If both bounds are integers,
18486 the result is a random integer in the specified range. If either bound
18487 is floating-point, the result is a random real number in the specified
18488 range. If the interval is open at either end, the result will be sure
18489 not to equal that end value. (This makes a big difference for integer
18490 intervals, but for floating-point intervals it's relatively minor:
18491 with a precision of 6, @samp{random([1.0..2.0))} will return any of one
18492 million numbers from 1.00000 to 1.99999; @samp{random([1.0..2.0])} may
18493 additionally return 2.00000, but the probability of this happening is
18494 extremely small.)
18495
18496 If @cite{M} is a vector, the result is one element taken at random from
18497 the vector. All elements of the vector are given equal probabilities.
18498
18499 @vindex RandSeed
18500 The sequence of numbers produced by @kbd{k r} is completely random by
18501 default, i.e., the sequence is seeded each time you start Calc using
18502 the current time and other information. You can get a reproducible
18503 sequence by storing a particular ``seed value'' in the Calc variable
18504 @code{RandSeed}. Any integer will do for a seed; integers of from 1
18505 to 12 digits are good. If you later store a different integer into
18506 @code{RandSeed}, Calc will switch to a different pseudo-random
18507 sequence. If you ``unstore'' @code{RandSeed}, Calc will re-seed itself
18508 from the current time. If you store the same integer that you used
18509 before back into @code{RandSeed}, you will get the exact same sequence
18510 of random numbers as before.
18511
18512 @pindex calc-rrandom
18513 The @code{calc-rrandom} command (not on any key) produces a random real
18514 number between zero and one. It is equivalent to @samp{random(1.0)}.
18515
18516 @kindex k a
18517 @pindex calc-random-again
18518 The @kbd{k a} (@code{calc-random-again}) command produces another random
18519 number, re-using the most recent value of @cite{M}. With a numeric
18520 prefix argument @var{n}, it produces @var{n} more random numbers using
18521 that value of @cite{M}.
18522
18523 @kindex k h
18524 @pindex calc-shuffle
18525 @tindex shuffle
18526 The @kbd{k h} (@code{calc-shuffle}) command produces a vector of several
18527 random values with no duplicates. The value on the top of the stack
18528 specifies the set from which the random values are drawn, and may be any
18529 of the @cite{M} formats described above. The numeric prefix argument
18530 gives the length of the desired list. (If you do not provide a numeric
18531 prefix argument, the length of the list is taken from the top of the
18532 stack, and @cite{M} from second-to-top.)
18533
18534 If @cite{M} is a floating-point number, zero, or an error form (so
18535 that the random values are being drawn from the set of real numbers)
18536 there is little practical difference between using @kbd{k h} and using
18537 @kbd{k r} several times. But if the set of possible values consists
18538 of just a few integers, or the elements of a vector, then there is
18539 a very real chance that multiple @kbd{k r}'s will produce the same
18540 number more than once. The @kbd{k h} command produces a vector whose
18541 elements are always distinct. (Actually, there is a slight exception:
18542 If @cite{M} is a vector, no given vector element will be drawn more
18543 than once, but if several elements of @cite{M} are equal, they may
18544 each make it into the result vector.)
18545
18546 One use of @kbd{k h} is to rearrange a list at random. This happens
18547 if the prefix argument is equal to the number of values in the list:
18548 @kbd{[1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3] 5 k h} might produce the permuted list
18549 @samp{[2.5, 1, 1.5, 3, 2]}. As a convenient feature, if the argument
18550 @var{n} is negative it is replaced by the size of the set represented
18551 by @cite{M}. Naturally, this is allowed only when @cite{M} specifies
18552 a small discrete set of possibilities.
18553
18554 To do the equivalent of @kbd{k h} but with duplications allowed,
18555 given @cite{M} on the stack and with @var{n} just entered as a numeric
18556 prefix, use @kbd{v b} to build a vector of copies of @cite{M}, then use
18557 @kbd{V M k r} to ``map'' the normal @kbd{k r} function over the
18558 elements of this vector. @xref{Matrix Functions}.
18559
18560 @menu
18561 * Random Number Generator:: (Complete description of Calc's algorithm)
18562 @end menu
18563
18564 @node Random Number Generator, , Random Numbers, Random Numbers
18565 @subsection Random Number Generator
18566
18567 Calc's random number generator uses several methods to ensure that
18568 the numbers it produces are highly random. Knuth's @emph{Art of
18569 Computer Programming}, Volume II, contains a thorough description
18570 of the theory of random number generators and their measurement and
18571 characterization.
18572
18573 If @code{RandSeed} has no stored value, Calc calls Emacs' built-in
18574 @code{random} function to get a stream of random numbers, which it
18575 then treats in various ways to avoid problems inherent in the simple
18576 random number generators that many systems use to implement @code{random}.
18577
18578 When Calc's random number generator is first invoked, it ``seeds''
18579 the low-level random sequence using the time of day, so that the
18580 random number sequence will be different every time you use Calc.
18581
18582 Since Emacs Lisp doesn't specify the range of values that will be
18583 returned by its @code{random} function, Calc exercises the function
18584 several times to estimate the range. When Calc subsequently uses
18585 the @code{random} function, it takes only 10 bits of the result
18586 near the most-significant end. (It avoids at least the bottom
18587 four bits, preferably more, and also tries to avoid the top two
18588 bits.) This strategy works well with the linear congruential
18589 generators that are typically used to implement @code{random}.
18590
18591 If @code{RandSeed} contains an integer, Calc uses this integer to
18592 seed an ``additive congruential'' method (Knuth's algorithm 3.2.2A,
18593 computing @c{$X_{n-55} - X_{n-24}$}
18594 @cite{X_n-55 - X_n-24}). This method expands the seed
18595 value into a large table which is maintained internally; the variable
18596 @code{RandSeed} is changed from, e.g., 42 to the vector @cite{[42]}
18597 to indicate that the seed has been absorbed into this table. When
18598 @code{RandSeed} contains a vector, @kbd{k r} and related commands
18599 continue to use the same internal table as last time. There is no
18600 way to extract the complete state of the random number generator
18601 so that you can restart it from any point; you can only restart it
18602 from the same initial seed value. A simple way to restart from the
18603 same seed is to type @kbd{s r RandSeed} to get the seed vector,
18604 @kbd{v u} to unpack it back into a number, then @kbd{s t RandSeed}
18605 to reseed the generator with that number.
18606
18607 Calc uses a ``shuffling'' method as described in algorithm 3.2.2B
18608 of Knuth. It fills a table with 13 random 10-bit numbers. Then,
18609 to generate a new random number, it uses the previous number to
18610 index into the table, picks the value it finds there as the new
18611 random number, then replaces that table entry with a new value
18612 obtained from a call to the base random number generator (either
18613 the additive congruential generator or the @code{random} function
18614 supplied by the system). If there are any flaws in the base
18615 generator, shuffling will tend to even them out. But if the system
18616 provides an excellent @code{random} function, shuffling will not
18617 damage its randomness.
18618
18619 To create a random integer of a certain number of digits, Calc
18620 builds the integer three decimal digits at a time. For each group
18621 of three digits, Calc calls its 10-bit shuffling random number generator
18622 (which returns a value from 0 to 1023); if the random value is 1000
18623 or more, Calc throws it out and tries again until it gets a suitable
18624 value.
18625
18626 To create a random floating-point number with precision @var{p}, Calc
18627 simply creates a random @var{p}-digit integer and multiplies by
18628 @c{$10^{-p}$}
18629 @cite{10^-p}. The resulting random numbers should be very clean, but note
18630 that relatively small numbers will have few significant random digits.
18631 In other words, with a precision of 12, you will occasionally get
18632 numbers on the order of @c{$10^{-9}$}
18633 @cite{10^-9} or @c{$10^{-10}$}
18634 @cite{10^-10}, but those numbers
18635 will only have two or three random digits since they correspond to small
18636 integers times @c{$10^{-12}$}
18637 @cite{10^-12}.
18638
18639 To create a random integer in the interval @samp{[0 .. @var{m})}, Calc
18640 counts the digits in @var{m}, creates a random integer with three
18641 additional digits, then reduces modulo @var{m}. Unless @var{m} is a
18642 power of ten the resulting values will be very slightly biased toward
18643 the lower numbers, but this bias will be less than 0.1%. (For example,
18644 if @var{m} is 42, Calc will reduce a random integer less than 100000
18645 modulo 42 to get a result less than 42. It is easy to show that the
18646 numbers 40 and 41 will be only 2380/2381 as likely to result from this
18647 modulo operation as numbers 39 and below.) If @var{m} is a power of
18648 ten, however, the numbers should be completely unbiased.
18649
18650 The Gaussian random numbers generated by @samp{random(0.0)} use the
18651 ``polar'' method described in Knuth section 3.4.1C. This method
18652 generates a pair of Gaussian random numbers at a time, so only every
18653 other call to @samp{random(0.0)} will require significant calculations.
18654
18655 @node Combinatorial Functions, Probability Distribution Functions, Random Numbers, Scientific Functions
18656 @section Combinatorial Functions
18657
18658 @noindent
18659 Commands relating to combinatorics and number theory begin with the
18660 @kbd{k} key prefix.
18661
18662 @kindex k g
18663 @pindex calc-gcd
18664 @tindex gcd
18665 The @kbd{k g} (@code{calc-gcd}) [@code{gcd}] command computes the
18666 Greatest Common Divisor of two integers. It also accepts fractions;
18667 the GCD of two fractions is defined by taking the GCD of the
18668 numerators, and the LCM of the denominators. This definition is
18669 consistent with the idea that @samp{a / gcd(a,x)} should yield an
18670 integer for any @samp{a} and @samp{x}. For other types of arguments,
18671 the operation is left in symbolic form.@refill
18672
18673 @kindex k l
18674 @pindex calc-lcm
18675 @tindex lcm
18676 The @kbd{k l} (@code{calc-lcm}) [@code{lcm}] command computes the
18677 Least Common Multiple of two integers or fractions. The product of
18678 the LCM and GCD of two numbers is equal to the product of the
18679 numbers.@refill
18680
18681 @kindex k E
18682 @pindex calc-extended-gcd
18683 @tindex egcd
18684 The @kbd{k E} (@code{calc-extended-gcd}) [@code{egcd}] command computes
18685 the GCD of two integers @cite{x} and @cite{y} and returns a vector
18686 @cite{[g, a, b]} where @c{$g = \gcd(x,y) = a x + b y$}
18687 @cite{g = gcd(x,y) = a x + b y}.
18688
18689 @kindex !
18690 @pindex calc-factorial
18691 @tindex fact
18692 @c @mindex @null
18693 @tindex !
18694 The @kbd{!} (@code{calc-factorial}) [@code{fact}] command computes the
18695 factorial of the number at the top of the stack. If the number is an
18696 integer, the result is an exact integer. If the number is an
18697 integer-valued float, the result is a floating-point approximation. If
18698 the number is a non-integral real number, the generalized factorial is used,
18699 as defined by the Euler Gamma function. Please note that computation of
18700 large factorials can be slow; using floating-point format will help
18701 since fewer digits must be maintained. The same is true of many of
18702 the commands in this section.@refill
18703
18704 @kindex k d
18705 @pindex calc-double-factorial
18706 @tindex dfact
18707 @c @mindex @null
18708 @tindex !!
18709 The @kbd{k d} (@code{calc-double-factorial}) [@code{dfact}] command
18710 computes the ``double factorial'' of an integer. For an even integer,
18711 this is the product of even integers from 2 to @cite{N}. For an odd
18712 integer, this is the product of odd integers from 3 to @cite{N}. If
18713 the argument is an integer-valued float, the result is a floating-point
18714 approximation. This function is undefined for negative even integers.
18715 The notation @cite{N!!} is also recognized for double factorials.@refill
18716
18717 @kindex k c
18718 @pindex calc-choose
18719 @tindex choose
18720 The @kbd{k c} (@code{calc-choose}) [@code{choose}] command computes the
18721 binomial coefficient @cite{N}-choose-@cite{M}, where @cite{M} is the number
18722 on the top of the stack and @cite{N} is second-to-top. If both arguments
18723 are integers, the result is an exact integer. Otherwise, the result is a
18724 floating-point approximation. The binomial coefficient is defined for all
18725 real numbers by @c{$N! \over M! (N-M)!\,$}
18726 @cite{N! / M! (N-M)!}.
18727
18728 @kindex H k c
18729 @pindex calc-perm
18730 @tindex perm
18731 @ifinfo
18732 The @kbd{H k c} (@code{calc-perm}) [@code{perm}] command computes the
18733 number-of-permutations function @cite{N! / (N-M)!}.
18734 @end ifinfo
18735 @tex
18736 The \kbd{H k c} (\code{calc-perm}) [\code{perm}] command computes the
18737 number-of-perm\-utations function $N! \over (N-M)!\,$.
18738 @end tex
18739
18740 @kindex k b
18741 @kindex H k b
18742 @pindex calc-bernoulli-number
18743 @tindex bern
18744 The @kbd{k b} (@code{calc-bernoulli-number}) [@code{bern}] command
18745 computes a given Bernoulli number. The value at the top of the stack
18746 is a nonnegative integer @cite{n} that specifies which Bernoulli number
18747 is desired. The @kbd{H k b} command computes a Bernoulli polynomial,
18748 taking @cite{n} from the second-to-top position and @cite{x} from the
18749 top of the stack. If @cite{x} is a variable or formula the result is
18750 a polynomial in @cite{x}; if @cite{x} is a number the result is a number.
18751
18752 @kindex k e
18753 @kindex H k e
18754 @pindex calc-euler-number
18755 @tindex euler
18756 The @kbd{k e} (@code{calc-euler-number}) [@code{euler}] command similarly
18757 computes an Euler number, and @w{@kbd{H k e}} computes an Euler polynomial.
18758 Bernoulli and Euler numbers occur in the Taylor expansions of several
18759 functions.
18760
18761 @kindex k s
18762 @kindex H k s
18763 @pindex calc-stirling-number
18764 @tindex stir1
18765 @tindex stir2
18766 The @kbd{k s} (@code{calc-stirling-number}) [@code{stir1}] command
18767 computes a Stirling number of the first kind@c{ $n \brack m$}
18768 @asis{}, given two integers
18769 @cite{n} and @cite{m} on the stack. The @kbd{H k s} [@code{stir2}]
18770 command computes a Stirling number of the second kind@c{ $n \brace m$}
18771 @asis{}. These are
18772 the number of @cite{m}-cycle permutations of @cite{n} objects, and
18773 the number of ways to partition @cite{n} objects into @cite{m}
18774 non-empty sets, respectively.
18775
18776 @kindex k p
18777 @pindex calc-prime-test
18778 @cindex Primes
18779 The @kbd{k p} (@code{calc-prime-test}) command checks if the integer on
18780 the top of the stack is prime. For integers less than eight million, the
18781 answer is always exact and reasonably fast. For larger integers, a
18782 probabilistic method is used (see Knuth vol. II, section 4.5.4, algorithm P).
18783 The number is first checked against small prime factors (up to 13). Then,
18784 any number of iterations of the algorithm are performed. Each step either
18785 discovers that the number is non-prime, or substantially increases the
18786 certainty that the number is prime. After a few steps, the chance that
18787 a number was mistakenly described as prime will be less than one percent.
18788 (Indeed, this is a worst-case estimate of the probability; in practice
18789 even a single iteration is quite reliable.) After the @kbd{k p} command,
18790 the number will be reported as definitely prime or non-prime if possible,
18791 or otherwise ``probably'' prime with a certain probability of error.
18792
18793 @c @starindex
18794 @tindex prime
18795 The normal @kbd{k p} command performs one iteration of the primality
18796 test. Pressing @kbd{k p} repeatedly for the same integer will perform
18797 additional iterations. Also, @kbd{k p} with a numeric prefix performs
18798 the specified number of iterations. There is also an algebraic function
18799 @samp{prime(n)} or @samp{prime(n,iters)} which returns 1 if @cite{n}
18800 is (probably) prime and 0 if not.
18801
18802 @kindex k f
18803 @pindex calc-prime-factors
18804 @tindex prfac
18805 The @kbd{k f} (@code{calc-prime-factors}) [@code{prfac}] command
18806 attempts to decompose an integer into its prime factors. For numbers up
18807 to 25 million, the answer is exact although it may take some time. The
18808 result is a vector of the prime factors in increasing order. For larger
18809 inputs, prime factors above 5000 may not be found, in which case the
18810 last number in the vector will be an unfactored integer greater than 25
18811 million (with a warning message). For negative integers, the first
18812 element of the list will be @i{-1}. For inputs @i{-1}, @i{0}, and
18813 @i{1}, the result is a list of the same number.
18814
18815 @kindex k n
18816 @pindex calc-next-prime
18817 @c @mindex nextpr@idots
18818 @tindex nextprime
18819 The @kbd{k n} (@code{calc-next-prime}) [@code{nextprime}] command finds
18820 the next prime above a given number. Essentially, it searches by calling
18821 @code{calc-prime-test} on successive integers until it finds one that
18822 passes the test. This is quite fast for integers less than eight million,
18823 but once the probabilistic test comes into play the search may be rather
18824 slow. Ordinarily this command stops for any prime that passes one iteration
18825 of the primality test. With a numeric prefix argument, a number must pass
18826 the specified number of iterations before the search stops. (This only
18827 matters when searching above eight million.) You can always use additional
18828 @kbd{k p} commands to increase your certainty that the number is indeed
18829 prime.
18830
18831 @kindex I k n
18832 @pindex calc-prev-prime
18833 @c @mindex prevpr@idots
18834 @tindex prevprime
18835 The @kbd{I k n} (@code{calc-prev-prime}) [@code{prevprime}] command
18836 analogously finds the next prime less than a given number.
18837
18838 @kindex k t
18839 @pindex calc-totient
18840 @tindex totient
18841 The @kbd{k t} (@code{calc-totient}) [@code{totient}] command computes the
18842 Euler ``totient'' function@c{ $\phi(n)$}
18843 @asis{}, the number of integers less than @cite{n} which
18844 are relatively prime to @cite{n}.
18845
18846 @kindex k m
18847 @pindex calc-moebius
18848 @tindex moebius
18849 The @kbd{k m} (@code{calc-moebius}) [@code{moebius}] command computes the
18850 @c{M\"obius $\mu$}
18851 @asis{Moebius ``mu''} function. If the input number is a product of @cite{k}
18852 distinct factors, this is @cite{(-1)^k}. If the input number has any
18853 duplicate factors (i.e., can be divided by the same prime more than once),
18854 the result is zero.
18855
18856 @node Probability Distribution Functions, , Combinatorial Functions, Scientific Functions
18857 @section Probability Distribution Functions
18858
18859 @noindent
18860 The functions in this section compute various probability distributions.
18861 For continuous distributions, this is the integral of the probability
18862 density function from @cite{x} to infinity. (These are the ``upper
18863 tail'' distribution functions; there are also corresponding ``lower
18864 tail'' functions which integrate from minus infinity to @cite{x}.)
18865 For discrete distributions, the upper tail function gives the sum
18866 from @cite{x} to infinity; the lower tail function gives the sum
18867 from minus infinity up to, but not including,@w{ }@cite{x}.
18868
18869 To integrate from @cite{x} to @cite{y}, just use the distribution
18870 function twice and subtract. For example, the probability that a
18871 Gaussian random variable with mean 2 and standard deviation 1 will
18872 lie in the range from 2.5 to 2.8 is @samp{utpn(2.5,2,1) - utpn(2.8,2,1)}
18873 (``the probability that it is greater than 2.5, but not greater than 2.8''),
18874 or equivalently @samp{ltpn(2.8,2,1) - ltpn(2.5,2,1)}.
18875
18876 @kindex k B
18877 @kindex I k B
18878 @pindex calc-utpb
18879 @tindex utpb
18880 @tindex ltpb
18881 The @kbd{k B} (@code{calc-utpb}) [@code{utpb}] function uses the
18882 binomial distribution. Push the parameters @var{n}, @var{p}, and
18883 then @var{x} onto the stack; the result (@samp{utpb(x,n,p)}) is the
18884 probability that an event will occur @var{x} or more times out
18885 of @var{n} trials, if its probability of occurring in any given
18886 trial is @var{p}. The @kbd{I k B} [@code{ltpb}] function is
18887 the probability that the event will occur fewer than @var{x} times.
18888
18889 The other probability distribution functions similarly take the
18890 form @kbd{k @var{X}} (@code{calc-utp@var{x}}) [@code{utp@var{x}}]
18891 and @kbd{I k @var{X}} [@code{ltp@var{x}}], for various letters
18892 @var{x}. The arguments to the algebraic functions are the value of
18893 the random variable first, then whatever other parameters define the
18894 distribution. Note these are among the few Calc functions where the
18895 order of the arguments in algebraic form differs from the order of
18896 arguments as found on the stack. (The random variable comes last on
18897 the stack, so that you can type, e.g., @kbd{2 @key{RET} 1 @key{RET} 2.5
18898 k N M-@key{RET} @key{DEL} 2.8 k N -}, using @kbd{M-@key{RET} @key{DEL}} to
18899 recover the original arguments but substitute a new value for @cite{x}.)
18900
18901 @kindex k C
18902 @pindex calc-utpc
18903 @tindex utpc
18904 @c @mindex @idots
18905 @kindex I k C
18906 @c @mindex @null
18907 @tindex ltpc
18908 The @samp{utpc(x,v)} function uses the chi-square distribution with
18909 @c{$\nu$}
18910 @cite{v} degrees of freedom. It is the probability that a model is
18911 correct if its chi-square statistic is @cite{x}.
18912
18913 @kindex k F
18914 @pindex calc-utpf
18915 @tindex utpf
18916 @c @mindex @idots
18917 @kindex I k F
18918 @c @mindex @null
18919 @tindex ltpf
18920 The @samp{utpf(F,v1,v2)} function uses the F distribution, used in
18921 various statistical tests. The parameters @c{$\nu_1$}
18922 @cite{v1} and @c{$\nu_2$}
18923 @cite{v2}
18924 are the degrees of freedom in the numerator and denominator,
18925 respectively, used in computing the statistic @cite{F}.
18926
18927 @kindex k N
18928 @pindex calc-utpn
18929 @tindex utpn
18930 @c @mindex @idots
18931 @kindex I k N
18932 @c @mindex @null
18933 @tindex ltpn
18934 The @samp{utpn(x,m,s)} function uses a normal (Gaussian) distribution
18935 with mean @cite{m} and standard deviation @c{$\sigma$}
18936 @cite{s}. It is the
18937 probability that such a normal-distributed random variable would
18938 exceed @cite{x}.
18939
18940 @kindex k P
18941 @pindex calc-utpp
18942 @tindex utpp
18943 @c @mindex @idots
18944 @kindex I k P
18945 @c @mindex @null
18946 @tindex ltpp
18947 The @samp{utpp(n,x)} function uses a Poisson distribution with
18948 mean @cite{x}. It is the probability that @cite{n} or more such
18949 Poisson random events will occur.
18950
18951 @kindex k T
18952 @pindex calc-ltpt
18953 @tindex utpt
18954 @c @mindex @idots
18955 @kindex I k T
18956 @c @mindex @null
18957 @tindex ltpt
18958 The @samp{utpt(t,v)} function uses the Student's ``t'' distribution
18959 with @c{$\nu$}
18960 @cite{v} degrees of freedom. It is the probability that a
18961 t-distributed random variable will be greater than @cite{t}.
18962 (Note: This computes the distribution function @c{$A(t|\nu)$}
18963 @cite{A(t|v)}
18964 where @c{$A(0|\nu) = 1$}
18965 @cite{A(0|v) = 1} and @c{$A(\infty|\nu) \to 0$}
18966 @cite{A(inf|v) -> 0}. The
18967 @code{UTPT} operation on the HP-48 uses a different definition
18968 which returns half of Calc's value: @samp{UTPT(t,v) = .5*utpt(t,v)}.)
18969
18970 While Calc does not provide inverses of the probability distribution
18971 functions, the @kbd{a R} command can be used to solve for the inverse.
18972 Since the distribution functions are monotonic, @kbd{a R} is guaranteed
18973 to be able to find a solution given any initial guess.
18974 @xref{Numerical Solutions}.
18975
18976 @node Matrix Functions, Algebra, Scientific Functions, Top
18977 @chapter Vector/Matrix Functions
18978
18979 @noindent
18980 Many of the commands described here begin with the @kbd{v} prefix.
18981 (For convenience, the shift-@kbd{V} prefix is equivalent to @kbd{v}.)
18982 The commands usually apply to both plain vectors and matrices; some
18983 apply only to matrices or only to square matrices. If the argument
18984 has the wrong dimensions the operation is left in symbolic form.
18985
18986 Vectors are entered and displayed using @samp{[a,b,c]} notation.
18987 Matrices are vectors of which all elements are vectors of equal length.
18988 (Though none of the standard Calc commands use this concept, a
18989 three-dimensional matrix or rank-3 tensor could be defined as a
18990 vector of matrices, and so on.)
18991
18992 @menu
18993 * Packing and Unpacking::
18994 * Building Vectors::
18995 * Extracting Elements::
18996 * Manipulating Vectors::
18997 * Vector and Matrix Arithmetic::
18998 * Set Operations::
18999 * Statistical Operations::
19000 * Reducing and Mapping::
19001 * Vector and Matrix Formats::
19002 @end menu
19003
19004 @node Packing and Unpacking, Building Vectors, Matrix Functions, Matrix Functions
19005 @section Packing and Unpacking
19006
19007 @noindent
19008 Calc's ``pack'' and ``unpack'' commands collect stack entries to build
19009 composite objects such as vectors and complex numbers. They are
19010 described in this chapter because they are most often used to build
19011 vectors.
19012
19013 @kindex v p
19014 @pindex calc-pack
19015 The @kbd{v p} (@code{calc-pack}) [@code{pack}] command collects several
19016 elements from the stack into a matrix, complex number, HMS form, error
19017 form, etc. It uses a numeric prefix argument to specify the kind of
19018 object to be built; this argument is referred to as the ``packing mode.''
19019 If the packing mode is a nonnegative integer, a vector of that
19020 length is created. For example, @kbd{C-u 5 v p} will pop the top
19021 five stack elements and push back a single vector of those five
19022 elements. (@kbd{C-u 0 v p} simply creates an empty vector.)
19023
19024 The same effect can be had by pressing @kbd{[} to push an incomplete
19025 vector on the stack, using @key{TAB} (@code{calc-roll-down}) to sneak
19026 the incomplete object up past a certain number of elements, and
19027 then pressing @kbd{]} to complete the vector.
19028
19029 Negative packing modes create other kinds of composite objects:
19030
19031 @table @cite
19032 @item -1
19033 Two values are collected to build a complex number. For example,
19034 @kbd{5 @key{RET} 7 C-u -1 v p} creates the complex number
19035 @cite{(5, 7)}. The result is always a rectangular complex
19036 number. The two input values must both be real numbers,
19037 i.e., integers, fractions, or floats. If they are not, Calc
19038 will instead build a formula like @samp{a + (0, 1) b}. (The
19039 other packing modes also create a symbolic answer if the
19040 components are not suitable.)
19041
19042 @item -2
19043 Two values are collected to build a polar complex number.
19044 The first is the magnitude; the second is the phase expressed
19045 in either degrees or radians according to the current angular
19046 mode.
19047
19048 @item -3
19049 Three values are collected into an HMS form. The first
19050 two values (hours and minutes) must be integers or
19051 integer-valued floats. The third value may be any real
19052 number.
19053
19054 @item -4
19055 Two values are collected into an error form. The inputs
19056 may be real numbers or formulas.
19057
19058 @item -5
19059 Two values are collected into a modulo form. The inputs
19060 must be real numbers.
19061
19062 @item -6
19063 Two values are collected into the interval @samp{[a .. b]}.
19064 The inputs may be real numbers, HMS or date forms, or formulas.
19065
19066 @item -7
19067 Two values are collected into the interval @samp{[a .. b)}.
19068
19069 @item -8
19070 Two values are collected into the interval @samp{(a .. b]}.
19071
19072 @item -9
19073 Two values are collected into the interval @samp{(a .. b)}.
19074
19075 @item -10
19076 Two integer values are collected into a fraction.
19077
19078 @item -11
19079 Two values are collected into a floating-point number.
19080 The first is the mantissa; the second, which must be an
19081 integer, is the exponent. The result is the mantissa
19082 times ten to the power of the exponent.
19083
19084 @item -12
19085 This is treated the same as @i{-11} by the @kbd{v p} command.
19086 When unpacking, @i{-12} specifies that a floating-point mantissa
19087 is desired.
19088
19089 @item -13
19090 A real number is converted into a date form.
19091
19092 @item -14
19093 Three numbers (year, month, day) are packed into a pure date form.
19094
19095 @item -15
19096 Six numbers are packed into a date/time form.
19097 @end table
19098
19099 With any of the two-input negative packing modes, either or both
19100 of the inputs may be vectors. If both are vectors of the same
19101 length, the result is another vector made by packing corresponding
19102 elements of the input vectors. If one input is a vector and the
19103 other is a plain number, the number is packed along with each vector
19104 element to produce a new vector. For example, @kbd{C-u -4 v p}
19105 could be used to convert a vector of numbers and a vector of errors
19106 into a single vector of error forms; @kbd{C-u -5 v p} could convert
19107 a vector of numbers and a single number @var{M} into a vector of
19108 numbers modulo @var{M}.
19109
19110 If you don't give a prefix argument to @kbd{v p}, it takes
19111 the packing mode from the top of the stack. The elements to
19112 be packed then begin at stack level 2. Thus
19113 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 4 n v p} is another way to
19114 enter the error form @samp{1 +/- 2}.
19115
19116 If the packing mode taken from the stack is a vector, the result is a
19117 matrix with the dimensions specified by the elements of the vector,
19118 which must each be integers. For example, if the packing mode is
19119 @samp{[2, 3]}, then six numbers will be taken from the stack and
19120 returned in the form @samp{[@w{[a, b, c]}, [d, e, f]]}.
19121
19122 If any elements of the vector are negative, other kinds of
19123 packing are done at that level as described above. For
19124 example, @samp{[2, 3, -4]} takes 12 objects and creates a
19125 @c{$2\times3$}
19126 @asis{2x3} matrix of error forms: @samp{[[a +/- b, c +/- d ... ]]}.
19127 Also, @samp{[-4, -10]} will convert four integers into an
19128 error form consisting of two fractions: @samp{a:b +/- c:d}.
19129
19130 @c @starindex
19131 @tindex pack
19132 There is an equivalent algebraic function,
19133 @samp{pack(@var{mode}, @var{items})} where @var{mode} is a
19134 packing mode (an integer or a vector of integers) and @var{items}
19135 is a vector of objects to be packed (re-packed, really) according
19136 to that mode. For example, @samp{pack([3, -4], [a,b,c,d,e,f])}
19137 yields @samp{[a +/- b, @w{c +/- d}, e +/- f]}. The function is
19138 left in symbolic form if the packing mode is illegal, or if the
19139 number of data items does not match the number of items required
19140 by the mode.
19141
19142 @kindex v u
19143 @pindex calc-unpack
19144 The @kbd{v u} (@code{calc-unpack}) command takes the vector, complex
19145 number, HMS form, or other composite object on the top of the stack and
19146 ``unpacks'' it, pushing each of its elements onto the stack as separate
19147 objects. Thus, it is the ``inverse'' of @kbd{v p}. If the value
19148 at the top of the stack is a formula, @kbd{v u} unpacks it by pushing
19149 each of the arguments of the top-level operator onto the stack.
19150
19151 You can optionally give a numeric prefix argument to @kbd{v u}
19152 to specify an explicit (un)packing mode. If the packing mode is
19153 negative and the input is actually a vector or matrix, the result
19154 will be two or more similar vectors or matrices of the elements.
19155 For example, given the vector @samp{[@w{a +/- b}, c^2, d +/- 7]},
19156 the result of @kbd{C-u -4 v u} will be the two vectors
19157 @samp{[a, c^2, d]} and @w{@samp{[b, 0, 7]}}.
19158
19159 Note that the prefix argument can have an effect even when the input is
19160 not a vector. For example, if the input is the number @i{-5}, then
19161 @kbd{c-u -1 v u} yields @i{-5} and 0 (the components of @i{-5}
19162 when viewed as a rectangular complex number); @kbd{C-u -2 v u} yields 5
19163 and 180 (assuming degrees mode); and @kbd{C-u -10 v u} yields @i{-5}
19164 and 1 (the numerator and denominator of @i{-5}, viewed as a rational
19165 number). Plain @kbd{v u} with this input would complain that the input
19166 is not a composite object.
19167
19168 Unpacking mode @i{-11} converts a float into an integer mantissa and
19169 an integer exponent, where the mantissa is not divisible by 10
19170 (except that 0.0 is represented by a mantissa and exponent of 0).
19171 Unpacking mode @i{-12} converts a float into a floating-point mantissa
19172 and integer exponent, where the mantissa (for non-zero numbers)
19173 is guaranteed to lie in the range [1 .. 10). In both cases,
19174 the mantissa is shifted left or right (and the exponent adjusted
19175 to compensate) in order to satisfy these constraints.
19176
19177 Positive unpacking modes are treated differently than for @kbd{v p}.
19178 A mode of 1 is much like plain @kbd{v u} with no prefix argument,
19179 except that in addition to the components of the input object,
19180 a suitable packing mode to re-pack the object is also pushed.
19181 Thus, @kbd{C-u 1 v u} followed by @kbd{v p} will re-build the
19182 original object.
19183
19184 A mode of 2 unpacks two levels of the object; the resulting
19185 re-packing mode will be a vector of length 2. This might be used
19186 to unpack a matrix, say, or a vector of error forms. Higher
19187 unpacking modes unpack the input even more deeply.
19188
19189 @c @starindex
19190 @tindex unpack
19191 There are two algebraic functions analogous to @kbd{v u}.
19192 The @samp{unpack(@var{mode}, @var{item})} function unpacks the
19193 @var{item} using the given @var{mode}, returning the result as
19194 a vector of components. Here the @var{mode} must be an
19195 integer, not a vector. For example, @samp{unpack(-4, a +/- b)}
19196 returns @samp{[a, b]}, as does @samp{unpack(1, a +/- b)}.
19197
19198 @c @starindex
19199 @tindex unpackt
19200 The @code{unpackt} function is like @code{unpack} but instead
19201 of returning a simple vector of items, it returns a vector of
19202 two things: The mode, and the vector of items. For example,
19203 @samp{unpackt(1, 2:3 +/- 1:4)} returns @samp{[-4, [2:3, 1:4]]},
19204 and @samp{unpackt(2, 2:3 +/- 1:4)} returns @samp{[[-4, -10], [2, 3, 1, 4]]}.
19205 The identity for re-building the original object is
19206 @samp{apply(pack, unpackt(@var{n}, @var{x})) = @var{x}}. (The
19207 @code{apply} function builds a function call given the function
19208 name and a vector of arguments.)
19209
19210 @cindex Numerator of a fraction, extracting
19211 Subscript notation is a useful way to extract a particular part
19212 of an object. For example, to get the numerator of a rational
19213 number, you can use @samp{unpack(-10, @var{x})_1}.
19214
19215 @node Building Vectors, Extracting Elements, Packing and Unpacking, Matrix Functions
19216 @section Building Vectors
19217
19218 @noindent
19219 Vectors and matrices can be added,
19220 subtracted, multiplied, and divided; @pxref{Basic Arithmetic}.@refill
19221
19222 @kindex |
19223 @pindex calc-concat
19224 @c @mindex @null
19225 @tindex |
19226 The @kbd{|} (@code{calc-concat}) command ``concatenates'' two vectors
19227 into one. For example, after @kbd{@w{[ 1 , 2 ]} [ 3 , 4 ] |}, the stack
19228 will contain the single vector @samp{[1, 2, 3, 4]}. If the arguments
19229 are matrices, the rows of the first matrix are concatenated with the
19230 rows of the second. (In other words, two matrices are just two vectors
19231 of row-vectors as far as @kbd{|} is concerned.)
19232
19233 If either argument to @kbd{|} is a scalar (a non-vector), it is treated
19234 like a one-element vector for purposes of concatenation: @kbd{1 [ 2 , 3 ] |}
19235 produces the vector @samp{[1, 2, 3]}. Likewise, if one argument is a
19236 matrix and the other is a plain vector, the vector is treated as a
19237 one-row matrix.
19238
19239 @kindex H |
19240 @tindex append
19241 The @kbd{H |} (@code{calc-append}) [@code{append}] command concatenates
19242 two vectors without any special cases. Both inputs must be vectors.
19243 Whether or not they are matrices is not taken into account. If either
19244 argument is a scalar, the @code{append} function is left in symbolic form.
19245 See also @code{cons} and @code{rcons} below.
19246
19247 @kindex I |
19248 @kindex H I |
19249 The @kbd{I |} and @kbd{H I |} commands are similar, but they use their
19250 two stack arguments in the opposite order. Thus @kbd{I |} is equivalent
19251 to @kbd{TAB |}, but possibly more convenient and also a bit faster.
19252
19253 @kindex v d
19254 @pindex calc-diag
19255 @tindex diag
19256 The @kbd{v d} (@code{calc-diag}) [@code{diag}] function builds a diagonal
19257 square matrix. The optional numeric prefix gives the number of rows
19258 and columns in the matrix. If the value at the top of the stack is a
19259 vector, the elements of the vector are used as the diagonal elements; the
19260 prefix, if specified, must match the size of the vector. If the value on
19261 the stack is a scalar, it is used for each element on the diagonal, and
19262 the prefix argument is required.
19263
19264 To build a constant square matrix, e.g., a @c{$3\times3$}
19265 @asis{3x3} matrix filled with ones,
19266 use @kbd{0 M-3 v d 1 +}, i.e., build a zero matrix first and then add a
19267 constant value to that matrix. (Another alternative would be to use
19268 @kbd{v b} and @kbd{v a}; see below.)
19269
19270 @kindex v i
19271 @pindex calc-ident
19272 @tindex idn
19273 The @kbd{v i} (@code{calc-ident}) [@code{idn}] function builds an identity
19274 matrix of the specified size. It is a convenient form of @kbd{v d}
19275 where the diagonal element is always one. If no prefix argument is given,
19276 this command prompts for one.
19277
19278 In algebraic notation, @samp{idn(a,n)} acts much like @samp{diag(a,n)},
19279 except that @cite{a} is required to be a scalar (non-vector) quantity.
19280 If @cite{n} is omitted, @samp{idn(a)} represents @cite{a} times an
19281 identity matrix of unknown size. Calc can operate algebraically on
19282 such generic identity matrices, and if one is combined with a matrix
19283 whose size is known, it is converted automatically to an identity
19284 matrix of a suitable matching size. The @kbd{v i} command with an
19285 argument of zero creates a generic identity matrix, @samp{idn(1)}.
19286 Note that in dimensioned matrix mode (@pxref{Matrix Mode}), generic
19287 identity matrices are immediately expanded to the current default
19288 dimensions.
19289
19290 @kindex v x
19291 @pindex calc-index
19292 @tindex index
19293 The @kbd{v x} (@code{calc-index}) [@code{index}] function builds a vector
19294 of consecutive integers from 1 to @var{n}, where @var{n} is the numeric
19295 prefix argument. If you do not provide a prefix argument, you will be
19296 prompted to enter a suitable number. If @var{n} is negative, the result
19297 is a vector of negative integers from @var{n} to @i{-1}.
19298
19299 With a prefix argument of just @kbd{C-u}, the @kbd{v x} command takes
19300 three values from the stack: @var{n}, @var{start}, and @var{incr} (with
19301 @var{incr} at top-of-stack). Counting starts at @var{start} and increases
19302 by @var{incr} for successive vector elements. If @var{start} or @var{n}
19303 is in floating-point format, the resulting vector elements will also be
19304 floats. Note that @var{start} and @var{incr} may in fact be any kind
19305 of numbers or formulas.
19306
19307 When @var{start} and @var{incr} are specified, a negative @var{n} has a
19308 different interpretation: It causes a geometric instead of arithmetic
19309 sequence to be generated. For example, @samp{index(-3, a, b)} produces
19310 @samp{[a, a b, a b^2]}. If you omit @var{incr} in the algebraic form,
19311 @samp{index(@var{n}, @var{start})}, the default value for @var{incr}
19312 is one for positive @var{n} or two for negative @var{n}.
19313
19314 @kindex v b
19315 @pindex calc-build-vector
19316 @tindex cvec
19317 The @kbd{v b} (@code{calc-build-vector}) [@code{cvec}] function builds a
19318 vector of @var{n} copies of the value on the top of the stack, where @var{n}
19319 is the numeric prefix argument. In algebraic formulas, @samp{cvec(x,n,m)}
19320 can also be used to build an @var{n}-by-@var{m} matrix of copies of @var{x}.
19321 (Interactively, just use @kbd{v b} twice: once to build a row, then again
19322 to build a matrix of copies of that row.)
19323
19324 @kindex v h
19325 @kindex I v h
19326 @pindex calc-head
19327 @pindex calc-tail
19328 @tindex head
19329 @tindex tail
19330 The @kbd{v h} (@code{calc-head}) [@code{head}] function returns the first
19331 element of a vector. The @kbd{I v h} (@code{calc-tail}) [@code{tail}]
19332 function returns the vector with its first element removed. In both
19333 cases, the argument must be a non-empty vector.
19334
19335 @kindex v k
19336 @pindex calc-cons
19337 @tindex cons
19338 The @kbd{v k} (@code{calc-cons}) [@code{cons}] function takes a value @var{h}
19339 and a vector @var{t} from the stack, and produces the vector whose head is
19340 @var{h} and whose tail is @var{t}. This is similar to @kbd{|}, except
19341 if @var{h} is itself a vector, @kbd{|} will concatenate the two vectors
19342 whereas @code{cons} will insert @var{h} at the front of the vector @var{t}.
19343
19344 @kindex H v h
19345 @tindex rhead
19346 @c @mindex @idots
19347 @kindex H I v h
19348 @c @mindex @null
19349 @kindex H v k
19350 @c @mindex @null
19351 @tindex rtail
19352 @c @mindex @null
19353 @tindex rcons
19354 Each of these three functions also accepts the Hyperbolic flag [@code{rhead},
19355 @code{rtail}, @code{rcons}] in which case @var{t} instead represents
19356 the @emph{last} single element of the vector, with @var{h}
19357 representing the remainder of the vector. Thus the vector
19358 @samp{[a, b, c, d] = cons(a, [b, c, d]) = rcons([a, b, c], d)}.
19359 Also, @samp{head([a, b, c, d]) = a}, @samp{tail([a, b, c, d]) = [b, c, d]},
19360 @samp{rhead([a, b, c, d]) = [a, b, c]}, and @samp{rtail([a, b, c, d]) = d}.
19361
19362 @node Extracting Elements, Manipulating Vectors, Building Vectors, Matrix Functions
19363 @section Extracting Vector Elements
19364
19365 @noindent
19366 @kindex v r
19367 @pindex calc-mrow
19368 @tindex mrow
19369 The @kbd{v r} (@code{calc-mrow}) [@code{mrow}] command extracts one row of
19370 the matrix on the top of the stack, or one element of the plain vector on
19371 the top of the stack. The row or element is specified by the numeric
19372 prefix argument; the default is to prompt for the row or element number.
19373 The matrix or vector is replaced by the specified row or element in the
19374 form of a vector or scalar, respectively.
19375
19376 @cindex Permutations, applying
19377 With a prefix argument of @kbd{C-u} only, @kbd{v r} takes the index of
19378 the element or row from the top of the stack, and the vector or matrix
19379 from the second-to-top position. If the index is itself a vector of
19380 integers, the result is a vector of the corresponding elements of the
19381 input vector, or a matrix of the corresponding rows of the input matrix.
19382 This command can be used to obtain any permutation of a vector.
19383
19384 With @kbd{C-u}, if the index is an interval form with integer components,
19385 it is interpreted as a range of indices and the corresponding subvector or
19386 submatrix is returned.
19387
19388 @cindex Subscript notation
19389 @kindex a _
19390 @pindex calc-subscript
19391 @tindex subscr
19392 @tindex _
19393 Subscript notation in algebraic formulas (@samp{a_b}) stands for the
19394 Calc function @code{subscr}, which is synonymous with @code{mrow}.
19395 Thus, @samp{[x, y, z]_k} produces @cite{x}, @cite{y}, or @cite{z} if
19396 @cite{k} is one, two, or three, respectively. A double subscript
19397 (@samp{M_i_j}, equivalent to @samp{subscr(subscr(M, i), j)}) will
19398 access the element at row @cite{i}, column @cite{j} of a matrix.
19399 The @kbd{a _} (@code{calc-subscript}) command creates a subscript
19400 formula @samp{a_b} out of two stack entries. (It is on the @kbd{a}
19401 ``algebra'' prefix because subscripted variables are often used
19402 purely as an algebraic notation.)
19403
19404 @tindex mrrow
19405 Given a negative prefix argument, @kbd{v r} instead deletes one row or
19406 element from the matrix or vector on the top of the stack. Thus
19407 @kbd{C-u 2 v r} replaces a matrix with its second row, but @kbd{C-u -2 v r}
19408 replaces the matrix with the same matrix with its second row removed.
19409 In algebraic form this function is called @code{mrrow}.
19410
19411 @tindex getdiag
19412 Given a prefix argument of zero, @kbd{v r} extracts the diagonal elements
19413 of a square matrix in the form of a vector. In algebraic form this
19414 function is called @code{getdiag}.
19415
19416 @kindex v c
19417 @pindex calc-mcol
19418 @tindex mcol
19419 @tindex mrcol
19420 The @kbd{v c} (@code{calc-mcol}) [@code{mcol} or @code{mrcol}] command is
19421 the analogous operation on columns of a matrix. Given a plain vector
19422 it extracts (or removes) one element, just like @kbd{v r}. If the
19423 index in @kbd{C-u v c} is an interval or vector and the argument is a
19424 matrix, the result is a submatrix with only the specified columns
19425 retained (and possibly permuted in the case of a vector index).@refill
19426
19427 To extract a matrix element at a given row and column, use @kbd{v r} to
19428 extract the row as a vector, then @kbd{v c} to extract the column element
19429 from that vector. In algebraic formulas, it is often more convenient to
19430 use subscript notation: @samp{m_i_j} gives row @cite{i}, column @cite{j}
19431 of matrix @cite{m}.
19432
19433 @kindex v s
19434 @pindex calc-subvector
19435 @tindex subvec
19436 The @kbd{v s} (@code{calc-subvector}) [@code{subvec}] command extracts
19437 a subvector of a vector. The arguments are the vector, the starting
19438 index, and the ending index, with the ending index in the top-of-stack
19439 position. The starting index indicates the first element of the vector
19440 to take. The ending index indicates the first element @emph{past} the
19441 range to be taken. Thus, @samp{subvec([a, b, c, d, e], 2, 4)} produces
19442 the subvector @samp{[b, c]}. You could get the same result using
19443 @samp{mrow([a, b, c, d, e], @w{[2 .. 4)})}.
19444
19445 If either the start or the end index is zero or negative, it is
19446 interpreted as relative to the end of the vector. Thus
19447 @samp{subvec([a, b, c, d, e], 2, -2)} also produces @samp{[b, c]}. In
19448 the algebraic form, the end index can be omitted in which case it
19449 is taken as zero, i.e., elements from the starting element to the
19450 end of the vector are used. The infinity symbol, @code{inf}, also
19451 has this effect when used as the ending index.
19452
19453 @kindex I v s
19454 @tindex rsubvec
19455 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I v s} [@code{rsubvec}] removes a subvector
19456 from a vector. The arguments are interpreted the same as for the
19457 normal @kbd{v s} command. Thus, @samp{rsubvec([a, b, c, d, e], 2, 4)}
19458 produces @samp{[a, d, e]}. It is always true that @code{subvec} and
19459 @code{rsubvec} return complementary parts of the input vector.
19460
19461 @xref{Selecting Subformulas}, for an alternative way to operate on
19462 vectors one element at a time.
19463
19464 @node Manipulating Vectors, Vector and Matrix Arithmetic, Extracting Elements, Matrix Functions
19465 @section Manipulating Vectors
19466
19467 @noindent
19468 @kindex v l
19469 @pindex calc-vlength
19470 @tindex vlen
19471 The @kbd{v l} (@code{calc-vlength}) [@code{vlen}] command computes the
19472 length of a vector. The length of a non-vector is considered to be zero.
19473 Note that matrices are just vectors of vectors for the purposes of this
19474 command.@refill
19475
19476 @kindex H v l
19477 @tindex mdims
19478 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H v l} [@code{mdims}] computes a vector
19479 of the dimensions of a vector, matrix, or higher-order object. For
19480 example, @samp{mdims([[a,b,c],[d,e,f]])} returns @samp{[2, 3]} since
19481 its argument is a @c{$2\times3$}
19482 @asis{2x3} matrix.
19483
19484 @kindex v f
19485 @pindex calc-vector-find
19486 @tindex find
19487 The @kbd{v f} (@code{calc-vector-find}) [@code{find}] command searches
19488 along a vector for the first element equal to a given target. The target
19489 is on the top of the stack; the vector is in the second-to-top position.
19490 If a match is found, the result is the index of the matching element.
19491 Otherwise, the result is zero. The numeric prefix argument, if given,
19492 allows you to select any starting index for the search.
19493
19494 @kindex v a
19495 @pindex calc-arrange-vector
19496 @tindex arrange
19497 @cindex Arranging a matrix
19498 @cindex Reshaping a matrix
19499 @cindex Flattening a matrix
19500 The @kbd{v a} (@code{calc-arrange-vector}) [@code{arrange}] command
19501 rearranges a vector to have a certain number of columns and rows. The
19502 numeric prefix argument specifies the number of columns; if you do not
19503 provide an argument, you will be prompted for the number of columns.
19504 The vector or matrix on the top of the stack is @dfn{flattened} into a
19505 plain vector. If the number of columns is nonzero, this vector is
19506 then formed into a matrix by taking successive groups of @var{n} elements.
19507 If the number of columns does not evenly divide the number of elements
19508 in the vector, the last row will be short and the result will not be
19509 suitable for use as a matrix. For example, with the matrix
19510 @samp{[[1, 2], @w{[3, 4]}]} on the stack, @kbd{v a 4} produces
19511 @samp{[[1, 2, 3, 4]]} (a @c{$1\times4$}
19512 @asis{1x4} matrix), @kbd{v a 1} produces
19513 @samp{[[1], [2], [3], [4]]} (a @c{$4\times1$}
19514 @asis{4x1} matrix), @kbd{v a 2} produces
19515 @samp{[[1, 2], [3, 4]]} (the original @c{$2\times2$}
19516 @asis{2x2} matrix), @w{@kbd{v a 3}} produces
19517 @samp{[[1, 2, 3], [4]]} (not a matrix), and @kbd{v a 0} produces
19518 the flattened list @samp{[1, 2, @w{3, 4}]}.
19519
19520 @cindex Sorting data
19521 @kindex V S
19522 @kindex I V S
19523 @pindex calc-sort
19524 @tindex sort
19525 @tindex rsort
19526 The @kbd{V S} (@code{calc-sort}) [@code{sort}] command sorts the elements of
19527 a vector into increasing order. Real numbers, real infinities, and
19528 constant interval forms come first in this ordering; next come other
19529 kinds of numbers, then variables (in alphabetical order), then finally
19530 come formulas and other kinds of objects; these are sorted according
19531 to a kind of lexicographic ordering with the useful property that
19532 one vector is less or greater than another if the first corresponding
19533 unequal elements are less or greater, respectively. Since quoted strings
19534 are stored by Calc internally as vectors of ASCII character codes
19535 (@pxref{Strings}), this means vectors of strings are also sorted into
19536 alphabetical order by this command.
19537
19538 The @kbd{I V S} [@code{rsort}] command sorts a vector into decreasing order.
19539
19540 @cindex Permutation, inverse of
19541 @cindex Inverse of permutation
19542 @cindex Index tables
19543 @cindex Rank tables
19544 @kindex V G
19545 @kindex I V G
19546 @pindex calc-grade
19547 @tindex grade
19548 @tindex rgrade
19549 The @kbd{V G} (@code{calc-grade}) [@code{grade}, @code{rgrade}] command
19550 produces an index table or permutation vector which, if applied to the
19551 input vector (as the index of @kbd{C-u v r}, say), would sort the vector.
19552 A permutation vector is just a vector of integers from 1 to @var{n}, where
19553 each integer occurs exactly once. One application of this is to sort a
19554 matrix of data rows using one column as the sort key; extract that column,
19555 grade it with @kbd{V G}, then use the result to reorder the original matrix
19556 with @kbd{C-u v r}. Another interesting property of the @code{V G} command
19557 is that, if the input is itself a permutation vector, the result will
19558 be the inverse of the permutation. The inverse of an index table is
19559 a rank table, whose @var{k}th element says where the @var{k}th original
19560 vector element will rest when the vector is sorted. To get a rank
19561 table, just use @kbd{V G V G}.
19562
19563 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I V G} produces an index table that would
19564 sort the input into decreasing order. Note that @kbd{V S} and @kbd{V G}
19565 use a ``stable'' sorting algorithm, i.e., any two elements which are equal
19566 will not be moved out of their original order. Generally there is no way
19567 to tell with @kbd{V S}, since two elements which are equal look the same,
19568 but with @kbd{V G} this can be an important issue. In the matrix-of-rows
19569 example, suppose you have names and telephone numbers as two columns and
19570 you wish to sort by phone number primarily, and by name when the numbers
19571 are equal. You can sort the data matrix by names first, and then again
19572 by phone numbers. Because the sort is stable, any two rows with equal
19573 phone numbers will remain sorted by name even after the second sort.
19574
19575 @cindex Histograms
19576 @kindex V H
19577 @pindex calc-histogram
19578 @c @mindex histo@idots
19579 @tindex histogram
19580 The @kbd{V H} (@code{calc-histogram}) [@code{histogram}] command builds a
19581 histogram of a vector of numbers. Vector elements are assumed to be
19582 integers or real numbers in the range [0..@var{n}) for some ``number of
19583 bins'' @var{n}, which is the numeric prefix argument given to the
19584 command. The result is a vector of @var{n} counts of how many times
19585 each value appeared in the original vector. Non-integers in the input
19586 are rounded down to integers. Any vector elements outside the specified
19587 range are ignored. (You can tell if elements have been ignored by noting
19588 that the counts in the result vector don't add up to the length of the
19589 input vector.)
19590
19591 @kindex H V H
19592 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H V H} pulls two vectors from the stack.
19593 The second-to-top vector is the list of numbers as before. The top
19594 vector is an equal-sized list of ``weights'' to attach to the elements
19595 of the data vector. For example, if the first data element is 4.2 and
19596 the first weight is 10, then 10 will be added to bin 4 of the result
19597 vector. Without the hyperbolic flag, every element has a weight of one.
19598
19599 @kindex v t
19600 @pindex calc-transpose
19601 @tindex trn
19602 The @kbd{v t} (@code{calc-transpose}) [@code{trn}] command computes
19603 the transpose of the matrix at the top of the stack. If the argument
19604 is a plain vector, it is treated as a row vector and transposed into
19605 a one-column matrix.
19606
19607 @kindex v v
19608 @pindex calc-reverse-vector
19609 @tindex rev
19610 The @kbd{v v} (@code{calc-reverse-vector}) [@code{vec}] command reverses
19611 a vector end-for-end. Given a matrix, it reverses the order of the rows.
19612 (To reverse the columns instead, just use @kbd{v t v v v t}. The same
19613 principle can be used to apply other vector commands to the columns of
19614 a matrix.)
19615
19616 @kindex v m
19617 @pindex calc-mask-vector
19618 @tindex vmask
19619 The @kbd{v m} (@code{calc-mask-vector}) [@code{vmask}] command uses
19620 one vector as a mask to extract elements of another vector. The mask
19621 is in the second-to-top position; the target vector is on the top of
19622 the stack. These vectors must have the same length. The result is
19623 the same as the target vector, but with all elements which correspond
19624 to zeros in the mask vector deleted. Thus, for example,
19625 @samp{vmask([1, 0, 1, 0, 1], [a, b, c, d, e])} produces @samp{[a, c, e]}.
19626 @xref{Logical Operations}.
19627
19628 @kindex v e
19629 @pindex calc-expand-vector
19630 @tindex vexp
19631 The @kbd{v e} (@code{calc-expand-vector}) [@code{vexp}] command
19632 expands a vector according to another mask vector. The result is a
19633 vector the same length as the mask, but with nonzero elements replaced
19634 by successive elements from the target vector. The length of the target
19635 vector is normally the number of nonzero elements in the mask. If the
19636 target vector is longer, its last few elements are lost. If the target
19637 vector is shorter, the last few nonzero mask elements are left
19638 unreplaced in the result. Thus @samp{vexp([2, 0, 3, 0, 7], [a, b])}
19639 produces @samp{[a, 0, b, 0, 7]}.
19640
19641 @kindex H v e
19642 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H v e} takes a filler value from the
19643 top of the stack; the mask and target vectors come from the third and
19644 second elements of the stack. This filler is used where the mask is
19645 zero: @samp{vexp([2, 0, 3, 0, 7], [a, b], z)} produces
19646 @samp{[a, z, c, z, 7]}. If the filler value is itself a vector,
19647 then successive values are taken from it, so that the effect is to
19648 interleave two vectors according to the mask:
19649 @samp{vexp([2, 0, 3, 7, 0, 0], [a, b], [x, y])} produces
19650 @samp{[a, x, b, 7, y, 0]}.
19651
19652 Another variation on the masking idea is to combine @samp{[a, b, c, d, e]}
19653 with the mask @samp{[1, 0, 1, 0, 1]} to produce @samp{[a, 0, c, 0, e]}.
19654 You can accomplish this with @kbd{V M a &}, mapping the logical ``and''
19655 operation across the two vectors. @xref{Logical Operations}. Note that
19656 the @code{? :} operation also discussed there allows other types of
19657 masking using vectors.
19658
19659 @node Vector and Matrix Arithmetic, Set Operations, Manipulating Vectors, Matrix Functions
19660 @section Vector and Matrix Arithmetic
19661
19662 @noindent
19663 Basic arithmetic operations like addition and multiplication are defined
19664 for vectors and matrices as well as for numbers. Division of matrices, in
19665 the sense of multiplying by the inverse, is supported. (Division by a
19666 matrix actually uses LU-decomposition for greater accuracy and speed.)
19667 @xref{Basic Arithmetic}.
19668
19669 The following functions are applied element-wise if their arguments are
19670 vectors or matrices: @code{change-sign}, @code{conj}, @code{arg},
19671 @code{re}, @code{im}, @code{polar}, @code{rect}, @code{clean},
19672 @code{float}, @code{frac}. @xref{Function Index}.@refill
19673
19674 @kindex V J
19675 @pindex calc-conj-transpose
19676 @tindex ctrn
19677 The @kbd{V J} (@code{calc-conj-transpose}) [@code{ctrn}] command computes
19678 the conjugate transpose of its argument, i.e., @samp{conj(trn(x))}.
19679
19680 @c @mindex A
19681 @kindex A (vectors)
19682 @pindex calc-abs (vectors)
19683 @c @mindex abs
19684 @tindex abs (vectors)
19685 The @kbd{A} (@code{calc-abs}) [@code{abs}] command computes the
19686 Frobenius norm of a vector or matrix argument. This is the square
19687 root of the sum of the squares of the absolute values of the
19688 elements of the vector or matrix. If the vector is interpreted as
19689 a point in two- or three-dimensional space, this is the distance
19690 from that point to the origin.@refill
19691
19692 @kindex v n
19693 @pindex calc-rnorm
19694 @tindex rnorm
19695 The @kbd{v n} (@code{calc-rnorm}) [@code{rnorm}] command computes
19696 the row norm, or infinity-norm, of a vector or matrix. For a plain
19697 vector, this is the maximum of the absolute values of the elements.
19698 For a matrix, this is the maximum of the row-absolute-value-sums,
19699 i.e., of the sums of the absolute values of the elements along the
19700 various rows.
19701
19702 @kindex V N
19703 @pindex calc-cnorm
19704 @tindex cnorm
19705 The @kbd{V N} (@code{calc-cnorm}) [@code{cnorm}] command computes
19706 the column norm, or one-norm, of a vector or matrix. For a plain
19707 vector, this is the sum of the absolute values of the elements.
19708 For a matrix, this is the maximum of the column-absolute-value-sums.
19709 General @cite{k}-norms for @cite{k} other than one or infinity are
19710 not provided.
19711
19712 @kindex V C
19713 @pindex calc-cross
19714 @tindex cross
19715 The @kbd{V C} (@code{calc-cross}) [@code{cross}] command computes the
19716 right-handed cross product of two vectors, each of which must have
19717 exactly three elements.
19718
19719 @c @mindex &
19720 @kindex & (matrices)
19721 @pindex calc-inv (matrices)
19722 @c @mindex inv
19723 @tindex inv (matrices)
19724 The @kbd{&} (@code{calc-inv}) [@code{inv}] command computes the
19725 inverse of a square matrix. If the matrix is singular, the inverse
19726 operation is left in symbolic form. Matrix inverses are recorded so
19727 that once an inverse (or determinant) of a particular matrix has been
19728 computed, the inverse and determinant of the matrix can be recomputed
19729 quickly in the future.
19730
19731 If the argument to @kbd{&} is a plain number @cite{x}, this
19732 command simply computes @cite{1/x}. This is okay, because the
19733 @samp{/} operator also does a matrix inversion when dividing one
19734 by a matrix.
19735
19736 @kindex V D
19737 @pindex calc-mdet
19738 @tindex det
19739 The @kbd{V D} (@code{calc-mdet}) [@code{det}] command computes the
19740 determinant of a square matrix.
19741
19742 @kindex V L
19743 @pindex calc-mlud
19744 @tindex lud
19745 The @kbd{V L} (@code{calc-mlud}) [@code{lud}] command computes the
19746 LU decomposition of a matrix. The result is a list of three matrices
19747 which, when multiplied together left-to-right, form the original matrix.
19748 The first is a permutation matrix that arises from pivoting in the
19749 algorithm, the second is lower-triangular with ones on the diagonal,
19750 and the third is upper-triangular.
19751
19752 @kindex V T
19753 @pindex calc-mtrace
19754 @tindex tr
19755 The @kbd{V T} (@code{calc-mtrace}) [@code{tr}] command computes the
19756 trace of a square matrix. This is defined as the sum of the diagonal
19757 elements of the matrix.
19758
19759 @node Set Operations, Statistical Operations, Vector and Matrix Arithmetic, Matrix Functions
19760 @section Set Operations using Vectors
19761
19762 @noindent
19763 @cindex Sets, as vectors
19764 Calc includes several commands which interpret vectors as @dfn{sets} of
19765 objects. A set is a collection of objects; any given object can appear
19766 only once in the set. Calc stores sets as vectors of objects in
19767 sorted order. Objects in a Calc set can be any of the usual things,
19768 such as numbers, variables, or formulas. Two set elements are considered
19769 equal if they are identical, except that numerically equal numbers like
19770 the integer 4 and the float 4.0 are considered equal even though they
19771 are not ``identical.'' Variables are treated like plain symbols without
19772 attached values by the set operations; subtracting the set @samp{[b]}
19773 from @samp{[a, b]} always yields the set @samp{[a]} even though if
19774 the variables @samp{a} and @samp{b} both equalled 17, you might
19775 expect the answer @samp{[]}.
19776
19777 If a set contains interval forms, then it is assumed to be a set of
19778 real numbers. In this case, all set operations require the elements
19779 of the set to be only things that are allowed in intervals: Real
19780 numbers, plus and minus infinity, HMS forms, and date forms. If
19781 there are variables or other non-real objects present in a real set,
19782 all set operations on it will be left in unevaluated form.
19783
19784 If the input to a set operation is a plain number or interval form
19785 @var{a}, it is treated like the one-element vector @samp{[@var{a}]}.
19786 The result is always a vector, except that if the set consists of a
19787 single interval, the interval itself is returned instead.
19788
19789 @xref{Logical Operations}, for the @code{in} function which tests if
19790 a certain value is a member of a given set. To test if the set @cite{A}
19791 is a subset of the set @cite{B}, use @samp{vdiff(A, B) = []}.
19792
19793 @kindex V +
19794 @pindex calc-remove-duplicates
19795 @tindex rdup
19796 The @kbd{V +} (@code{calc-remove-duplicates}) [@code{rdup}] command
19797 converts an arbitrary vector into set notation. It works by sorting
19798 the vector as if by @kbd{V S}, then removing duplicates. (For example,
19799 @kbd{[a, 5, 4, a, 4.0]} is sorted to @samp{[4, 4.0, 5, a, a]} and then
19800 reduced to @samp{[4, 5, a]}). Overlapping intervals are merged as
19801 necessary. You rarely need to use @kbd{V +} explicitly, since all the
19802 other set-based commands apply @kbd{V +} to their inputs before using
19803 them.
19804
19805 @kindex V V
19806 @pindex calc-set-union
19807 @tindex vunion
19808 The @kbd{V V} (@code{calc-set-union}) [@code{vunion}] command computes
19809 the union of two sets. An object is in the union of two sets if and
19810 only if it is in either (or both) of the input sets. (You could
19811 accomplish the same thing by concatenating the sets with @kbd{|},
19812 then using @kbd{V +}.)
19813
19814 @kindex V ^
19815 @pindex calc-set-intersect
19816 @tindex vint
19817 The @kbd{V ^} (@code{calc-set-intersect}) [@code{vint}] command computes
19818 the intersection of two sets. An object is in the intersection if
19819 and only if it is in both of the input sets. Thus if the input
19820 sets are disjoint, i.e., if they share no common elements, the result
19821 will be the empty vector @samp{[]}. Note that the characters @kbd{V}
19822 and @kbd{^} were chosen to be close to the conventional mathematical
19823 notation for set union@c{ ($A \cup B$)}
19824 @asis{} and intersection@c{ ($A \cap B$)}
19825 @asis{}.
19826
19827 @kindex V -
19828 @pindex calc-set-difference
19829 @tindex vdiff
19830 The @kbd{V -} (@code{calc-set-difference}) [@code{vdiff}] command computes
19831 the difference between two sets. An object is in the difference
19832 @cite{A - B} if and only if it is in @cite{A} but not in @cite{B}.
19833 Thus subtracting @samp{[y,z]} from a set will remove the elements
19834 @samp{y} and @samp{z} if they are present. You can also think of this
19835 as a general @dfn{set complement} operator; if @cite{A} is the set of
19836 all possible values, then @cite{A - B} is the ``complement'' of @cite{B}.
19837 Obviously this is only practical if the set of all possible values in
19838 your problem is small enough to list in a Calc vector (or simple
19839 enough to express in a few intervals).
19840
19841 @kindex V X
19842 @pindex calc-set-xor
19843 @tindex vxor
19844 The @kbd{V X} (@code{calc-set-xor}) [@code{vxor}] command computes
19845 the ``exclusive-or,'' or ``symmetric difference'' of two sets.
19846 An object is in the symmetric difference of two sets if and only
19847 if it is in one, but @emph{not} both, of the sets. Objects that
19848 occur in both sets ``cancel out.''
19849
19850 @kindex V ~
19851 @pindex calc-set-complement
19852 @tindex vcompl
19853 The @kbd{V ~} (@code{calc-set-complement}) [@code{vcompl}] command
19854 computes the complement of a set with respect to the real numbers.
19855 Thus @samp{vcompl(x)} is equivalent to @samp{vdiff([-inf .. inf], x)}.
19856 For example, @samp{vcompl([2, (3 .. 4]])} evaluates to
19857 @samp{[[-inf .. 2), (2 .. 3], (4 .. inf]]}.
19858
19859 @kindex V F
19860 @pindex calc-set-floor
19861 @tindex vfloor
19862 The @kbd{V F} (@code{calc-set-floor}) [@code{vfloor}] command
19863 reinterprets a set as a set of integers. Any non-integer values,
19864 and intervals that do not enclose any integers, are removed. Open
19865 intervals are converted to equivalent closed intervals. Successive
19866 integers are converted into intervals of integers. For example, the
19867 complement of the set @samp{[2, 6, 7, 8]} is messy, but if you wanted
19868 the complement with respect to the set of integers you could type
19869 @kbd{V ~ V F} to get @samp{[[-inf .. 1], [3 .. 5], [9 .. inf]]}.
19870
19871 @kindex V E
19872 @pindex calc-set-enumerate
19873 @tindex venum
19874 The @kbd{V E} (@code{calc-set-enumerate}) [@code{venum}] command
19875 converts a set of integers into an explicit vector. Intervals in
19876 the set are expanded out to lists of all integers encompassed by
19877 the intervals. This only works for finite sets (i.e., sets which
19878 do not involve @samp{-inf} or @samp{inf}).
19879
19880 @kindex V :
19881 @pindex calc-set-span
19882 @tindex vspan
19883 The @kbd{V :} (@code{calc-set-span}) [@code{vspan}] command converts any
19884 set of reals into an interval form that encompasses all its elements.
19885 The lower limit will be the smallest element in the set; the upper
19886 limit will be the largest element. For an empty set, @samp{vspan([])}
19887 returns the empty interval @w{@samp{[0 .. 0)}}.
19888
19889 @kindex V #
19890 @pindex calc-set-cardinality
19891 @tindex vcard
19892 The @kbd{V #} (@code{calc-set-cardinality}) [@code{vcard}] command counts
19893 the number of integers in a set. The result is the length of the vector
19894 that would be produced by @kbd{V E}, although the computation is much
19895 more efficient than actually producing that vector.
19896
19897 @cindex Sets, as binary numbers
19898 Another representation for sets that may be more appropriate in some
19899 cases is binary numbers. If you are dealing with sets of integers
19900 in the range 0 to 49, you can use a 50-bit binary number where a
19901 particular bit is 1 if the corresponding element is in the set.
19902 @xref{Binary Functions}, for a list of commands that operate on
19903 binary numbers. Note that many of the above set operations have
19904 direct equivalents in binary arithmetic: @kbd{b o} (@code{calc-or}),
19905 @kbd{b a} (@code{calc-and}), @kbd{b d} (@code{calc-diff}),
19906 @kbd{b x} (@code{calc-xor}), and @kbd{b n} (@code{calc-not}),
19907 respectively. You can use whatever representation for sets is most
19908 convenient to you.
19909
19910 @kindex b p
19911 @kindex b u
19912 @pindex calc-pack-bits
19913 @pindex calc-unpack-bits
19914 @tindex vpack
19915 @tindex vunpack
19916 The @kbd{b u} (@code{calc-unpack-bits}) [@code{vunpack}] command
19917 converts an integer that represents a set in binary into a set
19918 in vector/interval notation. For example, @samp{vunpack(67)}
19919 returns @samp{[[0 .. 1], 6]}. If the input is negative, the set
19920 it represents is semi-infinite: @samp{vunpack(-4) = [2 .. inf)}.
19921 Use @kbd{V E} afterwards to expand intervals to individual
19922 values if you wish. Note that this command uses the @kbd{b}
19923 (binary) prefix key.
19924
19925 The @kbd{b p} (@code{calc-pack-bits}) [@code{vpack}] command
19926 converts the other way, from a vector or interval representing
19927 a set of nonnegative integers into a binary integer describing
19928 the same set. The set may include positive infinity, but must
19929 not include any negative numbers. The input is interpreted as a
19930 set of integers in the sense of @kbd{V F} (@code{vfloor}). Beware
19931 that a simple input like @samp{[100]} can result in a huge integer
19932 representation (@c{$2^{100}$}
19933 @cite{2^100}, a 31-digit integer, in this case).
19934
19935 @node Statistical Operations, Reducing and Mapping, Set Operations, Matrix Functions
19936 @section Statistical Operations on Vectors
19937
19938 @noindent
19939 @cindex Statistical functions
19940 The commands in this section take vectors as arguments and compute
19941 various statistical measures on the data stored in the vectors. The
19942 references used in the definitions of these functions are Bevington's
19943 @emph{Data Reduction and Error Analysis for the Physical Sciences},
19944 and @emph{Numerical Recipes} by Press, Flannery, Teukolsky and
19945 Vetterling.
19946
19947 The statistical commands use the @kbd{u} prefix key followed by
19948 a shifted letter or other character.
19949
19950 @xref{Manipulating Vectors}, for a description of @kbd{V H}
19951 (@code{calc-histogram}).
19952
19953 @xref{Curve Fitting}, for the @kbd{a F} command for doing
19954 least-squares fits to statistical data.
19955
19956 @xref{Probability Distribution Functions}, for several common
19957 probability distribution functions.
19958
19959 @menu
19960 * Single-Variable Statistics::
19961 * Paired-Sample Statistics::
19962 @end menu
19963
19964 @node Single-Variable Statistics, Paired-Sample Statistics, Statistical Operations, Statistical Operations
19965 @subsection Single-Variable Statistics
19966
19967 @noindent
19968 These functions do various statistical computations on single
19969 vectors. Given a numeric prefix argument, they actually pop
19970 @var{n} objects from the stack and combine them into a data
19971 vector. Each object may be either a number or a vector; if a
19972 vector, any sub-vectors inside it are ``flattened'' as if by
19973 @kbd{v a 0}; @pxref{Manipulating Vectors}. By default one object
19974 is popped, which (in order to be useful) is usually a vector.
19975
19976 If an argument is a variable name, and the value stored in that
19977 variable is a vector, then the stored vector is used. This method
19978 has the advantage that if your data vector is large, you can avoid
19979 the slow process of manipulating it directly on the stack.
19980
19981 These functions are left in symbolic form if any of their arguments
19982 are not numbers or vectors, e.g., if an argument is a formula, or
19983 a non-vector variable. However, formulas embedded within vector
19984 arguments are accepted; the result is a symbolic representation
19985 of the computation, based on the assumption that the formula does
19986 not itself represent a vector. All varieties of numbers such as
19987 error forms and interval forms are acceptable.
19988
19989 Some of the functions in this section also accept a single error form
19990 or interval as an argument. They then describe a property of the
19991 normal or uniform (respectively) statistical distribution described
19992 by the argument. The arguments are interpreted in the same way as
19993 the @var{M} argument of the random number function @kbd{k r}. In
19994 particular, an interval with integer limits is considered an integer
19995 distribution, so that @samp{[2 .. 6)} is the same as @samp{[2 .. 5]}.
19996 An interval with at least one floating-point limit is a continuous
19997 distribution: @samp{[2.0 .. 6.0)} is @emph{not} the same as
19998 @samp{[2.0 .. 5.0]}!
19999
20000 @kindex u #
20001 @pindex calc-vector-count
20002 @tindex vcount
20003 The @kbd{u #} (@code{calc-vector-count}) [@code{vcount}] command
20004 computes the number of data values represented by the inputs.
20005 For example, @samp{vcount(1, [2, 3], [[4, 5], [], x, y])} returns 7.
20006 If the argument is a single vector with no sub-vectors, this
20007 simply computes the length of the vector.
20008
20009 @kindex u +
20010 @kindex u *
20011 @pindex calc-vector-sum
20012 @pindex calc-vector-prod
20013 @tindex vsum
20014 @tindex vprod
20015 @cindex Summations (statistical)
20016 The @kbd{u +} (@code{calc-vector-sum}) [@code{vsum}] command
20017 computes the sum of the data values. The @kbd{u *}
20018 (@code{calc-vector-prod}) [@code{vprod}] command computes the
20019 product of the data values. If the input is a single flat vector,
20020 these are the same as @kbd{V R +} and @kbd{V R *}
20021 (@pxref{Reducing and Mapping}).@refill
20022
20023 @kindex u X
20024 @kindex u N
20025 @pindex calc-vector-max
20026 @pindex calc-vector-min
20027 @tindex vmax
20028 @tindex vmin
20029 The @kbd{u X} (@code{calc-vector-max}) [@code{vmax}] command
20030 computes the maximum of the data values, and the @kbd{u N}
20031 (@code{calc-vector-min}) [@code{vmin}] command computes the minimum.
20032 If the argument is an interval, this finds the minimum or maximum
20033 value in the interval. (Note that @samp{vmax([2..6)) = 5} as
20034 described above.) If the argument is an error form, this returns
20035 plus or minus infinity.
20036
20037 @kindex u M
20038 @pindex calc-vector-mean
20039 @tindex vmean
20040 @cindex Mean of data values
20041 The @kbd{u M} (@code{calc-vector-mean}) [@code{vmean}] command
20042 computes the average (arithmetic mean) of the data values.
20043 If the inputs are error forms @c{$x$ @code{+/-} $\sigma$}
20044 @samp{x +/- s}, this is the weighted
20045 mean of the @cite{x} values with weights @c{$1 / \sigma^2$}
20046 @cite{1 / s^2}.
20047 @tex
20048 \turnoffactive
20049 $$ \mu = { \displaystyle \sum { x_i \over \sigma_i^2 } \over
20050 \displaystyle \sum { 1 \over \sigma_i^2 } } $$
20051 @end tex
20052 If the inputs are not error forms, this is simply the sum of the
20053 values divided by the count of the values.@refill
20054
20055 Note that a plain number can be considered an error form with
20056 error @c{$\sigma = 0$}
20057 @cite{s = 0}. If the input to @kbd{u M} is a mixture of
20058 plain numbers and error forms, the result is the mean of the
20059 plain numbers, ignoring all values with non-zero errors. (By the
20060 above definitions it's clear that a plain number effectively
20061 has an infinite weight, next to which an error form with a finite
20062 weight is completely negligible.)
20063
20064 This function also works for distributions (error forms or
20065 intervals). The mean of an error form `@i{a} @t{+/-} @i{b}' is simply
20066 @cite{a}. The mean of an interval is the mean of the minimum
20067 and maximum values of the interval.
20068
20069 @kindex I u M
20070 @pindex calc-vector-mean-error
20071 @tindex vmeane
20072 The @kbd{I u M} (@code{calc-vector-mean-error}) [@code{vmeane}]
20073 command computes the mean of the data points expressed as an
20074 error form. This includes the estimated error associated with
20075 the mean. If the inputs are error forms, the error is the square
20076 root of the reciprocal of the sum of the reciprocals of the squares
20077 of the input errors. (I.e., the variance is the reciprocal of the
20078 sum of the reciprocals of the variances.)
20079 @tex
20080 \turnoffactive
20081 $$ \sigma_\mu^2 = {1 \over \displaystyle \sum {1 \over \sigma_i^2}} $$
20082 @end tex
20083 If the inputs are plain
20084 numbers, the error is equal to the standard deviation of the values
20085 divided by the square root of the number of values. (This works
20086 out to be equivalent to calculating the standard deviation and
20087 then assuming each value's error is equal to this standard
20088 deviation.)@refill
20089 @tex
20090 \turnoffactive
20091 $$ \sigma_\mu^2 = {\sigma^2 \over N} $$
20092 @end tex
20093
20094 @kindex H u M
20095 @pindex calc-vector-median
20096 @tindex vmedian
20097 @cindex Median of data values
20098 The @kbd{H u M} (@code{calc-vector-median}) [@code{vmedian}]
20099 command computes the median of the data values. The values are
20100 first sorted into numerical order; the median is the middle
20101 value after sorting. (If the number of data values is even,
20102 the median is taken to be the average of the two middle values.)
20103 The median function is different from the other functions in
20104 this section in that the arguments must all be real numbers;
20105 variables are not accepted even when nested inside vectors.
20106 (Otherwise it is not possible to sort the data values.) If
20107 any of the input values are error forms, their error parts are
20108 ignored.
20109
20110 The median function also accepts distributions. For both normal
20111 (error form) and uniform (interval) distributions, the median is
20112 the same as the mean.
20113
20114 @kindex H I u M
20115 @pindex calc-vector-harmonic-mean
20116 @tindex vhmean
20117 @cindex Harmonic mean
20118 The @kbd{H I u M} (@code{calc-vector-harmonic-mean}) [@code{vhmean}]
20119 command computes the harmonic mean of the data values. This is
20120 defined as the reciprocal of the arithmetic mean of the reciprocals
20121 of the values.
20122 @tex
20123 \turnoffactive
20124 $$ { N \over \displaystyle \sum {1 \over x_i} } $$
20125 @end tex
20126
20127 @kindex u G
20128 @pindex calc-vector-geometric-mean
20129 @tindex vgmean
20130 @cindex Geometric mean
20131 The @kbd{u G} (@code{calc-vector-geometric-mean}) [@code{vgmean}]
20132 command computes the geometric mean of the data values. This
20133 is the @i{N}th root of the product of the values. This is also
20134 equal to the @code{exp} of the arithmetic mean of the logarithms
20135 of the data values.
20136 @tex
20137 \turnoffactive
20138 $$ \exp \left ( \sum { \ln x_i } \right ) =
20139 \left ( \prod { x_i } \right)^{1 / N} $$
20140 @end tex
20141
20142 @kindex H u G
20143 @tindex agmean
20144 The @kbd{H u G} [@code{agmean}] command computes the ``arithmetic-geometric
20145 mean'' of two numbers taken from the stack. This is computed by
20146 replacing the two numbers with their arithmetic mean and geometric
20147 mean, then repeating until the two values converge.
20148 @tex
20149 \turnoffactive
20150 $$ a_{i+1} = { a_i + b_i \over 2 } , \qquad b_{i+1} = \sqrt{a_i b_i} $$
20151 @end tex
20152
20153 @cindex Root-mean-square
20154 Another commonly used mean, the RMS (root-mean-square), can be computed
20155 for a vector of numbers simply by using the @kbd{A} command.
20156
20157 @kindex u S
20158 @pindex calc-vector-sdev
20159 @tindex vsdev
20160 @cindex Standard deviation
20161 @cindex Sample statistics
20162 The @kbd{u S} (@code{calc-vector-sdev}) [@code{vsdev}] command
20163 computes the standard deviation@c{ $\sigma$}
20164 @asis{} of the data values. If the
20165 values are error forms, the errors are used as weights just
20166 as for @kbd{u M}. This is the @emph{sample} standard deviation,
20167 whose value is the square root of the sum of the squares of the
20168 differences between the values and the mean of the @cite{N} values,
20169 divided by @cite{N-1}.
20170 @tex
20171 \turnoffactive
20172 $$ \sigma^2 = {1 \over N - 1} \sum (x_i - \mu)^2 $$
20173 @end tex
20174
20175 This function also applies to distributions. The standard deviation
20176 of a single error form is simply the error part. The standard deviation
20177 of a continuous interval happens to equal the difference between the
20178 limits, divided by @c{$\sqrt{12}$}
20179 @cite{sqrt(12)}. The standard deviation of an
20180 integer interval is the same as the standard deviation of a vector
20181 of those integers.
20182
20183 @kindex I u S
20184 @pindex calc-vector-pop-sdev
20185 @tindex vpsdev
20186 @cindex Population statistics
20187 The @kbd{I u S} (@code{calc-vector-pop-sdev}) [@code{vpsdev}]
20188 command computes the @emph{population} standard deviation.
20189 It is defined by the same formula as above but dividing
20190 by @cite{N} instead of by @cite{N-1}. The population standard
20191 deviation is used when the input represents the entire set of
20192 data values in the distribution; the sample standard deviation
20193 is used when the input represents a sample of the set of all
20194 data values, so that the mean computed from the input is itself
20195 only an estimate of the true mean.
20196 @tex
20197 \turnoffactive
20198 $$ \sigma^2 = {1 \over N} \sum (x_i - \mu)^2 $$
20199 @end tex
20200
20201 For error forms and continuous intervals, @code{vpsdev} works
20202 exactly like @code{vsdev}. For integer intervals, it computes the
20203 population standard deviation of the equivalent vector of integers.
20204
20205 @kindex H u S
20206 @kindex H I u S
20207 @pindex calc-vector-variance
20208 @pindex calc-vector-pop-variance
20209 @tindex vvar
20210 @tindex vpvar
20211 @cindex Variance of data values
20212 The @kbd{H u S} (@code{calc-vector-variance}) [@code{vvar}] and
20213 @kbd{H I u S} (@code{calc-vector-pop-variance}) [@code{vpvar}]
20214 commands compute the variance of the data values. The variance
20215 is the square@c{ $\sigma^2$}
20216 @asis{} of the standard deviation, i.e., the sum of the
20217 squares of the deviations of the data values from the mean.
20218 (This definition also applies when the argument is a distribution.)
20219
20220 @c @starindex
20221 @tindex vflat
20222 The @code{vflat} algebraic function returns a vector of its
20223 arguments, interpreted in the same way as the other functions
20224 in this section. For example, @samp{vflat(1, [2, [3, 4]], 5)}
20225 returns @samp{[1, 2, 3, 4, 5]}.
20226
20227 @node Paired-Sample Statistics, , Single-Variable Statistics, Statistical Operations
20228 @subsection Paired-Sample Statistics
20229
20230 @noindent
20231 The functions in this section take two arguments, which must be
20232 vectors of equal size. The vectors are each flattened in the same
20233 way as by the single-variable statistical functions. Given a numeric
20234 prefix argument of 1, these functions instead take one object from
20235 the stack, which must be an @c{$N\times2$}
20236 @asis{Nx2} matrix of data values. Once
20237 again, variable names can be used in place of actual vectors and
20238 matrices.
20239
20240 @kindex u C
20241 @pindex calc-vector-covariance
20242 @tindex vcov
20243 @cindex Covariance
20244 The @kbd{u C} (@code{calc-vector-covariance}) [@code{vcov}] command
20245 computes the sample covariance of two vectors. The covariance
20246 of vectors @var{x} and @var{y} is the sum of the products of the
20247 differences between the elements of @var{x} and the mean of @var{x}
20248 times the differences between the corresponding elements of @var{y}
20249 and the mean of @var{y}, all divided by @cite{N-1}. Note that
20250 the variance of a vector is just the covariance of the vector
20251 with itself. Once again, if the inputs are error forms the
20252 errors are used as weight factors. If both @var{x} and @var{y}
20253 are composed of error forms, the error for a given data point
20254 is taken as the square root of the sum of the squares of the two
20255 input errors.
20256 @tex
20257 \turnoffactive
20258 $$ \sigma_{x\!y}^2 = {1 \over N-1} \sum (x_i - \mu_x) (y_i - \mu_y) $$
20259 $$ \sigma_{x\!y}^2 =
20260 {\displaystyle {1 \over N-1}
20261 \sum {(x_i - \mu_x) (y_i - \mu_y) \over \sigma_i^2}
20262 \over \displaystyle {1 \over N} \sum {1 \over \sigma_i^2}}
20263 $$
20264 @end tex
20265
20266 @kindex I u C
20267 @pindex calc-vector-pop-covariance
20268 @tindex vpcov
20269 The @kbd{I u C} (@code{calc-vector-pop-covariance}) [@code{vpcov}]
20270 command computes the population covariance, which is the same as the
20271 sample covariance computed by @kbd{u C} except dividing by @cite{N}
20272 instead of @cite{N-1}.
20273
20274 @kindex H u C
20275 @pindex calc-vector-correlation
20276 @tindex vcorr
20277 @cindex Correlation coefficient
20278 @cindex Linear correlation
20279 The @kbd{H u C} (@code{calc-vector-correlation}) [@code{vcorr}]
20280 command computes the linear correlation coefficient of two vectors.
20281 This is defined by the covariance of the vectors divided by the
20282 product of their standard deviations. (There is no difference
20283 between sample or population statistics here.)
20284 @tex
20285 \turnoffactive
20286 $$ r_{x\!y} = { \sigma_{x\!y}^2 \over \sigma_x^2 \sigma_y^2 } $$
20287 @end tex
20288
20289 @node Reducing and Mapping, Vector and Matrix Formats, Statistical Operations, Matrix Functions
20290 @section Reducing and Mapping Vectors
20291
20292 @noindent
20293 The commands in this section allow for more general operations on the
20294 elements of vectors.
20295
20296 @kindex V A
20297 @pindex calc-apply
20298 @tindex apply
20299 The simplest of these operations is @kbd{V A} (@code{calc-apply})
20300 [@code{apply}], which applies a given operator to the elements of a vector.
20301 For example, applying the hypothetical function @code{f} to the vector
20302 @w{@samp{[1, 2, 3]}} would produce the function call @samp{f(1, 2, 3)}.
20303 Applying the @code{+} function to the vector @samp{[a, b]} gives
20304 @samp{a + b}. Applying @code{+} to the vector @samp{[a, b, c]} is an
20305 error, since the @code{+} function expects exactly two arguments.
20306
20307 While @kbd{V A} is useful in some cases, you will usually find that either
20308 @kbd{V R} or @kbd{V M}, described below, is closer to what you want.
20309
20310 @menu
20311 * Specifying Operators::
20312 * Mapping::
20313 * Reducing::
20314 * Nesting and Fixed Points::
20315 * Generalized Products::
20316 @end menu
20317
20318 @node Specifying Operators, Mapping, Reducing and Mapping, Reducing and Mapping
20319 @subsection Specifying Operators
20320
20321 @noindent
20322 Commands in this section (like @kbd{V A}) prompt you to press the key
20323 corresponding to the desired operator. Press @kbd{?} for a partial
20324 list of the available operators. Generally, an operator is any key or
20325 sequence of keys that would normally take one or more arguments from
20326 the stack and replace them with a result. For example, @kbd{V A H C}
20327 uses the hyperbolic cosine operator, @code{cosh}. (Since @code{cosh}
20328 expects one argument, @kbd{V A H C} requires a vector with a single
20329 element as its argument.)
20330
20331 You can press @kbd{x} at the operator prompt to select any algebraic
20332 function by name to use as the operator. This includes functions you
20333 have defined yourself using the @kbd{Z F} command. (@xref{Algebraic
20334 Definitions}.) If you give a name for which no function has been
20335 defined, the result is left in symbolic form, as in @samp{f(1, 2, 3)}.
20336 Calc will prompt for the number of arguments the function takes if it
20337 can't figure it out on its own (say, because you named a function that
20338 is currently undefined). It is also possible to type a digit key before
20339 the function name to specify the number of arguments, e.g.,
20340 @kbd{V M 3 x f RET} calls @code{f} with three arguments even if it
20341 looks like it ought to have only two. This technique may be necessary
20342 if the function allows a variable number of arguments. For example,
20343 the @kbd{v e} [@code{vexp}] function accepts two or three arguments;
20344 if you want to map with the three-argument version, you will have to
20345 type @kbd{V M 3 v e}.
20346
20347 It is also possible to apply any formula to a vector by treating that
20348 formula as a function. When prompted for the operator to use, press
20349 @kbd{'} (the apostrophe) and type your formula as an algebraic entry.
20350 You will then be prompted for the argument list, which defaults to a
20351 list of all variables that appear in the formula, sorted into alphabetic
20352 order. For example, suppose you enter the formula @w{@samp{x + 2y^x}}.
20353 The default argument list would be @samp{(x y)}, which means that if
20354 this function is applied to the arguments @samp{[3, 10]} the result will
20355 be @samp{3 + 2*10^3}. (If you plan to use a certain formula in this
20356 way often, you might consider defining it as a function with @kbd{Z F}.)
20357
20358 Another way to specify the arguments to the formula you enter is with
20359 @kbd{$}, @kbd{$$}, and so on. For example, @kbd{V A ' $$ + 2$^$$}
20360 has the same effect as the previous example. The argument list is
20361 automatically taken to be @samp{($$ $)}. (The order of the arguments
20362 may seem backwards, but it is analogous to the way normal algebraic
20363 entry interacts with the stack.)
20364
20365 If you press @kbd{$} at the operator prompt, the effect is similar to
20366 the apostrophe except that the relevant formula is taken from top-of-stack
20367 instead. The actual vector arguments of the @kbd{V A $} or related command
20368 then start at the second-to-top stack position. You will still be
20369 prompted for an argument list.
20370
20371 @cindex Nameless functions
20372 @cindex Generic functions
20373 A function can be written without a name using the notation @samp{<#1 - #2>},
20374 which means ``a function of two arguments that computes the first
20375 argument minus the second argument.'' The symbols @samp{#1} and @samp{#2}
20376 are placeholders for the arguments. You can use any names for these
20377 placeholders if you wish, by including an argument list followed by a
20378 colon: @samp{<x, y : x - y>}. When you type @kbd{V A ' $$ + 2$^$$ RET},
20379 Calc builds the nameless function @samp{<#1 + 2 #2^#1>} as the function
20380 to map across the vectors. When you type @kbd{V A ' x + 2y^x RET RET},
20381 Calc builds the nameless function @w{@samp{<x, y : x + 2 y^x>}}. In both
20382 cases, Calc also writes the nameless function to the Trail so that you
20383 can get it back later if you wish.
20384
20385 If there is only one argument, you can write @samp{#} in place of @samp{#1}.
20386 (Note that @samp{< >} notation is also used for date forms. Calc tells
20387 that @samp{<@var{stuff}>} is a nameless function by the presence of
20388 @samp{#} signs inside @var{stuff}, or by the fact that @var{stuff}
20389 begins with a list of variables followed by a colon.)
20390
20391 You can type a nameless function directly to @kbd{V A '}, or put one on
20392 the stack and use it with @w{@kbd{V A $}}. Calc will not prompt for an
20393 argument list in this case, since the nameless function specifies the
20394 argument list as well as the function itself. In @kbd{V A '}, you can
20395 omit the @samp{< >} marks if you use @samp{#} notation for the arguments,
20396 so that @kbd{V A ' #1+#2 RET} is the same as @kbd{V A ' <#1+#2> RET},
20397 which in turn is the same as @kbd{V A ' $$+$ RET}.
20398
20399 @cindex Lambda expressions
20400 @c @starindex
20401 @tindex lambda
20402 The internal format for @samp{<x, y : x + y>} is @samp{lambda(x, y, x + y)}.
20403 (The word @code{lambda} derives from Lisp notation and the theory of
20404 functions.) The internal format for @samp{<#1 + #2>} is @samp{lambda(ArgA,
20405 ArgB, ArgA + ArgB)}. Note that there is no actual Calc function called
20406 @code{lambda}; the whole point is that the @code{lambda} expression is
20407 used in its symbolic form, not evaluated for an answer until it is applied
20408 to specific arguments by a command like @kbd{V A} or @kbd{V M}.
20409
20410 (Actually, @code{lambda} does have one special property: Its arguments
20411 are never evaluated; for example, putting @samp{<(2/3) #>} on the stack
20412 will not simplify the @samp{2/3} until the nameless function is actually
20413 called.)
20414
20415 @tindex add
20416 @tindex sub
20417 @c @mindex @idots
20418 @tindex mul
20419 @c @mindex @null
20420 @tindex div
20421 @c @mindex @null
20422 @tindex pow
20423 @c @mindex @null
20424 @tindex neg
20425 @c @mindex @null
20426 @tindex mod
20427 @c @mindex @null
20428 @tindex vconcat
20429 As usual, commands like @kbd{V A} have algebraic function name equivalents.
20430 For example, @kbd{V A k g} with an argument of @samp{v} is equivalent to
20431 @samp{apply(gcd, v)}. The first argument specifies the operator name,
20432 and is either a variable whose name is the same as the function name,
20433 or a nameless function like @samp{<#^3+1>}. Operators that are normally
20434 written as algebraic symbols have the names @code{add}, @code{sub},
20435 @code{mul}, @code{div}, @code{pow}, @code{neg}, @code{mod}, and
20436 @code{vconcat}.@refill
20437
20438 @c @starindex
20439 @tindex call
20440 The @code{call} function builds a function call out of several arguments:
20441 @samp{call(gcd, x, y)} is the same as @samp{apply(gcd, [x, y])}, which
20442 in turn is the same as @samp{gcd(x, y)}. The first argument of @code{call},
20443 like the other functions described here, may be either a variable naming a
20444 function, or a nameless function (@samp{call(<#1+2#2>, x, y)} is the same
20445 as @samp{x + 2y}).
20446
20447 (Experts will notice that it's not quite proper to use a variable to name
20448 a function, since the name @code{gcd} corresponds to the Lisp variable
20449 @code{var-gcd} but to the Lisp function @code{calcFunc-gcd}. Calc
20450 automatically makes this translation, so you don't have to worry
20451 about it.)
20452
20453 @node Mapping, Reducing, Specifying Operators, Reducing and Mapping
20454 @subsection Mapping
20455
20456 @noindent
20457 @kindex V M
20458 @pindex calc-map
20459 @tindex map
20460 The @kbd{V M} (@code{calc-map}) [@code{map}] command applies a given
20461 operator elementwise to one or more vectors. For example, mapping
20462 @code{A} [@code{abs}] produces a vector of the absolute values of the
20463 elements in the input vector. Mapping @code{+} pops two vectors from
20464 the stack, which must be of equal length, and produces a vector of the
20465 pairwise sums of the elements. If either argument is a non-vector, it
20466 is duplicated for each element of the other vector. For example,
20467 @kbd{[1,2,3] 2 V M ^} squares the elements of the specified vector.
20468 With the 2 listed first, it would have computed a vector of powers of
20469 two. Mapping a user-defined function pops as many arguments from the
20470 stack as the function requires. If you give an undefined name, you will
20471 be prompted for the number of arguments to use.@refill
20472
20473 If any argument to @kbd{V M} is a matrix, the operator is normally mapped
20474 across all elements of the matrix. For example, given the matrix
20475 @cite{[[1, -2, 3], [-4, 5, -6]]}, @kbd{V M A} takes six absolute values to
20476 produce another @c{$3\times2$}
20477 @asis{3x2} matrix, @cite{[[1, 2, 3], [4, 5, 6]]}.
20478
20479 @tindex mapr
20480 The command @kbd{V M _} [@code{mapr}] (i.e., type an underscore at the
20481 operator prompt) maps by rows instead. For example, @kbd{V M _ A} views
20482 the above matrix as a vector of two 3-element row vectors. It produces
20483 a new vector which contains the absolute values of those row vectors,
20484 namely @cite{[3.74, 8.77]}. (Recall, the absolute value of a vector is
20485 defined as the square root of the sum of the squares of the elements.)
20486 Some operators accept vectors and return new vectors; for example,
20487 @kbd{v v} reverses a vector, so @kbd{V M _ v v} would reverse each row
20488 of the matrix to get a new matrix, @cite{[[3, -2, 1], [-6, 5, -4]]}.
20489
20490 Sometimes a vector of vectors (representing, say, strings, sets, or lists)
20491 happens to look like a matrix. If so, remember to use @kbd{V M _} if you
20492 want to map a function across the whole strings or sets rather than across
20493 their individual elements.
20494
20495 @tindex mapc
20496 The command @kbd{V M :} [@code{mapc}] maps by columns. Basically, it
20497 transposes the input matrix, maps by rows, and then, if the result is a
20498 matrix, transposes again. For example, @kbd{V M : A} takes the absolute
20499 values of the three columns of the matrix, treating each as a 2-vector,
20500 and @kbd{V M : v v} reverses the columns to get the matrix
20501 @cite{[[-4, 5, -6], [1, -2, 3]]}.
20502
20503 (The symbols @kbd{_} and @kbd{:} were chosen because they had row-like
20504 and column-like appearances, and were not already taken by useful
20505 operators. Also, they appear shifted on most keyboards so they are easy
20506 to type after @kbd{V M}.)
20507
20508 The @kbd{_} and @kbd{:} modifiers have no effect on arguments that are
20509 not matrices (so if none of the arguments are matrices, they have no
20510 effect at all). If some of the arguments are matrices and others are
20511 plain numbers, the plain numbers are held constant for all rows of the
20512 matrix (so that @kbd{2 V M _ ^} squares every row of a matrix; squaring
20513 a vector takes a dot product of the vector with itself).
20514
20515 If some of the arguments are vectors with the same lengths as the
20516 rows (for @kbd{V M _}) or columns (for @kbd{V M :}) of the matrix
20517 arguments, those vectors are also held constant for every row or
20518 column.
20519
20520 Sometimes it is useful to specify another mapping command as the operator
20521 to use with @kbd{V M}. For example, @kbd{V M _ V A +} applies @kbd{V A +}
20522 to each row of the input matrix, which in turn adds the two values on that
20523 row. If you give another vector-operator command as the operator for
20524 @kbd{V M}, it automatically uses map-by-rows mode if you don't specify
20525 otherwise; thus @kbd{V M V A +} is equivalent to @kbd{V M _ V A +}. (If
20526 you really want to map-by-elements another mapping command, you can use
20527 a triple-nested mapping command: @kbd{V M V M V A +} means to map
20528 @kbd{V M V A +} over the rows of the matrix; in turn, @kbd{V A +} is
20529 mapped over the elements of each row.)
20530
20531 @tindex mapa
20532 @tindex mapd
20533 Previous versions of Calc had ``map across'' and ``map down'' modes
20534 that are now considered obsolete; the old ``map across'' is now simply
20535 @kbd{V M V A}, and ``map down'' is now @kbd{V M : V A}. The algebraic
20536 functions @code{mapa} and @code{mapd} are still supported, though.
20537 Note also that, while the old mapping modes were persistent (once you
20538 set the mode, it would apply to later mapping commands until you reset
20539 it), the new @kbd{:} and @kbd{_} modifiers apply only to the current
20540 mapping command. The default @kbd{V M} always means map-by-elements.
20541
20542 @xref{Algebraic Manipulation}, for the @kbd{a M} command, which is like
20543 @kbd{V M} but for equations and inequalities instead of vectors.
20544 @xref{Storing Variables}, for the @kbd{s m} command which modifies a
20545 variable's stored value using a @kbd{V M}-like operator.
20546
20547 @node Reducing, Nesting and Fixed Points, Mapping, Reducing and Mapping
20548 @subsection Reducing
20549
20550 @noindent
20551 @kindex V R
20552 @pindex calc-reduce
20553 @tindex reduce
20554 The @kbd{V R} (@code{calc-reduce}) [@code{reduce}] command applies a given
20555 binary operator across all the elements of a vector. A binary operator is
20556 a function such as @code{+} or @code{max} which takes two arguments. For
20557 example, reducing @code{+} over a vector computes the sum of the elements
20558 of the vector. Reducing @code{-} computes the first element minus each of
20559 the remaining elements. Reducing @code{max} computes the maximum element
20560 and so on. In general, reducing @code{f} over the vector @samp{[a, b, c, d]}
20561 produces @samp{f(f(f(a, b), c), d)}.
20562
20563 @kindex I V R
20564 @tindex rreduce
20565 The @kbd{I V R} [@code{rreduce}] command is similar to @kbd{V R} except
20566 that works from right to left through the vector. For example, plain
20567 @kbd{V R -} on the vector @samp{[a, b, c, d]} produces @samp{a - b - c - d}
20568 but @kbd{I V R -} on the same vector produces @samp{a - (b - (c - d))},
20569 or @samp{a - b + c - d}. This ``alternating sum'' occurs frequently
20570 in power series expansions.
20571
20572 @kindex V U
20573 @tindex accum
20574 The @kbd{V U} (@code{calc-accumulate}) [@code{accum}] command does an
20575 accumulation operation. Here Calc does the corresponding reduction
20576 operation, but instead of producing only the final result, it produces
20577 a vector of all the intermediate results. Accumulating @code{+} over
20578 the vector @samp{[a, b, c, d]} produces the vector
20579 @samp{[a, a + b, a + b + c, a + b + c + d]}.
20580
20581 @kindex I V U
20582 @tindex raccum
20583 The @kbd{I V U} [@code{raccum}] command does a right-to-left accumulation.
20584 For example, @kbd{I V U -} on the vector @samp{[a, b, c, d]} produces the
20585 vector @samp{[a - b + c - d, b - c + d, c - d, d]}.
20586
20587 @tindex reducea
20588 @tindex rreducea
20589 @tindex reduced
20590 @tindex rreduced
20591 As for @kbd{V M}, @kbd{V R} normally reduces a matrix elementwise. For
20592 example, given the matrix @cite{[[a, b, c], [d, e, f]]}, @kbd{V R +} will
20593 compute @cite{a + b + c + d + e + f}. You can type @kbd{V R _} or
20594 @kbd{V R :} to modify this behavior. The @kbd{V R _} [@code{reducea}]
20595 command reduces ``across'' the matrix; it reduces each row of the matrix
20596 as a vector, then collects the results. Thus @kbd{V R _ +} of this
20597 matrix would produce @cite{[a + b + c, d + e + f]}. Similarly, @kbd{V R :}
20598 [@code{reduced}] reduces down; @kbd{V R : +} would produce @cite{[a + d,
20599 b + e, c + f]}.
20600
20601 @tindex reducer
20602 @tindex rreducer
20603 There is a third ``by rows'' mode for reduction that is occasionally
20604 useful; @kbd{V R =} [@code{reducer}] simply reduces the operator over
20605 the rows of the matrix themselves. Thus @kbd{V R = +} on the above
20606 matrix would get the same result as @kbd{V R : +}, since adding two
20607 row vectors is equivalent to adding their elements. But @kbd{V R = *}
20608 would multiply the two rows (to get a single number, their dot product),
20609 while @kbd{V R : *} would produce a vector of the products of the columns.
20610
20611 These three matrix reduction modes work with @kbd{V R} and @kbd{I V R},
20612 but they are not currently supported with @kbd{V U} or @kbd{I V U}.
20613
20614 @tindex reducec
20615 @tindex rreducec
20616 The obsolete reduce-by-columns function, @code{reducec}, is still
20617 supported but there is no way to get it through the @kbd{V R} command.
20618
20619 The commands @kbd{M-# :} and @kbd{M-# _} are equivalent to typing
20620 @kbd{M-# r} to grab a rectangle of data into Calc, and then typing
20621 @kbd{V R : +} or @kbd{V R _ +}, respectively, to sum the columns or
20622 rows of the matrix. @xref{Grabbing From Buffers}.
20623
20624 @node Nesting and Fixed Points, Generalized Products, Reducing, Reducing and Mapping
20625 @subsection Nesting and Fixed Points
20626
20627 @noindent
20628 @kindex H V R
20629 @tindex nest
20630 The @kbd{H V R} [@code{nest}] command applies a function to a given
20631 argument repeatedly. It takes two values, @samp{a} and @samp{n}, from
20632 the stack, where @samp{n} must be an integer. It then applies the
20633 function nested @samp{n} times; if the function is @samp{f} and @samp{n}
20634 is 3, the result is @samp{f(f(f(a)))}. The number @samp{n} may be
20635 negative if Calc knows an inverse for the function @samp{f}; for
20636 example, @samp{nest(sin, a, -2)} returns @samp{arcsin(arcsin(a))}.
20637
20638 @kindex H V U
20639 @tindex anest
20640 The @kbd{H V U} [@code{anest}] command is an accumulating version of
20641 @code{nest}: It returns a vector of @samp{n+1} values, e.g.,
20642 @samp{[a, f(a), f(f(a)), f(f(f(a)))]}. If @samp{n} is negative and
20643 @samp{F} is the inverse of @samp{f}, then the result is of the
20644 form @samp{[a, F(a), F(F(a)), F(F(F(a)))]}.
20645
20646 @kindex H I V R
20647 @tindex fixp
20648 @cindex Fixed points
20649 The @kbd{H I V R} [@code{fixp}] command is like @kbd{H V R}, except
20650 that it takes only an @samp{a} value from the stack; the function is
20651 applied until it reaches a ``fixed point,'' i.e., until the result
20652 no longer changes.
20653
20654 @kindex H I V U
20655 @tindex afixp
20656 The @kbd{H I V U} [@code{afixp}] command is an accumulating @code{fixp}.
20657 The first element of the return vector will be the initial value @samp{a};
20658 the last element will be the final result that would have been returned
20659 by @code{fixp}.
20660
20661 For example, 0.739085 is a fixed point of the cosine function (in radians):
20662 @samp{cos(0.739085) = 0.739085}. You can find this value by putting, say,
20663 1.0 on the stack and typing @kbd{H I V U C}. (We use the accumulating
20664 version so we can see the intermediate results: @samp{[1, 0.540302, 0.857553,
20665 0.65329, ...]}. With a precision of six, this command will take 36 steps
20666 to converge to 0.739085.)
20667
20668 Newton's method for finding roots is a classic example of iteration
20669 to a fixed point. To find the square root of five starting with an
20670 initial guess, Newton's method would look for a fixed point of the
20671 function @samp{(x + 5/x) / 2}. Putting a guess of 1 on the stack
20672 and typing @kbd{H I V R ' ($ + 5/$)/2 RET} quickly yields the result
20673 2.23607. This is equivalent to using the @kbd{a R} (@code{calc-find-root})
20674 command to find a root of the equation @samp{x^2 = 5}.
20675
20676 These examples used numbers for @samp{a} values. Calc keeps applying
20677 the function until two successive results are equal to within the
20678 current precision. For complex numbers, both the real parts and the
20679 imaginary parts must be equal to within the current precision. If
20680 @samp{a} is a formula (say, a variable name), then the function is
20681 applied until two successive results are exactly the same formula.
20682 It is up to you to ensure that the function will eventually converge;
20683 if it doesn't, you may have to press @kbd{C-g} to stop the Calculator.
20684
20685 The algebraic @code{fixp} function takes two optional arguments, @samp{n}
20686 and @samp{tol}. The first is the maximum number of steps to be allowed,
20687 and must be either an integer or the symbol @samp{inf} (infinity, the
20688 default). The second is a convergence tolerance. If a tolerance is
20689 specified, all results during the calculation must be numbers, not
20690 formulas, and the iteration stops when the magnitude of the difference
20691 between two successive results is less than or equal to the tolerance.
20692 (This implies that a tolerance of zero iterates until the results are
20693 exactly equal.)
20694
20695 Putting it all together, @samp{fixp(<(# + A/#)/2>, B, 20, 1e-10)}
20696 computes the square root of @samp{A} given the initial guess @samp{B},
20697 stopping when the result is correct within the specified tolerance, or
20698 when 20 steps have been taken, whichever is sooner.
20699
20700 @node Generalized Products, , Nesting and Fixed Points, Reducing and Mapping
20701 @subsection Generalized Products
20702
20703 @kindex V O
20704 @pindex calc-outer-product
20705 @tindex outer
20706 The @kbd{V O} (@code{calc-outer-product}) [@code{outer}] command applies
20707 a given binary operator to all possible pairs of elements from two
20708 vectors, to produce a matrix. For example, @kbd{V O *} with @samp{[a, b]}
20709 and @samp{[x, y, z]} on the stack produces a multiplication table:
20710 @samp{[[a x, a y, a z], [b x, b y, b z]]}. Element @var{r},@var{c} of
20711 the result matrix is obtained by applying the operator to element @var{r}
20712 of the lefthand vector and element @var{c} of the righthand vector.
20713
20714 @kindex V I
20715 @pindex calc-inner-product
20716 @tindex inner
20717 The @kbd{V I} (@code{calc-inner-product}) [@code{inner}] command computes
20718 the generalized inner product of two vectors or matrices, given a
20719 ``multiplicative'' operator and an ``additive'' operator. These can each
20720 actually be any binary operators; if they are @samp{*} and @samp{+},
20721 respectively, the result is a standard matrix multiplication. Element
20722 @var{r},@var{c} of the result matrix is obtained by mapping the
20723 multiplicative operator across row @var{r} of the lefthand matrix and
20724 column @var{c} of the righthand matrix, and then reducing with the additive
20725 operator. Just as for the standard @kbd{*} command, this can also do a
20726 vector-matrix or matrix-vector inner product, or a vector-vector
20727 generalized dot product.
20728
20729 Since @kbd{V I} requires two operators, it prompts twice. In each case,
20730 you can use any of the usual methods for entering the operator. If you
20731 use @kbd{$} twice to take both operator formulas from the stack, the
20732 first (multiplicative) operator is taken from the top of the stack
20733 and the second (additive) operator is taken from second-to-top.
20734
20735 @node Vector and Matrix Formats, , Reducing and Mapping, Matrix Functions
20736 @section Vector and Matrix Display Formats
20737
20738 @noindent
20739 Commands for controlling vector and matrix display use the @kbd{v} prefix
20740 instead of the usual @kbd{d} prefix. But they are display modes; in
20741 particular, they are influenced by the @kbd{I} and @kbd{H} prefix keys
20742 in the same way (@pxref{Display Modes}). Matrix display is also
20743 influenced by the @kbd{d O} (@code{calc-flat-language}) mode;
20744 @pxref{Normal Language Modes}.
20745
20746 @kindex V <
20747 @pindex calc-matrix-left-justify
20748 @kindex V =
20749 @pindex calc-matrix-center-justify
20750 @kindex V >
20751 @pindex calc-matrix-right-justify
20752 The commands @kbd{v <} (@code{calc-matrix-left-justify}), @kbd{v >}
20753 (@code{calc-matrix-right-justify}), and @w{@kbd{v =}}
20754 (@code{calc-matrix-center-justify}) control whether matrix elements
20755 are justified to the left, right, or center of their columns.@refill
20756
20757 @kindex V [
20758 @pindex calc-vector-brackets
20759 @kindex V @{
20760 @pindex calc-vector-braces
20761 @kindex V (
20762 @pindex calc-vector-parens
20763 The @kbd{v [} (@code{calc-vector-brackets}) command turns the square
20764 brackets that surround vectors and matrices displayed in the stack on
20765 and off. The @kbd{v @{} (@code{calc-vector-braces}) and @kbd{v (}
20766 (@code{calc-vector-parens}) commands use curly braces or parentheses,
20767 respectively, instead of square brackets. For example, @kbd{v @{} might
20768 be used in preparation for yanking a matrix into a buffer running
20769 Mathematica. (In fact, the Mathematica language mode uses this mode;
20770 @pxref{Mathematica Language Mode}.) Note that, regardless of the
20771 display mode, either brackets or braces may be used to enter vectors,
20772 and parentheses may never be used for this purpose.@refill
20773
20774 @kindex V ]
20775 @pindex calc-matrix-brackets
20776 The @kbd{v ]} (@code{calc-matrix-brackets}) command controls the
20777 ``big'' style display of matrices. It prompts for a string of code
20778 letters; currently implemented letters are @code{R}, which enables
20779 brackets on each row of the matrix; @code{O}, which enables outer
20780 brackets in opposite corners of the matrix; and @code{C}, which
20781 enables commas or semicolons at the ends of all rows but the last.
20782 The default format is @samp{RO}. (Before Calc 2.00, the format
20783 was fixed at @samp{ROC}.) Here are some example matrices:
20784
20785 @group
20786 @example
20787 [ [ 123, 0, 0 ] [ [ 123, 0, 0 ],
20788 [ 0, 123, 0 ] [ 0, 123, 0 ],
20789 [ 0, 0, 123 ] ] [ 0, 0, 123 ] ]
20790
20791 RO ROC
20792
20793 @end example
20794 @end group
20795 @noindent
20796 @group
20797 @example
20798 [ 123, 0, 0 [ 123, 0, 0 ;
20799 0, 123, 0 0, 123, 0 ;
20800 0, 0, 123 ] 0, 0, 123 ]
20801
20802 O OC
20803
20804 @end example
20805 @end group
20806 @noindent
20807 @group
20808 @example
20809 [ 123, 0, 0 ] 123, 0, 0
20810 [ 0, 123, 0 ] 0, 123, 0
20811 [ 0, 0, 123 ] 0, 0, 123
20812
20813 R @r{blank}
20814 @end example
20815 @end group
20816
20817 @noindent
20818 Note that of the formats shown here, @samp{RO}, @samp{ROC}, and
20819 @samp{OC} are all recognized as matrices during reading, while
20820 the others are useful for display only.
20821
20822 @kindex V ,
20823 @pindex calc-vector-commas
20824 The @kbd{v ,} (@code{calc-vector-commas}) command turns commas on and
20825 off in vector and matrix display.@refill
20826
20827 In vectors of length one, and in all vectors when commas have been
20828 turned off, Calc adds extra parentheses around formulas that might
20829 otherwise be ambiguous. For example, @samp{[a b]} could be a vector
20830 of the one formula @samp{a b}, or it could be a vector of two
20831 variables with commas turned off. Calc will display the former
20832 case as @samp{[(a b)]}. You can disable these extra parentheses
20833 (to make the output less cluttered at the expense of allowing some
20834 ambiguity) by adding the letter @code{P} to the control string you
20835 give to @kbd{v ]} (as described above).
20836
20837 @kindex V .
20838 @pindex calc-full-vectors
20839 The @kbd{v .} (@code{calc-full-vectors}) command turns abbreviated
20840 display of long vectors on and off. In this mode, vectors of six
20841 or more elements, or matrices of six or more rows or columns, will
20842 be displayed in an abbreviated form that displays only the first
20843 three elements and the last element: @samp{[a, b, c, ..., z]}.
20844 When very large vectors are involved this will substantially
20845 improve Calc's display speed.
20846
20847 @kindex t .
20848 @pindex calc-full-trail-vectors
20849 The @kbd{t .} (@code{calc-full-trail-vectors}) command controls a
20850 similar mode for recording vectors in the Trail. If you turn on
20851 this mode, vectors of six or more elements and matrices of six or
20852 more rows or columns will be abbreviated when they are put in the
20853 Trail. The @kbd{t y} (@code{calc-trail-yank}) command will be
20854 unable to recover those vectors. If you are working with very
20855 large vectors, this mode will improve the speed of all operations
20856 that involve the trail.
20857
20858 @kindex V /
20859 @pindex calc-break-vectors
20860 The @kbd{v /} (@code{calc-break-vectors}) command turns multi-line
20861 vector display on and off. Normally, matrices are displayed with one
20862 row per line but all other types of vectors are displayed in a single
20863 line. This mode causes all vectors, whether matrices or not, to be
20864 displayed with a single element per line. Sub-vectors within the
20865 vectors will still use the normal linear form.
20866
20867 @node Algebra, Units, Matrix Functions, Top
20868 @chapter Algebra
20869
20870 @noindent
20871 This section covers the Calc features that help you work with
20872 algebraic formulas. First, the general sub-formula selection
20873 mechanism is described; this works in conjunction with any Calc
20874 commands. Then, commands for specific algebraic operations are
20875 described. Finally, the flexible @dfn{rewrite rule} mechanism
20876 is discussed.
20877
20878 The algebraic commands use the @kbd{a} key prefix; selection
20879 commands use the @kbd{j} (for ``just a letter that wasn't used
20880 for anything else'') prefix.
20881
20882 @xref{Editing Stack Entries}, to see how to manipulate formulas
20883 using regular Emacs editing commands.@refill
20884
20885 When doing algebraic work, you may find several of the Calculator's
20886 modes to be helpful, including algebraic-simplification mode (@kbd{m A})
20887 or no-simplification mode (@kbd{m O}),
20888 algebraic-entry mode (@kbd{m a}), fraction mode (@kbd{m f}), and
20889 symbolic mode (@kbd{m s}). @xref{Mode Settings}, for discussions
20890 of these modes. You may also wish to select ``big'' display mode (@kbd{d B}).
20891 @xref{Normal Language Modes}.@refill
20892
20893 @menu
20894 * Selecting Subformulas::
20895 * Algebraic Manipulation::
20896 * Simplifying Formulas::
20897 * Polynomials::
20898 * Calculus::
20899 * Solving Equations::
20900 * Numerical Solutions::
20901 * Curve Fitting::
20902 * Summations::
20903 * Logical Operations::
20904 * Rewrite Rules::
20905 @end menu
20906
20907 @node Selecting Subformulas, Algebraic Manipulation, Algebra, Algebra
20908 @section Selecting Sub-Formulas
20909
20910 @noindent
20911 @cindex Selections
20912 @cindex Sub-formulas
20913 @cindex Parts of formulas
20914 When working with an algebraic formula it is often necessary to
20915 manipulate a portion of the formula rather than the formula as a
20916 whole. Calc allows you to ``select'' a portion of any formula on
20917 the stack. Commands which would normally operate on that stack
20918 entry will now operate only on the sub-formula, leaving the
20919 surrounding part of the stack entry alone.
20920
20921 One common non-algebraic use for selection involves vectors. To work
20922 on one element of a vector in-place, simply select that element as a
20923 ``sub-formula'' of the vector.
20924
20925 @menu
20926 * Making Selections::
20927 * Changing Selections::
20928 * Displaying Selections::
20929 * Operating on Selections::
20930 * Rearranging with Selections::
20931 @end menu
20932
20933 @node Making Selections, Changing Selections, Selecting Subformulas, Selecting Subformulas
20934 @subsection Making Selections
20935
20936 @noindent
20937 @kindex j s
20938 @pindex calc-select-here
20939 To select a sub-formula, move the Emacs cursor to any character in that
20940 sub-formula, and press @w{@kbd{j s}} (@code{calc-select-here}). Calc will
20941 highlight the smallest portion of the formula that contains that
20942 character. By default the sub-formula is highlighted by blanking out
20943 all of the rest of the formula with dots. Selection works in any
20944 display mode but is perhaps easiest in ``big'' (@kbd{d B}) mode.
20945 Suppose you enter the following formula:
20946
20947 @group
20948 @smallexample
20949 3 ___
20950 (a + b) + V c
20951 1: ---------------
20952 2 x + 1
20953 @end smallexample
20954 @end group
20955
20956 @noindent
20957 (by typing @kbd{' ((a+b)^3 + sqrt(c)) / (2x+1)}). If you move the
20958 cursor to the letter @samp{b} and press @w{@kbd{j s}}, the display changes
20959 to
20960
20961 @group
20962 @smallexample
20963 . ...
20964 .. . b. . . .
20965 1* ...............
20966 . . . .
20967 @end smallexample
20968 @end group
20969
20970 @noindent
20971 Every character not part of the sub-formula @samp{b} has been changed
20972 to a dot. The @samp{*} next to the line number is to remind you that
20973 the formula has a portion of it selected. (In this case, it's very
20974 obvious, but it might not always be. If Embedded Mode is enabled,
20975 the word @samp{Sel} also appears in the mode line because the stack
20976 may not be visible. @pxref{Embedded Mode}.)
20977
20978 If you had instead placed the cursor on the parenthesis immediately to
20979 the right of the @samp{b}, the selection would have been:
20980
20981 @group
20982 @smallexample
20983 . ...
20984 (a + b) . . .
20985 1* ...............
20986 . . . .
20987 @end smallexample
20988 @end group
20989
20990 @noindent
20991 The portion selected is always large enough to be considered a complete
20992 formula all by itself, so selecting the parenthesis selects the whole
20993 formula that it encloses. Putting the cursor on the the @samp{+} sign
20994 would have had the same effect.
20995
20996 (Strictly speaking, the Emacs cursor is really the manifestation of
20997 the Emacs ``point,'' which is a position @emph{between} two characters
20998 in the buffer. So purists would say that Calc selects the smallest
20999 sub-formula which contains the character to the right of ``point.'')
21000
21001 If you supply a numeric prefix argument @var{n}, the selection is
21002 expanded to the @var{n}th enclosing sub-formula. Thus, positioning
21003 the cursor on the @samp{b} and typing @kbd{C-u 1 j s} will select
21004 @samp{a + b}; typing @kbd{C-u 2 j s} will select @samp{(a + b)^3},
21005 and so on.
21006
21007 If the cursor is not on any part of the formula, or if you give a
21008 numeric prefix that is too large, the entire formula is selected.
21009
21010 If the cursor is on the @samp{.} line that marks the top of the stack
21011 (i.e., its normal ``rest position''), this command selects the entire
21012 formula at stack level 1. Most selection commands similarly operate
21013 on the formula at the top of the stack if you haven't positioned the
21014 cursor on any stack entry.
21015
21016 @kindex j a
21017 @pindex calc-select-additional
21018 The @kbd{j a} (@code{calc-select-additional}) command enlarges the
21019 current selection to encompass the cursor. To select the smallest
21020 sub-formula defined by two different points, move to the first and
21021 press @kbd{j s}, then move to the other and press @kbd{j a}. This
21022 is roughly analogous to using @kbd{C-@@} (@code{set-mark-command}) to
21023 select the two ends of a region of text during normal Emacs editing.
21024
21025 @kindex j o
21026 @pindex calc-select-once
21027 The @kbd{j o} (@code{calc-select-once}) command selects a formula in
21028 exactly the same way as @kbd{j s}, except that the selection will
21029 last only as long as the next command that uses it. For example,
21030 @kbd{j o 1 +} is a handy way to add one to the sub-formula indicated
21031 by the cursor.
21032
21033 (A somewhat more precise definition: The @kbd{j o} command sets a flag
21034 such that the next command involving selected stack entries will clear
21035 the selections on those stack entries afterwards. All other selection
21036 commands except @kbd{j a} and @kbd{j O} clear this flag.)
21037
21038 @kindex j S
21039 @kindex j O
21040 @pindex calc-select-here-maybe
21041 @pindex calc-select-once-maybe
21042 The @kbd{j S} (@code{calc-select-here-maybe}) and @kbd{j O}
21043 (@code{calc-select-once-maybe}) commands are equivalent to @kbd{j s}
21044 and @kbd{j o}, respectively, except that if the formula already
21045 has a selection they have no effect. This is analogous to the
21046 behavior of some commands such as @kbd{j r} (@code{calc-rewrite-selection};
21047 @pxref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}) and is mainly intended to be
21048 used in keyboard macros that implement your own selection-oriented
21049 commands.@refill
21050
21051 Selection of sub-formulas normally treats associative terms like
21052 @samp{a + b - c + d} and @samp{x * y * z} as single levels of the formula.
21053 If you place the cursor anywhere inside @samp{a + b - c + d} except
21054 on one of the variable names and use @kbd{j s}, you will select the
21055 entire four-term sum.
21056
21057 @kindex j b
21058 @pindex calc-break-selections
21059 The @kbd{j b} (@code{calc-break-selections}) command controls a mode
21060 in which the ``deep structure'' of these associative formulas shows
21061 through. Calc actually stores the above formulas as @samp{((a + b) - c) + d}
21062 and @samp{x * (y * z)}. (Note that for certain obscure reasons, Calc
21063 treats multiplication as right-associative.) Once you have enabled
21064 @kbd{j b} mode, selecting with the cursor on the @samp{-} sign would
21065 only select the @samp{a + b - c} portion, which makes sense when the
21066 deep structure of the sum is considered. There is no way to select
21067 the @samp{b - c + d} portion; although this might initially look
21068 like just as legitimate a sub-formula as @samp{a + b - c}, the deep
21069 structure shows that it isn't. The @kbd{d U} command can be used
21070 to view the deep structure of any formula (@pxref{Normal Language Modes}).
21071
21072 When @kbd{j b} mode has not been enabled, the deep structure is
21073 generally hidden by the selection commands---what you see is what
21074 you get.
21075
21076 @kindex j u
21077 @pindex calc-unselect
21078 The @kbd{j u} (@code{calc-unselect}) command unselects the formula
21079 that the cursor is on. If there was no selection in the formula,
21080 this command has no effect. With a numeric prefix argument, it
21081 unselects the @var{n}th stack element rather than using the cursor
21082 position.
21083
21084 @kindex j c
21085 @pindex calc-clear-selections
21086 The @kbd{j c} (@code{calc-clear-selections}) command unselects all
21087 stack elements.
21088
21089 @node Changing Selections, Displaying Selections, Making Selections, Selecting Subformulas
21090 @subsection Changing Selections
21091
21092 @noindent
21093 @kindex j m
21094 @pindex calc-select-more
21095 Once you have selected a sub-formula, you can expand it using the
21096 @w{@kbd{j m}} (@code{calc-select-more}) command. If @samp{a + b} is
21097 selected, pressing @w{@kbd{j m}} repeatedly works as follows:
21098
21099 @group
21100 @smallexample
21101 3 ... 3 ___ 3 ___
21102 (a + b) . . . (a + b) + V c (a + b) + V c
21103 1* ............... 1* ............... 1* ---------------
21104 . . . . . . . . 2 x + 1
21105 @end smallexample
21106 @end group
21107
21108 @noindent
21109 In the last example, the entire formula is selected. This is roughly
21110 the same as having no selection at all, but because there are subtle
21111 differences the @samp{*} character is still there on the line number.
21112
21113 With a numeric prefix argument @var{n}, @kbd{j m} expands @var{n}
21114 times (or until the entire formula is selected). Note that @kbd{j s}
21115 with argument @var{n} is equivalent to plain @kbd{j s} followed by
21116 @kbd{j m} with argument @var{n}. If @w{@kbd{j m}} is used when there
21117 is no current selection, it is equivalent to @w{@kbd{j s}}.
21118
21119 Even though @kbd{j m} does not explicitly use the location of the
21120 cursor within the formula, it nevertheless uses the cursor to determine
21121 which stack element to operate on. As usual, @kbd{j m} when the cursor
21122 is not on any stack element operates on the top stack element.
21123
21124 @kindex j l
21125 @pindex calc-select-less
21126 The @kbd{j l} (@code{calc-select-less}) command reduces the current
21127 selection around the cursor position. That is, it selects the
21128 immediate sub-formula of the current selection which contains the
21129 cursor, the opposite of @kbd{j m}. If the cursor is not inside the
21130 current selection, the command de-selects the formula.
21131
21132 @kindex j 1-9
21133 @pindex calc-select-part
21134 The @kbd{j 1} through @kbd{j 9} (@code{calc-select-part}) commands
21135 select the @var{n}th sub-formula of the current selection. They are
21136 like @kbd{j l} (@code{calc-select-less}) except they use counting
21137 rather than the cursor position to decide which sub-formula to select.
21138 For example, if the current selection is @kbd{a + b + c} or
21139 @kbd{f(a, b, c)} or @kbd{[a, b, c]}, then @kbd{j 1} selects @samp{a},
21140 @kbd{j 2} selects @samp{b}, and @kbd{j 3} selects @samp{c}; in each of
21141 these cases, @kbd{j 4} through @kbd{j 9} would be errors.
21142
21143 If there is no current selection, @kbd{j 1} through @kbd{j 9} select
21144 the @var{n}th top-level sub-formula. (In other words, they act as if
21145 the entire stack entry were selected first.) To select the @var{n}th
21146 sub-formula where @var{n} is greater than nine, you must instead invoke
21147 @w{@kbd{j 1}} with @var{n} as a numeric prefix argument.@refill
21148
21149 @kindex j n
21150 @kindex j p
21151 @pindex calc-select-next
21152 @pindex calc-select-previous
21153 The @kbd{j n} (@code{calc-select-next}) and @kbd{j p}
21154 (@code{calc-select-previous}) commands change the current selection
21155 to the next or previous sub-formula at the same level. For example,
21156 if @samp{b} is selected in @w{@samp{2 + a*b*c + x}}, then @kbd{j n}
21157 selects @samp{c}. Further @kbd{j n} commands would be in error because,
21158 even though there is something to the right of @samp{c} (namely, @samp{x}),
21159 it is not at the same level; in this case, it is not a term of the
21160 same product as @samp{b} and @samp{c}. However, @kbd{j m} (to select
21161 the whole product @samp{a*b*c} as a term of the sum) followed by
21162 @w{@kbd{j n}} would successfully select the @samp{x}.
21163
21164 Similarly, @kbd{j p} moves the selection from the @samp{b} in this
21165 sample formula to the @samp{a}. Both commands accept numeric prefix
21166 arguments to move several steps at a time.
21167
21168 It is interesting to compare Calc's selection commands with the
21169 Emacs Info system's commands for navigating through hierarchically
21170 organized documentation. Calc's @kbd{j n} command is completely
21171 analogous to Info's @kbd{n} command. Likewise, @kbd{j p} maps to
21172 @kbd{p}, @kbd{j 2} maps to @kbd{2}, and Info's @kbd{u} is like @kbd{j m}.
21173 (Note that @kbd{j u} stands for @code{calc-unselect}, not ``up''.)
21174 The Info @kbd{m} command is somewhat similar to Calc's @kbd{j s} and
21175 @kbd{j l}; in each case, you can jump directly to a sub-component
21176 of the hierarchy simply by pointing to it with the cursor.
21177
21178 @node Displaying Selections, Operating on Selections, Changing Selections, Selecting Subformulas
21179 @subsection Displaying Selections
21180
21181 @noindent
21182 @kindex j d
21183 @pindex calc-show-selections
21184 The @kbd{j d} (@code{calc-show-selections}) command controls how
21185 selected sub-formulas are displayed. One of the alternatives is
21186 illustrated in the above examples; if we press @kbd{j d} we switch
21187 to the other style in which the selected portion itself is obscured
21188 by @samp{#} signs:
21189
21190 @group
21191 @smallexample
21192 3 ... # ___
21193 (a + b) . . . ## # ## + V c
21194 1* ............... 1* ---------------
21195 . . . . 2 x + 1
21196 @end smallexample
21197 @end group
21198
21199 @node Operating on Selections, Rearranging with Selections, Displaying Selections, Selecting Subformulas
21200 @subsection Operating on Selections
21201
21202 @noindent
21203 Once a selection is made, all Calc commands that manipulate items
21204 on the stack will operate on the selected portions of the items
21205 instead. (Note that several stack elements may have selections
21206 at once, though there can be only one selection at a time in any
21207 given stack element.)
21208
21209 @kindex j e
21210 @pindex calc-enable-selections
21211 The @kbd{j e} (@code{calc-enable-selections}) command disables the
21212 effect that selections have on Calc commands. The current selections
21213 still exist, but Calc commands operate on whole stack elements anyway.
21214 This mode can be identified by the fact that the @samp{*} markers on
21215 the line numbers are gone, even though selections are visible. To
21216 reactivate the selections, press @kbd{j e} again.
21217
21218 To extract a sub-formula as a new formula, simply select the
21219 sub-formula and press @key{RET}. This normally duplicates the top
21220 stack element; here it duplicates only the selected portion of that
21221 element.
21222
21223 To replace a sub-formula with something different, you can enter the
21224 new value onto the stack and press @key{TAB}. This normally exchanges
21225 the top two stack elements; here it swaps the value you entered into
21226 the selected portion of the formula, returning the old selected
21227 portion to the top of the stack.
21228
21229 @group
21230 @smallexample
21231 3 ... ... ___
21232 (a + b) . . . 17 x y . . . 17 x y + V c
21233 2* ............... 2* ............. 2: -------------
21234 . . . . . . . . 2 x + 1
21235
21236 3 3
21237 1: 17 x y 1: (a + b) 1: (a + b)
21238 @end smallexample
21239 @end group
21240
21241 In this example we select a sub-formula of our original example,
21242 enter a new formula, @key{TAB} it into place, then deselect to see
21243 the complete, edited formula.
21244
21245 If you want to swap whole formulas around even though they contain
21246 selections, just use @kbd{j e} before and after.
21247
21248 @kindex j '
21249 @pindex calc-enter-selection
21250 The @kbd{j '} (@code{calc-enter-selection}) command is another way
21251 to replace a selected sub-formula. This command does an algebraic
21252 entry just like the regular @kbd{'} key. When you press @key{RET},
21253 the formula you type replaces the original selection. You can use
21254 the @samp{$} symbol in the formula to refer to the original
21255 selection. If there is no selection in the formula under the cursor,
21256 the cursor is used to make a temporary selection for the purposes of
21257 the command. Thus, to change a term of a formula, all you have to
21258 do is move the Emacs cursor to that term and press @kbd{j '}.
21259
21260 @kindex j `
21261 @pindex calc-edit-selection
21262 The @kbd{j `} (@code{calc-edit-selection}) command is a similar
21263 analogue of the @kbd{`} (@code{calc-edit}) command. It edits the
21264 selected sub-formula in a separate buffer. If there is no
21265 selection, it edits the sub-formula indicated by the cursor.
21266
21267 To delete a sub-formula, press @key{DEL}. This generally replaces
21268 the sub-formula with the constant zero, but in a few suitable contexts
21269 it uses the constant one instead. The @key{DEL} key automatically
21270 deselects and re-simplifies the entire formula afterwards. Thus:
21271
21272 @group
21273 @smallexample
21274 ###
21275 17 x y + # # 17 x y 17 # y 17 y
21276 1* ------------- 1: ------- 1* ------- 1: -------
21277 2 x + 1 2 x + 1 2 x + 1 2 x + 1
21278 @end smallexample
21279 @end group
21280
21281 In this example, we first delete the @samp{sqrt(c)} term; Calc
21282 accomplishes this by replacing @samp{sqrt(c)} with zero and
21283 resimplifying. We then delete the @kbd{x} in the numerator;
21284 since this is part of a product, Calc replaces it with @samp{1}
21285 and resimplifies.
21286
21287 If you select an element of a vector and press @key{DEL}, that
21288 element is deleted from the vector. If you delete one side of
21289 an equation or inequality, only the opposite side remains.
21290
21291 @kindex j DEL
21292 @pindex calc-del-selection
21293 The @kbd{j @key{DEL}} (@code{calc-del-selection}) command is like
21294 @key{DEL} but with the auto-selecting behavior of @kbd{j '} and
21295 @kbd{j `}. It deletes the selected portion of the formula
21296 indicated by the cursor, or, in the absence of a selection, it
21297 deletes the sub-formula indicated by the cursor position.
21298
21299 @kindex j RET
21300 @pindex calc-grab-selection
21301 (There is also an auto-selecting @kbd{j @key{RET}} (@code{calc-copy-selection})
21302 command.)
21303
21304 Normal arithmetic operations also apply to sub-formulas. Here we
21305 select the denominator, press @kbd{5 -} to subtract five from the
21306 denominator, press @kbd{n} to negate the denominator, then
21307 press @kbd{Q} to take the square root.
21308
21309 @group
21310 @smallexample
21311 .. . .. . .. . .. .
21312 1* ....... 1* ....... 1* ....... 1* ..........
21313 2 x + 1 2 x - 4 4 - 2 x _________
21314 V 4 - 2 x
21315 @end smallexample
21316 @end group
21317
21318 Certain types of operations on selections are not allowed. For
21319 example, for an arithmetic function like @kbd{-} no more than one of
21320 the arguments may be a selected sub-formula. (As the above example
21321 shows, the result of the subtraction is spliced back into the argument
21322 which had the selection; if there were more than one selection involved,
21323 this would not be well-defined.) If you try to subtract two selections,
21324 the command will abort with an error message.
21325
21326 Operations on sub-formulas sometimes leave the formula as a whole
21327 in an ``un-natural'' state. Consider negating the @samp{2 x} term
21328 of our sample formula by selecting it and pressing @kbd{n}
21329 (@code{calc-change-sign}).@refill
21330
21331 @group
21332 @smallexample
21333 .. . .. .
21334 1* .......... 1* ...........
21335 ......... ..........
21336 . . . 2 x . . . -2 x
21337 @end smallexample
21338 @end group
21339
21340 Unselecting the sub-formula reveals that the minus sign, which would
21341 normally have cancelled out with the subtraction automatically, has
21342 not been able to do so because the subtraction was not part of the
21343 selected portion. Pressing @kbd{=} (@code{calc-evaluate}) or doing
21344 any other mathematical operation on the whole formula will cause it
21345 to be simplified.
21346
21347 @group
21348 @smallexample
21349 17 y 17 y
21350 1: ----------- 1: ----------
21351 __________ _________
21352 V 4 - -2 x V 4 + 2 x
21353 @end smallexample
21354 @end group
21355
21356 @node Rearranging with Selections, , Operating on Selections, Selecting Subformulas
21357 @subsection Rearranging Formulas using Selections
21358
21359 @noindent
21360 @kindex j R
21361 @pindex calc-commute-right
21362 The @kbd{j R} (@code{calc-commute-right}) command moves the selected
21363 sub-formula to the right in its surrounding formula. Generally the
21364 selection is one term of a sum or product; the sum or product is
21365 rearranged according to the commutative laws of algebra.
21366
21367 As with @kbd{j '} and @kbd{j DEL}, the term under the cursor is used
21368 if there is no selection in the current formula. All commands described
21369 in this section share this property. In this example, we place the
21370 cursor on the @samp{a} and type @kbd{j R}, then repeat.
21371
21372 @smallexample
21373 1: a + b - c 1: b + a - c 1: b - c + a
21374 @end smallexample
21375
21376 @noindent
21377 Note that in the final step above, the @samp{a} is switched with
21378 the @samp{c} but the signs are adjusted accordingly. When moving
21379 terms of sums and products, @kbd{j R} will never change the
21380 mathematical meaning of the formula.
21381
21382 The selected term may also be an element of a vector or an argument
21383 of a function. The term is exchanged with the one to its right.
21384 In this case, the ``meaning'' of the vector or function may of
21385 course be drastically changed.
21386
21387 @smallexample
21388 1: [a, b, c] 1: [b, a, c] 1: [b, c, a]
21389
21390 1: f(a, b, c) 1: f(b, a, c) 1: f(b, c, a)
21391 @end smallexample
21392
21393 @kindex j L
21394 @pindex calc-commute-left
21395 The @kbd{j L} (@code{calc-commute-left}) command is like @kbd{j R}
21396 except that it swaps the selected term with the one to its left.
21397
21398 With numeric prefix arguments, these commands move the selected
21399 term several steps at a time. It is an error to try to move a
21400 term left or right past the end of its enclosing formula.
21401 With numeric prefix arguments of zero, these commands move the
21402 selected term as far as possible in the given direction.
21403
21404 @kindex j D
21405 @pindex calc-sel-distribute
21406 The @kbd{j D} (@code{calc-sel-distribute}) command mixes the selected
21407 sum or product into the surrounding formula using the distributive
21408 law. For example, in @samp{a * (b - c)} with the @samp{b - c}
21409 selected, the result is @samp{a b - a c}. This also distributes
21410 products or quotients into surrounding powers, and can also do
21411 transformations like @samp{exp(a + b)} to @samp{exp(a) exp(b)},
21412 where @samp{a + b} is the selected term, and @samp{ln(a ^ b)}
21413 to @samp{ln(a) b}, where @samp{a ^ b} is the selected term.
21414
21415 For multiple-term sums or products, @kbd{j D} takes off one term
21416 at a time: @samp{a * (b + c - d)} goes to @samp{a * (c - d) + a b}
21417 with the @samp{c - d} selected so that you can type @kbd{j D}
21418 repeatedly to expand completely. The @kbd{j D} command allows a
21419 numeric prefix argument which specifies the maximum number of
21420 times to expand at once; the default is one time only.
21421
21422 @vindex DistribRules
21423 The @kbd{j D} command is implemented using rewrite rules.
21424 @xref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}. The rules are stored in
21425 the Calc variable @code{DistribRules}. A convenient way to view
21426 these rules is to use @kbd{s e} (@code{calc-edit-variable}) which
21427 displays and edits the stored value of a variable. Press @key{M-# M-#}
21428 to return from editing mode; be careful not to make any actual changes
21429 or else you will affect the behavior of future @kbd{j D} commands!
21430
21431 To extend @kbd{j D} to handle new cases, just edit @code{DistribRules}
21432 as described above. You can then use the @kbd{s p} command to save
21433 this variable's value permanently for future Calc sessions.
21434 @xref{Operations on Variables}.
21435
21436 @kindex j M
21437 @pindex calc-sel-merge
21438 @vindex MergeRules
21439 The @kbd{j M} (@code{calc-sel-merge}) command is the complement
21440 of @kbd{j D}; given @samp{a b - a c} with either @samp{a b} or
21441 @samp{a c} selected, the result is @samp{a * (b - c)}. Once
21442 again, @kbd{j M} can also merge calls to functions like @code{exp}
21443 and @code{ln}; examine the variable @code{MergeRules} to see all
21444 the relevant rules.
21445
21446 @kindex j C
21447 @pindex calc-sel-commute
21448 @vindex CommuteRules
21449 The @kbd{j C} (@code{calc-sel-commute}) command swaps the arguments
21450 of the selected sum, product, or equation. It always behaves as
21451 if @kbd{j b} mode were in effect, i.e., the sum @samp{a + b + c} is
21452 treated as the nested sums @samp{(a + b) + c} by this command.
21453 If you put the cursor on the first @samp{+}, the result is
21454 @samp{(b + a) + c}; if you put the cursor on the second @samp{+}, the
21455 result is @samp{c + (a + b)} (which the default simplifications
21456 will rearrange to @samp{(c + a) + b}). The relevant rules are stored
21457 in the variable @code{CommuteRules}.
21458
21459 You may need to turn default simplifications off (with the @kbd{m O}
21460 command) in order to get the full benefit of @kbd{j C}. For example,
21461 commuting @samp{a - b} produces @samp{-b + a}, but the default
21462 simplifications will ``simplify'' this right back to @samp{a - b} if
21463 you don't turn them off. The same is true of some of the other
21464 manipulations described in this section.
21465
21466 @kindex j N
21467 @pindex calc-sel-negate
21468 @vindex NegateRules
21469 The @kbd{j N} (@code{calc-sel-negate}) command replaces the selected
21470 term with the negative of that term, then adjusts the surrounding
21471 formula in order to preserve the meaning. For example, given
21472 @samp{exp(a - b)} where @samp{a - b} is selected, the result is
21473 @samp{1 / exp(b - a)}. By contrast, selecting a term and using the
21474 regular @kbd{n} (@code{calc-change-sign}) command negates the
21475 term without adjusting the surroundings, thus changing the meaning
21476 of the formula as a whole. The rules variable is @code{NegateRules}.
21477
21478 @kindex j &
21479 @pindex calc-sel-invert
21480 @vindex InvertRules
21481 The @kbd{j &} (@code{calc-sel-invert}) command is similar to @kbd{j N}
21482 except it takes the reciprocal of the selected term. For example,
21483 given @samp{a - ln(b)} with @samp{b} selected, the result is
21484 @samp{a + ln(1/b)}. The rules variable is @code{InvertRules}.
21485
21486 @kindex j E
21487 @pindex calc-sel-jump-equals
21488 @vindex JumpRules
21489 The @kbd{j E} (@code{calc-sel-jump-equals}) command moves the
21490 selected term from one side of an equation to the other. Given
21491 @samp{a + b = c + d} with @samp{c} selected, the result is
21492 @samp{a + b - c = d}. This command also works if the selected
21493 term is part of a @samp{*}, @samp{/}, or @samp{^} formula. The
21494 relevant rules variable is @code{JumpRules}.
21495
21496 @kindex j I
21497 @kindex H j I
21498 @pindex calc-sel-isolate
21499 The @kbd{j I} (@code{calc-sel-isolate}) command isolates the
21500 selected term on its side of an equation. It uses the @kbd{a S}
21501 (@code{calc-solve-for}) command to solve the equation, and the
21502 Hyperbolic flag affects it in the same way. @xref{Solving Equations}.
21503 When it applies, @kbd{j I} is often easier to use than @kbd{j E}.
21504 It understands more rules of algebra, and works for inequalities
21505 as well as equations.
21506
21507 @kindex j *
21508 @kindex j /
21509 @pindex calc-sel-mult-both-sides
21510 @pindex calc-sel-div-both-sides
21511 The @kbd{j *} (@code{calc-sel-mult-both-sides}) command prompts for a
21512 formula using algebraic entry, then multiplies both sides of the
21513 selected quotient or equation by that formula. It simplifies each
21514 side with @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) before re-forming the
21515 quotient or equation. You can suppress this simplification by
21516 providing any numeric prefix argument. There is also a @kbd{j /}
21517 (@code{calc-sel-div-both-sides}) which is similar to @kbd{j *} but
21518 dividing instead of multiplying by the factor you enter.
21519
21520 As a special feature, if the numerator of the quotient is 1, then
21521 the denominator is expanded at the top level using the distributive
21522 law (i.e., using the @kbd{C-u -1 a x} command). Suppose the
21523 formula on the stack is @samp{1 / (sqrt(a) + 1)}, and you wish
21524 to eliminate the square root in the denominator by multiplying both
21525 sides by @samp{sqrt(a) - 1}. Calc's default simplifications would
21526 change the result @samp{(sqrt(a) - 1) / (sqrt(a) - 1) (sqrt(a) + 1)}
21527 right back to the original form by cancellation; Calc expands the
21528 denominator to @samp{sqrt(a) (sqrt(a) - 1) + sqrt(a) - 1} to prevent
21529 this. (You would now want to use an @kbd{a x} command to expand
21530 the rest of the way, whereupon the denominator would cancel out to
21531 the desired form, @samp{a - 1}.) When the numerator is not 1, this
21532 initial expansion is not necessary because Calc's default
21533 simplifications will not notice the potential cancellation.
21534
21535 If the selection is an inequality, @kbd{j *} and @kbd{j /} will
21536 accept any factor, but will warn unless they can prove the factor
21537 is either positive or negative. (In the latter case the direction
21538 of the inequality will be switched appropriately.) @xref{Declarations},
21539 for ways to inform Calc that a given variable is positive or
21540 negative. If Calc can't tell for sure what the sign of the factor
21541 will be, it will assume it is positive and display a warning
21542 message.
21543
21544 For selections that are not quotients, equations, or inequalities,
21545 these commands pull out a multiplicative factor: They divide (or
21546 multiply) by the entered formula, simplify, then multiply (or divide)
21547 back by the formula.
21548
21549 @kindex j +
21550 @kindex j -
21551 @pindex calc-sel-add-both-sides
21552 @pindex calc-sel-sub-both-sides
21553 The @kbd{j +} (@code{calc-sel-add-both-sides}) and @kbd{j -}
21554 (@code{calc-sel-sub-both-sides}) commands analogously add to or
21555 subtract from both sides of an equation or inequality. For other
21556 types of selections, they extract an additive factor. A numeric
21557 prefix argument suppresses simplification of the intermediate
21558 results.
21559
21560 @kindex j U
21561 @pindex calc-sel-unpack
21562 The @kbd{j U} (@code{calc-sel-unpack}) command replaces the
21563 selected function call with its argument. For example, given
21564 @samp{a + sin(x^2)} with @samp{sin(x^2)} selected, the result
21565 is @samp{a + x^2}. (The @samp{x^2} will remain selected; if you
21566 wanted to change the @code{sin} to @code{cos}, just press @kbd{C}
21567 now to take the cosine of the selected part.)
21568
21569 @kindex j v
21570 @pindex calc-sel-evaluate
21571 The @kbd{j v} (@code{calc-sel-evaluate}) command performs the
21572 normal default simplifications on the selected sub-formula.
21573 These are the simplifications that are normally done automatically
21574 on all results, but which may have been partially inhibited by
21575 previous selection-related operations, or turned off altogether
21576 by the @kbd{m O} command. This command is just an auto-selecting
21577 version of the @w{@kbd{a v}} command (@pxref{Algebraic Manipulation}).
21578
21579 With a numeric prefix argument of 2, @kbd{C-u 2 j v} applies
21580 the @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) command to the selected
21581 sub-formula. With a prefix argument of 3 or more, e.g., @kbd{C-u j v}
21582 applies the @kbd{a e} (@code{calc-simplify-extended}) command.
21583 @xref{Simplifying Formulas}. With a negative prefix argument
21584 it simplifies at the top level only, just as with @kbd{a v}.
21585 Here the ``top'' level refers to the top level of the selected
21586 sub-formula.
21587
21588 @kindex j "
21589 @pindex calc-sel-expand-formula
21590 The @kbd{j "} (@code{calc-sel-expand-formula}) command is to @kbd{a "}
21591 (@pxref{Algebraic Manipulation}) what @kbd{j v} is to @kbd{a v}.
21592
21593 You can use the @kbd{j r} (@code{calc-rewrite-selection}) command
21594 to define other algebraic operations on sub-formulas. @xref{Rewrite Rules}.
21595
21596 @node Algebraic Manipulation, Simplifying Formulas, Selecting Subformulas, Algebra
21597 @section Algebraic Manipulation
21598
21599 @noindent
21600 The commands in this section perform general-purpose algebraic
21601 manipulations. They work on the whole formula at the top of the
21602 stack (unless, of course, you have made a selection in that
21603 formula).
21604
21605 Many algebra commands prompt for a variable name or formula. If you
21606 answer the prompt with a blank line, the variable or formula is taken
21607 from top-of-stack, and the normal argument for the command is taken
21608 from the second-to-top stack level.
21609
21610 @kindex a v
21611 @pindex calc-alg-evaluate
21612 The @kbd{a v} (@code{calc-alg-evaluate}) command performs the normal
21613 default simplifications on a formula; for example, @samp{a - -b} is
21614 changed to @samp{a + b}. These simplifications are normally done
21615 automatically on all Calc results, so this command is useful only if
21616 you have turned default simplifications off with an @kbd{m O}
21617 command. @xref{Simplification Modes}.
21618
21619 It is often more convenient to type @kbd{=}, which is like @kbd{a v}
21620 but which also substitutes stored values for variables in the formula.
21621 Use @kbd{a v} if you want the variables to ignore their stored values.
21622
21623 If you give a numeric prefix argument of 2 to @kbd{a v}, it simplifies
21624 as if in algebraic simplification mode. This is equivalent to typing
21625 @kbd{a s}; @pxref{Simplifying Formulas}. If you give a numeric prefix
21626 of 3 or more, it uses extended simplification mode (@kbd{a e}).
21627
21628 If you give a negative prefix argument @i{-1}, @i{-2}, or @i{-3},
21629 it simplifies in the corresponding mode but only works on the top-level
21630 function call of the formula. For example, @samp{(2 + 3) * (2 + 3)} will
21631 simplify to @samp{(2 + 3)^2}, without simplifying the sub-formulas
21632 @samp{2 + 3}. As another example, typing @kbd{V R +} to sum the vector
21633 @samp{[1, 2, 3, 4]} produces the formula @samp{reduce(add, [1, 2, 3, 4])}
21634 in no-simplify mode. Using @kbd{a v} will evaluate this all the way to
21635 10; using @kbd{C-u - a v} will evaluate it only to @samp{1 + 2 + 3 + 4}.
21636 (@xref{Reducing and Mapping}.)
21637
21638 @tindex evalv
21639 @tindex evalvn
21640 The @kbd{=} command corresponds to the @code{evalv} function, and
21641 the related @kbd{N} command, which is like @kbd{=} but temporarily
21642 disables symbolic (@kbd{m s}) mode during the evaluation, corresponds
21643 to the @code{evalvn} function. (These commands interpret their prefix
21644 arguments differently than @kbd{a v}; @kbd{=} treats the prefix as
21645 the number of stack elements to evaluate at once, and @kbd{N} treats
21646 it as a temporary different working precision.)
21647
21648 The @code{evalvn} function can take an alternate working precision
21649 as an optional second argument. This argument can be either an
21650 integer, to set the precision absolutely, or a vector containing
21651 a single integer, to adjust the precision relative to the current
21652 precision. Note that @code{evalvn} with a larger than current
21653 precision will do the calculation at this higher precision, but the
21654 result will as usual be rounded back down to the current precision
21655 afterward. For example, @samp{evalvn(pi - 3.1415)} at a precision
21656 of 12 will return @samp{9.265359e-5}; @samp{evalvn(pi - 3.1415, 30)}
21657 will return @samp{9.26535897932e-5} (computing a 25-digit result which
21658 is then rounded down to 12); and @samp{evalvn(pi - 3.1415, [-2])}
21659 will return @samp{9.2654e-5}.
21660
21661 @kindex a "
21662 @pindex calc-expand-formula
21663 The @kbd{a "} (@code{calc-expand-formula}) command expands functions
21664 into their defining formulas wherever possible. For example,
21665 @samp{deg(x^2)} is changed to @samp{180 x^2 / pi}. Most functions,
21666 like @code{sin} and @code{gcd}, are not defined by simple formulas
21667 and so are unaffected by this command. One important class of
21668 functions which @emph{can} be expanded is the user-defined functions
21669 created by the @kbd{Z F} command. @xref{Algebraic Definitions}.
21670 Other functions which @kbd{a "} can expand include the probability
21671 distribution functions, most of the financial functions, and the
21672 hyperbolic and inverse hyperbolic functions. A numeric prefix argument
21673 affects @kbd{a "} in the same way as it does @kbd{a v}: A positive
21674 argument expands all functions in the formula and then simplifies in
21675 various ways; a negative argument expands and simplifies only the
21676 top-level function call.
21677
21678 @kindex a M
21679 @pindex calc-map-equation
21680 @tindex mapeq
21681 The @kbd{a M} (@code{calc-map-equation}) [@code{mapeq}] command applies
21682 a given function or operator to one or more equations. It is analogous
21683 to @kbd{V M}, which operates on vectors instead of equations.
21684 @pxref{Reducing and Mapping}. For example, @kbd{a M S} changes
21685 @samp{x = y+1} to @samp{sin(x) = sin(y+1)}, and @kbd{a M +} with
21686 @samp{x = y+1} and @cite{6} on the stack produces @samp{x+6 = y+7}.
21687 With two equations on the stack, @kbd{a M +} would add the lefthand
21688 sides together and the righthand sides together to get the two
21689 respective sides of a new equation.
21690
21691 Mapping also works on inequalities. Mapping two similar inequalities
21692 produces another inequality of the same type. Mapping an inequality
21693 with an equation produces an inequality of the same type. Mapping a
21694 @samp{<=} with a @samp{<} or @samp{!=} (not-equal) produces a @samp{<}.
21695 If inequalities with opposite direction (e.g., @samp{<} and @samp{>})
21696 are mapped, the direction of the second inequality is reversed to
21697 match the first: Using @kbd{a M +} on @samp{a < b} and @samp{a > 2}
21698 reverses the latter to get @samp{2 < a}, which then allows the
21699 combination @samp{a + 2 < b + a}, which the @kbd{a s} command can
21700 then simplify to get @samp{2 < b}.
21701
21702 Using @kbd{a M *}, @kbd{a M /}, @kbd{a M n}, or @kbd{a M &} to negate
21703 or invert an inequality will reverse the direction of the inequality.
21704 Other adjustments to inequalities are @emph{not} done automatically;
21705 @kbd{a M S} will change @w{@samp{x < y}} to @samp{sin(x) < sin(y)} even
21706 though this is not true for all values of the variables.
21707
21708 @kindex H a M
21709 @tindex mapeqp
21710 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H a M} [@code{mapeqp}] does a plain
21711 mapping operation without reversing the direction of any inequalities.
21712 Thus, @kbd{H a M &} would change @kbd{x > 2} to @kbd{1/x > 0.5}.
21713 (This change is mathematically incorrect, but perhaps you were
21714 fixing an inequality which was already incorrect.)
21715
21716 @kindex I a M
21717 @tindex mapeqr
21718 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I a M} [@code{mapeqr}] always reverses
21719 the direction of the inequality. You might use @kbd{I a M C} to
21720 change @samp{x < y} to @samp{cos(x) > cos(y)} if you know you are
21721 working with small positive angles.
21722
21723 @kindex a b
21724 @pindex calc-substitute
21725 @tindex subst
21726 The @kbd{a b} (@code{calc-substitute}) [@code{subst}] command substitutes
21727 all occurrences
21728 of some variable or sub-expression of an expression with a new
21729 sub-expression. For example, substituting @samp{sin(x)} with @samp{cos(y)}
21730 in @samp{2 sin(x)^2 + x sin(x) + sin(2 x)} produces
21731 @samp{2 cos(y)^2 + x cos(y) + @w{sin(2 x)}}.
21732 Note that this is a purely structural substitution; the lone @samp{x} and
21733 the @samp{sin(2 x)} stayed the same because they did not look like
21734 @samp{sin(x)}. @xref{Rewrite Rules}, for a more general method for
21735 doing substitutions.@refill
21736
21737 The @kbd{a b} command normally prompts for two formulas, the old
21738 one and the new one. If you enter a blank line for the first
21739 prompt, all three arguments are taken from the stack (new, then old,
21740 then target expression). If you type an old formula but then enter a
21741 blank line for the new one, the new formula is taken from top-of-stack
21742 and the target from second-to-top. If you answer both prompts, the
21743 target is taken from top-of-stack as usual.
21744
21745 Note that @kbd{a b} has no understanding of commutativity or
21746 associativity. The pattern @samp{x+y} will not match the formula
21747 @samp{y+x}. Also, @samp{y+z} will not match inside the formula @samp{x+y+z}
21748 because the @samp{+} operator is left-associative, so the ``deep
21749 structure'' of that formula is @samp{(x+y) + z}. Use @kbd{d U}
21750 (@code{calc-unformatted-language}) mode to see the true structure of
21751 a formula. The rewrite rule mechanism, discussed later, does not have
21752 these limitations.
21753
21754 As an algebraic function, @code{subst} takes three arguments:
21755 Target expression, old, new. Note that @code{subst} is always
21756 evaluated immediately, even if its arguments are variables, so if
21757 you wish to put a call to @code{subst} onto the stack you must
21758 turn the default simplifications off first (with @kbd{m O}).
21759
21760 @node Simplifying Formulas, Polynomials, Algebraic Manipulation, Algebra
21761 @section Simplifying Formulas
21762
21763 @noindent
21764 @kindex a s
21765 @pindex calc-simplify
21766 @tindex simplify
21767 The @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) [@code{simplify}] command applies
21768 various algebraic rules to simplify a formula. This includes rules which
21769 are not part of the default simplifications because they may be too slow
21770 to apply all the time, or may not be desirable all of the time. For
21771 example, non-adjacent terms of sums are combined, as in @samp{a + b + 2 a}
21772 to @samp{b + 3 a}, and some formulas like @samp{sin(arcsin(x))} are
21773 simplified to @samp{x}.
21774
21775 The sections below describe all the various kinds of algebraic
21776 simplifications Calc provides in full detail. None of Calc's
21777 simplification commands are designed to pull rabbits out of hats;
21778 they simply apply certain specific rules to put formulas into
21779 less redundant or more pleasing forms. Serious algebra in Calc
21780 must be done manually, usually with a combination of selections
21781 and rewrite rules. @xref{Rearranging with Selections}.
21782 @xref{Rewrite Rules}.
21783
21784 @xref{Simplification Modes}, for commands to control what level of
21785 simplification occurs automatically. Normally only the ``default
21786 simplifications'' occur.
21787
21788 @menu
21789 * Default Simplifications::
21790 * Algebraic Simplifications::
21791 * Unsafe Simplifications::
21792 * Simplification of Units::
21793 @end menu
21794
21795 @node Default Simplifications, Algebraic Simplifications, Simplifying Formulas, Simplifying Formulas
21796 @subsection Default Simplifications
21797
21798 @noindent
21799 @cindex Default simplifications
21800 This section describes the ``default simplifications,'' those which are
21801 normally applied to all results. For example, if you enter the variable
21802 @cite{x} on the stack twice and push @kbd{+}, Calc's default
21803 simplifications automatically change @cite{x + x} to @cite{2 x}.
21804
21805 The @kbd{m O} command turns off the default simplifications, so that
21806 @cite{x + x} will remain in this form unless you give an explicit
21807 ``simplify'' command like @kbd{=} or @kbd{a v}. @xref{Algebraic
21808 Manipulation}. The @kbd{m D} command turns the default simplifications
21809 back on.
21810
21811 The most basic default simplification is the evaluation of functions.
21812 For example, @cite{2 + 3} is evaluated to @cite{5}, and @cite{@t{sqrt}(9)}
21813 is evaluated to @cite{3}. Evaluation does not occur if the arguments
21814 to a function are somehow of the wrong type (@cite{@t{tan}([2,3,4])},
21815 range (@cite{@t{tan}(90)}), or number (@cite{@t{tan}(3,5)}), or if the
21816 function name is not recognized (@cite{@t{f}(5)}), or if ``symbolic''
21817 mode (@pxref{Symbolic Mode}) prevents evaluation (@cite{@t{sqrt}(2)}).
21818
21819 Calc simplifies (evaluates) the arguments to a function before it
21820 simplifies the function itself. Thus @cite{@t{sqrt}(5+4)} is
21821 simplified to @cite{@t{sqrt}(9)} before the @code{sqrt} function
21822 itself is applied. There are very few exceptions to this rule:
21823 @code{quote}, @code{lambda}, and @code{condition} (the @code{::}
21824 operator) do not evaluate their arguments, @code{if} (the @code{? :}
21825 operator) does not evaluate all of its arguments, and @code{evalto}
21826 does not evaluate its lefthand argument.
21827
21828 Most commands apply the default simplifications to all arguments they
21829 take from the stack, perform a particular operation, then simplify
21830 the result before pushing it back on the stack. In the common special
21831 case of regular arithmetic commands like @kbd{+} and @kbd{Q} [@code{sqrt}],
21832 the arguments are simply popped from the stack and collected into a
21833 suitable function call, which is then simplified (the arguments being
21834 simplified first as part of the process, as described above).
21835
21836 The default simplifications are too numerous to describe completely
21837 here, but this section will describe the ones that apply to the
21838 major arithmetic operators. This list will be rather technical in
21839 nature, and will probably be interesting to you only if you are
21840 a serious user of Calc's algebra facilities.
21841
21842 @tex
21843 \bigskip
21844 @end tex
21845
21846 As well as the simplifications described here, if you have stored
21847 any rewrite rules in the variable @code{EvalRules} then these rules
21848 will also be applied before any built-in default simplifications.
21849 @xref{Automatic Rewrites}, for details.
21850
21851 @tex
21852 \bigskip
21853 @end tex
21854
21855 And now, on with the default simplifications:
21856
21857 Arithmetic operators like @kbd{+} and @kbd{*} always take two
21858 arguments in Calc's internal form. Sums and products of three or
21859 more terms are arranged by the associative law of algebra into
21860 a left-associative form for sums, @cite{((a + b) + c) + d}, and
21861 a right-associative form for products, @cite{a * (b * (c * d))}.
21862 Formulas like @cite{(a + b) + (c + d)} are rearranged to
21863 left-associative form, though this rarely matters since Calc's
21864 algebra commands are designed to hide the inner structure of
21865 sums and products as much as possible. Sums and products in
21866 their proper associative form will be written without parentheses
21867 in the examples below.
21868
21869 Sums and products are @emph{not} rearranged according to the
21870 commutative law (@cite{a + b} to @cite{b + a}) except in a few
21871 special cases described below. Some algebra programs always
21872 rearrange terms into a canonical order, which enables them to
21873 see that @cite{a b + b a} can be simplified to @cite{2 a b}.
21874 Calc assumes you have put the terms into the order you want
21875 and generally leaves that order alone, with the consequence
21876 that formulas like the above will only be simplified if you
21877 explicitly give the @kbd{a s} command. @xref{Algebraic
21878 Simplifications}.
21879
21880 Differences @cite{a - b} are treated like sums @cite{a + (-b)}
21881 for purposes of simplification; one of the default simplifications
21882 is to rewrite @cite{a + (-b)} or @cite{(-b) + a}, where @cite{-b}
21883 represents a ``negative-looking'' term, into @cite{a - b} form.
21884 ``Negative-looking'' means negative numbers, negated formulas like
21885 @cite{-x}, and products or quotients in which either term is
21886 negative-looking.
21887
21888 Other simplifications involving negation are @cite{-(-x)} to @cite{x};
21889 @cite{-(a b)} or @cite{-(a/b)} where either @cite{a} or @cite{b} is
21890 negative-looking, simplified by negating that term, or else where
21891 @cite{a} or @cite{b} is any number, by negating that number;
21892 @cite{-(a + b)} to @cite{-a - b}, and @cite{-(b - a)} to @cite{a - b}.
21893 (This, and rewriting @cite{(-b) + a} to @cite{a - b}, are the only
21894 cases where the order of terms in a sum is changed by the default
21895 simplifications.)
21896
21897 The distributive law is used to simplify sums in some cases:
21898 @cite{a x + b x} to @cite{(a + b) x}, where @cite{a} represents
21899 a number or an implicit 1 or @i{-1} (as in @cite{x} or @cite{-x})
21900 and similarly for @cite{b}. Use the @kbd{a c}, @w{@kbd{a f}}, or
21901 @kbd{j M} commands to merge sums with non-numeric coefficients
21902 using the distributive law.
21903
21904 The distributive law is only used for sums of two terms, or
21905 for adjacent terms in a larger sum. Thus @cite{a + b + b + c}
21906 is simplified to @cite{a + 2 b + c}, but @cite{a + b + c + b}
21907 is not simplified. The reason is that comparing all terms of a
21908 sum with one another would require time proportional to the
21909 square of the number of terms; Calc relegates potentially slow
21910 operations like this to commands that have to be invoked
21911 explicitly, like @kbd{a s}.
21912
21913 Finally, @cite{a + 0} and @cite{0 + a} are simplified to @cite{a}.
21914 A consequence of the above rules is that @cite{0 - a} is simplified
21915 to @cite{-a}.
21916
21917 @tex
21918 \bigskip
21919 @end tex
21920
21921 The products @cite{1 a} and @cite{a 1} are simplified to @cite{a};
21922 @cite{(-1) a} and @cite{a (-1)} are simplified to @cite{-a};
21923 @cite{0 a} and @cite{a 0} are simplified to @cite{0}, except that
21924 in matrix mode where @cite{a} is not provably scalar the result
21925 is the generic zero matrix @samp{idn(0)}, and that if @cite{a} is
21926 infinite the result is @samp{nan}.
21927
21928 Also, @cite{(-a) b} and @cite{a (-b)} are simplified to @cite{-(a b)},
21929 where this occurs for negated formulas but not for regular negative
21930 numbers.
21931
21932 Products are commuted only to move numbers to the front:
21933 @cite{a b 2} is commuted to @cite{2 a b}.
21934
21935 The product @cite{a (b + c)} is distributed over the sum only if
21936 @cite{a} and at least one of @cite{b} and @cite{c} are numbers:
21937 @cite{2 (x + 3)} goes to @cite{2 x + 6}. The formula
21938 @cite{(-a) (b - c)}, where @cite{-a} is a negative number, is
21939 rewritten to @cite{a (c - b)}.
21940
21941 The distributive law of products and powers is used for adjacent
21942 terms of the product: @cite{x^a x^b} goes to @c{$x^{a+b}$}
21943 @cite{x^(a+b)}
21944 where @cite{a} is a number, or an implicit 1 (as in @cite{x}),
21945 or the implicit one-half of @cite{@t{sqrt}(x)}, and similarly for
21946 @cite{b}. The result is written using @samp{sqrt} or @samp{1/sqrt}
21947 if the sum of the powers is @cite{1/2} or @cite{-1/2}, respectively.
21948 If the sum of the powers is zero, the product is simplified to
21949 @cite{1} or to @samp{idn(1)} if matrix mode is enabled.
21950
21951 The product of a negative power times anything but another negative
21952 power is changed to use division: @c{$x^{-2} y$}
21953 @cite{x^(-2) y} goes to @cite{y / x^2} unless matrix mode is
21954 in effect and neither @cite{x} nor @cite{y} are scalar (in which
21955 case it is considered unsafe to rearrange the order of the terms).
21956
21957 Finally, @cite{a (b/c)} is rewritten to @cite{(a b)/c}, and also
21958 @cite{(a/b) c} is changed to @cite{(a c)/b} unless in matrix mode.
21959
21960 @tex
21961 \bigskip
21962 @end tex
21963
21964 Simplifications for quotients are analogous to those for products.
21965 The quotient @cite{0 / x} is simplified to @cite{0}, with the same
21966 exceptions that were noted for @cite{0 x}. Likewise, @cite{x / 1}
21967 and @cite{x / (-1)} are simplified to @cite{x} and @cite{-x},
21968 respectively.
21969
21970 The quotient @cite{x / 0} is left unsimplified or changed to an
21971 infinite quantity, as directed by the current infinite mode.
21972 @xref{Infinite Mode}.
21973
21974 The expression @c{$a / b^{-c}$}
21975 @cite{a / b^(-c)} is changed to @cite{a b^c},
21976 where @cite{-c} is any negative-looking power. Also, @cite{1 / b^c}
21977 is changed to @c{$b^{-c}$}
21978 @cite{b^(-c)} for any power @cite{c}.
21979
21980 Also, @cite{(-a) / b} and @cite{a / (-b)} go to @cite{-(a/b)};
21981 @cite{(a/b) / c} goes to @cite{a / (b c)}; and @cite{a / (b/c)}
21982 goes to @cite{(a c) / b} unless matrix mode prevents this
21983 rearrangement. Similarly, @cite{a / (b:c)} is simplified to
21984 @cite{(c:b) a} for any fraction @cite{b:c}.
21985
21986 The distributive law is applied to @cite{(a + b) / c} only if
21987 @cite{c} and at least one of @cite{a} and @cite{b} are numbers.
21988 Quotients of powers and square roots are distributed just as
21989 described for multiplication.
21990
21991 Quotients of products cancel only in the leading terms of the
21992 numerator and denominator. In other words, @cite{a x b / a y b}
21993 is cancelled to @cite{x b / y b} but not to @cite{x / y}. Once
21994 again this is because full cancellation can be slow; use @kbd{a s}
21995 to cancel all terms of the quotient.
21996
21997 Quotients of negative-looking values are simplified according
21998 to @cite{(-a) / (-b)} to @cite{a / b}, @cite{(-a) / (b - c)}
21999 to @cite{a / (c - b)}, and @cite{(a - b) / (-c)} to @cite{(b - a) / c}.
22000
22001 @tex
22002 \bigskip
22003 @end tex
22004
22005 The formula @cite{x^0} is simplified to @cite{1}, or to @samp{idn(1)}
22006 in matrix mode. The formula @cite{0^x} is simplified to @cite{0}
22007 unless @cite{x} is a negative number or complex number, in which
22008 case the result is an infinity or an unsimplified formula according
22009 to the current infinite mode. Note that @cite{0^0} is an
22010 indeterminate form, as evidenced by the fact that the simplifications
22011 for @cite{x^0} and @cite{0^x} conflict when @cite{x=0}.
22012
22013 Powers of products or quotients @cite{(a b)^c}, @cite{(a/b)^c}
22014 are distributed to @cite{a^c b^c}, @cite{a^c / b^c} only if @cite{c}
22015 is an integer, or if either @cite{a} or @cite{b} are nonnegative
22016 real numbers. Powers of powers @cite{(a^b)^c} are simplified to
22017 @c{$a^{b c}$}
22018 @cite{a^(b c)} only when @cite{c} is an integer and @cite{b c} also
22019 evaluates to an integer. Without these restrictions these simplifications
22020 would not be safe because of problems with principal values.
22021 (In other words, @c{$((-3)^{1/2})^2$}
22022 @cite{((-3)^1:2)^2} is safe to simplify, but
22023 @c{$((-3)^2)^{1/2}$}
22024 @cite{((-3)^2)^1:2} is not.) @xref{Declarations}, for ways to inform
22025 Calc that your variables satisfy these requirements.
22026
22027 As a special case of this rule, @cite{@t{sqrt}(x)^n} is simplified to
22028 @c{$x^{n/2}$}
22029 @cite{x^(n/2)} only for even integers @cite{n}.
22030
22031 If @cite{a} is known to be real, @cite{b} is an even integer, and
22032 @cite{c} is a half- or quarter-integer, then @cite{(a^b)^c} is
22033 simplified to @c{$@t{abs}(a^{b c})$}
22034 @cite{@t{abs}(a^(b c))}.
22035
22036 Also, @cite{(-a)^b} is simplified to @cite{a^b} if @cite{b} is an
22037 even integer, or to @cite{-(a^b)} if @cite{b} is an odd integer,
22038 for any negative-looking expression @cite{-a}.
22039
22040 Square roots @cite{@t{sqrt}(x)} generally act like one-half powers
22041 @c{$x^{1:2}$}
22042 @cite{x^1:2} for the purposes of the above-listed simplifications.
22043
22044 Also, note that @c{$1 / x^{1:2}$}
22045 @cite{1 / x^1:2} is changed to @c{$x^{-1:2}$}
22046 @cite{x^(-1:2)},
22047 but @cite{1 / @t{sqrt}(x)} is left alone.
22048
22049 @tex
22050 \bigskip
22051 @end tex
22052
22053 Generic identity matrices (@pxref{Matrix Mode}) are simplified by the
22054 following rules: @cite{@t{idn}(a) + b} to @cite{a + b} if @cite{b}
22055 is provably scalar, or expanded out if @cite{b} is a matrix;
22056 @cite{@t{idn}(a) + @t{idn}(b)} to @cite{@t{idn}(a + b)};
22057 @cite{-@t{idn}(a)} to @cite{@t{idn}(-a)}; @cite{a @t{idn}(b)} to
22058 @cite{@t{idn}(a b)} if @cite{a} is provably scalar, or to @cite{a b}
22059 if @cite{a} is provably non-scalar; @cite{@t{idn}(a) @t{idn}(b)}
22060 to @cite{@t{idn}(a b)}; analogous simplifications for quotients
22061 involving @code{idn}; and @cite{@t{idn}(a)^n} to @cite{@t{idn}(a^n)}
22062 where @cite{n} is an integer.
22063
22064 @tex
22065 \bigskip
22066 @end tex
22067
22068 The @code{floor} function and other integer truncation functions
22069 vanish if the argument is provably integer-valued, so that
22070 @cite{@t{floor}(@t{round}(x))} simplifies to @cite{@t{round}(x)}.
22071 Also, combinations of @code{float}, @code{floor} and its friends,
22072 and @code{ffloor} and its friends, are simplified in appropriate
22073 ways. @xref{Integer Truncation}.
22074
22075 The expression @cite{@t{abs}(-x)} changes to @cite{@t{abs}(x)}.
22076 The expression @cite{@t{abs}(@t{abs}(x))} changes to @cite{@t{abs}(x)};
22077 in fact, @cite{@t{abs}(x)} changes to @cite{x} or @cite{-x} if @cite{x}
22078 is provably nonnegative or nonpositive (@pxref{Declarations}).
22079
22080 While most functions do not recognize the variable @code{i} as an
22081 imaginary number, the @code{arg} function does handle the two cases
22082 @cite{@t{arg}(@t{i})} and @cite{@t{arg}(-@t{i})} just for convenience.
22083
22084 The expression @cite{@t{conj}(@t{conj}(x))} simplifies to @cite{x}.
22085 Various other expressions involving @code{conj}, @code{re}, and
22086 @code{im} are simplified, especially if some of the arguments are
22087 provably real or involve the constant @code{i}. For example,
22088 @cite{@t{conj}(a + b i)} is changed to @cite{@t{conj}(a) - @t{conj}(b) i},
22089 or to @cite{a - b i} if @cite{a} and @cite{b} are known to be real.
22090
22091 Functions like @code{sin} and @code{arctan} generally don't have
22092 any default simplifications beyond simply evaluating the functions
22093 for suitable numeric arguments and infinity. The @kbd{a s} command
22094 described in the next section does provide some simplifications for
22095 these functions, though.
22096
22097 One important simplification that does occur is that @cite{@t{ln}(@t{e})}
22098 is simplified to 1, and @cite{@t{ln}(@t{e}^x)} is simplified to @cite{x}
22099 for any @cite{x}. This occurs even if you have stored a different
22100 value in the Calc variable @samp{e}; but this would be a bad idea
22101 in any case if you were also using natural logarithms!
22102
22103 Among the logical functions, @t{!}@i{(a} @t{<=} @i{b)} changes to
22104 @cite{a > b} and so on. Equations and inequalities where both sides
22105 are either negative-looking or zero are simplified by negating both sides
22106 and reversing the inequality. While it might seem reasonable to simplify
22107 @cite{!!x} to @cite{x}, this would not be valid in general because
22108 @cite{!!2} is 1, not 2.
22109
22110 Most other Calc functions have few if any default simplifications
22111 defined, aside of course from evaluation when the arguments are
22112 suitable numbers.
22113
22114 @node Algebraic Simplifications, Unsafe Simplifications, Default Simplifications, Simplifying Formulas
22115 @subsection Algebraic Simplifications
22116
22117 @noindent
22118 @cindex Algebraic simplifications
22119 The @kbd{a s} command makes simplifications that may be too slow to
22120 do all the time, or that may not be desirable all of the time.
22121 If you find these simplifications are worthwhile, you can type
22122 @kbd{m A} to have Calc apply them automatically.
22123
22124 This section describes all simplifications that are performed by
22125 the @kbd{a s} command. Note that these occur in addition to the
22126 default simplifications; even if the default simplifications have
22127 been turned off by an @kbd{m O} command, @kbd{a s} will turn them
22128 back on temporarily while it simplifies the formula.
22129
22130 There is a variable, @code{AlgSimpRules}, in which you can put rewrites
22131 to be applied by @kbd{a s}. Its use is analogous to @code{EvalRules},
22132 but without the special restrictions. Basically, the simplifier does
22133 @samp{@w{a r} AlgSimpRules} with an infinite repeat count on the whole
22134 expression being simplified, then it traverses the expression applying
22135 the built-in rules described below. If the result is different from
22136 the original expression, the process repeats with the default
22137 simplifications (including @code{EvalRules}), then @code{AlgSimpRules},
22138 then the built-in simplifications, and so on.
22139
22140 @tex
22141 \bigskip
22142 @end tex
22143
22144 Sums are simplified in two ways. Constant terms are commuted to the
22145 end of the sum, so that @cite{a + 2 + b} changes to @cite{a + b + 2}.
22146 The only exception is that a constant will not be commuted away
22147 from the first position of a difference, i.e., @cite{2 - x} is not
22148 commuted to @cite{-x + 2}.
22149
22150 Also, terms of sums are combined by the distributive law, as in
22151 @cite{x + y + 2 x} to @cite{y + 3 x}. This always occurs for
22152 adjacent terms, but @kbd{a s} compares all pairs of terms including
22153 non-adjacent ones.
22154
22155 @tex
22156 \bigskip
22157 @end tex
22158
22159 Products are sorted into a canonical order using the commutative
22160 law. For example, @cite{b c a} is commuted to @cite{a b c}.
22161 This allows easier comparison of products; for example, the default
22162 simplifications will not change @cite{x y + y x} to @cite{2 x y},
22163 but @kbd{a s} will; it first rewrites the sum to @cite{x y + x y},
22164 and then the default simplifications are able to recognize a sum
22165 of identical terms.
22166
22167 The canonical ordering used to sort terms of products has the
22168 property that real-valued numbers, interval forms and infinities
22169 come first, and are sorted into increasing order. The @kbd{V S}
22170 command uses the same ordering when sorting a vector.
22171
22172 Sorting of terms of products is inhibited when matrix mode is
22173 turned on; in this case, Calc will never exchange the order of
22174 two terms unless it knows at least one of the terms is a scalar.
22175
22176 Products of powers are distributed by comparing all pairs of
22177 terms, using the same method that the default simplifications
22178 use for adjacent terms of products.
22179
22180 Even though sums are not sorted, the commutative law is still
22181 taken into account when terms of a product are being compared.
22182 Thus @cite{(x + y) (y + x)} will be simplified to @cite{(x + y)^2}.
22183 A subtle point is that @cite{(x - y) (y - x)} will @emph{not}
22184 be simplified to @cite{-(x - y)^2}; Calc does not notice that
22185 one term can be written as a constant times the other, even if
22186 that constant is @i{-1}.
22187
22188 A fraction times any expression, @cite{(a:b) x}, is changed to
22189 a quotient involving integers: @cite{a x / b}. This is not
22190 done for floating-point numbers like @cite{0.5}, however. This
22191 is one reason why you may find it convenient to turn Fraction mode
22192 on while doing algebra; @pxref{Fraction Mode}.
22193
22194 @tex
22195 \bigskip
22196 @end tex
22197
22198 Quotients are simplified by comparing all terms in the numerator
22199 with all terms in the denominator for possible cancellation using
22200 the distributive law. For example, @cite{a x^2 b / c x^3 d} will
22201 cancel @cite{x^2} from both sides to get @cite{a b / c x d}.
22202 (The terms in the denominator will then be rearranged to @cite{c d x}
22203 as described above.) If there is any common integer or fractional
22204 factor in the numerator and denominator, it is cancelled out;
22205 for example, @cite{(4 x + 6) / 8 x} simplifies to @cite{(2 x + 3) / 4 x}.
22206
22207 Non-constant common factors are not found even by @kbd{a s}. To
22208 cancel the factor @cite{a} in @cite{(a x + a) / a^2} you could first
22209 use @kbd{j M} on the product @cite{a x} to Merge the numerator to
22210 @cite{a (1+x)}, which can then be simplified successfully.
22211
22212 @tex
22213 \bigskip
22214 @end tex
22215
22216 Integer powers of the variable @code{i} are simplified according
22217 to the identity @cite{i^2 = -1}. If you store a new value other
22218 than the complex number @cite{(0,1)} in @code{i}, this simplification
22219 will no longer occur. This is done by @kbd{a s} instead of by default
22220 in case someone (unwisely) uses the name @code{i} for a variable
22221 unrelated to complex numbers; it would be unfortunate if Calc
22222 quietly and automatically changed this formula for reasons the
22223 user might not have been thinking of.
22224
22225 Square roots of integer or rational arguments are simplified in
22226 several ways. (Note that these will be left unevaluated only in
22227 Symbolic mode.) First, square integer or rational factors are
22228 pulled out so that @cite{@t{sqrt}(8)} is rewritten as
22229 @c{$2\,\t{sqrt}(2)$}
22230 @cite{2 sqrt(2)}. Conceptually speaking this implies factoring
22231 the argument into primes and moving pairs of primes out of the
22232 square root, but for reasons of efficiency Calc only looks for
22233 primes up to 29.
22234
22235 Square roots in the denominator of a quotient are moved to the
22236 numerator: @cite{1 / @t{sqrt}(3)} changes to @cite{@t{sqrt}(3) / 3}.
22237 The same effect occurs for the square root of a fraction:
22238 @cite{@t{sqrt}(2:3)} changes to @cite{@t{sqrt}(6) / 3}.
22239
22240 @tex
22241 \bigskip
22242 @end tex
22243
22244 The @code{%} (modulo) operator is simplified in several ways
22245 when the modulus @cite{M} is a positive real number. First, if
22246 the argument is of the form @cite{x + n} for some real number
22247 @cite{n}, then @cite{n} is itself reduced modulo @cite{M}. For
22248 example, @samp{(x - 23) % 10} is simplified to @samp{(x + 7) % 10}.
22249
22250 If the argument is multiplied by a constant, and this constant
22251 has a common integer divisor with the modulus, then this factor is
22252 cancelled out. For example, @samp{12 x % 15} is changed to
22253 @samp{3 (4 x % 5)} by factoring out 3. Also, @samp{(12 x + 1) % 15}
22254 is changed to @samp{3 ((4 x + 1:3) % 5)}. While these forms may
22255 not seem ``simpler,'' they allow Calc to discover useful information
22256 about modulo forms in the presence of declarations.
22257
22258 If the modulus is 1, then Calc can use @code{int} declarations to
22259 evaluate the expression. For example, the idiom @samp{x % 2} is
22260 often used to check whether a number is odd or even. As described
22261 above, @w{@samp{2 n % 2}} and @samp{(2 n + 1) % 2} are simplified to
22262 @samp{2 (n % 1)} and @samp{2 ((n + 1:2) % 1)}, respectively; Calc
22263 can simplify these to 0 and 1 (respectively) if @code{n} has been
22264 declared to be an integer.
22265
22266 @tex
22267 \bigskip
22268 @end tex
22269
22270 Trigonometric functions are simplified in several ways. First,
22271 @cite{@t{sin}(@t{arcsin}(x))} is simplified to @cite{x}, and
22272 similarly for @code{cos} and @code{tan}. If the argument to
22273 @code{sin} is negative-looking, it is simplified to @cite{-@t{sin}(x)},
22274 and similarly for @code{cos} and @code{tan}. Finally, certain
22275 special values of the argument are recognized;
22276 @pxref{Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions}.
22277
22278 Trigonometric functions of inverses of different trigonometric
22279 functions can also be simplified, as in @cite{@t{sin}(@t{arccos}(x))}
22280 to @cite{@t{sqrt}(1 - x^2)}.
22281
22282 Hyperbolic functions of their inverses and of negative-looking
22283 arguments are also handled, as are exponentials of inverse
22284 hyperbolic functions.
22285
22286 No simplifications for inverse trigonometric and hyperbolic
22287 functions are known, except for negative arguments of @code{arcsin},
22288 @code{arctan}, @code{arcsinh}, and @code{arctanh}. Note that
22289 @cite{@t{arcsin}(@t{sin}(x))} can @emph{not} safely change to
22290 @cite{x}, since this only correct within an integer multiple
22291 of @c{$2 \pi$}
22292 @cite{2 pi} radians or 360 degrees. However,
22293 @cite{@t{arcsinh}(@t{sinh}(x))} is simplified to @cite{x} if
22294 @cite{x} is known to be real.
22295
22296 Several simplifications that apply to logarithms and exponentials
22297 are that @cite{@t{exp}(@t{ln}(x))}, @c{$@t{e}^{\ln(x)}$}
22298 @cite{e^@t{ln}(x)}, and
22299 @c{$10^{{\rm log10}(x)}$}
22300 @cite{10^@t{log10}(x)} all reduce to @cite{x}.
22301 Also, @cite{@t{ln}(@t{exp}(x))}, etc., can reduce to @cite{x} if
22302 @cite{x} is provably real. The form @cite{@t{exp}(x)^y} is simplified
22303 to @cite{@t{exp}(x y)}. If @cite{x} is a suitable multiple of @c{$\pi i$}
22304 @cite{pi i}
22305 (as described above for the trigonometric functions), then @cite{@t{exp}(x)}
22306 or @cite{e^x} will be expanded. Finally, @cite{@t{ln}(x)} is simplified
22307 to a form involving @code{pi} and @code{i} where @cite{x} is provably
22308 negative, positive imaginary, or negative imaginary.
22309
22310 The error functions @code{erf} and @code{erfc} are simplified when
22311 their arguments are negative-looking or are calls to the @code{conj}
22312 function.
22313
22314 @tex
22315 \bigskip
22316 @end tex
22317
22318 Equations and inequalities are simplified by cancelling factors
22319 of products, quotients, or sums on both sides. Inequalities
22320 change sign if a negative multiplicative factor is cancelled.
22321 Non-constant multiplicative factors as in @cite{a b = a c} are
22322 cancelled from equations only if they are provably nonzero (generally
22323 because they were declared so; @pxref{Declarations}). Factors
22324 are cancelled from inequalities only if they are nonzero and their
22325 sign is known.
22326
22327 Simplification also replaces an equation or inequality with
22328 1 or 0 (``true'' or ``false'') if it can through the use of
22329 declarations. If @cite{x} is declared to be an integer greater
22330 than 5, then @cite{x < 3}, @cite{x = 3}, and @cite{x = 7.5} are
22331 all simplified to 0, but @cite{x > 3} is simplified to 1.
22332 By a similar analysis, @cite{abs(x) >= 0} is simplified to 1,
22333 as is @cite{x^2 >= 0} if @cite{x} is known to be real.
22334
22335 @node Unsafe Simplifications, Simplification of Units, Algebraic Simplifications, Simplifying Formulas
22336 @subsection ``Unsafe'' Simplifications
22337
22338 @noindent
22339 @cindex Unsafe simplifications
22340 @cindex Extended simplification
22341 @kindex a e
22342 @pindex calc-simplify-extended
22343 @c @mindex esimpl@idots
22344 @tindex esimplify
22345 The @kbd{a e} (@code{calc-simplify-extended}) [@code{esimplify}] command
22346 is like @kbd{a s}
22347 except that it applies some additional simplifications which are not
22348 ``safe'' in all cases. Use this only if you know the values in your
22349 formula lie in the restricted ranges for which these simplifications
22350 are valid. The symbolic integrator uses @kbd{a e};
22351 one effect of this is that the integrator's results must be used with
22352 caution. Where an integral table will often attach conditions like
22353 ``for positive @cite{a} only,'' Calc (like most other symbolic
22354 integration programs) will simply produce an unqualified result.@refill
22355
22356 Because @kbd{a e}'s simplifications are unsafe, it is sometimes better
22357 to type @kbd{C-u -3 a v}, which does extended simplification only
22358 on the top level of the formula without affecting the sub-formulas.
22359 In fact, @kbd{C-u -3 j v} allows you to target extended simplification
22360 to any specific part of a formula.
22361
22362 The variable @code{ExtSimpRules} contains rewrites to be applied by
22363 the @kbd{a e} command. These are applied in addition to
22364 @code{EvalRules} and @code{AlgSimpRules}. (The @kbd{a r AlgSimpRules}
22365 step described above is simply followed by an @kbd{a r ExtSimpRules} step.)
22366
22367 Following is a complete list of ``unsafe'' simplifications performed
22368 by @kbd{a e}.
22369
22370 @tex
22371 \bigskip
22372 @end tex
22373
22374 Inverse trigonometric or hyperbolic functions, called with their
22375 corresponding non-inverse functions as arguments, are simplified
22376 by @kbd{a e}. For example, @cite{@t{arcsin}(@t{sin}(x))} changes
22377 to @cite{x}. Also, @cite{@t{arcsin}(@t{cos}(x))} and
22378 @cite{@t{arccos}(@t{sin}(x))} both change to @cite{@t{pi}/2 - x}.
22379 These simplifications are unsafe because they are valid only for
22380 values of @cite{x} in a certain range; outside that range, values
22381 are folded down to the 360-degree range that the inverse trigonometric
22382 functions always produce.
22383
22384 Powers of powers @cite{(x^a)^b} are simplified to @c{$x^{a b}$}
22385 @cite{x^(a b)}
22386 for all @cite{a} and @cite{b}. These results will be valid only
22387 in a restricted range of @cite{x}; for example, in @c{$(x^2)^{1:2}$}
22388 @cite{(x^2)^1:2}
22389 the powers cancel to get @cite{x}, which is valid for positive values
22390 of @cite{x} but not for negative or complex values.
22391
22392 Similarly, @cite{@t{sqrt}(x^a)} and @cite{@t{sqrt}(x)^a} are both
22393 simplified (possibly unsafely) to @c{$x^{a/2}$}
22394 @cite{x^(a/2)}.
22395
22396 Forms like @cite{@t{sqrt}(1 - @t{sin}(x)^2)} are simplified to, e.g.,
22397 @cite{@t{cos}(x)}. Calc has identities of this sort for @code{sin},
22398 @code{cos}, @code{tan}, @code{sinh}, and @code{cosh}.
22399
22400 Arguments of square roots are partially factored to look for
22401 squared terms that can be extracted. For example,
22402 @cite{@t{sqrt}(a^2 b^3 + a^3 b^2)} simplifies to @cite{a b @t{sqrt}(a+b)}.
22403
22404 The simplifications of @cite{@t{ln}(@t{exp}(x))}, @cite{@t{ln}(@t{e}^x)},
22405 and @cite{@t{log10}(10^x)} to @cite{x} are also unsafe because
22406 of problems with principal values (although these simplifications
22407 are safe if @cite{x} is known to be real).
22408
22409 Common factors are cancelled from products on both sides of an
22410 equation, even if those factors may be zero: @cite{a x / b x}
22411 to @cite{a / b}. Such factors are never cancelled from
22412 inequalities: Even @kbd{a e} is not bold enough to reduce
22413 @cite{a x < b x} to @cite{a < b} (or @cite{a > b}, depending
22414 on whether you believe @cite{x} is positive or negative).
22415 The @kbd{a M /} command can be used to divide a factor out of
22416 both sides of an inequality.
22417
22418 @node Simplification of Units, , Unsafe Simplifications, Simplifying Formulas
22419 @subsection Simplification of Units
22420
22421 @noindent
22422 The simplifications described in this section are applied by the
22423 @kbd{u s} (@code{calc-simplify-units}) command. These are in addition
22424 to the regular @kbd{a s} (but not @kbd{a e}) simplifications described
22425 earlier. @xref{Basic Operations on Units}.
22426
22427 The variable @code{UnitSimpRules} contains rewrites to be applied by
22428 the @kbd{u s} command. These are applied in addition to @code{EvalRules}
22429 and @code{AlgSimpRules}.
22430
22431 Scalar mode is automatically put into effect when simplifying units.
22432 @xref{Matrix Mode}.
22433
22434 Sums @cite{a + b} involving units are simplified by extracting the
22435 units of @cite{a} as if by the @kbd{u x} command (call the result
22436 @cite{u_a}), then simplifying the expression @cite{b / u_a}
22437 using @kbd{u b} and @kbd{u s}. If the result has units then the sum
22438 is inconsistent and is left alone. Otherwise, it is rewritten
22439 in terms of the units @cite{u_a}.
22440
22441 If units auto-ranging mode is enabled, products or quotients in
22442 which the first argument is a number which is out of range for the
22443 leading unit are modified accordingly.
22444
22445 When cancelling and combining units in products and quotients,
22446 Calc accounts for unit names that differ only in the prefix letter.
22447 For example, @samp{2 km m} is simplified to @samp{2000 m^2}.
22448 However, compatible but different units like @code{ft} and @code{in}
22449 are not combined in this way.
22450
22451 Quotients @cite{a / b} are simplified in three additional ways. First,
22452 if @cite{b} is a number or a product beginning with a number, Calc
22453 computes the reciprocal of this number and moves it to the numerator.
22454
22455 Second, for each pair of unit names from the numerator and denominator
22456 of a quotient, if the units are compatible (e.g., they are both
22457 units of area) then they are replaced by the ratio between those
22458 units. For example, in @samp{3 s in N / kg cm} the units
22459 @samp{in / cm} will be replaced by @cite{2.54}.
22460
22461 Third, if the units in the quotient exactly cancel out, so that
22462 a @kbd{u b} command on the quotient would produce a dimensionless
22463 number for an answer, then the quotient simplifies to that number.
22464
22465 For powers and square roots, the ``unsafe'' simplifications
22466 @cite{(a b)^c} to @cite{a^c b^c}, @cite{(a/b)^c} to @cite{a^c / b^c},
22467 and @cite{(a^b)^c} to @c{$a^{b c}$}
22468 @cite{a^(b c)} are done if the powers are
22469 real numbers. (These are safe in the context of units because
22470 all numbers involved can reasonably be assumed to be real.)
22471
22472 Also, if a unit name is raised to a fractional power, and the
22473 base units in that unit name all occur to powers which are a
22474 multiple of the denominator of the power, then the unit name
22475 is expanded out into its base units, which can then be simplified
22476 according to the previous paragraph. For example, @samp{acre^1.5}
22477 is simplified by noting that @cite{1.5 = 3:2}, that @samp{acre}
22478 is defined in terms of @samp{m^2}, and that the 2 in the power of
22479 @code{m} is a multiple of 2 in @cite{3:2}. Thus, @code{acre^1.5} is
22480 replaced by approximately @c{$(4046 m^2)^{1.5}$}
22481 @cite{(4046 m^2)^1.5}, which is then
22482 changed to @c{$4046^{1.5} \, (m^2)^{1.5}$}
22483 @cite{4046^1.5 (m^2)^1.5}, then to @cite{257440 m^3}.
22484
22485 The functions @code{float}, @code{frac}, @code{clean}, @code{abs},
22486 as well as @code{floor} and the other integer truncation functions,
22487 applied to unit names or products or quotients involving units, are
22488 simplified. For example, @samp{round(1.6 in)} is changed to
22489 @samp{round(1.6) round(in)}; the lefthand term evaluates to 2,
22490 and the righthand term simplifies to @code{in}.
22491
22492 The functions @code{sin}, @code{cos}, and @code{tan} with arguments
22493 that have angular units like @code{rad} or @code{arcmin} are
22494 simplified by converting to base units (radians), then evaluating
22495 with the angular mode temporarily set to radians.
22496
22497 @node Polynomials, Calculus, Simplifying Formulas, Algebra
22498 @section Polynomials
22499
22500 A @dfn{polynomial} is a sum of terms which are coefficients times
22501 various powers of a ``base'' variable. For example, @cite{2 x^2 + 3 x - 4}
22502 is a polynomial in @cite{x}. Some formulas can be considered
22503 polynomials in several different variables: @cite{1 + 2 x + 3 y + 4 x y^2}
22504 is a polynomial in both @cite{x} and @cite{y}. Polynomial coefficients
22505 are often numbers, but they may in general be any formulas not
22506 involving the base variable.
22507
22508 @kindex a f
22509 @pindex calc-factor
22510 @tindex factor
22511 The @kbd{a f} (@code{calc-factor}) [@code{factor}] command factors a
22512 polynomial into a product of terms. For example, the polynomial
22513 @cite{x^3 + 2 x^2 + x} is factored into @samp{x*(x+1)^2}. As another
22514 example, @cite{a c + b d + b c + a d} is factored into the product
22515 @cite{(a + b) (c + d)}.
22516
22517 Calc currently has three algorithms for factoring. Formulas which are
22518 linear in several variables, such as the second example above, are
22519 merged according to the distributive law. Formulas which are
22520 polynomials in a single variable, with constant integer or fractional
22521 coefficients, are factored into irreducible linear and/or quadratic
22522 terms. The first example above factors into three linear terms
22523 (@cite{x}, @cite{x+1}, and @cite{x+1} again). Finally, formulas
22524 which do not fit the above criteria are handled by the algebraic
22525 rewrite mechanism.
22526
22527 Calc's polynomial factorization algorithm works by using the general
22528 root-finding command (@w{@kbd{a P}}) to solve for the roots of the
22529 polynomial. It then looks for roots which are rational numbers
22530 or complex-conjugate pairs, and converts these into linear and
22531 quadratic terms, respectively. Because it uses floating-point
22532 arithmetic, it may be unable to find terms that involve large
22533 integers (whose number of digits approaches the current precision).
22534 Also, irreducible factors of degree higher than quadratic are not
22535 found, and polynomials in more than one variable are not treated.
22536 (A more robust factorization algorithm may be included in a future
22537 version of Calc.)
22538
22539 @vindex FactorRules
22540 @c @starindex
22541 @tindex thecoefs
22542 @c @starindex
22543 @c @mindex @idots
22544 @tindex thefactors
22545 The rewrite-based factorization method uses rules stored in the variable
22546 @code{FactorRules}. @xref{Rewrite Rules}, for a discussion of the
22547 operation of rewrite rules. The default @code{FactorRules} are able
22548 to factor quadratic forms symbolically into two linear terms,
22549 @cite{(a x + b) (c x + d)}. You can edit these rules to include other
22550 cases if you wish. To use the rules, Calc builds the formula
22551 @samp{thecoefs(x, [a, b, c, ...])} where @code{x} is the polynomial
22552 base variable and @code{a}, @code{b}, etc., are polynomial coefficients
22553 (which may be numbers or formulas). The constant term is written first,
22554 i.e., in the @code{a} position. When the rules complete, they should have
22555 changed the formula into the form @samp{thefactors(x, [f1, f2, f3, ...])}
22556 where each @code{fi} should be a factored term, e.g., @samp{x - ai}.
22557 Calc then multiplies these terms together to get the complete
22558 factored form of the polynomial. If the rules do not change the
22559 @code{thecoefs} call to a @code{thefactors} call, @kbd{a f} leaves the
22560 polynomial alone on the assumption that it is unfactorable. (Note that
22561 the function names @code{thecoefs} and @code{thefactors} are used only
22562 as placeholders; there are no actual Calc functions by those names.)
22563
22564 @kindex H a f
22565 @tindex factors
22566 The @kbd{H a f} [@code{factors}] command also factors a polynomial,
22567 but it returns a list of factors instead of an expression which is the
22568 product of the factors. Each factor is represented by a sub-vector
22569 of the factor, and the power with which it appears. For example,
22570 @cite{x^5 + x^4 - 33 x^3 + 63 x^2} factors to @cite{(x + 7) x^2 (x - 3)^2}
22571 in @kbd{a f}, or to @cite{[ [x, 2], [x+7, 1], [x-3, 2] ]} in @kbd{H a f}.
22572 If there is an overall numeric factor, it always comes first in the list.
22573 The functions @code{factor} and @code{factors} allow a second argument
22574 when written in algebraic form; @samp{factor(x,v)} factors @cite{x} with
22575 respect to the specific variable @cite{v}. The default is to factor with
22576 respect to all the variables that appear in @cite{x}.
22577
22578 @kindex a c
22579 @pindex calc-collect
22580 @tindex collect
22581 The @kbd{a c} (@code{calc-collect}) [@code{collect}] command rearranges a
22582 formula as a
22583 polynomial in a given variable, ordered in decreasing powers of that
22584 variable. For example, given @cite{1 + 2 x + 3 y + 4 x y^2} on
22585 the stack, @kbd{a c x} would produce @cite{(2 + 4 y^2) x + (1 + 3 y)},
22586 and @kbd{a c y} would produce @cite{(4 x) y^2 + 3 y + (1 + 2 x)}.
22587 The polynomial will be expanded out using the distributive law as
22588 necessary: Collecting @cite{x} in @cite{(x - 1)^3} produces
22589 @cite{x^3 - 3 x^2 + 3 x - 1}. Terms not involving @cite{x} will
22590 not be expanded.
22591
22592 The ``variable'' you specify at the prompt can actually be any
22593 expression: @kbd{a c ln(x+1)} will collect together all terms multiplied
22594 by @samp{ln(x+1)} or integer powers thereof. If @samp{x} also appears
22595 in the formula in a context other than @samp{ln(x+1)}, @kbd{a c} will
22596 treat those occurrences as unrelated to @samp{ln(x+1)}, i.e., as constants.
22597
22598 @kindex a x
22599 @pindex calc-expand
22600 @tindex expand
22601 The @kbd{a x} (@code{calc-expand}) [@code{expand}] command expands an
22602 expression by applying the distributive law everywhere. It applies to
22603 products, quotients, and powers involving sums. By default, it fully
22604 distributes all parts of the expression. With a numeric prefix argument,
22605 the distributive law is applied only the specified number of times, then
22606 the partially expanded expression is left on the stack.
22607
22608 The @kbd{a x} and @kbd{j D} commands are somewhat redundant. Use
22609 @kbd{a x} if you want to expand all products of sums in your formula.
22610 Use @kbd{j D} if you want to expand a particular specified term of
22611 the formula. There is an exactly analogous correspondence between
22612 @kbd{a f} and @kbd{j M}. (The @kbd{j D} and @kbd{j M} commands
22613 also know many other kinds of expansions, such as
22614 @samp{exp(a + b) = exp(a) exp(b)}, which @kbd{a x} and @kbd{a f}
22615 do not do.)
22616
22617 Calc's automatic simplifications will sometimes reverse a partial
22618 expansion. For example, the first step in expanding @cite{(x+1)^3} is
22619 to write @cite{(x+1) (x+1)^2}. If @kbd{a x} stops there and tries
22620 to put this formula onto the stack, though, Calc will automatically
22621 simplify it back to @cite{(x+1)^3} form. The solution is to turn
22622 simplification off first (@pxref{Simplification Modes}), or to run
22623 @kbd{a x} without a numeric prefix argument so that it expands all
22624 the way in one step.
22625
22626 @kindex a a
22627 @pindex calc-apart
22628 @tindex apart
22629 The @kbd{a a} (@code{calc-apart}) [@code{apart}] command expands a
22630 rational function by partial fractions. A rational function is the
22631 quotient of two polynomials; @code{apart} pulls this apart into a
22632 sum of rational functions with simple denominators. In algebraic
22633 notation, the @code{apart} function allows a second argument that
22634 specifies which variable to use as the ``base''; by default, Calc
22635 chooses the base variable automatically.
22636
22637 @kindex a n
22638 @pindex calc-normalize-rat
22639 @tindex nrat
22640 The @kbd{a n} (@code{calc-normalize-rat}) [@code{nrat}] command
22641 attempts to arrange a formula into a quotient of two polynomials.
22642 For example, given @cite{1 + (a + b/c) / d}, the result would be
22643 @cite{(b + a c + c d) / c d}. The quotient is reduced, so that
22644 @kbd{a n} will simplify @cite{(x^2 + 2x + 1) / (x^2 - 1)} by dividing
22645 out the common factor @cite{x + 1}, yielding @cite{(x + 1) / (x - 1)}.
22646
22647 @kindex a \
22648 @pindex calc-poly-div
22649 @tindex pdiv
22650 The @kbd{a \} (@code{calc-poly-div}) [@code{pdiv}] command divides
22651 two polynomials @cite{u} and @cite{v}, yielding a new polynomial
22652 @cite{q}. If several variables occur in the inputs, the inputs are
22653 considered multivariate polynomials. (Calc divides by the variable
22654 with the largest power in @cite{u} first, or, in the case of equal
22655 powers, chooses the variables in alphabetical order.) For example,
22656 dividing @cite{x^2 + 3 x + 2} by @cite{x + 2} yields @cite{x + 1}.
22657 The remainder from the division, if any, is reported at the bottom
22658 of the screen and is also placed in the Trail along with the quotient.
22659
22660 Using @code{pdiv} in algebraic notation, you can specify the particular
22661 variable to be used as the base: `@t{pdiv(}@i{a}@t{,}@i{b}@t{,}@i{x}@t{)}'.
22662 If @code{pdiv} is given only two arguments (as is always the case with
22663 the @kbd{a \} command), then it does a multivariate division as outlined
22664 above.
22665
22666 @kindex a %
22667 @pindex calc-poly-rem
22668 @tindex prem
22669 The @kbd{a %} (@code{calc-poly-rem}) [@code{prem}] command divides
22670 two polynomials and keeps the remainder @cite{r}. The quotient
22671 @cite{q} is discarded. For any formulas @cite{a} and @cite{b}, the
22672 results of @kbd{a \} and @kbd{a %} satisfy @cite{a = q b + r}.
22673 (This is analogous to plain @kbd{\} and @kbd{%}, which compute the
22674 integer quotient and remainder from dividing two numbers.)
22675
22676 @kindex a /
22677 @kindex H a /
22678 @pindex calc-poly-div-rem
22679 @tindex pdivrem
22680 @tindex pdivide
22681 The @kbd{a /} (@code{calc-poly-div-rem}) [@code{pdivrem}] command
22682 divides two polynomials and reports both the quotient and the
22683 remainder as a vector @cite{[q, r]}. The @kbd{H a /} [@code{pdivide}]
22684 command divides two polynomials and constructs the formula
22685 @cite{q + r/b} on the stack. (Naturally if the remainder is zero,
22686 this will immediately simplify to @cite{q}.)
22687
22688 @kindex a g
22689 @pindex calc-poly-gcd
22690 @tindex pgcd
22691 The @kbd{a g} (@code{calc-poly-gcd}) [@code{pgcd}] command computes
22692 the greatest common divisor of two polynomials. (The GCD actually
22693 is unique only to within a constant multiplier; Calc attempts to
22694 choose a GCD which will be unsurprising.) For example, the @kbd{a n}
22695 command uses @kbd{a g} to take the GCD of the numerator and denominator
22696 of a quotient, then divides each by the result using @kbd{a \}. (The
22697 definition of GCD ensures that this division can take place without
22698 leaving a remainder.)
22699
22700 While the polynomials used in operations like @kbd{a /} and @kbd{a g}
22701 often have integer coefficients, this is not required. Calc can also
22702 deal with polynomials over the rationals or floating-point reals.
22703 Polynomials with modulo-form coefficients are also useful in many
22704 applications; if you enter @samp{(x^2 + 3 x - 1) mod 5}, Calc
22705 automatically transforms this into a polynomial over the field of
22706 integers mod 5: @samp{(1 mod 5) x^2 + (3 mod 5) x + (4 mod 5)}.
22707
22708 Congratulations and thanks go to Ove Ewerlid
22709 (@code{ewerlid@@mizar.DoCS.UU.SE}), who contributed many of the
22710 polynomial routines used in the above commands.
22711
22712 @xref{Decomposing Polynomials}, for several useful functions for
22713 extracting the individual coefficients of a polynomial.
22714
22715 @node Calculus, Solving Equations, Polynomials, Algebra
22716 @section Calculus
22717
22718 @noindent
22719 The following calculus commands do not automatically simplify their
22720 inputs or outputs using @code{calc-simplify}. You may find it helps
22721 to do this by hand by typing @kbd{a s} or @kbd{a e}. It may also help
22722 to use @kbd{a x} and/or @kbd{a c} to arrange a result in the most
22723 readable way.
22724
22725 @menu
22726 * Differentiation::
22727 * Integration::
22728 * Customizing the Integrator::
22729 * Numerical Integration::
22730 * Taylor Series::
22731 @end menu
22732
22733 @node Differentiation, Integration, Calculus, Calculus
22734 @subsection Differentiation
22735
22736 @noindent
22737 @kindex a d
22738 @kindex H a d
22739 @pindex calc-derivative
22740 @tindex deriv
22741 @tindex tderiv
22742 The @kbd{a d} (@code{calc-derivative}) [@code{deriv}] command computes
22743 the derivative of the expression on the top of the stack with respect to
22744 some variable, which it will prompt you to enter. Normally, variables
22745 in the formula other than the specified differentiation variable are
22746 considered constant, i.e., @samp{deriv(y,x)} is reduced to zero. With
22747 the Hyperbolic flag, the @code{tderiv} (total derivative) operation is used
22748 instead, in which derivatives of variables are not reduced to zero
22749 unless those variables are known to be ``constant,'' i.e., independent
22750 of any other variables. (The built-in special variables like @code{pi}
22751 are considered constant, as are variables that have been declared
22752 @code{const}; @pxref{Declarations}.)
22753
22754 With a numeric prefix argument @var{n}, this command computes the
22755 @var{n}th derivative.
22756
22757 When working with trigonometric functions, it is best to switch to
22758 radians mode first (with @w{@kbd{m r}}). The derivative of @samp{sin(x)}
22759 in degrees is @samp{(pi/180) cos(x)}, probably not the expected
22760 answer!
22761
22762 If you use the @code{deriv} function directly in an algebraic formula,
22763 you can write @samp{deriv(f,x,x0)} which represents the derivative
22764 of @cite{f} with respect to @cite{x}, evaluated at the point @c{$x=x_0$}
22765 @cite{x=x0}.
22766
22767 If the formula being differentiated contains functions which Calc does
22768 not know, the derivatives of those functions are produced by adding
22769 primes (apostrophe characters). For example, @samp{deriv(f(2x), x)}
22770 produces @samp{2 f'(2 x)}, where the function @code{f'} represents the
22771 derivative of @code{f}.
22772
22773 For functions you have defined with the @kbd{Z F} command, Calc expands
22774 the functions according to their defining formulas unless you have
22775 also defined @code{f'} suitably. For example, suppose we define
22776 @samp{sinc(x) = sin(x)/x} using @kbd{Z F}. If we then differentiate
22777 the formula @samp{sinc(2 x)}, the formula will be expanded to
22778 @samp{sin(2 x) / (2 x)} and differentiated. However, if we also
22779 define @samp{sinc'(x) = dsinc(x)}, say, then Calc will write the
22780 result as @samp{2 dsinc(2 x)}. @xref{Algebraic Definitions}.
22781
22782 For multi-argument functions @samp{f(x,y,z)}, the derivative with respect
22783 to the first argument is written @samp{f'(x,y,z)}; derivatives with
22784 respect to the other arguments are @samp{f'2(x,y,z)} and @samp{f'3(x,y,z)}.
22785 Various higher-order derivatives can be formed in the obvious way, e.g.,
22786 @samp{f'@var{}'(x)} (the second derivative of @code{f}) or
22787 @samp{f'@var{}'2'3(x,y,z)} (@code{f} differentiated with respect to each
22788 argument once).@refill
22789
22790 @node Integration, Customizing the Integrator, Differentiation, Calculus
22791 @subsection Integration
22792
22793 @noindent
22794 @kindex a i
22795 @pindex calc-integral
22796 @tindex integ
22797 The @kbd{a i} (@code{calc-integral}) [@code{integ}] command computes the
22798 indefinite integral of the expression on the top of the stack with
22799 respect to a variable. The integrator is not guaranteed to work for
22800 all integrable functions, but it is able to integrate several large
22801 classes of formulas. In particular, any polynomial or rational function
22802 (a polynomial divided by a polynomial) is acceptable. (Rational functions
22803 don't have to be in explicit quotient form, however; @c{$x/(1+x^{-2})$}
22804 @cite{x/(1+x^-2)}
22805 is not strictly a quotient of polynomials, but it is equivalent to
22806 @cite{x^3/(x^2+1)}, which is.) Also, square roots of terms involving
22807 @cite{x} and @cite{x^2} may appear in rational functions being
22808 integrated. Finally, rational functions involving trigonometric or
22809 hyperbolic functions can be integrated.
22810
22811 @ifinfo
22812 If you use the @code{integ} function directly in an algebraic formula,
22813 you can also write @samp{integ(f,x,v)} which expresses the resulting
22814 indefinite integral in terms of variable @code{v} instead of @code{x}.
22815 With four arguments, @samp{integ(f(x),x,a,b)} represents a definite
22816 integral from @code{a} to @code{b}.
22817 @end ifinfo
22818 @tex
22819 If you use the @code{integ} function directly in an algebraic formula,
22820 you can also write @samp{integ(f,x,v)} which expresses the resulting
22821 indefinite integral in terms of variable @code{v} instead of @code{x}.
22822 With four arguments, @samp{integ(f(x),x,a,b)} represents a definite
22823 integral $\int_a^b f(x) \, dx$.
22824 @end tex
22825
22826 Please note that the current implementation of Calc's integrator sometimes
22827 produces results that are significantly more complex than they need to
22828 be. For example, the integral Calc finds for @c{$1/(x+\sqrt{x^2+1})$}
22829 @cite{1/(x+sqrt(x^2+1))}
22830 is several times more complicated than the answer Mathematica
22831 returns for the same input, although the two forms are numerically
22832 equivalent. Also, any indefinite integral should be considered to have
22833 an arbitrary constant of integration added to it, although Calc does not
22834 write an explicit constant of integration in its result. For example,
22835 Calc's solution for @c{$1/(1+\tan x)$}
22836 @cite{1/(1+tan(x))} differs from the solution given
22837 in the @emph{CRC Math Tables} by a constant factor of @c{$\pi i / 2$}
22838 @cite{pi i / 2},
22839 due to a different choice of constant of integration.
22840
22841 The Calculator remembers all the integrals it has done. If conditions
22842 change in a way that would invalidate the old integrals, say, a switch
22843 from degrees to radians mode, then they will be thrown out. If you
22844 suspect this is not happening when it should, use the
22845 @code{calc-flush-caches} command; @pxref{Caches}.
22846
22847 @vindex IntegLimit
22848 Calc normally will pursue integration by substitution or integration by
22849 parts up to 3 nested times before abandoning an approach as fruitless.
22850 If the integrator is taking too long, you can lower this limit by storing
22851 a number (like 2) in the variable @code{IntegLimit}. (The @kbd{s I}
22852 command is a convenient way to edit @code{IntegLimit}.) If this variable
22853 has no stored value or does not contain a nonnegative integer, a limit
22854 of 3 is used. The lower this limit is, the greater the chance that Calc
22855 will be unable to integrate a function it could otherwise handle. Raising
22856 this limit allows the Calculator to solve more integrals, though the time
22857 it takes may grow exponentially. You can monitor the integrator's actions
22858 by creating an Emacs buffer called @code{*Trace*}. If such a buffer
22859 exists, the @kbd{a i} command will write a log of its actions there.
22860
22861 If you want to manipulate integrals in a purely symbolic way, you can
22862 set the integration nesting limit to 0 to prevent all but fast
22863 table-lookup solutions of integrals. You might then wish to define
22864 rewrite rules for integration by parts, various kinds of substitutions,
22865 and so on. @xref{Rewrite Rules}.
22866
22867 @node Customizing the Integrator, Numerical Integration, Integration, Calculus
22868 @subsection Customizing the Integrator
22869
22870 @noindent
22871 @vindex IntegRules
22872 Calc has two built-in rewrite rules called @code{IntegRules} and
22873 @code{IntegAfterRules} which you can edit to define new integration
22874 methods. @xref{Rewrite Rules}. At each step of the integration process,
22875 Calc wraps the current integrand in a call to the fictitious function
22876 @samp{integtry(@var{expr},@var{var})}, where @var{expr} is the
22877 integrand and @var{var} is the integration variable. If your rules
22878 rewrite this to be a plain formula (not a call to @code{integtry}), then
22879 Calc will use this formula as the integral of @var{expr}. For example,
22880 the rule @samp{integtry(mysin(x),x) := -mycos(x)} would define a rule to
22881 integrate a function @code{mysin} that acts like the sine function.
22882 Then, putting @samp{4 mysin(2y+1)} on the stack and typing @kbd{a i y}
22883 will produce the integral @samp{-2 mycos(2y+1)}. Note that Calc has
22884 automatically made various transformations on the integral to allow it
22885 to use your rule; integral tables generally give rules for
22886 @samp{mysin(a x + b)}, but you don't need to use this much generality
22887 in your @code{IntegRules}.
22888
22889 @cindex Exponential integral Ei(x)
22890 @c @starindex
22891 @tindex Ei
22892 As a more serious example, the expression @samp{exp(x)/x} cannot be
22893 integrated in terms of the standard functions, so the ``exponential
22894 integral'' function @c{${\rm Ei}(x)$}
22895 @cite{Ei(x)} was invented to describe it.
22896 We can get Calc to do this integral in terms of a made-up @code{Ei}
22897 function by adding the rule @samp{[integtry(exp(x)/x, x) := Ei(x)]}
22898 to @code{IntegRules}. Now entering @samp{exp(2x)/x} on the stack
22899 and typing @kbd{a i x} yields @samp{Ei(2 x)}. This new rule will
22900 work with Calc's various built-in integration methods (such as
22901 integration by substitution) to solve a variety of other problems
22902 involving @code{Ei}: For example, now Calc will also be able to
22903 integrate @samp{exp(exp(x))} and @samp{ln(ln(x))} (to get @samp{Ei(exp(x))}
22904 and @samp{x ln(ln(x)) - Ei(ln(x))}, respectively).
22905
22906 Your rule may do further integration by calling @code{integ}. For
22907 example, @samp{integtry(twice(u),x) := twice(integ(u))} allows Calc
22908 to integrate @samp{twice(sin(x))} to get @samp{twice(-cos(x))}.
22909 Note that @code{integ} was called with only one argument. This notation
22910 is allowed only within @code{IntegRules}; it means ``integrate this
22911 with respect to the same integration variable.'' If Calc is unable
22912 to integrate @code{u}, the integration that invoked @code{IntegRules}
22913 also fails. Thus integrating @samp{twice(f(x))} fails, returning the
22914 unevaluated integral @samp{integ(twice(f(x)), x)}. It is still legal
22915 to call @code{integ} with two or more arguments, however; in this case,
22916 if @code{u} is not integrable, @code{twice} itself will still be
22917 integrated: If the above rule is changed to @samp{... := twice(integ(u,x))},
22918 then integrating @samp{twice(f(x))} will yield @samp{twice(integ(f(x),x))}.
22919
22920 If a rule instead produces the formula @samp{integsubst(@var{sexpr},
22921 @var{svar})}, either replacing the top-level @code{integtry} call or
22922 nested anywhere inside the expression, then Calc will apply the
22923 substitution @samp{@var{u} = @var{sexpr}(@var{svar})} to try to
22924 integrate the original @var{expr}. For example, the rule
22925 @samp{sqrt(a) := integsubst(sqrt(x),x)} says that if Calc ever finds
22926 a square root in the integrand, it should attempt the substitution
22927 @samp{u = sqrt(x)}. (This particular rule is unnecessary because
22928 Calc always tries ``obvious'' substitutions where @var{sexpr} actually
22929 appears in the integrand.) The variable @var{svar} may be the same
22930 as the @var{var} that appeared in the call to @code{integtry}, but
22931 it need not be.
22932
22933 When integrating according to an @code{integsubst}, Calc uses the
22934 equation solver to find the inverse of @var{sexpr} (if the integrand
22935 refers to @var{var} anywhere except in subexpressions that exactly
22936 match @var{sexpr}). It uses the differentiator to find the derivative
22937 of @var{sexpr} and/or its inverse (it has two methods that use one
22938 derivative or the other). You can also specify these items by adding
22939 extra arguments to the @code{integsubst} your rules construct; the
22940 general form is @samp{integsubst(@var{sexpr}, @var{svar}, @var{sinv},
22941 @var{sprime})}, where @var{sinv} is the inverse of @var{sexpr} (still
22942 written as a function of @var{svar}), and @var{sprime} is the
22943 derivative of @var{sexpr} with respect to @var{svar}. If you don't
22944 specify these things, and Calc is not able to work them out on its
22945 own with the information it knows, then your substitution rule will
22946 work only in very specific, simple cases.
22947
22948 Calc applies @code{IntegRules} as if by @kbd{C-u 1 a r IntegRules};
22949 in other words, Calc stops rewriting as soon as any rule in your rule
22950 set succeeds. (If it weren't for this, the @samp{integsubst(sqrt(x),x)}
22951 example above would keep on adding layers of @code{integsubst} calls
22952 forever!)
22953
22954 @vindex IntegSimpRules
22955 Another set of rules, stored in @code{IntegSimpRules}, are applied
22956 every time the integrator uses @kbd{a s} to simplify an intermediate
22957 result. For example, putting the rule @samp{twice(x) := 2 x} into
22958 @code{IntegSimpRules} would tell Calc to convert the @code{twice}
22959 function into a form it knows whenever integration is attempted.
22960
22961 One more way to influence the integrator is to define a function with
22962 the @kbd{Z F} command (@pxref{Algebraic Definitions}). Calc's
22963 integrator automatically expands such functions according to their
22964 defining formulas, even if you originally asked for the function to
22965 be left unevaluated for symbolic arguments. (Certain other Calc
22966 systems, such as the differentiator and the equation solver, also
22967 do this.)
22968
22969 @vindex IntegAfterRules
22970 Sometimes Calc is able to find a solution to your integral, but it
22971 expresses the result in a way that is unnecessarily complicated. If
22972 this happens, you can either use @code{integsubst} as described
22973 above to try to hint at a more direct path to the desired result, or
22974 you can use @code{IntegAfterRules}. This is an extra rule set that
22975 runs after the main integrator returns its result; basically, Calc does
22976 an @kbd{a r IntegAfterRules} on the result before showing it to you.
22977 (It also does an @kbd{a s}, without @code{IntegSimpRules}, after that
22978 to further simplify the result.) For example, Calc's integrator
22979 sometimes produces expressions of the form @samp{ln(1+x) - ln(1-x)};
22980 the default @code{IntegAfterRules} rewrite this into the more readable
22981 form @samp{2 arctanh(x)}. Note that, unlike @code{IntegRules},
22982 @code{IntegSimpRules} and @code{IntegAfterRules} are applied any number
22983 of times until no further changes are possible. Rewriting by
22984 @code{IntegAfterRules} occurs only after the main integrator has
22985 finished, not at every step as for @code{IntegRules} and
22986 @code{IntegSimpRules}.
22987
22988 @node Numerical Integration, Taylor Series, Customizing the Integrator, Calculus
22989 @subsection Numerical Integration
22990
22991 @noindent
22992 @kindex a I
22993 @pindex calc-num-integral
22994 @tindex ninteg
22995 If you want a purely numerical answer to an integration problem, you can
22996 use the @kbd{a I} (@code{calc-num-integral}) [@code{ninteg}] command. This
22997 command prompts for an integration variable, a lower limit, and an
22998 upper limit. Except for the integration variable, all other variables
22999 that appear in the integrand formula must have stored values. (A stored
23000 value, if any, for the integration variable itself is ignored.)
23001
23002 Numerical integration works by evaluating your formula at many points in
23003 the specified interval. Calc uses an ``open Romberg'' method; this means
23004 that it does not evaluate the formula actually at the endpoints (so that
23005 it is safe to integrate @samp{sin(x)/x} from zero, for example). Also,
23006 the Romberg method works especially well when the function being
23007 integrated is fairly smooth. If the function is not smooth, Calc will
23008 have to evaluate it at quite a few points before it can accurately
23009 determine the value of the integral.
23010
23011 Integration is much faster when the current precision is small. It is
23012 best to set the precision to the smallest acceptable number of digits
23013 before you use @kbd{a I}. If Calc appears to be taking too long, press
23014 @kbd{C-g} to halt it and try a lower precision. If Calc still appears
23015 to need hundreds of evaluations, check to make sure your function is
23016 well-behaved in the specified interval.
23017
23018 It is possible for the lower integration limit to be @samp{-inf} (minus
23019 infinity). Likewise, the upper limit may be plus infinity. Calc
23020 internally transforms the integral into an equivalent one with finite
23021 limits. However, integration to or across singularities is not supported:
23022 The integral of @samp{1/sqrt(x)} from 0 to 1 exists (it can be found
23023 by Calc's symbolic integrator, for example), but @kbd{a I} will fail
23024 because the integrand goes to infinity at one of the endpoints.
23025
23026 @node Taylor Series, , Numerical Integration, Calculus
23027 @subsection Taylor Series
23028
23029 @noindent
23030 @kindex a t
23031 @pindex calc-taylor
23032 @tindex taylor
23033 The @kbd{a t} (@code{calc-taylor}) [@code{taylor}] command computes a
23034 power series expansion or Taylor series of a function. You specify the
23035 variable and the desired number of terms. You may give an expression of
23036 the form @samp{@var{var} = @var{a}} or @samp{@var{var} - @var{a}} instead
23037 of just a variable to produce a Taylor expansion about the point @var{a}.
23038 You may specify the number of terms with a numeric prefix argument;
23039 otherwise the command will prompt you for the number of terms. Note that
23040 many series expansions have coefficients of zero for some terms, so you
23041 may appear to get fewer terms than you asked for.@refill
23042
23043 If the @kbd{a i} command is unable to find a symbolic integral for a
23044 function, you can get an approximation by integrating the function's
23045 Taylor series.
23046
23047 @node Solving Equations, Numerical Solutions, Calculus, Algebra
23048 @section Solving Equations
23049
23050 @noindent
23051 @kindex a S
23052 @pindex calc-solve-for
23053 @tindex solve
23054 @cindex Equations, solving
23055 @cindex Solving equations
23056 The @kbd{a S} (@code{calc-solve-for}) [@code{solve}] command rearranges
23057 an equation to solve for a specific variable. An equation is an
23058 expression of the form @cite{L = R}. For example, the command @kbd{a S x}
23059 will rearrange @cite{y = 3x + 6} to the form, @cite{x = y/3 - 2}. If the
23060 input is not an equation, it is treated like an equation of the
23061 form @cite{X = 0}.
23062
23063 This command also works for inequalities, as in @cite{y < 3x + 6}.
23064 Some inequalities cannot be solved where the analogous equation could
23065 be; for example, solving @c{$a < b \, c$}
23066 @cite{a < b c} for @cite{b} is impossible
23067 without knowing the sign of @cite{c}. In this case, @kbd{a S} will
23068 produce the result @c{$b \mathbin{\hbox{\code{!=}}} a/c$}
23069 @cite{b != a/c} (using the not-equal-to operator)
23070 to signify that the direction of the inequality is now unknown. The
23071 inequality @c{$a \le b \, c$}
23072 @cite{a <= b c} is not even partially solved.
23073 @xref{Declarations}, for a way to tell Calc that the signs of the
23074 variables in a formula are in fact known.
23075
23076 Two useful commands for working with the result of @kbd{a S} are
23077 @kbd{a .} (@pxref{Logical Operations}), which converts @cite{x = y/3 - 2}
23078 to @cite{y/3 - 2}, and @kbd{s l} (@pxref{Let Command}) which evaluates
23079 another formula with @cite{x} set equal to @cite{y/3 - 2}.
23080
23081 @menu
23082 * Multiple Solutions::
23083 * Solving Systems of Equations::
23084 * Decomposing Polynomials::
23085 @end menu
23086
23087 @node Multiple Solutions, Solving Systems of Equations, Solving Equations, Solving Equations
23088 @subsection Multiple Solutions
23089
23090 @noindent
23091 @kindex H a S
23092 @tindex fsolve
23093 Some equations have more than one solution. The Hyperbolic flag
23094 (@code{H a S}) [@code{fsolve}] tells the solver to report the fully
23095 general family of solutions. It will invent variables @code{n1},
23096 @code{n2}, @dots{}, which represent independent arbitrary integers, and
23097 @code{s1}, @code{s2}, @dots{}, which represent independent arbitrary
23098 signs (either @i{+1} or @i{-1}). If you don't use the Hyperbolic
23099 flag, Calc will use zero in place of all arbitrary integers, and plus
23100 one in place of all arbitrary signs. Note that variables like @code{n1}
23101 and @code{s1} are not given any special interpretation in Calc except by
23102 the equation solver itself. As usual, you can use the @w{@kbd{s l}}
23103 (@code{calc-let}) command to obtain solutions for various actual values
23104 of these variables.
23105
23106 For example, @kbd{' x^2 = y @key{RET} H a S x @key{RET}} solves to
23107 get @samp{x = s1 sqrt(y)}, indicating that the two solutions to the
23108 equation are @samp{sqrt(y)} and @samp{-sqrt(y)}. Another way to
23109 think about it is that the square-root operation is really a
23110 two-valued function; since every Calc function must return a
23111 single result, @code{sqrt} chooses to return the positive result.
23112 Then @kbd{H a S} doctors this result using @code{s1} to indicate
23113 the full set of possible values of the mathematical square-root.
23114
23115 There is a similar phenomenon going the other direction: Suppose
23116 we solve @samp{sqrt(y) = x} for @code{y}. Calc squares both sides
23117 to get @samp{y = x^2}. This is correct, except that it introduces
23118 some dubious solutions. Consider solving @samp{sqrt(y) = -3}:
23119 Calc will report @cite{y = 9} as a valid solution, which is true
23120 in the mathematical sense of square-root, but false (there is no
23121 solution) for the actual Calc positive-valued @code{sqrt}. This
23122 happens for both @kbd{a S} and @kbd{H a S}.
23123
23124 @cindex @code{GenCount} variable
23125 @vindex GenCount
23126 @c @starindex
23127 @tindex an
23128 @c @starindex
23129 @tindex as
23130 If you store a positive integer in the Calc variable @code{GenCount},
23131 then Calc will generate formulas of the form @samp{as(@var{n})} for
23132 arbitrary signs, and @samp{an(@var{n})} for arbitrary integers,
23133 where @var{n} represents successive values taken by incrementing
23134 @code{GenCount} by one. While the normal arbitrary sign and
23135 integer symbols start over at @code{s1} and @code{n1} with each
23136 new Calc command, the @code{GenCount} approach will give each
23137 arbitrary value a name that is unique throughout the entire Calc
23138 session. Also, the arbitrary values are function calls instead
23139 of variables, which is advantageous in some cases. For example,
23140 you can make a rewrite rule that recognizes all arbitrary signs
23141 using a pattern like @samp{as(n)}. The @kbd{s l} command only works
23142 on variables, but you can use the @kbd{a b} (@code{calc-substitute})
23143 command to substitute actual values for function calls like @samp{as(3)}.
23144
23145 The @kbd{s G} (@code{calc-edit-GenCount}) command is a convenient
23146 way to create or edit this variable. Press @kbd{M-# M-#} to finish.
23147
23148 If you have not stored a value in @code{GenCount}, or if the value
23149 in that variable is not a positive integer, the regular
23150 @code{s1}/@code{n1} notation is used.
23151
23152 @kindex I a S
23153 @kindex H I a S
23154 @tindex finv
23155 @tindex ffinv
23156 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I a S} [@code{finv}] treats the expression
23157 on top of the stack as a function of the specified variable and solves
23158 to find the inverse function, written in terms of the same variable.
23159 For example, @kbd{I a S x} inverts @cite{2x + 6} to @cite{x/2 - 3}.
23160 You can use both Inverse and Hyperbolic [@code{ffinv}] to obtain a
23161 fully general inverse, as described above.
23162
23163 @kindex a P
23164 @pindex calc-poly-roots
23165 @tindex roots
23166 Some equations, specifically polynomials, have a known, finite number
23167 of solutions. The @kbd{a P} (@code{calc-poly-roots}) [@code{roots}]
23168 command uses @kbd{H a S} to solve an equation in general form, then, for
23169 all arbitrary-sign variables like @code{s1}, and all arbitrary-integer
23170 variables like @code{n1} for which @code{n1} only usefully varies over
23171 a finite range, it expands these variables out to all their possible
23172 values. The results are collected into a vector, which is returned.
23173 For example, @samp{roots(x^4 = 1, x)} returns the four solutions
23174 @samp{[1, -1, (0, 1), (0, -1)]}. Generally an @var{n}th degree
23175 polynomial will always have @var{n} roots on the complex plane.
23176 (If you have given a @code{real} declaration for the solution
23177 variable, then only the real-valued solutions, if any, will be
23178 reported; @pxref{Declarations}.)
23179
23180 Note that because @kbd{a P} uses @kbd{H a S}, it is able to deliver
23181 symbolic solutions if the polynomial has symbolic coefficients. Also
23182 note that Calc's solver is not able to get exact symbolic solutions
23183 to all polynomials. Polynomials containing powers up to @cite{x^4}
23184 can always be solved exactly; polynomials of higher degree sometimes
23185 can be: @cite{x^6 + x^3 + 1} is converted to @cite{(x^3)^2 + (x^3) + 1},
23186 which can be solved for @cite{x^3} using the quadratic equation, and then
23187 for @cite{x} by taking cube roots. But in many cases, like
23188 @cite{x^6 + x + 1}, Calc does not know how to rewrite the polynomial
23189 into a form it can solve. The @kbd{a P} command can still deliver a
23190 list of numerical roots, however, provided that symbolic mode (@kbd{m s})
23191 is not turned on. (If you work with symbolic mode on, recall that the
23192 @kbd{N} (@code{calc-eval-num}) key is a handy way to reevaluate the
23193 formula on the stack with symbolic mode temporarily off.) Naturally,
23194 @kbd{a P} can only provide numerical roots if the polynomial coefficents
23195 are all numbers (real or complex).
23196
23197 @node Solving Systems of Equations, Decomposing Polynomials, Multiple Solutions, Solving Equations
23198 @subsection Solving Systems of Equations
23199
23200 @noindent
23201 @cindex Systems of equations, symbolic
23202 You can also use the commands described above to solve systems of
23203 simultaneous equations. Just create a vector of equations, then
23204 specify a vector of variables for which to solve. (You can omit
23205 the surrounding brackets when entering the vector of variables
23206 at the prompt.)
23207
23208 For example, putting @samp{[x + y = a, x - y = b]} on the stack
23209 and typing @kbd{a S x,y @key{RET}} produces the vector of solutions
23210 @samp{[x = a - (a-b)/2, y = (a-b)/2]}. The result vector will
23211 have the same length as the variables vector, and the variables
23212 will be listed in the same order there. Note that the solutions
23213 are not always simplified as far as possible; the solution for
23214 @cite{x} here could be improved by an application of the @kbd{a n}
23215 command.
23216
23217 Calc's algorithm works by trying to eliminate one variable at a
23218 time by solving one of the equations for that variable and then
23219 substituting into the other equations. Calc will try all the
23220 possibilities, but you can speed things up by noting that Calc
23221 first tries to eliminate the first variable with the first
23222 equation, then the second variable with the second equation,
23223 and so on. It also helps to put the simpler (e.g., more linear)
23224 equations toward the front of the list. Calc's algorithm will
23225 solve any system of linear equations, and also many kinds of
23226 nonlinear systems.
23227
23228 @c @starindex
23229 @tindex elim
23230 Normally there will be as many variables as equations. If you
23231 give fewer variables than equations (an ``over-determined'' system
23232 of equations), Calc will find a partial solution. For example,
23233 typing @kbd{a S y @key{RET}} with the above system of equations
23234 would produce @samp{[y = a - x]}. There are now several ways to
23235 express this solution in terms of the original variables; Calc uses
23236 the first one that it finds. You can control the choice by adding
23237 variable specifiers of the form @samp{elim(@var{v})} to the
23238 variables list. This says that @var{v} should be eliminated from
23239 the equations; the variable will not appear at all in the solution.
23240 For example, typing @kbd{a S y,elim(x)} would yield
23241 @samp{[y = a - (b+a)/2]}.
23242
23243 If the variables list contains only @code{elim} specifiers,
23244 Calc simply eliminates those variables from the equations
23245 and then returns the resulting set of equations. For example,
23246 @kbd{a S elim(x)} produces @samp{[a - 2 y = b]}. Every variable
23247 eliminated will reduce the number of equations in the system
23248 by one.
23249
23250 Again, @kbd{a S} gives you one solution to the system of
23251 equations. If there are several solutions, you can use @kbd{H a S}
23252 to get a general family of solutions, or, if there is a finite
23253 number of solutions, you can use @kbd{a P} to get a list. (In
23254 the latter case, the result will take the form of a matrix where
23255 the rows are different solutions and the columns correspond to the
23256 variables you requested.)
23257
23258 Another way to deal with certain kinds of overdetermined systems of
23259 equations is the @kbd{a F} command, which does least-squares fitting
23260 to satisfy the equations. @xref{Curve Fitting}.
23261
23262 @node Decomposing Polynomials, , Solving Systems of Equations, Solving Equations
23263 @subsection Decomposing Polynomials
23264
23265 @noindent
23266 @c @starindex
23267 @tindex poly
23268 The @code{poly} function takes a polynomial and a variable as
23269 arguments, and returns a vector of polynomial coefficients (constant
23270 coefficient first). For example, @samp{poly(x^3 + 2 x, x)} returns
23271 @cite{[0, 2, 0, 1]}. If the input is not a polynomial in @cite{x},
23272 the call to @code{poly} is left in symbolic form. If the input does
23273 not involve the variable @cite{x}, the input is returned in a list
23274 of length one, representing a polynomial with only a constant
23275 coefficient. The call @samp{poly(x, x)} returns the vector @cite{[0, 1]}.
23276 The last element of the returned vector is guaranteed to be nonzero;
23277 note that @samp{poly(0, x)} returns the empty vector @cite{[]}.
23278 Note also that @cite{x} may actually be any formula; for example,
23279 @samp{poly(sin(x)^2 - sin(x) + 3, sin(x))} returns @cite{[3, -1, 1]}.
23280
23281 @cindex Coefficients of polynomial
23282 @cindex Degree of polynomial
23283 To get the @cite{x^k} coefficient of polynomial @cite{p}, use
23284 @samp{poly(p, x)_(k+1)}. To get the degree of polynomial @cite{p},
23285 use @samp{vlen(poly(p, x)) - 1}. For example, @samp{poly((x+1)^4, x)}
23286 returns @samp{[1, 4, 6, 4, 1]}, so @samp{poly((x+1)^4, x)_(2+1)}
23287 gives the @cite{x^2} coefficient of this polynomial, 6.
23288
23289 @c @starindex
23290 @tindex gpoly
23291 One important feature of the solver is its ability to recognize
23292 formulas which are ``essentially'' polynomials. This ability is
23293 made available to the user through the @code{gpoly} function, which
23294 is used just like @code{poly}: @samp{gpoly(@var{expr}, @var{var})}.
23295 If @var{expr} is a polynomial in some term which includes @var{var}, then
23296 this function will return a vector @samp{[@var{x}, @var{c}, @var{a}]}
23297 where @var{x} is the term that depends on @var{var}, @var{c} is a
23298 vector of polynomial coefficients (like the one returned by @code{poly}),
23299 and @var{a} is a multiplier which is usually 1. Basically,
23300 @samp{@var{expr} = @var{a}*(@var{c}_1 + @var{c}_2 @var{x} +
23301 @var{c}_3 @var{x}^2 + ...)}. The last element of @var{c} is
23302 guaranteed to be non-zero, and @var{c} will not equal @samp{[1]}
23303 (i.e., the trivial decomposition @var{expr} = @var{x} is not
23304 considered a polynomial). One side effect is that @samp{gpoly(x, x)}
23305 and @samp{gpoly(6, x)}, both of which might be expected to recognize
23306 their arguments as polynomials, will not because the decomposition
23307 is considered trivial.
23308
23309 For example, @samp{gpoly((x-2)^2, x)} returns @samp{[x, [4, -4, 1], 1]},
23310 since the expanded form of this polynomial is @cite{4 - 4 x + x^2}.
23311
23312 The term @var{x} may itself be a polynomial in @var{var}. This is
23313 done to reduce the size of the @var{c} vector. For example,
23314 @samp{gpoly(x^4 + x^2 - 1, x)} returns @samp{[x^2, [-1, 1, 1], 1]},
23315 since a quadratic polynomial in @cite{x^2} is easier to solve than
23316 a quartic polynomial in @cite{x}.
23317
23318 A few more examples of the kinds of polynomials @code{gpoly} can
23319 discover:
23320
23321 @smallexample
23322 sin(x) - 1 [sin(x), [-1, 1], 1]
23323 x + 1/x - 1 [x, [1, -1, 1], 1/x]
23324 x + 1/x [x^2, [1, 1], 1/x]
23325 x^3 + 2 x [x^2, [2, 1], x]
23326 x + x^2:3 + sqrt(x) [x^1:6, [1, 1, 0, 1], x^1:2]
23327 x^(2a) + 2 x^a + 5 [x^a, [5, 2, 1], 1]
23328 (exp(-x) + exp(x)) / 2 [e^(2 x), [0.5, 0.5], e^-x]
23329 @end smallexample
23330
23331 The @code{poly} and @code{gpoly} functions accept a third integer argument
23332 which specifies the largest degree of polynomial that is acceptable.
23333 If this is @cite{n}, then only @var{c} vectors of length @cite{n+1}
23334 or less will be returned. Otherwise, the @code{poly} or @code{gpoly}
23335 call will remain in symbolic form. For example, the equation solver
23336 can handle quartics and smaller polynomials, so it calls
23337 @samp{gpoly(@var{expr}, @var{var}, 4)} to discover whether @var{expr}
23338 can be treated by its linear, quadratic, cubic, or quartic formulas.
23339
23340 @c @starindex
23341 @tindex pdeg
23342 The @code{pdeg} function computes the degree of a polynomial;
23343 @samp{pdeg(p,x)} is the highest power of @code{x} that appears in
23344 @code{p}. This is the same as @samp{vlen(poly(p,x))-1}, but is
23345 much more efficient. If @code{p} is constant with respect to @code{x},
23346 then @samp{pdeg(p,x) = 0}. If @code{p} is not a polynomial in @code{x}
23347 (e.g., @samp{pdeg(2 cos(x), x)}, the function remains unevaluated.
23348 It is possible to omit the second argument @code{x}, in which case
23349 @samp{pdeg(p)} returns the highest total degree of any term of the
23350 polynomial, counting all variables that appear in @code{p}. Note
23351 that @code{pdeg(c) = pdeg(c,x) = 0} for any nonzero constant @code{c};
23352 the degree of the constant zero is considered to be @code{-inf}
23353 (minus infinity).
23354
23355 @c @starindex
23356 @tindex plead
23357 The @code{plead} function finds the leading term of a polynomial.
23358 Thus @samp{plead(p,x)} is equivalent to @samp{poly(p,x)_vlen(poly(p,x))},
23359 though again more efficient. In particular, @samp{plead((2x+1)^10, x)}
23360 returns 1024 without expanding out the list of coefficients. The
23361 value of @code{plead(p,x)} will be zero only if @cite{p = 0}.
23362
23363 @c @starindex
23364 @tindex pcont
23365 The @code{pcont} function finds the @dfn{content} of a polynomial. This
23366 is the greatest common divisor of all the coefficients of the polynomial.
23367 With two arguments, @code{pcont(p,x)} effectively uses @samp{poly(p,x)}
23368 to get a list of coefficients, then uses @code{pgcd} (the polynomial
23369 GCD function) to combine these into an answer. For example,
23370 @samp{pcont(4 x y^2 + 6 x^2 y, x)} is @samp{2 y}. The content is
23371 basically the ``biggest'' polynomial that can be divided into @code{p}
23372 exactly. The sign of the content is the same as the sign of the leading
23373 coefficient.
23374
23375 With only one argument, @samp{pcont(p)} computes the numerical
23376 content of the polynomial, i.e., the @code{gcd} of the numerical
23377 coefficients of all the terms in the formula. Note that @code{gcd}
23378 is defined on rational numbers as well as integers; it computes
23379 the @code{gcd} of the numerators and the @code{lcm} of the
23380 denominators. Thus @samp{pcont(4:3 x y^2 + 6 x^2 y)} returns 2:3.
23381 Dividing the polynomial by this number will clear all the
23382 denominators, as well as dividing by any common content in the
23383 numerators. The numerical content of a polynomial is negative only
23384 if all the coefficients in the polynomial are negative.
23385
23386 @c @starindex
23387 @tindex pprim
23388 The @code{pprim} function finds the @dfn{primitive part} of a
23389 polynomial, which is simply the polynomial divided (using @code{pdiv}
23390 if necessary) by its content. If the input polynomial has rational
23391 coefficients, the result will have integer coefficients in simplest
23392 terms.
23393
23394 @node Numerical Solutions, Curve Fitting, Solving Equations, Algebra
23395 @section Numerical Solutions
23396
23397 @noindent
23398 Not all equations can be solved symbolically. The commands in this
23399 section use numerical algorithms that can find a solution to a specific
23400 instance of an equation to any desired accuracy. Note that the
23401 numerical commands are slower than their algebraic cousins; it is a
23402 good idea to try @kbd{a S} before resorting to these commands.
23403
23404 (@xref{Curve Fitting}, for some other, more specialized, operations
23405 on numerical data.)
23406
23407 @menu
23408 * Root Finding::
23409 * Minimization::
23410 * Numerical Systems of Equations::
23411 @end menu
23412
23413 @node Root Finding, Minimization, Numerical Solutions, Numerical Solutions
23414 @subsection Root Finding
23415
23416 @noindent
23417 @kindex a R
23418 @pindex calc-find-root
23419 @tindex root
23420 @cindex Newton's method
23421 @cindex Roots of equations
23422 @cindex Numerical root-finding
23423 The @kbd{a R} (@code{calc-find-root}) [@code{root}] command finds a
23424 numerical solution (or @dfn{root}) of an equation. (This command treats
23425 inequalities the same as equations. If the input is any other kind
23426 of formula, it is interpreted as an equation of the form @cite{X = 0}.)
23427
23428 The @kbd{a R} command requires an initial guess on the top of the
23429 stack, and a formula in the second-to-top position. It prompts for a
23430 solution variable, which must appear in the formula. All other variables
23431 that appear in the formula must have assigned values, i.e., when
23432 a value is assigned to the solution variable and the formula is
23433 evaluated with @kbd{=}, it should evaluate to a number. Any assigned
23434 value for the solution variable itself is ignored and unaffected by
23435 this command.
23436
23437 When the command completes, the initial guess is replaced on the stack
23438 by a vector of two numbers: The value of the solution variable that
23439 solves the equation, and the difference between the lefthand and
23440 righthand sides of the equation at that value. Ordinarily, the second
23441 number will be zero or very nearly zero. (Note that Calc uses a
23442 slightly higher precision while finding the root, and thus the second
23443 number may be slightly different from the value you would compute from
23444 the equation yourself.)
23445
23446 The @kbd{v h} (@code{calc-head}) command is a handy way to extract
23447 the first element of the result vector, discarding the error term.
23448
23449 The initial guess can be a real number, in which case Calc searches
23450 for a real solution near that number, or a complex number, in which
23451 case Calc searches the whole complex plane near that number for a
23452 solution, or it can be an interval form which restricts the search
23453 to real numbers inside that interval.
23454
23455 Calc tries to use @kbd{a d} to take the derivative of the equation.
23456 If this succeeds, it uses Newton's method. If the equation is not
23457 differentiable Calc uses a bisection method. (If Newton's method
23458 appears to be going astray, Calc switches over to bisection if it
23459 can, or otherwise gives up. In this case it may help to try again
23460 with a slightly different initial guess.) If the initial guess is a
23461 complex number, the function must be differentiable.
23462
23463 If the formula (or the difference between the sides of an equation)
23464 is negative at one end of the interval you specify and positive at
23465 the other end, the root finder is guaranteed to find a root.
23466 Otherwise, Calc subdivides the interval into small parts looking for
23467 positive and negative values to bracket the root. When your guess is
23468 an interval, Calc will not look outside that interval for a root.
23469
23470 @kindex H a R
23471 @tindex wroot
23472 The @kbd{H a R} [@code{wroot}] command is similar to @kbd{a R}, except
23473 that if the initial guess is an interval for which the function has
23474 the same sign at both ends, then rather than subdividing the interval
23475 Calc attempts to widen it to enclose a root. Use this mode if
23476 you are not sure if the function has a root in your interval.
23477
23478 If the function is not differentiable, and you give a simple number
23479 instead of an interval as your initial guess, Calc uses this widening
23480 process even if you did not type the Hyperbolic flag. (If the function
23481 @emph{is} differentiable, Calc uses Newton's method which does not
23482 require a bounding interval in order to work.)
23483
23484 If Calc leaves the @code{root} or @code{wroot} function in symbolic
23485 form on the stack, it will normally display an explanation for why
23486 no root was found. If you miss this explanation, press @kbd{w}
23487 (@code{calc-why}) to get it back.
23488
23489 @node Minimization, Numerical Systems of Equations, Root Finding, Numerical Solutions
23490 @subsection Minimization
23491
23492 @noindent
23493 @kindex a N
23494 @kindex H a N
23495 @kindex a X
23496 @kindex H a X
23497 @pindex calc-find-minimum
23498 @pindex calc-find-maximum
23499 @tindex minimize
23500 @tindex maximize
23501 @cindex Minimization, numerical
23502 The @kbd{a N} (@code{calc-find-minimum}) [@code{minimize}] command
23503 finds a minimum value for a formula. It is very similar in operation
23504 to @kbd{a R} (@code{calc-find-root}): You give the formula and an initial
23505 guess on the stack, and are prompted for the name of a variable. The guess
23506 may be either a number near the desired minimum, or an interval enclosing
23507 the desired minimum. The function returns a vector containing the
23508 value of the the variable which minimizes the formula's value, along
23509 with the minimum value itself.
23510
23511 Note that this command looks for a @emph{local} minimum. Many functions
23512 have more than one minimum; some, like @c{$x \sin x$}
23513 @cite{x sin(x)}, have infinitely
23514 many. In fact, there is no easy way to define the ``global'' minimum
23515 of @c{$x \sin x$}
23516 @cite{x sin(x)} but Calc can still locate any particular local minimum
23517 for you. Calc basically goes downhill from the initial guess until it
23518 finds a point at which the function's value is greater both to the left
23519 and to the right. Calc does not use derivatives when minimizing a function.
23520
23521 If your initial guess is an interval and it looks like the minimum
23522 occurs at one or the other endpoint of the interval, Calc will return
23523 that endpoint only if that endpoint is closed; thus, minimizing @cite{17 x}
23524 over @cite{[2..3]} will return @cite{[2, 38]}, but minimizing over
23525 @cite{(2..3]} would report no minimum found. In general, you should
23526 use closed intervals to find literally the minimum value in that
23527 range of @cite{x}, or open intervals to find the local minimum, if
23528 any, that happens to lie in that range.
23529
23530 Most functions are smooth and flat near their minimum values. Because
23531 of this flatness, if the current precision is, say, 12 digits, the
23532 variable can only be determined meaningfully to about six digits. Thus
23533 you should set the precision to twice as many digits as you need in your
23534 answer.
23535
23536 @c @mindex wmin@idots
23537 @tindex wminimize
23538 @c @mindex wmax@idots
23539 @tindex wmaximize
23540 The @kbd{H a N} [@code{wminimize}] command, analogously to @kbd{H a R},
23541 expands the guess interval to enclose a minimum rather than requiring
23542 that the minimum lie inside the interval you supply.
23543
23544 The @kbd{a X} (@code{calc-find-maximum}) [@code{maximize}] and
23545 @kbd{H a X} [@code{wmaximize}] commands effectively minimize the
23546 negative of the formula you supply.
23547
23548 The formula must evaluate to a real number at all points inside the
23549 interval (or near the initial guess if the guess is a number). If
23550 the initial guess is a complex number the variable will be minimized
23551 over the complex numbers; if it is real or an interval it will
23552 be minimized over the reals.
23553
23554 @node Numerical Systems of Equations, , Minimization, Numerical Solutions
23555 @subsection Systems of Equations
23556
23557 @noindent
23558 @cindex Systems of equations, numerical
23559 The @kbd{a R} command can also solve systems of equations. In this
23560 case, the equation should instead be a vector of equations, the
23561 guess should instead be a vector of numbers (intervals are not
23562 supported), and the variable should be a vector of variables. You
23563 can omit the brackets while entering the list of variables. Each
23564 equation must be differentiable by each variable for this mode to
23565 work. The result will be a vector of two vectors: The variable
23566 values that solved the system of equations, and the differences
23567 between the sides of the equations with those variable values.
23568 There must be the same number of equations as variables. Since
23569 only plain numbers are allowed as guesses, the Hyperbolic flag has
23570 no effect when solving a system of equations.
23571
23572 It is also possible to minimize over many variables with @kbd{a N}
23573 (or maximize with @kbd{a X}). Once again the variable name should
23574 be replaced by a vector of variables, and the initial guess should
23575 be an equal-sized vector of initial guesses. But, unlike the case of
23576 multidimensional @kbd{a R}, the formula being minimized should
23577 still be a single formula, @emph{not} a vector. Beware that
23578 multidimensional minimization is currently @emph{very} slow.
23579
23580 @node Curve Fitting, Summations, Numerical Solutions, Algebra
23581 @section Curve Fitting
23582
23583 @noindent
23584 The @kbd{a F} command fits a set of data to a @dfn{model formula},
23585 such as @cite{y = m x + b} where @cite{m} and @cite{b} are parameters
23586 to be determined. For a typical set of measured data there will be
23587 no single @cite{m} and @cite{b} that exactly fit the data; in this
23588 case, Calc chooses values of the parameters that provide the closest
23589 possible fit.
23590
23591 @menu
23592 * Linear Fits::
23593 * Polynomial and Multilinear Fits::
23594 * Error Estimates for Fits::
23595 * Standard Nonlinear Models::
23596 * Curve Fitting Details::
23597 * Interpolation::
23598 @end menu
23599
23600 @node Linear Fits, Polynomial and Multilinear Fits, Curve Fitting, Curve Fitting
23601 @subsection Linear Fits
23602
23603 @noindent
23604 @kindex a F
23605 @pindex calc-curve-fit
23606 @tindex fit
23607 @cindex Linear regression
23608 @cindex Least-squares fits
23609 The @kbd{a F} (@code{calc-curve-fit}) [@code{fit}] command attempts
23610 to fit a set of data (@cite{x} and @cite{y} vectors of numbers) to a
23611 straight line, polynomial, or other function of @cite{x}. For the
23612 moment we will consider only the case of fitting to a line, and we
23613 will ignore the issue of whether or not the model was in fact a good
23614 fit for the data.
23615
23616 In a standard linear least-squares fit, we have a set of @cite{(x,y)}
23617 data points that we wish to fit to the model @cite{y = m x + b}
23618 by adjusting the parameters @cite{m} and @cite{b} to make the @cite{y}
23619 values calculated from the formula be as close as possible to the actual
23620 @cite{y} values in the data set. (In a polynomial fit, the model is
23621 instead, say, @cite{y = a x^3 + b x^2 + c x + d}. In a multilinear fit,
23622 we have data points of the form @cite{(x_1,x_2,x_3,y)} and our model is
23623 @cite{y = a x_1 + b x_2 + c x_3 + d}. These will be discussed later.)
23624
23625 In the model formula, variables like @cite{x} and @cite{x_2} are called
23626 the @dfn{independent variables}, and @cite{y} is the @dfn{dependent
23627 variable}. Variables like @cite{m}, @cite{a}, and @cite{b} are called
23628 the @dfn{parameters} of the model.
23629
23630 The @kbd{a F} command takes the data set to be fitted from the stack.
23631 By default, it expects the data in the form of a matrix. For example,
23632 for a linear or polynomial fit, this would be a @c{$2\times N$}
23633 @asis{2xN} matrix where
23634 the first row is a list of @cite{x} values and the second row has the
23635 corresponding @cite{y} values. For the multilinear fit shown above,
23636 the matrix would have four rows (@cite{x_1}, @cite{x_2}, @cite{x_3}, and
23637 @cite{y}, respectively).
23638
23639 If you happen to have an @c{$N\times2$}
23640 @asis{Nx2} matrix instead of a @c{$2\times N$}
23641 @asis{2xN} matrix,
23642 just press @kbd{v t} first to transpose the matrix.
23643
23644 After you type @kbd{a F}, Calc prompts you to select a model. For a
23645 linear fit, press the digit @kbd{1}.
23646
23647 Calc then prompts for you to name the variables. By default it chooses
23648 high letters like @cite{x} and @cite{y} for independent variables and
23649 low letters like @cite{a} and @cite{b} for parameters. (The dependent
23650 variable doesn't need a name.) The two kinds of variables are separated
23651 by a semicolon. Since you generally care more about the names of the
23652 independent variables than of the parameters, Calc also allows you to
23653 name only those and let the parameters use default names.
23654
23655 For example, suppose the data matrix
23656
23657 @ifinfo
23658 @group
23659 @example
23660 [ [ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 ]
23661 [ 5, 7, 9, 11, 13 ] ]
23662 @end example
23663 @end group
23664 @end ifinfo
23665 @tex
23666 \turnoffactive
23667 \turnoffactive
23668 \beforedisplay
23669 $$ \pmatrix{ 1 & 2 & 3 & 4 & 5 \cr
23670 5 & 7 & 9 & 11 & 13 }
23671 $$
23672 \afterdisplay
23673 @end tex
23674
23675 @noindent
23676 is on the stack and we wish to do a simple linear fit. Type
23677 @kbd{a F}, then @kbd{1} for the model, then @kbd{RET} to use
23678 the default names. The result will be the formula @cite{3 + 2 x}
23679 on the stack. Calc has created the model expression @kbd{a + b x},
23680 then found the optimal values of @cite{a} and @cite{b} to fit the
23681 data. (In this case, it was able to find an exact fit.) Calc then
23682 substituted those values for @cite{a} and @cite{b} in the model
23683 formula.
23684
23685 The @kbd{a F} command puts two entries in the trail. One is, as
23686 always, a copy of the result that went to the stack; the other is
23687 a vector of the actual parameter values, written as equations:
23688 @cite{[a = 3, b = 2]}, in case you'd rather read them in a list
23689 than pick them out of the formula. (You can type @kbd{t y}
23690 to move this vector to the stack; @pxref{Trail Commands}.)
23691
23692 Specifying a different independent variable name will affect the
23693 resulting formula: @kbd{a F 1 k RET} produces @kbd{3 + 2 k}.
23694 Changing the parameter names (say, @kbd{a F 1 k;b,m RET}) will affect
23695 the equations that go into the trail.
23696
23697 @tex
23698 \bigskip
23699 @end tex
23700
23701 To see what happens when the fit is not exact, we could change
23702 the number 13 in the data matrix to 14 and try the fit again.
23703 The result is:
23704
23705 @example
23706 2.6 + 2.2 x
23707 @end example
23708
23709 Evaluating this formula, say with @kbd{v x 5 RET TAB V M $ RET}, shows
23710 a reasonably close match to the y-values in the data.
23711
23712 @example
23713 [4.8, 7., 9.2, 11.4, 13.6]
23714 @end example
23715
23716 Since there is no line which passes through all the @i{N} data points,
23717 Calc has chosen a line that best approximates the data points using
23718 the method of least squares. The idea is to define the @dfn{chi-square}
23719 error measure
23720
23721 @ifinfo
23722 @example
23723 chi^2 = sum((y_i - (a + b x_i))^2, i, 1, N)
23724 @end example
23725 @end ifinfo
23726 @tex
23727 \turnoffactive
23728 \beforedisplay
23729 $$ \chi^2 = \sum_{i=1}^N (y_i - (a + b x_i))^2 $$
23730 \afterdisplay
23731 @end tex
23732
23733 @noindent
23734 which is clearly zero if @cite{a + b x} exactly fits all data points,
23735 and increases as various @cite{a + b x_i} values fail to match the
23736 corresponding @cite{y_i} values. There are several reasons why the
23737 summand is squared, one of them being to ensure that @c{$\chi^2 \ge 0$}
23738 @cite{chi^2 >= 0}.
23739 Least-squares fitting simply chooses the values of @cite{a} and @cite{b}
23740 for which the error @c{$\chi^2$}
23741 @cite{chi^2} is as small as possible.
23742
23743 Other kinds of models do the same thing but with a different model
23744 formula in place of @cite{a + b x_i}.
23745
23746 @tex
23747 \bigskip
23748 @end tex
23749
23750 A numeric prefix argument causes the @kbd{a F} command to take the
23751 data in some other form than one big matrix. A positive argument @i{N}
23752 will take @i{N} items from the stack, corresponding to the @i{N} rows
23753 of a data matrix. In the linear case, @i{N} must be 2 since there
23754 is always one independent variable and one dependent variable.
23755
23756 A prefix of zero or plain @kbd{C-u} is a compromise; Calc takes two
23757 items from the stack, an @i{N}-row matrix of @cite{x} values, and a
23758 vector of @cite{y} values. If there is only one independent variable,
23759 the @cite{x} values can be either a one-row matrix or a plain vector,
23760 in which case the @kbd{C-u} prefix is the same as a @w{@kbd{C-u 2}} prefix.
23761
23762 @node Polynomial and Multilinear Fits, Error Estimates for Fits, Linear Fits, Curve Fitting
23763 @subsection Polynomial and Multilinear Fits
23764
23765 @noindent
23766 To fit the data to higher-order polynomials, just type one of the
23767 digits @kbd{2} through @kbd{9} when prompted for a model. For example,
23768 we could fit the original data matrix from the previous section
23769 (with 13, not 14) to a parabola instead of a line by typing
23770 @kbd{a F 2 RET}.
23771
23772 @example
23773 2.00000000001 x - 1.5e-12 x^2 + 2.99999999999
23774 @end example
23775
23776 Note that since the constant and linear terms are enough to fit the
23777 data exactly, it's no surprise that Calc chose a tiny contribution
23778 for @cite{x^2}. (The fact that it's not exactly zero is due only
23779 to roundoff error. Since our data are exact integers, we could get
23780 an exact answer by typing @kbd{m f} first to get fraction mode.
23781 Then the @cite{x^2} term would vanish altogether. Usually, though,
23782 the data being fitted will be approximate floats so fraction mode
23783 won't help.)
23784
23785 Doing the @kbd{a F 2} fit on the data set with 14 instead of 13
23786 gives a much larger @cite{x^2} contribution, as Calc bends the
23787 line slightly to improve the fit.
23788
23789 @example
23790 0.142857142855 x^2 + 1.34285714287 x + 3.59999999998
23791 @end example
23792
23793 An important result from the theory of polynomial fitting is that it
23794 is always possible to fit @i{N} data points exactly using a polynomial
23795 of degree @i{N-1}, sometimes called an @dfn{interpolating polynomial}.
23796 Using the modified (14) data matrix, a model number of 4 gives
23797 a polynomial that exactly matches all five data points:
23798
23799 @example
23800 0.04167 x^4 - 0.4167 x^3 + 1.458 x^2 - 0.08333 x + 4.
23801 @end example
23802
23803 The actual coefficients we get with a precision of 12, like
23804 @cite{0.0416666663588}, clearly suffer from loss of precision.
23805 It is a good idea to increase the working precision to several
23806 digits beyond what you need when you do a fitting operation.
23807 Or, if your data are exact, use fraction mode to get exact
23808 results.
23809
23810 You can type @kbd{i} instead of a digit at the model prompt to fit
23811 the data exactly to a polynomial. This just counts the number of
23812 columns of the data matrix to choose the degree of the polynomial
23813 automatically.
23814
23815 Fitting data ``exactly'' to high-degree polynomials is not always
23816 a good idea, though. High-degree polynomials have a tendency to
23817 wiggle uncontrollably in between the fitting data points. Also,
23818 if the exact-fit polynomial is going to be used to interpolate or
23819 extrapolate the data, it is numerically better to use the @kbd{a p}
23820 command described below. @xref{Interpolation}.
23821
23822 @tex
23823 \bigskip
23824 @end tex
23825
23826 Another generalization of the linear model is to assume the
23827 @cite{y} values are a sum of linear contributions from several
23828 @cite{x} values. This is a @dfn{multilinear} fit, and it is also
23829 selected by the @kbd{1} digit key. (Calc decides whether the fit
23830 is linear or multilinear by counting the rows in the data matrix.)
23831
23832 Given the data matrix,
23833
23834 @group
23835 @example
23836 [ [ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 ]
23837 [ 7, 2, 3, 5, 2 ]
23838 [ 14.5, 15, 18.5, 22.5, 24 ] ]
23839 @end example
23840 @end group
23841
23842 @noindent
23843 the command @kbd{a F 1 RET} will call the first row @cite{x} and the
23844 second row @cite{y}, and will fit the values in the third row to the
23845 model @cite{a + b x + c y}.
23846
23847 @example
23848 8. + 3. x + 0.5 y
23849 @end example
23850
23851 Calc can do multilinear fits with any number of independent variables
23852 (i.e., with any number of data rows).
23853
23854 @tex
23855 \bigskip
23856 @end tex
23857
23858 Yet another variation is @dfn{homogeneous} linear models, in which
23859 the constant term is known to be zero. In the linear case, this
23860 means the model formula is simply @cite{a x}; in the multilinear
23861 case, the model might be @cite{a x + b y + c z}; and in the polynomial
23862 case, the model could be @cite{a x + b x^2 + c x^3}. You can get
23863 a homogeneous linear or multilinear model by pressing the letter
23864 @kbd{h} followed by a regular model key, like @kbd{1} or @kbd{2}.
23865
23866 It is certainly possible to have other constrained linear models,
23867 like @cite{2.3 + a x} or @cite{a - 4 x}. While there is no single
23868 key to select models like these, a later section shows how to enter
23869 any desired model by hand. In the first case, for example, you
23870 would enter @kbd{a F ' 2.3 + a x}.
23871
23872 Another class of models that will work but must be entered by hand
23873 are multinomial fits, e.g., @cite{a + b x + c y + d x^2 + e y^2 + f x y}.
23874
23875 @node Error Estimates for Fits, Standard Nonlinear Models, Polynomial and Multilinear Fits, Curve Fitting
23876 @subsection Error Estimates for Fits
23877
23878 @noindent
23879 @kindex H a F
23880 @tindex efit
23881 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H a F} [@code{efit}] performs the same
23882 fitting operation as @kbd{a F}, but reports the coefficients as error
23883 forms instead of plain numbers. Fitting our two data matrices (first
23884 with 13, then with 14) to a line with @kbd{H a F} gives the results,
23885
23886 @example
23887 3. + 2. x
23888 2.6 +/- 0.382970843103 + 2.2 +/- 0.115470053838 x
23889 @end example
23890
23891 In the first case the estimated errors are zero because the linear
23892 fit is perfect. In the second case, the errors are nonzero but
23893 moderately small, because the data are still very close to linear.
23894
23895 It is also possible for the @emph{input} to a fitting operation to
23896 contain error forms. The data values must either all include errors
23897 or all be plain numbers. Error forms can go anywhere but generally
23898 go on the numbers in the last row of the data matrix. If the last
23899 row contains error forms
23900 `@i{y_i}@w{ @t{+/-} }@c{$\sigma_i$}
23901 @i{sigma_i}', then the @c{$\chi^2$}
23902 @cite{chi^2}
23903 statistic is now,
23904
23905 @ifinfo
23906 @example
23907 chi^2 = sum(((y_i - (a + b x_i)) / sigma_i)^2, i, 1, N)
23908 @end example
23909 @end ifinfo
23910 @tex
23911 \turnoffactive
23912 \beforedisplay
23913 $$ \chi^2 = \sum_{i=1}^N \left(y_i - (a + b x_i) \over \sigma_i\right)^2 $$
23914 \afterdisplay
23915 @end tex
23916
23917 @noindent
23918 so that data points with larger error estimates contribute less to
23919 the fitting operation.
23920
23921 If there are error forms on other rows of the data matrix, all the
23922 errors for a given data point are combined; the square root of the
23923 sum of the squares of the errors forms the @c{$\sigma_i$}
23924 @cite{sigma_i} used for
23925 the data point.
23926
23927 Both @kbd{a F} and @kbd{H a F} can accept error forms in the input
23928 matrix, although if you are concerned about error analysis you will
23929 probably use @kbd{H a F} so that the output also contains error
23930 estimates.
23931
23932 If the input contains error forms but all the @c{$\sigma_i$}
23933 @cite{sigma_i} values are
23934 the same, it is easy to see that the resulting fitted model will be
23935 the same as if the input did not have error forms at all (@c{$\chi^2$}
23936 @cite{chi^2}
23937 is simply scaled uniformly by @c{$1 / \sigma^2$}
23938 @cite{1 / sigma^2}, which doesn't affect
23939 where it has a minimum). But there @emph{will} be a difference
23940 in the estimated errors of the coefficients reported by @kbd{H a F}.
23941
23942 Consult any text on statistical modelling of data for a discussion
23943 of where these error estimates come from and how they should be
23944 interpreted.
23945
23946 @tex
23947 \bigskip
23948 @end tex
23949
23950 @kindex I a F
23951 @tindex xfit
23952 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I a F} [@code{xfit}] produces even more
23953 information. The result is a vector of six items:
23954
23955 @enumerate
23956 @item
23957 The model formula with error forms for its coefficients or
23958 parameters. This is the result that @kbd{H a F} would have
23959 produced.
23960
23961 @item
23962 A vector of ``raw'' parameter values for the model. These are the
23963 polynomial coefficients or other parameters as plain numbers, in the
23964 same order as the parameters appeared in the final prompt of the
23965 @kbd{I a F} command. For polynomials of degree @cite{d}, this vector
23966 will have length @cite{M = d+1} with the constant term first.
23967
23968 @item
23969 The covariance matrix @cite{C} computed from the fit. This is
23970 an @i{M}x@i{M} symmetric matrix; the diagonal elements
23971 @c{$C_{jj}$}
23972 @cite{C_j_j} are the variances @c{$\sigma_j^2$}
23973 @cite{sigma_j^2} of the parameters.
23974 The other elements are covariances @c{$\sigma_{ij}^2$}
23975 @cite{sigma_i_j^2} that describe the
23976 correlation between pairs of parameters. (A related set of
23977 numbers, the @dfn{linear correlation coefficients} @c{$r_{ij}$}
23978 @cite{r_i_j},
23979 are defined as @c{$\sigma_{ij}^2 / \sigma_i \, \sigma_j$}
23980 @cite{sigma_i_j^2 / sigma_i sigma_j}.)
23981
23982 @item
23983 A vector of @cite{M} ``parameter filter'' functions whose
23984 meanings are described below. If no filters are necessary this
23985 will instead be an empty vector; this is always the case for the
23986 polynomial and multilinear fits described so far.
23987
23988 @item
23989 The value of @c{$\chi^2$}
23990 @cite{chi^2} for the fit, calculated by the formulas
23991 shown above. This gives a measure of the quality of the fit;
23992 statisticians consider @c{$\chi^2 \approx N - M$}
23993 @cite{chi^2 = N - M} to indicate a moderately good fit
23994 (where again @cite{N} is the number of data points and @cite{M}
23995 is the number of parameters).
23996
23997 @item
23998 A measure of goodness of fit expressed as a probability @cite{Q}.
23999 This is computed from the @code{utpc} probability distribution
24000 function using @c{$\chi^2$}
24001 @cite{chi^2} with @cite{N - M} degrees of freedom. A
24002 value of 0.5 implies a good fit; some texts recommend that often
24003 @cite{Q = 0.1} or even 0.001 can signify an acceptable fit. In
24004 particular, @c{$\chi^2$}
24005 @cite{chi^2} statistics assume the errors in your inputs
24006 follow a normal (Gaussian) distribution; if they don't, you may
24007 have to accept smaller values of @cite{Q}.
24008
24009 The @cite{Q} value is computed only if the input included error
24010 estimates. Otherwise, Calc will report the symbol @code{nan}
24011 for @cite{Q}. The reason is that in this case the @c{$\chi^2$}
24012 @cite{chi^2}
24013 value has effectively been used to estimate the original errors
24014 in the input, and thus there is no redundant information left
24015 over to use for a confidence test.
24016 @end enumerate
24017
24018 @node Standard Nonlinear Models, Curve Fitting Details, Error Estimates for Fits, Curve Fitting
24019 @subsection Standard Nonlinear Models
24020
24021 @noindent
24022 The @kbd{a F} command also accepts other kinds of models besides
24023 lines and polynomials. Some common models have quick single-key
24024 abbreviations; others must be entered by hand as algebraic formulas.
24025
24026 Here is a complete list of the standard models recognized by @kbd{a F}:
24027
24028 @table @kbd
24029 @item 1
24030 Linear or multilinear. @i{a + b x + c y + d z}.
24031 @item 2-9
24032 Polynomials. @i{a + b x + c x^2 + d x^3}.
24033 @item e
24034 Exponential. @i{a} @t{exp}@i{(b x)} @t{exp}@i{(c y)}.
24035 @item E
24036 Base-10 exponential. @i{a} @t{10^}@i{(b x)} @t{10^}@i{(c y)}.
24037 @item x
24038 Exponential (alternate notation). @t{exp}@i{(a + b x + c y)}.
24039 @item X
24040 Base-10 exponential (alternate). @t{10^}@i{(a + b x + c y)}.
24041 @item l
24042 Logarithmic. @i{a + b} @t{ln}@i{(x) + c} @t{ln}@i{(y)}.
24043 @item L
24044 Base-10 logarithmic. @i{a + b} @t{log10}@i{(x) + c} @t{log10}@i{(y)}.
24045 @item ^
24046 General exponential. @i{a b^x c^y}.
24047 @item p
24048 Power law. @i{a x^b y^c}.
24049 @item q
24050 Quadratic. @i{a + b (x-c)^2 + d (x-e)^2}.
24051 @item g
24052 Gaussian. @c{${a \over b \sqrt{2 \pi}} \exp\left( -{1 \over 2} \left( x - c \over b \right)^2 \right)$}
24053 @i{(a / b sqrt(2 pi)) exp(-0.5*((x-c)/b)^2)}.
24054 @end table
24055
24056 All of these models are used in the usual way; just press the appropriate
24057 letter at the model prompt, and choose variable names if you wish. The
24058 result will be a formula as shown in the above table, with the best-fit
24059 values of the parameters substituted. (You may find it easier to read
24060 the parameter values from the vector that is placed in the trail.)
24061
24062 All models except Gaussian and polynomials can generalize as shown to any
24063 number of independent variables. Also, all the built-in models have an
24064 additive or multiplicative parameter shown as @cite{a} in the above table
24065 which can be replaced by zero or one, as appropriate, by typing @kbd{h}
24066 before the model key.
24067
24068 Note that many of these models are essentially equivalent, but express
24069 the parameters slightly differently. For example, @cite{a b^x} and
24070 the other two exponential models are all algebraic rearrangements of
24071 each other. Also, the ``quadratic'' model is just a degree-2 polynomial
24072 with the parameters expressed differently. Use whichever form best
24073 matches the problem.
24074
24075 The HP-28/48 calculators support four different models for curve
24076 fitting, called @code{LIN}, @code{LOG}, @code{EXP}, and @code{PWR}.
24077 These correspond to Calc models @samp{a + b x}, @samp{a + b ln(x)},
24078 @samp{a exp(b x)}, and @samp{a x^b}, respectively. In each case,
24079 @cite{a} is what the HP-48 identifies as the ``intercept,'' and
24080 @cite{b} is what it calls the ``slope.''
24081
24082 @tex
24083 \bigskip
24084 @end tex
24085
24086 If the model you want doesn't appear on this list, press @kbd{'}
24087 (the apostrophe key) at the model prompt to enter any algebraic
24088 formula, such as @kbd{m x - b}, as the model. (Not all models
24089 will work, though---see the next section for details.)
24090
24091 The model can also be an equation like @cite{y = m x + b}.
24092 In this case, Calc thinks of all the rows of the data matrix on
24093 equal terms; this model effectively has two parameters
24094 (@cite{m} and @cite{b}) and two independent variables (@cite{x}
24095 and @cite{y}), with no ``dependent'' variables. Model equations
24096 do not need to take this @cite{y =} form. For example, the
24097 implicit line equation @cite{a x + b y = 1} works fine as a
24098 model.
24099
24100 When you enter a model, Calc makes an alphabetical list of all
24101 the variables that appear in the model. These are used for the
24102 default parameters, independent variables, and dependent variable
24103 (in that order). If you enter a plain formula (not an equation),
24104 Calc assumes the dependent variable does not appear in the formula
24105 and thus does not need a name.
24106
24107 For example, if the model formula has the variables @cite{a,mu,sigma,t,x},
24108 and the data matrix has three rows (meaning two independent variables),
24109 Calc will use @cite{a,mu,sigma} as the default parameters, and the
24110 data rows will be named @cite{t} and @cite{x}, respectively. If you
24111 enter an equation instead of a plain formula, Calc will use @cite{a,mu}
24112 as the parameters, and @cite{sigma,t,x} as the three independent
24113 variables.
24114
24115 You can, of course, override these choices by entering something
24116 different at the prompt. If you leave some variables out of the list,
24117 those variables must have stored values and those stored values will
24118 be used as constants in the model. (Stored values for the parameters
24119 and independent variables are ignored by the @kbd{a F} command.)
24120 If you list only independent variables, all the remaining variables
24121 in the model formula will become parameters.
24122
24123 If there are @kbd{$} signs in the model you type, they will stand
24124 for parameters and all other variables (in alphabetical order)
24125 will be independent. Use @kbd{$} for one parameter, @kbd{$$} for
24126 another, and so on. Thus @kbd{$ x + $$} is another way to describe
24127 a linear model.
24128
24129 If you type a @kbd{$} instead of @kbd{'} at the model prompt itself,
24130 Calc will take the model formula from the stack. (The data must then
24131 appear at the second stack level.) The same conventions are used to
24132 choose which variables in the formula are independent by default and
24133 which are parameters.
24134
24135 Models taken from the stack can also be expressed as vectors of
24136 two or three elements, @cite{[@var{model}, @var{vars}]} or
24137 @cite{[@var{model}, @var{vars}, @var{params}]}. Each of @var{vars}
24138 and @var{params} may be either a variable or a vector of variables.
24139 (If @var{params} is omitted, all variables in @var{model} except
24140 those listed as @var{vars} are parameters.)@refill
24141
24142 When you enter a model manually with @kbd{'}, Calc puts a 3-vector
24143 describing the model in the trail so you can get it back if you wish.
24144
24145 @tex
24146 \bigskip
24147 @end tex
24148
24149 @vindex Model1
24150 @vindex Model2
24151 Finally, you can store a model in one of the Calc variables
24152 @code{Model1} or @code{Model2}, then use this model by typing
24153 @kbd{a F u} or @kbd{a F U} (respectively). The value stored in
24154 the variable can be any of the formats that @kbd{a F $} would
24155 accept for a model on the stack.
24156
24157 @tex
24158 \bigskip
24159 @end tex
24160
24161 Calc uses the principal values of inverse functions like @code{ln}
24162 and @code{arcsin} when doing fits. For example, when you enter
24163 the model @samp{y = sin(a t + b)} Calc actually uses the easier
24164 form @samp{arcsin(y) = a t + b}. The @code{arcsin} function always
24165 returns results in the range from @i{-90} to 90 degrees (or the
24166 equivalent range in radians). Suppose you had data that you
24167 believed to represent roughly three oscillations of a sine wave,
24168 so that the argument of the sine might go from zero to @c{$3\times360$}
24169 @i{3*360} degrees.
24170 The above model would appear to be a good way to determine the
24171 true frequency and phase of the sine wave, but in practice it
24172 would fail utterly. The righthand side of the actual model
24173 @samp{arcsin(y) = a t + b} will grow smoothly with @cite{t}, but
24174 the lefthand side will bounce back and forth between @i{-90} and 90.
24175 No values of @cite{a} and @cite{b} can make the two sides match,
24176 even approximately.
24177
24178 There is no good solution to this problem at present. You could
24179 restrict your data to small enough ranges so that the above problem
24180 doesn't occur (i.e., not straddling any peaks in the sine wave).
24181 Or, in this case, you could use a totally different method such as
24182 Fourier analysis, which is beyond the scope of the @kbd{a F} command.
24183 (Unfortunately, Calc does not currently have any facilities for
24184 taking Fourier and related transforms.)
24185
24186 @node Curve Fitting Details, Interpolation, Standard Nonlinear Models, Curve Fitting
24187 @subsection Curve Fitting Details
24188
24189 @noindent
24190 Calc's internal least-squares fitter can only handle multilinear
24191 models. More precisely, it can handle any model of the form
24192 @cite{a f(x,y,z) + b g(x,y,z) + c h(x,y,z)}, where @cite{a,b,c}
24193 are the parameters and @cite{x,y,z} are the independent variables
24194 (of course there can be any number of each, not just three).
24195
24196 In a simple multilinear or polynomial fit, it is easy to see how
24197 to convert the model into this form. For example, if the model
24198 is @cite{a + b x + c x^2}, then @cite{f(x) = 1}, @cite{g(x) = x},
24199 and @cite{h(x) = x^2} are suitable functions.
24200
24201 For other models, Calc uses a variety of algebraic manipulations
24202 to try to put the problem into the form
24203
24204 @smallexample
24205 Y(x,y,z) = A(a,b,c) F(x,y,z) + B(a,b,c) G(x,y,z) + C(a,b,c) H(x,y,z)
24206 @end smallexample
24207
24208 @noindent
24209 where @cite{Y,A,B,C,F,G,H} are arbitrary functions. It computes
24210 @cite{Y}, @cite{F}, @cite{G}, and @cite{H} for all the data points,
24211 does a standard linear fit to find the values of @cite{A}, @cite{B},
24212 and @cite{C}, then uses the equation solver to solve for @cite{a,b,c}
24213 in terms of @cite{A,B,C}.
24214
24215 A remarkable number of models can be cast into this general form.
24216 We'll look at two examples here to see how it works. The power-law
24217 model @cite{y = a x^b} with two independent variables and two parameters
24218 can be rewritten as follows:
24219
24220 @example
24221 y = a x^b
24222 y = a exp(b ln(x))
24223 y = exp(ln(a) + b ln(x))
24224 ln(y) = ln(a) + b ln(x)
24225 @end example
24226
24227 @noindent
24228 which matches the desired form with @c{$Y = \ln(y)$}
24229 @cite{Y = ln(y)}, @c{$A = \ln(a)$}
24230 @cite{A = ln(a)},
24231 @cite{F = 1}, @cite{B = b}, and @c{$G = \ln(x)$}
24232 @cite{G = ln(x)}. Calc thus computes
24233 the logarithms of your @cite{y} and @cite{x} values, does a linear fit
24234 for @cite{A} and @cite{B}, then solves to get @c{$a = \exp(A)$}
24235 @cite{a = exp(A)} and
24236 @cite{b = B}.
24237
24238 Another interesting example is the ``quadratic'' model, which can
24239 be handled by expanding according to the distributive law.
24240
24241 @example
24242 y = a + b*(x - c)^2
24243 y = a + b c^2 - 2 b c x + b x^2
24244 @end example
24245
24246 @noindent
24247 which matches with @cite{Y = y}, @cite{A = a + b c^2}, @cite{F = 1},
24248 @cite{B = -2 b c}, @cite{G = x} (the @i{-2} factor could just as easily
24249 have been put into @cite{G} instead of @cite{B}), @cite{C = b}, and
24250 @cite{H = x^2}.
24251
24252 The Gaussian model looks quite complicated, but a closer examination
24253 shows that it's actually similar to the quadratic model but with an
24254 exponential that can be brought to the top and moved into @cite{Y}.
24255
24256 An example of a model that cannot be put into general linear
24257 form is a Gaussian with a constant background added on, i.e.,
24258 @cite{d} + the regular Gaussian formula. If you have a model like
24259 this, your best bet is to replace enough of your parameters with
24260 constants to make the model linearizable, then adjust the constants
24261 manually by doing a series of fits. You can compare the fits by
24262 graphing them, by examining the goodness-of-fit measures returned by
24263 @kbd{I a F}, or by some other method suitable to your application.
24264 Note that some models can be linearized in several ways. The
24265 Gaussian-plus-@i{d} model can be linearized by setting @cite{d}
24266 (the background) to a constant, or by setting @cite{b} (the standard
24267 deviation) and @cite{c} (the mean) to constants.
24268
24269 To fit a model with constants substituted for some parameters, just
24270 store suitable values in those parameter variables, then omit them
24271 from the list of parameters when you answer the variables prompt.
24272
24273 @tex
24274 \bigskip
24275 @end tex
24276
24277 A last desperate step would be to use the general-purpose
24278 @code{minimize} function rather than @code{fit}. After all, both
24279 functions solve the problem of minimizing an expression (the @c{$\chi^2$}
24280 @cite{chi^2}
24281 sum) by adjusting certain parameters in the expression. The @kbd{a F}
24282 command is able to use a vastly more efficient algorithm due to its
24283 special knowledge about linear chi-square sums, but the @kbd{a N}
24284 command can do the same thing by brute force.
24285
24286 A compromise would be to pick out a few parameters without which the
24287 fit is linearizable, and use @code{minimize} on a call to @code{fit}
24288 which efficiently takes care of the rest of the parameters. The thing
24289 to be minimized would be the value of @c{$\chi^2$}
24290 @cite{chi^2} returned as
24291 the fifth result of the @code{xfit} function:
24292
24293 @smallexample
24294 minimize(xfit(gaus(a,b,c,d,x), x, [a,b,c], data)_5, d, guess)
24295 @end smallexample
24296
24297 @noindent
24298 where @code{gaus} represents the Gaussian model with background,
24299 @code{data} represents the data matrix, and @code{guess} represents
24300 the initial guess for @cite{d} that @code{minimize} requires.
24301 This operation will only be, shall we say, extraordinarily slow
24302 rather than astronomically slow (as would be the case if @code{minimize}
24303 were used by itself to solve the problem).
24304
24305 @tex
24306 \bigskip
24307 @end tex
24308
24309 The @kbd{I a F} [@code{xfit}] command is somewhat trickier when
24310 nonlinear models are used. The second item in the result is the
24311 vector of ``raw'' parameters @cite{A}, @cite{B}, @cite{C}. The
24312 covariance matrix is written in terms of those raw parameters.
24313 The fifth item is a vector of @dfn{filter} expressions. This
24314 is the empty vector @samp{[]} if the raw parameters were the same
24315 as the requested parameters, i.e., if @cite{A = a}, @cite{B = b},
24316 and so on (which is always true if the model is already linear
24317 in the parameters as written, e.g., for polynomial fits). If the
24318 parameters had to be rearranged, the fifth item is instead a vector
24319 of one formula per parameter in the original model. The raw
24320 parameters are expressed in these ``filter'' formulas as
24321 @samp{fitdummy(1)} for @cite{A}, @samp{fitdummy(2)} for @cite{B},
24322 and so on.
24323
24324 When Calc needs to modify the model to return the result, it replaces
24325 @samp{fitdummy(1)} in all the filters with the first item in the raw
24326 parameters list, and so on for the other raw parameters, then
24327 evaluates the resulting filter formulas to get the actual parameter
24328 values to be substituted into the original model. In the case of
24329 @kbd{H a F} and @kbd{I a F} where the parameters must be error forms,
24330 Calc uses the square roots of the diagonal entries of the covariance
24331 matrix as error values for the raw parameters, then lets Calc's
24332 standard error-form arithmetic take it from there.
24333
24334 If you use @kbd{I a F} with a nonlinear model, be sure to remember
24335 that the covariance matrix is in terms of the raw parameters,
24336 @emph{not} the actual requested parameters. It's up to you to
24337 figure out how to interpret the covariances in the presence of
24338 nontrivial filter functions.
24339
24340 Things are also complicated when the input contains error forms.
24341 Suppose there are three independent and dependent variables, @cite{x},
24342 @cite{y}, and @cite{z}, one or more of which are error forms in the
24343 data. Calc combines all the error values by taking the square root
24344 of the sum of the squares of the errors. It then changes @cite{x}
24345 and @cite{y} to be plain numbers, and makes @cite{z} into an error
24346 form with this combined error. The @cite{Y(x,y,z)} part of the
24347 linearized model is evaluated, and the result should be an error
24348 form. The error part of that result is used for @c{$\sigma_i$}
24349 @cite{sigma_i} for
24350 the data point. If for some reason @cite{Y(x,y,z)} does not return
24351 an error form, the combined error from @cite{z} is used directly
24352 for @c{$\sigma_i$}
24353 @cite{sigma_i}. Finally, @cite{z} is also stripped of its error
24354 for use in computing @cite{F(x,y,z)}, @cite{G(x,y,z)} and so on;
24355 the righthand side of the linearized model is computed in regular
24356 arithmetic with no error forms.
24357
24358 (While these rules may seem complicated, they are designed to do
24359 the most reasonable thing in the typical case that @cite{Y(x,y,z)}
24360 depends only on the dependent variable @cite{z}, and in fact is
24361 often simply equal to @cite{z}. For common cases like polynomials
24362 and multilinear models, the combined error is simply used as the
24363 @c{$\sigma$}
24364 @cite{sigma} for the data point with no further ado.)
24365
24366 @tex
24367 \bigskip
24368 @end tex
24369
24370 @vindex FitRules
24371 It may be the case that the model you wish to use is linearizable,
24372 but Calc's built-in rules are unable to figure it out. Calc uses
24373 its algebraic rewrite mechanism to linearize a model. The rewrite
24374 rules are kept in the variable @code{FitRules}. You can edit this
24375 variable using the @kbd{s e FitRules} command; in fact, there is
24376 a special @kbd{s F} command just for editing @code{FitRules}.
24377 @xref{Operations on Variables}.
24378
24379 @xref{Rewrite Rules}, for a discussion of rewrite rules.
24380
24381 @c @starindex
24382 @tindex fitvar
24383 @c @starindex
24384 @c @mindex @idots
24385 @tindex fitparam
24386 @c @starindex
24387 @c @mindex @null
24388 @tindex fitmodel
24389 @c @starindex
24390 @c @mindex @null
24391 @tindex fitsystem
24392 @c @starindex
24393 @c @mindex @null
24394 @tindex fitdummy
24395 Calc uses @code{FitRules} as follows. First, it converts the model
24396 to an equation if necessary and encloses the model equation in a
24397 call to the function @code{fitmodel} (which is not actually a defined
24398 function in Calc; it is only used as a placeholder by the rewrite rules).
24399 Parameter variables are renamed to function calls @samp{fitparam(1)},
24400 @samp{fitparam(2)}, and so on, and independent variables are renamed
24401 to @samp{fitvar(1)}, @samp{fitvar(2)}, etc. The dependent variable
24402 is the highest-numbered @code{fitvar}. For example, the power law
24403 model @cite{a x^b} is converted to @cite{y = a x^b}, then to
24404
24405 @group
24406 @smallexample
24407 fitmodel(fitvar(2) = fitparam(1) fitvar(1)^fitparam(2))
24408 @end smallexample
24409 @end group
24410
24411 Calc then applies the rewrites as if by @samp{C-u 0 a r FitRules}.
24412 (The zero prefix means that rewriting should continue until no further
24413 changes are possible.)
24414
24415 When rewriting is complete, the @code{fitmodel} call should have
24416 been replaced by a @code{fitsystem} call that looks like this:
24417
24418 @example
24419 fitsystem(@var{Y}, @var{FGH}, @var{abc})
24420 @end example
24421
24422 @noindent
24423 where @var{Y} is a formula that describes the function @cite{Y(x,y,z)},
24424 @var{FGH} is the vector of formulas @cite{[F(x,y,z), G(x,y,z), H(x,y,z)]},
24425 and @var{abc} is the vector of parameter filters which refer to the
24426 raw parameters as @samp{fitdummy(1)} for @cite{A}, @samp{fitdummy(2)}
24427 for @cite{B}, etc. While the number of raw parameters (the length of
24428 the @var{FGH} vector) is usually the same as the number of original
24429 parameters (the length of the @var{abc} vector), this is not required.
24430
24431 The power law model eventually boils down to
24432
24433 @group
24434 @smallexample
24435 fitsystem(ln(fitvar(2)),
24436 [1, ln(fitvar(1))],
24437 [exp(fitdummy(1)), fitdummy(2)])
24438 @end smallexample
24439 @end group
24440
24441 The actual implementation of @code{FitRules} is complicated; it
24442 proceeds in four phases. First, common rearrangements are done
24443 to try to bring linear terms together and to isolate functions like
24444 @code{exp} and @code{ln} either all the way ``out'' (so that they
24445 can be put into @var{Y}) or all the way ``in'' (so that they can
24446 be put into @var{abc} or @var{FGH}). In particular, all
24447 non-constant powers are converted to logs-and-exponentials form,
24448 and the distributive law is used to expand products of sums.
24449 Quotients are rewritten to use the @samp{fitinv} function, where
24450 @samp{fitinv(x)} represents @cite{1/x} while the @code{FitRules}
24451 are operating. (The use of @code{fitinv} makes recognition of
24452 linear-looking forms easier.) If you modify @code{FitRules}, you
24453 will probably only need to modify the rules for this phase.
24454
24455 Phase two, whose rules can actually also apply during phases one
24456 and three, first rewrites @code{fitmodel} to a two-argument
24457 form @samp{fitmodel(@var{Y}, @var{model})}, where @var{Y} is
24458 initially zero and @var{model} has been changed from @cite{a=b}
24459 to @cite{a-b} form. It then tries to peel off invertible functions
24460 from the outside of @var{model} and put them into @var{Y} instead,
24461 calling the equation solver to invert the functions. Finally, when
24462 this is no longer possible, the @code{fitmodel} is changed to a
24463 four-argument @code{fitsystem}, where the fourth argument is
24464 @var{model} and the @var{FGH} and @var{abc} vectors are initially
24465 empty. (The last vector is really @var{ABC}, corresponding to
24466 raw parameters, for now.)
24467
24468 Phase three converts a sum of items in the @var{model} to a sum
24469 of @samp{fitpart(@var{a}, @var{b}, @var{c})} terms which represent
24470 terms @samp{@var{a}*@var{b}*@var{c}} of the sum, where @var{a}
24471 is all factors that do not involve any variables, @var{b} is all
24472 factors that involve only parameters, and @var{c} is the factors
24473 that involve only independent variables. (If this decomposition
24474 is not possible, the rule set will not complete and Calc will
24475 complain that the model is too complex.) Then @code{fitpart}s
24476 with equal @var{b} or @var{c} components are merged back together
24477 using the distributive law in order to minimize the number of
24478 raw parameters needed.
24479
24480 Phase four moves the @code{fitpart} terms into the @var{FGH} and
24481 @var{ABC} vectors. Also, some of the algebraic expansions that
24482 were done in phase 1 are undone now to make the formulas more
24483 computationally efficient. Finally, it calls the solver one more
24484 time to convert the @var{ABC} vector to an @var{abc} vector, and
24485 removes the fourth @var{model} argument (which by now will be zero)
24486 to obtain the three-argument @code{fitsystem} that the linear
24487 least-squares solver wants to see.
24488
24489 @c @starindex
24490 @c @mindex hasfit@idots
24491 @tindex hasfitparams
24492 @c @starindex
24493 @c @mindex @null
24494 @tindex hasfitvars
24495 Two functions which are useful in connection with @code{FitRules}
24496 are @samp{hasfitparams(x)} and @samp{hasfitvars(x)}, which check
24497 whether @cite{x} refers to any parameters or independent variables,
24498 respectively. Specifically, these functions return ``true'' if the
24499 argument contains any @code{fitparam} (or @code{fitvar}) function
24500 calls, and ``false'' otherwise. (Recall that ``true'' means a
24501 nonzero number, and ``false'' means zero. The actual nonzero number
24502 returned is the largest @var{n} from all the @samp{fitparam(@var{n})}s
24503 or @samp{fitvar(@var{n})}s, respectively, that appear in the formula.)
24504
24505 @tex
24506 \bigskip
24507 @end tex
24508
24509 The @code{fit} function in algebraic notation normally takes four
24510 arguments, @samp{fit(@var{model}, @var{vars}, @var{params}, @var{data})},
24511 where @var{model} is the model formula as it would be typed after
24512 @kbd{a F '}, @var{vars} is the independent variable or a vector of
24513 independent variables, @var{params} likewise gives the parameter(s),
24514 and @var{data} is the data matrix. Note that the length of @var{vars}
24515 must be equal to the number of rows in @var{data} if @var{model} is
24516 an equation, or one less than the number of rows if @var{model} is
24517 a plain formula. (Actually, a name for the dependent variable is
24518 allowed but will be ignored in the plain-formula case.)
24519
24520 If @var{params} is omitted, the parameters are all variables in
24521 @var{model} except those that appear in @var{vars}. If @var{vars}
24522 is also omitted, Calc sorts all the variables that appear in
24523 @var{model} alphabetically and uses the higher ones for @var{vars}
24524 and the lower ones for @var{params}.
24525
24526 Alternatively, @samp{fit(@var{modelvec}, @var{data})} is allowed
24527 where @var{modelvec} is a 2- or 3-vector describing the model
24528 and variables, as discussed previously.
24529
24530 If Calc is unable to do the fit, the @code{fit} function is left
24531 in symbolic form, ordinarily with an explanatory message. The
24532 message will be ``Model expression is too complex'' if the
24533 linearizer was unable to put the model into the required form.
24534
24535 The @code{efit} (corresponding to @kbd{H a F}) and @code{xfit}
24536 (for @kbd{I a F}) functions are completely analogous.
24537
24538 @node Interpolation, , Curve Fitting Details, Curve Fitting
24539 @subsection Polynomial Interpolation
24540
24541 @kindex a p
24542 @pindex calc-poly-interp
24543 @tindex polint
24544 The @kbd{a p} (@code{calc-poly-interp}) [@code{polint}] command does
24545 a polynomial interpolation at a particular @cite{x} value. It takes
24546 two arguments from the stack: A data matrix of the sort used by
24547 @kbd{a F}, and a single number which represents the desired @cite{x}
24548 value. Calc effectively does an exact polynomial fit as if by @kbd{a F i},
24549 then substitutes the @cite{x} value into the result in order to get an
24550 approximate @cite{y} value based on the fit. (Calc does not actually
24551 use @kbd{a F i}, however; it uses a direct method which is both more
24552 efficient and more numerically stable.)
24553
24554 The result of @kbd{a p} is actually a vector of two values: The @cite{y}
24555 value approximation, and an error measure @cite{dy} that reflects Calc's
24556 estimation of the probable error of the approximation at that value of
24557 @cite{x}. If the input @cite{x} is equal to any of the @cite{x} values
24558 in the data matrix, the output @cite{y} will be the corresponding @cite{y}
24559 value from the matrix, and the output @cite{dy} will be exactly zero.
24560
24561 A prefix argument of 2 causes @kbd{a p} to take separate x- and
24562 y-vectors from the stack instead of one data matrix.
24563
24564 If @cite{x} is a vector of numbers, @kbd{a p} will return a matrix of
24565 interpolated results for each of those @cite{x} values. (The matrix will
24566 have two columns, the @cite{y} values and the @cite{dy} values.)
24567 If @cite{x} is a formula instead of a number, the @code{polint} function
24568 remains in symbolic form; use the @kbd{a "} command to expand it out to
24569 a formula that describes the fit in symbolic terms.
24570
24571 In all cases, the @kbd{a p} command leaves the data vectors or matrix
24572 on the stack. Only the @cite{x} value is replaced by the result.
24573
24574 @kindex H a p
24575 @tindex ratint
24576 The @kbd{H a p} [@code{ratint}] command does a rational function
24577 interpolation. It is used exactly like @kbd{a p}, except that it
24578 uses as its model the quotient of two polynomials. If there are
24579 @cite{N} data points, the numerator and denominator polynomials will
24580 each have degree @cite{N/2} (if @cite{N} is odd, the denominator will
24581 have degree one higher than the numerator).
24582
24583 Rational approximations have the advantage that they can accurately
24584 describe functions that have poles (points at which the function's value
24585 goes to infinity, so that the denominator polynomial of the approximation
24586 goes to zero). If @cite{x} corresponds to a pole of the fitted rational
24587 function, then the result will be a division by zero. If Infinite mode
24588 is enabled, the result will be @samp{[uinf, uinf]}.
24589
24590 There is no way to get the actual coefficients of the rational function
24591 used by @kbd{H a p}. (The algorithm never generates these coefficients
24592 explicitly, and quotients of polynomials are beyond @w{@kbd{a F}}'s
24593 capabilities to fit.)
24594
24595 @node Summations, Logical Operations, Curve Fitting, Algebra
24596 @section Summations
24597
24598 @noindent
24599 @cindex Summation of a series
24600 @kindex a +
24601 @pindex calc-summation
24602 @tindex sum
24603 The @kbd{a +} (@code{calc-summation}) [@code{sum}] command computes
24604 the sum of a formula over a certain range of index values. The formula
24605 is taken from the top of the stack; the command prompts for the
24606 name of the summation index variable, the lower limit of the
24607 sum (any formula), and the upper limit of the sum. If you
24608 enter a blank line at any of these prompts, that prompt and
24609 any later ones are answered by reading additional elements from
24610 the stack. Thus, @kbd{' k^2 RET ' k RET 1 RET 5 RET a + RET}
24611 produces the result 55.
24612 @tex
24613 \turnoffactive
24614 $$ \sum_{k=1}^5 k^2 = 55 $$
24615 @end tex
24616
24617 The choice of index variable is arbitrary, but it's best not to
24618 use a variable with a stored value. In particular, while
24619 @code{i} is often a favorite index variable, it should be avoided
24620 in Calc because @code{i} has the imaginary constant @cite{(0, 1)}
24621 as a value. If you pressed @kbd{=} on a sum over @code{i}, it would
24622 be changed to a nonsensical sum over the ``variable'' @cite{(0, 1)}!
24623 If you really want to use @code{i} as an index variable, use
24624 @w{@kbd{s u i RET}} first to ``unstore'' this variable.
24625 (@xref{Storing Variables}.)
24626
24627 A numeric prefix argument steps the index by that amount rather
24628 than by one. Thus @kbd{' a_k RET C-u -2 a + k RET 10 RET 0 RET}
24629 yields @samp{a_10 + a_8 + a_6 + a_4 + a_2 + a_0}. A prefix
24630 argument of plain @kbd{C-u} causes @kbd{a +} to prompt for the
24631 step value, in which case you can enter any formula or enter
24632 a blank line to take the step value from the stack. With the
24633 @kbd{C-u} prefix, @kbd{a +} can take up to five arguments from
24634 the stack: The formula, the variable, the lower limit, the
24635 upper limit, and (at the top of the stack), the step value.
24636
24637 Calc knows how to do certain sums in closed form. For example,
24638 @samp{sum(6 k^2, k, 1, n) = @w{2 n^3} + 3 n^2 + n}. In particular,
24639 this is possible if the formula being summed is polynomial or
24640 exponential in the index variable. Sums of logarithms are
24641 transformed into logarithms of products. Sums of trigonometric
24642 and hyperbolic functions are transformed to sums of exponentials
24643 and then done in closed form. Also, of course, sums in which the
24644 lower and upper limits are both numbers can always be evaluated
24645 just by grinding them out, although Calc will use closed forms
24646 whenever it can for the sake of efficiency.
24647
24648 The notation for sums in algebraic formulas is
24649 @samp{sum(@var{expr}, @var{var}, @var{low}, @var{high}, @var{step})}.
24650 If @var{step} is omitted, it defaults to one. If @var{high} is
24651 omitted, @var{low} is actually the upper limit and the lower limit
24652 is one. If @var{low} is also omitted, the limits are @samp{-inf}
24653 and @samp{inf}, respectively.
24654
24655 Infinite sums can sometimes be evaluated: @samp{sum(.5^k, k, 1, inf)}
24656 returns @cite{1}. This is done by evaluating the sum in closed
24657 form (to @samp{1. - 0.5^n} in this case), then evaluating this
24658 formula with @code{n} set to @code{inf}. Calc's usual rules
24659 for ``infinite'' arithmetic can find the answer from there. If
24660 infinite arithmetic yields a @samp{nan}, or if the sum cannot be
24661 solved in closed form, Calc leaves the @code{sum} function in
24662 symbolic form. @xref{Infinities}.
24663
24664 As a special feature, if the limits are infinite (or omitted, as
24665 described above) but the formula includes vectors subscripted by
24666 expressions that involve the iteration variable, Calc narrows
24667 the limits to include only the range of integers which result in
24668 legal subscripts for the vector. For example, the sum
24669 @samp{sum(k [a,b,c,d,e,f,g]_(2k),k)} evaluates to @samp{b + 2 d + 3 f}.
24670
24671 The limits of a sum do not need to be integers. For example,
24672 @samp{sum(a_k, k, 0, 2 n, n)} produces @samp{a_0 + a_n + a_(2 n)}.
24673 Calc computes the number of iterations using the formula
24674 @samp{1 + (@var{high} - @var{low}) / @var{step}}, which must,
24675 after simplification as if by @kbd{a s}, evaluate to an integer.
24676
24677 If the number of iterations according to the above formula does
24678 not come out to an integer, the sum is illegal and will be left
24679 in symbolic form. However, closed forms are still supplied, and
24680 you are on your honor not to misuse the resulting formulas by
24681 substituting mismatched bounds into them. For example,
24682 @samp{sum(k, k, 1, 10, 2)} is invalid, but Calc will go ahead and
24683 evaluate the closed form solution for the limits 1 and 10 to get
24684 the rather dubious answer, 29.25.
24685
24686 If the lower limit is greater than the upper limit (assuming a
24687 positive step size), the result is generally zero. However,
24688 Calc only guarantees a zero result when the upper limit is
24689 exactly one step less than the lower limit, i.e., if the number
24690 of iterations is @i{-1}. Thus @samp{sum(f(k), k, n, n-1)} is zero
24691 but the sum from @samp{n} to @samp{n-2} may report a nonzero value
24692 if Calc used a closed form solution.
24693
24694 Calc's logical predicates like @cite{a < b} return 1 for ``true''
24695 and 0 for ``false.'' @xref{Logical Operations}. This can be
24696 used to advantage for building conditional sums. For example,
24697 @samp{sum(prime(k)*k^2, k, 1, 20)} is the sum of the squares of all
24698 prime numbers from 1 to 20; the @code{prime} predicate returns 1 if
24699 its argument is prime and 0 otherwise. You can read this expression
24700 as ``the sum of @cite{k^2}, where @cite{k} is prime.'' Indeed,
24701 @samp{sum(prime(k)*k^2, k)} would represent the sum of @emph{all} primes
24702 squared, since the limits default to plus and minus infinity, but
24703 there are no such sums that Calc's built-in rules can do in
24704 closed form.
24705
24706 As another example, @samp{sum((k != k_0) * f(k), k, 1, n)} is the
24707 sum of @cite{f(k)} for all @cite{k} from 1 to @cite{n}, excluding
24708 one value @cite{k_0}. Slightly more tricky is the summand
24709 @samp{(k != k_0) / (k - k_0)}, which is an attempt to describe
24710 the sum of all @cite{1/(k-k_0)} except at @cite{k = k_0}, where
24711 this would be a division by zero. But at @cite{k = k_0}, this
24712 formula works out to the indeterminate form @cite{0 / 0}, which
24713 Calc will not assume is zero. Better would be to use
24714 @samp{(k != k_0) ? 1/(k-k_0) : 0}; the @samp{? :} operator does
24715 an ``if-then-else'' test: This expression says, ``if @c{$k \ne k_0$}
24716 @cite{k != k_0},
24717 then @cite{1/(k-k_0)}, else zero.'' Now the formula @cite{1/(k-k_0)}
24718 will not even be evaluated by Calc when @cite{k = k_0}.
24719
24720 @cindex Alternating sums
24721 @kindex a -
24722 @pindex calc-alt-summation
24723 @tindex asum
24724 The @kbd{a -} (@code{calc-alt-summation}) [@code{asum}] command
24725 computes an alternating sum. Successive terms of the sequence
24726 are given alternating signs, with the first term (corresponding
24727 to the lower index value) being positive. Alternating sums
24728 are converted to normal sums with an extra term of the form
24729 @samp{(-1)^(k-@var{low})}. This formula is adjusted appropriately
24730 if the step value is other than one. For example, the Taylor
24731 series for the sine function is @samp{asum(x^k / k!, k, 1, inf, 2)}.
24732 (Calc cannot evaluate this infinite series, but it can approximate
24733 it if you replace @code{inf} with any particular odd number.)
24734 Calc converts this series to a regular sum with a step of one,
24735 namely @samp{sum((-1)^k x^(2k+1) / (2k+1)!, k, 0, inf)}.
24736
24737 @cindex Product of a sequence
24738 @kindex a *
24739 @pindex calc-product
24740 @tindex prod
24741 The @kbd{a *} (@code{calc-product}) [@code{prod}] command is
24742 the analogous way to take a product of many terms. Calc also knows
24743 some closed forms for products, such as @samp{prod(k, k, 1, n) = n!}.
24744 Conditional products can be written @samp{prod(k^prime(k), k, 1, n)}
24745 or @samp{prod(prime(k) ? k : 1, k, 1, n)}.
24746
24747 @kindex a T
24748 @pindex calc-tabulate
24749 @tindex table
24750 The @kbd{a T} (@code{calc-tabulate}) [@code{table}] command
24751 evaluates a formula at a series of iterated index values, just
24752 like @code{sum} and @code{prod}, but its result is simply a
24753 vector of the results. For example, @samp{table(a_i, i, 1, 7, 2)}
24754 produces @samp{[a_1, a_3, a_5, a_7]}.
24755
24756 @node Logical Operations, Rewrite Rules, Summations, Algebra
24757 @section Logical Operations
24758
24759 @noindent
24760 The following commands and algebraic functions return true/false values,
24761 where 1 represents ``true'' and 0 represents ``false.'' In cases where
24762 a truth value is required (such as for the condition part of a rewrite
24763 rule, or as the condition for a @w{@kbd{Z [ Z ]}} control structure), any
24764 nonzero value is accepted to mean ``true.'' (Specifically, anything
24765 for which @code{dnonzero} returns 1 is ``true,'' and anything for
24766 which @code{dnonzero} returns 0 or cannot decide is assumed ``false.''
24767 Note that this means that @w{@kbd{Z [ Z ]}} will execute the ``then''
24768 portion if its condition is provably true, but it will execute the
24769 ``else'' portion for any condition like @cite{a = b} that is not
24770 provably true, even if it might be true. Algebraic functions that
24771 have conditions as arguments, like @code{? :} and @code{&&}, remain
24772 unevaluated if the condition is neither provably true nor provably
24773 false. @xref{Declarations}.)
24774
24775 @kindex a =
24776 @pindex calc-equal-to
24777 @tindex eq
24778 @tindex =
24779 @tindex ==
24780 The @kbd{a =} (@code{calc-equal-to}) command, or @samp{eq(a,b)} function
24781 (which can also be written @samp{a = b} or @samp{a == b} in an algebraic
24782 formula) is true if @cite{a} and @cite{b} are equal, either because they
24783 are identical expressions, or because they are numbers which are
24784 numerically equal. (Thus the integer 1 is considered equal to the float
24785 1.0.) If the equality of @cite{a} and @cite{b} cannot be determined,
24786 the comparison is left in symbolic form. Note that as a command, this
24787 operation pops two values from the stack and pushes back either a 1 or
24788 a 0, or a formula @samp{a = b} if the values' equality cannot be determined.
24789
24790 Many Calc commands use @samp{=} formulas to represent @dfn{equations}.
24791 For example, the @kbd{a S} (@code{calc-solve-for}) command rearranges
24792 an equation to solve for a given variable. The @kbd{a M}
24793 (@code{calc-map-equation}) command can be used to apply any
24794 function to both sides of an equation; for example, @kbd{2 a M *}
24795 multiplies both sides of the equation by two. Note that just
24796 @kbd{2 *} would not do the same thing; it would produce the formula
24797 @samp{2 (a = b)} which represents 2 if the equality is true or
24798 zero if not.
24799
24800 The @code{eq} function with more than two arguments (e.g., @kbd{C-u 3 a =}
24801 or @samp{a = b = c}) tests if all of its arguments are equal. In
24802 algebraic notation, the @samp{=} operator is unusual in that it is
24803 neither left- nor right-associative: @samp{a = b = c} is not the
24804 same as @samp{(a = b) = c} or @samp{a = (b = c)} (which each compare
24805 one variable with the 1 or 0 that results from comparing two other
24806 variables).
24807
24808 @kindex a #
24809 @pindex calc-not-equal-to
24810 @tindex neq
24811 @tindex !=
24812 The @kbd{a #} (@code{calc-not-equal-to}) command, or @samp{neq(a,b)} or
24813 @samp{a != b} function, is true if @cite{a} and @cite{b} are not equal.
24814 This also works with more than two arguments; @samp{a != b != c != d}
24815 tests that all four of @cite{a}, @cite{b}, @cite{c}, and @cite{d} are
24816 distinct numbers.
24817
24818 @kindex a <
24819 @tindex lt
24820 @c @mindex @idots
24821 @kindex a >
24822 @c @mindex @null
24823 @kindex a [
24824 @c @mindex @null
24825 @kindex a ]
24826 @pindex calc-less-than
24827 @pindex calc-greater-than
24828 @pindex calc-less-equal
24829 @pindex calc-greater-equal
24830 @c @mindex @null
24831 @tindex gt
24832 @c @mindex @null
24833 @tindex leq
24834 @c @mindex @null
24835 @tindex geq
24836 @c @mindex @null
24837 @tindex <
24838 @c @mindex @null
24839 @tindex >
24840 @c @mindex @null
24841 @tindex <=
24842 @c @mindex @null
24843 @tindex >=
24844 The @kbd{a <} (@code{calc-less-than}) [@samp{lt(a,b)} or @samp{a < b}]
24845 operation is true if @cite{a} is less than @cite{b}. Similar functions
24846 are @kbd{a >} (@code{calc-greater-than}) [@samp{gt(a,b)} or @samp{a > b}],
24847 @kbd{a [} (@code{calc-less-equal}) [@samp{leq(a,b)} or @samp{a <= b}], and
24848 @kbd{a ]} (@code{calc-greater-equal}) [@samp{geq(a,b)} or @samp{a >= b}].
24849
24850 While the inequality functions like @code{lt} do not accept more
24851 than two arguments, the syntax @w{@samp{a <= b < c}} is translated to an
24852 equivalent expression involving intervals: @samp{b in [a .. c)}.
24853 (See the description of @code{in} below.) All four combinations
24854 of @samp{<} and @samp{<=} are allowed, or any of the four combinations
24855 of @samp{>} and @samp{>=}. Four-argument constructions like
24856 @samp{a < b < c < d}, and mixtures like @w{@samp{a < b = c}} that
24857 involve both equalities and inequalities, are not allowed.
24858
24859 @kindex a .
24860 @pindex calc-remove-equal
24861 @tindex rmeq
24862 The @kbd{a .} (@code{calc-remove-equal}) [@code{rmeq}] command extracts
24863 the righthand side of the equation or inequality on the top of the
24864 stack. It also works elementwise on vectors. For example, if
24865 @samp{[x = 2.34, y = z / 2]} is on the stack, then @kbd{a .} produces
24866 @samp{[2.34, z / 2]}. As a special case, if the righthand side is a
24867 variable and the lefthand side is a number (as in @samp{2.34 = x}), then
24868 Calc keeps the lefthand side instead. Finally, this command works with
24869 assignments @samp{x := 2.34} as well as equations, always taking the
24870 the righthand side, and for @samp{=>} (evaluates-to) operators, always
24871 taking the lefthand side.
24872
24873 @kindex a &
24874 @pindex calc-logical-and
24875 @tindex land
24876 @tindex &&
24877 The @kbd{a &} (@code{calc-logical-and}) [@samp{land(a,b)} or @samp{a && b}]
24878 function is true if both of its arguments are true, i.e., are
24879 non-zero numbers. In this case, the result will be either @cite{a} or
24880 @cite{b}, chosen arbitrarily. If either argument is zero, the result is
24881 zero. Otherwise, the formula is left in symbolic form.
24882
24883 @kindex a |
24884 @pindex calc-logical-or
24885 @tindex lor
24886 @tindex ||
24887 The @kbd{a |} (@code{calc-logical-or}) [@samp{lor(a,b)} or @samp{a || b}]
24888 function is true if either or both of its arguments are true (nonzero).
24889 The result is whichever argument was nonzero, choosing arbitrarily if both
24890 are nonzero. If both @cite{a} and @cite{b} are zero, the result is
24891 zero.
24892
24893 @kindex a !
24894 @pindex calc-logical-not
24895 @tindex lnot
24896 @tindex !
24897 The @kbd{a !} (@code{calc-logical-not}) [@samp{lnot(a)} or @samp{!@: a}]
24898 function is true if @cite{a} is false (zero), or false if @cite{a} is
24899 true (nonzero). It is left in symbolic form if @cite{a} is not a
24900 number.
24901
24902 @kindex a :
24903 @pindex calc-logical-if
24904 @tindex if
24905 @c @mindex ? :
24906 @tindex ?
24907 @c @mindex @null
24908 @tindex :
24909 @cindex Arguments, not evaluated
24910 The @kbd{a :} (@code{calc-logical-if}) [@samp{if(a,b,c)} or @samp{a ? b :@: c}]
24911 function is equal to either @cite{b} or @cite{c} if @cite{a} is a nonzero
24912 number or zero, respectively. If @cite{a} is not a number, the test is
24913 left in symbolic form and neither @cite{b} nor @cite{c} is evaluated in
24914 any way. In algebraic formulas, this is one of the few Calc functions
24915 whose arguments are not automatically evaluated when the function itself
24916 is evaluated. The others are @code{lambda}, @code{quote}, and
24917 @code{condition}.
24918
24919 One minor surprise to watch out for is that the formula @samp{a?3:4}
24920 will not work because the @samp{3:4} is parsed as a fraction instead of
24921 as three separate symbols. Type something like @samp{a ? 3 : 4} or
24922 @samp{a?(3):4} instead.
24923
24924 As a special case, if @cite{a} evaluates to a vector, then both @cite{b}
24925 and @cite{c} are evaluated; the result is a vector of the same length
24926 as @cite{a} whose elements are chosen from corresponding elements of
24927 @cite{b} and @cite{c} according to whether each element of @cite{a}
24928 is zero or nonzero. Each of @cite{b} and @cite{c} must be either a
24929 vector of the same length as @cite{a}, or a non-vector which is matched
24930 with all elements of @cite{a}.
24931
24932 @kindex a @{
24933 @pindex calc-in-set
24934 @tindex in
24935 The @kbd{a @{} (@code{calc-in-set}) [@samp{in(a,b)}] function is true if
24936 the number @cite{a} is in the set of numbers represented by @cite{b}.
24937 If @cite{b} is an interval form, @cite{a} must be one of the values
24938 encompassed by the interval. If @cite{b} is a vector, @cite{a} must be
24939 equal to one of the elements of the vector. (If any vector elements are
24940 intervals, @cite{a} must be in any of the intervals.) If @cite{b} is a
24941 plain number, @cite{a} must be numerically equal to @cite{b}.
24942 @xref{Set Operations}, for a group of commands that manipulate sets
24943 of this sort.
24944
24945 @c @starindex
24946 @tindex typeof
24947 The @samp{typeof(a)} function produces an integer or variable which
24948 characterizes @cite{a}. If @cite{a} is a number, vector, or variable,
24949 the result will be one of the following numbers:
24950
24951 @example
24952 1 Integer
24953 2 Fraction
24954 3 Floating-point number
24955 4 HMS form
24956 5 Rectangular complex number
24957 6 Polar complex number
24958 7 Error form
24959 8 Interval form
24960 9 Modulo form
24961 10 Date-only form
24962 11 Date/time form
24963 12 Infinity (inf, uinf, or nan)
24964 100 Variable
24965 101 Vector (but not a matrix)
24966 102 Matrix
24967 @end example
24968
24969 Otherwise, @cite{a} is a formula, and the result is a variable which
24970 represents the name of the top-level function call.
24971
24972 @c @starindex
24973 @tindex integer
24974 @c @starindex
24975 @tindex real
24976 @c @starindex
24977 @tindex constant
24978 The @samp{integer(a)} function returns true if @cite{a} is an integer.
24979 The @samp{real(a)} function
24980 is true if @cite{a} is a real number, either integer, fraction, or
24981 float. The @samp{constant(a)} function returns true if @cite{a} is
24982 any of the objects for which @code{typeof} would produce an integer
24983 code result except for variables, and provided that the components of
24984 an object like a vector or error form are themselves constant.
24985 Note that infinities do not satisfy any of these tests, nor do
24986 special constants like @code{pi} and @code{e}.@refill
24987
24988 @xref{Declarations}, for a set of similar functions that recognize
24989 formulas as well as actual numbers. For example, @samp{dint(floor(x))}
24990 is true because @samp{floor(x)} is provably integer-valued, but
24991 @samp{integer(floor(x))} does not because @samp{floor(x)} is not
24992 literally an integer constant.
24993
24994 @c @starindex
24995 @tindex refers
24996 The @samp{refers(a,b)} function is true if the variable (or sub-expression)
24997 @cite{b} appears in @cite{a}, or false otherwise. Unlike the other
24998 tests described here, this function returns a definite ``no'' answer
24999 even if its arguments are still in symbolic form. The only case where
25000 @code{refers} will be left unevaluated is if @cite{a} is a plain
25001 variable (different from @cite{b}).
25002
25003 @c @starindex
25004 @tindex negative
25005 The @samp{negative(a)} function returns true if @cite{a} ``looks'' negative,
25006 because it is a negative number, because it is of the form @cite{-x},
25007 or because it is a product or quotient with a term that looks negative.
25008 This is most useful in rewrite rules. Beware that @samp{negative(a)}
25009 evaluates to 1 or 0 for @emph{any} argument @cite{a}, so it can only
25010 be stored in a formula if the default simplifications are turned off
25011 first with @kbd{m O} (or if it appears in an unevaluated context such
25012 as a rewrite rule condition).
25013
25014 @c @starindex
25015 @tindex variable
25016 The @samp{variable(a)} function is true if @cite{a} is a variable,
25017 or false if not. If @cite{a} is a function call, this test is left
25018 in symbolic form. Built-in variables like @code{pi} and @code{inf}
25019 are considered variables like any others by this test.
25020
25021 @c @starindex
25022 @tindex nonvar
25023 The @samp{nonvar(a)} function is true if @cite{a} is a non-variable.
25024 If its argument is a variable it is left unsimplified; it never
25025 actually returns zero. However, since Calc's condition-testing
25026 commands consider ``false'' anything not provably true, this is
25027 often good enough.
25028
25029 @c @starindex
25030 @tindex lin
25031 @c @starindex
25032 @tindex linnt
25033 @c @starindex
25034 @tindex islin
25035 @c @starindex
25036 @tindex islinnt
25037 @cindex Linearity testing
25038 The functions @code{lin}, @code{linnt}, @code{islin}, and @code{islinnt}
25039 check if an expression is ``linear,'' i.e., can be written in the form
25040 @cite{a + b x} for some constants @cite{a} and @cite{b}, and some
25041 variable or subformula @cite{x}. The function @samp{islin(f,x)} checks
25042 if formula @cite{f} is linear in @cite{x}, returning 1 if so. For
25043 example, @samp{islin(x,x)}, @samp{islin(-x,x)}, @samp{islin(3,x)}, and
25044 @samp{islin(x y / 3 - 2, x)} all return 1. The @samp{lin(f,x)} function
25045 is similar, except that instead of returning 1 it returns the vector
25046 @cite{[a, b, x]}. For the above examples, this vector would be
25047 @cite{[0, 1, x]}, @cite{[0, -1, x]}, @cite{[3, 0, x]}, and
25048 @cite{[-2, y/3, x]}, respectively. Both @code{lin} and @code{islin}
25049 generally remain unevaluated for expressions which are not linear,
25050 e.g., @samp{lin(2 x^2, x)} and @samp{lin(sin(x), x)}. The second
25051 argument can also be a formula; @samp{islin(2 + 3 sin(x), sin(x))}
25052 returns true.
25053
25054 The @code{linnt} and @code{islinnt} functions perform a similar check,
25055 but require a ``non-trivial'' linear form, which means that the
25056 @cite{b} coefficient must be non-zero. For example, @samp{lin(2,x)}
25057 returns @cite{[2, 0, x]} and @samp{lin(y,x)} returns @cite{[y, 0, x]},
25058 but @samp{linnt(2,x)} and @samp{linnt(y,x)} are left unevaluated
25059 (in other words, these formulas are considered to be only ``trivially''
25060 linear in @cite{x}).
25061
25062 All four linearity-testing functions allow you to omit the second
25063 argument, in which case the input may be linear in any non-constant
25064 formula. Here, the @cite{a=0}, @cite{b=1} case is also considered
25065 trivial, and only constant values for @cite{a} and @cite{b} are
25066 recognized. Thus, @samp{lin(2 x y)} returns @cite{[0, 2, x y]},
25067 @samp{lin(2 - x y)} returns @cite{[2, -1, x y]}, and @samp{lin(x y)}
25068 returns @cite{[0, 1, x y]}. The @code{linnt} function would allow the
25069 first two cases but not the third. Also, neither @code{lin} nor
25070 @code{linnt} accept plain constants as linear in the one-argument
25071 case: @samp{islin(2,x)} is true, but @samp{islin(2)} is false.
25072
25073 @c @starindex
25074 @tindex istrue
25075 The @samp{istrue(a)} function returns 1 if @cite{a} is a nonzero
25076 number or provably nonzero formula, or 0 if @cite{a} is anything else.
25077 Calls to @code{istrue} can only be manipulated if @kbd{m O} mode is
25078 used to make sure they are not evaluated prematurely. (Note that
25079 declarations are used when deciding whether a formula is true;
25080 @code{istrue} returns 1 when @code{dnonzero} would return 1, and
25081 it returns 0 when @code{dnonzero} would return 0 or leave itself
25082 in symbolic form.)
25083
25084 @node Rewrite Rules, , Logical Operations, Algebra
25085 @section Rewrite Rules
25086
25087 @noindent
25088 @cindex Rewrite rules
25089 @cindex Transformations
25090 @cindex Pattern matching
25091 @kindex a r
25092 @pindex calc-rewrite
25093 @tindex rewrite
25094 The @kbd{a r} (@code{calc-rewrite}) [@code{rewrite}] command makes
25095 substitutions in a formula according to a specified pattern or patterns
25096 known as @dfn{rewrite rules}. Whereas @kbd{a b} (@code{calc-substitute})
25097 matches literally, so that substituting @samp{sin(x)} with @samp{cos(x)}
25098 matches only the @code{sin} function applied to the variable @code{x},
25099 rewrite rules match general kinds of formulas; rewriting using the rule
25100 @samp{sin(x) := cos(x)} matches @code{sin} of any argument and replaces
25101 it with @code{cos} of that same argument. The only significance of the
25102 name @code{x} is that the same name is used on both sides of the rule.
25103
25104 Rewrite rules rearrange formulas already in Calc's memory.
25105 @xref{Syntax Tables}, to read about @dfn{syntax rules}, which are
25106 similar to algebraic rewrite rules but operate when new algebraic
25107 entries are being parsed, converting strings of characters into
25108 Calc formulas.
25109
25110 @menu
25111 * Entering Rewrite Rules::
25112 * Basic Rewrite Rules::
25113 * Conditional Rewrite Rules::
25114 * Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules::
25115 * Other Features of Rewrite Rules::
25116 * Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules::
25117 * Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules::
25118 * Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules::
25119 * Selections with Rewrite Rules::
25120 * Matching Commands::
25121 * Automatic Rewrites::
25122 * Debugging Rewrites::
25123 * Examples of Rewrite Rules::
25124 @end menu
25125
25126 @node Entering Rewrite Rules, Basic Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
25127 @subsection Entering Rewrite Rules
25128
25129 @noindent
25130 Rewrite rules normally use the ``assignment'' operator
25131 @samp{@var{old} := @var{new}}.
25132 This operator is equivalent to the function call @samp{assign(old, new)}.
25133 The @code{assign} function is undefined by itself in Calc, so an
25134 assignment formula such as a rewrite rule will be left alone by ordinary
25135 Calc commands. But certain commands, like the rewrite system, interpret
25136 assignments in special ways.@refill
25137
25138 For example, the rule @samp{sin(x)^2 := 1-cos(x)^2} says to replace
25139 every occurrence of the sine of something, squared, with one minus the
25140 square of the cosine of that same thing. All by itself as a formula
25141 on the stack it does nothing, but when given to the @kbd{a r} command
25142 it turns that command into a sine-squared-to-cosine-squared converter.
25143
25144 To specify a set of rules to be applied all at once, make a vector of
25145 rules.
25146
25147 When @kbd{a r} prompts you to enter the rewrite rules, you can answer
25148 in several ways:
25149
25150 @enumerate
25151 @item
25152 With a rule: @kbd{f(x) := g(x) RET}.
25153 @item
25154 With a vector of rules: @kbd{[f1(x) := g1(x), f2(x) := g2(x)] RET}.
25155 (You can omit the enclosing square brackets if you wish.)
25156 @item
25157 With the name of a variable that contains the rule or rules vector:
25158 @kbd{myrules RET}.
25159 @item
25160 With any formula except a rule, a vector, or a variable name; this
25161 will be interpreted as the @var{old} half of a rewrite rule,
25162 and you will be prompted a second time for the @var{new} half:
25163 @kbd{f(x) @key{RET} g(x) @key{RET}}.
25164 @item
25165 With a blank line, in which case the rule, rules vector, or variable
25166 will be taken from the top of the stack (and the formula to be
25167 rewritten will come from the second-to-top position).
25168 @end enumerate
25169
25170 If you enter the rules directly (as opposed to using rules stored
25171 in a variable), those rules will be put into the Trail so that you
25172 can retrieve them later. @xref{Trail Commands}.
25173
25174 It is most convenient to store rules you use often in a variable and
25175 invoke them by giving the variable name. The @kbd{s e}
25176 (@code{calc-edit-variable}) command is an easy way to create or edit a
25177 rule set stored in a variable. You may also wish to use @kbd{s p}
25178 (@code{calc-permanent-variable}) to save your rules permanently;
25179 @pxref{Operations on Variables}.@refill
25180
25181 Rewrite rules are compiled into a special internal form for faster
25182 matching. If you enter a rule set directly it must be recompiled
25183 every time. If you store the rules in a variable and refer to them
25184 through that variable, they will be compiled once and saved away
25185 along with the variable for later reference. This is another good
25186 reason to store your rules in a variable.
25187
25188 Calc also accepts an obsolete notation for rules, as vectors
25189 @samp{[@var{old}, @var{new}]}. But because it is easily confused with a
25190 vector of two rules, the use of this notation is no longer recommended.
25191
25192 @node Basic Rewrite Rules, Conditional Rewrite Rules, Entering Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
25193 @subsection Basic Rewrite Rules
25194
25195 @noindent
25196 To match a particular formula @cite{x} with a particular rewrite rule
25197 @samp{@var{old} := @var{new}}, Calc compares the structure of @cite{x} with
25198 the structure of @var{old}. Variables that appear in @var{old} are
25199 treated as @dfn{meta-variables}; the corresponding positions in @cite{x}
25200 may contain any sub-formulas. For example, the pattern @samp{f(x,y)}
25201 would match the expression @samp{f(12, a+1)} with the meta-variable
25202 @samp{x} corresponding to 12 and with @samp{y} corresponding to
25203 @samp{a+1}. However, this pattern would not match @samp{f(12)} or
25204 @samp{g(12, a+1)}, since there is no assignment of the meta-variables
25205 that will make the pattern match these expressions. Notice that if
25206 the pattern is a single meta-variable, it will match any expression.
25207
25208 If a given meta-variable appears more than once in @var{old}, the
25209 corresponding sub-formulas of @cite{x} must be identical. Thus
25210 the pattern @samp{f(x,x)} would match @samp{f(12, 12)} and
25211 @samp{f(a+1, a+1)} but not @samp{f(12, a+1)} or @samp{f(a+b, b+a)}.
25212 (@xref{Conditional Rewrite Rules}, for a way to match the latter.)
25213
25214 Things other than variables must match exactly between the pattern
25215 and the target formula. To match a particular variable exactly, use
25216 the pseudo-function @samp{quote(v)} in the pattern. For example, the
25217 pattern @samp{x+quote(y)} matches @samp{x+y}, @samp{2+y}, or
25218 @samp{sin(a)+y}.
25219
25220 The special variable names @samp{e}, @samp{pi}, @samp{i}, @samp{phi},
25221 @samp{gamma}, @samp{inf}, @samp{uinf}, and @samp{nan} always match
25222 literally. Thus the pattern @samp{sin(d + e + f)} acts exactly like
25223 @samp{sin(d + quote(e) + f)}.
25224
25225 If the @var{old} pattern is found to match a given formula, that
25226 formula is replaced by @var{new}, where any occurrences in @var{new}
25227 of meta-variables from the pattern are replaced with the sub-formulas
25228 that they matched. Thus, applying the rule @samp{f(x,y) := g(y+x,x)}
25229 to @samp{f(12, a+1)} would produce @samp{g(a+13, 12)}.
25230
25231 The normal @kbd{a r} command applies rewrite rules over and over
25232 throughout the target formula until no further changes are possible
25233 (up to a limit of 100 times). Use @kbd{C-u 1 a r} to make only one
25234 change at a time.
25235
25236 @node Conditional Rewrite Rules, Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules, Basic Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
25237 @subsection Conditional Rewrite Rules
25238
25239 @noindent
25240 A rewrite rule can also be @dfn{conditional}, written in the form
25241 @samp{@var{old} := @var{new} :: @var{cond}}. (There is also the obsolete
25242 form @samp{[@var{old}, @var{new}, @var{cond}]}.) If a @var{cond} part
25243 is present in the
25244 rule, this is an additional condition that must be satisfied before
25245 the rule is accepted. Once @var{old} has been successfully matched
25246 to the target expression, @var{cond} is evaluated (with all the
25247 meta-variables substituted for the values they matched) and simplified
25248 with @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}). If the result is a nonzero
25249 number or any other object known to be nonzero (@pxref{Declarations}),
25250 the rule is accepted. If the result is zero or if it is a symbolic
25251 formula that is not known to be nonzero, the rule is rejected.
25252 @xref{Logical Operations}, for a number of functions that return
25253 1 or 0 according to the results of various tests.@refill
25254
25255 For example, the formula @samp{n > 0} simplifies to 1 or 0 if @cite{n}
25256 is replaced by a positive or nonpositive number, respectively (or if
25257 @cite{n} has been declared to be positive or nonpositive). Thus,
25258 the rule @samp{f(x,y) := g(y+x,x) :: x+y > 0} would apply to
25259 @samp{f(0, 4)} but not to @samp{f(-3, 2)} or @samp{f(12, a+1)}
25260 (assuming no outstanding declarations for @cite{a}). In the case of
25261 @samp{f(-3, 2)}, the condition can be shown not to be satisfied; in
25262 the case of @samp{f(12, a+1)}, the condition merely cannot be shown
25263 to be satisfied, but that is enough to reject the rule.
25264
25265 While Calc will use declarations to reason about variables in the
25266 formula being rewritten, declarations do not apply to meta-variables.
25267 For example, the rule @samp{f(a) := g(a+1)} will match for any values
25268 of @samp{a}, such as complex numbers, vectors, or formulas, even if
25269 @samp{a} has been declared to be real or scalar. If you want the
25270 meta-variable @samp{a} to match only literal real numbers, use
25271 @samp{f(a) := g(a+1) :: real(a)}. If you want @samp{a} to match only
25272 reals and formulas which are provably real, use @samp{dreal(a)} as
25273 the condition.
25274
25275 The @samp{::} operator is a shorthand for the @code{condition}
25276 function; @samp{@var{old} := @var{new} :: @var{cond}} is equivalent to
25277 the formula @samp{condition(assign(@var{old}, @var{new}), @var{cond})}.
25278
25279 If you have several conditions, you can use @samp{... :: c1 :: c2 :: c3}
25280 or @samp{... :: c1 && c2 && c3}. The two are entirely equivalent.
25281
25282 It is also possible to embed conditions inside the pattern:
25283 @samp{f(x :: x>0, y) := g(y+x, x)}. This is purely a notational
25284 convenience, though; where a condition appears in a rule has no
25285 effect on when it is tested. The rewrite-rule compiler automatically
25286 decides when it is best to test each condition while a rule is being
25287 matched.
25288
25289 Certain conditions are handled as special cases by the rewrite rule
25290 system and are tested very efficiently: Where @cite{x} is any
25291 meta-variable, these conditions are @samp{integer(x)}, @samp{real(x)},
25292 @samp{constant(x)}, @samp{negative(x)}, @samp{x >= y} where @cite{y}
25293 is either a constant or another meta-variable and @samp{>=} may be
25294 replaced by any of the six relational operators, and @samp{x % a = b}
25295 where @cite{a} and @cite{b} are constants. Other conditions, like
25296 @samp{x >= y+1} or @samp{dreal(x)}, will be less efficient to check
25297 since Calc must bring the whole evaluator and simplifier into play.
25298
25299 An interesting property of @samp{::} is that neither of its arguments
25300 will be touched by Calc's default simplifications. This is important
25301 because conditions often are expressions that cannot safely be
25302 evaluated early. For example, the @code{typeof} function never
25303 remains in symbolic form; entering @samp{typeof(a)} will put the
25304 number 100 (the type code for variables like @samp{a}) on the stack.
25305 But putting the condition @samp{... :: typeof(a) = 6} on the stack
25306 is safe since @samp{::} prevents the @code{typeof} from being
25307 evaluated until the condition is actually used by the rewrite system.
25308
25309 Since @samp{::} protects its lefthand side, too, you can use a dummy
25310 condition to protect a rule that must itself not evaluate early.
25311 For example, it's not safe to put @samp{a(f,x) := apply(f, [x])} on
25312 the stack because it will immediately evaluate to @samp{a(f,x) := f(x)},
25313 where the meta-variable-ness of @code{f} on the righthand side has been
25314 lost. But @samp{a(f,x) := apply(f, [x]) :: 1} is safe, and of course
25315 the condition @samp{1} is always true (nonzero) so it has no effect on
25316 the functioning of the rule. (The rewrite compiler will ensure that
25317 it doesn't even impact the speed of matching the rule.)
25318
25319 @node Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules, Other Features of Rewrite Rules, Conditional Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
25320 @subsection Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules
25321
25322 @noindent
25323 The rewrite mechanism understands the algebraic properties of functions
25324 like @samp{+} and @samp{*}. In particular, pattern matching takes
25325 the associativity and commutativity of the following functions into
25326 account:
25327
25328 @smallexample
25329 + - * = != && || and or xor vint vunion vxor gcd lcm max min beta
25330 @end smallexample
25331
25332 For example, the rewrite rule:
25333
25334 @example
25335 a x + b x := (a + b) x
25336 @end example
25337
25338 @noindent
25339 will match formulas of the form,
25340
25341 @example
25342 a x + b x, x a + x b, a x + x b, x a + b x
25343 @end example
25344
25345 Rewrites also understand the relationship between the @samp{+} and @samp{-}
25346 operators. The above rewrite rule will also match the formulas,
25347
25348 @example
25349 a x - b x, x a - x b, a x - x b, x a - b x
25350 @end example
25351
25352 @noindent
25353 by matching @samp{b} in the pattern to @samp{-b} from the formula.
25354
25355 Applied to a sum of many terms like @samp{r + a x + s + b x + t}, this
25356 pattern will check all pairs of terms for possible matches. The rewrite
25357 will take whichever suitable pair it discovers first.
25358
25359 In general, a pattern using an associative operator like @samp{a + b}
25360 will try @i{2 n} different ways to match a sum of @i{n} terms
25361 like @samp{x + y + z - w}. First, @samp{a} is matched against each
25362 of @samp{x}, @samp{y}, @samp{z}, and @samp{-w} in turn, with @samp{b}
25363 being matched to the remainders @samp{y + z - w}, @samp{x + z - w}, etc.
25364 If none of these succeed, then @samp{b} is matched against each of the
25365 four terms with @samp{a} matching the remainder. Half-and-half matches,
25366 like @samp{(x + y) + (z - w)}, are not tried.
25367
25368 Note that @samp{*} is not commutative when applied to matrices, but
25369 rewrite rules pretend that it is. If you type @kbd{m v} to enable
25370 matrix mode (@pxref{Matrix Mode}), rewrite rules will match @samp{*}
25371 literally, ignoring its usual commutativity property. (In the
25372 current implementation, the associativity also vanishes---it is as
25373 if the pattern had been enclosed in a @code{plain} marker; see below.)
25374 If you are applying rewrites to formulas with matrices, it's best to
25375 enable matrix mode first to prevent algebraically incorrect rewrites
25376 from occurring.
25377
25378 The pattern @samp{-x} will actually match any expression. For example,
25379 the rule
25380
25381 @example
25382 f(-x) := -f(x)
25383 @end example
25384
25385 @noindent
25386 will rewrite @samp{f(a)} to @samp{-f(-a)}. To avoid this, either use
25387 a @code{plain} marker as described below, or add a @samp{negative(x)}
25388 condition. The @code{negative} function is true if its argument
25389 ``looks'' negative, for example, because it is a negative number or
25390 because it is a formula like @samp{-x}. The new rule using this
25391 condition is:
25392
25393 @example
25394 f(x) := -f(-x) :: negative(x) @r{or, equivalently,}
25395 f(-x) := -f(x) :: negative(-x)
25396 @end example
25397
25398 In the same way, the pattern @samp{x - y} will match the sum @samp{a + b}
25399 by matching @samp{y} to @samp{-b}.
25400
25401 The pattern @samp{a b} will also match the formula @samp{x/y} if
25402 @samp{y} is a number. Thus the rule @samp{a x + @w{b x} := (a+b) x}
25403 will also convert @samp{a x + x / 2} to @samp{(a + 0.5) x} (or
25404 @samp{(a + 1:2) x}, depending on the current fraction mode).
25405
25406 Calc will @emph{not} take other liberties with @samp{*}, @samp{/}, and
25407 @samp{^}. For example, the pattern @samp{f(a b)} will not match
25408 @samp{f(x^2)}, and @samp{f(a + b)} will not match @samp{f(2 x)}, even
25409 though conceivably these patterns could match with @samp{a = b = x}.
25410 Nor will @samp{f(a b)} match @samp{f(x / y)} if @samp{y} is not a
25411 constant, even though it could be considered to match with @samp{a = x}
25412 and @samp{b = 1/y}. The reasons are partly for efficiency, and partly
25413 because while few mathematical operations are substantively different
25414 for addition and subtraction, often it is preferable to treat the cases
25415 of multiplication, division, and integer powers separately.
25416
25417 Even more subtle is the rule set
25418
25419 @example
25420 [ f(a) + f(b) := f(a + b), -f(a) := f(-a) ]
25421 @end example
25422
25423 @noindent
25424 attempting to match @samp{f(x) - f(y)}. You might think that Calc
25425 will view this subtraction as @samp{f(x) + (-f(y))} and then apply
25426 the above two rules in turn, but actually this will not work because
25427 Calc only does this when considering rules for @samp{+} (like the
25428 first rule in this set). So it will see first that @samp{f(x) + (-f(y))}
25429 does not match @samp{f(a) + f(b)} for any assignments of the
25430 meta-variables, and then it will see that @samp{f(x) - f(y)} does
25431 not match @samp{-f(a)} for any assignment of @samp{a}. Because Calc
25432 tries only one rule at a time, it will not be able to rewrite
25433 @samp{f(x) - f(y)} with this rule set. An explicit @samp{f(a) - f(b)}
25434 rule will have to be added.
25435
25436 Another thing patterns will @emph{not} do is break up complex numbers.
25437 The pattern @samp{myconj(a + @w{b i)} := a - b i} will work for formulas
25438 involving the special constant @samp{i} (such as @samp{3 - 4 i}), but
25439 it will not match actual complex numbers like @samp{(3, -4)}. A version
25440 of the above rule for complex numbers would be
25441
25442 @example
25443 myconj(a) := re(a) - im(a) (0,1) :: im(a) != 0
25444 @end example
25445
25446 @noindent
25447 (Because the @code{re} and @code{im} functions understand the properties
25448 of the special constant @samp{i}, this rule will also work for
25449 @samp{3 - 4 i}. In fact, this particular rule would probably be better
25450 without the @samp{im(a) != 0} condition, since if @samp{im(a) = 0} the
25451 righthand side of the rule will still give the correct answer for the
25452 conjugate of a real number.)
25453
25454 It is also possible to specify optional arguments in patterns. The rule
25455
25456 @example
25457 opt(a) x + opt(b) (x^opt(c) + opt(d)) := f(a, b, c, d)
25458 @end example
25459
25460 @noindent
25461 will match the formula
25462
25463 @example
25464 5 (x^2 - 4) + 3 x
25465 @end example
25466
25467 @noindent
25468 in a fairly straightforward manner, but it will also match reduced
25469 formulas like
25470
25471 @example
25472 x + x^2, 2(x + 1) - x, x + x
25473 @end example
25474
25475 @noindent
25476 producing, respectively,
25477
25478 @example
25479 f(1, 1, 2, 0), f(-1, 2, 1, 1), f(1, 1, 1, 0)
25480 @end example
25481
25482 (The latter two formulas can be entered only if default simplifications
25483 have been turned off with @kbd{m O}.)
25484
25485 The default value for a term of a sum is zero. The default value
25486 for a part of a product, for a power, or for the denominator of a
25487 quotient, is one. Also, @samp{-x} matches the pattern @samp{opt(a) b}
25488 with @samp{a = -1}.
25489
25490 In particular, the distributive-law rule can be refined to
25491
25492 @example
25493 opt(a) x + opt(b) x := (a + b) x
25494 @end example
25495
25496 @noindent
25497 so that it will convert, e.g., @samp{a x - x}, to @samp{(a - 1) x}.
25498
25499 The pattern @samp{opt(a) + opt(b) x} matches almost any formulas which
25500 are linear in @samp{x}. You can also use the @code{lin} and @code{islin}
25501 functions with rewrite conditions to test for this; @pxref{Logical
25502 Operations}. These functions are not as convenient to use in rewrite
25503 rules, but they recognize more kinds of formulas as linear:
25504 @samp{x/z} is considered linear with @cite{b = 1/z} by @code{lin},
25505 but it will not match the above pattern because that pattern calls
25506 for a multiplication, not a division.
25507
25508 As another example, the obvious rule to replace @samp{sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2}
25509 by 1,
25510
25511 @example
25512 sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2 := 1
25513 @end example
25514
25515 @noindent
25516 misses many cases because the sine and cosine may both be multiplied by
25517 an equal factor. Here's a more successful rule:
25518
25519 @example
25520 opt(a) sin(x)^2 + opt(a) cos(x)^2 := a
25521 @end example
25522
25523 Note that this rule will @emph{not} match @samp{sin(x)^2 + 6 cos(x)^2}
25524 because one @cite{a} would have ``matched'' 1 while the other matched 6.
25525
25526 Calc automatically converts a rule like
25527
25528 @example
25529 f(x-1, x) := g(x)
25530 @end example
25531
25532 @noindent
25533 into the form
25534
25535 @example
25536 f(temp, x) := g(x) :: temp = x-1
25537 @end example
25538
25539 @noindent
25540 (where @code{temp} stands for a new, invented meta-variable that
25541 doesn't actually have a name). This modified rule will successfully
25542 match @samp{f(6, 7)}, binding @samp{temp} and @samp{x} to 6 and 7,
25543 respectively, then verifying that they differ by one even though
25544 @samp{6} does not superficially look like @samp{x-1}.
25545
25546 However, Calc does not solve equations to interpret a rule. The
25547 following rule,
25548
25549 @example
25550 f(x-1, x+1) := g(x)
25551 @end example
25552
25553 @noindent
25554 will not work. That is, it will match @samp{f(a - 1 + b, a + 1 + b)}
25555 but not @samp{f(6, 8)}. Calc always interprets at least one occurrence
25556 of a variable by literal matching. If the variable appears ``isolated''
25557 then Calc is smart enough to use it for literal matching. But in this
25558 last example, Calc is forced to rewrite the rule to @samp{f(x-1, temp)
25559 := g(x) :: temp = x+1} where the @samp{x-1} term must correspond to an
25560 actual ``something-minus-one'' in the target formula.
25561
25562 A successful way to write this would be @samp{f(x, x+2) := g(x+1)}.
25563 You could make this resemble the original form more closely by using
25564 @code{let} notation, which is described in the next section:
25565
25566 @example
25567 f(xm1, x+1) := g(x) :: let(x := xm1+1)
25568 @end example
25569
25570 Calc does this rewriting or ``conditionalizing'' for any sub-pattern
25571 which involves only the functions in the following list, operating
25572 only on constants and meta-variables which have already been matched
25573 elsewhere in the pattern. When matching a function call, Calc is
25574 careful to match arguments which are plain variables before arguments
25575 which are calls to any of the functions below, so that a pattern like
25576 @samp{f(x-1, x)} can be conditionalized even though the isolated
25577 @samp{x} comes after the @samp{x-1}.
25578
25579 @smallexample
25580 + - * / \ % ^ abs sign round rounde roundu trunc floor ceil
25581 max min re im conj arg
25582 @end smallexample
25583
25584 You can suppress all of the special treatments described in this
25585 section by surrounding a function call with a @code{plain} marker.
25586 This marker causes the function call which is its argument to be
25587 matched literally, without regard to commutativity, associativity,
25588 negation, or conditionalization. When you use @code{plain}, the
25589 ``deep structure'' of the formula being matched can show through.
25590 For example,
25591
25592 @example
25593 plain(a - a b) := f(a, b)
25594 @end example
25595
25596 @noindent
25597 will match only literal subtractions. However, the @code{plain}
25598 marker does not affect its arguments' arguments. In this case,
25599 commutativity and associativity is still considered while matching
25600 the @w{@samp{a b}} sub-pattern, so the whole pattern will match
25601 @samp{x - y x} as well as @samp{x - x y}. We could go still
25602 further and use
25603
25604 @example
25605 plain(a - plain(a b)) := f(a, b)
25606 @end example
25607
25608 @noindent
25609 which would do a completely strict match for the pattern.
25610
25611 By contrast, the @code{quote} marker means that not only the
25612 function name but also the arguments must be literally the same.
25613 The above pattern will match @samp{x - x y} but
25614
25615 @example
25616 quote(a - a b) := f(a, b)
25617 @end example
25618
25619 @noindent
25620 will match only the single formula @samp{a - a b}. Also,
25621
25622 @example
25623 quote(a - quote(a b)) := f(a, b)
25624 @end example
25625
25626 @noindent
25627 will match only @samp{a - quote(a b)}---probably not the desired
25628 effect!
25629
25630 A certain amount of algebra is also done when substituting the
25631 meta-variables on the righthand side of a rule. For example,
25632 in the rule
25633
25634 @example
25635 a + f(b) := f(a + b)
25636 @end example
25637
25638 @noindent
25639 matching @samp{f(x) - y} would produce @samp{f((-y) + x)} if
25640 taken literally, but the rewrite mechanism will simplify the
25641 righthand side to @samp{f(x - y)} automatically. (Of course,
25642 the default simplifications would do this anyway, so this
25643 special simplification is only noticeable if you have turned the
25644 default simplifications off.) This rewriting is done only when
25645 a meta-variable expands to a ``negative-looking'' expression.
25646 If this simplification is not desirable, you can use a @code{plain}
25647 marker on the righthand side:
25648
25649 @example
25650 a + f(b) := f(plain(a + b))
25651 @end example
25652
25653 @noindent
25654 In this example, we are still allowing the pattern-matcher to
25655 use all the algebra it can muster, but the righthand side will
25656 always simplify to a literal addition like @samp{f((-y) + x)}.
25657
25658 @node Other Features of Rewrite Rules, Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules, Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
25659 @subsection Other Features of Rewrite Rules
25660
25661 @noindent
25662 Certain ``function names'' serve as markers in rewrite rules.
25663 Here is a complete list of these markers. First are listed the
25664 markers that work inside a pattern; then come the markers that
25665 work in the righthand side of a rule.
25666
25667 @c @starindex
25668 @tindex import
25669 One kind of marker, @samp{import(x)}, takes the place of a whole
25670 rule. Here @cite{x} is the name of a variable containing another
25671 rule set; those rules are ``spliced into'' the rule set that
25672 imports them. For example, if @samp{[f(a+b) := f(a) + f(b),
25673 f(a b) := a f(b) :: real(a)]} is stored in variable @samp{linearF},
25674 then the rule set @samp{[f(0) := 0, import(linearF)]} will apply
25675 all three rules. It is possible to modify the imported rules
25676 slightly: @samp{import(x, v1, x1, v2, x2, @dots{})} imports
25677 the rule set @cite{x} with all occurrences of @c{$v_1$}
25678 @cite{v1}, as either
25679 a variable name or a function name, replaced with @c{$x_1$}
25680 @cite{x1} and
25681 so on. (If @c{$v_1$}
25682 @cite{v1} is used as a function name, then @c{$x_1$}
25683 @cite{x1}
25684 must be either a function name itself or a @w{@samp{< >}} nameless
25685 function; @pxref{Specifying Operators}.) For example, @samp{[g(0) := 0,
25686 import(linearF, f, g)]} applies the linearity rules to the function
25687 @samp{g} instead of @samp{f}. Imports can be nested, but the
25688 import-with-renaming feature may fail to rename sub-imports properly.
25689
25690 The special functions allowed in patterns are:
25691
25692 @table @samp
25693 @item quote(x)
25694 @c @starindex
25695 @tindex quote
25696 This pattern matches exactly @cite{x}; variable names in @cite{x} are
25697 not interpreted as meta-variables. The only flexibility is that
25698 numbers are compared for numeric equality, so that the pattern
25699 @samp{f(quote(12))} will match both @samp{f(12)} and @samp{f(12.0)}.
25700 (Numbers are always treated this way by the rewrite mechanism:
25701 The rule @samp{f(x,x) := g(x)} will match @samp{f(12, 12.0)}.
25702 The rewrite may produce either @samp{g(12)} or @samp{g(12.0)}
25703 as a result in this case.)
25704
25705 @item plain(x)
25706 @c @starindex
25707 @tindex plain
25708 Here @cite{x} must be a function call @samp{f(x1,x2,@dots{})}. This
25709 pattern matches a call to function @cite{f} with the specified
25710 argument patterns. No special knowledge of the properties of the
25711 function @cite{f} is used in this case; @samp{+} is not commutative or
25712 associative. Unlike @code{quote}, the arguments @samp{x1,x2,@dots{}}
25713 are treated as patterns. If you wish them to be treated ``plainly''
25714 as well, you must enclose them with more @code{plain} markers:
25715 @samp{plain(plain(@w{-a}) + plain(b c))}.
25716
25717 @item opt(x,def)
25718 @c @starindex
25719 @tindex opt
25720 Here @cite{x} must be a variable name. This must appear as an
25721 argument to a function or an element of a vector; it specifies that
25722 the argument or element is optional.
25723 As an argument to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{&&}, or @samp{||},
25724 or as the second argument to @samp{/} or @samp{^}, the value @var{def}
25725 may be omitted. The pattern @samp{x + opt(y)} matches a sum by
25726 binding one summand to @cite{x} and the other to @cite{y}, and it
25727 matches anything else by binding the whole expression to @cite{x} and
25728 zero to @cite{y}. The other operators above work similarly.@refill
25729
25730 For general miscellanous functions, the default value @code{def}
25731 must be specified. Optional arguments are dropped starting with
25732 the rightmost one during matching. For example, the pattern
25733 @samp{f(opt(a,0), b, opt(c,b))} will match @samp{f(b)}, @samp{f(a,b)},
25734 or @samp{f(a,b,c)}. Default values of zero and @cite{b} are
25735 supplied in this example for the omitted arguments. Note that
25736 the literal variable @cite{b} will be the default in the latter
25737 case, @emph{not} the value that matched the meta-variable @cite{b}.
25738 In other words, the default @var{def} is effectively quoted.
25739
25740 @item condition(x,c)
25741 @c @starindex
25742 @tindex condition
25743 @tindex ::
25744 This matches the pattern @cite{x}, with the attached condition
25745 @cite{c}. It is the same as @samp{x :: c}.
25746
25747 @item pand(x,y)
25748 @c @starindex
25749 @tindex pand
25750 @tindex &&&
25751 This matches anything that matches both pattern @cite{x} and
25752 pattern @cite{y}. It is the same as @samp{x &&& y}.
25753 @pxref{Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules}.
25754
25755 @item por(x,y)
25756 @c @starindex
25757 @tindex por
25758 @tindex |||
25759 This matches anything that matches either pattern @cite{x} or
25760 pattern @cite{y}. It is the same as @w{@samp{x ||| y}}.
25761
25762 @item pnot(x)
25763 @c @starindex
25764 @tindex pnot
25765 @tindex !!!
25766 This matches anything that does not match pattern @cite{x}.
25767 It is the same as @samp{!!! x}.
25768
25769 @item cons(h,t)
25770 @c @mindex cons
25771 @tindex cons (rewrites)
25772 This matches any vector of one or more elements. The first
25773 element is matched to @cite{h}; a vector of the remaining
25774 elements is matched to @cite{t}. Note that vectors of fixed
25775 length can also be matched as actual vectors: The rule
25776 @samp{cons(a,cons(b,[])) := cons(a+b,[])} is equivalent
25777 to the rule @samp{[a,b] := [a+b]}.
25778
25779 @item rcons(t,h)
25780 @c @mindex rcons
25781 @tindex rcons (rewrites)
25782 This is like @code{cons}, except that the @emph{last} element
25783 is matched to @cite{h}, with the remaining elements matched
25784 to @cite{t}.
25785
25786 @item apply(f,args)
25787 @c @mindex apply
25788 @tindex apply (rewrites)
25789 This matches any function call. The name of the function, in
25790 the form of a variable, is matched to @cite{f}. The arguments
25791 of the function, as a vector of zero or more objects, are
25792 matched to @samp{args}. Constants, variables, and vectors
25793 do @emph{not} match an @code{apply} pattern. For example,
25794 @samp{apply(f,x)} matches any function call, @samp{apply(quote(f),x)}
25795 matches any call to the function @samp{f}, @samp{apply(f,[a,b])}
25796 matches any function call with exactly two arguments, and
25797 @samp{apply(quote(f), cons(a,cons(b,x)))} matches any call
25798 to the function @samp{f} with two or more arguments. Another
25799 way to implement the latter, if the rest of the rule does not
25800 need to refer to the first two arguments of @samp{f} by name,
25801 would be @samp{apply(quote(f), x :: vlen(x) >= 2)}.
25802 Here's a more interesting sample use of @code{apply}:
25803
25804 @example
25805 apply(f,[x+n]) := n + apply(f,[x])
25806 :: in(f, [floor,ceil,round,trunc]) :: integer(n)
25807 @end example
25808
25809 Note, however, that this will be slower to match than a rule
25810 set with four separate rules. The reason is that Calc sorts
25811 the rules of a rule set according to top-level function name;
25812 if the top-level function is @code{apply}, Calc must try the
25813 rule for every single formula and sub-formula. If the top-level
25814 function in the pattern is, say, @code{floor}, then Calc invokes
25815 the rule only for sub-formulas which are calls to @code{floor}.
25816
25817 Formulas normally written with operators like @code{+} are still
25818 considered function calls: @code{apply(f,x)} matches @samp{a+b}
25819 with @samp{f = add}, @samp{x = [a,b]}.
25820
25821 You must use @code{apply} for meta-variables with function names
25822 on both sides of a rewrite rule: @samp{apply(f, [x]) := f(x+1)}
25823 is @emph{not} correct, because it rewrites @samp{spam(6)} into
25824 @samp{f(7)}. The righthand side should be @samp{apply(f, [x+1])}.
25825 Also note that you will have to use no-simplify (@kbd{m O})
25826 mode when entering this rule so that the @code{apply} isn't
25827 evaluated immediately to get the new rule @samp{f(x) := f(x+1)}.
25828 Or, use @kbd{s e} to enter the rule without going through the stack,
25829 or enter the rule as @samp{apply(f, [x]) := apply(f, [x+1]) @w{:: 1}}.
25830 @xref{Conditional Rewrite Rules}.
25831
25832 @item select(x)
25833 @c @starindex
25834 @tindex select
25835 This is used for applying rules to formulas with selections;
25836 @pxref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}.
25837 @end table
25838
25839 Special functions for the righthand sides of rules are:
25840
25841 @table @samp
25842 @item quote(x)
25843 The notation @samp{quote(x)} is changed to @samp{x} when the
25844 righthand side is used. As far as the rewrite rule is concerned,
25845 @code{quote} is invisible. However, @code{quote} has the special
25846 property in Calc that its argument is not evaluated. Thus,
25847 while it will not work to put the rule @samp{t(a) := typeof(a)}
25848 on the stack because @samp{typeof(a)} is evaluated immediately
25849 to produce @samp{t(a) := 100}, you can use @code{quote} to
25850 protect the righthand side: @samp{t(a) := quote(typeof(a))}.
25851 (@xref{Conditional Rewrite Rules}, for another trick for
25852 protecting rules from evaluation.)
25853
25854 @item plain(x)
25855 Special properties of and simplifications for the function call
25856 @cite{x} are not used. One interesting case where @code{plain}
25857 is useful is the rule, @samp{q(x) := quote(x)}, trying to expand a
25858 shorthand notation for the @code{quote} function. This rule will
25859 not work as shown; instead of replacing @samp{q(foo)} with
25860 @samp{quote(foo)}, it will replace it with @samp{foo}! The correct
25861 rule would be @samp{q(x) := plain(quote(x))}.
25862
25863 @item cons(h,t)
25864 Where @cite{t} is a vector, this is converted into an expanded
25865 vector during rewrite processing. Note that @code{cons} is a regular
25866 Calc function which normally does this anyway; the only way @code{cons}
25867 is treated specially by rewrites is that @code{cons} on the righthand
25868 side of a rule will be evaluated even if default simplifications
25869 have been turned off.
25870
25871 @item rcons(t,h)
25872 Analogous to @code{cons} except putting @cite{h} at the @emph{end} of
25873 the vector @cite{t}.
25874
25875 @item apply(f,args)
25876 Where @cite{f} is a variable and @var{args} is a vector, this
25877 is converted to a function call. Once again, note that @code{apply}
25878 is also a regular Calc function.
25879
25880 @item eval(x)
25881 @c @starindex
25882 @tindex eval
25883 The formula @cite{x} is handled in the usual way, then the
25884 default simplifications are applied to it even if they have
25885 been turned off normally. This allows you to treat any function
25886 similarly to the way @code{cons} and @code{apply} are always
25887 treated. However, there is a slight difference: @samp{cons(2+3, [])}
25888 with default simplifications off will be converted to @samp{[2+3]},
25889 whereas @samp{eval(cons(2+3, []))} will be converted to @samp{[5]}.
25890
25891 @item evalsimp(x)
25892 @c @starindex
25893 @tindex evalsimp
25894 The formula @cite{x} has meta-variables substituted in the usual
25895 way, then algebraically simplified as if by the @kbd{a s} command.
25896
25897 @item evalextsimp(x)
25898 @c @starindex
25899 @tindex evalextsimp
25900 The formula @cite{x} has meta-variables substituted in the normal
25901 way, then ``extendedly'' simplified as if by the @kbd{a e} command.
25902
25903 @item select(x)
25904 @xref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}.
25905 @end table
25906
25907 There are also some special functions you can use in conditions.
25908
25909 @table @samp
25910 @item let(v := x)
25911 @c @starindex
25912 @tindex let
25913 The expression @cite{x} is evaluated with meta-variables substituted.
25914 The @kbd{a s} command's simplifications are @emph{not} applied by
25915 default, but @cite{x} can include calls to @code{evalsimp} or
25916 @code{evalextsimp} as described above to invoke higher levels
25917 of simplification. The
25918 result of @cite{x} is then bound to the meta-variable @cite{v}. As
25919 usual, if this meta-variable has already been matched to something
25920 else the two values must be equal; if the meta-variable is new then
25921 it is bound to the result of the expression. This variable can then
25922 appear in later conditions, and on the righthand side of the rule.
25923 In fact, @cite{v} may be any pattern in which case the result of
25924 evaluating @cite{x} is matched to that pattern, binding any
25925 meta-variables that appear in that pattern. Note that @code{let}
25926 can only appear by itself as a condition, or as one term of an
25927 @samp{&&} which is a whole condition: It cannot be inside
25928 an @samp{||} term or otherwise buried.@refill
25929
25930 The alternate, equivalent form @samp{let(v, x)} is also recognized.
25931 Note that the use of @samp{:=} by @code{let}, while still being
25932 assignment-like in character, is unrelated to the use of @samp{:=}
25933 in the main part of a rewrite rule.
25934
25935 As an example, @samp{f(a) := g(ia) :: let(ia := 1/a) :: constant(ia)}
25936 replaces @samp{f(a)} with @samp{g} of the inverse of @samp{a}, if
25937 that inverse exists and is constant. For example, if @samp{a} is a
25938 singular matrix the operation @samp{1/a} is left unsimplified and
25939 @samp{constant(ia)} fails, but if @samp{a} is an invertible matrix
25940 then the rule succeeds. Without @code{let} there would be no way
25941 to express this rule that didn't have to invert the matrix twice.
25942 Note that, because the meta-variable @samp{ia} is otherwise unbound
25943 in this rule, the @code{let} condition itself always ``succeeds''
25944 because no matter what @samp{1/a} evaluates to, it can successfully
25945 be bound to @code{ia}.@refill
25946
25947 Here's another example, for integrating cosines of linear
25948 terms: @samp{myint(cos(y),x) := sin(y)/b :: let([a,b,x] := lin(y,x))}.
25949 The @code{lin} function returns a 3-vector if its argument is linear,
25950 or leaves itself unevaluated if not. But an unevaluated @code{lin}
25951 call will not match the 3-vector on the lefthand side of the @code{let},
25952 so this @code{let} both verifies that @code{y} is linear, and binds
25953 the coefficients @code{a} and @code{b} for use elsewhere in the rule.
25954 (It would have been possible to use @samp{sin(a x + b)/b} for the
25955 righthand side instead, but using @samp{sin(y)/b} avoids gratuitous
25956 rearrangement of the argument of the sine.)@refill
25957
25958 @c @starindex
25959 @tindex ierf
25960 Similarly, here is a rule that implements an inverse-@code{erf}
25961 function. It uses @code{root} to search for a solution. If
25962 @code{root} succeeds, it will return a vector of two numbers
25963 where the first number is the desired solution. If no solution
25964 is found, @code{root} remains in symbolic form. So we use
25965 @code{let} to check that the result was indeed a vector.
25966
25967 @example
25968 ierf(x) := y :: let([y,z] := root(erf(a) = x, a, .5))
25969 @end example
25970
25971 @item matches(v,p)
25972 The meta-variable @var{v}, which must already have been matched
25973 to something elsewhere in the rule, is compared against pattern
25974 @var{p}. Since @code{matches} is a standard Calc function, it
25975 can appear anywhere in a condition. But if it appears alone or
25976 as a term of a top-level @samp{&&}, then you get the special
25977 extra feature that meta-variables which are bound to things
25978 inside @var{p} can be used elsewhere in the surrounding rewrite
25979 rule.
25980
25981 The only real difference between @samp{let(p := v)} and
25982 @samp{matches(v, p)} is that the former evaluates @samp{v} using
25983 the default simplifications, while the latter does not.
25984
25985 @item remember
25986 @vindex remember
25987 This is actually a variable, not a function. If @code{remember}
25988 appears as a condition in a rule, then when that rule succeeds
25989 the original expression and rewritten expression are added to the
25990 front of the rule set that contained the rule. If the rule set
25991 was not stored in a variable, @code{remember} is ignored. The
25992 lefthand side is enclosed in @code{quote} in the added rule if it
25993 contains any variables.
25994
25995 For example, the rule @samp{f(n) := n f(n-1) :: remember} applied
25996 to @samp{f(7)} will add the rule @samp{f(7) := 7 f(6)} to the front
25997 of the rule set. The rule set @code{EvalRules} works slightly
25998 differently: There, the evaluation of @samp{f(6)} will complete before
25999 the result is added to the rule set, in this case as @samp{f(7) := 5040}.
26000 Thus @code{remember} is most useful inside @code{EvalRules}.
26001
26002 It is up to you to ensure that the optimization performed by
26003 @code{remember} is safe. For example, the rule @samp{foo(n) := n
26004 :: evalv(eatfoo) > 0 :: remember} is a bad idea (@code{evalv} is
26005 the function equivalent of the @kbd{=} command); if the variable
26006 @code{eatfoo} ever contains 1, rules like @samp{foo(7) := 7} will
26007 be added to the rule set and will continue to operate even if
26008 @code{eatfoo} is later changed to 0.
26009
26010 @item remember(c)
26011 @c @starindex
26012 @tindex remember
26013 Remember the match as described above, but only if condition @cite{c}
26014 is true. For example, @samp{remember(n % 4 = 0)} in the above factorial
26015 rule remembers only every fourth result. Note that @samp{remember(1)}
26016 is equivalent to @samp{remember}, and @samp{remember(0)} has no effect.
26017 @end table
26018
26019 @node Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules, Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules, Other Features of Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26020 @subsection Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules
26021
26022 @noindent
26023 There are three operators, @samp{&&&}, @samp{|||}, and @samp{!!!},
26024 that combine rewrite patterns to make larger patterns. The
26025 combinations are ``and,'' ``or,'' and ``not,'' respectively, and
26026 these operators are the pattern equivalents of @samp{&&}, @samp{||}
26027 and @samp{!} (which operate on zero-or-nonzero logical values).
26028
26029 Note that @samp{&&&}, @samp{|||}, and @samp{!!!} are left in symbolic
26030 form by all regular Calc features; they have special meaning only in
26031 the context of rewrite rule patterns.
26032
26033 The pattern @samp{@var{p1} &&& @var{p2}} matches anything that
26034 matches both @var{p1} and @var{p2}. One especially useful case is
26035 when one of @var{p1} or @var{p2} is a meta-variable. For example,
26036 here is a rule that operates on error forms:
26037
26038 @example
26039 f(x &&& a +/- b, x) := g(x)
26040 @end example
26041
26042 This does the same thing, but is arguably simpler than, the rule
26043
26044 @example
26045 f(a +/- b, a +/- b) := g(a +/- b)
26046 @end example
26047
26048 @c @starindex
26049 @tindex ends
26050 Here's another interesting example:
26051
26052 @example
26053 ends(cons(a, x) &&& rcons(y, b)) := [a, b]
26054 @end example
26055
26056 @noindent
26057 which effectively clips out the middle of a vector leaving just
26058 the first and last elements. This rule will change a one-element
26059 vector @samp{[a]} to @samp{[a, a]}. The similar rule
26060
26061 @example
26062 ends(cons(a, rcons(y, b))) := [a, b]
26063 @end example
26064
26065 @noindent
26066 would do the same thing except that it would fail to match a
26067 one-element vector.
26068
26069 @tex
26070 \bigskip
26071 @end tex
26072
26073 The pattern @samp{@var{p1} ||| @var{p2}} matches anything that
26074 matches either @var{p1} or @var{p2}. Calc first tries matching
26075 against @var{p1}; if that fails, it goes on to try @var{p2}.
26076
26077 @c @starindex
26078 @tindex curve
26079 A simple example of @samp{|||} is
26080
26081 @example
26082 curve(inf ||| -inf) := 0
26083 @end example
26084
26085 @noindent
26086 which converts both @samp{curve(inf)} and @samp{curve(-inf)} to zero.
26087
26088 Here is a larger example:
26089
26090 @example
26091 log(a, b) ||| (ln(a) :: let(b := e)) := mylog(a, b)
26092 @end example
26093
26094 This matches both generalized and natural logarithms in a single rule.
26095 Note that the @samp{::} term must be enclosed in parentheses because
26096 that operator has lower precedence than @samp{|||} or @samp{:=}.
26097
26098 (In practice this rule would probably include a third alternative,
26099 omitted here for brevity, to take care of @code{log10}.)
26100
26101 While Calc generally treats interior conditions exactly the same as
26102 conditions on the outside of a rule, it does guarantee that if all the
26103 variables in the condition are special names like @code{e}, or already
26104 bound in the pattern to which the condition is attached (say, if
26105 @samp{a} had appeared in this condition), then Calc will process this
26106 condition right after matching the pattern to the left of the @samp{::}.
26107 Thus, we know that @samp{b} will be bound to @samp{e} only if the
26108 @code{ln} branch of the @samp{|||} was taken.
26109
26110 Note that this rule was careful to bind the same set of meta-variables
26111 on both sides of the @samp{|||}. Calc does not check this, but if
26112 you bind a certain meta-variable only in one branch and then use that
26113 meta-variable elsewhere in the rule, results are unpredictable:
26114
26115 @example
26116 f(a,b) ||| g(b) := h(a,b)
26117 @end example
26118
26119 Here if the pattern matches @samp{g(17)}, Calc makes no promises about
26120 the value that will be substituted for @samp{a} on the righthand side.
26121
26122 @tex
26123 \bigskip
26124 @end tex
26125
26126 The pattern @samp{!!! @var{pat}} matches anything that does not
26127 match @var{pat}. Any meta-variables that are bound while matching
26128 @var{pat} remain unbound outside of @var{pat}.
26129
26130 For example,
26131
26132 @example
26133 f(x &&& !!! a +/- b, !!![]) := g(x)
26134 @end example
26135
26136 @noindent
26137 converts @code{f} whose first argument is anything @emph{except} an
26138 error form, and whose second argument is not the empty vector, into
26139 a similar call to @code{g} (but without the second argument).
26140
26141 If we know that the second argument will be a vector (empty or not),
26142 then an equivalent rule would be:
26143
26144 @example
26145 f(x, y) := g(x) :: typeof(x) != 7 :: vlen(y) > 0
26146 @end example
26147
26148 @noindent
26149 where of course 7 is the @code{typeof} code for error forms.
26150 Another final condition, that works for any kind of @samp{y},
26151 would be @samp{!istrue(y == [])}. (The @code{istrue} function
26152 returns an explicit 0 if its argument was left in symbolic form;
26153 plain @samp{!(y == [])} or @samp{y != []} would not work to replace
26154 @samp{!!![]} since these would be left unsimplified, and thus cause
26155 the rule to fail, if @samp{y} was something like a variable name.)
26156
26157 It is possible for a @samp{!!!} to refer to meta-variables bound
26158 elsewhere in the pattern. For example,
26159
26160 @example
26161 f(a, !!!a) := g(a)
26162 @end example
26163
26164 @noindent
26165 matches any call to @code{f} with different arguments, changing
26166 this to @code{g} with only the first argument.
26167
26168 If a function call is to be matched and one of the argument patterns
26169 contains a @samp{!!!} somewhere inside it, that argument will be
26170 matched last. Thus
26171
26172 @example
26173 f(!!!a, a) := g(a)
26174 @end example
26175
26176 @noindent
26177 will be careful to bind @samp{a} to the second argument of @code{f}
26178 before testing the first argument. If Calc had tried to match the
26179 first argument of @code{f} first, the results would have been
26180 disasterous: Since @code{a} was unbound so far, the pattern @samp{a}
26181 would have matched anything at all, and the pattern @samp{!!!a}
26182 therefore would @emph{not} have matched anything at all!
26183
26184 @node Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules, Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules, Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26185 @subsection Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules
26186
26187 @noindent
26188 When @kbd{a r} (@code{calc-rewrite}) is used, it takes an expression from
26189 the top of the stack and attempts to match any of the specified rules
26190 to any part of the expression, starting with the whole expression
26191 and then, if that fails, trying deeper and deeper sub-expressions.
26192 For each part of the expression, the rules are tried in the order
26193 they appear in the rules vector. The first rule to match the first
26194 sub-expression wins; it replaces the matched sub-expression according
26195 to the @var{new} part of the rule.
26196
26197 Often, the rule set will match and change the formula several times.
26198 The top-level formula is first matched and substituted repeatedly until
26199 it no longer matches the pattern; then, sub-formulas are tried, and
26200 so on. Once every part of the formula has gotten its chance, the
26201 rewrite mechanism starts over again with the top-level formula
26202 (in case a substitution of one of its arguments has caused it again
26203 to match). This continues until no further matches can be made
26204 anywhere in the formula.
26205
26206 It is possible for a rule set to get into an infinite loop. The
26207 most obvious case, replacing a formula with itself, is not a problem
26208 because a rule is not considered to ``succeed'' unless the righthand
26209 side actually comes out to something different than the original
26210 formula or sub-formula that was matched. But if you accidentally
26211 had both @samp{ln(a b) := ln(a) + ln(b)} and the reverse
26212 @samp{ln(a) + ln(b) := ln(a b)} in your rule set, Calc would
26213 run forever switching a formula back and forth between the two
26214 forms.
26215
26216 To avoid disaster, Calc normally stops after 100 changes have been
26217 made to the formula. This will be enough for most multiple rewrites,
26218 but it will keep an endless loop of rewrites from locking up the
26219 computer forever. (On most systems, you can also type @kbd{C-g} to
26220 halt any Emacs command prematurely.)
26221
26222 To change this limit, give a positive numeric prefix argument.
26223 In particular, @kbd{M-1 a r} applies only one rewrite at a time,
26224 useful when you are first testing your rule (or just if repeated
26225 rewriting is not what is called for by your application).
26226
26227 @c @starindex
26228 @c @mindex iter@idots
26229 @tindex iterations
26230 You can also put a ``function call'' @samp{iterations(@var{n})}
26231 in place of a rule anywhere in your rules vector (but usually at
26232 the top). Then, @var{n} will be used instead of 100 as the default
26233 number of iterations for this rule set. You can use
26234 @samp{iterations(inf)} if you want no iteration limit by default.
26235 A prefix argument will override the @code{iterations} limit in the
26236 rule set.
26237
26238 @example
26239 [ iterations(1),
26240 f(x) := f(x+1) ]
26241 @end example
26242
26243 More precisely, the limit controls the number of ``iterations,''
26244 where each iteration is a successful matching of a rule pattern whose
26245 righthand side, after substituting meta-variables and applying the
26246 default simplifications, is different from the original sub-formula
26247 that was matched.
26248
26249 A prefix argument of zero sets the limit to infinity. Use with caution!
26250
26251 Given a negative numeric prefix argument, @kbd{a r} will match and
26252 substitute the top-level expression up to that many times, but
26253 will not attempt to match the rules to any sub-expressions.
26254
26255 In a formula, @code{rewrite(@var{expr}, @var{rules}, @var{n})}
26256 does a rewriting operation. Here @var{expr} is the expression
26257 being rewritten, @var{rules} is the rule, vector of rules, or
26258 variable containing the rules, and @var{n} is the optional
26259 iteration limit, which may be a positive integer, a negative
26260 integer, or @samp{inf} or @samp{-inf}. If @var{n} is omitted
26261 the @code{iterations} value from the rule set is used; if both
26262 are omitted, 100 is used.
26263
26264 @node Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules, Selections with Rewrite Rules, Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26265 @subsection Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules
26266
26267 @noindent
26268 It is possible to separate a rewrite rule set into several @dfn{phases}.
26269 During each phase, certain rules will be enabled while certain others
26270 will be disabled. A @dfn{phase schedule} controls the order in which
26271 phases occur during the rewriting process.
26272
26273 @c @starindex
26274 @tindex phase
26275 @vindex all
26276 If a call to the marker function @code{phase} appears in the rules
26277 vector in place of a rule, all rules following that point will be
26278 members of the phase(s) identified in the arguments to @code{phase}.
26279 Phases are given integer numbers. The markers @samp{phase()} and
26280 @samp{phase(all)} both mean the following rules belong to all phases;
26281 this is the default at the start of the rule set.
26282
26283 If you do not explicitly schedule the phases, Calc sorts all phase
26284 numbers that appear in the rule set and executes the phases in
26285 ascending order. For example, the rule set
26286
26287 @group
26288 @example
26289 [ f0(x) := g0(x),
26290 phase(1),
26291 f1(x) := g1(x),
26292 phase(2),
26293 f2(x) := g2(x),
26294 phase(3),
26295 f3(x) := g3(x),
26296 phase(1,2),
26297 f4(x) := g4(x) ]
26298 @end example
26299 @end group
26300
26301 @noindent
26302 has three phases, 1 through 3. Phase 1 consists of the @code{f0},
26303 @code{f1}, and @code{f4} rules (in that order). Phase 2 consists of
26304 @code{f0}, @code{f2}, and @code{f4}. Phase 3 consists of @code{f0}
26305 and @code{f3}.
26306
26307 When Calc rewrites a formula using this rule set, it first rewrites
26308 the formula using only the phase 1 rules until no further changes are
26309 possible. Then it switches to the phase 2 rule set and continues
26310 until no further changes occur, then finally rewrites with phase 3.
26311 When no more phase 3 rules apply, rewriting finishes. (This is
26312 assuming @kbd{a r} with a large enough prefix argument to allow the
26313 rewriting to run to completion; the sequence just described stops
26314 early if the number of iterations specified in the prefix argument,
26315 100 by default, is reached.)
26316
26317 During each phase, Calc descends through the nested levels of the
26318 formula as described previously. (@xref{Nested Formulas with Rewrite
26319 Rules}.) Rewriting starts at the top of the formula, then works its
26320 way down to the parts, then goes back to the top and works down again.
26321 The phase 2 rules do not begin until no phase 1 rules apply anywhere
26322 in the formula.
26323
26324 @c @starindex
26325 @tindex schedule
26326 A @code{schedule} marker appearing in the rule set (anywhere, but
26327 conventionally at the top) changes the default schedule of phases.
26328 In the simplest case, @code{schedule} has a sequence of phase numbers
26329 for arguments; each phase number is invoked in turn until the
26330 arguments to @code{schedule} are exhausted. Thus adding
26331 @samp{schedule(3,2,1)} at the top of the above rule set would
26332 reverse the order of the phases; @samp{schedule(1,2,3)} would have
26333 no effect since this is the default schedule; and @samp{schedule(1,2,1,3)}
26334 would give phase 1 a second chance after phase 2 has completed, before
26335 moving on to phase 3.
26336
26337 Any argument to @code{schedule} can instead be a vector of phase
26338 numbers (or even of sub-vectors). Then the sub-sequence of phases
26339 described by the vector are tried repeatedly until no change occurs
26340 in any phase in the sequence. For example, @samp{schedule([1, 2], 3)}
26341 tries phase 1, then phase 2, then, if either phase made any changes
26342 to the formula, repeats these two phases until they can make no
26343 further progress. Finally, it goes on to phase 3 for finishing
26344 touches.
26345
26346 Also, items in @code{schedule} can be variable names as well as
26347 numbers. A variable name is interpreted as the name of a function
26348 to call on the whole formula. For example, @samp{schedule(1, simplify)}
26349 says to apply the phase-1 rules (presumably, all of them), then to
26350 call @code{simplify} which is the function name equivalent of @kbd{a s}.
26351 Likewise, @samp{schedule([1, simplify])} says to alternate between
26352 phase 1 and @kbd{a s} until no further changes occur.
26353
26354 Phases can be used purely to improve efficiency; if it is known that
26355 a certain group of rules will apply only at the beginning of rewriting,
26356 and a certain other group will apply only at the end, then rewriting
26357 will be faster if these groups are identified as separate phases.
26358 Once the phase 1 rules are done, Calc can put them aside and no longer
26359 spend any time on them while it works on phase 2.
26360
26361 There are also some problems that can only be solved with several
26362 rewrite phases. For a real-world example of a multi-phase rule set,
26363 examine the set @code{FitRules}, which is used by the curve-fitting
26364 command to convert a model expression to linear form.
26365 @xref{Curve Fitting Details}. This set is divided into four phases.
26366 The first phase rewrites certain kinds of expressions to be more
26367 easily linearizable, but less computationally efficient. After the
26368 linear components have been picked out, the final phase includes the
26369 opposite rewrites to put each component back into an efficient form.
26370 If both sets of rules were included in one big phase, Calc could get
26371 into an infinite loop going back and forth between the two forms.
26372
26373 Elsewhere in @code{FitRules}, the components are first isolated,
26374 then recombined where possible to reduce the complexity of the linear
26375 fit, then finally packaged one component at a time into vectors.
26376 If the packaging rules were allowed to begin before the recombining
26377 rules were finished, some components might be put away into vectors
26378 before they had a chance to recombine. By putting these rules in
26379 two separate phases, this problem is neatly avoided.
26380
26381 @node Selections with Rewrite Rules, Matching Commands, Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26382 @subsection Selections with Rewrite Rules
26383
26384 @noindent
26385 If a sub-formula of the current formula is selected (as by @kbd{j s};
26386 @pxref{Selecting Subformulas}), the @kbd{a r} (@code{calc-rewrite})
26387 command applies only to that sub-formula. Together with a negative
26388 prefix argument, you can use this fact to apply a rewrite to one
26389 specific part of a formula without affecting any other parts.
26390
26391 @kindex j r
26392 @pindex calc-rewrite-selection
26393 The @kbd{j r} (@code{calc-rewrite-selection}) command allows more
26394 sophisticated operations on selections. This command prompts for
26395 the rules in the same way as @kbd{a r}, but it then applies those
26396 rules to the whole formula in question even though a sub-formula
26397 of it has been selected. However, the selected sub-formula will
26398 first have been surrounded by a @samp{select( )} function call.
26399 (Calc's evaluator does not understand the function name @code{select};
26400 this is only a tag used by the @kbd{j r} command.)
26401
26402 For example, suppose the formula on the stack is @samp{2 (a + b)^2}
26403 and the sub-formula @samp{a + b} is selected. This formula will
26404 be rewritten to @samp{2 select(a + b)^2} and then the rewrite
26405 rules will be applied in the usual way. The rewrite rules can
26406 include references to @code{select} to tell where in the pattern
26407 the selected sub-formula should appear.
26408
26409 If there is still exactly one @samp{select( )} function call in
26410 the formula after rewriting is done, it indicates which part of
26411 the formula should be selected afterwards. Otherwise, the
26412 formula will be unselected.
26413
26414 You can make @kbd{j r} act much like @kbd{a r} by enclosing both parts
26415 of the rewrite rule with @samp{select()}. However, @kbd{j r}
26416 allows you to use the current selection in more flexible ways.
26417 Suppose you wished to make a rule which removed the exponent from
26418 the selected term; the rule @samp{select(a)^x := select(a)} would
26419 work. In the above example, it would rewrite @samp{2 select(a + b)^2}
26420 to @samp{2 select(a + b)}. This would then be returned to the
26421 stack as @samp{2 (a + b)} with the @samp{a + b} selected.
26422
26423 The @kbd{j r} command uses one iteration by default, unlike
26424 @kbd{a r} which defaults to 100 iterations. A numeric prefix
26425 argument affects @kbd{j r} in the same way as @kbd{a r}.
26426 @xref{Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules}.
26427
26428 As with other selection commands, @kbd{j r} operates on the stack
26429 entry that contains the cursor. (If the cursor is on the top-of-stack
26430 @samp{.} marker, it works as if the cursor were on the formula
26431 at stack level 1.)
26432
26433 If you don't specify a set of rules, the rules are taken from the
26434 top of the stack, just as with @kbd{a r}. In this case, the
26435 cursor must indicate stack entry 2 or above as the formula to be
26436 rewritten (otherwise the same formula would be used as both the
26437 target and the rewrite rules).
26438
26439 If the indicated formula has no selection, the cursor position within
26440 the formula temporarily selects a sub-formula for the purposes of this
26441 command. If the cursor is not on any sub-formula (e.g., it is in
26442 the line-number area to the left of the formula), the @samp{select( )}
26443 markers are ignored by the rewrite mechanism and the rules are allowed
26444 to apply anywhere in the formula.
26445
26446 As a special feature, the normal @kbd{a r} command also ignores
26447 @samp{select( )} calls in rewrite rules. For example, if you used the
26448 above rule @samp{select(a)^x := select(a)} with @kbd{a r}, it would apply
26449 the rule as if it were @samp{a^x := a}. Thus, you can write general
26450 purpose rules with @samp{select( )} hints inside them so that they
26451 will ``do the right thing'' in both @kbd{a r} and @kbd{j r},
26452 both with and without selections.
26453
26454 @node Matching Commands, Automatic Rewrites, Selections with Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26455 @subsection Matching Commands
26456
26457 @noindent
26458 @kindex a m
26459 @pindex calc-match
26460 @tindex match
26461 The @kbd{a m} (@code{calc-match}) [@code{match}] function takes a
26462 vector of formulas and a rewrite-rule-style pattern, and produces
26463 a vector of all formulas which match the pattern. The command
26464 prompts you to enter the pattern; as for @kbd{a r}, you can enter
26465 a single pattern (i.e., a formula with meta-variables), or a
26466 vector of patterns, or a variable which contains patterns, or
26467 you can give a blank response in which case the patterns are taken
26468 from the top of the stack. The pattern set will be compiled once
26469 and saved if it is stored in a variable. If there are several
26470 patterns in the set, vector elements are kept if they match any
26471 of the patterns.
26472
26473 For example, @samp{match(a+b, [x, x+y, x-y, 7, x+y+z])}
26474 will return @samp{[x+y, x-y, x+y+z]}.
26475
26476 The @code{import} mechanism is not available for pattern sets.
26477
26478 The @kbd{a m} command can also be used to extract all vector elements
26479 which satisfy any condition: The pattern @samp{x :: x>0} will select
26480 all the positive vector elements.
26481
26482 @kindex I a m
26483 @tindex matchnot
26484 With the Inverse flag [@code{matchnot}], this command extracts all
26485 vector elements which do @emph{not} match the given pattern.
26486
26487 @c @starindex
26488 @tindex matches
26489 There is also a function @samp{matches(@var{x}, @var{p})} which
26490 evaluates to 1 if expression @var{x} matches pattern @var{p}, or
26491 to 0 otherwise. This is sometimes useful for including into the
26492 conditional clauses of other rewrite rules.
26493
26494 @c @starindex
26495 @tindex vmatches
26496 The function @code{vmatches} is just like @code{matches}, except
26497 that if the match succeeds it returns a vector of assignments to
26498 the meta-variables instead of the number 1. For example,
26499 @samp{vmatches(f(1,2), f(a,b))} returns @samp{[a := 1, b := 2]}.
26500 If the match fails, the function returns the number 0.
26501
26502 @node Automatic Rewrites, Debugging Rewrites, Matching Commands, Rewrite Rules
26503 @subsection Automatic Rewrites
26504
26505 @noindent
26506 @cindex @code{EvalRules} variable
26507 @vindex EvalRules
26508 It is possible to get Calc to apply a set of rewrite rules on all
26509 results, effectively adding to the built-in set of default
26510 simplifications. To do this, simply store your rule set in the
26511 variable @code{EvalRules}. There is a convenient @kbd{s E} command
26512 for editing @code{EvalRules}; @pxref{Operations on Variables}.
26513
26514 For example, suppose you want @samp{sin(a + b)} to be expanded out
26515 to @samp{sin(b) cos(a) + cos(b) sin(a)} wherever it appears, and
26516 similarly for @samp{cos(a + b)}. The corresponding rewrite rule
26517 set would be,
26518
26519 @group
26520 @smallexample
26521 [ sin(a + b) := cos(a) sin(b) + sin(a) cos(b),
26522 cos(a + b) := cos(a) cos(b) - sin(a) sin(b) ]
26523 @end smallexample
26524 @end group
26525
26526 To apply these manually, you could put them in a variable called
26527 @code{trigexp} and then use @kbd{a r trigexp} every time you wanted
26528 to expand trig functions. But if instead you store them in the
26529 variable @code{EvalRules}, they will automatically be applied to all
26530 sines and cosines of sums. Then, with @samp{2 x} and @samp{45} on
26531 the stack, typing @kbd{+ S} will (assuming degrees mode) result in
26532 @samp{0.7071 sin(2 x) + 0.7071 cos(2 x)} automatically.
26533
26534 As each level of a formula is evaluated, the rules from
26535 @code{EvalRules} are applied before the default simplifications.
26536 Rewriting continues until no further @code{EvalRules} apply.
26537 Note that this is different from the usual order of application of
26538 rewrite rules: @code{EvalRules} works from the bottom up, simplifying
26539 the arguments to a function before the function itself, while @kbd{a r}
26540 applies rules from the top down.
26541
26542 Because the @code{EvalRules} are tried first, you can use them to
26543 override the normal behavior of any built-in Calc function.
26544
26545 It is important not to write a rule that will get into an infinite
26546 loop. For example, the rule set @samp{[f(0) := 1, f(n) := n f(n-1)]}
26547 appears to be a good definition of a factorial function, but it is
26548 unsafe. Imagine what happens if @samp{f(2.5)} is simplified. Calc
26549 will continue to subtract 1 from this argument forever without reaching
26550 zero. A safer second rule would be @samp{f(n) := n f(n-1) :: n>0}.
26551 Another dangerous rule is @samp{g(x, y) := g(y, x)}. Rewriting
26552 @samp{g(2, 4)}, this would bounce back and forth between that and
26553 @samp{g(4, 2)} forever. If an infinite loop in @code{EvalRules}
26554 occurs, Emacs will eventually stop with a ``Computation got stuck
26555 or ran too long'' message.
26556
26557 Another subtle difference between @code{EvalRules} and regular rewrites
26558 concerns rules that rewrite a formula into an identical formula. For
26559 example, @samp{f(n) := f(floor(n))} ``fails to match'' when @cite{n} is
26560 already an integer. But in @code{EvalRules} this case is detected only
26561 if the righthand side literally becomes the original formula before any
26562 further simplification. This means that @samp{f(n) := f(floor(n))} will
26563 get into an infinite loop if it occurs in @code{EvalRules}. Calc will
26564 replace @samp{f(6)} with @samp{f(floor(6))}, which is different from
26565 @samp{f(6)}, so it will consider the rule to have matched and will
26566 continue simplifying that formula; first the argument is simplified
26567 to get @samp{f(6)}, then the rule matches again to get @samp{f(floor(6))}
26568 again, ad infinitum. A much safer rule would check its argument first,
26569 say, with @samp{f(n) := f(floor(n)) :: !dint(n)}.
26570
26571 (What really happens is that the rewrite mechanism substitutes the
26572 meta-variables in the righthand side of a rule, compares to see if the
26573 result is the same as the original formula and fails if so, then uses
26574 the default simplifications to simplify the result and compares again
26575 (and again fails if the formula has simplified back to its original
26576 form). The only special wrinkle for the @code{EvalRules} is that the
26577 same rules will come back into play when the default simplifications
26578 are used. What Calc wants to do is build @samp{f(floor(6))}, see that
26579 this is different from the original formula, simplify to @samp{f(6)},
26580 see that this is the same as the original formula, and thus halt the
26581 rewriting. But while simplifying, @samp{f(6)} will again trigger
26582 the same @code{EvalRules} rule and Calc will get into a loop inside
26583 the rewrite mechanism itself.)
26584
26585 The @code{phase}, @code{schedule}, and @code{iterations} markers do
26586 not work in @code{EvalRules}. If the rule set is divided into phases,
26587 only the phase 1 rules are applied, and the schedule is ignored.
26588 The rules are always repeated as many times as possible.
26589
26590 The @code{EvalRules} are applied to all function calls in a formula,
26591 but not to numbers (and other number-like objects like error forms),
26592 nor to vectors or individual variable names. (Though they will apply
26593 to @emph{components} of vectors and error forms when appropriate.) You
26594 might try to make a variable @code{phihat} which automatically expands
26595 to its definition without the need to press @kbd{=} by writing the
26596 rule @samp{quote(phihat) := (1-sqrt(5))/2}, but unfortunately this rule
26597 will not work as part of @code{EvalRules}.
26598
26599 Finally, another limitation is that Calc sometimes calls its built-in
26600 functions directly rather than going through the default simplifications.
26601 When it does this, @code{EvalRules} will not be able to override those
26602 functions. For example, when you take the absolute value of the complex
26603 number @cite{(2, 3)}, Calc computes @samp{sqrt(2*2 + 3*3)} by calling
26604 the multiplication, addition, and square root functions directly rather
26605 than applying the default simplifications to this formula. So an
26606 @code{EvalRules} rule that (perversely) rewrites @samp{sqrt(13) := 6}
26607 would not apply. (However, if you put Calc into symbolic mode so that
26608 @samp{sqrt(13)} will be left in symbolic form by the built-in square
26609 root function, your rule will be able to apply. But if the complex
26610 number were @cite{(3,4)}, so that @samp{sqrt(25)} must be calculated,
26611 then symbolic mode will not help because @samp{sqrt(25)} can be
26612 evaluated exactly to 5.)
26613
26614 One subtle restriction that normally only manifests itself with
26615 @code{EvalRules} is that while a given rewrite rule is in the process
26616 of being checked, that same rule cannot be recursively applied. Calc
26617 effectively removes the rule from its rule set while checking the rule,
26618 then puts it back once the match succeeds or fails. (The technical
26619 reason for this is that compiled pattern programs are not reentrant.)
26620 For example, consider the rule @samp{foo(x) := x :: foo(x/2) > 0}
26621 attempting to match @samp{foo(8)}. This rule will be inactive while
26622 the condition @samp{foo(4) > 0} is checked, even though it might be
26623 an integral part of evaluating that condition. Note that this is not
26624 a problem for the more usual recursive type of rule, such as
26625 @samp{foo(x) := foo(x/2)}, because there the rule has succeeded and
26626 been reactivated by the time the righthand side is evaluated.
26627
26628 If @code{EvalRules} has no stored value (its default state), or if
26629 anything but a vector is stored in it, then it is ignored.
26630
26631 Even though Calc's rewrite mechanism is designed to compare rewrite
26632 rules to formulas as quickly as possible, storing rules in
26633 @code{EvalRules} may make Calc run substantially slower. This is
26634 particularly true of rules where the top-level call is a commonly used
26635 function, or is not fixed. The rule @samp{f(n) := n f(n-1) :: n>0} will
26636 only activate the rewrite mechanism for calls to the function @code{f},
26637 but @samp{lg(n) + lg(m) := lg(n m)} will check every @samp{+} operator.
26638 And @samp{apply(f, [a*b]) := apply(f, [a]) + apply(f, [b]) ::
26639 in(f, [ln, log10])} may seem more ``efficient'' than two separate
26640 rules for @code{ln} and @code{log10}, but actually it is vastly less
26641 efficient because rules with @code{apply} as the top-level pattern
26642 must be tested against @emph{every} function call that is simplified.
26643
26644 @cindex @code{AlgSimpRules} variable
26645 @vindex AlgSimpRules
26646 Suppose you want @samp{sin(a + b)} to be expanded out not all the time,
26647 but only when @kbd{a s} is used to simplify the formula. The variable
26648 @code{AlgSimpRules} holds rules for this purpose. The @kbd{a s} command
26649 will apply @code{EvalRules} and @code{AlgSimpRules} to the formula, as
26650 well as all of its built-in simplifications.
26651
26652 Most of the special limitations for @code{EvalRules} don't apply to
26653 @code{AlgSimpRules}. Calc simply does an @kbd{a r AlgSimpRules}
26654 command with an infinite repeat count as the first step of @kbd{a s}.
26655 It then applies its own built-in simplifications throughout the
26656 formula, and then repeats these two steps (along with applying the
26657 default simplifications) until no further changes are possible.
26658
26659 @cindex @code{ExtSimpRules} variable
26660 @cindex @code{UnitSimpRules} variable
26661 @vindex ExtSimpRules
26662 @vindex UnitSimpRules
26663 There are also @code{ExtSimpRules} and @code{UnitSimpRules} variables
26664 that are used by @kbd{a e} and @kbd{u s}, respectively; these commands
26665 also apply @code{EvalRules} and @code{AlgSimpRules}. The variable
26666 @code{IntegSimpRules} contains simplification rules that are used
26667 only during integration by @kbd{a i}.
26668
26669 @node Debugging Rewrites, Examples of Rewrite Rules, Automatic Rewrites, Rewrite Rules
26670 @subsection Debugging Rewrites
26671
26672 @noindent
26673 If a buffer named @samp{*Trace*} exists, the rewrite mechanism will
26674 record some useful information there as it operates. The original
26675 formula is written there, as is the result of each successful rewrite,
26676 and the final result of the rewriting. All phase changes are also
26677 noted.
26678
26679 Calc always appends to @samp{*Trace*}. You must empty this buffer
26680 yourself periodically if it is in danger of growing unwieldy.
26681
26682 Note that the rewriting mechanism is substantially slower when the
26683 @samp{*Trace*} buffer exists, even if the buffer is not visible on
26684 the screen. Once you are done, you will probably want to kill this
26685 buffer (with @kbd{C-x k *Trace* @key{RET}}). If you leave it in
26686 existence and forget about it, all your future rewrite commands will
26687 be needlessly slow.
26688
26689 @node Examples of Rewrite Rules, , Debugging Rewrites, Rewrite Rules
26690 @subsection Examples of Rewrite Rules
26691
26692 @noindent
26693 Returning to the example of substituting the pattern
26694 @samp{sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2} with 1, we saw that the rule
26695 @samp{opt(a) sin(x)^2 + opt(a) cos(x)^2 := a} does a good job of
26696 finding suitable cases. Another solution would be to use the rule
26697 @samp{cos(x)^2 := 1 - sin(x)^2}, followed by algebraic simplification
26698 if necessary. This rule will be the most effective way to do the job,
26699 but at the expense of making some changes that you might not desire.@refill
26700
26701 Another algebraic rewrite rule is @samp{exp(x+y) := exp(x) exp(y)}.
26702 To make this work with the @w{@kbd{j r}} command so that it can be
26703 easily targeted to a particular exponential in a large formula,
26704 you might wish to write the rule as @samp{select(exp(x+y)) :=
26705 select(exp(x) exp(y))}. The @samp{select} markers will be
26706 ignored by the regular @kbd{a r} command
26707 (@pxref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}).@refill
26708
26709 A surprisingly useful rewrite rule is @samp{a/(b-c) := a*(b+c)/(b^2-c^2)}.
26710 This will simplify the formula whenever @cite{b} and/or @cite{c} can
26711 be made simpler by squaring. For example, applying this rule to
26712 @samp{2 / (sqrt(2) + 3)} yields @samp{6:7 - 2:7 sqrt(2)} (assuming
26713 Symbolic Mode has been enabled to keep the square root from being
26714 evaulated to a floating-point approximation). This rule is also
26715 useful when working with symbolic complex numbers, e.g.,
26716 @samp{(a + b i) / (c + d i)}.
26717
26718 As another example, we could define our own ``triangular numbers'' function
26719 with the rules @samp{[tri(0) := 0, tri(n) := n + tri(n-1) :: n>0]}. Enter
26720 this vector and store it in a variable: @kbd{@w{s t} trirules}. Now, given
26721 a suitable formula like @samp{tri(5)} on the stack, type @samp{a r trirules}
26722 to apply these rules repeatedly. After six applications, @kbd{a r} will
26723 stop with 15 on the stack. Once these rules are debugged, it would probably
26724 be most useful to add them to @code{EvalRules} so that Calc will evaluate
26725 the new @code{tri} function automatically. We could then use @kbd{Z K} on
26726 the keyboard macro @kbd{' tri($) RET} to make a command that applies
26727 @code{tri} to the value on the top of the stack. @xref{Programming}.
26728
26729 @cindex Quaternions
26730 The following rule set, contributed by @c{Fran\c cois}
26731 @asis{Francois} Pinard, implements
26732 @dfn{quaternions}, a generalization of the concept of complex numbers.
26733 Quaternions have four components, and are here represented by function
26734 calls @samp{quat(@var{w}, [@var{x}, @var{y}, @var{z}])} with ``real
26735 part'' @var{w} and the three ``imaginary'' parts collected into a
26736 vector. Various arithmetical operations on quaternions are supported.
26737 To use these rules, either add them to @code{EvalRules}, or create a
26738 command based on @kbd{a r} for simplifying quaternion formulas.
26739 A convenient way to enter quaternions would be a command defined by
26740 a keyboard macro containing: @kbd{' quat($$$$, [$$$, $$, $]) @key{RET}}.
26741
26742 @smallexample
26743 [ quat(w, x, y, z) := quat(w, [x, y, z]),
26744 quat(w, [0, 0, 0]) := w,
26745 abs(quat(w, v)) := hypot(w, v),
26746 -quat(w, v) := quat(-w, -v),
26747 r + quat(w, v) := quat(r + w, v) :: real(r),
26748 r - quat(w, v) := quat(r - w, -v) :: real(r),
26749 quat(w1, v1) + quat(w2, v2) := quat(w1 + w2, v1 + v2),
26750 r * quat(w, v) := quat(r * w, r * v) :: real(r),
26751 plain(quat(w1, v1) * quat(w2, v2))
26752 := quat(w1 * w2 - v1 * v2, w1 * v2 + w2 * v1 + cross(v1, v2)),
26753 quat(w1, v1) / r := quat(w1 / r, v1 / r) :: real(r),
26754 z / quat(w, v) := z * quatinv(quat(w, v)),
26755 quatinv(quat(w, v)) := quat(w, -v) / (w^2 + v^2),
26756 quatsqr(quat(w, v)) := quat(w^2 - v^2, 2 * w * v),
26757 quat(w, v)^k := quatsqr(quat(w, v)^(k / 2))
26758 :: integer(k) :: k > 0 :: k % 2 = 0,
26759 quat(w, v)^k := quatsqr(quat(w, v)^((k - 1) / 2)) * quat(w, v)
26760 :: integer(k) :: k > 2,
26761 quat(w, v)^-k := quatinv(quat(w, v)^k) :: integer(k) :: k > 0 ]
26762 @end smallexample
26763
26764 Quaternions, like matrices, have non-commutative multiplication.
26765 In other words, @cite{q1 * q2 = q2 * q1} is not necessarily true if
26766 @cite{q1} and @cite{q2} are @code{quat} forms. The @samp{quat*quat}
26767 rule above uses @code{plain} to prevent Calc from rearranging the
26768 product. It may also be wise to add the line @samp{[quat(), matrix]}
26769 to the @code{Decls} matrix, to ensure that Calc's other algebraic
26770 operations will not rearrange a quaternion product. @xref{Declarations}.
26771
26772 These rules also accept a four-argument @code{quat} form, converting
26773 it to the preferred form in the first rule. If you would rather see
26774 results in the four-argument form, just append the two items
26775 @samp{phase(2), quat(w, [x, y, z]) := quat(w, x, y, z)} to the end
26776 of the rule set. (But remember that multi-phase rule sets don't work
26777 in @code{EvalRules}.)
26778
26779 @node Units, Store and Recall, Algebra, Top
26780 @chapter Operating on Units
26781
26782 @noindent
26783 One special interpretation of algebraic formulas is as numbers with units.
26784 For example, the formula @samp{5 m / s^2} can be read ``five meters
26785 per second squared.'' The commands in this chapter help you
26786 manipulate units expressions in this form. Units-related commands
26787 begin with the @kbd{u} prefix key.
26788
26789 @menu
26790 * Basic Operations on Units::
26791 * The Units Table::
26792 * Predefined Units::
26793 * User-Defined Units::
26794 @end menu
26795
26796 @node Basic Operations on Units, The Units Table, Units, Units
26797 @section Basic Operations on Units
26798
26799 @noindent
26800 A @dfn{units expression} is a formula which is basically a number
26801 multiplied and/or divided by one or more @dfn{unit names}, which may
26802 optionally be raised to integer powers. Actually, the value part need not
26803 be a number; any product or quotient involving unit names is a units
26804 expression. Many of the units commands will also accept any formula,
26805 where the command applies to all units expressions which appear in the
26806 formula.
26807
26808 A unit name is a variable whose name appears in the @dfn{unit table},
26809 or a variable whose name is a prefix character like @samp{k} (for ``kilo'')
26810 or @samp{u} (for ``micro'') followed by a name in the unit table.
26811 A substantial table of built-in units is provided with Calc;
26812 @pxref{Predefined Units}. You can also define your own unit names;
26813 @pxref{User-Defined Units}.@refill
26814
26815 Note that if the value part of a units expression is exactly @samp{1},
26816 it will be removed by the Calculator's automatic algebra routines: The
26817 formula @samp{1 mm} is ``simplified'' to @samp{mm}. This is only a
26818 display anomaly, however; @samp{mm} will work just fine as a
26819 representation of one millimeter.@refill
26820
26821 You may find that Algebraic Mode (@pxref{Algebraic Entry}) makes working
26822 with units expressions easier. Otherwise, you will have to remember
26823 to hit the apostrophe key every time you wish to enter units.
26824
26825 @kindex u s
26826 @pindex calc-simplify-units
26827 @c @mindex usimpl@idots
26828 @tindex usimplify
26829 The @kbd{u s} (@code{calc-simplify-units}) [@code{usimplify}] command
26830 simplifies a units
26831 expression. It uses @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) to simplify the
26832 expression first as a regular algebraic formula; it then looks for
26833 features that can be further simplified by converting one object's units
26834 to be compatible with another's. For example, @samp{5 m + 23 mm} will
26835 simplify to @samp{5.023 m}. When different but compatible units are
26836 added, the righthand term's units are converted to match those of the
26837 lefthand term. @xref{Simplification Modes}, for a way to have this done
26838 automatically at all times.@refill
26839
26840 Units simplification also handles quotients of two units with the same
26841 dimensionality, as in @w{@samp{2 in s/L cm}} to @samp{5.08 s/L}; fractional
26842 powers of unit expressions, as in @samp{sqrt(9 mm^2)} to @samp{3 mm} and
26843 @samp{sqrt(9 acre)} to a quantity in meters; and @code{floor},
26844 @code{ceil}, @code{round}, @code{rounde}, @code{roundu}, @code{trunc},
26845 @code{float}, @code{frac}, @code{abs}, and @code{clean}
26846 applied to units expressions, in which case
26847 the operation in question is applied only to the numeric part of the
26848 expression. Finally, trigonometric functions of quantities with units
26849 of angle are evaluated, regardless of the current angular mode.@refill
26850
26851 @kindex u c
26852 @pindex calc-convert-units
26853 The @kbd{u c} (@code{calc-convert-units}) command converts a units
26854 expression to new, compatible units. For example, given the units
26855 expression @samp{55 mph}, typing @kbd{u c m/s @key{RET}} produces
26856 @samp{24.5872 m/s}. If the units you request are inconsistent with
26857 the original units, the number will be converted into your units
26858 times whatever ``remainder'' units are left over. For example,
26859 converting @samp{55 mph} into acres produces @samp{6.08e-3 acre / m s}.
26860 (Recall that multiplication binds more strongly than division in Calc
26861 formulas, so the units here are acres per meter-second.) Remainder
26862 units are expressed in terms of ``fundamental'' units like @samp{m} and
26863 @samp{s}, regardless of the input units.
26864
26865 One special exception is that if you specify a single unit name, and
26866 a compatible unit appears somewhere in the units expression, then
26867 that compatible unit will be converted to the new unit and the
26868 remaining units in the expression will be left alone. For example,
26869 given the input @samp{980 cm/s^2}, the command @kbd{u c ms} will
26870 change the @samp{s} to @samp{ms} to get @samp{9.8e-4 cm/ms^2}.
26871 The ``remainder unit'' @samp{cm} is left alone rather than being
26872 changed to the base unit @samp{m}.
26873
26874 You can use explicit unit conversion instead of the @kbd{u s} command
26875 to gain more control over the units of the result of an expression.
26876 For example, given @samp{5 m + 23 mm}, you can type @kbd{u c m} or
26877 @kbd{u c mm} to express the result in either meters or millimeters.
26878 (For that matter, you could type @kbd{u c fath} to express the result
26879 in fathoms, if you preferred!)
26880
26881 In place of a specific set of units, you can also enter one of the
26882 units system names @code{si}, @code{mks} (equivalent), or @code{cgs}.
26883 For example, @kbd{u c si @key{RET}} converts the expression into
26884 International System of Units (SI) base units. Also, @kbd{u c base}
26885 converts to Calc's base units, which are the same as @code{si} units
26886 except that @code{base} uses @samp{g} as the fundamental unit of mass
26887 whereas @code{si} uses @samp{kg}.
26888
26889 @cindex Composite units
26890 The @kbd{u c} command also accepts @dfn{composite units}, which
26891 are expressed as the sum of several compatible unit names. For
26892 example, converting @samp{30.5 in} to units @samp{mi+ft+in} (miles,
26893 feet, and inches) produces @samp{2 ft + 6.5 in}. Calc first
26894 sorts the unit names into order of decreasing relative size.
26895 It then accounts for as much of the input quantity as it can
26896 using an integer number times the largest unit, then moves on
26897 to the next smaller unit, and so on. Only the smallest unit
26898 may have a non-integer amount attached in the result. A few
26899 standard unit names exist for common combinations, such as
26900 @code{mfi} for @samp{mi+ft+in}, and @code{tpo} for @samp{ton+lb+oz}.
26901 Composite units are expanded as if by @kbd{a x}, so that
26902 @samp{(ft+in)/hr} is first converted to @samp{ft/hr+in/hr}.
26903
26904 If the value on the stack does not contain any units, @kbd{u c} will
26905 prompt first for the old units which this value should be considered
26906 to have, then for the new units. Assuming the old and new units you
26907 give are consistent with each other, the result also will not contain
26908 any units. For example, @kbd{@w{u c} cm RET in RET} converts the number
26909 2 on the stack to 5.08.
26910
26911 @kindex u b
26912 @pindex calc-base-units
26913 The @kbd{u b} (@code{calc-base-units}) command is shorthand for
26914 @kbd{u c base}; it converts the units expression on the top of the
26915 stack into @code{base} units. If @kbd{u s} does not simplify a
26916 units expression as far as you would like, try @kbd{u b}.
26917
26918 The @kbd{u c} and @kbd{u b} commands treat temperature units (like
26919 @samp{degC} and @samp{K}) as relative temperatures. For example,
26920 @kbd{u c} converts @samp{10 degC} to @samp{18 degF}: A change of 10
26921 degrees Celsius corresponds to a change of 18 degrees Fahrenheit.
26922
26923 @kindex u t
26924 @pindex calc-convert-temperature
26925 @cindex Temperature conversion
26926 The @kbd{u t} (@code{calc-convert-temperature}) command converts
26927 absolute temperatures. The value on the stack must be a simple units
26928 expression with units of temperature only. This command would convert
26929 @samp{10 degC} to @samp{50 degF}, the equivalent temperature on the
26930 Fahrenheit scale.@refill
26931
26932 @kindex u r
26933 @pindex calc-remove-units
26934 @kindex u x
26935 @pindex calc-extract-units
26936 The @kbd{u r} (@code{calc-remove-units}) command removes units from the
26937 formula at the top of the stack. The @kbd{u x}
26938 (@code{calc-extract-units}) command extracts only the units portion of a
26939 formula. These commands essentially replace every term of the formula
26940 that does or doesn't (respectively) look like a unit name by the
26941 constant 1, then resimplify the formula.@refill
26942
26943 @kindex u a
26944 @pindex calc-autorange-units
26945 The @kbd{u a} (@code{calc-autorange-units}) command turns on and off a
26946 mode in which unit prefixes like @code{k} (``kilo'') are automatically
26947 applied to keep the numeric part of a units expression in a reasonable
26948 range. This mode affects @kbd{u s} and all units conversion commands
26949 except @kbd{u b}. For example, with autoranging on, @samp{12345 Hz}
26950 will be simplified to @samp{12.345 kHz}. Autoranging is useful for
26951 some kinds of units (like @code{Hz} and @code{m}), but is probably
26952 undesirable for non-metric units like @code{ft} and @code{tbsp}.
26953 (Composite units are more appropriate for those; see above.)
26954
26955 Autoranging always applies the prefix to the leftmost unit name.
26956 Calc chooses the largest prefix that causes the number to be greater
26957 than or equal to 1.0. Thus an increasing sequence of adjusted times
26958 would be @samp{1 ms, 10 ms, 100 ms, 1 s, 10 s, 100 s, 1 ks}.
26959 Generally the rule of thumb is that the number will be adjusted
26960 to be in the interval @samp{[1 .. 1000)}, although there are several
26961 exceptions to this rule. First, if the unit has a power then this
26962 is not possible; @samp{0.1 s^2} simplifies to @samp{100000 ms^2}.
26963 Second, the ``centi-'' prefix is allowed to form @code{cm} (centimeters),
26964 but will not apply to other units. The ``deci-,'' ``deka-,'' and
26965 ``hecto-'' prefixes are never used. Thus the allowable interval is
26966 @samp{[1 .. 10)} for millimeters and @samp{[1 .. 100)} for centimeters.
26967 Finally, a prefix will not be added to a unit if the resulting name
26968 is also the actual name of another unit; @samp{1e-15 t} would normally
26969 be considered a ``femto-ton,'' but it is written as @samp{1000 at}
26970 (1000 atto-tons) instead because @code{ft} would be confused with feet.
26971
26972 @node The Units Table, Predefined Units, Basic Operations on Units, Units
26973 @section The Units Table
26974
26975 @noindent
26976 @kindex u v
26977 @pindex calc-enter-units-table
26978 The @kbd{u v} (@code{calc-enter-units-table}) command displays the units table
26979 in another buffer called @code{*Units Table*}. Each entry in this table
26980 gives the unit name as it would appear in an expression, the definition
26981 of the unit in terms of simpler units, and a full name or description of
26982 the unit. Fundamental units are defined as themselves; these are the
26983 units produced by the @kbd{u b} command. The fundamental units are
26984 meters, seconds, grams, kelvins, amperes, candelas, moles, radians,
26985 and steradians.
26986
26987 The Units Table buffer also displays the Unit Prefix Table. Note that
26988 two prefixes, ``kilo'' and ``hecto,'' accept either upper- or lower-case
26989 prefix letters. @samp{Meg} is also accepted as a synonym for the @samp{M}
26990 prefix. Whenever a unit name can be interpreted as either a built-in name
26991 or a prefix followed by another built-in name, the former interpretation
26992 wins. For example, @samp{2 pt} means two pints, not two pico-tons.
26993
26994 The Units Table buffer, once created, is not rebuilt unless you define
26995 new units. To force the buffer to be rebuilt, give any numeric prefix
26996 argument to @kbd{u v}.
26997
26998 @kindex u V
26999 @pindex calc-view-units-table
27000 The @kbd{u V} (@code{calc-view-units-table}) command is like @kbd{u v} except
27001 that the cursor is not moved into the Units Table buffer. You can
27002 type @kbd{u V} again to remove the Units Table from the display. To
27003 return from the Units Table buffer after a @kbd{u v}, type @kbd{M-# c}
27004 again or use the regular Emacs @w{@kbd{C-x o}} (@code{other-window})
27005 command. You can also kill the buffer with @kbd{C-x k} if you wish;
27006 the actual units table is safely stored inside the Calculator.
27007
27008 @kindex u g
27009 @pindex calc-get-unit-definition
27010 The @kbd{u g} (@code{calc-get-unit-definition}) command retrieves a unit's
27011 defining expression and pushes it onto the Calculator stack. For example,
27012 @kbd{u g in} will produce the expression @samp{2.54 cm}. This is the
27013 same definition for the unit that would appear in the Units Table buffer.
27014 Note that this command works only for actual unit names; @kbd{u g km}
27015 will report that no such unit exists, for example, because @code{km} is
27016 really the unit @code{m} with a @code{k} (``kilo'') prefix. To see a
27017 definition of a unit in terms of base units, it is easier to push the
27018 unit name on the stack and then reduce it to base units with @kbd{u b}.
27019
27020 @kindex u e
27021 @pindex calc-explain-units
27022 The @kbd{u e} (@code{calc-explain-units}) command displays an English
27023 description of the units of the expression on the stack. For example,
27024 for the expression @samp{62 km^2 g / s^2 mol K}, the description is
27025 ``Square-Kilometer Gram per (Second-squared Mole Degree-Kelvin).'' This
27026 command uses the English descriptions that appear in the righthand
27027 column of the Units Table.
27028
27029 @node Predefined Units, User-Defined Units, The Units Table, Units
27030 @section Predefined Units
27031
27032 @noindent
27033 Since the exact definitions of many kinds of units have evolved over the
27034 years, and since certain countries sometimes have local differences in
27035 their definitions, it is a good idea to examine Calc's definition of a
27036 unit before depending on its exact value. For example, there are three
27037 different units for gallons, corresponding to the US (@code{gal}),
27038 Canadian (@code{galC}), and British (@code{galUK}) definitions. Also,
27039 note that @code{oz} is a standard ounce of mass, @code{ozt} is a Troy
27040 ounce, and @code{ozfl} is a fluid ounce.
27041
27042 The temperature units corresponding to degrees Kelvin and Centigrade
27043 (Celsius) are the same in this table, since most units commands treat
27044 temperatures as being relative. The @code{calc-convert-temperature}
27045 command has special rules for handling the different absolute magnitudes
27046 of the various temperature scales.
27047
27048 The unit of volume ``liters'' can be referred to by either the lower-case
27049 @code{l} or the upper-case @code{L}.
27050
27051 The unit @code{A} stands for Amperes; the name @code{Ang} is used
27052 @tex
27053 for \AA ngstroms.
27054 @end tex
27055 @ifinfo
27056 for Angstroms.
27057 @end ifinfo
27058
27059 The unit @code{pt} stands for pints; the name @code{point} stands for
27060 a typographical point, defined by @samp{72 point = 1 in}. There is
27061 also @code{tpt}, which stands for a printer's point as defined by the
27062 @TeX{} typesetting system: @samp{72.27 tpt = 1 in}.
27063
27064 The unit @code{e} stands for the elementary (electron) unit of charge;
27065 because algebra command could mistake this for the special constant
27066 @cite{e}, Calc provides the alternate unit name @code{ech} which is
27067 preferable to @code{e}.
27068
27069 The name @code{g} stands for one gram of mass; there is also @code{gf},
27070 one gram of force. (Likewise for @kbd{lb}, pounds, and @kbd{lbf}.)
27071 Meanwhile, one ``@cite{g}'' of acceleration is denoted @code{ga}.
27072
27073 The unit @code{ton} is a U.S. ton of @samp{2000 lb}, and @code{t} is
27074 a metric ton of @samp{1000 kg}.
27075
27076 The names @code{s} (or @code{sec}) and @code{min} refer to units of
27077 time; @code{arcsec} and @code{arcmin} are units of angle.
27078
27079 Some ``units'' are really physical constants; for example, @code{c}
27080 represents the speed of light, and @code{h} represents Planck's
27081 constant. You can use these just like other units: converting
27082 @samp{.5 c} to @samp{m/s} expresses one-half the speed of light in
27083 meters per second. You can also use this merely as a handy reference;
27084 the @kbd{u g} command gets the definition of one of these constants
27085 in its normal terms, and @kbd{u b} expresses the definition in base
27086 units.
27087
27088 Two units, @code{pi} and @code{fsc} (the fine structure constant,
27089 approximately @i{1/137}) are dimensionless. The units simplification
27090 commands simply treat these names as equivalent to their corresponding
27091 values. However you can, for example, use @kbd{u c} to convert a pure
27092 number into multiples of the fine structure constant, or @kbd{u b} to
27093 convert this back into a pure number. (When @kbd{u c} prompts for the
27094 ``old units,'' just enter a blank line to signify that the value
27095 really is unitless.)
27096
27097 @c Describe angular units, luminosity vs. steradians problem.
27098
27099 @node User-Defined Units, , Predefined Units, Units
27100 @section User-Defined Units
27101
27102 @noindent
27103 Calc provides ways to get quick access to your selected ``favorite''
27104 units, as well as ways to define your own new units.
27105
27106 @kindex u 0-9
27107 @pindex calc-quick-units
27108 @vindex Units
27109 @cindex @code{Units} variable
27110 @cindex Quick units
27111 To select your favorite units, store a vector of unit names or
27112 expressions in the Calc variable @code{Units}. The @kbd{u 1}
27113 through @kbd{u 9} commands (@code{calc-quick-units}) provide access
27114 to these units. If the value on the top of the stack is a plain
27115 number (with no units attached), then @kbd{u 1} gives it the
27116 specified units. (Basically, it multiplies the number by the
27117 first item in the @code{Units} vector.) If the number on the
27118 stack @emph{does} have units, then @kbd{u 1} converts that number
27119 to the new units. For example, suppose the vector @samp{[in, ft]}
27120 is stored in @code{Units}. Then @kbd{30 u 1} will create the
27121 expression @samp{30 in}, and @kbd{u 2} will convert that expression
27122 to @samp{2.5 ft}.
27123
27124 The @kbd{u 0} command accesses the tenth element of @code{Units}.
27125 Only ten quick units may be defined at a time. If the @code{Units}
27126 variable has no stored value (the default), or if its value is not
27127 a vector, then the quick-units commands will not function. The
27128 @kbd{s U} command is a convenient way to edit the @code{Units}
27129 variable; @pxref{Operations on Variables}.
27130
27131 @kindex u d
27132 @pindex calc-define-unit
27133 @cindex User-defined units
27134 The @kbd{u d} (@code{calc-define-unit}) command records the units
27135 expression on the top of the stack as the definition for a new,
27136 user-defined unit. For example, putting @samp{16.5 ft} on the stack and
27137 typing @kbd{u d rod} defines the new unit @samp{rod} to be equivalent to
27138 16.5 feet. The unit conversion and simplification commands will now
27139 treat @code{rod} just like any other unit of length. You will also be
27140 prompted for an optional English description of the unit, which will
27141 appear in the Units Table.
27142
27143 @kindex u u
27144 @pindex calc-undefine-unit
27145 The @kbd{u u} (@code{calc-undefine-unit}) command removes a user-defined
27146 unit. It is not possible to remove one of the predefined units,
27147 however.
27148
27149 If you define a unit with an existing unit name, your new definition
27150 will replace the original definition of that unit. If the unit was a
27151 predefined unit, the old definition will not be replaced, only
27152 ``shadowed.'' The built-in definition will reappear if you later use
27153 @kbd{u u} to remove the shadowing definition.
27154
27155 To create a new fundamental unit, use either 1 or the unit name itself
27156 as the defining expression. Otherwise the expression can involve any
27157 other units that you like (except for composite units like @samp{mfi}).
27158 You can create a new composite unit with a sum of other units as the
27159 defining expression. The next unit operation like @kbd{u c} or @kbd{u v}
27160 will rebuild the internal unit table incorporating your modifications.
27161 Note that erroneous definitions (such as two units defined in terms of
27162 each other) will not be detected until the unit table is next rebuilt;
27163 @kbd{u v} is a convenient way to force this to happen.
27164
27165 Temperature units are treated specially inside the Calculator; it is not
27166 possible to create user-defined temperature units.
27167
27168 @kindex u p
27169 @pindex calc-permanent-units
27170 @cindex @file{.emacs} file, user-defined units
27171 The @kbd{u p} (@code{calc-permanent-units}) command stores the user-defined
27172 units in your @file{.emacs} file, so that the units will still be
27173 available in subsequent Emacs sessions. If there was already a set of
27174 user-defined units in your @file{.emacs} file, it is replaced by the
27175 new set. (@xref{General Mode Commands}, for a way to tell Calc to use
27176 a different file instead of @file{.emacs}.)
27177
27178 @node Store and Recall, Graphics, Units, Top
27179 @chapter Storing and Recalling
27180
27181 @noindent
27182 Calculator variables are really just Lisp variables that contain numbers
27183 or formulas in a form that Calc can understand. The commands in this
27184 section allow you to manipulate variables conveniently. Commands related
27185 to variables use the @kbd{s} prefix key.
27186
27187 @menu
27188 * Storing Variables::
27189 * Recalling Variables::
27190 * Operations on Variables::
27191 * Let Command::
27192 * Evaluates-To Operator::
27193 @end menu
27194
27195 @node Storing Variables, Recalling Variables, Store and Recall, Store and Recall
27196 @section Storing Variables
27197
27198 @noindent
27199 @kindex s s
27200 @pindex calc-store
27201 @cindex Storing variables
27202 @cindex Quick variables
27203 @vindex q0
27204 @vindex q9
27205 The @kbd{s s} (@code{calc-store}) command stores the value at the top of
27206 the stack into a specified variable. It prompts you to enter the
27207 name of the variable. If you press a single digit, the value is stored
27208 immediately in one of the ``quick'' variables @code{var-q0} through
27209 @code{var-q9}. Or you can enter any variable name. The prefix @samp{var-}
27210 is supplied for you; when a name appears in a formula (as in @samp{a+q2})
27211 the prefix @samp{var-} is also supplied there, so normally you can simply
27212 forget about @samp{var-} everywhere. Its only purpose is to enable you to
27213 use Calc variables without fear of accidentally clobbering some variable in
27214 another Emacs package. If you really want to store in an arbitrary Lisp
27215 variable, just backspace over the @samp{var-}.
27216
27217 @kindex s t
27218 @pindex calc-store-into
27219 The @kbd{s s} command leaves the stored value on the stack. There is
27220 also an @kbd{s t} (@code{calc-store-into}) command, which removes a
27221 value from the stack and stores it in a variable.
27222
27223 If the top of stack value is an equation @samp{a = 7} or assignment
27224 @samp{a := 7} with a variable on the lefthand side, then Calc will
27225 assign that variable with that value by default, i.e., if you type
27226 @kbd{s s @key{RET}} or @kbd{s t @key{RET}}. In this example, the
27227 value 7 would be stored in the variable @samp{a}. (If you do type
27228 a variable name at the prompt, the top-of-stack value is stored in
27229 its entirety, even if it is an equation: @samp{s s b @key{RET}}
27230 with @samp{a := 7} on the stack stores @samp{a := 7} in @code{b}.)
27231
27232 In fact, the top of stack value can be a vector of equations or
27233 assignments with different variables on their lefthand sides; the
27234 default will be to store all the variables with their corresponding
27235 righthand sides simultaneously.
27236
27237 It is also possible to type an equation or assignment directly at
27238 the prompt for the @kbd{s s} or @kbd{s t} command: @kbd{s s foo = 7}.
27239 In this case the expression to the right of the @kbd{=} or @kbd{:=}
27240 symbol is evaluated as if by the @kbd{=} command, and that value is
27241 stored in the variable. No value is taken from the stack; @kbd{s s}
27242 and @kbd{s t} are equivalent when used in this way.
27243
27244 @kindex s 0-9
27245 @kindex t 0-9
27246 The prefix keys @kbd{s} and @kbd{t} may be followed immediately by a
27247 digit; @kbd{s 9} is equivalent to @kbd{s s 9}, and @kbd{t 9} is
27248 equivalent to @kbd{s t 9}. (The @kbd{t} prefix is otherwise used
27249 for trail and time/date commands.)
27250
27251 @kindex s +
27252 @kindex s -
27253 @c @mindex @idots
27254 @kindex s *
27255 @c @mindex @null
27256 @kindex s /
27257 @c @mindex @null
27258 @kindex s ^
27259 @c @mindex @null
27260 @kindex s |
27261 @c @mindex @null
27262 @kindex s n
27263 @c @mindex @null
27264 @kindex s &
27265 @c @mindex @null
27266 @kindex s [
27267 @c @mindex @null
27268 @kindex s ]
27269 @pindex calc-store-plus
27270 @pindex calc-store-minus
27271 @pindex calc-store-times
27272 @pindex calc-store-div
27273 @pindex calc-store-power
27274 @pindex calc-store-concat
27275 @pindex calc-store-neg
27276 @pindex calc-store-inv
27277 @pindex calc-store-decr
27278 @pindex calc-store-incr
27279 There are also several ``arithmetic store'' commands. For example,
27280 @kbd{s +} removes a value from the stack and adds it to the specified
27281 variable. The other arithmetic stores are @kbd{s -}, @kbd{s *}, @kbd{s /},
27282 @kbd{s ^}, and @w{@kbd{s |}} (vector concatenation), plus @kbd{s n} and
27283 @kbd{s &} which negate or invert the value in a variable, and @w{@kbd{s [}}
27284 and @kbd{s ]} which decrease or increase a variable by one.
27285
27286 All the arithmetic stores accept the Inverse prefix to reverse the
27287 order of the operands. If @cite{v} represents the contents of the
27288 variable, and @cite{a} is the value drawn from the stack, then regular
27289 @w{@kbd{s -}} assigns @c{$v \coloneq v - a$}
27290 @cite{v := v - a}, but @kbd{I s -} assigns
27291 @c{$v \coloneq a - v$}
27292 @cite{v := a - v}. While @kbd{I s *} might seem pointless, it is
27293 useful if matrix multiplication is involved. Actually, all the
27294 arithmetic stores use formulas designed to behave usefully both
27295 forwards and backwards:
27296
27297 @group
27298 @example
27299 s + v := v + a v := a + v
27300 s - v := v - a v := a - v
27301 s * v := v * a v := a * v
27302 s / v := v / a v := a / v
27303 s ^ v := v ^ a v := a ^ v
27304 s | v := v | a v := a | v
27305 s n v := v / (-1) v := (-1) / v
27306 s & v := v ^ (-1) v := (-1) ^ v
27307 s [ v := v - 1 v := 1 - v
27308 s ] v := v - (-1) v := (-1) - v
27309 @end example
27310 @end group
27311
27312 In the last four cases, a numeric prefix argument will be used in
27313 place of the number one. (For example, @kbd{M-2 s ]} increases
27314 a variable by 2, and @kbd{M-2 I s ]} replaces a variable by
27315 minus-two minus the variable.
27316
27317 The first six arithmetic stores can also be typed @kbd{s t +}, @kbd{s t -},
27318 etc. The commands @kbd{s s +}, @kbd{s s -}, and so on are analogous
27319 arithmetic stores that don't remove the value @cite{a} from the stack.
27320
27321 All arithmetic stores report the new value of the variable in the
27322 Trail for your information. They signal an error if the variable
27323 previously had no stored value. If default simplifications have been
27324 turned off, the arithmetic stores temporarily turn them on for numeric
27325 arguments only (i.e., they temporarily do an @kbd{m N} command).
27326 @xref{Simplification Modes}. Large vectors put in the trail by
27327 these commands always use abbreviated (@kbd{t .}) mode.
27328
27329 @kindex s m
27330 @pindex calc-store-map
27331 The @kbd{s m} command is a general way to adjust a variable's value
27332 using any Calc function. It is a ``mapping'' command analogous to
27333 @kbd{V M}, @kbd{V R}, etc. @xref{Reducing and Mapping}, to see
27334 how to specify a function for a mapping command. Basically,
27335 all you do is type the Calc command key that would invoke that
27336 function normally. For example, @kbd{s m n} applies the @kbd{n}
27337 key to negate the contents of the variable, so @kbd{s m n} is
27338 equivalent to @kbd{s n}. Also, @kbd{s m Q} takes the square root
27339 of the value stored in a variable, @kbd{s m v v} uses @kbd{v v} to
27340 reverse the vector stored in the variable, and @kbd{s m H I S}
27341 takes the hyperbolic arcsine of the variable contents.
27342
27343 If the mapping function takes two or more arguments, the additional
27344 arguments are taken from the stack; the old value of the variable
27345 is provided as the first argument. Thus @kbd{s m -} with @cite{a}
27346 on the stack computes @cite{v - a}, just like @kbd{s -}. With the
27347 Inverse prefix, the variable's original value becomes the @emph{last}
27348 argument instead of the first. Thus @kbd{I s m -} is also
27349 equivalent to @kbd{I s -}.
27350
27351 @kindex s x
27352 @pindex calc-store-exchange
27353 The @kbd{s x} (@code{calc-store-exchange}) command exchanges the value
27354 of a variable with the value on the top of the stack. Naturally, the
27355 variable must already have a stored value for this to work.
27356
27357 You can type an equation or assignment at the @kbd{s x} prompt. The
27358 command @kbd{s x a=6} takes no values from the stack; instead, it
27359 pushes the old value of @samp{a} on the stack and stores @samp{a = 6}.
27360
27361 @kindex s u
27362 @pindex calc-unstore
27363 @cindex Void variables
27364 @cindex Un-storing variables
27365 Until you store something in them, variables are ``void,'' that is, they
27366 contain no value at all. If they appear in an algebraic formula they
27367 will be left alone even if you press @kbd{=} (@code{calc-evaluate}).
27368 The @kbd{s u} (@code{calc-unstore}) command returns a variable to the
27369 void state.@refill
27370
27371 The only variables with predefined values are the ``special constants''
27372 @code{pi}, @code{e}, @code{i}, @code{phi}, and @code{gamma}. You are free
27373 to unstore these variables or to store new values into them if you like,
27374 although some of the algebraic-manipulation functions may assume these
27375 variables represent their standard values. Calc displays a warning if
27376 you change the value of one of these variables, or of one of the other
27377 special variables @code{inf}, @code{uinf}, and @code{nan} (which are
27378 normally void).
27379
27380 Note that @code{var-pi} doesn't actually have 3.14159265359 stored
27381 in it, but rather a special magic value that evaluates to @c{$\pi$}
27382 @cite{pi}
27383 at the current precision. Likewise @code{var-e}, @code{var-i}, and
27384 @code{var-phi} evaluate according to the current precision or polar mode.
27385 If you recall a value from @code{pi} and store it back, this magic
27386 property will be lost.
27387
27388 @kindex s c
27389 @pindex calc-copy-variable
27390 The @kbd{s c} (@code{calc-copy-variable}) command copies the stored
27391 value of one variable to another. It differs from a simple @kbd{s r}
27392 followed by an @kbd{s t} in two important ways. First, the value never
27393 goes on the stack and thus is never rounded, evaluated, or simplified
27394 in any way; it is not even rounded down to the current precision.
27395 Second, the ``magic'' contents of a variable like @code{var-e} can
27396 be copied into another variable with this command, perhaps because
27397 you need to unstore @code{var-e} right now but you wish to put it
27398 back when you're done. The @kbd{s c} command is the only way to
27399 manipulate these magic values intact.
27400
27401 @node Recalling Variables, Operations on Variables, Storing Variables, Store and Recall
27402 @section Recalling Variables
27403
27404 @noindent
27405 @kindex s r
27406 @pindex calc-recall
27407 @cindex Recalling variables
27408 The most straightforward way to extract the stored value from a variable
27409 is to use the @kbd{s r} (@code{calc-recall}) command. This command prompts
27410 for a variable name (similarly to @code{calc-store}), looks up the value
27411 of the specified variable, and pushes that value onto the stack. It is
27412 an error to try to recall a void variable.
27413
27414 It is also possible to recall the value from a variable by evaluating a
27415 formula containing that variable. For example, @kbd{' a @key{RET} =} is
27416 the same as @kbd{s r a @key{RET}} except that if the variable is void, the
27417 former will simply leave the formula @samp{a} on the stack whereas the
27418 latter will produce an error message.
27419
27420 @kindex r 0-9
27421 The @kbd{r} prefix may be followed by a digit, so that @kbd{r 9} is
27422 equivalent to @kbd{s r 9}. (The @kbd{r} prefix is otherwise unused
27423 in the current version of Calc.)
27424
27425 @node Operations on Variables, Let Command, Recalling Variables, Store and Recall
27426 @section Other Operations on Variables
27427
27428 @noindent
27429 @kindex s e
27430 @pindex calc-edit-variable
27431 The @kbd{s e} (@code{calc-edit-variable}) command edits the stored
27432 value of a variable without ever putting that value on the stack
27433 or simplifying or evaluating the value. It prompts for the name of
27434 the variable to edit. If the variable has no stored value, the
27435 editing buffer will start out empty. If the editing buffer is
27436 empty when you press @key{M-# M-#} to finish, the variable will
27437 be made void. @xref{Editing Stack Entries}, for a general
27438 description of editing.
27439
27440 The @kbd{s e} command is especially useful for creating and editing
27441 rewrite rules which are stored in variables. Sometimes these rules
27442 contain formulas which must not be evaluated until the rules are
27443 actually used. (For example, they may refer to @samp{deriv(x,y)},
27444 where @code{x} will someday become some expression involving @code{y};
27445 if you let Calc evaluate the rule while you are defining it, Calc will
27446 replace @samp{deriv(x,y)} with 0 because the formula @code{x} does
27447 not itself refer to @code{y}.) By contrast, recalling the variable,
27448 editing with @kbd{`}, and storing will evaluate the variable's value
27449 as a side effect of putting the value on the stack.
27450
27451 @kindex s A
27452 @kindex s D
27453 @c @mindex @idots
27454 @kindex s E
27455 @c @mindex @null
27456 @kindex s F
27457 @c @mindex @null
27458 @kindex s G
27459 @c @mindex @null
27460 @kindex s H
27461 @c @mindex @null
27462 @kindex s I
27463 @c @mindex @null
27464 @kindex s L
27465 @c @mindex @null
27466 @kindex s P
27467 @c @mindex @null
27468 @kindex s R
27469 @c @mindex @null
27470 @kindex s T
27471 @c @mindex @null
27472 @kindex s U
27473 @c @mindex @null
27474 @kindex s X
27475 @pindex calc-store-AlgSimpRules
27476 @pindex calc-store-Decls
27477 @pindex calc-store-EvalRules
27478 @pindex calc-store-FitRules
27479 @pindex calc-store-GenCount
27480 @pindex calc-store-Holidays
27481 @pindex calc-store-IntegLimit
27482 @pindex calc-store-LineStyles
27483 @pindex calc-store-PointStyles
27484 @pindex calc-store-PlotRejects
27485 @pindex calc-store-TimeZone
27486 @pindex calc-store-Units
27487 @pindex calc-store-ExtSimpRules
27488 There are several special-purpose variable-editing commands that
27489 use the @kbd{s} prefix followed by a shifted letter:
27490
27491 @table @kbd
27492 @item s A
27493 Edit @code{AlgSimpRules}. @xref{Algebraic Simplifications}.
27494 @item s D
27495 Edit @code{Decls}. @xref{Declarations}.
27496 @item s E
27497 Edit @code{EvalRules}. @xref{Default Simplifications}.
27498 @item s F
27499 Edit @code{FitRules}. @xref{Curve Fitting}.
27500 @item s G
27501 Edit @code{GenCount}. @xref{Solving Equations}.
27502 @item s H
27503 Edit @code{Holidays}. @xref{Business Days}.
27504 @item s I
27505 Edit @code{IntegLimit}. @xref{Calculus}.
27506 @item s L
27507 Edit @code{LineStyles}. @xref{Graphics}.
27508 @item s P
27509 Edit @code{PointStyles}. @xref{Graphics}.
27510 @item s R
27511 Edit @code{PlotRejects}. @xref{Graphics}.
27512 @item s T
27513 Edit @code{TimeZone}. @xref{Time Zones}.
27514 @item s U
27515 Edit @code{Units}. @xref{User-Defined Units}.
27516 @item s X
27517 Edit @code{ExtSimpRules}. @xref{Unsafe Simplifications}.
27518 @end table
27519
27520 These commands are just versions of @kbd{s e} that use fixed variable
27521 names rather than prompting for the variable name.
27522
27523 @kindex s p
27524 @pindex calc-permanent-variable
27525 @cindex Storing variables
27526 @cindex Permanent variables
27527 @cindex @file{.emacs} file, veriables
27528 The @kbd{s p} (@code{calc-permanent-variable}) command saves a
27529 variable's value permanently in your @file{.emacs} file, so that its
27530 value will still be available in future Emacs sessions. You can
27531 re-execute @w{@kbd{s p}} later on to update the saved value, but the
27532 only way to remove a saved variable is to edit your @file{.emacs} file
27533 by hand. (@xref{General Mode Commands}, for a way to tell Calc to
27534 use a different file instead of @file{.emacs}.)
27535
27536 If you do not specify the name of a variable to save (i.e.,
27537 @kbd{s p @key{RET}}), all @samp{var-} variables with defined values
27538 are saved except for the special constants @code{pi}, @code{e},
27539 @code{i}, @code{phi}, and @code{gamma}; the variables @code{TimeZone}
27540 and @code{PlotRejects};
27541 @code{FitRules}, @code{DistribRules}, and other built-in rewrite
27542 rules; and @code{PlotData@var{n}} variables generated
27543 by the graphics commands. (You can still save these variables by
27544 explicitly naming them in an @kbd{s p} command.)@refill
27545
27546 @kindex s i
27547 @pindex calc-insert-variables
27548 The @kbd{s i} (@code{calc-insert-variables}) command writes
27549 the values of all @samp{var-} variables into a specified buffer.
27550 The variables are written in the form of Lisp @code{setq} commands
27551 which store the values in string form. You can place these commands
27552 in your @file{.emacs} buffer if you wish, though in this case it
27553 would be easier to use @kbd{s p @key{RET}}. (Note that @kbd{s i}
27554 omits the same set of variables as @w{@kbd{s p @key{RET}}}; the difference
27555 is that @kbd{s i} will store the variables in any buffer, and it also
27556 stores in a more human-readable format.)
27557
27558 @node Let Command, Evaluates-To Operator, Operations on Variables, Store and Recall
27559 @section The Let Command
27560
27561 @noindent
27562 @kindex s l
27563 @pindex calc-let
27564 @cindex Variables, temporary assignment
27565 @cindex Temporary assignment to variables
27566 If you have an expression like @samp{a+b^2} on the stack and you wish to
27567 compute its value where @cite{b=3}, you can simply store 3 in @cite{b} and
27568 then press @kbd{=} to reevaluate the formula. This has the side-effect
27569 of leaving the stored value of 3 in @cite{b} for future operations.
27570
27571 The @kbd{s l} (@code{calc-let}) command evaluates a formula under a
27572 @emph{temporary} assignment of a variable. It stores the value on the
27573 top of the stack into the specified variable, then evaluates the
27574 second-to-top stack entry, then restores the original value (or lack of one)
27575 in the variable. Thus after @kbd{'@w{ }a+b^2 @key{RET} 3 s l b @key{RET}},
27576 the stack will contain the formula @samp{a + 9}. The subsequent command
27577 @kbd{@w{5 s l a} @key{RET}} will replace this formula with the number 14.
27578 The variables @samp{a} and @samp{b} are not permanently affected in any way
27579 by these commands.
27580
27581 The value on the top of the stack may be an equation or assignment, or
27582 a vector of equations or assignments, in which case the default will be
27583 analogous to the case of @kbd{s t @key{RET}}. @xref{Storing Variables}.
27584
27585 Also, you can answer the variable-name prompt with an equation or
27586 assignment: @kbd{s l b=3 RET} is the same as storing 3 on the stack
27587 and typing @kbd{s l b RET}.
27588
27589 The @kbd{a b} (@code{calc-substitute}) command is another way to substitute
27590 a variable with a value in a formula. It does an actual substitution
27591 rather than temporarily assigning the variable and evaluating. For
27592 example, letting @cite{n=2} in @samp{f(n pi)} with @kbd{a b} will
27593 produce @samp{f(2 pi)}, whereas @kbd{s l} would give @samp{f(6.28)}
27594 since the evaluation step will also evaluate @code{pi}.
27595
27596 @node Evaluates-To Operator, , Let Command, Store and Recall
27597 @section The Evaluates-To Operator
27598
27599 @noindent
27600 @tindex evalto
27601 @tindex =>
27602 @cindex Evaluates-to operator
27603 @cindex @samp{=>} operator
27604 The special algebraic symbol @samp{=>} is known as the @dfn{evaluates-to
27605 operator}. (It will show up as an @code{evalto} function call in
27606 other language modes like Pascal and @TeX{}.) This is a binary
27607 operator, that is, it has a lefthand and a righthand argument,
27608 although it can be entered with the righthand argument omitted.
27609
27610 A formula like @samp{@var{a} => @var{b}} is evaluated by Calc as
27611 follows: First, @var{a} is not simplified or modified in any
27612 way. The previous value of argument @var{b} is thrown away; the
27613 formula @var{a} is then copied and evaluated as if by the @kbd{=}
27614 command according to all current modes and stored variable values,
27615 and the result is installed as the new value of @var{b}.
27616
27617 For example, suppose you enter the algebraic formula @samp{2 + 3 => 17}.
27618 The number 17 is ignored, and the lefthand argument is left in its
27619 unevaluated form; the result is the formula @samp{2 + 3 => 5}.
27620
27621 @kindex s =
27622 @pindex calc-evalto
27623 You can enter an @samp{=>} formula either directly using algebraic
27624 entry (in which case the righthand side may be omitted since it is
27625 going to be replaced right away anyhow), or by using the @kbd{s =}
27626 (@code{calc-evalto}) command, which takes @var{a} from the stack
27627 and replaces it with @samp{@var{a} => @var{b}}.
27628
27629 Calc keeps track of all @samp{=>} operators on the stack, and
27630 recomputes them whenever anything changes that might affect their
27631 values, i.e., a mode setting or variable value. This occurs only
27632 if the @samp{=>} operator is at the top level of the formula, or
27633 if it is part of a top-level vector. In other words, pushing
27634 @samp{2 + (a => 17)} will change the 17 to the actual value of
27635 @samp{a} when you enter the formula, but the result will not be
27636 dynamically updated when @samp{a} is changed later because the
27637 @samp{=>} operator is buried inside a sum. However, a vector
27638 of @samp{=>} operators will be recomputed, since it is convenient
27639 to push a vector like @samp{[a =>, b =>, c =>]} on the stack to
27640 make a concise display of all the variables in your problem.
27641 (Another way to do this would be to use @samp{[a, b, c] =>},
27642 which provides a slightly different format of display. You
27643 can use whichever you find easiest to read.)
27644
27645 @kindex m C
27646 @pindex calc-auto-recompute
27647 The @kbd{m C} (@code{calc-auto-recompute}) command allows you to
27648 turn this automatic recomputation on or off. If you turn
27649 recomputation off, you must explicitly recompute an @samp{=>}
27650 operator on the stack in one of the usual ways, such as by
27651 pressing @kbd{=}. Turning recomputation off temporarily can save
27652 a lot of time if you will be changing several modes or variables
27653 before you look at the @samp{=>} entries again.
27654
27655 Most commands are not especially useful with @samp{=>} operators
27656 as arguments. For example, given @samp{x + 2 => 17}, it won't
27657 work to type @kbd{1 +} to get @samp{x + 3 => 18}. If you want
27658 to operate on the lefthand side of the @samp{=>} operator on
27659 the top of the stack, type @kbd{j 1} (that's the digit ``one'')
27660 to select the lefthand side, execute your commands, then type
27661 @kbd{j u} to unselect.
27662
27663 All current modes apply when an @samp{=>} operator is computed,
27664 including the current simplification mode. Recall that the
27665 formula @samp{x + y + x} is not handled by Calc's default
27666 simplifications, but the @kbd{a s} command will reduce it to
27667 the simpler form @samp{y + 2 x}. You can also type @kbd{m A}
27668 to enable an algebraic-simplification mode in which the
27669 equivalent of @kbd{a s} is used on all of Calc's results.
27670 If you enter @samp{x + y + x =>} normally, the result will
27671 be @samp{x + y + x => x + y + x}. If you change to
27672 algebraic-simplification mode, the result will be
27673 @samp{x + y + x => y + 2 x}. However, just pressing @kbd{a s}
27674 once will have no effect on @samp{x + y + x => x + y + x},
27675 because the righthand side depends only on the lefthand side
27676 and the current mode settings, and the lefthand side is not
27677 affected by commands like @kbd{a s}.
27678
27679 The ``let'' command (@kbd{s l}) has an interesting interaction
27680 with the @samp{=>} operator. The @kbd{s l} command evaluates the
27681 second-to-top stack entry with the top stack entry supplying
27682 a temporary value for a given variable. As you might expect,
27683 if that stack entry is an @samp{=>} operator its righthand
27684 side will temporarily show this value for the variable. In
27685 fact, all @samp{=>}s on the stack will be updated if they refer
27686 to that variable. But this change is temporary in the sense
27687 that the next command that causes Calc to look at those stack
27688 entries will make them revert to the old variable value.
27689
27690 @group
27691 @smallexample
27692 2: a => a 2: a => 17 2: a => a
27693 1: a + 1 => a + 1 1: a + 1 => 18 1: a + 1 => a + 1
27694 . . .
27695
27696 17 s l a RET p 8 RET
27697 @end smallexample
27698 @end group
27699
27700 Here the @kbd{p 8} command changes the current precision,
27701 thus causing the @samp{=>} forms to be recomputed after the
27702 influence of the ``let'' is gone. The @kbd{d SPC} command
27703 (@code{calc-refresh}) is a handy way to force the @samp{=>}
27704 operators on the stack to be recomputed without any other
27705 side effects.
27706
27707 @kindex s :
27708 @pindex calc-assign
27709 @tindex assign
27710 @tindex :=
27711 Embedded Mode also uses @samp{=>} operators. In embedded mode,
27712 the lefthand side of an @samp{=>} operator can refer to variables
27713 assigned elsewhere in the file by @samp{:=} operators. The
27714 assignment operator @samp{a := 17} does not actually do anything
27715 by itself. But Embedded Mode recognizes it and marks it as a sort
27716 of file-local definition of the variable. You can enter @samp{:=}
27717 operators in algebraic mode, or by using the @kbd{s :}
27718 (@code{calc-assign}) [@code{assign}] command which takes a variable
27719 and value from the stack and replaces them with an assignment.
27720
27721 @xref{TeX Language Mode}, for the way @samp{=>} appears in
27722 @TeX{} language output. The @dfn{eqn} mode gives similar
27723 treatment to @samp{=>}.
27724
27725 @node Graphics, Kill and Yank, Store and Recall, Top
27726 @chapter Graphics
27727
27728 @noindent
27729 The commands for graphing data begin with the @kbd{g} prefix key. Calc
27730 uses GNUPLOT 2.0 or 3.0 to do graphics. These commands will only work
27731 if GNUPLOT is available on your system. (While GNUPLOT sounds like
27732 a relative of GNU Emacs, it is actually completely unrelated.
27733 However, it is free software and can be obtained from the Free
27734 Software Foundation's machine @samp{prep.ai.mit.edu}.)
27735
27736 @vindex calc-gnuplot-name
27737 If you have GNUPLOT installed on your system but Calc is unable to
27738 find it, you may need to set the @code{calc-gnuplot-name} variable
27739 in your @file{.emacs} file. You may also need to set some Lisp
27740 variables to show Calc how to run GNUPLOT on your system; these
27741 are described under @kbd{g D} and @kbd{g O} below. If you are
27742 using the X window system, Calc will configure GNUPLOT for you
27743 automatically. If you have GNUPLOT 3.0 and you are not using X,
27744 Calc will configure GNUPLOT to display graphs using simple character
27745 graphics that will work on any terminal.
27746
27747 @menu
27748 * Basic Graphics::
27749 * Three Dimensional Graphics::
27750 * Managing Curves::
27751 * Graphics Options::
27752 * Devices::
27753 @end menu
27754
27755 @node Basic Graphics, Three Dimensional Graphics, Graphics, Graphics
27756 @section Basic Graphics
27757
27758 @noindent
27759 @kindex g f
27760 @pindex calc-graph-fast
27761 The easiest graphics command is @kbd{g f} (@code{calc-graph-fast}).
27762 This command takes two vectors of equal length from the stack.
27763 The vector at the top of the stack represents the ``y'' values of
27764 the various data points. The vector in the second-to-top position
27765 represents the corresponding ``x'' values. This command runs
27766 GNUPLOT (if it has not already been started by previous graphing
27767 commands) and displays the set of data points. The points will
27768 be connected by lines, and there will also be some kind of symbol
27769 to indicate the points themselves.
27770
27771 The ``x'' entry may instead be an interval form, in which case suitable
27772 ``x'' values are interpolated between the minimum and maximum values of
27773 the interval (whether the interval is open or closed is ignored).
27774
27775 The ``x'' entry may also be a number, in which case Calc uses the
27776 sequence of ``x'' values @cite{x}, @cite{x+1}, @cite{x+2}, etc.
27777 (Generally the number 0 or 1 would be used for @cite{x} in this case.)
27778
27779 The ``y'' entry may be any formula instead of a vector. Calc effectively
27780 uses @kbd{N} (@code{calc-eval-num}) to evaluate variables in the formula;
27781 the result of this must be a formula in a single (unassigned) variable.
27782 The formula is plotted with this variable taking on the various ``x''
27783 values. Graphs of formulas by default use lines without symbols at the
27784 computed data points. Note that if neither ``x'' nor ``y'' is a vector,
27785 Calc guesses at a reasonable number of data points to use. See the
27786 @kbd{g N} command below. (The ``x'' values must be either a vector
27787 or an interval if ``y'' is a formula.)
27788
27789 @c @starindex
27790 @tindex xy
27791 If ``y'' is (or evaluates to) a formula of the form
27792 @samp{xy(@var{x}, @var{y})} then the result is a
27793 parametric plot. The two arguments of the fictitious @code{xy} function
27794 are used as the ``x'' and ``y'' coordinates of the curve, respectively.
27795 In this case the ``x'' vector or interval you specified is not directly
27796 visible in the graph. For example, if ``x'' is the interval @samp{[0..360]}
27797 and ``y'' is the formula @samp{xy(sin(t), cos(t))}, the resulting graph
27798 will be a circle.@refill
27799
27800 Also, ``x'' and ``y'' may each be variable names, in which case Calc
27801 looks for suitable vectors, intervals, or formulas stored in those
27802 variables.
27803
27804 The ``x'' and ``y'' values for the data points (as pulled from the vectors,
27805 calculated from the formulas, or interpolated from the intervals) should
27806 be real numbers (integers, fractions, or floats). If either the ``x''
27807 value or the ``y'' value of a given data point is not a real number, that
27808 data point will be omitted from the graph. The points on either side
27809 of the invalid point will @emph{not} be connected by a line.
27810
27811 See the documentation for @kbd{g a} below for a description of the way
27812 numeric prefix arguments affect @kbd{g f}.
27813
27814 @cindex @code{PlotRejects} variable
27815 @vindex PlotRejects
27816 If you store an empty vector in the variable @code{PlotRejects}
27817 (i.e., @kbd{[ ] s t PlotRejects}), Calc will append information to
27818 this vector for every data point which was rejected because its
27819 ``x'' or ``y'' values were not real numbers. The result will be
27820 a matrix where each row holds the curve number, data point number,
27821 ``x'' value, and ``y'' value for a rejected data point.
27822 @xref{Evaluates-To Operator}, for a handy way to keep tabs on the
27823 current value of @code{PlotRejects}. @xref{Operations on Variables},
27824 for the @kbd{s R} command which is another easy way to examine
27825 @code{PlotRejects}.
27826
27827 @kindex g c
27828 @pindex calc-graph-clear
27829 To clear the graphics display, type @kbd{g c} (@code{calc-graph-clear}).
27830 If the GNUPLOT output device is an X window, the window will go away.
27831 Effects on other kinds of output devices will vary. You don't need
27832 to use @kbd{g c} if you don't want to---if you give another @kbd{g f}
27833 or @kbd{g p} command later on, it will reuse the existing graphics
27834 window if there is one.
27835
27836 @node Three Dimensional Graphics, Managing Curves, Basic Graphics, Graphics
27837 @section Three-Dimensional Graphics
27838
27839 @kindex g F
27840 @pindex calc-graph-fast-3d
27841 The @kbd{g F} (@code{calc-graph-fast-3d}) command makes a three-dimensional
27842 graph. It works only if you have GNUPLOT 3.0 or later; with GNUPLOT 2.0,
27843 you will see a GNUPLOT error message if you try this command.
27844
27845 The @kbd{g F} command takes three values from the stack, called ``x'',
27846 ``y'', and ``z'', respectively. As was the case for 2D graphs, there
27847 are several options for these values.
27848
27849 In the first case, ``x'' and ``y'' are each vectors (not necessarily of
27850 the same length); either or both may instead be interval forms. The
27851 ``z'' value must be a matrix with the same number of rows as elements
27852 in ``x'', and the same number of columns as elements in ``y''. The
27853 result is a surface plot where @c{$z_{ij}$}
27854 @cite{z_ij} is the height of the point
27855 at coordinate @cite{(x_i, y_j)} on the surface. The 3D graph will
27856 be displayed from a certain default viewpoint; you can change this
27857 viewpoint by adding a @samp{set view} to the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}
27858 buffer as described later. See the GNUPLOT 3.0 documentation for a
27859 description of the @samp{set view} command.
27860
27861 Each point in the matrix will be displayed as a dot in the graph,
27862 and these points will be connected by a grid of lines (@dfn{isolines}).
27863
27864 In the second case, ``x'', ``y'', and ``z'' are all vectors of equal
27865 length. The resulting graph displays a 3D line instead of a surface,
27866 where the coordinates of points along the line are successive triplets
27867 of values from the input vectors.
27868
27869 In the third case, ``x'' and ``y'' are vectors or interval forms, and
27870 ``z'' is any formula involving two variables (not counting variables
27871 with assigned values). These variables are sorted into alphabetical
27872 order; the first takes on values from ``x'' and the second takes on
27873 values from ``y'' to form a matrix of results that are graphed as a
27874 3D surface.
27875
27876 @c @starindex
27877 @tindex xyz
27878 If the ``z'' formula evaluates to a call to the fictitious function
27879 @samp{xyz(@var{x}, @var{y}, @var{z})}, then the result is a
27880 ``parametric surface.'' In this case, the axes of the graph are
27881 taken from the @var{x} and @var{y} values in these calls, and the
27882 ``x'' and ``y'' values from the input vectors or intervals are used only
27883 to specify the range of inputs to the formula. For example, plotting
27884 @samp{[0..360], [0..180], xyz(sin(x)*sin(y), cos(x)*sin(y), cos(y))}
27885 will draw a sphere. (Since the default resolution for 3D plots is
27886 5 steps in each of ``x'' and ``y'', this will draw a very crude
27887 sphere. You could use the @kbd{g N} command, described below, to
27888 increase this resolution, or specify the ``x'' and ``y'' values as
27889 vectors with more than 5 elements.
27890
27891 It is also possible to have a function in a regular @kbd{g f} plot
27892 evaluate to an @code{xyz} call. Since @kbd{g f} plots a line, not
27893 a surface, the result will be a 3D parametric line. For example,
27894 @samp{[[0..720], xyz(sin(x), cos(x), x)]} will plot two turns of a
27895 helix (a three-dimensional spiral).
27896
27897 As for @kbd{g f}, each of ``x'', ``y'', and ``z'' may instead be
27898 variables containing the relevant data.
27899
27900 @node Managing Curves, Graphics Options, Three Dimensional Graphics, Graphics
27901 @section Managing Curves
27902
27903 @noindent
27904 The @kbd{g f} command is really shorthand for the following commands:
27905 @kbd{C-u g d g a g p}. Likewise, @w{@kbd{g F}} is shorthand for
27906 @kbd{C-u g d g A g p}. You can gain more control over your graph
27907 by using these commands directly.
27908
27909 @kindex g a
27910 @pindex calc-graph-add
27911 The @kbd{g a} (@code{calc-graph-add}) command adds the ``curve''
27912 represented by the two values on the top of the stack to the current
27913 graph. You can have any number of curves in the same graph. When
27914 you give the @kbd{g p} command, all the curves will be drawn superimposed
27915 on the same axes.
27916
27917 The @kbd{g a} command (and many others that affect the current graph)
27918 will cause a special buffer, @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}, to be displayed
27919 in another window. This buffer is a template of the commands that will
27920 be sent to GNUPLOT when it is time to draw the graph. The first
27921 @kbd{g a} command adds a @code{plot} command to this buffer. Succeeding
27922 @kbd{g a} commands add extra curves onto that @code{plot} command.
27923 Other graph-related commands put other GNUPLOT commands into this
27924 buffer. In normal usage you never need to work with this buffer
27925 directly, but you can if you wish. The only constraint is that there
27926 must be only one @code{plot} command, and it must be the last command
27927 in the buffer. If you want to save and later restore a complete graph
27928 configuration, you can use regular Emacs commands to save and restore
27929 the contents of the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer.
27930
27931 @vindex PlotData1
27932 @vindex PlotData2
27933 If the values on the stack are not variable names, @kbd{g a} will invent
27934 variable names for them (of the form @samp{PlotData@var{n}}) and store
27935 the values in those variables. The ``x'' and ``y'' variables are what
27936 go into the @code{plot} command in the template. If you add a curve
27937 that uses a certain variable and then later change that variable, you
27938 can replot the graph without having to delete and re-add the curve.
27939 That's because the variable name, not the vector, interval or formula
27940 itself, is what was added by @kbd{g a}.
27941
27942 A numeric prefix argument on @kbd{g a} or @kbd{g f} changes the way
27943 stack entries are interpreted as curves. With a positive prefix
27944 argument @cite{n}, the top @cite{n} stack entries are ``y'' values
27945 for @cite{n} different curves which share a common ``x'' value in
27946 the @cite{n+1}st stack entry. (Thus @kbd{g a} with no prefix
27947 argument is equivalent to @kbd{C-u 1 g a}.)
27948
27949 A prefix of zero or plain @kbd{C-u} means to take two stack entries,
27950 ``x'' and ``y'' as usual, but to interpret ``y'' as a vector of
27951 ``y'' values for several curves that share a common ``x''.
27952
27953 A negative prefix argument tells Calc to read @cite{n} vectors from
27954 the stack; each vector @cite{[x, y]} describes an independent curve.
27955 This is the only form of @kbd{g a} that creates several curves at once
27956 that don't have common ``x'' values. (Of course, the range of ``x''
27957 values covered by all the curves ought to be roughly the same if
27958 they are to look nice on the same graph.)
27959
27960 For example, to plot @c{$\sin n x$}
27961 @cite{sin(n x)} for integers @cite{n}
27962 from 1 to 5, you could use @kbd{v x} to create a vector of integers
27963 (@cite{n}), then @kbd{V M '} or @kbd{V M $} to map @samp{sin(n x)}
27964 across this vector. The resulting vector of formulas is suitable
27965 for use as the ``y'' argument to a @kbd{C-u g a} or @kbd{C-u g f}
27966 command.
27967
27968 @kindex g A
27969 @pindex calc-graph-add-3d
27970 The @kbd{g A} (@code{calc-graph-add-3d}) command adds a 3D curve
27971 to the graph. It is not legal to intermix 2D and 3D curves in a
27972 single graph. This command takes three arguments, ``x'', ``y'',
27973 and ``z'', from the stack. With a positive prefix @cite{n}, it
27974 takes @cite{n+2} arguments (common ``x'' and ``y'', plus @cite{n}
27975 separate ``z''s). With a zero prefix, it takes three stack entries
27976 but the ``z'' entry is a vector of curve values. With a negative
27977 prefix @cite{-n}, it takes @cite{n} vectors of the form @cite{[x, y, z]}.
27978 The @kbd{g A} command works by adding a @code{splot} (surface-plot)
27979 command to the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer.
27980
27981 (Although @kbd{g a} adds a 2D @code{plot} command to the
27982 @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer, Calc changes this to @code{splot}
27983 before sending it to GNUPLOT if it notices that the data points are
27984 evaluating to @code{xyz} calls. It will not work to mix 2D and 3D
27985 @kbd{g a} curves in a single graph, although Calc does not currently
27986 check for this.)
27987
27988 @kindex g d
27989 @pindex calc-graph-delete
27990 The @kbd{g d} (@code{calc-graph-delete}) command deletes the most
27991 recently added curve from the graph. It has no effect if there are
27992 no curves in the graph. With a numeric prefix argument of any kind,
27993 it deletes all of the curves from the graph.
27994
27995 @kindex g H
27996 @pindex calc-graph-hide
27997 The @kbd{g H} (@code{calc-graph-hide}) command ``hides'' or ``unhides''
27998 the most recently added curve. A hidden curve will not appear in
27999 the actual plot, but information about it such as its name and line and
28000 point styles will be retained.
28001
28002 @kindex g j
28003 @pindex calc-graph-juggle
28004 The @kbd{g j} (@code{calc-graph-juggle}) command moves the curve
28005 at the end of the list (the ``most recently added curve'') to the
28006 front of the list. The next-most-recent curve is thus exposed for
28007 @w{@kbd{g d}} or similar commands to use. With @kbd{g j} you can work
28008 with any curve in the graph even though curve-related commands only
28009 affect the last curve in the list.
28010
28011 @kindex g p
28012 @pindex calc-graph-plot
28013 The @kbd{g p} (@code{calc-graph-plot}) command uses GNUPLOT to draw
28014 the graph described in the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer. Any
28015 GNUPLOT parameters which are not defined by commands in this buffer
28016 are reset to their default values. The variables named in the @code{plot}
28017 command are written to a temporary data file and the variable names
28018 are then replaced by the file name in the template. The resulting
28019 plotting commands are fed to the GNUPLOT program. See the documentation
28020 for the GNUPLOT program for more specific information. All temporary
28021 files are removed when Emacs or GNUPLOT exits.
28022
28023 If you give a formula for ``y'', Calc will remember all the values that
28024 it calculates for the formula so that later plots can reuse these values.
28025 Calc throws out these saved values when you change any circumstances
28026 that may affect the data, such as switching from Degrees to Radians
28027 mode, or changing the value of a parameter in the formula. You can
28028 force Calc to recompute the data from scratch by giving a negative
28029 numeric prefix argument to @kbd{g p}.
28030
28031 Calc uses a fairly rough step size when graphing formulas over intervals.
28032 This is to ensure quick response. You can ``refine'' a plot by giving
28033 a positive numeric prefix argument to @kbd{g p}. Calc goes through
28034 the data points it has computed and saved from previous plots of the
28035 function, and computes and inserts a new data point midway between
28036 each of the existing points. You can refine a plot any number of times,
28037 but beware that the amount of calculation involved doubles each time.
28038
28039 Calc does not remember computed values for 3D graphs. This means the
28040 numerix prefix argument, if any, to @kbd{g p} is effectively ignored if
28041 the current graph is three-dimensional.
28042
28043 @kindex g P
28044 @pindex calc-graph-print
28045 The @kbd{g P} (@code{calc-graph-print}) command is like @kbd{g p},
28046 except that it sends the output to a printer instead of to the
28047 screen. More precisely, @kbd{g p} looks for @samp{set terminal}
28048 or @samp{set output} commands in the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer;
28049 lacking these it uses the default settings. However, @kbd{g P}
28050 ignores @samp{set terminal} and @samp{set output} commands and
28051 uses a different set of default values. All of these values are
28052 controlled by the @kbd{g D} and @kbd{g O} commands discussed below.
28053 Provided everything is set up properly, @kbd{g p} will plot to
28054 the screen unless you have specified otherwise and @kbd{g P} will
28055 always plot to the printer.
28056
28057 @node Graphics Options, Devices, Managing Curves, Graphics
28058 @section Graphics Options
28059
28060 @noindent
28061 @kindex g g
28062 @pindex calc-graph-grid
28063 The @kbd{g g} (@code{calc-graph-grid}) command turns the ``grid''
28064 on and off. It is off by default; tick marks appear only at the
28065 edges of the graph. With the grid turned on, dotted lines appear
28066 across the graph at each tick mark. Note that this command only
28067 changes the setting in @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}; to see the effects
28068 of the change you must give another @kbd{g p} command.
28069
28070 @kindex g b
28071 @pindex calc-graph-border
28072 The @kbd{g b} (@code{calc-graph-border}) command turns the border
28073 (the box that surrounds the graph) on and off. It is on by default.
28074 This command will only work with GNUPLOT 3.0 and later versions.
28075
28076 @kindex g k
28077 @pindex calc-graph-key
28078 The @kbd{g k} (@code{calc-graph-key}) command turns the ``key''
28079 on and off. The key is a chart in the corner of the graph that
28080 shows the correspondence between curves and line styles. It is
28081 off by default, and is only really useful if you have several
28082 curves on the same graph.
28083
28084 @kindex g N
28085 @pindex calc-graph-num-points
28086 The @kbd{g N} (@code{calc-graph-num-points}) command allows you
28087 to select the number of data points in the graph. This only affects
28088 curves where neither ``x'' nor ``y'' is specified as a vector.
28089 Enter a blank line to revert to the default value (initially 15).
28090 With no prefix argument, this command affects only the current graph.
28091 With a positive prefix argument this command changes or, if you enter
28092 a blank line, displays the default number of points used for all
28093 graphs created by @kbd{g a} that don't specify the resolution explicitly.
28094 With a negative prefix argument, this command changes or displays
28095 the default value (initially 5) used for 3D graphs created by @kbd{g A}.
28096 Note that a 3D setting of 5 means that a total of @cite{5^2 = 25} points
28097 will be computed for the surface.
28098
28099 Data values in the graph of a function are normally computed to a
28100 precision of five digits, regardless of the current precision at the
28101 time. This is usually more than adequate, but there are cases where
28102 it will not be. For example, plotting @cite{1 + x} with @cite{x} in the
28103 interval @samp{[0 ..@: 1e-6]} will round all the data points down
28104 to 1.0! Putting the command @samp{set precision @var{n}} in the
28105 @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer will cause the data to be computed
28106 at precision @var{n} instead of 5. Since this is such a rare case,
28107 there is no keystroke-based command to set the precision.
28108
28109 @kindex g h
28110 @pindex calc-graph-header
28111 The @kbd{g h} (@code{calc-graph-header}) command sets the title
28112 for the graph. This will show up centered above the graph.
28113 The default title is blank (no title).
28114
28115 @kindex g n
28116 @pindex calc-graph-name
28117 The @kbd{g n} (@code{calc-graph-name}) command sets the title of an
28118 individual curve. Like the other curve-manipulating commands, it
28119 affects the most recently added curve, i.e., the last curve on the
28120 list in the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer. To set the title of
28121 the other curves you must first juggle them to the end of the list
28122 with @kbd{g j}, or edit the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer by hand.
28123 Curve titles appear in the key; if the key is turned off they are
28124 not used.
28125
28126 @kindex g t
28127 @kindex g T
28128 @pindex calc-graph-title-x
28129 @pindex calc-graph-title-y
28130 The @kbd{g t} (@code{calc-graph-title-x}) and @kbd{g T}
28131 (@code{calc-graph-title-y}) commands set the titles on the ``x''
28132 and ``y'' axes, respectively. These titles appear next to the
28133 tick marks on the left and bottom edges of the graph, respectively.
28134 Calc does not have commands to control the tick marks themselves,
28135 but you can edit them into the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer if
28136 you wish. See the GNUPLOT documentation for details.
28137
28138 @kindex g r
28139 @kindex g R
28140 @pindex calc-graph-range-x
28141 @pindex calc-graph-range-y
28142 The @kbd{g r} (@code{calc-graph-range-x}) and @kbd{g R}
28143 (@code{calc-graph-range-y}) commands set the range of values on the
28144 ``x'' and ``y'' axes, respectively. You are prompted to enter a
28145 suitable range. This should be either a pair of numbers of the
28146 form, @samp{@var{min}:@var{max}}, or a blank line to revert to the
28147 default behavior of setting the range based on the range of values
28148 in the data, or @samp{$} to take the range from the top of the stack.
28149 Ranges on the stack can be represented as either interval forms or
28150 vectors: @samp{[@var{min} ..@: @var{max}]} or @samp{[@var{min}, @var{max}]}.
28151
28152 @kindex g l
28153 @kindex g L
28154 @pindex calc-graph-log-x
28155 @pindex calc-graph-log-y
28156 The @kbd{g l} (@code{calc-graph-log-x}) and @kbd{g L} (@code{calc-graph-log-y})
28157 commands allow you to set either or both of the axes of the graph to
28158 be logarithmic instead of linear.
28159
28160 @kindex g C-l
28161 @kindex g C-r
28162 @kindex g C-t
28163 @pindex calc-graph-log-z
28164 @pindex calc-graph-range-z
28165 @pindex calc-graph-title-z
28166 For 3D plots, @kbd{g C-t}, @kbd{g C-r}, and @kbd{g C-l} (those are
28167 letters with the Control key held down) are the corresponding commands
28168 for the ``z'' axis.
28169
28170 @kindex g z
28171 @kindex g Z
28172 @pindex calc-graph-zero-x
28173 @pindex calc-graph-zero-y
28174 The @kbd{g z} (@code{calc-graph-zero-x}) and @kbd{g Z}
28175 (@code{calc-graph-zero-y}) commands control whether a dotted line is
28176 drawn to indicate the ``x'' and/or ``y'' zero axes. (These are the same
28177 dotted lines that would be drawn there anyway if you used @kbd{g g} to
28178 turn the ``grid'' feature on.) Zero-axis lines are on by default, and
28179 may be turned off only in GNUPLOT 3.0 and later versions. They are
28180 not available for 3D plots.
28181
28182 @kindex g s
28183 @pindex calc-graph-line-style
28184 The @kbd{g s} (@code{calc-graph-line-style}) command turns the connecting
28185 lines on or off for the most recently added curve, and optionally selects
28186 the style of lines to be used for that curve. Plain @kbd{g s} simply
28187 toggles the lines on and off. With a numeric prefix argument, @kbd{g s}
28188 turns lines on and sets a particular line style. Line style numbers
28189 start at one and their meanings vary depending on the output device.
28190 GNUPLOT guarantees that there will be at least six different line styles
28191 available for any device.
28192
28193 @kindex g S
28194 @pindex calc-graph-point-style
28195 The @kbd{g S} (@code{calc-graph-point-style}) command similarly turns
28196 the symbols at the data points on or off, or sets the point style.
28197 If you turn both lines and points off, the data points will show as
28198 tiny dots.
28199
28200 @cindex @code{LineStyles} variable
28201 @cindex @code{PointStyles} variable
28202 @vindex LineStyles
28203 @vindex PointStyles
28204 Another way to specify curve styles is with the @code{LineStyles} and
28205 @code{PointStyles} variables. These variables initially have no stored
28206 values, but if you store a vector of integers in one of these variables,
28207 the @kbd{g a} and @kbd{g f} commands will use those style numbers
28208 instead of the defaults for new curves that are added to the graph.
28209 An entry should be a positive integer for a specific style, or 0 to let
28210 the style be chosen automatically, or @i{-1} to turn off lines or points
28211 altogether. If there are more curves than elements in the vector, the
28212 last few curves will continue to have the default styles. Of course,
28213 you can later use @kbd{g s} and @kbd{g S} to change any of these styles.
28214
28215 For example, @kbd{'[2 -1 3] RET s t LineStyles} causes the first curve
28216 to have lines in style number 2, the second curve to have no connecting
28217 lines, and the third curve to have lines in style 3. Point styles will
28218 still be assigned automatically, but you could store another vector in
28219 @code{PointStyles} to define them, too.
28220
28221 @node Devices, , Graphics Options, Graphics
28222 @section Graphical Devices
28223
28224 @noindent
28225 @kindex g D
28226 @pindex calc-graph-device
28227 The @kbd{g D} (@code{calc-graph-device}) command sets the device name
28228 (or ``terminal name'' in GNUPLOT lingo) to be used by @kbd{g p} commands
28229 on this graph. It does not affect the permanent default device name.
28230 If you enter a blank name, the device name reverts to the default.
28231 Enter @samp{?} to see a list of supported devices.
28232
28233 With a positive numeric prefix argument, @kbd{g D} instead sets
28234 the default device name, used by all plots in the future which do
28235 not override it with a plain @kbd{g D} command. If you enter a
28236 blank line this command shows you the current default. The special
28237 name @code{default} signifies that Calc should choose @code{x11} if
28238 the X window system is in use (as indicated by the presence of a
28239 @code{DISPLAY} environment variable), or otherwise @code{dumb} under
28240 GNUPLOT 3.0 and later, or @code{postscript} under GNUPLOT 2.0.
28241 This is the initial default value.
28242
28243 The @code{dumb} device is an interface to ``dumb terminals,'' i.e.,
28244 terminals with no special graphics facilities. It writes a crude
28245 picture of the graph composed of characters like @code{-} and @code{|}
28246 to a buffer called @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*}, which Calc then displays.
28247 The graph is made the same size as the Emacs screen, which on most
28248 dumb terminals will be @c{$80\times24$}
28249 @asis{80x24} characters. The graph is displayed in
28250 an Emacs ``recursive edit''; type @kbd{q} or @kbd{M-# M-#} to exit
28251 the recursive edit and return to Calc. Note that the @code{dumb}
28252 device is present only in GNUPLOT 3.0 and later versions.
28253
28254 The word @code{dumb} may be followed by two numbers separated by
28255 spaces. These are the desired width and height of the graph in
28256 characters. Also, the device name @code{big} is like @code{dumb}
28257 but creates a graph four times the width and height of the Emacs
28258 screen. You will then have to scroll around to view the entire
28259 graph. In the @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} buffer, @key{SPC}, @key{DEL},
28260 @kbd{<}, and @kbd{>} are defined to scroll by one screenful in each
28261 of the four directions.
28262
28263 With a negative numeric prefix argument, @kbd{g D} sets or displays
28264 the device name used by @kbd{g P} (@code{calc-graph-print}). This
28265 is initially @code{postscript}. If you don't have a PostScript
28266 printer, you may decide once again to use @code{dumb} to create a
28267 plot on any text-only printer.
28268
28269 @kindex g O
28270 @pindex calc-graph-output
28271 The @kbd{g O} (@code{calc-graph-output}) command sets the name of
28272 the output file used by GNUPLOT. For some devices, notably @code{x11},
28273 there is no output file and this information is not used. Many other
28274 ``devices'' are really file formats like @code{postscript}; in these
28275 cases the output in the desired format goes into the file you name
28276 with @kbd{g O}. Type @kbd{g O stdout RET} to set GNUPLOT to write
28277 to its standard output stream, i.e., to @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*}.
28278 This is the default setting.
28279
28280 Another special output name is @code{tty}, which means that GNUPLOT
28281 is going to write graphics commands directly to its standard output,
28282 which you wish Emacs to pass through to your terminal. Tektronix
28283 graphics terminals, among other devices, operate this way. Calc does
28284 this by telling GNUPLOT to write to a temporary file, then running a
28285 sub-shell executing the command @samp{cat tempfile >/dev/tty}. On
28286 typical Unix systems, this will copy the temporary file directly to
28287 the terminal, bypassing Emacs entirely. You will have to type @kbd{C-l}
28288 to Emacs afterwards to refresh the screen.
28289
28290 Once again, @kbd{g O} with a positive or negative prefix argument
28291 sets the default or printer output file names, respectively. In each
28292 case you can specify @code{auto}, which causes Calc to invent a temporary
28293 file name for each @kbd{g p} (or @kbd{g P}) command. This temporary file
28294 will be deleted once it has been displayed or printed. If the output file
28295 name is not @code{auto}, the file is not automatically deleted.
28296
28297 The default and printer devices and output files can be saved
28298 permanently by the @kbd{m m} (@code{calc-save-modes}) command. The
28299 default number of data points (see @kbd{g N}) and the X geometry
28300 (see @kbd{g X}) are also saved. Other graph information is @emph{not}
28301 saved; you can save a graph's configuration simply by saving the contents
28302 of the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer.
28303
28304 @vindex calc-gnuplot-plot-command
28305 @vindex calc-gnuplot-default-device
28306 @vindex calc-gnuplot-default-output
28307 @vindex calc-gnuplot-print-command
28308 @vindex calc-gnuplot-print-device
28309 @vindex calc-gnuplot-print-output
28310 If you are installing Calc you may wish to configure the default and
28311 printer devices and output files for the whole system. The relevant
28312 Lisp variables are @code{calc-gnuplot-default-device} and @code{-output},
28313 and @code{calc-gnuplot-print-device} and @code{-output}. The output
28314 file names must be either strings as described above, or Lisp
28315 expressions which are evaluated on the fly to get the output file names.
28316
28317 Other important Lisp variables are @code{calc-gnuplot-plot-command} and
28318 @code{calc-gnuplot-print-command}, which give the system commands to
28319 display or print the output of GNUPLOT, respectively. These may be
28320 @code{nil} if no command is necessary, or strings which can include
28321 @samp{%s} to signify the name of the file to be displayed or printed.
28322 Or, these variables may contain Lisp expressions which are evaluated
28323 to display or print the output.
28324
28325 @kindex g x
28326 @pindex calc-graph-display
28327 The @kbd{g x} (@code{calc-graph-display}) command lets you specify
28328 on which X window system display your graphs should be drawn. Enter
28329 a blank line to see the current display name. This command has no
28330 effect unless the current device is @code{x11}.
28331
28332 @kindex g X
28333 @pindex calc-graph-geometry
28334 The @kbd{g X} (@code{calc-graph-geometry}) command is a similar
28335 command for specifying the position and size of the X window.
28336 The normal value is @code{default}, which generally means your
28337 window manager will let you place the window interactively.
28338 Entering @samp{800x500+0+0} would create an 800-by-500 pixel
28339 window in the upper-left corner of the screen.
28340
28341 The buffer called @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} holds a transcript of the
28342 session with GNUPLOT. This shows the commands Calc has ``typed'' to
28343 GNUPLOT and the responses it has received. Calc tries to notice when an
28344 error message has appeared here and display the buffer for you when
28345 this happens. You can check this buffer yourself if you suspect
28346 something has gone wrong.
28347
28348 @kindex g C
28349 @pindex calc-graph-command
28350 The @kbd{g C} (@code{calc-graph-command}) command prompts you to
28351 enter any line of text, then simply sends that line to the current
28352 GNUPLOT process. The @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} buffer looks deceptively
28353 like a Shell buffer but you can't type commands in it yourself.
28354 Instead, you must use @kbd{g C} for this purpose.
28355
28356 @kindex g v
28357 @kindex g V
28358 @pindex calc-graph-view-commands
28359 @pindex calc-graph-view-trail
28360 The @kbd{g v} (@code{calc-graph-view-commands}) and @kbd{g V}
28361 (@code{calc-graph-view-trail}) commands display the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}
28362 and @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} buffers, respectively, in another window.
28363 This happens automatically when Calc thinks there is something you
28364 will want to see in either of these buffers. If you type @kbd{g v}
28365 or @kbd{g V} when the relevant buffer is already displayed, the
28366 buffer is hidden again.
28367
28368 One reason to use @kbd{g v} is to add your own commands to the
28369 @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer. Press @kbd{g v}, then use
28370 @kbd{C-x o} to switch into that window. For example, GNUPLOT has
28371 @samp{set label} and @samp{set arrow} commands that allow you to
28372 annotate your plots. Since Calc doesn't understand these commands,
28373 you have to add them to the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer
28374 yourself, then use @w{@kbd{g p}} to replot using these new commands. Note
28375 that your commands must appear @emph{before} the @code{plot} command.
28376 To get help on any GNUPLOT feature, type, e.g., @kbd{g C help set label}.
28377 You may have to type @kbd{g C RET} a few times to clear the
28378 ``press return for more'' or ``subtopic of @dots{}'' requests.
28379 Note that Calc always sends commands (like @samp{set nolabel}) to
28380 reset all plotting parameters to the defaults before each plot, so
28381 to delete a label all you need to do is delete the @samp{set label}
28382 line you added (or comment it out with @samp{#}) and then replot
28383 with @kbd{g p}.
28384
28385 @kindex g q
28386 @pindex calc-graph-quit
28387 You can use @kbd{g q} (@code{calc-graph-quit}) to kill the GNUPLOT
28388 process that is running. The next graphing command you give will
28389 start a fresh GNUPLOT process. The word @samp{Graph} appears in
28390 the Calc window's mode line whenever a GNUPLOT process is currently
28391 running. The GNUPLOT process is automatically killed when you
28392 exit Emacs if you haven't killed it manually by then.
28393
28394 @kindex g K
28395 @pindex calc-graph-kill
28396 The @kbd{g K} (@code{calc-graph-kill}) command is like @kbd{g q}
28397 except that it also views the @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} buffer so that
28398 you can see the process being killed. This is better if you are
28399 killing GNUPLOT because you think it has gotten stuck.
28400
28401 @node Kill and Yank, Keypad Mode, Graphics, Top
28402 @chapter Kill and Yank Functions
28403
28404 @noindent
28405 The commands in this chapter move information between the Calculator and
28406 other Emacs editing buffers.
28407
28408 In many cases Embedded Mode is an easier and more natural way to
28409 work with Calc from a regular editing buffer. @xref{Embedded Mode}.
28410
28411 @menu
28412 * Killing From Stack::
28413 * Yanking Into Stack::
28414 * Grabbing From Buffers::
28415 * Yanking Into Buffers::
28416 * X Cut and Paste::
28417 @end menu
28418
28419 @node Killing From Stack, Yanking Into Stack, Kill and Yank, Kill and Yank
28420 @section Killing from the Stack
28421
28422 @noindent
28423 @kindex C-k
28424 @pindex calc-kill
28425 @kindex M-k
28426 @pindex calc-copy-as-kill
28427 @kindex C-w
28428 @pindex calc-kill-region
28429 @kindex M-w
28430 @pindex calc-copy-region-as-kill
28431 @cindex Kill ring
28432 @dfn{Kill} commands are Emacs commands that insert text into the
28433 ``kill ring,'' from which it can later be ``yanked'' by a @kbd{C-y}
28434 command. Three common kill commands in normal Emacs are @kbd{C-k}, which
28435 kills one line, @kbd{C-w}, which kills the region between mark and point,
28436 and @kbd{M-w}, which puts the region into the kill ring without actually
28437 deleting it. All of these commands work in the Calculator, too. Also,
28438 @kbd{M-k} has been provided to complete the set; it puts the current line
28439 into the kill ring without deleting anything.
28440
28441 The kill commands are unusual in that they pay attention to the location
28442 of the cursor in the Calculator buffer. If the cursor is on or below the
28443 bottom line, the kill commands operate on the top of the stack. Otherwise,
28444 they operate on whatever stack element the cursor is on. Calc's kill
28445 commands always operate on whole stack entries. (They act the same as their
28446 standard Emacs cousins except they ``round up'' the specified region to
28447 encompass full lines.) The text is copied into the kill ring exactly as
28448 it appears on the screen, including line numbers if they are enabled.
28449
28450 A numeric prefix argument to @kbd{C-k} or @kbd{M-k} affects the number
28451 of lines killed. A positive argument kills the current line and @cite{n-1}
28452 lines below it. A negative argument kills the @cite{-n} lines above the
28453 current line. Again this mirrors the behavior of the standard Emacs
28454 @kbd{C-k} command. Although a whole line is always deleted, @kbd{C-k}
28455 with no argument copies only the number itself into the kill ring, whereas
28456 @kbd{C-k} with a prefix argument of 1 copies the number with its trailing
28457 newline.
28458
28459 @node Yanking Into Stack, Grabbing From Buffers, Killing From Stack, Kill and Yank
28460 @section Yanking into the Stack
28461
28462 @noindent
28463 @kindex C-y
28464 @pindex calc-yank
28465 The @kbd{C-y} command yanks the most recently killed text back into the
28466 Calculator. It pushes this value onto the top of the stack regardless of
28467 the cursor position. In general it re-parses the killed text as a number
28468 or formula (or a list of these separated by commas or newlines). However if
28469 the thing being yanked is something that was just killed from the Calculator
28470 itself, its full internal structure is yanked. For example, if you have
28471 set the floating-point display mode to show only four significant digits,
28472 then killing and re-yanking 3.14159 (which displays as 3.142) will yank the
28473 full 3.14159, even though yanking it into any other buffer would yank the
28474 number in its displayed form, 3.142. (Since the default display modes
28475 show all objects to their full precision, this feature normally makes no
28476 difference.)
28477
28478 @node Grabbing From Buffers, Yanking Into Buffers, Yanking Into Stack, Kill and Yank
28479 @section Grabbing from Other Buffers
28480
28481 @noindent
28482 @kindex M-# g
28483 @pindex calc-grab-region
28484 The @kbd{M-# g} (@code{calc-grab-region}) command takes the text between
28485 point and mark in the current buffer and attempts to parse it as a
28486 vector of values. Basically, it wraps the text in vector brackets
28487 @samp{[ ]} unless the text already is enclosed in vector brackets,
28488 then reads the text as if it were an algebraic entry. The contents
28489 of the vector may be numbers, formulas, or any other Calc objects.
28490 If the @kbd{M-# g} command works successfully, it does an automatic
28491 @kbd{M-# c} to enter the Calculator buffer.
28492
28493 A numeric prefix argument grabs the specified number of lines around
28494 point, ignoring the mark. A positive prefix grabs from point to the
28495 @cite{n}th following newline (so that @kbd{M-1 M-# g} grabs from point
28496 to the end of the current line); a negative prefix grabs from point
28497 back to the @cite{n+1}st preceding newline. In these cases the text
28498 that is grabbed is exactly the same as the text that @kbd{C-k} would
28499 delete given that prefix argument.
28500
28501 A prefix of zero grabs the current line; point may be anywhere on the
28502 line.
28503
28504 A plain @kbd{C-u} prefix interprets the region between point and mark
28505 as a single number or formula rather than a vector. For example,
28506 @kbd{M-# g} on the text @samp{2 a b} produces the vector of three
28507 values @samp{[2, a, b]}, but @kbd{C-u M-# g} on the same region
28508 reads a formula which is a product of three things: @samp{2 a b}.
28509 (The text @samp{a + b}, on the other hand, will be grabbed as a
28510 vector of one element by plain @kbd{M-# g} because the interpretation
28511 @samp{[a, +, b]} would be a syntax error.)
28512
28513 If a different language has been specified (@pxref{Language Modes}),
28514 the grabbed text will be interpreted according to that language.
28515
28516 @kindex M-# r
28517 @pindex calc-grab-rectangle
28518 The @kbd{M-# r} (@code{calc-grab-rectangle}) command takes the text between
28519 point and mark and attempts to parse it as a matrix. If point and mark
28520 are both in the leftmost column, the lines in between are parsed in their
28521 entirety. Otherwise, point and mark define the corners of a rectangle
28522 whose contents are parsed.
28523
28524 Each line of the grabbed area becomes a row of the matrix. The result
28525 will actually be a vector of vectors, which Calc will treat as a matrix
28526 only if every row contains the same number of values.
28527
28528 If a line contains a portion surrounded by square brackets (or curly
28529 braces), that portion is interpreted as a vector which becomes a row
28530 of the matrix. Any text surrounding the bracketed portion on the line
28531 is ignored.
28532
28533 Otherwise, the entire line is interpreted as a row vector as if it
28534 were surrounded by square brackets. Leading line numbers (in the
28535 format used in the Calc stack buffer) are ignored. If you wish to
28536 force this interpretation (even if the line contains bracketed
28537 portions), give a negative numeric prefix argument to the
28538 @kbd{M-# r} command.
28539
28540 If you give a numeric prefix argument of zero or plain @kbd{C-u}, each
28541 line is instead interpreted as a single formula which is converted into
28542 a one-element vector. Thus the result of @kbd{C-u M-# r} will be a
28543 one-column matrix. For example, suppose one line of the data is the
28544 expression @samp{2 a}. A plain @w{@kbd{M-# r}} will interpret this as
28545 @samp{[2 a]}, which in turn is read as a two-element vector that forms
28546 one row of the matrix. But a @kbd{C-u M-# r} will interpret this row
28547 as @samp{[2*a]}.
28548
28549 If you give a positive numeric prefix argument @var{n}, then each line
28550 will be split up into columns of width @var{n}; each column is parsed
28551 separately as a matrix element. If a line contained
28552 @w{@samp{2 +/- 3 4 +/- 5}}, then grabbing with a prefix argument of 8
28553 would correctly split the line into two error forms.@refill
28554
28555 @xref{Matrix Functions}, to see how to pull the matrix apart into its
28556 constituent rows and columns. (If it is a @c{$1\times1$}
28557 @asis{1x1} matrix, just hit @kbd{v u}
28558 (@code{calc-unpack}) twice.)
28559
28560 @kindex M-# :
28561 @kindex M-# _
28562 @pindex calc-grab-sum-across
28563 @pindex calc-grab-sum-down
28564 @cindex Summing rows and columns of data
28565 The @kbd{M-# :} (@code{calc-grab-sum-down}) command is a handy way to
28566 grab a rectangle of data and sum its columns. It is equivalent to
28567 typing @kbd{M-# r}, followed by @kbd{V R : +} (the vector reduction
28568 command that sums the columns of a matrix; @pxref{Reducing}). The
28569 result of the command will be a vector of numbers, one for each column
28570 in the input data. The @kbd{M-# _} (@code{calc-grab-sum-across}) command
28571 similarly grabs a rectangle and sums its rows by executing @w{@kbd{V R _ +}}.
28572
28573 As well as being more convenient, @kbd{M-# :} and @kbd{M-# _} are also
28574 much faster because they don't actually place the grabbed vector on
28575 the stack. In a @kbd{M-# r V R : +} sequence, formatting the vector
28576 for display on the stack takes a large fraction of the total time
28577 (unless you have planned ahead and used @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .} modes).
28578
28579 For example, suppose we have a column of numbers in a file which we
28580 wish to sum. Go to one corner of the column and press @kbd{C-@@} to
28581 set the mark; go to the other corner and type @kbd{M-# :}. Since there
28582 is only one column, the result will be a vector of one number, the sum.
28583 (You can type @kbd{v u} to unpack this vector into a plain number if
28584 you want to do further arithmetic with it.)
28585
28586 To compute the product of the column of numbers, we would have to do
28587 it ``by hand'' since there's no special grab-and-multiply command.
28588 Use @kbd{M-# r} to grab the column of numbers into the calculator in
28589 the form of a column matrix. The statistics command @kbd{u *} is a
28590 handy way to find the product of a vector or matrix of numbers.
28591 @xref{Statistical Operations}. Another approach would be to use
28592 an explicit column reduction command, @kbd{V R : *}.
28593
28594 @node Yanking Into Buffers, X Cut and Paste, Grabbing From Buffers, Kill and Yank
28595 @section Yanking into Other Buffers
28596
28597 @noindent
28598 @kindex y
28599 @pindex calc-copy-to-buffer
28600 The plain @kbd{y} (@code{calc-copy-to-buffer}) command inserts the number
28601 at the top of the stack into the most recently used normal editing buffer.
28602 (More specifically, this is the most recently used buffer which is displayed
28603 in a window and whose name does not begin with @samp{*}. If there is no
28604 such buffer, this is the most recently used buffer except for Calculator
28605 and Calc Trail buffers.) The number is inserted exactly as it appears and
28606 without a newline. (If line-numbering is enabled, the line number is
28607 normally not included.) The number is @emph{not} removed from the stack.
28608
28609 With a prefix argument, @kbd{y} inserts several numbers, one per line.
28610 A positive argument inserts the specified number of values from the top
28611 of the stack. A negative argument inserts the @cite{n}th value from the
28612 top of the stack. An argument of zero inserts the entire stack. Note
28613 that @kbd{y} with an argument of 1 is slightly different from @kbd{y}
28614 with no argument; the former always copies full lines, whereas the
28615 latter strips off the trailing newline.
28616
28617 With a lone @kbd{C-u} as a prefix argument, @kbd{y} @emph{replaces} the
28618 region in the other buffer with the yanked text, then quits the
28619 Calculator, leaving you in that buffer. A typical use would be to use
28620 @kbd{M-# g} to read a region of data into the Calculator, operate on the
28621 data to produce a new matrix, then type @kbd{C-u y} to replace the
28622 original data with the new data. One might wish to alter the matrix
28623 display style (@pxref{Vector and Matrix Formats}) or change the current
28624 display language (@pxref{Language Modes}) before doing this. Also, note
28625 that this command replaces a linear region of text (as grabbed by
28626 @kbd{M-# g}), not a rectangle (as grabbed by @kbd{M-# r}).@refill
28627
28628 If the editing buffer is in overwrite (as opposed to insert) mode,
28629 and the @kbd{C-u} prefix was not used, then the yanked number will
28630 overwrite the characters following point rather than being inserted
28631 before those characters. The usual conventions of overwrite mode
28632 are observed; for example, characters will be inserted at the end of
28633 a line rather than overflowing onto the next line. Yanking a multi-line
28634 object such as a matrix in overwrite mode overwrites the next @var{n}
28635 lines in the buffer, lengthening or shortening each line as necessary.
28636 Finally, if the thing being yanked is a simple integer or floating-point
28637 number (like @samp{-1.2345e-3}) and the characters following point also
28638 make up such a number, then Calc will replace that number with the new
28639 number, lengthening or shortening as necessary. The concept of
28640 ``overwrite mode'' has thus been generalized from overwriting characters
28641 to overwriting one complete number with another.
28642
28643 @kindex M-# y
28644 The @kbd{M-# y} key sequence is equivalent to @kbd{y} except that
28645 it can be typed anywhere, not just in Calc. This provides an easy
28646 way to guarantee that Calc knows which editing buffer you want to use!
28647
28648 @node X Cut and Paste, , Yanking Into Buffers, Kill and Yank
28649 @section X Cut and Paste
28650
28651 @noindent
28652 If you are using Emacs with the X window system, there is an easier
28653 way to move small amounts of data into and out of the calculator:
28654 Use the mouse-oriented cut and paste facilities of X.
28655
28656 The default bindings for a three-button mouse cause the left button
28657 to move the Emacs cursor to the given place, the right button to
28658 select the text between the cursor and the clicked location, and
28659 the middle button to yank the selection into the buffer at the
28660 clicked location. So, if you have a Calc window and an editing
28661 window on your Emacs screen, you can use left-click/right-click
28662 to select a number, vector, or formula from one window, then
28663 middle-click to paste that value into the other window. When you
28664 paste text into the Calc window, Calc interprets it as an algebraic
28665 entry. It doesn't matter where you click in the Calc window; the
28666 new value is always pushed onto the top of the stack.
28667
28668 The @code{xterm} program that is typically used for general-purpose
28669 shell windows in X interprets the mouse buttons in the same way.
28670 So you can use the mouse to move data between Calc and any other
28671 Unix program. One nice feature of @code{xterm} is that a double
28672 left-click selects one word, and a triple left-click selects a
28673 whole line. So you can usually transfer a single number into Calc
28674 just by double-clicking on it in the shell, then middle-clicking
28675 in the Calc window.
28676
28677 @node Keypad Mode, Embedded Mode, Kill and Yank, Introduction
28678 @chapter ``Keypad'' Mode
28679
28680 @noindent
28681 @kindex M-# k
28682 @pindex calc-keypad
28683 The @kbd{M-# k} (@code{calc-keypad}) command starts the Calculator
28684 and displays a picture of a calculator-style keypad. If you are using
28685 the X window system, you can click on any of the ``keys'' in the
28686 keypad using the left mouse button to operate the calculator.
28687 The original window remains the selected window; in keypad mode
28688 you can type in your file while simultaneously performing
28689 calculations with the mouse.
28690
28691 @pindex full-calc-keypad
28692 If you have used @kbd{M-# b} first, @kbd{M-# k} instead invokes
28693 the @code{full-calc-keypad} command, which takes over the whole
28694 Emacs screen and displays the keypad, the Calc stack, and the Calc
28695 trail all at once. This mode would normally be used when running
28696 Calc standalone (@pxref{Standalone Operation}).
28697
28698 If you aren't using the X window system, you must switch into
28699 the @samp{*Calc Keypad*} window, place the cursor on the desired
28700 ``key,'' and type @key{SPC} or @key{RET}. If you think this
28701 is easier than using Calc normally, go right ahead.
28702
28703 Calc commands are more or less the same in keypad mode. Certain
28704 keypad keys differ slightly from the corresponding normal Calc
28705 keystrokes; all such deviations are described below.
28706
28707 Keypad Mode includes many more commands than will fit on the keypad
28708 at once. Click the right mouse button [@code{calc-keypad-menu}]
28709 to switch to the next menu. The bottom five rows of the keypad
28710 stay the same; the top three rows change to a new set of commands.
28711 To return to earlier menus, click the middle mouse button
28712 [@code{calc-keypad-menu-back}] or simply advance through the menus
28713 until you wrap around. Typing @key{TAB} inside the keypad window
28714 is equivalent to clicking the right mouse button there.
28715
28716 You can always click the @key{EXEC} button and type any normal
28717 Calc key sequence. This is equivalent to switching into the
28718 Calc buffer, typing the keys, then switching back to your
28719 original buffer.
28720
28721 @menu
28722 * Keypad Main Menu::
28723 * Keypad Functions Menu::
28724 * Keypad Binary Menu::
28725 * Keypad Vectors Menu::
28726 * Keypad Modes Menu::
28727 @end menu
28728
28729 @node Keypad Main Menu, Keypad Functions Menu, Keypad Mode, Keypad Mode
28730 @section Main Menu
28731
28732 @group
28733 @smallexample
28734 |----+-----Calc 2.00-----+----1
28735 |FLR |CEIL|RND |TRNC|CLN2|FLT |
28736 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
28737 | LN |EXP | |ABS |IDIV|MOD |
28738 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
28739 |SIN |COS |TAN |SQRT|y^x |1/x |
28740 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
28741 | ENTER |+/- |EEX |UNDO| <- |
28742 |-----+---+-+--+--+-+---++----|
28743 | INV | 7 | 8 | 9 | / |
28744 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
28745 | HYP | 4 | 5 | 6 | * |
28746 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
28747 |EXEC | 1 | 2 | 3 | - |
28748 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
28749 | OFF | 0 | . | PI | + |
28750 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
28751 @end smallexample
28752 @end group
28753
28754 @noindent
28755 This is the menu that appears the first time you start Keypad Mode.
28756 It will show up in a vertical window on the right side of your screen.
28757 Above this menu is the traditional Calc stack display. On a 24-line
28758 screen you will be able to see the top three stack entries.
28759
28760 The ten digit keys, decimal point, and @key{EEX} key are used for
28761 entering numbers in the obvious way. @key{EEX} begins entry of an
28762 exponent in scientific notation. Just as with regular Calc, the
28763 number is pushed onto the stack as soon as you press @key{ENTER}
28764 or any other function key.
28765
28766 The @key{+/-} key corresponds to normal Calc's @kbd{n} key. During
28767 numeric entry it changes the sign of the number or of the exponent.
28768 At other times it changes the sign of the number on the top of the
28769 stack.
28770
28771 The @key{INV} and @key{HYP} keys modify other keys. As well as
28772 having the effects described elsewhere in this manual, Keypad Mode
28773 defines several other ``inverse'' operations. These are described
28774 below and in the following sections.
28775
28776 The @key{ENTER} key finishes the current numeric entry, or otherwise
28777 duplicates the top entry on the stack.
28778
28779 The @key{UNDO} key undoes the most recent Calc operation.
28780 @kbd{INV UNDO} is the ``redo'' command, and @kbd{HYP UNDO} is
28781 ``last arguments'' (@kbd{M-RET}).
28782
28783 The @key{<-} key acts as a ``backspace'' during numeric entry.
28784 At other times it removes the top stack entry. @kbd{INV <-}
28785 clears the entire stack. @kbd{HYP <-} takes an integer from
28786 the stack, then removes that many additional stack elements.
28787
28788 The @key{EXEC} key prompts you to enter any keystroke sequence
28789 that would normally work in Calc mode. This can include a
28790 numeric prefix if you wish. It is also possible simply to
28791 switch into the Calc window and type commands in it; there is
28792 nothing ``magic'' about this window when Keypad Mode is active.
28793
28794 The other keys in this display perform their obvious calculator
28795 functions. @key{CLN2} rounds the top-of-stack by temporarily
28796 reducing the precision by 2 digits. @key{FLT} converts an
28797 integer or fraction on the top of the stack to floating-point.
28798
28799 The @key{INV} and @key{HYP} keys combined with several of these keys
28800 give you access to some common functions even if the appropriate menu
28801 is not displayed. Obviously you don't need to learn these keys
28802 unless you find yourself wasting time switching among the menus.
28803
28804 @table @kbd
28805 @item INV +/-
28806 is the same as @key{1/x}.
28807 @item INV +
28808 is the same as @key{SQRT}.
28809 @item INV -
28810 is the same as @key{CONJ}.
28811 @item INV *
28812 is the same as @key{y^x}.
28813 @item INV /
28814 is the same as @key{INV y^x} (the @cite{x}th root of @cite{y}).
28815 @item HYP/INV 1
28816 are the same as @key{SIN} / @kbd{INV SIN}.
28817 @item HYP/INV 2
28818 are the same as @key{COS} / @kbd{INV COS}.
28819 @item HYP/INV 3
28820 are the same as @key{TAN} / @kbd{INV TAN}.
28821 @item INV/HYP 4
28822 are the same as @key{LN} / @kbd{HYP LN}.
28823 @item INV/HYP 5
28824 are the same as @key{EXP} / @kbd{HYP EXP}.
28825 @item INV 6
28826 is the same as @key{ABS}.
28827 @item INV 7
28828 is the same as @key{RND} (@code{calc-round}).
28829 @item INV 8
28830 is the same as @key{CLN2}.
28831 @item INV 9
28832 is the same as @key{FLT} (@code{calc-float}).
28833 @item INV 0
28834 is the same as @key{IMAG}.
28835 @item INV .
28836 is the same as @key{PREC}.
28837 @item INV ENTER
28838 is the same as @key{SWAP}.
28839 @item HYP ENTER
28840 is the same as @key{RLL3}.
28841 @item INV HYP ENTER
28842 is the same as @key{OVER}.
28843 @item HYP +/-
28844 packs the top two stack entries as an error form.
28845 @item HYP EEX
28846 packs the top two stack entries as a modulo form.
28847 @item INV EEX
28848 creates an interval form; this removes an integer which is one
28849 of 0 @samp{[]}, 1 @samp{[)}, 2 @samp{(]} or 3 @samp{()}, followed
28850 by the two limits of the interval.
28851 @end table
28852
28853 The @kbd{OFF} key turns Calc off; typing @kbd{M-# k} or @kbd{M-# M-#}
28854 again has the same effect. This is analogous to typing @kbd{q} or
28855 hitting @kbd{M-# c} again in the normal calculator. If Calc is
28856 running standalone (the @code{full-calc-keypad} command appeared in the
28857 command line that started Emacs), then @kbd{OFF} is replaced with
28858 @kbd{EXIT}; clicking on this actually exits Emacs itself.
28859
28860 @node Keypad Functions Menu, Keypad Binary Menu, Keypad Main Menu, Keypad Mode
28861 @section Functions Menu
28862
28863 @group
28864 @smallexample
28865 |----+----+----+----+----+----2
28866 |IGAM|BETA|IBET|ERF |BESJ|BESY|
28867 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
28868 |IMAG|CONJ| RE |ATN2|RAND|RAGN|
28869 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
28870 |GCD |FACT|DFCT|BNOM|PERM|NXTP|
28871 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
28872 @end smallexample
28873 @end group
28874
28875 @noindent
28876 This menu provides various operations from the @kbd{f} and @kbd{k}
28877 prefix keys.
28878
28879 @key{IMAG} multiplies the number on the stack by the imaginary
28880 number @cite{i = (0, 1)}.
28881
28882 @key{RE} extracts the real part a complex number. @kbd{INV RE}
28883 extracts the imaginary part.
28884
28885 @key{RAND} takes a number from the top of the stack and computes
28886 a random number greater than or equal to zero but less than that
28887 number. (@xref{Random Numbers}.) @key{RAGN} is the ``random
28888 again'' command; it computes another random number using the
28889 same limit as last time.
28890
28891 @key{INV GCD} computes the LCM (least common multiple) function.
28892
28893 @key{INV FACT} is the gamma function. @c{$\Gamma(x) = (x-1)!$}
28894 @cite{gamma(x) = (x-1)!}.
28895
28896 @key{PERM} is the number-of-permutations function, which is on the
28897 @kbd{H k c} key in normal Calc.
28898
28899 @key{NXTP} finds the next prime after a number. @kbd{INV NXTP}
28900 finds the previous prime.
28901
28902 @node Keypad Binary Menu, Keypad Vectors Menu, Keypad Functions Menu, Keypad Mode
28903 @section Binary Menu
28904
28905 @group
28906 @smallexample
28907 |----+----+----+----+----+----3
28908 |AND | OR |XOR |NOT |LSH |RSH |
28909 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
28910 |DEC |HEX |OCT |BIN |WSIZ|ARSH|
28911 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
28912 | A | B | C | D | E | F |
28913 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
28914 @end smallexample
28915 @end group
28916
28917 @noindent
28918 The keys in this menu perform operations on binary integers.
28919 Note that both logical and arithmetic right-shifts are provided.
28920 @key{INV LSH} rotates one bit to the left.
28921
28922 The ``difference'' function (normally on @kbd{b d}) is on @key{INV AND}.
28923 The ``clip'' function (normally on @w{@kbd{b c}}) is on @key{INV NOT}.
28924
28925 The @key{DEC}, @key{HEX}, @key{OCT}, and @key{BIN} keys select the
28926 current radix for display and entry of numbers: Decimal, hexadecimal,
28927 octal, or binary. The six letter keys @key{A} through @key{F} are used
28928 for entering hexadecimal numbers.
28929
28930 The @key{WSIZ} key displays the current word size for binary operations
28931 and allows you to enter a new word size. You can respond to the prompt
28932 using either the keyboard or the digits and @key{ENTER} from the keypad.
28933 The initial word size is 32 bits.
28934
28935 @node Keypad Vectors Menu, Keypad Modes Menu, Keypad Binary Menu, Keypad Mode
28936 @section Vectors Menu
28937
28938 @group
28939 @smallexample
28940 |----+----+----+----+----+----4
28941 |SUM |PROD|MAX |MAP*|MAP^|MAP$|
28942 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
28943 |MINV|MDET|MTRN|IDNT|CRSS|"x" |
28944 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
28945 |PACK|UNPK|INDX|BLD |LEN |... |
28946 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
28947 @end smallexample
28948 @end group
28949
28950 @noindent
28951 The keys in this menu operate on vectors and matrices.
28952
28953 @key{PACK} removes an integer @var{n} from the top of the stack;
28954 the next @var{n} stack elements are removed and packed into a vector,
28955 which is replaced onto the stack. Thus the sequence
28956 @kbd{1 ENTER 3 ENTER 5 ENTER 3 PACK} enters the vector
28957 @samp{[1, 3, 5]} onto the stack. To enter a matrix, build each row
28958 on the stack as a vector, then use a final @key{PACK} to collect the
28959 rows into a matrix.
28960
28961 @key{UNPK} unpacks the vector on the stack, pushing each of its
28962 components separately.
28963
28964 @key{INDX} removes an integer @var{n}, then builds a vector of
28965 integers from 1 to @var{n}. @kbd{INV INDX} takes three numbers
28966 from the stack: The vector size @var{n}, the starting number,
28967 and the increment. @kbd{BLD} takes an integer @var{n} and any
28968 value @var{x} and builds a vector of @var{n} copies of @var{x}.
28969
28970 @key{IDNT} removes an integer @var{n}, then builds an @var{n}-by-@var{n}
28971 identity matrix.
28972
28973 @key{LEN} replaces a vector by its length, an integer.
28974
28975 @key{...} turns on or off ``abbreviated'' display mode for large vectors.
28976
28977 @key{MINV}, @key{MDET}, @key{MTRN}, and @key{CROSS} are the matrix
28978 inverse, determinant, and transpose, and vector cross product.
28979
28980 @key{SUM} replaces a vector by the sum of its elements. It is
28981 equivalent to @kbd{u +} in normal Calc (@pxref{Statistical Operations}).
28982 @key{PROD} computes the product of the elements of a vector, and
28983 @key{MAX} computes the maximum of all the elements of a vector.
28984
28985 @key{INV SUM} computes the alternating sum of the first element
28986 minus the second, plus the third, minus the fourth, and so on.
28987 @key{INV MAX} computes the minimum of the vector elements.
28988
28989 @key{HYP SUM} computes the mean of the vector elements.
28990 @key{HYP PROD} computes the sample standard deviation.
28991 @key{HYP MAX} computes the median.
28992
28993 @key{MAP*} multiplies two vectors elementwise. It is equivalent
28994 to the @kbd{V M *} command. @key{MAP^} computes powers elementwise.
28995 The arguments must be vectors of equal length, or one must be a vector
28996 and the other must be a plain number. For example, @kbd{2 MAP^} squares
28997 all the elements of a vector.
28998
28999 @key{MAP$} maps the formula on the top of the stack across the
29000 vector in the second-to-top position. If the formula contains
29001 several variables, Calc takes that many vectors starting at the
29002 second-to-top position and matches them to the variables in
29003 alphabetical order. The result is a vector of the same size as
29004 the input vectors, whose elements are the formula evaluated with
29005 the variables set to the various sets of numbers in those vectors.
29006 For example, you could simulate @key{MAP^} using @key{MAP$} with
29007 the formula @samp{x^y}.
29008
29009 The @kbd{"x"} key pushes the variable name @cite{x} onto the
29010 stack. To build the formula @cite{x^2 + 6}, you would use the
29011 key sequence @kbd{"x" 2 y^x 6 +}. This formula would then be
29012 suitable for use with the @key{MAP$} key described above.
29013 With @key{INV}, @key{HYP}, or @key{INV} and @key{HYP}, the
29014 @kbd{"x"} key pushes the variable names @cite{y}, @cite{z}, and
29015 @cite{t}, respectively.
29016
29017 @node Keypad Modes Menu, , Keypad Vectors Menu, Keypad Mode
29018 @section Modes Menu
29019
29020 @group
29021 @smallexample
29022 |----+----+----+----+----+----5
29023 |FLT |FIX |SCI |ENG |GRP | |
29024 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29025 |RAD |DEG |FRAC|POLR|SYMB|PREC|
29026 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29027 |SWAP|RLL3|RLL4|OVER|STO |RCL |
29028 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29029 @end smallexample
29030 @end group
29031
29032 @noindent
29033 The keys in this menu manipulate modes, variables, and the stack.
29034
29035 The @key{FLT}, @key{FIX}, @key{SCI}, and @key{ENG} keys select
29036 floating-point, fixed-point, scientific, or engineering notation.
29037 @key{FIX} displays two digits after the decimal by default; the
29038 others display full precision. With the @key{INV} prefix, these
29039 keys pop a number-of-digits argument from the stack.
29040
29041 The @key{GRP} key turns grouping of digits with commas on or off.
29042 @kbd{INV GRP} enables grouping to the right of the decimal point as
29043 well as to the left.
29044
29045 The @key{RAD} and @key{DEG} keys switch between radians and degrees
29046 for trigonometric functions.
29047
29048 The @key{FRAC} key turns Fraction mode on or off. This affects
29049 whether commands like @kbd{/} with integer arguments produce
29050 fractional or floating-point results.
29051
29052 The @key{POLR} key turns Polar mode on or off, determining whether
29053 polar or rectangular complex numbers are used by default.
29054
29055 The @key{SYMB} key turns Symbolic mode on or off, in which
29056 operations that would produce inexact floating-point results
29057 are left unevaluated as algebraic formulas.
29058
29059 The @key{PREC} key selects the current precision. Answer with
29060 the keyboard or with the keypad digit and @key{ENTER} keys.
29061
29062 The @key{SWAP} key exchanges the top two stack elements.
29063 The @key{RLL3} key rotates the top three stack elements upwards.
29064 The @key{RLL4} key rotates the top four stack elements upwards.
29065 The @key{OVER} key duplicates the second-to-top stack element.
29066
29067 The @key{STO} and @key{RCL} keys are analogous to @kbd{s t} and
29068 @kbd{s r} in regular Calc. @xref{Store and Recall}. Click the
29069 @key{STO} or @key{RCL} key, then one of the ten digits. (Named
29070 variables are not available in Keypad Mode.) You can also use,
29071 for example, @kbd{STO + 3} to add to register 3.
29072
29073 @node Embedded Mode, Programming, Keypad Mode, Top
29074 @chapter Embedded Mode
29075
29076 @noindent
29077 Embedded Mode in Calc provides an alternative to copying numbers
29078 and formulas back and forth between editing buffers and the Calc
29079 stack. In Embedded Mode, your editing buffer becomes temporarily
29080 linked to the stack and this copying is taken care of automatically.
29081
29082 @menu
29083 * Basic Embedded Mode::
29084 * More About Embedded Mode::
29085 * Assignments in Embedded Mode::
29086 * Mode Settings in Embedded Mode::
29087 * Customizing Embedded Mode::
29088 @end menu
29089
29090 @node Basic Embedded Mode, More About Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
29091 @section Basic Embedded Mode
29092
29093 @noindent
29094 @kindex M-# e
29095 @pindex calc-embedded
29096 To enter Embedded mode, position the Emacs point (cursor) on a
29097 formula in any buffer and press @kbd{M-# e} (@code{calc-embedded}).
29098 Note that @kbd{M-# e} is not to be used in the Calc stack buffer
29099 like most Calc commands, but rather in regular editing buffers that
29100 are visiting your own files.
29101
29102 Calc normally scans backward and forward in the buffer for the
29103 nearest opening and closing @dfn{formula delimiters}. The simplest
29104 delimiters are blank lines. Other delimiters that Embedded Mode
29105 understands are:
29106
29107 @enumerate
29108 @item
29109 The @TeX{} and La@TeX{} math delimiters @samp{$ $}, @samp{$$ $$},
29110 @samp{\[ \]}, and @samp{\( \)};
29111 @item
29112 Lines beginning with @samp{\begin} and @samp{\end};
29113 @item
29114 Lines beginning with @samp{@@} (Texinfo delimiters).
29115 @item
29116 Lines beginning with @samp{.EQ} and @samp{.EN} (@dfn{eqn} delimiters);
29117 @item
29118 Lines containing a single @samp{%} or @samp{.\"} symbol and nothing else.
29119 @end enumerate
29120
29121 @xref{Customizing Embedded Mode}, to see how to make Calc recognize
29122 your own favorite delimiters. Delimiters like @samp{$ $} can appear
29123 on their own separate lines or in-line with the formula.
29124
29125 If you give a positive or negative numeric prefix argument, Calc
29126 instead uses the current point as one end of the formula, and moves
29127 forward or backward (respectively) by that many lines to find the
29128 other end. Explicit delimiters are not necessary in this case.
29129
29130 With a prefix argument of zero, Calc uses the current region
29131 (delimited by point and mark) instead of formula delimiters.
29132
29133 @kindex M-# w
29134 @pindex calc-embedded-word
29135 With a prefix argument of @kbd{C-u} only, Calc scans for the first
29136 non-numeric character (i.e., the first character that is not a
29137 digit, sign, decimal point, or upper- or lower-case @samp{e})
29138 forward and backward to delimit the formula. @kbd{M-# w}
29139 (@code{calc-embedded-word}) is equivalent to @kbd{C-u M-# e}.
29140
29141 When you enable Embedded mode for a formula, Calc reads the text
29142 between the delimiters and tries to interpret it as a Calc formula.
29143 It's best if the current Calc language mode is correct for the
29144 formula, but Calc can generally identify @TeX{} formulas and
29145 Big-style formulas even if the language mode is wrong. If Calc
29146 can't make sense of the formula, it beeps and refuses to enter
29147 Embedded mode. But if the current language is wrong, Calc can
29148 sometimes parse the formula successfully (but incorrectly);
29149 for example, the C expression @samp{atan(a[1])} can be parsed
29150 in Normal language mode, but the @code{atan} won't correspond to
29151 the built-in @code{arctan} function, and the @samp{a[1]} will be
29152 interpreted as @samp{a} times the vector @samp{[1]}!
29153
29154 If you press @kbd{M-# e} or @kbd{M-# w} to activate an embedded
29155 formula which is blank, say with the cursor on the space between
29156 the two delimiters @samp{$ $}, Calc will immediately prompt for
29157 an algebraic entry.
29158
29159 Only one formula in one buffer can be enabled at a time. If you
29160 move to another area of the current buffer and give Calc commands,
29161 Calc turns Embedded mode off for the old formula and then tries
29162 to restart Embedded mode at the new position. Other buffers are
29163 not affected by Embedded mode.
29164
29165 When Embedded mode begins, Calc pushes the current formula onto
29166 the stack. No Calc stack window is created; however, Calc copies
29167 the top-of-stack position into the original buffer at all times.
29168 You can create a Calc window by hand with @kbd{M-# o} if you
29169 find you need to see the entire stack.
29170
29171 For example, typing @kbd{M-# e} while somewhere in the formula
29172 @samp{n>2} in the following line enables Embedded mode on that
29173 inequality:
29174
29175 @example
29176 We define $F_n = F_(n-1)+F_(n-2)$ for all $n>2$.
29177 @end example
29178
29179 @noindent
29180 The formula @cite{n>2} will be pushed onto the Calc stack, and
29181 the top of stack will be copied back into the editing buffer.
29182 This means that spaces will appear around the @samp{>} symbol
29183 to match Calc's usual display style:
29184
29185 @example
29186 We define $F_n = F_(n-1)+F_(n-2)$ for all $n > 2$.
29187 @end example
29188
29189 @noindent
29190 No spaces have appeared around the @samp{+} sign because it's
29191 in a different formula, one which we have not yet touched with
29192 Embedded mode.
29193
29194 Now that Embedded mode is enabled, keys you type in this buffer
29195 are interpreted as Calc commands. At this point we might use
29196 the ``commute'' command @kbd{j C} to reverse the inequality.
29197 This is a selection-based command for which we first need to
29198 move the cursor onto the operator (@samp{>} in this case) that
29199 needs to be commuted.
29200
29201 @example
29202 We define $F_n = F_(n-1)+F_(n-2)$ for all $2 < n$.
29203 @end example
29204
29205 The @kbd{M-# o} command is a useful way to open a Calc window
29206 without actually selecting that window. Giving this command
29207 verifies that @samp{2 < n} is also on the Calc stack. Typing
29208 @kbd{17 RET} would produce:
29209
29210 @example
29211 We define $F_n = F_(n-1)+F_(n-2)$ for all $17$.
29212 @end example
29213
29214 @noindent
29215 with @samp{2 < n} and @samp{17} on the stack; typing @key{TAB}
29216 at this point will exchange the two stack values and restore
29217 @samp{2 < n} to the embedded formula. Even though you can't
29218 normally see the stack in Embedded mode, it is still there and
29219 it still operates in the same way. But, as with old-fashioned
29220 RPN calculators, you can only see the value at the top of the
29221 stack at any given time (unless you use @kbd{M-# o}).
29222
29223 Typing @kbd{M-# e} again turns Embedded mode off. The Calc
29224 window reveals that the formula @w{@samp{2 < n}} is automatically
29225 removed from the stack, but the @samp{17} is not. Entering
29226 Embedded mode always pushes one thing onto the stack, and
29227 leaving Embedded mode always removes one thing. Anything else
29228 that happens on the stack is entirely your business as far as
29229 Embedded mode is concerned.
29230
29231 If you press @kbd{M-# e} in the wrong place by accident, it is
29232 possible that Calc will be able to parse the nearby text as a
29233 formula and will mangle that text in an attempt to redisplay it
29234 ``properly'' in the current language mode. If this happens,
29235 press @kbd{M-# e} again to exit Embedded mode, then give the
29236 regular Emacs ``undo'' command (@kbd{C-_} or @kbd{C-x u}) to put
29237 the text back the way it was before Calc edited it. Note that Calc's
29238 own Undo command (typed before you turn Embedded mode back off)
29239 will not do you any good, because as far as Calc is concerned
29240 you haven't done anything with this formula yet.
29241
29242 @node More About Embedded Mode, Assignments in Embedded Mode, Basic Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
29243 @section More About Embedded Mode
29244
29245 @noindent
29246 When Embedded mode ``activates'' a formula, i.e., when it examines
29247 the formula for the first time since the buffer was created or
29248 loaded, Calc tries to sense the language in which the formula was
29249 written. If the formula contains any @TeX{}-like @samp{\} sequences,
29250 it is parsed (i.e., read) in @TeX{} mode. If the formula appears to
29251 be written in multi-line Big mode, it is parsed in Big mode. Otherwise,
29252 it is parsed according to the current language mode.
29253
29254 Note that Calc does not change the current language mode according
29255 to what it finds. Even though it can read a @TeX{} formula when
29256 not in @TeX{} mode, it will immediately rewrite this formula using
29257 whatever language mode is in effect. You must then type @kbd{d T}
29258 to switch Calc permanently into @TeX{} mode if that is what you
29259 desire.
29260
29261 @tex
29262 \bigskip
29263 @end tex
29264
29265 @kindex d p
29266 @pindex calc-show-plain
29267 Calc's parser is unable to read certain kinds of formulas. For
29268 example, with @kbd{v ]} (@code{calc-matrix-brackets}) you can
29269 specify matrix display styles which the parser is unable to
29270 recognize as matrices. The @kbd{d p} (@code{calc-show-plain})
29271 command turns on a mode in which a ``plain'' version of a
29272 formula is placed in front of the fully-formatted version.
29273 When Calc reads a formula that has such a plain version in
29274 front, it reads the plain version and ignores the formatted
29275 version.
29276
29277 Plain formulas are preceded and followed by @samp{%%%} signs
29278 by default. This notation has the advantage that the @samp{%}
29279 character begins a comment in @TeX{}, so if your formula is
29280 embedded in a @TeX{} document its plain version will be
29281 invisible in the final printed copy. @xref{Customizing
29282 Embedded Mode}, to see how to change the ``plain'' formula
29283 delimiters, say to something that @dfn{eqn} or some other
29284 formatter will treat as a comment.
29285
29286 There are several notations which Calc's parser for ``big''
29287 formatted formulas can't yet recognize. In particular, it can't
29288 read the large symbols for @code{sum}, @code{prod}, and @code{integ},
29289 and it can't handle @samp{=>} with the righthand argument omitted.
29290 Also, Calc won't recognize special formats you have defined with
29291 the @kbd{Z C} command (@pxref{User-Defined Compositions}). In
29292 these cases it is important to use ``plain'' mode to make sure
29293 Calc will be able to read your formula later.
29294
29295 Another example where ``plain'' mode is important is if you have
29296 specified a float mode with few digits of precision. Normally
29297 any digits that are computed but not displayed will simply be
29298 lost when you save and re-load your embedded buffer, but ``plain''
29299 mode allows you to make sure that the complete number is present
29300 in the file as well as the rounded-down number.
29301
29302 @tex
29303 \bigskip
29304 @end tex
29305
29306 Embedded buffers remember active formulas for as long as they
29307 exist in Emacs memory. Suppose you have an embedded formula
29308 which is @c{$\pi$}
29309 @cite{pi} to the normal 12 decimal places, and then
29310 type @w{@kbd{C-u 5 d n}} to display only five decimal places.
29311 If you then type @kbd{d n}, all 12 places reappear because the
29312 full number is still there on the Calc stack. More surprisingly,
29313 even if you exit Embedded mode and later re-enter it for that
29314 formula, typing @kbd{d n} will restore all 12 places because
29315 each buffer remembers all its active formulas. However, if you
29316 save the buffer in a file and reload it in a new Emacs session,
29317 all non-displayed digits will have been lost unless you used
29318 ``plain'' mode.
29319
29320 @tex
29321 \bigskip
29322 @end tex
29323
29324 In some applications of Embedded mode, you will want to have a
29325 sequence of copies of a formula that show its evolution as you
29326 work on it. For example, you might want to have a sequence
29327 like this in your file (elaborating here on the example from
29328 the ``Getting Started'' chapter):
29329
29330 @smallexample
29331 The derivative of
29332
29333 ln(ln(x))
29334
29335 is
29336
29337 @r{(the derivative of }ln(ln(x))@r{)}
29338
29339 whose value at x = 2 is
29340
29341 @r{(the value)}
29342
29343 and at x = 3 is
29344
29345 @r{(the value)}
29346 @end smallexample
29347
29348 @kindex M-# d
29349 @pindex calc-embedded-duplicate
29350 The @kbd{M-# d} (@code{calc-embedded-duplicate}) command is a
29351 handy way to make sequences like this. If you type @kbd{M-# d},
29352 the formula under the cursor (which may or may not have Embedded
29353 mode enabled for it at the time) is copied immediately below and
29354 Embedded mode is then enabled for that copy.
29355
29356 For this example, you would start with just
29357
29358 @smallexample
29359 The derivative of
29360
29361 ln(ln(x))
29362 @end smallexample
29363
29364 @noindent
29365 and press @kbd{M-# d} with the cursor on this formula. The result
29366 is
29367
29368 @smallexample
29369 The derivative of
29370
29371 ln(ln(x))
29372
29373
29374 ln(ln(x))
29375 @end smallexample
29376
29377 @noindent
29378 with the second copy of the formula enabled in Embedded mode.
29379 You can now press @kbd{a d x RET} to take the derivative, and
29380 @kbd{M-# d M-# d} to make two more copies of the derivative.
29381 To complete the computations, type @kbd{3 s l x RET} to evaluate
29382 the last formula, then move up to the second-to-last formula
29383 and type @kbd{2 s l x RET}.
29384
29385 Finally, you would want to press @kbd{M-# e} to exit Embedded
29386 mode, then go up and insert the necessary text in between the
29387 various formulas and numbers.
29388
29389 @tex
29390 \bigskip
29391 @end tex
29392
29393 @kindex M-# f
29394 @kindex M-# '
29395 @pindex calc-embedded-new-formula
29396 The @kbd{M-# f} (@code{calc-embedded-new-formula}) command
29397 creates a new embedded formula at the current point. It inserts
29398 some default delimiters, which are usually just blank lines,
29399 and then does an algebraic entry to get the formula (which is
29400 then enabled for Embedded mode). This is just shorthand for
29401 typing the delimiters yourself, positioning the cursor between
29402 the new delimiters, and pressing @kbd{M-# e}. The key sequence
29403 @kbd{M-# '} is equivalent to @kbd{M-# f}.
29404
29405 @kindex M-# n
29406 @kindex M-# p
29407 @pindex calc-embedded-next
29408 @pindex calc-embedded-previous
29409 The @kbd{M-# n} (@code{calc-embedded-next}) and @kbd{M-# p}
29410 (@code{calc-embedded-previous}) commands move the cursor to the
29411 next or previous active embedded formula in the buffer. They
29412 can take positive or negative prefix arguments to move by several
29413 formulas. Note that these commands do not actually examine the
29414 text of the buffer looking for formulas; they only see formulas
29415 which have previously been activated in Embedded mode. In fact,
29416 @kbd{M-# n} and @kbd{M-# p} are a useful way to tell which
29417 embedded formulas are currently active. Also, note that these
29418 commands do not enable Embedded mode on the next or previous
29419 formula, they just move the cursor. (By the way, @kbd{M-# n} is
29420 not as awkward to type as it may seem, because @kbd{M-#} ignores
29421 Shift and Meta on the second keystroke: @kbd{M-# M-N} can be typed
29422 by holding down Shift and Meta and alternately typing two keys.)
29423
29424 @kindex M-# `
29425 @pindex calc-embedded-edit
29426 The @kbd{M-# `} (@code{calc-embedded-edit}) command edits the
29427 embedded formula at the current point as if by @kbd{`} (@code{calc-edit}).
29428 Embedded mode does not have to be enabled for this to work. Press
29429 @kbd{M-# M-#} to finish the edit, or @kbd{M-# x} to cancel.
29430
29431 @node Assignments in Embedded Mode, Mode Settings in Embedded Mode, More About Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
29432 @section Assignments in Embedded Mode
29433
29434 @noindent
29435 The @samp{:=} (assignment) and @samp{=>} (``evaluates-to'') operators
29436 are especially useful in Embedded mode. They allow you to make
29437 a definition in one formula, then refer to that definition in
29438 other formulas embedded in the same buffer.
29439
29440 An embedded formula which is an assignment to a variable, as in
29441
29442 @example
29443 foo := 5
29444 @end example
29445
29446 @noindent
29447 records @cite{5} as the stored value of @code{foo} for the
29448 purposes of Embedded mode operations in the current buffer. It
29449 does @emph{not} actually store @cite{5} as the ``global'' value
29450 of @code{foo}, however. Regular Calc operations, and Embedded
29451 formulas in other buffers, will not see this assignment.
29452
29453 One way to use this assigned value is simply to create an
29454 Embedded formula elsewhere that refers to @code{foo}, and to press
29455 @kbd{=} in that formula. However, this permanently replaces the
29456 @code{foo} in the formula with its current value. More interesting
29457 is to use @samp{=>} elsewhere:
29458
29459 @example
29460 foo + 7 => 12
29461 @end example
29462
29463 @xref{Evaluates-To Operator}, for a general discussion of @samp{=>}.
29464
29465 If you move back and change the assignment to @code{foo}, any
29466 @samp{=>} formulas which refer to it are automatically updated.
29467
29468 @example
29469 foo := 17
29470
29471 foo + 7 => 24
29472 @end example
29473
29474 The obvious question then is, @emph{how} can one easily change the
29475 assignment to @code{foo}? If you simply select the formula in
29476 Embedded mode and type 17, the assignment itself will be replaced
29477 by the 17. The effect on the other formula will be that the
29478 variable @code{foo} becomes unassigned:
29479
29480 @example
29481 17
29482
29483 foo + 7 => foo + 7
29484 @end example
29485
29486 The right thing to do is first to use a selection command (@kbd{j 2}
29487 will do the trick) to select the righthand side of the assignment.
29488 Then, @kbd{17 TAB DEL} will swap the 17 into place (@pxref{Selecting
29489 Subformulas}, to see how this works).
29490
29491 @kindex M-# j
29492 @pindex calc-embedded-select
29493 The @kbd{M-# j} (@code{calc-embedded-select}) command provides an
29494 easy way to operate on assigments. It is just like @kbd{M-# e},
29495 except that if the enabled formula is an assignment, it uses
29496 @kbd{j 2} to select the righthand side. If the enabled formula
29497 is an evaluates-to, it uses @kbd{j 1} to select the lefthand side.
29498 A formula can also be a combination of both:
29499
29500 @example
29501 bar := foo + 3 => 20
29502 @end example
29503
29504 @noindent
29505 in which case @kbd{M-# j} will select the middle part (@samp{foo + 3}).
29506
29507 The formula is automatically deselected when you leave Embedded
29508 mode.
29509
29510 @kindex M-# u
29511 @kindex M-# =
29512 @pindex calc-embedded-update
29513 Another way to change the assignment to @code{foo} would simply be
29514 to edit the number using regular Emacs editing rather than Embedded
29515 mode. Then, we have to find a way to get Embedded mode to notice
29516 the change. The @kbd{M-# u} or @kbd{M-# =}
29517 (@code{calc-embedded-update-formula}) command is a convenient way
29518 to do this.@refill
29519
29520 @example
29521 foo := 6
29522
29523 foo + 7 => 13
29524 @end example
29525
29526 Pressing @kbd{M-# u} is much like pressing @kbd{M-# e = M-# e}, that
29527 is, temporarily enabling Embedded mode for the formula under the
29528 cursor and then evaluating it with @kbd{=}. But @kbd{M-# u} does
29529 not actually use @kbd{M-# e}, and in fact another formula somewhere
29530 else can be enabled in Embedded mode while you use @kbd{M-# u} and
29531 that formula will not be disturbed.
29532
29533 With a numeric prefix argument, @kbd{M-# u} updates all active
29534 @samp{=>} formulas in the buffer. Formulas which have not yet
29535 been activated in Embedded mode, and formulas which do not have
29536 @samp{=>} as their top-level operator, are not affected by this.
29537 (This is useful only if you have used @kbd{m C}; see below.)
29538
29539 With a plain @kbd{C-u} prefix, @kbd{C-u M-# u} updates only in the
29540 region between mark and point rather than in the whole buffer.
29541
29542 @kbd{M-# u} is also a handy way to activate a formula, such as an
29543 @samp{=>} formula that has freshly been typed in or loaded from a
29544 file.
29545
29546 @kindex M-# a
29547 @pindex calc-embedded-activate
29548 The @kbd{M-# a} (@code{calc-embedded-activate}) command scans
29549 through the current buffer and activates all embedded formulas
29550 that contain @samp{:=} or @samp{=>} symbols. This does not mean
29551 that Embedded mode is actually turned on, but only that the
29552 formulas' positions are registered with Embedded mode so that
29553 the @samp{=>} values can be properly updated as assignments are
29554 changed.
29555
29556 It is a good idea to type @kbd{M-# a} right after loading a file
29557 that uses embedded @samp{=>} operators. Emacs includes a nifty
29558 ``buffer-local variables'' feature that you can use to do this
29559 automatically. The idea is to place near the end of your file
29560 a few lines that look like this:
29561
29562 @example
29563 --- Local Variables: ---
29564 --- eval:(calc-embedded-activate) ---
29565 --- End: ---
29566 @end example
29567
29568 @noindent
29569 where the leading and trailing @samp{---} can be replaced by
29570 any suitable strings (which must be the same on all three lines)
29571 or omitted altogether; in a @TeX{} file, @samp{%} would be a good
29572 leading string and no trailing string would be necessary. In a
29573 C program, @samp{/*} and @samp{*/} would be good leading and
29574 trailing strings.
29575
29576 When Emacs loads a file into memory, it checks for a Local Variables
29577 section like this one at the end of the file. If it finds this
29578 section, it does the specified things (in this case, running
29579 @kbd{M-# a} automatically) before editing of the file begins.
29580 The Local Variables section must be within 3000 characters of the
29581 end of the file for Emacs to find it, and it must be in the last
29582 page of the file if the file has any page separators.
29583 @xref{File Variables, , Local Variables in Files, emacs, the
29584 Emacs manual}.
29585
29586 Note that @kbd{M-# a} does not update the formulas it finds.
29587 To do this, type, say, @kbd{M-1 M-# u} after @w{@kbd{M-# a}}.
29588 Generally this should not be a problem, though, because the
29589 formulas will have been up-to-date already when the file was
29590 saved.
29591
29592 Normally, @kbd{M-# a} activates all the formulas it finds, but
29593 any previous active formulas remain active as well. With a
29594 positive numeric prefix argument, @kbd{M-# a} first deactivates
29595 all current active formulas, then actives the ones it finds in
29596 its scan of the buffer. With a negative prefix argument,
29597 @kbd{M-# a} simply deactivates all formulas.
29598
29599 Embedded mode has two symbols, @samp{Active} and @samp{~Active},
29600 which it puts next to the major mode name in a buffer's mode line.
29601 It puts @samp{Active} if it has reason to believe that all
29602 formulas in the buffer are active, because you have typed @kbd{M-# a}
29603 and Calc has not since had to deactivate any formulas (which can
29604 happen if Calc goes to update an @samp{=>} formula somewhere because
29605 a variable changed, and finds that the formula is no longer there
29606 due to some kind of editing outside of Embedded mode). Calc puts
29607 @samp{~Active} in the mode line if some, but probably not all,
29608 formulas in the buffer are active. This happens if you activate
29609 a few formulas one at a time but never use @kbd{M-# a}, or if you
29610 used @kbd{M-# a} but then Calc had to deactivate a formula
29611 because it lost track of it. If neither of these symbols appears
29612 in the mode line, no embedded formulas are active in the buffer
29613 (e.g., before Embedded mode has been used, or after a @kbd{M-- M-# a}).
29614
29615 Embedded formulas can refer to assignments both before and after them
29616 in the buffer. If there are several assignments to a variable, the
29617 nearest preceding assignment is used if there is one, otherwise the
29618 following assignment is used.
29619
29620 @example
29621 x => 1
29622
29623 x := 1
29624
29625 x => 1
29626
29627 x := 2
29628
29629 x => 2
29630 @end example
29631
29632 As well as simple variables, you can also assign to subscript
29633 expressions of the form @samp{@var{var}_@var{number}} (as in
29634 @code{x_0}), or @samp{@var{var}_@var{var}} (as in @code{x_max}).
29635 Assignments to other kinds of objects can be represented by Calc,
29636 but the automatic linkage between assignments and references works
29637 only for plain variables and these two kinds of subscript expressions.
29638
29639 If there are no assignments to a given variable, the global
29640 stored value for the variable is used (@pxref{Storing Variables}),
29641 or, if no value is stored, the variable is left in symbolic form.
29642 Note that global stored values will be lost when the file is saved
29643 and loaded in a later Emacs session, unless you have used the
29644 @kbd{s p} (@code{calc-permanent-variable}) command to save them;
29645 @pxref{Operations on Variables}.
29646
29647 The @kbd{m C} (@code{calc-auto-recompute}) command turns automatic
29648 recomputation of @samp{=>} forms on and off. If you turn automatic
29649 recomputation off, you will have to use @kbd{M-# u} to update these
29650 formulas manually after an assignment has been changed. If you
29651 plan to change several assignments at once, it may be more efficient
29652 to type @kbd{m C}, change all the assignments, then use @kbd{M-1 M-# u}
29653 to update the entire buffer afterwards. The @kbd{m C} command also
29654 controls @samp{=>} formulas on the stack; @pxref{Evaluates-To
29655 Operator}. When you turn automatic recomputation back on, the
29656 stack will be updated but the Embedded buffer will not; you must
29657 use @kbd{M-# u} to update the buffer by hand.
29658
29659 @node Mode Settings in Embedded Mode, Customizing Embedded Mode, Assignments in Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
29660 @section Mode Settings in Embedded Mode
29661
29662 @noindent
29663 Embedded Mode has a rather complicated mechanism for handling mode
29664 settings in Embedded formulas. It is possible to put annotations
29665 in the file that specify mode settings either global to the entire
29666 file or local to a particular formula or formulas. In the latter
29667 case, different modes can be specified for use when a formula
29668 is the enabled Embedded Mode formula.
29669
29670 When you give any mode-setting command, like @kbd{m f} (for fraction
29671 mode) or @kbd{d s} (for scientific notation), Embedded Mode adds
29672 a line like the following one to the file just before the opening
29673 delimiter of the formula.
29674
29675 @example
29676 % [calc-mode: fractions: t]
29677 % [calc-mode: float-format: (sci 0)]
29678 @end example
29679
29680 When Calc interprets an embedded formula, it scans the text before
29681 the formula for mode-setting annotations like these and sets the
29682 Calc buffer to match these modes. Modes not explicitly described
29683 in the file are not changed. Calc scans all the way to the top of
29684 the file, or up to a line of the form
29685
29686 @example
29687 % [calc-defaults]
29688 @end example
29689
29690 @noindent
29691 which you can insert at strategic places in the file if this backward
29692 scan is getting too slow, or just to provide a barrier between one
29693 ``zone'' of mode settings and another.
29694
29695 If the file contains several annotations for the same mode, the
29696 closest one before the formula is used. Annotations after the
29697 formula are never used (except for global annotations, described
29698 below).
29699
29700 The scan does not look for the leading @samp{% }, only for the
29701 square brackets and the text they enclose. You can edit the mode
29702 annotations to a style that works better in context if you wish.
29703 @xref{Customizing Embedded Mode}, to see how to change the style
29704 that Calc uses when it generates the annotations. You can write
29705 mode annotations into the file yourself if you know the syntax;
29706 the easiest way to find the syntax for a given mode is to let
29707 Calc write the annotation for it once and see what it does.
29708
29709 If you give a mode-changing command for a mode that already has
29710 a suitable annotation just above the current formula, Calc will
29711 modify that annotation rather than generating a new, conflicting
29712 one.
29713
29714 Mode annotations have three parts, separated by colons. (Spaces
29715 after the colons are optional.) The first identifies the kind
29716 of mode setting, the second is a name for the mode itself, and
29717 the third is the value in the form of a Lisp symbol, number,
29718 or list. Annotations with unrecognizable text in the first or
29719 second parts are ignored. The third part is not checked to make
29720 sure the value is of a legal type or range; if you write an
29721 annotation by hand, be sure to give a proper value or results
29722 will be unpredictable. Mode-setting annotations are case-sensitive.
29723
29724 While Embedded Mode is enabled, the word @code{Local} appears in
29725 the mode line. This is to show that mode setting commands generate
29726 annotations that are ``local'' to the current formula or set of
29727 formulas. The @kbd{m R} (@code{calc-mode-record-mode}) command
29728 causes Calc to generate different kinds of annotations. Pressing
29729 @kbd{m R} repeatedly cycles through the possible modes.
29730
29731 @code{LocEdit} and @code{LocPerm} modes generate annotations
29732 that look like this, respectively:
29733
29734 @example
29735 % [calc-edit-mode: float-format: (sci 0)]
29736 % [calc-perm-mode: float-format: (sci 5)]
29737 @end example
29738
29739 The first kind of annotation will be used only while a formula
29740 is enabled in Embedded Mode. The second kind will be used only
29741 when the formula is @emph{not} enabled. (Whether the formula
29742 is ``active'' or not, i.e., whether Calc has seen this formula
29743 yet, is not relevant here.)
29744
29745 @code{Global} mode generates an annotation like this at the end
29746 of the file:
29747
29748 @example
29749 % [calc-global-mode: fractions t]
29750 @end example
29751
29752 Global mode annotations affect all formulas throughout the file,
29753 and may appear anywhere in the file. This allows you to tuck your
29754 mode annotations somewhere out of the way, say, on a new page of
29755 the file, as long as those mode settings are suitable for all
29756 formulas in the file.
29757
29758 Enabling a formula with @kbd{M-# e} causes a fresh scan for local
29759 mode annotations; you will have to use this after adding annotations
29760 above a formula by hand to get the formula to notice them. Updating
29761 a formula with @kbd{M-# u} will also re-scan the local modes, but
29762 global modes are only re-scanned by @kbd{M-# a}.
29763
29764 Another way that modes can get out of date is if you add a local
29765 mode annotation to a formula that has another formula after it.
29766 In this example, we have used the @kbd{d s} command while the
29767 first of the two embedded formulas is active. But the second
29768 formula has not changed its style to match, even though by the
29769 rules of reading annotations the @samp{(sci 0)} applies to it, too.
29770
29771 @example
29772 % [calc-mode: float-format: (sci 0)]
29773 1.23e2
29774
29775 456.
29776 @end example
29777
29778 We would have to go down to the other formula and press @kbd{M-# u}
29779 on it in order to get it to notice the new annotation.
29780
29781 Two more mode-recording modes selectable by @kbd{m R} are @code{Save}
29782 (which works even outside of Embedded Mode), in which mode settings
29783 are recorded permanently in your Emacs startup file @file{~/.emacs}
29784 rather than by annotating the current document, and no-recording
29785 mode (where there is no symbol like @code{Save} or @code{Local} in
29786 the mode line), in which mode-changing commands do not leave any
29787 annotations at all.
29788
29789 When Embedded Mode is not enabled, mode-recording modes except
29790 for @code{Save} have no effect.
29791
29792 @node Customizing Embedded Mode, , Mode Settings in Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
29793 @section Customizing Embedded Mode
29794
29795 @noindent
29796 You can modify Embedded Mode's behavior by setting various Lisp
29797 variables described here. Use @kbd{M-x set-variable} or
29798 @kbd{M-x edit-options} to adjust a variable on the fly, or
29799 put a suitable @code{setq} statement in your @file{~/.emacs}
29800 file to set a variable permanently. (Another possibility would
29801 be to use a file-local variable annotation at the end of the
29802 file; @pxref{File Variables, , Local Variables in Files, emacs, the
29803 Emacs manual}.)
29804
29805 While none of these variables will be buffer-local by default, you
29806 can make any of them local to any embedded-mode buffer. (Their
29807 values in the @samp{*Calculator*} buffer are never used.)
29808
29809 @vindex calc-embedded-open-formula
29810 The @code{calc-embedded-open-formula} variable holds a regular
29811 expression for the opening delimiter of a formula. @xref{Regexp Search,
29812 , Regular Expression Search, emacs, the Emacs manual}, to see
29813 how regular expressions work. Basically, a regular expression is a
29814 pattern that Calc can search for. A regular expression that considers
29815 blank lines, @samp{$}, and @samp{$$} to be opening delimiters is
29816 @code{"\\`\\|^\n\\|\\$\\$?"}. Just in case the meaning of this
29817 regular expression is not completely plain, let's go through it
29818 in detail.
29819
29820 The surrounding @samp{" "} marks quote the text between them as a
29821 Lisp string. If you left them off, @code{set-variable} or
29822 @code{edit-options} would try to read the regular expression as a
29823 Lisp program.
29824
29825 The most obvious property of this regular expression is that it
29826 contains indecently many backslashes. There are actually two levels
29827 of backslash usage going on here. First, when Lisp reads a quoted
29828 string, all pairs of characters beginning with a backslash are
29829 interpreted as special characters. Here, @code{\n} changes to a
29830 new-line character, and @code{\\} changes to a single backslash.
29831 So the actual regular expression seen by Calc is
29832 @samp{\`\|^ @r{(newline)} \|\$\$?}.
29833
29834 Regular expressions also consider pairs beginning with backslash
29835 to have special meanings. Sometimes the backslash is used to quote
29836 a character that otherwise would have a special meaning in a regular
29837 expression, like @samp{$}, which normally means ``end-of-line,''
29838 or @samp{?}, which means that the preceding item is optional. So
29839 @samp{\$\$?} matches either one or two dollar signs.
29840
29841 The other codes in this regular expression are @samp{^}, which matches
29842 ``beginning-of-line,'' @samp{\|}, which means ``or,'' and @samp{\`},
29843 which matches ``beginning-of-buffer.'' So the whole pattern means
29844 that a formula begins at the beginning of the buffer, or on a newline
29845 that occurs at the beginning of a line (i.e., a blank line), or at
29846 one or two dollar signs.
29847
29848 The default value of @code{calc-embedded-open-formula} looks just
29849 like this example, with several more alternatives added on to
29850 recognize various other common kinds of delimiters.
29851
29852 By the way, the reason to use @samp{^\n} rather than @samp{^$}
29853 or @samp{\n\n}, which also would appear to match blank lines,
29854 is that the former expression actually ``consumes'' only one
29855 newline character as @emph{part of} the delimiter, whereas the
29856 latter expressions consume zero or two newlines, respectively.
29857 The former choice gives the most natural behavior when Calc
29858 must operate on a whole formula including its delimiters.
29859
29860 See the Emacs manual for complete details on regular expressions.
29861 But just for your convenience, here is a list of all characters
29862 which must be quoted with backslash (like @samp{\$}) to avoid
29863 some special interpretation: @samp{. * + ? [ ] ^ $ \}. (Note
29864 the backslash in this list; for example, to match @samp{\[} you
29865 must use @code{"\\\\\\["}. An exercise for the reader is to
29866 account for each of these six backslashes!)
29867
29868 @vindex calc-embedded-close-formula
29869 The @code{calc-embedded-close-formula} variable holds a regular
29870 expression for the closing delimiter of a formula. A closing
29871 regular expression to match the above example would be
29872 @code{"\\'\\|\n$\\|\\$\\$?"}. This is almost the same as the
29873 other one, except it now uses @samp{\'} (``end-of-buffer'') and
29874 @samp{\n$} (newline occurring at end of line, yet another way
29875 of describing a blank line that is more appropriate for this
29876 case).
29877
29878 @vindex calc-embedded-open-word
29879 @vindex calc-embedded-close-word
29880 The @code{calc-embedded-open-word} and @code{calc-embedded-close-word}
29881 variables are similar expressions used when you type @kbd{M-# w}
29882 instead of @kbd{M-# e} to enable Embedded mode.
29883
29884 @vindex calc-embedded-open-plain
29885 The @code{calc-embedded-open-plain} variable is a string which
29886 begins a ``plain'' formula written in front of the formatted
29887 formula when @kbd{d p} mode is turned on. Note that this is an
29888 actual string, not a regular expression, because Calc must be able
29889 to write this string into a buffer as well as to recognize it.
29890 The default string is @code{"%%% "} (note the trailing space).
29891
29892 @vindex calc-embedded-close-plain
29893 The @code{calc-embedded-close-plain} variable is a string which
29894 ends a ``plain'' formula. The default is @code{" %%%\n"}. Without
29895 the trailing newline here, the first line of a ``big'' mode formula
29896 that followed might be shifted over with respect to the other lines.
29897
29898 @vindex calc-embedded-open-new-formula
29899 The @code{calc-embedded-open-new-formula} variable is a string
29900 which is inserted at the front of a new formula when you type
29901 @kbd{M-# f}. Its default value is @code{"\n\n"}. If this
29902 string begins with a newline character and the @kbd{M-# f} is
29903 typed at the beginning of a line, @kbd{M-# f} will skip this
29904 first newline to avoid introducing unnecessary blank lines in
29905 the file.
29906
29907 @vindex calc-embedded-close-new-formula
29908 The @code{calc-embedded-close-new-formula} variable is the corresponding
29909 string which is inserted at the end of a new formula. Its default
29910 value is also @code{"\n\n"}. The final newline is omitted by
29911 @w{@kbd{M-# f}} if typed at the end of a line. (It follows that if
29912 @kbd{M-# f} is typed on a blank line, both a leading opening
29913 newline and a trailing closing newline are omitted.)
29914
29915 @vindex calc-embedded-announce-formula
29916 The @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula} variable is a regular
29917 expression which is sure to be followed by an embedded formula.
29918 The @kbd{M-# a} command searches for this pattern as well as for
29919 @samp{=>} and @samp{:=} operators. Note that @kbd{M-# a} will
29920 not activate just anything surrounded by formula delimiters; after
29921 all, blank lines are considered formula delimiters by default!
29922 But if your language includes a delimiter which can only occur
29923 actually in front of a formula, you can take advantage of it here.
29924 The default pattern is @code{"%Embed\n\\(% .*\n\\)*"}, which
29925 checks for @samp{%Embed} followed by any number of lines beginning
29926 with @samp{%} and a space. This last is important to make Calc
29927 consider mode annotations part of the pattern, so that the formula's
29928 opening delimiter really is sure to follow the pattern.
29929
29930 @vindex calc-embedded-open-mode
29931 The @code{calc-embedded-open-mode} variable is a string (not a
29932 regular expression) which should precede a mode annotation.
29933 Calc never scans for this string; Calc always looks for the
29934 annotation itself. But this is the string that is inserted before
29935 the opening bracket when Calc adds an annotation on its own.
29936 The default is @code{"% "}.
29937
29938 @vindex calc-embedded-close-mode
29939 The @code{calc-embedded-close-mode} variable is a string which
29940 follows a mode annotation written by Calc. Its default value
29941 is simply a newline, @code{"\n"}. If you change this, it is a
29942 good idea still to end with a newline so that mode annotations
29943 will appear on lines by themselves.
29944
29945 @node Programming, Installation, Embedded Mode, Top
29946 @chapter Programming
29947
29948 @noindent
29949 There are several ways to ``program'' the Emacs Calculator, depending
29950 on the nature of the problem you need to solve.
29951
29952 @enumerate
29953 @item
29954 @dfn{Keyboard macros} allow you to record a sequence of keystrokes
29955 and play them back at a later time. This is just the standard Emacs
29956 keyboard macro mechanism, dressed up with a few more features such
29957 as loops and conditionals.
29958
29959 @item
29960 @dfn{Algebraic definitions} allow you to use any formula to define a
29961 new function. This function can then be used in algebraic formulas or
29962 as an interactive command.
29963
29964 @item
29965 @dfn{Rewrite rules} are discussed in the section on algebra commands.
29966 @xref{Rewrite Rules}. If you put your rewrite rules in the variable
29967 @code{EvalRules}, they will be applied automatically to all Calc
29968 results in just the same way as an internal ``rule'' is applied to
29969 evaluate @samp{sqrt(9)} to 3 and so on. @xref{Automatic Rewrites}.
29970
29971 @item
29972 @dfn{Lisp} is the programming language that Calc (and most of Emacs)
29973 is written in. If the above techniques aren't powerful enough, you
29974 can write Lisp functions to do anything that built-in Calc commands
29975 can do. Lisp code is also somewhat faster than keyboard macros or
29976 rewrite rules.
29977 @end enumerate
29978
29979 @kindex z
29980 Programming features are available through the @kbd{z} and @kbd{Z}
29981 prefix keys. New commands that you define are two-key sequences
29982 beginning with @kbd{z}. Commands for managing these definitions
29983 use the shift-@kbd{Z} prefix. (The @kbd{Z T} (@code{calc-timing})
29984 command is described elsewhere; @pxref{Troubleshooting Commands}.
29985 The @kbd{Z C} (@code{calc-user-define-composition}) command is also
29986 described elsewhere; @pxref{User-Defined Compositions}.)
29987
29988 @menu
29989 * Creating User Keys::
29990 * Keyboard Macros::
29991 * Invocation Macros::
29992 * Algebraic Definitions::
29993 * Lisp Definitions::
29994 @end menu
29995
29996 @node Creating User Keys, Keyboard Macros, Programming, Programming
29997 @section Creating User Keys
29998
29999 @noindent
30000 @kindex Z D
30001 @pindex calc-user-define
30002 Any Calculator command may be bound to a key using the @kbd{Z D}
30003 (@code{calc-user-define}) command. Actually, it is bound to a two-key
30004 sequence beginning with the lower-case @kbd{z} prefix.
30005
30006 The @kbd{Z D} command first prompts for the key to define. For example,
30007 press @kbd{Z D a} to define the new key sequence @kbd{z a}. You are then
30008 prompted for the name of the Calculator command that this key should
30009 run. For example, the @code{calc-sincos} command is not normally
30010 available on a key. Typing @kbd{Z D s sincos @key{RET}} programs the
30011 @kbd{z s} key sequence to run @code{calc-sincos}. This definition will remain
30012 in effect for the rest of this Emacs session, or until you redefine
30013 @kbd{z s} to be something else.
30014
30015 You can actually bind any Emacs command to a @kbd{z} key sequence by
30016 backspacing over the @samp{calc-} when you are prompted for the command name.
30017
30018 As with any other prefix key, you can type @kbd{z ?} to see a list of
30019 all the two-key sequences you have defined that start with @kbd{z}.
30020 Initially, no @kbd{z} sequences (except @kbd{z ?} itself) are defined.
30021
30022 User keys are typically letters, but may in fact be any key.
30023 (@key{META}-keys are not permitted, nor are a terminal's special
30024 function keys which generate multi-character sequences when pressed.)
30025 You can define different commands on the shifted and unshifted versions
30026 of a letter if you wish.
30027
30028 @kindex Z U
30029 @pindex calc-user-undefine
30030 The @kbd{Z U} (@code{calc-user-undefine}) command unbinds a user key.
30031 For example, the key sequence @kbd{Z U s} will undefine the @code{sincos}
30032 key we defined above.
30033
30034 @kindex Z P
30035 @pindex calc-user-define-permanent
30036 @cindex Storing user definitions
30037 @cindex Permanent user definitions
30038 @cindex @file{.emacs} file, user-defined commands
30039 The @kbd{Z P} (@code{calc-user-define-permanent}) command makes a key
30040 binding permanent so that it will remain in effect even in future Emacs
30041 sessions. (It does this by adding a suitable bit of Lisp code into
30042 your @file{.emacs} file.) For example, @kbd{Z P s} would register
30043 our @code{sincos} command permanently. If you later wish to unregister
30044 this command you must edit your @file{.emacs} file by hand.
30045 (@xref{General Mode Commands}, for a way to tell Calc to use a
30046 different file instead of @file{.emacs}.)
30047
30048 The @kbd{Z P} command also saves the user definition, if any, for the
30049 command bound to the key. After @kbd{Z F} and @kbd{Z C}, a given user
30050 key could invoke a command, which in turn calls an algebraic function,
30051 which might have one or more special display formats. A single @kbd{Z P}
30052 command will save all of these definitions.
30053
30054 To save a command or function without its key binding (or if there is
30055 no key binding for the command or function), type @kbd{'} (the apostrophe)
30056 when prompted for a key. Then, type the function name, or backspace
30057 to change the @samp{calcFunc-} prefix to @samp{calc-} and enter a
30058 command name. (If the command you give implies a function, the function
30059 will be saved, and if the function has any display formats, those will
30060 be saved, but not the other way around: Saving a function will not save
30061 any commands or key bindings associated with the function.)
30062
30063 @kindex Z E
30064 @pindex calc-user-define-edit
30065 @cindex Editing user definitions
30066 The @kbd{Z E} (@code{calc-user-define-edit}) command edits the definition
30067 of a user key. This works for keys that have been defined by either
30068 keyboard macros or formulas; further details are contained in the relevant
30069 following sections.
30070
30071 @node Keyboard Macros, Invocation Macros, Creating User Keys, Programming
30072 @section Programming with Keyboard Macros
30073
30074 @noindent
30075 @kindex X
30076 @cindex Programming with keyboard macros
30077 @cindex Keyboard macros
30078 The easiest way to ``program'' the Emacs Calculator is to use standard
30079 keyboard macros. Press @w{@kbd{C-x (}} to begin recording a macro. From
30080 this point on, keystrokes you type will be saved away as well as
30081 performing their usual functions. Press @kbd{C-x )} to end recording.
30082 Press shift-@kbd{X} (or the standard Emacs key sequence @kbd{C-x e}) to
30083 execute your keyboard macro by replaying the recorded keystrokes.
30084 @xref{Keyboard Macros, , , emacs, the Emacs Manual}, for further
30085 information.@refill
30086
30087 When you use @kbd{X} to invoke a keyboard macro, the entire macro is
30088 treated as a single command by the undo and trail features. The stack
30089 display buffer is not updated during macro execution, but is instead
30090 fixed up once the macro completes. Thus, commands defined with keyboard
30091 macros are convenient and efficient. The @kbd{C-x e} command, on the
30092 other hand, invokes the keyboard macro with no special treatment: Each
30093 command in the macro will record its own undo information and trail entry,
30094 and update the stack buffer accordingly. If your macro uses features
30095 outside of Calc's control to operate on the contents of the Calc stack
30096 buffer, or if it includes Undo, Redo, or last-arguments commands, you
30097 must use @kbd{C-x e} to make sure the buffer and undo list are up-to-date
30098 at all times. You could also consider using @kbd{K} (@code{calc-keep-args})
30099 instead of @kbd{M-@key{RET}} (@code{calc-last-args}).
30100
30101 Calc extends the standard Emacs keyboard macros in several ways.
30102 Keyboard macros can be used to create user-defined commands. Keyboard
30103 macros can include conditional and iteration structures, somewhat
30104 analogous to those provided by a traditional programmable calculator.
30105
30106 @menu
30107 * Naming Keyboard Macros::
30108 * Conditionals in Macros::
30109 * Loops in Macros::
30110 * Local Values in Macros::
30111 * Queries in Macros::
30112 @end menu
30113
30114 @node Naming Keyboard Macros, Conditionals in Macros, Keyboard Macros, Keyboard Macros
30115 @subsection Naming Keyboard Macros
30116
30117 @noindent
30118 @kindex Z K
30119 @pindex calc-user-define-kbd-macro
30120 Once you have defined a keyboard macro, you can bind it to a @kbd{z}
30121 key sequence with the @kbd{Z K} (@code{calc-user-define-kbd-macro}) command.
30122 This command prompts first for a key, then for a command name. For
30123 example, if you type @kbd{C-x ( n @key{TAB} n @key{TAB} C-x )} you will
30124 define a keyboard macro which negates the top two numbers on the stack
30125 (@key{TAB} swaps the top two stack elements). Now you can type
30126 @kbd{Z K n @key{RET}} to define this keyboard macro onto the @kbd{z n} key
30127 sequence. The default command name (if you answer the second prompt with
30128 just the @key{RET} key as in this example) will be something like
30129 @samp{calc-User-n}. The keyboard macro will now be available as both
30130 @kbd{z n} and @kbd{M-x calc-User-n}. You can backspace and enter a more
30131 descriptive command name if you wish.@refill
30132
30133 Macros defined by @kbd{Z K} act like single commands; they are executed
30134 in the same way as by the @kbd{X} key. If you wish to define the macro
30135 as a standard no-frills Emacs macro (to be executed as if by @kbd{C-x e}),
30136 give a negative prefix argument to @kbd{Z K}.
30137
30138 Once you have bound your keyboard macro to a key, you can use
30139 @kbd{Z P} to register it permanently with Emacs. @xref{Creating User Keys}.
30140
30141 @cindex Keyboard macros, editing
30142 The @kbd{Z E} (@code{calc-user-define-edit}) command on a key that has
30143 been defined by a keyboard macro tries to use the @code{edit-kbd-macro}
30144 command to edit the macro. This command may be found in the
30145 @file{macedit} package, a copy of which comes with Calc. It decomposes
30146 the macro definition into full Emacs command names, like @code{calc-pop}
30147 and @code{calc-add}. Type @kbd{M-# M-#} to finish editing and update
30148 the definition stored on the key, or, to cancel the edit, type
30149 @kbd{M-# x}.@refill
30150
30151 If you give a negative numeric prefix argument to @kbd{Z E}, the keyboard
30152 macro is edited in spelled-out keystroke form. For example, the editing
30153 buffer might contain the nine characters @w{@samp{1 RET 2 +}}. When you press
30154 @kbd{M-# M-#}, the @code{read-kbd-macro} feature of the @file{macedit}
30155 package is used to reinterpret these key names. The
30156 notations @code{RET}, @code{LFD}, @code{TAB}, @code{SPC}, @code{DEL}, and
30157 @code{NUL} must be written in all uppercase, as must the prefixes @code{C-}
30158 and @code{M-}. Spaces and line breaks are ignored. Other characters are
30159 copied verbatim into the keyboard macro. Basically, the notation is the
30160 same as is used in all of this manual's examples, except that the manual
30161 takes some liberties with spaces: When we say @kbd{' [1 2 3] RET}, we take
30162 it for granted that it is clear we really mean @kbd{' [1 SPC 2 SPC 3] RET},
30163 which is what @code{read-kbd-macro} wants to see.@refill
30164
30165 If @file{macedit} is not available, @kbd{Z E} edits the keyboard macro
30166 in ``raw'' form; the editing buffer simply contains characters like
30167 @samp{1^M2+} (here @samp{^M} represents the carriage-return character).
30168 Editing in this mode, you will have to use @kbd{C-q} to enter new
30169 control characters into the buffer.@refill
30170
30171 @kindex M-# m
30172 @pindex read-kbd-macro
30173 The @kbd{M-# m} (@code{read-kbd-macro}) command reads an Emacs ``region''
30174 of spelled-out keystrokes and defines it as the current keyboard macro.
30175 It is a convenient way to define a keyboard macro that has been stored
30176 in a file, or to define a macro without executing it at the same time.
30177 The @kbd{M-# m} command works only if @file{macedit} is present.
30178
30179 @node Conditionals in Macros, Loops in Macros, Naming Keyboard Macros, Keyboard Macros
30180 @subsection Conditionals in Keyboard Macros
30181
30182 @noindent
30183 @kindex Z [
30184 @kindex Z ]
30185 @pindex calc-kbd-if
30186 @pindex calc-kbd-else
30187 @pindex calc-kbd-else-if
30188 @pindex calc-kbd-end-if
30189 @cindex Conditional structures
30190 The @kbd{Z [} (@code{calc-kbd-if}) and @kbd{Z ]} (@code{calc-kbd-end-if})
30191 commands allow you to put simple tests in a keyboard macro. When Calc
30192 sees the @kbd{Z [}, it pops an object from the stack and, if the object is
30193 a non-zero value, continues executing keystrokes. But if the object is
30194 zero, or if it is not provably nonzero, Calc skips ahead to the matching
30195 @kbd{Z ]} keystroke. @xref{Logical Operations}, for a set of commands for
30196 performing tests which conveniently produce 1 for true and 0 for false.
30197
30198 For example, @kbd{@key{RET} 0 a < Z [ n Z ]} implements an absolute-value
30199 function in the form of a keyboard macro. This macro duplicates the
30200 number on the top of the stack, pushes zero and compares using @kbd{a <}
30201 (@code{calc-less-than}), then, if the number was less than zero,
30202 executes @kbd{n} (@code{calc-change-sign}). Otherwise, the change-sign
30203 command is skipped.
30204
30205 To program this macro, type @kbd{C-x (}, type the above sequence of
30206 keystrokes, then type @kbd{C-x )}. Note that the keystrokes will be
30207 executed while you are making the definition as well as when you later
30208 re-execute the macro by typing @kbd{X}. Thus you should make sure a
30209 suitable number is on the stack before defining the macro so that you
30210 don't get a stack-underflow error during the definition process.
30211
30212 Conditionals can be nested arbitrarily. However, there should be exactly
30213 one @kbd{Z ]} for each @kbd{Z [} in a keyboard macro.
30214
30215 @kindex Z :
30216 The @kbd{Z :} (@code{calc-kbd-else}) command allows you to choose between
30217 two keystroke sequences. The general format is @kbd{@var{cond} Z [
30218 @var{then-part} Z : @var{else-part} Z ]}. If @var{cond} is true
30219 (i.e., if the top of stack contains a non-zero number after @var{cond}
30220 has been executed), the @var{then-part} will be executed and the
30221 @var{else-part} will be skipped. Otherwise, the @var{then-part} will
30222 be skipped and the @var{else-part} will be executed.
30223
30224 @kindex Z |
30225 The @kbd{Z |} (@code{calc-kbd-else-if}) command allows you to choose
30226 between any number of alternatives. For example,
30227 @kbd{@var{cond1} Z [ @var{part1} Z : @var{cond2} Z | @var{part2} Z :
30228 @var{part3} Z ]} will execute @var{part1} if @var{cond1} is true,
30229 otherwise it will execute @var{part2} if @var{cond2} is true, otherwise
30230 it will execute @var{part3}.
30231
30232 More precisely, @kbd{Z [} pops a number and conditionally skips to the
30233 next matching @kbd{Z :} or @kbd{Z ]} key. @w{@kbd{Z ]}} has no effect when
30234 actually executed. @kbd{Z :} skips to the next matching @kbd{Z ]}.
30235 @kbd{Z |} pops a number and conditionally skips to the next matching
30236 @kbd{Z :} or @kbd{Z ]}; thus, @kbd{Z [} and @kbd{Z |} are functionally
30237 equivalent except that @kbd{Z [} participates in nesting but @kbd{Z |}
30238 does not.
30239
30240 Calc's conditional and looping constructs work by scanning the
30241 keyboard macro for occurrences of character sequences like @samp{Z:}
30242 and @samp{Z]}. One side-effect of this is that if you use these
30243 constructs you must be careful that these character pairs do not
30244 occur by accident in other parts of the macros. Since Calc rarely
30245 uses shift-@kbd{Z} for any purpose except as a prefix character, this
30246 is not likely to be a problem. Another side-effect is that it will
30247 not work to define your own custom key bindings for these commands.
30248 Only the standard shift-@kbd{Z} bindings will work correctly.
30249
30250 @kindex Z C-g
30251 If Calc gets stuck while skipping characters during the definition of a
30252 macro, type @kbd{Z C-g} to cancel the definition. (Typing plain @kbd{C-g}
30253 actually adds a @kbd{C-g} keystroke to the macro.)
30254
30255 @node Loops in Macros, Local Values in Macros, Conditionals in Macros, Keyboard Macros
30256 @subsection Loops in Keyboard Macros
30257
30258 @noindent
30259 @kindex Z <
30260 @kindex Z >
30261 @pindex calc-kbd-repeat
30262 @pindex calc-kbd-end-repeat
30263 @cindex Looping structures
30264 @cindex Iterative structures
30265 The @kbd{Z <} (@code{calc-kbd-repeat}) and @kbd{Z >}
30266 (@code{calc-kbd-end-repeat}) commands pop a number from the stack,
30267 which must be an integer, then repeat the keystrokes between the brackets
30268 the specified number of times. If the integer is zero or negative, the
30269 body is skipped altogether. For example, @kbd{1 @key{TAB} Z < 2 * Z >}
30270 computes two to a nonnegative integer power. First, we push 1 on the
30271 stack and then swap the integer argument back to the top. The @kbd{Z <}
30272 pops that argument leaving the 1 back on top of the stack. Then, we
30273 repeat a multiply-by-two step however many times.@refill
30274
30275 Once again, the keyboard macro is executed as it is being entered.
30276 In this case it is especially important to set up reasonable initial
30277 conditions before making the definition: Suppose the integer 1000 just
30278 happened to be sitting on the stack before we typed the above definition!
30279 Another approach is to enter a harmless dummy definition for the macro,
30280 then go back and edit in the real one with a @kbd{Z E} command. Yet
30281 another approach is to type the macro as written-out keystroke names
30282 in a buffer, then use @kbd{M-# m} (@code{read-kbd-macro}) to read the
30283 macro.
30284
30285 @kindex Z /
30286 @pindex calc-break
30287 The @kbd{Z /} (@code{calc-kbd-break}) command allows you to break out
30288 of a keyboard macro loop prematurely. It pops an object from the stack;
30289 if that object is true (a non-zero number), control jumps out of the
30290 innermost enclosing @kbd{Z <} @dots{} @kbd{Z >} loop and continues
30291 after the @kbd{Z >}. If the object is false, the @kbd{Z /} has no
30292 effect. Thus @kbd{@var{cond} Z /} is similar to @samp{if (@var{cond}) break;}
30293 in the C language.@refill
30294
30295 @kindex Z (
30296 @kindex Z )
30297 @pindex calc-kbd-for
30298 @pindex calc-kbd-end-for
30299 The @kbd{Z (} (@code{calc-kbd-for}) and @kbd{Z )} (@code{calc-kbd-end-for})
30300 commands are similar to @kbd{Z <} and @kbd{Z >}, except that they make the
30301 value of the counter available inside the loop. The general layout is
30302 @kbd{@var{init} @var{final} Z ( @var{body} @var{step} Z )}. The @kbd{Z (}
30303 command pops initial and final values from the stack. It then creates
30304 a temporary internal counter and initializes it with the value @var{init}.
30305 The @kbd{Z (} command then repeatedly pushes the counter value onto the
30306 stack and executes @var{body} and @var{step}, adding @var{step} to the
30307 counter each time until the loop finishes.@refill
30308
30309 @cindex Summations (by keyboard macros)
30310 By default, the loop finishes when the counter becomes greater than (or
30311 less than) @var{final}, assuming @var{initial} is less than (greater
30312 than) @var{final}. If @var{initial} is equal to @var{final}, the body
30313 executes exactly once. The body of the loop always executes at least
30314 once. For example, @kbd{0 1 10 Z ( 2 ^ + 1 Z )} computes the sum of the
30315 squares of the integers from 1 to 10, in steps of 1.
30316
30317 If you give a numeric prefix argument of 1 to @kbd{Z (}, the loop is
30318 forced to use upward-counting conventions. In this case, if @var{initial}
30319 is greater than @var{final} the body will not be executed at all.
30320 Note that @var{step} may still be negative in this loop; the prefix
30321 argument merely constrains the loop-finished test. Likewise, a prefix
30322 argument of @i{-1} forces downward-counting conventions.
30323
30324 @kindex Z @{
30325 @kindex Z @}
30326 @pindex calc-kbd-loop
30327 @pindex calc-kbd-end-loop
30328 The @kbd{Z @{} (@code{calc-kbd-loop}) and @kbd{Z @}}
30329 (@code{calc-kbd-end-loop}) commands are similar to @kbd{Z <} and
30330 @kbd{Z >}, except that they do not pop a count from the stack---they
30331 effectively create an infinite loop. Every @kbd{Z @{} @dots{} @kbd{Z @}}
30332 loop ought to include at least one @kbd{Z /} to make sure the loop
30333 doesn't run forever. (If any error message occurs which causes Emacs
30334 to beep, the keyboard macro will also be halted; this is a standard
30335 feature of Emacs. You can also generally press @kbd{C-g} to halt a
30336 running keyboard macro, although not all versions of Unix support
30337 this feature.)
30338
30339 The conditional and looping constructs are not actually tied to
30340 keyboard macros, but they are most often used in that context.
30341 For example, the keystrokes @kbd{10 Z < 23 @key{RET} Z >} push
30342 ten copies of 23 onto the stack. This can be typed ``live'' just
30343 as easily as in a macro definition.
30344
30345 @xref{Conditionals in Macros}, for some additional notes about
30346 conditional and looping commands.
30347
30348 @node Local Values in Macros, Queries in Macros, Loops in Macros, Keyboard Macros
30349 @subsection Local Values in Macros
30350
30351 @noindent
30352 @cindex Local variables
30353 @cindex Restoring saved modes
30354 Keyboard macros sometimes want to operate under known conditions
30355 without affecting surrounding conditions. For example, a keyboard
30356 macro may wish to turn on Fraction Mode, or set a particular
30357 precision, independent of the user's normal setting for those
30358 modes.
30359
30360 @kindex Z `
30361 @kindex Z '
30362 @pindex calc-kbd-push
30363 @pindex calc-kbd-pop
30364 Macros also sometimes need to use local variables. Assignments to
30365 local variables inside the macro should not affect any variables
30366 outside the macro. The @kbd{Z `} (@code{calc-kbd-push}) and @kbd{Z '}
30367 (@code{calc-kbd-pop}) commands give you both of these capabilities.
30368
30369 When you type @kbd{Z `} (with a backquote or accent grave character),
30370 the values of various mode settings are saved away. The ten ``quick''
30371 variables @code{q0} through @code{q9} are also saved. When
30372 you type @w{@kbd{Z '}} (with an apostrophe), these values are restored.
30373 Pairs of @kbd{Z `} and @kbd{Z '} commands may be nested.
30374
30375 If a keyboard macro halts due to an error in between a @kbd{Z `} and
30376 a @kbd{Z '}, the saved values will be restored correctly even though
30377 the macro never reaches the @kbd{Z '} command. Thus you can use
30378 @kbd{Z `} and @kbd{Z '} without having to worry about what happens
30379 in exceptional conditions.
30380
30381 If you type @kbd{Z `} ``live'' (not in a keyboard macro), Calc puts
30382 you into a ``recursive edit.'' You can tell you are in a recursive
30383 edit because there will be extra square brackets in the mode line,
30384 as in @samp{[(Calculator)]}. These brackets will go away when you
30385 type the matching @kbd{Z '} command. The modes and quick variables
30386 will be saved and restored in just the same way as if actual keyboard
30387 macros were involved.
30388
30389 The modes saved by @kbd{Z `} and @kbd{Z '} are the current precision
30390 and binary word size, the angular mode (Deg, Rad, or HMS), the
30391 simplification mode, Algebraic mode, Symbolic mode, Infinite mode,
30392 Matrix or Scalar mode, Fraction mode, and the current complex mode
30393 (Polar or Rectangular). The ten ``quick'' variables' values (or lack
30394 thereof) are also saved.
30395
30396 Most mode-setting commands act as toggles, but with a numeric prefix
30397 they force the mode either on (positive prefix) or off (negative
30398 or zero prefix). Since you don't know what the environment might
30399 be when you invoke your macro, it's best to use prefix arguments
30400 for all mode-setting commands inside the macro.
30401
30402 In fact, @kbd{C-u Z `} is like @kbd{Z `} except that it sets the modes
30403 listed above to their default values. As usual, the matching @kbd{Z '}
30404 will restore the modes to their settings from before the @kbd{C-u Z `}.
30405 Also, @w{@kbd{Z `}} with a negative prefix argument resets algebraic mode
30406 to its default (off) but leaves the other modes the same as they were
30407 outside the construct.
30408
30409 The contents of the stack and trail, values of non-quick variables, and
30410 other settings such as the language mode and the various display modes,
30411 are @emph{not} affected by @kbd{Z `} and @kbd{Z '}.
30412
30413 @node Queries in Macros, , Local Values in Macros, Keyboard Macros
30414 @subsection Queries in Keyboard Macros
30415
30416 @noindent
30417 @kindex Z =
30418 @pindex calc-kbd-report
30419 The @kbd{Z =} (@code{calc-kbd-report}) command displays an informative
30420 message including the value on the top of the stack. You are prompted
30421 to enter a string. That string, along with the top-of-stack value,
30422 is displayed unless @kbd{m w} (@code{calc-working}) has been used
30423 to turn such messages off.
30424
30425 @kindex Z #
30426 @pindex calc-kbd-query
30427 The @kbd{Z #} (@code{calc-kbd-query}) command displays a prompt message
30428 (which you enter during macro definition), then does an algebraic entry
30429 which takes its input from the keyboard, even during macro execution.
30430 This command allows your keyboard macros to accept numbers or formulas
30431 as interactive input. All the normal conventions of algebraic input,
30432 including the use of @kbd{$} characters, are supported.
30433
30434 @xref{Kbd Macro Query, , , emacs, the Emacs Manual}, for a description of
30435 @kbd{C-x q} (@code{kbd-macro-query}), the standard Emacs way to accept
30436 keyboard input during a keyboard macro. In particular, you can use
30437 @kbd{C-x q} to enter a recursive edit, which allows the user to perform
30438 any Calculator operations interactively before pressing @kbd{C-M-c} to
30439 return control to the keyboard macro.
30440
30441 @node Invocation Macros, Algebraic Definitions, Keyboard Macros, Programming
30442 @section Invocation Macros
30443
30444 @kindex M-# z
30445 @kindex Z I
30446 @pindex calc-user-invocation
30447 @pindex calc-user-define-invocation
30448 Calc provides one special keyboard macro, called up by @kbd{M-# z}
30449 (@code{calc-user-invocation}), that is intended to allow you to define
30450 your own special way of starting Calc. To define this ``invocation
30451 macro,'' create the macro in the usual way with @kbd{C-x (} and
30452 @kbd{C-x )}, then type @kbd{Z I} (@code{calc-user-define-invocation}).
30453 There is only one invocation macro, so you don't need to type any
30454 additional letters after @kbd{Z I}. From now on, you can type
30455 @kbd{M-# z} at any time to execute your invocation macro.
30456
30457 For example, suppose you find yourself often grabbing rectangles of
30458 numbers into Calc and multiplying their columns. You can do this
30459 by typing @kbd{M-# r} to grab, and @kbd{V R : *} to multiply columns.
30460 To make this into an invocation macro, just type @kbd{C-x ( M-# r
30461 V R : * C-x )}, then @kbd{Z I}. Then, to multiply a rectangle of data,
30462 just mark the data in its buffer in the usual way and type @kbd{M-# z}.
30463
30464 Invocation macros are treated like regular Emacs keyboard macros;
30465 all the special features described above for @kbd{Z K}-style macros
30466 do not apply. @kbd{M-# z} is just like @kbd{C-x e}, except that it
30467 uses the macro that was last stored by @kbd{Z I}. (In fact, the
30468 macro does not even have to have anything to do with Calc!)
30469
30470 The @kbd{m m} command saves the last invocation macro defined by
30471 @kbd{Z I} along with all the other Calc mode settings.
30472 @xref{General Mode Commands}.
30473
30474 @node Algebraic Definitions, Lisp Definitions, Invocation Macros, Programming
30475 @section Programming with Formulas
30476
30477 @noindent
30478 @kindex Z F
30479 @pindex calc-user-define-formula
30480 @cindex Programming with algebraic formulas
30481 Another way to create a new Calculator command uses algebraic formulas.
30482 The @kbd{Z F} (@code{calc-user-define-formula}) command stores the
30483 formula at the top of the stack as the definition for a key. This
30484 command prompts for five things: The key, the command name, the function
30485 name, the argument list, and the behavior of the command when given
30486 non-numeric arguments.
30487
30488 For example, suppose we type @kbd{' a+2b @key{RET}} to push the formula
30489 @samp{a + 2*b} onto the stack. We now type @kbd{Z F m} to define this
30490 formula on the @kbd{z m} key sequence. The next prompt is for a command
30491 name, beginning with @samp{calc-}, which should be the long (@kbd{M-x}) form
30492 for the new command. If you simply press @key{RET}, a default name like
30493 @code{calc-User-m} will be constructed. In our example, suppose we enter
30494 @kbd{spam @key{RET}} to define the new command as @code{calc-spam}.
30495
30496 If you want to give the formula a long-style name only, you can press
30497 @key{SPC} or @key{RET} when asked which single key to use. For example
30498 @kbd{Z F @key{RET} spam @key{RET}} defines the new command as
30499 @kbd{M-x calc-spam}, with no keyboard equivalent.
30500
30501 The third prompt is for a function name. The default is to use the same
30502 name as the command name but with @samp{calcFunc-} in place of
30503 @samp{calc-}. This is the name you will use if you want to enter your
30504 new function in an algebraic formula. Suppose we enter @kbd{yow @key{RET}}.
30505 Then the new function can be invoked by pushing two numbers on the
30506 stack and typing @kbd{z m} or @kbd{x spam}, or by entering the algebraic
30507 formula @samp{yow(x,y)}.@refill
30508
30509 The fourth prompt is for the function's argument list. This is used to
30510 associate values on the stack with the variables that appear in the formula.
30511 The default is a list of all variables which appear in the formula, sorted
30512 into alphabetical order. In our case, the default would be @samp{(a b)}.
30513 This means that, when the user types @kbd{z m}, the Calculator will remove
30514 two numbers from the stack, substitute these numbers for @samp{a} and
30515 @samp{b} (respectively) in the formula, then simplify the formula and
30516 push the result on the stack. In other words, @kbd{10 @key{RET} 100 z m}
30517 would replace the 10 and 100 on the stack with the number 210, which is
30518 @cite{a + 2 b} with @cite{a=10} and @cite{b=100}. Likewise, the formula
30519 @samp{yow(10, 100)} will be evaluated by substituting @cite{a=10} and
30520 @cite{b=100} in the definition.
30521
30522 You can rearrange the order of the names before pressing @key{RET} to
30523 control which stack positions go to which variables in the formula. If
30524 you remove a variable from the argument list, that variable will be left
30525 in symbolic form by the command. Thus using an argument list of @samp{(b)}
30526 for our function would cause @kbd{10 z m} to replace the 10 on the stack
30527 with the formula @samp{a + 20}. If we had used an argument list of
30528 @samp{(b a)}, the result with inputs 10 and 100 would have been 120.
30529
30530 You can also put a nameless function on the stack instead of just a
30531 formula, as in @samp{<a, b : a + 2 b>}. @xref{Specifying Operators}.
30532 In this example, the command will be defined by the formula @samp{a + 2 b}
30533 using the argument list @samp{(a b)}.
30534
30535 The final prompt is a y-or-n question concerning what to do if symbolic
30536 arguments are given to your function. If you answer @kbd{y}, then
30537 executing @kbd{z m} (using the original argument list @samp{(a b)}) with
30538 arguments @cite{10} and @cite{x} will leave the function in symbolic
30539 form, i.e., @samp{yow(10,x)}. On the other hand, if you answer @kbd{n},
30540 then the formula will always be expanded, even for non-constant
30541 arguments: @samp{10 + 2 x}. If you never plan to feed algebraic
30542 formulas to your new function, it doesn't matter how you answer this
30543 question.@refill
30544
30545 If you answered @kbd{y} to this question you can still cause a function
30546 call to be expanded by typing @kbd{a "} (@code{calc-expand-formula}).
30547 Also, Calc will expand the function if necessary when you take a
30548 derivative or integral or solve an equation involving the function.
30549
30550 @kindex Z G
30551 @pindex calc-get-user-defn
30552 Once you have defined a formula on a key, you can retrieve this formula
30553 with the @kbd{Z G} (@code{calc-user-define-get-defn}) command. Press a
30554 key, and this command pushes the formula that was used to define that
30555 key onto the stack. Actually, it pushes a nameless function that
30556 specifies both the argument list and the defining formula. You will get
30557 an error message if the key is undefined, or if the key was not defined
30558 by a @kbd{Z F} command.@refill
30559
30560 The @kbd{Z E} (@code{calc-user-define-edit}) command on a key that has
30561 been defined by a formula uses a variant of the @code{calc-edit} command
30562 to edit the defining formula. Press @kbd{M-# M-#} to finish editing and
30563 store the new formula back in the definition, or @kbd{M-# x} to
30564 cancel the edit. (The argument list and other properties of the
30565 definition are unchanged; to adjust the argument list, you can use
30566 @kbd{Z G} to grab the function onto the stack, edit with @kbd{`}, and
30567 then re-execute the @kbd{Z F} command.)
30568
30569 As usual, the @kbd{Z P} command records your definition permanently.
30570 In this case it will permanently record all three of the relevant
30571 definitions: the key, the command, and the function.
30572
30573 You may find it useful to turn off the default simplifications with
30574 @kbd{m O} (@code{calc-no-simplify-mode}) when entering a formula to be
30575 used as a function definition. For example, the formula @samp{deriv(a^2,v)}
30576 which might be used to define a new function @samp{dsqr(a,v)} will be
30577 ``simplified'' to 0 immediately upon entry since @code{deriv} considers
30578 @cite{a} to be constant with respect to @cite{v}. Turning off
30579 default simplifications cures this problem: The definition will be stored
30580 in symbolic form without ever activating the @code{deriv} function. Press
30581 @kbd{m D} to turn the default simplifications back on afterwards.
30582
30583 @node Lisp Definitions, , Algebraic Definitions, Programming
30584 @section Programming with Lisp
30585
30586 @noindent
30587 The Calculator can be programmed quite extensively in Lisp. All you
30588 do is write a normal Lisp function definition, but with @code{defmath}
30589 in place of @code{defun}. This has the same form as @code{defun}, but it
30590 automagically replaces calls to standard Lisp functions like @code{+} and
30591 @code{zerop} with calls to the corresponding functions in Calc's own library.
30592 Thus you can write natural-looking Lisp code which operates on all of the
30593 standard Calculator data types. You can then use @kbd{Z D} if you wish to
30594 bind your new command to a @kbd{z}-prefix key sequence. The @kbd{Z E} command
30595 will not edit a Lisp-based definition.
30596
30597 Emacs Lisp is described in the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual. This section
30598 assumes a familiarity with Lisp programming concepts; if you do not know
30599 Lisp, you may find keyboard macros or rewrite rules to be an easier way
30600 to program the Calculator.
30601
30602 This section first discusses ways to write commands, functions, or
30603 small programs to be executed inside of Calc. Then it discusses how
30604 your own separate programs are able to call Calc from the outside.
30605 Finally, there is a list of internal Calc functions and data structures
30606 for the true Lisp enthusiast.
30607
30608 @menu
30609 * Defining Functions::
30610 * Defining Simple Commands::
30611 * Defining Stack Commands::
30612 * Argument Qualifiers::
30613 * Example Definitions::
30614
30615 * Calling Calc from Your Programs::
30616 * Internals::
30617 @end menu
30618
30619 @node Defining Functions, Defining Simple Commands, Lisp Definitions, Lisp Definitions
30620 @subsection Defining New Functions
30621
30622 @noindent
30623 @findex defmath
30624 The @code{defmath} function (actually a Lisp macro) is like @code{defun}
30625 except that code in the body of the definition can make use of the full
30626 range of Calculator data types. The prefix @samp{calcFunc-} is added
30627 to the specified name to get the actual Lisp function name. As a simple
30628 example,
30629
30630 @example
30631 (defmath myfact (n)
30632 (if (> n 0)
30633 (* n (myfact (1- n)))
30634 1))
30635 @end example
30636
30637 @noindent
30638 This actually expands to the code,
30639
30640 @example
30641 (defun calcFunc-myfact (n)
30642 (if (math-posp n)
30643 (math-mul n (calcFunc-myfact (math-add n -1)))
30644 1))
30645 @end example
30646
30647 @noindent
30648 This function can be used in algebraic expressions, e.g., @samp{myfact(5)}.
30649
30650 The @samp{myfact} function as it is defined above has the bug that an
30651 expression @samp{myfact(a+b)} will be simplified to 1 because the
30652 formula @samp{a+b} is not considered to be @code{posp}. A robust
30653 factorial function would be written along the following lines:
30654
30655 @smallexample
30656 (defmath myfact (n)
30657 (if (> n 0)
30658 (* n (myfact (1- n)))
30659 (if (= n 0)
30660 1
30661 nil))) ; this could be simplified as: (and (= n 0) 1)
30662 @end smallexample
30663
30664 If a function returns @code{nil}, it is left unsimplified by the Calculator
30665 (except that its arguments will be simplified). Thus, @samp{myfact(a+1+2)}
30666 will be simplified to @samp{myfact(a+3)} but no further. Beware that every
30667 time the Calculator reexamines this formula it will attempt to resimplify
30668 it, so your function ought to detect the returning-@code{nil} case as
30669 efficiently as possible.
30670
30671 The following standard Lisp functions are treated by @code{defmath}:
30672 @code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{%}, @code{^} or
30673 @code{expt}, @code{=}, @code{<}, @code{>}, @code{<=}, @code{>=},
30674 @code{/=}, @code{1+}, @code{1-}, @code{logand}, @code{logior}, @code{logxor},
30675 @code{logandc2}, @code{lognot}. Also, @code{~=} is an abbreviation for
30676 @code{math-nearly-equal}, which is useful in implementing Taylor series.@refill
30677
30678 For other functions @var{func}, if a function by the name
30679 @samp{calcFunc-@var{func}} exists it is used, otherwise if a function by the
30680 name @samp{math-@var{func}} exists it is used, otherwise if @var{func} itself
30681 is defined as a function it is used, otherwise @samp{calcFunc-@var{func}} is
30682 used on the assumption that this is a to-be-defined math function. Also, if
30683 the function name is quoted as in @samp{('integerp a)} the function name is
30684 always used exactly as written (but not quoted).@refill
30685
30686 Variable names have @samp{var-} prepended to them unless they appear in
30687 the function's argument list or in an enclosing @code{let}, @code{let*},
30688 @code{for}, or @code{foreach} form,
30689 or their names already contain a @samp{-} character. Thus a reference to
30690 @samp{foo} is the same as a reference to @samp{var-foo}.@refill
30691
30692 A few other Lisp extensions are available in @code{defmath} definitions:
30693
30694 @itemize @bullet
30695 @item
30696 The @code{elt} function accepts any number of index variables.
30697 Note that Calc vectors are stored as Lisp lists whose first
30698 element is the symbol @code{vec}; thus, @samp{(elt v 2)} yields
30699 the second element of vector @code{v}, and @samp{(elt m i j)}
30700 yields one element of a Calc matrix.
30701
30702 @item
30703 The @code{setq} function has been extended to act like the Common
30704 Lisp @code{setf} function. (The name @code{setf} is recognized as
30705 a synonym of @code{setq}.) Specifically, the first argument of
30706 @code{setq} can be an @code{nth}, @code{elt}, @code{car}, or @code{cdr} form,
30707 in which case the effect is to store into the specified
30708 element of a list. Thus, @samp{(setq (elt m i j) x)} stores @cite{x}
30709 into one element of a matrix.
30710
30711 @item
30712 A @code{for} looping construct is available. For example,
30713 @samp{(for ((i 0 10)) body)} executes @code{body} once for each
30714 binding of @cite{i} from zero to 10. This is like a @code{let}
30715 form in that @cite{i} is temporarily bound to the loop count
30716 without disturbing its value outside the @code{for} construct.
30717 Nested loops, as in @samp{(for ((i 0 10) (j 0 (1- i) 2)) body)},
30718 are also available. For each value of @cite{i} from zero to 10,
30719 @cite{j} counts from 0 to @cite{i-1} in steps of two. Note that
30720 @code{for} has the same general outline as @code{let*}, except
30721 that each element of the header is a list of three or four
30722 things, not just two.
30723
30724 @item
30725 The @code{foreach} construct loops over elements of a list.
30726 For example, @samp{(foreach ((x (cdr v))) body)} executes
30727 @code{body} with @cite{x} bound to each element of Calc vector
30728 @cite{v} in turn. The purpose of @code{cdr} here is to skip over
30729 the initial @code{vec} symbol in the vector.
30730
30731 @item
30732 The @code{break} function breaks out of the innermost enclosing
30733 @code{while}, @code{for}, or @code{foreach} loop. If given a
30734 value, as in @samp{(break x)}, this value is returned by the
30735 loop. (Lisp loops otherwise always return @code{nil}.)
30736
30737 @item
30738 The @code{return} function prematurely returns from the enclosing
30739 function. For example, @samp{(return (+ x y))} returns @cite{x+y}
30740 as the value of a function. You can use @code{return} anywhere
30741 inside the body of the function.
30742 @end itemize
30743
30744 Non-integer numbers (and extremely large integers) cannot be included
30745 directly into a @code{defmath} definition. This is because the Lisp
30746 reader will fail to parse them long before @code{defmath} ever gets control.
30747 Instead, use the notation, @samp{:"3.1415"}. In fact, any algebraic
30748 formula can go between the quotes. For example,
30749
30750 @smallexample
30751 (defmath sqexp (x) ; sqexp(x) == sqrt(exp(x)) == exp(x*0.5)
30752 (and (numberp x)
30753 (exp :"x * 0.5")))
30754 @end smallexample
30755
30756 expands to
30757
30758 @smallexample
30759 (defun calcFunc-sqexp (x)
30760 (and (math-numberp x)
30761 (calcFunc-exp (math-mul x '(float 5 -1)))))
30762 @end smallexample
30763
30764 Note the use of @code{numberp} as a guard to ensure that the argument is
30765 a number first, returning @code{nil} if not. The exponential function
30766 could itself have been included in the expression, if we had preferred:
30767 @samp{:"exp(x * 0.5)"}. As another example, the multiplication-and-recursion
30768 step of @code{myfact} could have been written
30769
30770 @example
30771 :"n * myfact(n-1)"
30772 @end example
30773
30774 If a file named @file{.emacs} exists in your home directory, Emacs reads
30775 and executes the Lisp forms in this file as it starts up. While it may
30776 seem like a good idea to put your favorite @code{defmath} commands here,
30777 this has the unfortunate side-effect that parts of the Calculator must be
30778 loaded in to process the @code{defmath} commands whether or not you will
30779 actually use the Calculator! A better effect can be had by writing
30780
30781 @example
30782 (put 'calc-define 'thing '(progn
30783 (defmath ... )
30784 (defmath ... )
30785 ))
30786 @end example
30787
30788 @noindent
30789 @vindex calc-define
30790 The @code{put} function adds a @dfn{property} to a symbol. Each Lisp
30791 symbol has a list of properties associated with it. Here we add a
30792 property with a name of @code{thing} and a @samp{(progn ...)} form as
30793 its value. When Calc starts up, and at the start of every Calc command,
30794 the property list for the symbol @code{calc-define} is checked and the
30795 values of any properties found are evaluated as Lisp forms. The
30796 properties are removed as they are evaluated. The property names
30797 (like @code{thing}) are not used; you should choose something like the
30798 name of your project so as not to conflict with other properties.
30799
30800 The net effect is that you can put the above code in your @file{.emacs}
30801 file and it will not be executed until Calc is loaded. Or, you can put
30802 that same code in another file which you load by hand either before or
30803 after Calc itself is loaded.
30804
30805 The properties of @code{calc-define} are evaluated in the same order
30806 that they were added. They can assume that the Calc modules @file{calc.el},
30807 @file{calc-ext.el}, and @file{calc-macs.el} have been fully loaded, and
30808 that the @samp{*Calculator*} buffer will be the current buffer.
30809
30810 If your @code{calc-define} property only defines algebraic functions,
30811 you can be sure that it will have been evaluated before Calc tries to
30812 call your function, even if the file defining the property is loaded
30813 after Calc is loaded. But if the property defines commands or key
30814 sequences, it may not be evaluated soon enough. (Suppose it defines the
30815 new command @code{tweak-calc}; the user can load your file, then type
30816 @kbd{M-x tweak-calc} before Calc has had chance to do anything.) To
30817 protect against this situation, you can put
30818
30819 @example
30820 (run-hooks 'calc-check-defines)
30821 @end example
30822
30823 @findex calc-check-defines
30824 @noindent
30825 at the end of your file. The @code{calc-check-defines} function is what
30826 looks for and evaluates properties on @code{calc-define}; @code{run-hooks}
30827 has the advantage that it is quietly ignored if @code{calc-check-defines}
30828 is not yet defined because Calc has not yet been loaded.
30829
30830 Examples of things that ought to be enclosed in a @code{calc-define}
30831 property are @code{defmath} calls, @code{define-key} calls that modify
30832 the Calc key map, and any calls that redefine things defined inside Calc.
30833 Ordinary @code{defun}s need not be enclosed with @code{calc-define}.
30834
30835 @node Defining Simple Commands, Defining Stack Commands, Defining Functions, Lisp Definitions
30836 @subsection Defining New Simple Commands
30837
30838 @noindent
30839 @findex interactive
30840 If a @code{defmath} form contains an @code{interactive} clause, it defines
30841 a Calculator command. Actually such a @code{defmath} results in @emph{two}
30842 function definitions: One, a @samp{calcFunc-} function as was just described,
30843 with the @code{interactive} clause removed. Two, a @samp{calc-} function
30844 with a suitable @code{interactive} clause and some sort of wrapper to make
30845 the command work in the Calc environment.
30846
30847 In the simple case, the @code{interactive} clause has the same form as
30848 for normal Emacs Lisp commands:
30849
30850 @smallexample
30851 (defmath increase-precision (delta)
30852 "Increase precision by DELTA." ; This is the "documentation string"
30853 (interactive "p") ; Register this as a M-x-able command
30854 (setq calc-internal-prec (+ calc-internal-prec delta)))
30855 @end smallexample
30856
30857 This expands to the pair of definitions,
30858
30859 @smallexample
30860 (defun calc-increase-precision (delta)
30861 "Increase precision by DELTA."
30862 (interactive "p")
30863 (calc-wrapper
30864 (setq calc-internal-prec (math-add calc-internal-prec delta))))
30865
30866 (defun calcFunc-increase-precision (delta)
30867 "Increase precision by DELTA."
30868 (setq calc-internal-prec (math-add calc-internal-prec delta)))
30869 @end smallexample
30870
30871 @noindent
30872 where in this case the latter function would never really be used! Note
30873 that since the Calculator stores small integers as plain Lisp integers,
30874 the @code{math-add} function will work just as well as the native
30875 @code{+} even when the intent is to operate on native Lisp integers.
30876
30877 @findex calc-wrapper
30878 The @samp{calc-wrapper} call invokes a macro which surrounds the body of
30879 the function with code that looks roughly like this:
30880
30881 @smallexample
30882 (let ((calc-command-flags nil))
30883 (unwind-protect
30884 (save-excursion
30885 (calc-select-buffer)
30886 @emph{body of function}
30887 @emph{renumber stack}
30888 @emph{clear} Working @emph{message})
30889 @emph{realign cursor and window}
30890 @emph{clear Inverse, Hyperbolic, and Keep Args flags}
30891 @emph{update Emacs mode line}))
30892 @end smallexample
30893
30894 @findex calc-select-buffer
30895 The @code{calc-select-buffer} function selects the @samp{*Calculator*}
30896 buffer if necessary, say, because the command was invoked from inside
30897 the @samp{*Calc Trail*} window.
30898
30899 @findex calc-set-command-flag
30900 You can call, for example, @code{(calc-set-command-flag 'no-align)} to set
30901 the above-mentioned command flags. The following command flags are
30902 recognized by Calc routines:
30903
30904 @table @code
30905 @item renum-stack
30906 Stack line numbers @samp{1:}, @samp{2:}, and so on must be renumbered
30907 after this command completes. This is set by routines like
30908 @code{calc-push}.
30909
30910 @item clear-message
30911 Calc should call @samp{(message "")} if this command completes normally
30912 (to clear a ``Working@dots{}'' message out of the echo area).
30913
30914 @item no-align
30915 Do not move the cursor back to the @samp{.} top-of-stack marker.
30916
30917 @item position-point
30918 Use the variables @code{calc-position-point-line} and
30919 @code{calc-position-point-column} to position the cursor after
30920 this command finishes.
30921
30922 @item keep-flags
30923 Do not clear @code{calc-inverse-flag}, @code{calc-hyperbolic-flag},
30924 and @code{calc-keep-args-flag} at the end of this command.
30925
30926 @item do-edit
30927 Switch to buffer @samp{*Calc Edit*} after this command.
30928
30929 @item hold-trail
30930 Do not move trail pointer to end of trail when something is recorded
30931 there.
30932 @end table
30933
30934 @kindex Y
30935 @kindex Y ?
30936 @vindex calc-Y-help-msgs
30937 Calc reserves a special prefix key, shift-@kbd{Y}, for user-written
30938 extensions to Calc. There are no built-in commands that work with
30939 this prefix key; you must call @code{define-key} from Lisp (probably
30940 from inside a @code{calc-define} property) to add to it. Initially only
30941 @kbd{Y ?} is defined; it takes help messages from a list of strings
30942 (initially @code{nil}) in the variable @code{calc-Y-help-msgs}. All
30943 other undefined keys except for @kbd{Y} are reserved for use by
30944 future versions of Calc.
30945
30946 If you are writing a Calc enhancement which you expect to give to
30947 others, it is best to minimize the number of @kbd{Y}-key sequences
30948 you use. In fact, if you have more than one key sequence you should
30949 consider defining three-key sequences with a @kbd{Y}, then a key that
30950 stands for your package, then a third key for the particular command
30951 within your package.
30952
30953 Users may wish to install several Calc enhancements, and it is possible
30954 that several enhancements will choose to use the same key. In the
30955 example below, a variable @code{inc-prec-base-key} has been defined
30956 to contain the key that identifies the @code{inc-prec} package. Its
30957 value is initially @code{"P"}, but a user can change this variable
30958 if necessary without having to modify the file.
30959
30960 Here is a complete file, @file{inc-prec.el}, which makes a @kbd{Y P I}
30961 command that increases the precision, and a @kbd{Y P D} command that
30962 decreases the precision.
30963
30964 @smallexample
30965 ;;; Increase and decrease Calc precision. Dave Gillespie, 5/31/91.
30966 ;;; (Include copyright or copyleft stuff here.)
30967
30968 (defvar inc-prec-base-key "P"
30969 "Base key for inc-prec.el commands.")
30970
30971 (put 'calc-define 'inc-prec '(progn
30972
30973 (define-key calc-mode-map (format "Y%sI" inc-prec-base-key)
30974 'increase-precision)
30975 (define-key calc-mode-map (format "Y%sD" inc-prec-base-key)
30976 'decrease-precision)
30977
30978 (setq calc-Y-help-msgs
30979 (cons (format "%s + Inc-prec, Dec-prec" inc-prec-base-key)
30980 calc-Y-help-msgs))
30981
30982 (defmath increase-precision (delta)
30983 "Increase precision by DELTA."
30984 (interactive "p")
30985 (setq calc-internal-prec (+ calc-internal-prec delta)))
30986
30987 (defmath decrease-precision (delta)
30988 "Decrease precision by DELTA."
30989 (interactive "p")
30990 (setq calc-internal-prec (- calc-internal-prec delta)))
30991
30992 )) ; end of calc-define property
30993
30994 (run-hooks 'calc-check-defines)
30995 @end smallexample
30996
30997 @node Defining Stack Commands, Argument Qualifiers, Defining Simple Commands, Lisp Definitions
30998 @subsection Defining New Stack-Based Commands
30999
31000 @noindent
31001 To define a new computational command which takes and/or leaves arguments
31002 on the stack, a special form of @code{interactive} clause is used.
31003
31004 @example
31005 (interactive @var{num} @var{tag})
31006 @end example
31007
31008 @noindent
31009 where @var{num} is an integer, and @var{tag} is a string. The effect is
31010 to pop @var{num} values off the stack, resimplify them by calling
31011 @code{calc-normalize}, and hand them to your function according to the
31012 function's argument list. Your function may include @code{&optional} and
31013 @code{&rest} parameters, so long as calling the function with @var{num}
31014 parameters is legal.
31015
31016 Your function must return either a number or a formula in a form
31017 acceptable to Calc, or a list of such numbers or formulas. These value(s)
31018 are pushed onto the stack when the function completes. They are also
31019 recorded in the Calc Trail buffer on a line beginning with @var{tag},
31020 a string of (normally) four characters or less. If you omit @var{tag}
31021 or use @code{nil} as a tag, the result is not recorded in the trail.
31022
31023 As an example, the definition
31024
31025 @smallexample
31026 (defmath myfact (n)
31027 "Compute the factorial of the integer at the top of the stack."
31028 (interactive 1 "fact")
31029 (if (> n 0)
31030 (* n (myfact (1- n)))
31031 (and (= n 0) 1)))
31032 @end smallexample
31033
31034 @noindent
31035 is a version of the factorial function shown previously which can be used
31036 as a command as well as an algebraic function. It expands to
31037
31038 @smallexample
31039 (defun calc-myfact ()
31040 "Compute the factorial of the integer at the top of the stack."
31041 (interactive)
31042 (calc-slow-wrapper
31043 (calc-enter-result 1 "fact"
31044 (cons 'calcFunc-myfact (calc-top-list-n 1)))))
31045
31046 (defun calcFunc-myfact (n)
31047 "Compute the factorial of the integer at the top of the stack."
31048 (if (math-posp n)
31049 (math-mul n (calcFunc-myfact (math-add n -1)))
31050 (and (math-zerop n) 1)))
31051 @end smallexample
31052
31053 @findex calc-slow-wrapper
31054 The @code{calc-slow-wrapper} function is a version of @code{calc-wrapper}
31055 that automatically puts up a @samp{Working...} message before the
31056 computation begins. (This message can be turned off by the user
31057 with an @kbd{m w} (@code{calc-working}) command.)
31058
31059 @findex calc-top-list-n
31060 The @code{calc-top-list-n} function returns a list of the specified number
31061 of values from the top of the stack. It resimplifies each value by
31062 calling @code{calc-normalize}. If its argument is zero it returns an
31063 empty list. It does not actually remove these values from the stack.
31064
31065 @findex calc-enter-result
31066 The @code{calc-enter-result} function takes an integer @var{num} and string
31067 @var{tag} as described above, plus a third argument which is either a
31068 Calculator data object or a list of such objects. These objects are
31069 resimplified and pushed onto the stack after popping the specified number
31070 of values from the stack. If @var{tag} is non-@code{nil}, the values
31071 being pushed are also recorded in the trail.
31072
31073 Note that if @code{calcFunc-myfact} returns @code{nil} this represents
31074 ``leave the function in symbolic form.'' To return an actual empty list,
31075 in the sense that @code{calc-enter-result} will push zero elements back
31076 onto the stack, you should return the special value @samp{'(nil)}, a list
31077 containing the single symbol @code{nil}.
31078
31079 The @code{interactive} declaration can actually contain a limited
31080 Emacs-style code string as well which comes just before @var{num} and
31081 @var{tag}. Currently the only Emacs code supported is @samp{"p"}, as in
31082
31083 @example
31084 (defmath foo (a b &optional c)
31085 (interactive "p" 2 "foo")
31086 @var{body})
31087 @end example
31088
31089 In this example, the command @code{calc-foo} will evaluate the expression
31090 @samp{foo(a,b)} if executed with no argument, or @samp{foo(a,b,n)} if
31091 executed with a numeric prefix argument of @cite{n}.
31092
31093 The other code string allowed is @samp{"m"} (unrelated to the usual @samp{"m"}
31094 code as used with @code{defun}). It uses the numeric prefix argument as the
31095 number of objects to remove from the stack and pass to the function.
31096 In this case, the integer @var{num} serves as a default number of
31097 arguments to be used when no prefix is supplied.
31098
31099 @node Argument Qualifiers, Example Definitions, Defining Stack Commands, Lisp Definitions
31100 @subsection Argument Qualifiers
31101
31102 @noindent
31103 Anywhere a parameter name can appear in the parameter list you can also use
31104 an @dfn{argument qualifier}. Thus the general form of a definition is:
31105
31106 @example
31107 (defmath @var{name} (@var{param} @var{param...}
31108 &optional @var{param} @var{param...}
31109 &rest @var{param})
31110 @var{body})
31111 @end example
31112
31113 @noindent
31114 where each @var{param} is either a symbol or a list of the form
31115
31116 @example
31117 (@var{qual} @var{param})
31118 @end example
31119
31120 The following qualifiers are recognized:
31121
31122 @table @samp
31123 @item complete
31124 @findex complete
31125 The argument must not be an incomplete vector, interval, or complex number.
31126 (This is rarely needed since the Calculator itself will never call your
31127 function with an incomplete argument. But there is nothing stopping your
31128 own Lisp code from calling your function with an incomplete argument.)@refill
31129
31130 @item integer
31131 @findex integer
31132 The argument must be an integer. If it is an integer-valued float
31133 it will be accepted but converted to integer form. Non-integers and
31134 formulas are rejected.
31135
31136 @item natnum
31137 @findex natnum
31138 Like @samp{integer}, but the argument must be non-negative.
31139
31140 @item fixnum
31141 @findex fixnum
31142 Like @samp{integer}, but the argument must fit into a native Lisp integer,
31143 which on most systems means less than 2^23 in absolute value. The
31144 argument is converted into Lisp-integer form if necessary.
31145
31146 @item float
31147 @findex float
31148 The argument is converted to floating-point format if it is a number or
31149 vector. If it is a formula it is left alone. (The argument is never
31150 actually rejected by this qualifier.)
31151
31152 @item @var{pred}
31153 The argument must satisfy predicate @var{pred}, which is one of the
31154 standard Calculator predicates. @xref{Predicates}.
31155
31156 @item not-@var{pred}
31157 The argument must @emph{not} satisfy predicate @var{pred}.
31158 @end table
31159
31160 For example,
31161
31162 @example
31163 (defmath foo (a (constp (not-matrixp b)) &optional (float c)
31164 &rest (integer d))
31165 @var{body})
31166 @end example
31167
31168 @noindent
31169 expands to
31170
31171 @example
31172 (defun calcFunc-foo (a b &optional c &rest d)
31173 (and (math-matrixp b)
31174 (math-reject-arg b 'not-matrixp))
31175 (or (math-constp b)
31176 (math-reject-arg b 'constp))
31177 (and c (setq c (math-check-float c)))
31178 (setq d (mapcar 'math-check-integer d))
31179 @var{body})
31180 @end example
31181
31182 @noindent
31183 which performs the necessary checks and conversions before executing the
31184 body of the function.
31185
31186 @node Example Definitions, Calling Calc from Your Programs, Argument Qualifiers, Lisp Definitions
31187 @subsection Example Definitions
31188
31189 @noindent
31190 This section includes some Lisp programming examples on a larger scale.
31191 These programs make use of some of the Calculator's internal functions;
31192 @pxref{Internals}.
31193
31194 @menu
31195 * Bit Counting Example::
31196 * Sine Example::
31197 @end menu
31198
31199 @node Bit Counting Example, Sine Example, Example Definitions, Example Definitions
31200 @subsubsection Bit-Counting
31201
31202 @noindent
31203 @c @starindex
31204 @tindex bcount
31205 Calc does not include a built-in function for counting the number of
31206 ``one'' bits in a binary integer. It's easy to invent one using @kbd{b u}
31207 to convert the integer to a set, and @kbd{V #} to count the elements of
31208 that set; let's write a function that counts the bits without having to
31209 create an intermediate set.
31210
31211 @smallexample
31212 (defmath bcount ((natnum n))
31213 (interactive 1 "bcnt")
31214 (let ((count 0))
31215 (while (> n 0)
31216 (if (oddp n)
31217 (setq count (1+ count)))
31218 (setq n (lsh n -1)))
31219 count))
31220 @end smallexample
31221
31222 @noindent
31223 When this is expanded by @code{defmath}, it will become the following
31224 Emacs Lisp function:
31225
31226 @smallexample
31227 (defun calcFunc-bcount (n)
31228 (setq n (math-check-natnum n))
31229 (let ((count 0))
31230 (while (math-posp n)
31231 (if (math-oddp n)
31232 (setq count (math-add count 1)))
31233 (setq n (calcFunc-lsh n -1)))
31234 count))
31235 @end smallexample
31236
31237 If the input numbers are large, this function involves a fair amount
31238 of arithmetic. A binary right shift is essentially a division by two;
31239 recall that Calc stores integers in decimal form so bit shifts must
31240 involve actual division.
31241
31242 To gain a bit more efficiency, we could divide the integer into
31243 @i{n}-bit chunks, each of which can be handled quickly because
31244 they fit into Lisp integers. It turns out that Calc's arithmetic
31245 routines are especially fast when dividing by an integer less than
31246 1000, so we can set @i{n = 9} bits and use repeated division by 512:
31247
31248 @smallexample
31249 (defmath bcount ((natnum n))
31250 (interactive 1 "bcnt")
31251 (let ((count 0))
31252 (while (not (fixnump n))
31253 (let ((qr (idivmod n 512)))
31254 (setq count (+ count (bcount-fixnum (cdr qr)))
31255 n (car qr))))
31256 (+ count (bcount-fixnum n))))
31257
31258 (defun bcount-fixnum (n)
31259 (let ((count 0))
31260 (while (> n 0)
31261 (setq count (+ count (logand n 1))
31262 n (lsh n -1)))
31263 count))
31264 @end smallexample
31265
31266 @noindent
31267 Note that the second function uses @code{defun}, not @code{defmath}.
31268 Because this function deals only with native Lisp integers (``fixnums''),
31269 it can use the actual Emacs @code{+} and related functions rather
31270 than the slower but more general Calc equivalents which @code{defmath}
31271 uses.
31272
31273 The @code{idivmod} function does an integer division, returning both
31274 the quotient and the remainder at once. Again, note that while it
31275 might seem that @samp{(logand n 511)} and @samp{(lsh n -9)} are
31276 more efficient ways to split off the bottom nine bits of @code{n},
31277 actually they are less efficient because each operation is really
31278 a division by 512 in disguise; @code{idivmod} allows us to do the
31279 same thing with a single division by 512.
31280
31281 @node Sine Example, , Bit Counting Example, Example Definitions
31282 @subsubsection The Sine Function
31283
31284 @noindent
31285 @c @starindex
31286 @tindex mysin
31287 A somewhat limited sine function could be defined as follows, using the
31288 well-known Taylor series expansion for @c{$\sin x$}
31289 @samp{sin(x)}:
31290
31291 @smallexample
31292 (defmath mysin ((float (anglep x)))
31293 (interactive 1 "mysn")
31294 (setq x (to-radians x)) ; Convert from current angular mode.
31295 (let ((sum x) ; Initial term of Taylor expansion of sin.
31296 newsum
31297 (nfact 1) ; "nfact" equals "n" factorial at all times.
31298 (xnegsqr :"-(x^2)")) ; "xnegsqr" equals -x^2.
31299 (for ((n 3 100 2)) ; Upper limit of 100 is a good precaution.
31300 (working "mysin" sum) ; Display "Working" message, if enabled.
31301 (setq nfact (* nfact (1- n) n)
31302 x (* x xnegsqr)
31303 newsum (+ sum (/ x nfact)))
31304 (if (~= newsum sum) ; If newsum is "nearly equal to" sum,
31305 (break)) ; then we are done.
31306 (setq sum newsum))
31307 sum))
31308 @end smallexample
31309
31310 The actual @code{sin} function in Calc works by first reducing the problem
31311 to a sine or cosine of a nonnegative number less than @c{$\pi \over 4$}
31312 @cite{pi/4}. This
31313 ensures that the Taylor series will converge quickly. Also, the calculation
31314 is carried out with two extra digits of precision to guard against cumulative
31315 round-off in @samp{sum}. Finally, complex arguments are allowed and handled
31316 by a separate algorithm.
31317
31318 @smallexample
31319 (defmath mysin ((float (scalarp x)))
31320 (interactive 1 "mysn")
31321 (setq x (to-radians x)) ; Convert from current angular mode.
31322 (with-extra-prec 2 ; Evaluate with extra precision.
31323 (cond ((complexp x)
31324 (mysin-complex x))
31325 ((< x 0)
31326 (- (mysin-raw (- x))) ; Always call mysin-raw with x >= 0.
31327 (t (mysin-raw x))))))
31328
31329 (defmath mysin-raw (x)
31330 (cond ((>= x 7)
31331 (mysin-raw (% x (two-pi)))) ; Now x < 7.
31332 ((> x (pi-over-2))
31333 (- (mysin-raw (- x (pi))))) ; Now -pi/2 <= x <= pi/2.
31334 ((> x (pi-over-4))
31335 (mycos-raw (- x (pi-over-2)))) ; Now -pi/2 <= x <= pi/4.
31336 ((< x (- (pi-over-4)))
31337 (- (mycos-raw (+ x (pi-over-2))))) ; Now -pi/4 <= x <= pi/4,
31338 (t (mysin-series x)))) ; so the series will be efficient.
31339 @end smallexample
31340
31341 @noindent
31342 where @code{mysin-complex} is an appropriate function to handle complex
31343 numbers, @code{mysin-series} is the routine to compute the sine Taylor
31344 series as before, and @code{mycos-raw} is a function analogous to
31345 @code{mysin-raw} for cosines.
31346
31347 The strategy is to ensure that @cite{x} is nonnegative before calling
31348 @code{mysin-raw}. This function then recursively reduces its argument
31349 to a suitable range, namely, plus-or-minus @c{$\pi \over 4$}
31350 @cite{pi/4}. Note that each
31351 test, and particularly the first comparison against 7, is designed so
31352 that small roundoff errors cannnot produce an infinite loop. (Suppose
31353 we compared with @samp{(two-pi)} instead; if due to roundoff problems
31354 the modulo operator ever returned @samp{(two-pi)} exactly, an infinite
31355 recursion could result!) We use modulo only for arguments that will
31356 clearly get reduced, knowing that the next rule will catch any reductions
31357 that this rule misses.
31358
31359 If a program is being written for general use, it is important to code
31360 it carefully as shown in this second example. For quick-and-dirty programs,
31361 when you know that your own use of the sine function will never encounter
31362 a large argument, a simpler program like the first one shown is fine.
31363
31364 @node Calling Calc from Your Programs, Internals, Example Definitions, Lisp Definitions
31365 @subsection Calling Calc from Your Lisp Programs
31366
31367 @noindent
31368 A later section (@pxref{Internals}) gives a full description of
31369 Calc's internal Lisp functions. It's not hard to call Calc from
31370 inside your programs, but the number of these functions can be daunting.
31371 So Calc provides one special ``programmer-friendly'' function called
31372 @code{calc-eval} that can be made to do just about everything you
31373 need. It's not as fast as the low-level Calc functions, but it's
31374 much simpler to use!
31375
31376 It may seem that @code{calc-eval} itself has a daunting number of
31377 options, but they all stem from one simple operation.
31378
31379 In its simplest manifestation, @samp{(calc-eval "1+2")} parses the
31380 string @code{"1+2"} as if it were a Calc algebraic entry and returns
31381 the result formatted as a string: @code{"3"}.
31382
31383 Since @code{calc-eval} is on the list of recommended @code{autoload}
31384 functions, you don't need to make any special preparations to load
31385 Calc before calling @code{calc-eval} the first time. Calc will be
31386 loaded and initialized for you.
31387
31388 All the Calc modes that are currently in effect will be used when
31389 evaluating the expression and formatting the result.
31390
31391 @ifinfo
31392 @example
31393
31394 @end example
31395 @end ifinfo
31396 @subsubsection Additional Arguments to @code{calc-eval}
31397
31398 @noindent
31399 If the input string parses to a list of expressions, Calc returns
31400 the results separated by @code{", "}. You can specify a different
31401 separator by giving a second string argument to @code{calc-eval}:
31402 @samp{(calc-eval "1+2,3+4" ";")} returns @code{"3;7"}.
31403
31404 The ``separator'' can also be any of several Lisp symbols which
31405 request other behaviors from @code{calc-eval}. These are discussed
31406 one by one below.
31407
31408 You can give additional arguments to be substituted for
31409 @samp{$}, @samp{$$}, and so on in the main expression. For
31410 example, @samp{(calc-eval "$/$$" nil "7" "1+1")} evaluates the
31411 expression @code{"7/(1+1)"} to yield the result @code{"3.5"}
31412 (assuming Fraction mode is not in effect). Note the @code{nil}
31413 used as a placeholder for the item-separator argument.
31414
31415 @ifinfo
31416 @example
31417
31418 @end example
31419 @end ifinfo
31420 @subsubsection Error Handling
31421
31422 @noindent
31423 If @code{calc-eval} encounters an error, it returns a list containing
31424 the character position of the error, plus a suitable message as a
31425 string. Note that @samp{1 / 0} is @emph{not} an error by Calc's
31426 standards; it simply returns the string @code{"1 / 0"} which is the
31427 division left in symbolic form. But @samp{(calc-eval "1/")} will
31428 return the list @samp{(2 "Expected a number")}.
31429
31430 If you bind the variable @code{calc-eval-error} to @code{t}
31431 using a @code{let} form surrounding the call to @code{calc-eval},
31432 errors instead call the Emacs @code{error} function which aborts
31433 to the Emacs command loop with a beep and an error message.
31434
31435 If you bind this variable to the symbol @code{string}, error messages
31436 are returned as strings instead of lists. The character position is
31437 ignored.
31438
31439 As a courtesy to other Lisp code which may be using Calc, be sure
31440 to bind @code{calc-eval-error} using @code{let} rather than changing
31441 it permanently with @code{setq}.
31442
31443 @ifinfo
31444 @example
31445
31446 @end example
31447 @end ifinfo
31448 @subsubsection Numbers Only
31449
31450 @noindent
31451 Sometimes it is preferable to treat @samp{1 / 0} as an error
31452 rather than returning a symbolic result. If you pass the symbol
31453 @code{num} as the second argument to @code{calc-eval}, results
31454 that are not constants are treated as errors. The error message
31455 reported is the first @code{calc-why} message if there is one,
31456 or otherwise ``Number expected.''
31457
31458 A result is ``constant'' if it is a number, vector, or other
31459 object that does not include variables or function calls. If it
31460 is a vector, the components must themselves be constants.
31461
31462 @ifinfo
31463 @example
31464
31465 @end example
31466 @end ifinfo
31467 @subsubsection Default Modes
31468
31469 @noindent
31470 If the first argument to @code{calc-eval} is a list whose first
31471 element is a formula string, then @code{calc-eval} sets all the
31472 various Calc modes to their default values while the formula is
31473 evaluated and formatted. For example, the precision is set to 12
31474 digits, digit grouping is turned off, and the normal language
31475 mode is used.
31476
31477 This same principle applies to the other options discussed below.
31478 If the first argument would normally be @var{x}, then it can also
31479 be the list @samp{(@var{x})} to use the default mode settings.
31480
31481 If there are other elements in the list, they are taken as
31482 variable-name/value pairs which override the default mode
31483 settings. Look at the documentation at the front of the
31484 @file{calc.el} file to find the names of the Lisp variables for
31485 the various modes. The mode settings are restored to their
31486 original values when @code{calc-eval} is done.
31487
31488 For example, @samp{(calc-eval '("$+$$" calc-internal-prec 8) 'num a b)}
31489 computes the sum of two numbers, requiring a numeric result, and
31490 using default mode settings except that the precision is 8 instead
31491 of the default of 12.
31492
31493 It's usually best to use this form of @code{calc-eval} unless your
31494 program actually considers the interaction with Calc's mode settings
31495 to be a feature. This will avoid all sorts of potential ``gotchas'';
31496 consider what happens with @samp{(calc-eval "sqrt(2)" 'num)}
31497 when the user has left Calc in symbolic mode or no-simplify mode.
31498
31499 As another example, @samp{(equal (calc-eval '("$<$$") nil a b) "1")}
31500 checks if the number in string @cite{a} is less than the one in
31501 string @cite{b}. Without using a list, the integer 1 might
31502 come out in a variety of formats which would be hard to test for
31503 conveniently: @code{"1"}, @code{"8#1"}, @code{"00001"}. (But
31504 see ``Predicates'' mode, below.)
31505
31506 @ifinfo
31507 @example
31508
31509 @end example
31510 @end ifinfo
31511 @subsubsection Raw Numbers
31512
31513 @noindent
31514 Normally all input and output for @code{calc-eval} is done with strings.
31515 You can do arithmetic with, say, @samp{(calc-eval "$+$$" nil a b)}
31516 in place of @samp{(+ a b)}, but this is very inefficient since the
31517 numbers must be converted to and from string format as they are passed
31518 from one @code{calc-eval} to the next.
31519
31520 If the separator is the symbol @code{raw}, the result will be returned
31521 as a raw Calc data structure rather than a string. You can read about
31522 how these objects look in the following sections, but usually you can
31523 treat them as ``black box'' objects with no important internal
31524 structure.
31525
31526 There is also a @code{rawnum} symbol, which is a combination of
31527 @code{raw} (returning a raw Calc object) and @code{num} (signalling
31528 an error if that object is not a constant).
31529
31530 You can pass a raw Calc object to @code{calc-eval} in place of a
31531 string, either as the formula itself or as one of the @samp{$}
31532 arguments. Thus @samp{(calc-eval "$+$$" 'raw a b)} is an
31533 addition function that operates on raw Calc objects. Of course
31534 in this case it would be easier to call the low-level @code{math-add}
31535 function in Calc, if you can remember its name.
31536
31537 In particular, note that a plain Lisp integer is acceptable to Calc
31538 as a raw object. (All Lisp integers are accepted on input, but
31539 integers of more than six decimal digits are converted to ``big-integer''
31540 form for output. @xref{Data Type Formats}.)
31541
31542 When it comes time to display the object, just use @samp{(calc-eval a)}
31543 to format it as a string.
31544
31545 It is an error if the input expression evaluates to a list of
31546 values. The separator symbol @code{list} is like @code{raw}
31547 except that it returns a list of one or more raw Calc objects.
31548
31549 Note that a Lisp string is not a valid Calc object, nor is a list
31550 containing a string. Thus you can still safely distinguish all the
31551 various kinds of error returns discussed above.
31552
31553 @ifinfo
31554 @example
31555
31556 @end example
31557 @end ifinfo
31558 @subsubsection Predicates
31559
31560 @noindent
31561 If the separator symbol is @code{pred}, the result of the formula is
31562 treated as a true/false value; @code{calc-eval} returns @code{t} or
31563 @code{nil}, respectively. A value is considered ``true'' if it is a
31564 non-zero number, or false if it is zero or if it is not a number.
31565
31566 For example, @samp{(calc-eval "$<$$" 'pred a b)} tests whether
31567 one value is less than another.
31568
31569 As usual, it is also possible for @code{calc-eval} to return one of
31570 the error indicators described above. Lisp will interpret such an
31571 indicator as ``true'' if you don't check for it explicitly. If you
31572 wish to have an error register as ``false'', use something like
31573 @samp{(eq (calc-eval ...) t)}.
31574
31575 @ifinfo
31576 @example
31577
31578 @end example
31579 @end ifinfo
31580 @subsubsection Variable Values
31581
31582 @noindent
31583 Variables in the formula passed to @code{calc-eval} are not normally
31584 replaced by their values. If you wish this, you can use the
31585 @code{evalv} function (@pxref{Algebraic Manipulation}). For example,
31586 if 4 is stored in Calc variable @code{a} (i.e., in Lisp variable
31587 @code{var-a}), then @samp{(calc-eval "a+pi")} will return the
31588 formula @code{"a + pi"}, but @samp{(calc-eval "evalv(a+pi)")}
31589 will return @code{"7.14159265359"}.
31590
31591 To store in a Calc variable, just use @code{setq} to store in the
31592 corresponding Lisp variable. (This is obtained by prepending
31593 @samp{var-} to the Calc variable name.) Calc routines will
31594 understand either string or raw form values stored in variables,
31595 although raw data objects are much more efficient. For example,
31596 to increment the Calc variable @code{a}:
31597
31598 @example
31599 (setq var-a (calc-eval "evalv(a+1)" 'raw))
31600 @end example
31601
31602 @ifinfo
31603 @example
31604
31605 @end example
31606 @end ifinfo
31607 @subsubsection Stack Access
31608
31609 @noindent
31610 If the separator symbol is @code{push}, the formula argument is
31611 evaluated (with possible @samp{$} expansions, as usual). The
31612 result is pushed onto the Calc stack. The return value is @code{nil}
31613 (unless there is an error from evaluating the formula, in which
31614 case the return value depends on @code{calc-eval-error} in the
31615 usual way).
31616
31617 If the separator symbol is @code{pop}, the first argument to
31618 @code{calc-eval} must be an integer instead of a string. That
31619 many values are popped from the stack and thrown away. A negative
31620 argument deletes the entry at that stack level. The return value
31621 is the number of elements remaining in the stack after popping;
31622 @samp{(calc-eval 0 'pop)} is a good way to measure the size of
31623 the stack.
31624
31625 If the separator symbol is @code{top}, the first argument to
31626 @code{calc-eval} must again be an integer. The value at that
31627 stack level is formatted as a string and returned. Thus
31628 @samp{(calc-eval 1 'top)} returns the top-of-stack value. If the
31629 integer is out of range, @code{nil} is returned.
31630
31631 The separator symbol @code{rawtop} is just like @code{top} except
31632 that the stack entry is returned as a raw Calc object instead of
31633 as a string.
31634
31635 In all of these cases the first argument can be made a list in
31636 order to force the default mode settings, as described above.
31637 Thus @samp{(calc-eval '(2 calc-number-radix 16) 'top)} returns the
31638 second-to-top stack entry, formatted as a string using the default
31639 instead of current display modes, except that the radix is
31640 hexadecimal instead of decimal.
31641
31642 It is, of course, polite to put the Calc stack back the way you
31643 found it when you are done, unless the user of your program is
31644 actually expecting it to affect the stack.
31645
31646 Note that you do not actually have to switch into the @samp{*Calculator*}
31647 buffer in order to use @code{calc-eval}; it temporarily switches into
31648 the stack buffer if necessary.
31649
31650 @ifinfo
31651 @example
31652
31653 @end example
31654 @end ifinfo
31655 @subsubsection Keyboard Macros
31656
31657 @noindent
31658 If the separator symbol is @code{macro}, the first argument must be a
31659 string of characters which Calc can execute as a sequence of keystrokes.
31660 This switches into the Calc buffer for the duration of the macro.
31661 For example, @samp{(calc-eval "vx5\rVR+" 'macro)} pushes the
31662 vector @samp{[1,2,3,4,5]} on the stack and then replaces it
31663 with the sum of those numbers. Note that @samp{\r} is the Lisp
31664 notation for the carriage-return, @key{RET}, character.
31665
31666 If your keyboard macro wishes to pop the stack, @samp{\C-d} is
31667 safer than @samp{\177} (the @key{DEL} character) because some
31668 installations may have switched the meanings of @key{DEL} and
31669 @kbd{C-h}. Calc always interprets @kbd{C-d} as a synonym for
31670 ``pop-stack'' regardless of key mapping.
31671
31672 If you provide a third argument to @code{calc-eval}, evaluation
31673 of the keyboard macro will leave a record in the Trail using
31674 that argument as a tag string. Normally the Trail is unaffected.
31675
31676 The return value in this case is always @code{nil}.
31677
31678 @ifinfo
31679 @example
31680
31681 @end example
31682 @end ifinfo
31683 @subsubsection Lisp Evaluation
31684
31685 @noindent
31686 Finally, if the separator symbol is @code{eval}, then the Lisp
31687 @code{eval} function is called on the first argument, which must
31688 be a Lisp expression rather than a Calc formula. Remember to
31689 quote the expression so that it is not evaluated until inside
31690 @code{calc-eval}.
31691
31692 The difference from plain @code{eval} is that @code{calc-eval}
31693 switches to the Calc buffer before evaluating the expression.
31694 For example, @samp{(calc-eval '(setq calc-internal-prec 17) 'eval)}
31695 will correctly affect the buffer-local Calc precision variable.
31696
31697 An alternative would be @samp{(calc-eval '(calc-precision 17) 'eval)}.
31698 This is evaluating a call to the function that is normally invoked
31699 by the @kbd{p} key, giving it 17 as its ``numeric prefix argument.''
31700 Note that this function will leave a message in the echo area as
31701 a side effect. Also, all Calc functions switch to the Calc buffer
31702 automatically if not invoked from there, so the above call is
31703 also equivalent to @samp{(calc-precision 17)} by itself.
31704 In all cases, Calc uses @code{save-excursion} to switch back to
31705 your original buffer when it is done.
31706
31707 As usual the first argument can be a list that begins with a Lisp
31708 expression to use default instead of current mode settings.
31709
31710 The result of @code{calc-eval} in this usage is just the result
31711 returned by the evaluated Lisp expression.
31712
31713 @ifinfo
31714 @example
31715
31716 @end example
31717 @end ifinfo
31718 @subsubsection Example
31719
31720 @noindent
31721 @findex convert-temp
31722 Here is a sample Emacs command that uses @code{calc-eval}. Suppose
31723 you have a document with lots of references to temperatures on the
31724 Fahrenheit scale, say ``98.6 F'', and you wish to convert these
31725 references to Centigrade. The following command does this conversion.
31726 Place the Emacs cursor right after the letter ``F'' and invoke the
31727 command to change ``98.6 F'' to ``37 C''. Or, if the temperature is
31728 already in Centigrade form, the command changes it back to Fahrenheit.
31729
31730 @example
31731 (defun convert-temp ()
31732 (interactive)
31733 (save-excursion
31734 (re-search-backward "[^-.0-9]\\([-.0-9]+\\) *\\([FC]\\)")
31735 (let* ((top1 (match-beginning 1))
31736 (bot1 (match-end 1))
31737 (number (buffer-substring top1 bot1))
31738 (top2 (match-beginning 2))
31739 (bot2 (match-end 2))
31740 (type (buffer-substring top2 bot2)))
31741 (if (equal type "F")
31742 (setq type "C"
31743 number (calc-eval "($ - 32)*5/9" nil number))
31744 (setq type "F"
31745 number (calc-eval "$*9/5 + 32" nil number)))
31746 (goto-char top2)
31747 (delete-region top2 bot2)
31748 (insert-before-markers type)
31749 (goto-char top1)
31750 (delete-region top1 bot1)
31751 (if (string-match "\\.$" number) ; change "37." to "37"
31752 (setq number (substring number 0 -1)))
31753 (insert number))))
31754 @end example
31755
31756 Note the use of @code{insert-before-markers} when changing between
31757 ``F'' and ``C'', so that the character winds up before the cursor
31758 instead of after it.
31759
31760 @node Internals, , Calling Calc from Your Programs, Lisp Definitions
31761 @subsection Calculator Internals
31762
31763 @noindent
31764 This section describes the Lisp functions defined by the Calculator that
31765 may be of use to user-written Calculator programs (as described in the
31766 rest of this chapter). These functions are shown by their names as they
31767 conventionally appear in @code{defmath}. Their full Lisp names are
31768 generally gotten by prepending @samp{calcFunc-} or @samp{math-} to their
31769 apparent names. (Names that begin with @samp{calc-} are already in
31770 their full Lisp form.) You can use the actual full names instead if you
31771 prefer them, or if you are calling these functions from regular Lisp.
31772
31773 The functions described here are scattered throughout the various
31774 Calc component files. Note that @file{calc.el} includes @code{autoload}s
31775 for only a few component files; when Calc wants to call an advanced
31776 function it calls @samp{(calc-extensions)} first; this function
31777 autoloads @file{calc-ext.el}, which in turn autoloads all the functions
31778 in the remaining component files.
31779
31780 Because @code{defmath} itself uses the extensions, user-written code
31781 generally always executes with the extensions already loaded, so
31782 normally you can use any Calc function and be confident that it will
31783 be autoloaded for you when necessary. If you are doing something
31784 special, check carefully to make sure each function you are using is
31785 from @file{calc.el} or its components, and call @samp{(calc-extensions)}
31786 before using any function based in @file{calc-ext.el} if you can't
31787 prove this file will already be loaded.
31788
31789 @menu
31790 * Data Type Formats::
31791 * Interactive Lisp Functions::
31792 * Stack Lisp Functions::
31793 * Predicates::
31794 * Computational Lisp Functions::
31795 * Vector Lisp Functions::
31796 * Symbolic Lisp Functions::
31797 * Formatting Lisp Functions::
31798 * Hooks::
31799 @end menu
31800
31801 @node Data Type Formats, Interactive Lisp Functions, Internals, Internals
31802 @subsubsection Data Type Formats
31803
31804 @noindent
31805 Integers are stored in either of two ways, depending on their magnitude.
31806 Integers less than one million in absolute value are stored as standard
31807 Lisp integers. This is the only storage format for Calc data objects
31808 which is not a Lisp list.
31809
31810 Large integers are stored as lists of the form @samp{(bigpos @var{d0}
31811 @var{d1} @var{d2} @dots{})} for positive integers 1000000 or more, or
31812 @samp{(bigneg @var{d0} @var{d1} @var{d2} @dots{})} for negative integers
31813 @i{-1000000} or less. Each @var{d} is a base-1000 ``digit,'' a Lisp integer
31814 from 0 to 999. The least significant digit is @var{d0}; the last digit,
31815 @var{dn}, which is always nonzero, is the most significant digit. For
31816 example, the integer @i{-12345678} is stored as @samp{(bigneg 678 345 12)}.
31817
31818 The distinction between small and large integers is entirely hidden from
31819 the user. In @code{defmath} definitions, the Lisp predicate @code{integerp}
31820 returns true for either kind of integer, and in general both big and small
31821 integers are accepted anywhere the word ``integer'' is used in this manual.
31822 If the distinction must be made, native Lisp integers are called @dfn{fixnums}
31823 and large integers are called @dfn{bignums}.
31824
31825 Fractions are stored as a list of the form, @samp{(frac @var{n} @var{d})}
31826 where @var{n} is an integer (big or small) numerator, @var{d} is an
31827 integer denominator greater than one, and @var{n} and @var{d} are relatively
31828 prime. Note that fractions where @var{d} is one are automatically converted
31829 to plain integers by all math routines; fractions where @var{d} is negative
31830 are normalized by negating the numerator and denominator.
31831
31832 Floating-point numbers are stored in the form, @samp{(float @var{mant}
31833 @var{exp})}, where @var{mant} (the ``mantissa'') is an integer less than
31834 @samp{10^@var{p}} in absolute value (@var{p} represents the current
31835 precision), and @var{exp} (the ``exponent'') is a fixnum. The value of
31836 the float is @samp{@var{mant} * 10^@var{exp}}. For example, the number
31837 @i{-3.14} is stored as @samp{(float -314 -2) = -314*10^-2}. Other constraints
31838 are that the number 0.0 is always stored as @samp{(float 0 0)}, and,
31839 except for the 0.0 case, the rightmost base-10 digit of @var{mant} is
31840 always nonzero. (If the rightmost digit is zero, the number is
31841 rearranged by dividing @var{mant} by ten and incrementing @var{exp}.)@refill
31842
31843 Rectangular complex numbers are stored in the form @samp{(cplx @var{re}
31844 @var{im})}, where @var{re} and @var{im} are each real numbers, either
31845 integers, fractions, or floats. The value is @samp{@var{re} + @var{im}i}.
31846 The @var{im} part is nonzero; complex numbers with zero imaginary
31847 components are converted to real numbers automatically.@refill
31848
31849 Polar complex numbers are stored in the form @samp{(polar @var{r}
31850 @var{theta})}, where @var{r} is a positive real value and @var{theta}
31851 is a real value or HMS form representing an angle. This angle is
31852 usually normalized to lie in the interval @samp{(-180 ..@: 180)} degrees,
31853 or @samp{(-pi ..@: pi)} radians, according to the current angular mode.
31854 If the angle is 0 the value is converted to a real number automatically.
31855 (If the angle is 180 degrees, the value is usually also converted to a
31856 negative real number.)@refill
31857
31858 Hours-minutes-seconds forms are stored as @samp{(hms @var{h} @var{m}
31859 @var{s})}, where @var{h} is an integer or an integer-valued float (i.e.,
31860 a float with @samp{@var{exp} >= 0}), @var{m} is an integer or integer-valued
31861 float in the range @w{@samp{[0 ..@: 60)}}, and @var{s} is any real number
31862 in the range @samp{[0 ..@: 60)}.@refill
31863
31864 Date forms are stored as @samp{(date @var{n})}, where @var{n} is
31865 a real number that counts days since midnight on the morning of
31866 January 1, 1 AD. If @var{n} is an integer, this is a pure date
31867 form. If @var{n} is a fraction or float, this is a date/time form.
31868
31869 Modulo forms are stored as @samp{(mod @var{n} @var{m})}, where @var{m} is a
31870 positive real number or HMS form, and @var{n} is a real number or HMS
31871 form in the range @samp{[0 ..@: @var{m})}.
31872
31873 Error forms are stored as @samp{(sdev @var{x} @var{sigma})}, where @var{x}
31874 is the mean value and @var{sigma} is the standard deviation. Each
31875 component is either a number, an HMS form, or a symbolic object
31876 (a variable or function call). If @var{sigma} is zero, the value is
31877 converted to a plain real number. If @var{sigma} is negative or
31878 complex, it is automatically normalized to be a positive real.
31879
31880 Interval forms are stored as @samp{(intv @var{mask} @var{lo} @var{hi})},
31881 where @var{mask} is one of the integers 0, 1, 2, or 3, and @var{lo} and
31882 @var{hi} are real numbers, HMS forms, or symbolic objects. The @var{mask}
31883 is a binary integer where 1 represents the fact that the interval is
31884 closed on the high end, and 2 represents the fact that it is closed on
31885 the low end. (Thus 3 represents a fully closed interval.) The interval
31886 @w{@samp{(intv 3 @var{x} @var{x})}} is converted to the plain number @var{x};
31887 intervals @samp{(intv @var{mask} @var{x} @var{x})} for any other @var{mask}
31888 represent empty intervals. If @var{hi} is less than @var{lo}, the interval
31889 is converted to a standard empty interval by replacing @var{hi} with @var{lo}.
31890
31891 Vectors are stored as @samp{(vec @var{v1} @var{v2} @dots{})}, where @var{v1}
31892 is the first element of the vector, @var{v2} is the second, and so on.
31893 An empty vector is stored as @samp{(vec)}. A matrix is simply a vector
31894 where all @var{v}'s are themselves vectors of equal lengths. Note that
31895 Calc vectors are unrelated to the Emacs Lisp ``vector'' type, which is
31896 generally unused by Calc data structures.
31897
31898 Variables are stored as @samp{(var @var{name} @var{sym})}, where
31899 @var{name} is a Lisp symbol whose print name is used as the visible name
31900 of the variable, and @var{sym} is a Lisp symbol in which the variable's
31901 value is actually stored. Thus, @samp{(var pi var-pi)} represents the
31902 special constant @samp{pi}. Almost always, the form is @samp{(var
31903 @var{v} var-@var{v})}. If the variable name was entered with @code{#}
31904 signs (which are converted to hyphens internally), the form is
31905 @samp{(var @var{u} @var{v})}, where @var{u} is a symbol whose name
31906 contains @code{#} characters, and @var{v} is a symbol that contains
31907 @code{-} characters instead. The value of a variable is the Calc
31908 object stored in its @var{sym} symbol's value cell. If the symbol's
31909 value cell is void or if it contains @code{nil}, the variable has no
31910 value. Special constants have the form @samp{(special-const
31911 @var{value})} stored in their value cell, where @var{value} is a formula
31912 which is evaluated when the constant's value is requested. Variables
31913 which represent units are not stored in any special way; they are units
31914 only because their names appear in the units table. If the value
31915 cell contains a string, it is parsed to get the variable's value when
31916 the variable is used.@refill
31917
31918 A Lisp list with any other symbol as the first element is a function call.
31919 The symbols @code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{%}, @code{^},
31920 and @code{|} represent special binary operators; these lists are always
31921 of the form @samp{(@var{op} @var{lhs} @var{rhs})} where @var{lhs} is the
31922 sub-formula on the lefthand side and @var{rhs} is the sub-formula on the
31923 right. The symbol @code{neg} represents unary negation; this list is always
31924 of the form @samp{(neg @var{arg})}. Any other symbol @var{func} represents a
31925 function that would be displayed in function-call notation; the symbol
31926 @var{func} is in general always of the form @samp{calcFunc-@var{name}}.
31927 The function cell of the symbol @var{func} should contain a Lisp function
31928 for evaluating a call to @var{func}. This function is passed the remaining
31929 elements of the list (themselves already evaluated) as arguments; such
31930 functions should return @code{nil} or call @code{reject-arg} to signify
31931 that they should be left in symbolic form, or they should return a Calc
31932 object which represents their value, or a list of such objects if they
31933 wish to return multiple values. (The latter case is allowed only for
31934 functions which are the outer-level call in an expression whose value is
31935 about to be pushed on the stack; this feature is considered obsolete
31936 and is not used by any built-in Calc functions.)@refill
31937
31938 @node Interactive Lisp Functions, Stack Lisp Functions, Data Type Formats, Internals
31939 @subsubsection Interactive Functions
31940
31941 @noindent
31942 The functions described here are used in implementing interactive Calc
31943 commands. Note that this list is not exhaustive! If there is an
31944 existing command that behaves similarly to the one you want to define,
31945 you may find helpful tricks by checking the source code for that command.
31946
31947 @defun calc-set-command-flag flag
31948 Set the command flag @var{flag}. This is generally a Lisp symbol, but
31949 may in fact be anything. The effect is to add @var{flag} to the list
31950 stored in the variable @code{calc-command-flags}, unless it is already
31951 there. @xref{Defining Simple Commands}.
31952 @end defun
31953
31954 @defun calc-clear-command-flag flag
31955 If @var{flag} appears among the list of currently-set command flags,
31956 remove it from that list.
31957 @end defun
31958
31959 @defun calc-record-undo rec
31960 Add the ``undo record'' @var{rec} to the list of steps to take if the
31961 current operation should need to be undone. Stack push and pop functions
31962 automatically call @code{calc-record-undo}, so the kinds of undo records
31963 you might need to create take the form @samp{(set @var{sym} @var{value})},
31964 which says that the Lisp variable @var{sym} was changed and had previously
31965 contained @var{value}; @samp{(store @var{var} @var{value})} which says that
31966 the Calc variable @var{var} (a string which is the name of the symbol that
31967 contains the variable's value) was stored and its previous value was
31968 @var{value} (either a Calc data object, or @code{nil} if the variable was
31969 previously void); or @samp{(eval @var{undo} @var{redo} @var{args} @dots{})},
31970 which means that to undo requires calling the function @samp{(@var{undo}
31971 @var{args} @dots{})} and, if the undo is later redone, calling
31972 @samp{(@var{redo} @var{args} @dots{})}.@refill
31973 @end defun
31974
31975 @defun calc-record-why msg args
31976 Record the error or warning message @var{msg}, which is normally a string.
31977 This message will be replayed if the user types @kbd{w} (@code{calc-why});
31978 if the message string begins with a @samp{*}, it is considered important
31979 enough to display even if the user doesn't type @kbd{w}. If one or more
31980 @var{args} are present, the displayed message will be of the form,
31981 @samp{@var{msg}: @var{arg1}, @var{arg2}, @dots{}}, where the arguments are
31982 formatted on the assumption that they are either strings or Calc objects of
31983 some sort. If @var{msg} is a symbol, it is the name of a Calc predicate
31984 (such as @code{integerp} or @code{numvecp}) which the arguments did not
31985 satisfy; it is expanded to a suitable string such as ``Expected an
31986 integer.'' The @code{reject-arg} function calls @code{calc-record-why}
31987 automatically; @pxref{Predicates}.@refill
31988 @end defun
31989
31990 @defun calc-is-inverse
31991 This predicate returns true if the current command is inverse,
31992 i.e., if the Inverse (@kbd{I} key) flag was set.
31993 @end defun
31994
31995 @defun calc-is-hyperbolic
31996 This predicate is the analogous function for the @kbd{H} key.
31997 @end defun
31998
31999 @node Stack Lisp Functions, Predicates, Interactive Lisp Functions, Internals
32000 @subsubsection Stack-Oriented Functions
32001
32002 @noindent
32003 The functions described here perform various operations on the Calc
32004 stack and trail. They are to be used in interactive Calc commands.
32005
32006 @defun calc-push-list vals n
32007 Push the Calc objects in list @var{vals} onto the stack at stack level
32008 @var{n}. If @var{n} is omitted it defaults to 1, so that the elements
32009 are pushed at the top of the stack. If @var{n} is greater than 1, the
32010 elements will be inserted into the stack so that the last element will
32011 end up at level @var{n}, the next-to-last at level @var{n}+1, etc.
32012 The elements of @var{vals} are assumed to be valid Calc objects, and
32013 are not evaluated, rounded, or renormalized in any way. If @var{vals}
32014 is an empty list, nothing happens.@refill
32015
32016 The stack elements are pushed without any sub-formula selections.
32017 You can give an optional third argument to this function, which must
32018 be a list the same size as @var{vals} of selections. Each selection
32019 must be @code{eq} to some sub-formula of the corresponding formula
32020 in @var{vals}, or @code{nil} if that formula should have no selection.
32021 @end defun
32022
32023 @defun calc-top-list n m
32024 Return a list of the @var{n} objects starting at level @var{m} of the
32025 stack. If @var{m} is omitted it defaults to 1, so that the elements are
32026 taken from the top of the stack. If @var{n} is omitted, it also
32027 defaults to 1, so that the top stack element (in the form of a
32028 one-element list) is returned. If @var{m} is greater than 1, the
32029 @var{m}th stack element will be at the end of the list, the @var{m}+1st
32030 element will be next-to-last, etc. If @var{n} or @var{m} are out of
32031 range, the command is aborted with a suitable error message. If @var{n}
32032 is zero, the function returns an empty list. The stack elements are not
32033 evaluated, rounded, or renormalized.@refill
32034
32035 If any stack elements contain selections, and selections have not
32036 been disabled by the @kbd{j e} (@code{calc-enable-selections}) command,
32037 this function returns the selected portions rather than the entire
32038 stack elements. It can be given a third ``selection-mode'' argument
32039 which selects other behaviors. If it is the symbol @code{t}, then
32040 a selection in any of the requested stack elements produces an
32041 ``illegal operation on selections'' error. If it is the symbol @code{full},
32042 the whole stack entry is always returned regardless of selections.
32043 If it is the symbol @code{sel}, the selected portion is always returned,
32044 or @code{nil} if there is no selection. (This mode ignores the @kbd{j e}
32045 command.) If the symbol is @code{entry}, the complete stack entry in
32046 list form is returned; the first element of this list will be the whole
32047 formula, and the third element will be the selection (or @code{nil}).
32048 @end defun
32049
32050 @defun calc-pop-stack n m
32051 Remove the specified elements from the stack. The parameters @var{n}
32052 and @var{m} are defined the same as for @code{calc-top-list}. The return
32053 value of @code{calc-pop-stack} is uninteresting.
32054
32055 If there are any selected sub-formulas among the popped elements, and
32056 @kbd{j e} has not been used to disable selections, this produces an
32057 error without changing the stack. If you supply an optional third
32058 argument of @code{t}, the stack elements are popped even if they
32059 contain selections.
32060 @end defun
32061
32062 @defun calc-record-list vals tag
32063 This function records one or more results in the trail. The @var{vals}
32064 are a list of strings or Calc objects. The @var{tag} is the four-character
32065 tag string to identify the values. If @var{tag} is omitted, a blank tag
32066 will be used.
32067 @end defun
32068
32069 @defun calc-normalize n
32070 This function takes a Calc object and ``normalizes'' it. At the very
32071 least this involves re-rounding floating-point values according to the
32072 current precision and other similar jobs. Also, unless the user has
32073 selected no-simplify mode (@pxref{Simplification Modes}), this involves
32074 actually evaluating a formula object by executing the function calls
32075 it contains, and possibly also doing algebraic simplification, etc.
32076 @end defun
32077
32078 @defun calc-top-list-n n m
32079 This function is identical to @code{calc-top-list}, except that it calls
32080 @code{calc-normalize} on the values that it takes from the stack. They
32081 are also passed through @code{check-complete}, so that incomplete
32082 objects will be rejected with an error message. All computational
32083 commands should use this in preference to @code{calc-top-list}; the only
32084 standard Calc commands that operate on the stack without normalizing
32085 are stack management commands like @code{calc-enter} and @code{calc-roll-up}.
32086 This function accepts the same optional selection-mode argument as
32087 @code{calc-top-list}.
32088 @end defun
32089
32090 @defun calc-top-n m
32091 This function is a convenient form of @code{calc-top-list-n} in which only
32092 a single element of the stack is taken and returned, rather than a list
32093 of elements. This also accepts an optional selection-mode argument.
32094 @end defun
32095
32096 @defun calc-enter-result n tag vals
32097 This function is a convenient interface to most of the above functions.
32098 The @var{vals} argument should be either a single Calc object, or a list
32099 of Calc objects; the object or objects are normalized, and the top @var{n}
32100 stack entries are replaced by the normalized objects. If @var{tag} is
32101 non-@code{nil}, the normalized objects are also recorded in the trail.
32102 A typical stack-based computational command would take the form,
32103
32104 @smallexample
32105 (calc-enter-result @var{n} @var{tag} (cons 'calcFunc-@var{func}
32106 (calc-top-list-n @var{n})))
32107 @end smallexample
32108
32109 If any of the @var{n} stack elements replaced contain sub-formula
32110 selections, and selections have not been disabled by @kbd{j e},
32111 this function takes one of two courses of action. If @var{n} is
32112 equal to the number of elements in @var{vals}, then each element of
32113 @var{vals} is spliced into the corresponding selection; this is what
32114 happens when you use the @key{TAB} key, or when you use a unary
32115 arithmetic operation like @code{sqrt}. If @var{vals} has only one
32116 element but @var{n} is greater than one, there must be only one
32117 selection among the top @var{n} stack elements; the element from
32118 @var{vals} is spliced into that selection. This is what happens when
32119 you use a binary arithmetic operation like @kbd{+}. Any other
32120 combination of @var{n} and @var{vals} is an error when selections
32121 are present.
32122 @end defun
32123
32124 @defun calc-unary-op tag func arg
32125 This function implements a unary operator that allows a numeric prefix
32126 argument to apply the operator over many stack entries. If the prefix
32127 argument @var{arg} is @code{nil}, this uses @code{calc-enter-result}
32128 as outlined above. Otherwise, it maps the function over several stack
32129 elements; @pxref{Prefix Arguments}. For example,@refill
32130
32131 @smallexample
32132 (defun calc-zeta (arg)
32133 (interactive "P")
32134 (calc-unary-op "zeta" 'calcFunc-zeta arg))
32135 @end smallexample
32136 @end defun
32137
32138 @defun calc-binary-op tag func arg ident unary
32139 This function implements a binary operator, analogously to
32140 @code{calc-unary-op}. The optional @var{ident} and @var{unary}
32141 arguments specify the behavior when the prefix argument is zero or
32142 one, respectively. If the prefix is zero, the value @var{ident}
32143 is pushed onto the stack, if specified, otherwise an error message
32144 is displayed. If the prefix is one, the unary function @var{unary}
32145 is applied to the top stack element, or, if @var{unary} is not
32146 specified, nothing happens. When the argument is two or more,
32147 the binary function @var{func} is reduced across the top @var{arg}
32148 stack elements; when the argument is negative, the function is
32149 mapped between the next-to-top @i{-@var{arg}} stack elements and the
32150 top element.@refill
32151 @end defun
32152
32153 @defun calc-stack-size
32154 Return the number of elements on the stack as an integer. This count
32155 does not include elements that have been temporarily hidden by stack
32156 truncation; @pxref{Truncating the Stack}.
32157 @end defun
32158
32159 @defun calc-cursor-stack-index n
32160 Move the point to the @var{n}th stack entry. If @var{n} is zero, this
32161 will be the @samp{.} line. If @var{n} is from 1 to the current stack size,
32162 this will be the beginning of the first line of that stack entry's display.
32163 If line numbers are enabled, this will move to the first character of the
32164 line number, not the stack entry itself.@refill
32165 @end defun
32166
32167 @defun calc-substack-height n
32168 Return the number of lines between the beginning of the @var{n}th stack
32169 entry and the bottom of the buffer. If @var{n} is zero, this
32170 will be one (assuming no stack truncation). If all stack entries are
32171 one line long (i.e., no matrices are displayed), the return value will
32172 be equal @var{n}+1 as long as @var{n} is in range. (Note that in Big
32173 mode, the return value includes the blank lines that separate stack
32174 entries.)@refill
32175 @end defun
32176
32177 @defun calc-refresh
32178 Erase the @code{*Calculator*} buffer and reformat its contents from memory.
32179 This must be called after changing any parameter, such as the current
32180 display radix, which might change the appearance of existing stack
32181 entries. (During a keyboard macro invoked by the @kbd{X} key, refreshing
32182 is suppressed, but a flag is set so that the entire stack will be refreshed
32183 rather than just the top few elements when the macro finishes.)@refill
32184 @end defun
32185
32186 @node Predicates, Computational Lisp Functions, Stack Lisp Functions, Internals
32187 @subsubsection Predicates
32188
32189 @noindent
32190 The functions described here are predicates, that is, they return a
32191 true/false value where @code{nil} means false and anything else means
32192 true. These predicates are expanded by @code{defmath}, for example,
32193 from @code{zerop} to @code{math-zerop}. In many cases they correspond
32194 to native Lisp functions by the same name, but are extended to cover
32195 the full range of Calc data types.
32196
32197 @defun zerop x
32198 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically zero, in any of the Calc data
32199 types. (Note that for some types, such as error forms and intervals,
32200 it never makes sense to return true.) In @code{defmath}, the expression
32201 @samp{(= x 0)} will automatically be converted to @samp{(math-zerop x)},
32202 and @samp{(/= x 0)} will be converted to @samp{(not (math-zerop x))}.
32203 @end defun
32204
32205 @defun negp x
32206 Returns true if @var{x} is negative. This accepts negative real numbers
32207 of various types, negative HMS and date forms, and intervals in which
32208 all included values are negative. In @code{defmath}, the expression
32209 @samp{(< x 0)} will automatically be converted to @samp{(math-negp x)},
32210 and @samp{(>= x 0)} will be converted to @samp{(not (math-negp x))}.
32211 @end defun
32212
32213 @defun posp x
32214 Returns true if @var{x} is positive (and non-zero). For complex
32215 numbers, none of these three predicates will return true.
32216 @end defun
32217
32218 @defun looks-negp x
32219 Returns true if @var{x} is ``negative-looking.'' This returns true if
32220 @var{x} is a negative number, or a formula with a leading minus sign
32221 such as @samp{-a/b}. In other words, this is an object which can be
32222 made simpler by calling @code{(- @var{x})}.
32223 @end defun
32224
32225 @defun integerp x
32226 Returns true if @var{x} is an integer of any size.
32227 @end defun
32228
32229 @defun fixnump x
32230 Returns true if @var{x} is a native Lisp integer.
32231 @end defun
32232
32233 @defun natnump x
32234 Returns true if @var{x} is a nonnegative integer of any size.
32235 @end defun
32236
32237 @defun fixnatnump x
32238 Returns true if @var{x} is a nonnegative Lisp integer.
32239 @end defun
32240
32241 @defun num-integerp x
32242 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically an integer, i.e., either a
32243 true integer or a float with no significant digits to the right of
32244 the decimal point.
32245 @end defun
32246
32247 @defun messy-integerp x
32248 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically, but not literally, an integer.
32249 A value is @code{num-integerp} if it is @code{integerp} or
32250 @code{messy-integerp} (but it is never both at once).
32251 @end defun
32252
32253 @defun num-natnump x
32254 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically a nonnegative integer.
32255 @end defun
32256
32257 @defun evenp x
32258 Returns true if @var{x} is an even integer.
32259 @end defun
32260
32261 @defun looks-evenp x
32262 Returns true if @var{x} is an even integer, or a formula with a leading
32263 multiplicative coefficient which is an even integer.
32264 @end defun
32265
32266 @defun oddp x
32267 Returns true if @var{x} is an odd integer.
32268 @end defun
32269
32270 @defun ratp x
32271 Returns true if @var{x} is a rational number, i.e., an integer or a
32272 fraction.
32273 @end defun
32274
32275 @defun realp x
32276 Returns true if @var{x} is a real number, i.e., an integer, fraction,
32277 or floating-point number.
32278 @end defun
32279
32280 @defun anglep x
32281 Returns true if @var{x} is a real number or HMS form.
32282 @end defun
32283
32284 @defun floatp x
32285 Returns true if @var{x} is a float, or a complex number, error form,
32286 interval, date form, or modulo form in which at least one component
32287 is a float.
32288 @end defun
32289
32290 @defun complexp x
32291 Returns true if @var{x} is a rectangular or polar complex number
32292 (but not a real number).
32293 @end defun
32294
32295 @defun rect-complexp x
32296 Returns true if @var{x} is a rectangular complex number.
32297 @end defun
32298
32299 @defun polar-complexp x
32300 Returns true if @var{x} is a polar complex number.
32301 @end defun
32302
32303 @defun numberp x
32304 Returns true if @var{x} is a real number or a complex number.
32305 @end defun
32306
32307 @defun scalarp x
32308 Returns true if @var{x} is a real or complex number or an HMS form.
32309 @end defun
32310
32311 @defun vectorp x
32312 Returns true if @var{x} is a vector (this simply checks if its argument
32313 is a list whose first element is the symbol @code{vec}).
32314 @end defun
32315
32316 @defun numvecp x
32317 Returns true if @var{x} is a number or vector.
32318 @end defun
32319
32320 @defun matrixp x
32321 Returns true if @var{x} is a matrix, i.e., a vector of one or more vectors,
32322 all of the same size.
32323 @end defun
32324
32325 @defun square-matrixp x
32326 Returns true if @var{x} is a square matrix.
32327 @end defun
32328
32329 @defun objectp x
32330 Returns true if @var{x} is any numeric Calc object, including real and
32331 complex numbers, HMS forms, date forms, error forms, intervals, and
32332 modulo forms. (Note that error forms and intervals may include formulas
32333 as their components; see @code{constp} below.)
32334 @end defun
32335
32336 @defun objvecp x
32337 Returns true if @var{x} is an object or a vector. This also accepts
32338 incomplete objects, but it rejects variables and formulas (except as
32339 mentioned above for @code{objectp}).
32340 @end defun
32341
32342 @defun primp x
32343 Returns true if @var{x} is a ``primitive'' or ``atomic'' Calc object,
32344 i.e., one whose components cannot be regarded as sub-formulas. This
32345 includes variables, and all @code{objectp} types except error forms
32346 and intervals.
32347 @end defun
32348
32349 @defun constp x
32350 Returns true if @var{x} is constant, i.e., a real or complex number,
32351 HMS form, date form, or error form, interval, or vector all of whose
32352 components are @code{constp}.
32353 @end defun
32354
32355 @defun lessp x y
32356 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically less than @var{y}. Returns false
32357 if @var{x} is greater than or equal to @var{y}, or if the order is
32358 undefined or cannot be determined. Generally speaking, this works
32359 by checking whether @samp{@var{x} - @var{y}} is @code{negp}. In
32360 @code{defmath}, the expression @samp{(< x y)} will automatically be
32361 converted to @samp{(lessp x y)}; expressions involving @code{>}, @code{<=},
32362 and @code{>=} are similarly converted in terms of @code{lessp}.@refill
32363 @end defun
32364
32365 @defun beforep x y
32366 Returns true if @var{x} comes before @var{y} in a canonical ordering
32367 of Calc objects. If @var{x} and @var{y} are both real numbers, this
32368 will be the same as @code{lessp}. But whereas @code{lessp} considers
32369 other types of objects to be unordered, @code{beforep} puts any two
32370 objects into a definite, consistent order. The @code{beforep}
32371 function is used by the @kbd{V S} vector-sorting command, and also
32372 by @kbd{a s} to put the terms of a product into canonical order:
32373 This allows @samp{x y + y x} to be simplified easily to @samp{2 x y}.
32374 @end defun
32375
32376 @defun equal x y
32377 This is the standard Lisp @code{equal} predicate; it returns true if
32378 @var{x} and @var{y} are structurally identical. This is the usual way
32379 to compare numbers for equality, but note that @code{equal} will treat
32380 0 and 0.0 as different.
32381 @end defun
32382
32383 @defun math-equal x y
32384 Returns true if @var{x} and @var{y} are numerically equal, either because
32385 they are @code{equal}, or because their difference is @code{zerop}. In
32386 @code{defmath}, the expression @samp{(= x y)} will automatically be
32387 converted to @samp{(math-equal x y)}.
32388 @end defun
32389
32390 @defun equal-int x n
32391 Returns true if @var{x} and @var{n} are numerically equal, where @var{n}
32392 is a fixnum which is not a multiple of 10. This will automatically be
32393 used by @code{defmath} in place of the more general @code{math-equal}
32394 whenever possible.@refill
32395 @end defun
32396
32397 @defun nearly-equal x y
32398 Returns true if @var{x} and @var{y}, as floating-point numbers, are
32399 equal except possibly in the last decimal place. For example,
32400 314.159 and 314.166 are considered nearly equal if the current
32401 precision is 6 (since they differ by 7 units), but not if the current
32402 precision is 7 (since they differ by 70 units). Most functions which
32403 use series expansions use @code{with-extra-prec} to evaluate the
32404 series with 2 extra digits of precision, then use @code{nearly-equal}
32405 to decide when the series has converged; this guards against cumulative
32406 error in the series evaluation without doing extra work which would be
32407 lost when the result is rounded back down to the current precision.
32408 In @code{defmath}, this can be written @samp{(~= @var{x} @var{y})}.
32409 The @var{x} and @var{y} can be numbers of any kind, including complex.
32410 @end defun
32411
32412 @defun nearly-zerop x y
32413 Returns true if @var{x} is nearly zero, compared to @var{y}. This
32414 checks whether @var{x} plus @var{y} would by be @code{nearly-equal}
32415 to @var{y} itself, to within the current precision, in other words,
32416 if adding @var{x} to @var{y} would have a negligible effect on @var{y}
32417 due to roundoff error. @var{X} may be a real or complex number, but
32418 @var{y} must be real.
32419 @end defun
32420
32421 @defun is-true x
32422 Return true if the formula @var{x} represents a true value in
32423 Calc, not Lisp, terms. It tests if @var{x} is a non-zero number
32424 or a provably non-zero formula.
32425 @end defun
32426
32427 @defun reject-arg val pred
32428 Abort the current function evaluation due to unacceptable argument values.
32429 This calls @samp{(calc-record-why @var{pred} @var{val})}, then signals a
32430 Lisp error which @code{normalize} will trap. The net effect is that the
32431 function call which led here will be left in symbolic form.@refill
32432 @end defun
32433
32434 @defun inexact-value
32435 If Symbolic Mode is enabled, this will signal an error that causes
32436 @code{normalize} to leave the formula in symbolic form, with the message
32437 ``Inexact result.'' (This function has no effect when not in Symbolic Mode.)
32438 Note that if your function calls @samp{(sin 5)} in Symbolic Mode, the
32439 @code{sin} function will call @code{inexact-value}, which will cause your
32440 function to be left unsimplified. You may instead wish to call
32441 @samp{(normalize (list 'calcFunc-sin 5))}, which in Symbolic Mode will
32442 return the formula @samp{sin(5)} to your function.@refill
32443 @end defun
32444
32445 @defun overflow
32446 This signals an error that will be reported as a floating-point overflow.
32447 @end defun
32448
32449 @defun underflow
32450 This signals a floating-point underflow.
32451 @end defun
32452
32453 @node Computational Lisp Functions, Vector Lisp Functions, Predicates, Internals
32454 @subsubsection Computational Functions
32455
32456 @noindent
32457 The functions described here do the actual computational work of the
32458 Calculator. In addition to these, note that any function described in
32459 the main body of this manual may be called from Lisp; for example, if
32460 the documentation refers to the @code{calc-sqrt} [@code{sqrt}] command,
32461 this means @code{calc-sqrt} is an interactive stack-based square-root
32462 command and @code{sqrt} (which @code{defmath} expands to @code{calcFunc-sqrt})
32463 is the actual Lisp function for taking square roots.@refill
32464
32465 The functions @code{math-add}, @code{math-sub}, @code{math-mul},
32466 @code{math-div}, @code{math-mod}, and @code{math-neg} are not included
32467 in this list, since @code{defmath} allows you to write native Lisp
32468 @code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{%}, and unary @code{-},
32469 respectively, instead.@refill
32470
32471 @defun normalize val
32472 (Full form: @code{math-normalize}.)
32473 Reduce the value @var{val} to standard form. For example, if @var{val}
32474 is a fixnum, it will be converted to a bignum if it is too large, and
32475 if @var{val} is a bignum it will be normalized by clipping off trailing
32476 (i.e., most-significant) zero digits and converting to a fixnum if it is
32477 small. All the various data types are similarly converted to their standard
32478 forms. Variables are left alone, but function calls are actually evaluated
32479 in formulas. For example, normalizing @samp{(+ 2 (calcFunc-abs -4))} will
32480 return 6.@refill
32481
32482 If a function call fails, because the function is void or has the wrong
32483 number of parameters, or because it returns @code{nil} or calls
32484 @code{reject-arg} or @code{inexact-result}, @code{normalize} returns
32485 the formula still in symbolic form.@refill
32486
32487 If the current Simplification Mode is ``none'' or ``numeric arguments
32488 only,'' @code{normalize} will act appropriately. However, the more
32489 powerful simplification modes (like algebraic simplification) are
32490 not handled by @code{normalize}. They are handled by @code{calc-normalize},
32491 which calls @code{normalize} and possibly some other routines, such
32492 as @code{simplify} or @code{simplify-units}. Programs generally will
32493 never call @code{calc-normalize} except when popping or pushing values
32494 on the stack.@refill
32495 @end defun
32496
32497 @defun evaluate-expr expr
32498 Replace all variables in @var{expr} that have values with their values,
32499 then use @code{normalize} to simplify the result. This is what happens
32500 when you press the @kbd{=} key interactively.@refill
32501 @end defun
32502
32503 @defmac with-extra-prec n body
32504 Evaluate the Lisp forms in @var{body} with precision increased by @var{n}
32505 digits. This is a macro which expands to
32506
32507 @smallexample
32508 (math-normalize
32509 (let ((calc-internal-prec (+ calc-internal-prec @var{n})))
32510 @var{body}))
32511 @end smallexample
32512
32513 The surrounding call to @code{math-normalize} causes a floating-point
32514 result to be rounded down to the original precision afterwards. This
32515 is important because some arithmetic operations assume a number's
32516 mantissa contains no more digits than the current precision allows.
32517 @end defmac
32518
32519 @defun make-frac n d
32520 Build a fraction @samp{@var{n}:@var{d}}. This is equivalent to calling
32521 @samp{(normalize (list 'frac @var{n} @var{d}))}, but more efficient.
32522 @end defun
32523
32524 @defun make-float mant exp
32525 Build a floating-point value out of @var{mant} and @var{exp}, both
32526 of which are arbitrary integers. This function will return a
32527 properly normalized float value, or signal an overflow or underflow
32528 if @var{exp} is out of range.
32529 @end defun
32530
32531 @defun make-sdev x sigma
32532 Build an error form out of @var{x} and the absolute value of @var{sigma}.
32533 If @var{sigma} is zero, the result is the number @var{x} directly.
32534 If @var{sigma} is negative or complex, its absolute value is used.
32535 If @var{x} or @var{sigma} is not a valid type of object for use in
32536 error forms, this calls @code{reject-arg}.
32537 @end defun
32538
32539 @defun make-intv mask lo hi
32540 Build an interval form out of @var{mask} (which is assumed to be an
32541 integer from 0 to 3), and the limits @var{lo} and @var{hi}. If
32542 @var{lo} is greater than @var{hi}, an empty interval form is returned.
32543 This calls @code{reject-arg} if @var{lo} or @var{hi} is unsuitable.
32544 @end defun
32545
32546 @defun sort-intv mask lo hi
32547 Build an interval form, similar to @code{make-intv}, except that if
32548 @var{lo} is less than @var{hi} they are simply exchanged, and the
32549 bits of @var{mask} are swapped accordingly.
32550 @end defun
32551
32552 @defun make-mod n m
32553 Build a modulo form out of @var{n} and the modulus @var{m}. Since modulo
32554 forms do not allow formulas as their components, if @var{n} or @var{m}
32555 is not a real number or HMS form the result will be a formula which
32556 is a call to @code{makemod}, the algebraic version of this function.
32557 @end defun
32558
32559 @defun float x
32560 Convert @var{x} to floating-point form. Integers and fractions are
32561 converted to numerically equivalent floats; components of complex
32562 numbers, vectors, HMS forms, date forms, error forms, intervals, and
32563 modulo forms are recursively floated. If the argument is a variable
32564 or formula, this calls @code{reject-arg}.
32565 @end defun
32566
32567 @defun compare x y
32568 Compare the numbers @var{x} and @var{y}, and return @i{-1} if
32569 @samp{(lessp @var{x} @var{y})}, 1 if @samp{(lessp @var{y} @var{x})},
32570 0 if @samp{(math-equal @var{x} @var{y})}, or 2 if the order is
32571 undefined or cannot be determined.@refill
32572 @end defun
32573
32574 @defun numdigs n
32575 Return the number of digits of integer @var{n}, effectively
32576 @samp{ceil(log10(@var{n}))}, but much more efficient. Zero is
32577 considered to have zero digits.
32578 @end defun
32579
32580 @defun scale-int x n
32581 Shift integer @var{x} left @var{n} decimal digits, or right @i{-@var{n}}
32582 digits with truncation toward zero.
32583 @end defun
32584
32585 @defun scale-rounding x n
32586 Like @code{scale-int}, except that a right shift rounds to the nearest
32587 integer rather than truncating.
32588 @end defun
32589
32590 @defun fixnum n
32591 Return the integer @var{n} as a fixnum, i.e., a native Lisp integer.
32592 If @var{n} is outside the permissible range for Lisp integers (usually
32593 24 binary bits) the result is undefined.
32594 @end defun
32595
32596 @defun sqr x
32597 Compute the square of @var{x}; short for @samp{(* @var{x} @var{x})}.
32598 @end defun
32599
32600 @defun quotient x y
32601 Divide integer @var{x} by integer @var{y}; return an integer quotient
32602 and discard the remainder. If @var{x} or @var{y} is negative, the
32603 direction of rounding is undefined.
32604 @end defun
32605
32606 @defun idiv x y
32607 Perform an integer division; if @var{x} and @var{y} are both nonnegative
32608 integers, this uses the @code{quotient} function, otherwise it computes
32609 @samp{floor(@var{x}/@var{y})}. Thus the result is well-defined but
32610 slower than for @code{quotient}.
32611 @end defun
32612
32613 @defun imod x y
32614 Divide integer @var{x} by integer @var{y}; return the integer remainder
32615 and discard the quotient. Like @code{quotient}, this works only for
32616 integer arguments and is not well-defined for negative arguments.
32617 For a more well-defined result, use @samp{(% @var{x} @var{y})}.
32618 @end defun
32619
32620 @defun idivmod x y
32621 Divide integer @var{x} by integer @var{y}; return a cons cell whose
32622 @code{car} is @samp{(quotient @var{x} @var{y})} and whose @code{cdr}
32623 is @samp{(imod @var{x} @var{y})}.@refill
32624 @end defun
32625
32626 @defun pow x y
32627 Compute @var{x} to the power @var{y}. In @code{defmath} code, this can
32628 also be written @samp{(^ @var{x} @var{y})} or
32629 @w{@samp{(expt @var{x} @var{y})}}.@refill
32630 @end defun
32631
32632 @defun abs-approx x
32633 Compute a fast approximation to the absolute value of @var{x}. For
32634 example, for a rectangular complex number the result is the sum of
32635 the absolute values of the components.
32636 @end defun
32637
32638 @findex two-pi
32639 @findex pi-over-2
32640 @findex pi-over-4
32641 @findex pi-over-180
32642 @findex sqrt-two-pi
32643 @findex sqrt-e
32644 @findex e
32645 @findex ln-2
32646 @findex ln-10
32647 @defun pi
32648 The function @samp{(pi)} computes @samp{pi} to the current precision.
32649 Other related constant-generating functions are @code{two-pi},
32650 @code{pi-over-2}, @code{pi-over-4}, @code{pi-over-180}, @code{sqrt-two-pi},
32651 @code{e}, @code{sqrt-e}, @code{ln-2}, and @code{ln-10}. Each function
32652 returns a floating-point value in the current precision, and each uses
32653 caching so that all calls after the first are essentially free.@refill
32654 @end defun
32655
32656 @defmac math-defcache @var{func} @var{initial} @var{form}
32657 This macro, usually used as a top-level call like @code{defun} or
32658 @code{defvar}, defines a new cached constant analogous to @code{pi}, etc.
32659 It defines a function @code{func} which returns the requested value;
32660 if @var{initial} is non-@code{nil} it must be a @samp{(float @dots{})}
32661 form which serves as an initial value for the cache. If @var{func}
32662 is called when the cache is empty or does not have enough digits to
32663 satisfy the current precision, the Lisp expression @var{form} is evaluated
32664 with the current precision increased by four, and the result minus its
32665 two least significant digits is stored in the cache. For example,
32666 calling @samp{(pi)} with a precision of 30 computes @samp{pi} to 34
32667 digits, rounds it down to 32 digits for future use, then rounds it
32668 again to 30 digits for use in the present request.@refill
32669 @end defmac
32670
32671 @findex half-circle
32672 @findex quarter-circle
32673 @defun full-circle symb
32674 If the current angular mode is Degrees or HMS, this function returns the
32675 integer 360. In Radians mode, this function returns either the
32676 corresponding value in radians to the current precision, or the formula
32677 @samp{2*pi}, depending on the Symbolic Mode. There are also similar
32678 function @code{half-circle} and @code{quarter-circle}.
32679 @end defun
32680
32681 @defun power-of-2 n
32682 Compute two to the integer power @var{n}, as a (potentially very large)
32683 integer. Powers of two are cached, so only the first call for a
32684 particular @var{n} is expensive.
32685 @end defun
32686
32687 @defun integer-log2 n
32688 Compute the base-2 logarithm of @var{n}, which must be an integer which
32689 is a power of two. If @var{n} is not a power of two, this function will
32690 return @code{nil}.
32691 @end defun
32692
32693 @defun div-mod a b m
32694 Divide @var{a} by @var{b}, modulo @var{m}. This returns @code{nil} if
32695 there is no solution, or if any of the arguments are not integers.@refill
32696 @end defun
32697
32698 @defun pow-mod a b m
32699 Compute @var{a} to the power @var{b}, modulo @var{m}. If @var{a},
32700 @var{b}, and @var{m} are integers, this uses an especially efficient
32701 algorithm. Otherwise, it simply computes @samp{(% (^ a b) m)}.
32702 @end defun
32703
32704 @defun isqrt n
32705 Compute the integer square root of @var{n}. This is the square root
32706 of @var{n} rounded down toward zero, i.e., @samp{floor(sqrt(@var{n}))}.
32707 If @var{n} is itself an integer, the computation is especially efficient.
32708 @end defun
32709
32710 @defun to-hms a ang
32711 Convert the argument @var{a} into an HMS form. If @var{ang} is specified,
32712 it is the angular mode in which to interpret @var{a}, either @code{deg}
32713 or @code{rad}. Otherwise, the current angular mode is used. If @var{a}
32714 is already an HMS form it is returned as-is.
32715 @end defun
32716
32717 @defun from-hms a ang
32718 Convert the HMS form @var{a} into a real number. If @var{ang} is specified,
32719 it is the angular mode in which to express the result, otherwise the
32720 current angular mode is used. If @var{a} is already a real number, it
32721 is returned as-is.
32722 @end defun
32723
32724 @defun to-radians a
32725 Convert the number or HMS form @var{a} to radians from the current
32726 angular mode.
32727 @end defun
32728
32729 @defun from-radians a
32730 Convert the number @var{a} from radians to the current angular mode.
32731 If @var{a} is a formula, this returns the formula @samp{deg(@var{a})}.
32732 @end defun
32733
32734 @defun to-radians-2 a
32735 Like @code{to-radians}, except that in Symbolic Mode a degrees to
32736 radians conversion yields a formula like @samp{@var{a}*pi/180}.
32737 @end defun
32738
32739 @defun from-radians-2 a
32740 Like @code{from-radians}, except that in Symbolic Mode a radians to
32741 degrees conversion yields a formula like @samp{@var{a}*180/pi}.
32742 @end defun
32743
32744 @defun random-digit
32745 Produce a random base-1000 digit in the range 0 to 999.
32746 @end defun
32747
32748 @defun random-digits n
32749 Produce a random @var{n}-digit integer; this will be an integer
32750 in the interval @samp{[0, 10^@var{n})}.
32751 @end defun
32752
32753 @defun random-float
32754 Produce a random float in the interval @samp{[0, 1)}.
32755 @end defun
32756
32757 @defun prime-test n iters
32758 Determine whether the integer @var{n} is prime. Return a list which has
32759 one of these forms: @samp{(nil @var{f})} means the number is non-prime
32760 because it was found to be divisible by @var{f}; @samp{(nil)} means it
32761 was found to be non-prime by table look-up (so no factors are known);
32762 @samp{(nil unknown)} means it is definitely non-prime but no factors
32763 are known because @var{n} was large enough that Fermat's probabilistic
32764 test had to be used; @samp{(t)} means the number is definitely prime;
32765 and @samp{(maybe @var{i} @var{p})} means that Fermat's test, after @var{i}
32766 iterations, is @var{p} percent sure that the number is prime. The
32767 @var{iters} parameter is the number of Fermat iterations to use, in the
32768 case that this is necessary. If @code{prime-test} returns ``maybe,''
32769 you can call it again with the same @var{n} to get a greater certainty;
32770 @code{prime-test} remembers where it left off.@refill
32771 @end defun
32772
32773 @defun to-simple-fraction f
32774 If @var{f} is a floating-point number which can be represented exactly
32775 as a small rational number. return that number, else return @var{f}.
32776 For example, 0.75 would be converted to 3:4. This function is very
32777 fast.
32778 @end defun
32779
32780 @defun to-fraction f tol
32781 Find a rational approximation to floating-point number @var{f} to within
32782 a specified tolerance @var{tol}; this corresponds to the algebraic
32783 function @code{frac}, and can be rather slow.
32784 @end defun
32785
32786 @defun quarter-integer n
32787 If @var{n} is an integer or integer-valued float, this function
32788 returns zero. If @var{n} is a half-integer (i.e., an integer plus
32789 @i{1:2} or 0.5), it returns 2. If @var{n} is a quarter-integer,
32790 it returns 1 or 3. If @var{n} is anything else, this function
32791 returns @code{nil}.
32792 @end defun
32793
32794 @node Vector Lisp Functions, Symbolic Lisp Functions, Computational Lisp Functions, Internals
32795 @subsubsection Vector Functions
32796
32797 @noindent
32798 The functions described here perform various operations on vectors and
32799 matrices.
32800
32801 @defun math-concat x y
32802 Do a vector concatenation; this operation is written @samp{@var{x} | @var{y}}
32803 in a symbolic formula. @xref{Building Vectors}.
32804 @end defun
32805
32806 @defun vec-length v
32807 Return the length of vector @var{v}. If @var{v} is not a vector, the
32808 result is zero. If @var{v} is a matrix, this returns the number of
32809 rows in the matrix.
32810 @end defun
32811
32812 @defun mat-dimens m
32813 Determine the dimensions of vector or matrix @var{m}. If @var{m} is not
32814 a vector, the result is an empty list. If @var{m} is a plain vector
32815 but not a matrix, the result is a one-element list containing the length
32816 of the vector. If @var{m} is a matrix with @var{r} rows and @var{c} columns,
32817 the result is the list @samp{(@var{r} @var{c})}. Higher-order tensors
32818 produce lists of more than two dimensions. Note that the object
32819 @samp{[[1, 2, 3], [4, 5]]} is a vector of vectors not all the same size,
32820 and is treated by this and other Calc routines as a plain vector of two
32821 elements.@refill
32822 @end defun
32823
32824 @defun dimension-error
32825 Abort the current function with a message of ``Dimension error.''
32826 The Calculator will leave the function being evaluated in symbolic
32827 form; this is really just a special case of @code{reject-arg}.
32828 @end defun
32829
32830 @defun build-vector args
32831 Return a Calc vector with the zero-or-more @var{args} as elements.
32832 For example, @samp{(build-vector 1 2 3)} returns the Calc vector
32833 @samp{[1, 2, 3]}, stored internally as the list @samp{(vec 1 2 3)}.
32834 @end defun
32835
32836 @defun make-vec obj dims
32837 Return a Calc vector or matrix all of whose elements are equal to
32838 @var{obj}. For example, @samp{(make-vec 27 3 4)} returns a 3x4 matrix
32839 filled with 27's.
32840 @end defun
32841
32842 @defun row-matrix v
32843 If @var{v} is a plain vector, convert it into a row matrix, i.e.,
32844 a matrix whose single row is @var{v}. If @var{v} is already a matrix,
32845 leave it alone.
32846 @end defun
32847
32848 @defun col-matrix v
32849 If @var{v} is a plain vector, convert it into a column matrix, i.e., a
32850 matrix with each element of @var{v} as a separate row. If @var{v} is
32851 already a matrix, leave it alone.
32852 @end defun
32853
32854 @defun map-vec f v
32855 Map the Lisp function @var{f} over the Calc vector @var{v}. For example,
32856 @samp{(map-vec 'math-floor v)} returns a vector of the floored components
32857 of vector @var{v}.
32858 @end defun
32859
32860 @defun map-vec-2 f a b
32861 Map the Lisp function @var{f} over the two vectors @var{a} and @var{b}.
32862 If @var{a} and @var{b} are vectors of equal length, the result is a
32863 vector of the results of calling @samp{(@var{f} @var{ai} @var{bi})}
32864 for each pair of elements @var{ai} and @var{bi}. If either @var{a} or
32865 @var{b} is a scalar, it is matched with each value of the other vector.
32866 For example, @samp{(map-vec-2 'math-add v 1)} returns the vector @var{v}
32867 with each element increased by one. Note that using @samp{'+} would not
32868 work here, since @code{defmath} does not expand function names everywhere,
32869 just where they are in the function position of a Lisp expression.@refill
32870 @end defun
32871
32872 @defun reduce-vec f v
32873 Reduce the function @var{f} over the vector @var{v}. For example, if
32874 @var{v} is @samp{[10, 20, 30, 40]}, this calls @samp{(f (f (f 10 20) 30) 40)}.
32875 If @var{v} is a matrix, this reduces over the rows of @var{v}.
32876 @end defun
32877
32878 @defun reduce-cols f m
32879 Reduce the function @var{f} over the columns of matrix @var{m}. For
32880 example, if @var{m} is @samp{[[1, 2], [3, 4], [5, 6]]}, the result
32881 is a vector of the two elements @samp{(f (f 1 3) 5)} and @samp{(f (f 2 4) 6)}.
32882 @end defun
32883
32884 @defun mat-row m n
32885 Return the @var{n}th row of matrix @var{m}. This is equivalent to
32886 @samp{(elt m n)}. For a slower but safer version, use @code{mrow}.
32887 (@xref{Extracting Elements}.)
32888 @end defun
32889
32890 @defun mat-col m n
32891 Return the @var{n}th column of matrix @var{m}, in the form of a vector.
32892 The arguments are not checked for correctness.
32893 @end defun
32894
32895 @defun mat-less-row m n
32896 Return a copy of matrix @var{m} with its @var{n}th row deleted. The
32897 number @var{n} must be in range from 1 to the number of rows in @var{m}.
32898 @end defun
32899
32900 @defun mat-less-col m n
32901 Return a copy of matrix @var{m} with its @var{n}th column deleted.
32902 @end defun
32903
32904 @defun transpose m
32905 Return the transpose of matrix @var{m}.
32906 @end defun
32907
32908 @defun flatten-vector v
32909 Flatten nested vector @var{v} into a vector of scalars. For example,
32910 if @var{v} is @samp{[[1, 2, 3], [4, 5]]} the result is @samp{[1, 2, 3, 4, 5]}.
32911 @end defun
32912
32913 @defun copy-matrix m
32914 If @var{m} is a matrix, return a copy of @var{m}. This maps
32915 @code{copy-sequence} over the rows of @var{m}; in Lisp terms, each
32916 element of the result matrix will be @code{eq} to the corresponding
32917 element of @var{m}, but none of the @code{cons} cells that make up
32918 the structure of the matrix will be @code{eq}. If @var{m} is a plain
32919 vector, this is the same as @code{copy-sequence}.@refill
32920 @end defun
32921
32922 @defun swap-rows m r1 r2
32923 Exchange rows @var{r1} and @var{r2} of matrix @var{m} in-place. In
32924 other words, unlike most of the other functions described here, this
32925 function changes @var{m} itself rather than building up a new result
32926 matrix. The return value is @var{m}, i.e., @samp{(eq (swap-rows m 1 2) m)}
32927 is true, with the side effect of exchanging the first two rows of
32928 @var{m}.@refill
32929 @end defun
32930
32931 @node Symbolic Lisp Functions, Formatting Lisp Functions, Vector Lisp Functions, Internals
32932 @subsubsection Symbolic Functions
32933
32934 @noindent
32935 The functions described here operate on symbolic formulas in the
32936 Calculator.
32937
32938 @defun calc-prepare-selection num
32939 Prepare a stack entry for selection operations. If @var{num} is
32940 omitted, the stack entry containing the cursor is used; otherwise,
32941 it is the number of the stack entry to use. This function stores
32942 useful information about the current stack entry into a set of
32943 variables. @code{calc-selection-cache-num} contains the number of
32944 the stack entry involved (equal to @var{num} if you specified it);
32945 @code{calc-selection-cache-entry} contains the stack entry as a
32946 list (such as @code{calc-top-list} would return with @code{entry}
32947 as the selection mode); and @code{calc-selection-cache-comp} contains
32948 a special ``tagged'' composition (@pxref{Formatting Lisp Functions})
32949 which allows Calc to relate cursor positions in the buffer with
32950 their corresponding sub-formulas.
32951
32952 A slight complication arises in the selection mechanism because
32953 formulas may contain small integers. For example, in the vector
32954 @samp{[1, 2, 1]} the first and last elements are @code{eq} to each
32955 other; selections are recorded as the actual Lisp object that
32956 appears somewhere in the tree of the whole formula, but storing
32957 @code{1} would falsely select both @code{1}'s in the vector. So
32958 @code{calc-prepare-selection} also checks the stack entry and
32959 replaces any plain integers with ``complex number'' lists of the form
32960 @samp{(cplx @var{n} 0)}. This list will be displayed the same as a
32961 plain @var{n} and the change will be completely invisible to the
32962 user, but it will guarantee that no two sub-formulas of the stack
32963 entry will be @code{eq} to each other. Next time the stack entry
32964 is involved in a computation, @code{calc-normalize} will replace
32965 these lists with plain numbers again, again invisibly to the user.
32966 @end defun
32967
32968 @defun calc-encase-atoms x
32969 This modifies the formula @var{x} to ensure that each part of the
32970 formula is a unique atom, using the @samp{(cplx @var{n} 0)} trick
32971 described above. This function may use @code{setcar} to modify
32972 the formula in-place.
32973 @end defun
32974
32975 @defun calc-find-selected-part
32976 Find the smallest sub-formula of the current formula that contains
32977 the cursor. This assumes @code{calc-prepare-selection} has been
32978 called already. If the cursor is not actually on any part of the
32979 formula, this returns @code{nil}.
32980 @end defun
32981
32982 @defun calc-change-current-selection selection
32983 Change the currently prepared stack element's selection to
32984 @var{selection}, which should be @code{eq} to some sub-formula
32985 of the stack element, or @code{nil} to unselect the formula.
32986 The stack element's appearance in the Calc buffer is adjusted
32987 to reflect the new selection.
32988 @end defun
32989
32990 @defun calc-find-nth-part expr n
32991 Return the @var{n}th sub-formula of @var{expr}. This function is used
32992 by the selection commands, and (unless @kbd{j b} has been used) treats
32993 sums and products as flat many-element formulas. Thus if @var{expr}
32994 is @samp{((a + b) - c) + d}, calling @code{calc-find-nth-part} with
32995 @var{n} equal to four will return @samp{d}.
32996 @end defun
32997
32998 @defun calc-find-parent-formula expr part
32999 Return the sub-formula of @var{expr} which immediately contains
33000 @var{part}. If @var{expr} is @samp{a*b + (c+1)*d} and @var{part}
33001 is @code{eq} to the @samp{c+1} term of @var{expr}, then this function
33002 will return @samp{(c+1)*d}. If @var{part} turns out not to be a
33003 sub-formula of @var{expr}, the function returns @code{nil}. If
33004 @var{part} is @code{eq} to @var{expr}, the function returns @code{t}.
33005 This function does not take associativity into account.
33006 @end defun
33007
33008 @defun calc-find-assoc-parent-formula expr part
33009 This is the same as @code{calc-find-parent-formula}, except that
33010 (unless @kbd{j b} has been used) it continues widening the selection
33011 to contain a complete level of the formula. Given @samp{a} from
33012 @samp{((a + b) - c) + d}, @code{calc-find-parent-formula} will
33013 return @samp{a + b} but @code{calc-find-assoc-parent-formula} will
33014 return the whole expression.
33015 @end defun
33016
33017 @defun calc-grow-assoc-formula expr part
33018 This expands sub-formula @var{part} of @var{expr} to encompass a
33019 complete level of the formula. If @var{part} and its immediate
33020 parent are not compatible associative operators, or if @kbd{j b}
33021 has been used, this simply returns @var{part}.
33022 @end defun
33023
33024 @defun calc-find-sub-formula expr part
33025 This finds the immediate sub-formula of @var{expr} which contains
33026 @var{part}. It returns an index @var{n} such that
33027 @samp{(calc-find-nth-part @var{expr} @var{n})} would return @var{part}.
33028 If @var{part} is not a sub-formula of @var{expr}, it returns @code{nil}.
33029 If @var{part} is @code{eq} to @var{expr}, it returns @code{t}. This
33030 function does not take associativity into account.
33031 @end defun
33032
33033 @defun calc-replace-sub-formula expr old new
33034 This function returns a copy of formula @var{expr}, with the
33035 sub-formula that is @code{eq} to @var{old} replaced by @var{new}.
33036 @end defun
33037
33038 @defun simplify expr
33039 Simplify the expression @var{expr} by applying various algebraic rules.
33040 This is what the @w{@kbd{a s}} (@code{calc-simplify}) command uses. This
33041 always returns a copy of the expression; the structure @var{expr} points
33042 to remains unchanged in memory.
33043
33044 More precisely, here is what @code{simplify} does: The expression is
33045 first normalized and evaluated by calling @code{normalize}. If any
33046 @code{AlgSimpRules} have been defined, they are then applied. Then
33047 the expression is traversed in a depth-first, bottom-up fashion; at
33048 each level, any simplifications that can be made are made until no
33049 further changes are possible. Once the entire formula has been
33050 traversed in this way, it is compared with the original formula (from
33051 before the call to @code{normalize}) and, if it has changed,
33052 the entire procedure is repeated (starting with @code{normalize})
33053 until no further changes occur. Usually only two iterations are
33054 needed:@: one to simplify the formula, and another to verify that no
33055 further simplifications were possible.
33056 @end defun
33057
33058 @defun simplify-extended expr
33059 Simplify the expression @var{expr}, with additional rules enabled that
33060 help do a more thorough job, while not being entirely ``safe'' in all
33061 circumstances. (For example, this mode will simplify @samp{sqrt(x^2)}
33062 to @samp{x}, which is only valid when @var{x} is positive.) This is
33063 implemented by temporarily binding the variable @code{math-living-dangerously}
33064 to @code{t} (using a @code{let} form) and calling @code{simplify}.
33065 Dangerous simplification rules are written to check this variable
33066 before taking any action.@refill
33067 @end defun
33068
33069 @defun simplify-units expr
33070 Simplify the expression @var{expr}, treating variable names as units
33071 whenever possible. This works by binding the variable
33072 @code{math-simplifying-units} to @code{t} while calling @code{simplify}.
33073 @end defun
33074
33075 @defmac math-defsimplify funcs body
33076 Register a new simplification rule; this is normally called as a top-level
33077 form, like @code{defun} or @code{defmath}. If @var{funcs} is a symbol
33078 (like @code{+} or @code{calcFunc-sqrt}), this simplification rule is
33079 applied to the formulas which are calls to the specified function. Or,
33080 @var{funcs} can be a list of such symbols; the rule applies to all
33081 functions on the list. The @var{body} is written like the body of a
33082 function with a single argument called @code{expr}. The body will be
33083 executed with @code{expr} bound to a formula which is a call to one of
33084 the functions @var{funcs}. If the function body returns @code{nil}, or
33085 if it returns a result @code{equal} to the original @code{expr}, it is
33086 ignored and Calc goes on to try the next simplification rule that applies.
33087 If the function body returns something different, that new formula is
33088 substituted for @var{expr} in the original formula.@refill
33089
33090 At each point in the formula, rules are tried in the order of the
33091 original calls to @code{math-defsimplify}; the search stops after the
33092 first rule that makes a change. Thus later rules for that same
33093 function will not have a chance to trigger until the next iteration
33094 of the main @code{simplify} loop.
33095
33096 Note that, since @code{defmath} is not being used here, @var{body} must
33097 be written in true Lisp code without the conveniences that @code{defmath}
33098 provides. If you prefer, you can have @var{body} simply call another
33099 function (defined with @code{defmath}) which does the real work.
33100
33101 The arguments of a function call will already have been simplified
33102 before any rules for the call itself are invoked. Since a new argument
33103 list is consed up when this happens, this means that the rule's body is
33104 allowed to rearrange the function's arguments destructively if that is
33105 convenient. Here is a typical example of a simplification rule:
33106
33107 @smallexample
33108 (math-defsimplify calcFunc-arcsinh
33109 (or (and (math-looks-negp (nth 1 expr))
33110 (math-neg (list 'calcFunc-arcsinh
33111 (math-neg (nth 1 expr)))))
33112 (and (eq (car-safe (nth 1 expr)) 'calcFunc-sinh)
33113 (or math-living-dangerously
33114 (math-known-realp (nth 1 (nth 1 expr))))
33115 (nth 1 (nth 1 expr)))))
33116 @end smallexample
33117
33118 This is really a pair of rules written with one @code{math-defsimplify}
33119 for convenience; the first replaces @samp{arcsinh(-x)} with
33120 @samp{-arcsinh(x)}, and the second, which is safe only for real @samp{x},
33121 replaces @samp{arcsinh(sinh(x))} with @samp{x}.@refill
33122 @end defmac
33123
33124 @defun common-constant-factor expr
33125 Check @var{expr} to see if it is a sum of terms all multiplied by the
33126 same rational value. If so, return this value. If not, return @code{nil}.
33127 For example, if called on @samp{6x + 9y + 12z}, it would return 3, since
33128 3 is a common factor of all the terms.
33129 @end defun
33130
33131 @defun cancel-common-factor expr factor
33132 Assuming @var{expr} is a sum with @var{factor} as a common factor,
33133 divide each term of the sum by @var{factor}. This is done by
33134 destructively modifying parts of @var{expr}, on the assumption that
33135 it is being used by a simplification rule (where such things are
33136 allowed; see above). For example, consider this built-in rule for
33137 square roots:
33138
33139 @smallexample
33140 (math-defsimplify calcFunc-sqrt
33141 (let ((fac (math-common-constant-factor (nth 1 expr))))
33142 (and fac (not (eq fac 1))
33143 (math-mul (math-normalize (list 'calcFunc-sqrt fac))
33144 (math-normalize
33145 (list 'calcFunc-sqrt
33146 (math-cancel-common-factor
33147 (nth 1 expr) fac)))))))
33148 @end smallexample
33149 @end defun
33150
33151 @defun frac-gcd a b
33152 Compute a ``rational GCD'' of @var{a} and @var{b}, which must both be
33153 rational numbers. This is the fraction composed of the GCD of the
33154 numerators of @var{a} and @var{b}, over the GCD of the denominators.
33155 It is used by @code{common-constant-factor}. Note that the standard
33156 @code{gcd} function uses the LCM to combine the denominators.@refill
33157 @end defun
33158
33159 @defun map-tree func expr many
33160 Try applying Lisp function @var{func} to various sub-expressions of
33161 @var{expr}. Initially, call @var{func} with @var{expr} itself as an
33162 argument. If this returns an expression which is not @code{equal} to
33163 @var{expr}, apply @var{func} again until eventually it does return
33164 @var{expr} with no changes. Then, if @var{expr} is a function call,
33165 recursively apply @var{func} to each of the arguments. This keeps going
33166 until no changes occur anywhere in the expression; this final expression
33167 is returned by @code{map-tree}. Note that, unlike simplification rules,
33168 @var{func} functions may @emph{not} make destructive changes to
33169 @var{expr}. If a third argument @var{many} is provided, it is an
33170 integer which says how many times @var{func} may be applied; the
33171 default, as described above, is infinitely many times.@refill
33172 @end defun
33173
33174 @defun compile-rewrites rules
33175 Compile the rewrite rule set specified by @var{rules}, which should
33176 be a formula that is either a vector or a variable name. If the latter,
33177 the compiled rules are saved so that later @code{compile-rules} calls
33178 for that same variable can return immediately. If there are problems
33179 with the rules, this function calls @code{error} with a suitable
33180 message.
33181 @end defun
33182
33183 @defun apply-rewrites expr crules heads
33184 Apply the compiled rewrite rule set @var{crules} to the expression
33185 @var{expr}. This will make only one rewrite and only checks at the
33186 top level of the expression. The result @code{nil} if no rules
33187 matched, or if the only rules that matched did not actually change
33188 the expression. The @var{heads} argument is optional; if is given,
33189 it should be a list of all function names that (may) appear in
33190 @var{expr}. The rewrite compiler tags each rule with the
33191 rarest-looking function name in the rule; if you specify @var{heads},
33192 @code{apply-rewrites} can use this information to narrow its search
33193 down to just a few rules in the rule set.
33194 @end defun
33195
33196 @defun rewrite-heads expr
33197 Compute a @var{heads} list for @var{expr} suitable for use with
33198 @code{apply-rewrites}, as discussed above.
33199 @end defun
33200
33201 @defun rewrite expr rules many
33202 This is an all-in-one rewrite function. It compiles the rule set
33203 specified by @var{rules}, then uses @code{map-tree} to apply the
33204 rules throughout @var{expr} up to @var{many} (default infinity)
33205 times.
33206 @end defun
33207
33208 @defun match-patterns pat vec not-flag
33209 Given a Calc vector @var{vec} and an uncompiled pattern set or
33210 pattern set variable @var{pat}, this function returns a new vector
33211 of all elements of @var{vec} which do (or don't, if @var{not-flag} is
33212 non-@code{nil}) match any of the patterns in @var{pat}.
33213 @end defun
33214
33215 @defun deriv expr var value symb
33216 Compute the derivative of @var{expr} with respect to variable @var{var}
33217 (which may actually be any sub-expression). If @var{value} is specified,
33218 the derivative is evaluated at the value of @var{var}; otherwise, the
33219 derivative is left in terms of @var{var}. If the expression contains
33220 functions for which no derivative formula is known, new derivative
33221 functions are invented by adding primes to the names; @pxref{Calculus}.
33222 However, if @var{symb} is non-@code{nil}, the presence of undifferentiable
33223 functions in @var{expr} instead cancels the whole differentiation, and
33224 @code{deriv} returns @code{nil} instead.
33225
33226 Derivatives of an @var{n}-argument function can be defined by
33227 adding a @code{math-derivative-@var{n}} property to the property list
33228 of the symbol for the function's derivative, which will be the
33229 function name followed by an apostrophe. The value of the property
33230 should be a Lisp function; it is called with the same arguments as the
33231 original function call that is being differentiated. It should return
33232 a formula for the derivative. For example, the derivative of @code{ln}
33233 is defined by
33234
33235 @smallexample
33236 (put 'calcFunc-ln\' 'math-derivative-1
33237 (function (lambda (u) (math-div 1 u))))
33238 @end smallexample
33239
33240 The two-argument @code{log} function has two derivatives,
33241 @smallexample
33242 (put 'calcFunc-log\' 'math-derivative-2 ; d(log(x,b)) / dx
33243 (function (lambda (x b) ... )))
33244 (put 'calcFunc-log\'2 'math-derivative-2 ; d(log(x,b)) / db
33245 (function (lambda (x b) ... )))
33246 @end smallexample
33247 @end defun
33248
33249 @defun tderiv expr var value symb
33250 Compute the total derivative of @var{expr}. This is the same as
33251 @code{deriv}, except that variables other than @var{var} are not
33252 assumed to be constant with respect to @var{var}.
33253 @end defun
33254
33255 @defun integ expr var low high
33256 Compute the integral of @var{expr} with respect to @var{var}.
33257 @xref{Calculus}, for further details.
33258 @end defun
33259
33260 @defmac math-defintegral funcs body
33261 Define a rule for integrating a function or functions of one argument;
33262 this macro is very similar in format to @code{math-defsimplify}.
33263 The main difference is that here @var{body} is the body of a function
33264 with a single argument @code{u} which is bound to the argument to the
33265 function being integrated, not the function call itself. Also, the
33266 variable of integration is available as @code{math-integ-var}. If
33267 evaluation of the integral requires doing further integrals, the body
33268 should call @samp{(math-integral @var{x})} to find the integral of
33269 @var{x} with respect to @code{math-integ-var}; this function returns
33270 @code{nil} if the integral could not be done. Some examples:
33271
33272 @smallexample
33273 (math-defintegral calcFunc-conj
33274 (let ((int (math-integral u)))
33275 (and int
33276 (list 'calcFunc-conj int))))
33277
33278 (math-defintegral calcFunc-cos
33279 (and (equal u math-integ-var)
33280 (math-from-radians-2 (list 'calcFunc-sin u))))
33281 @end smallexample
33282
33283 In the @code{cos} example, we define only the integral of @samp{cos(x) dx},
33284 relying on the general integration-by-substitution facility to handle
33285 cosines of more complicated arguments. An integration rule should return
33286 @code{nil} if it can't do the integral; if several rules are defined for
33287 the same function, they are tried in order until one returns a non-@code{nil}
33288 result.@refill
33289 @end defmac
33290
33291 @defmac math-defintegral-2 funcs body
33292 Define a rule for integrating a function or functions of two arguments.
33293 This is exactly analogous to @code{math-defintegral}, except that @var{body}
33294 is written as the body of a function with two arguments, @var{u} and
33295 @var{v}.@refill
33296 @end defmac
33297
33298 @defun solve-for lhs rhs var full
33299 Attempt to solve the equation @samp{@var{lhs} = @var{rhs}} by isolating
33300 the variable @var{var} on the lefthand side; return the resulting righthand
33301 side, or @code{nil} if the equation cannot be solved. The variable
33302 @var{var} must appear at least once in @var{lhs} or @var{rhs}. Note that
33303 the return value is a formula which does not contain @var{var}; this is
33304 different from the user-level @code{solve} and @code{finv} functions,
33305 which return a rearranged equation or a functional inverse, respectively.
33306 If @var{full} is non-@code{nil}, a full solution including dummy signs
33307 and dummy integers will be produced. User-defined inverses are provided
33308 as properties in a manner similar to derivatives:@refill
33309
33310 @smallexample
33311 (put 'calcFunc-ln 'math-inverse
33312 (function (lambda (x) (list 'calcFunc-exp x))))
33313 @end smallexample
33314
33315 This function can call @samp{(math-solve-get-sign @var{x})} to create
33316 a new arbitrary sign variable, returning @var{x} times that sign, and
33317 @samp{(math-solve-get-int @var{x})} to create a new arbitrary integer
33318 variable multiplied by @var{x}. These functions simply return @var{x}
33319 if the caller requested a non-``full'' solution.
33320 @end defun
33321
33322 @defun solve-eqn expr var full
33323 This version of @code{solve-for} takes an expression which will
33324 typically be an equation or inequality. (If it is not, it will be
33325 interpreted as the equation @samp{@var{expr} = 0}.) It returns an
33326 equation or inequality, or @code{nil} if no solution could be found.
33327 @end defun
33328
33329 @defun solve-system exprs vars full
33330 This function solves a system of equations. Generally, @var{exprs}
33331 and @var{vars} will be vectors of equal length.
33332 @xref{Solving Systems of Equations}, for other options.
33333 @end defun
33334
33335 @defun expr-contains expr var
33336 Returns a non-@code{nil} value if @var{var} occurs as a subexpression
33337 of @var{expr}.
33338
33339 This function might seem at first to be identical to
33340 @code{calc-find-sub-formula}. The key difference is that
33341 @code{expr-contains} uses @code{equal} to test for matches, whereas
33342 @code{calc-find-sub-formula} uses @code{eq}. In the formula
33343 @samp{f(a, a)}, the two @samp{a}s will be @code{equal} but not
33344 @code{eq} to each other.@refill
33345 @end defun
33346
33347 @defun expr-contains-count expr var
33348 Returns the number of occurrences of @var{var} as a subexpression
33349 of @var{expr}, or @code{nil} if there are no occurrences.@refill
33350 @end defun
33351
33352 @defun expr-depends expr var
33353 Returns true if @var{expr} refers to any variable the occurs in @var{var}.
33354 In other words, it checks if @var{expr} and @var{var} have any variables
33355 in common.
33356 @end defun
33357
33358 @defun expr-contains-vars expr
33359 Return true if @var{expr} contains any variables, or @code{nil} if @var{expr}
33360 contains only constants and functions with constant arguments.
33361 @end defun
33362
33363 @defun expr-subst expr old new
33364 Returns a copy of @var{expr}, with all occurrences of @var{old} replaced
33365 by @var{new}. This treats @code{lambda} forms specially with respect
33366 to the dummy argument variables, so that the effect is always to return
33367 @var{expr} evaluated at @var{old} = @var{new}.@refill
33368 @end defun
33369
33370 @defun multi-subst expr old new
33371 This is like @code{expr-subst}, except that @var{old} and @var{new}
33372 are lists of expressions to be substituted simultaneously. If one
33373 list is shorter than the other, trailing elements of the longer list
33374 are ignored.
33375 @end defun
33376
33377 @defun expr-weight expr
33378 Returns the ``weight'' of @var{expr}, basically a count of the total
33379 number of objects and function calls that appear in @var{expr}. For
33380 ``primitive'' objects, this will be one.
33381 @end defun
33382
33383 @defun expr-height expr
33384 Returns the ``height'' of @var{expr}, which is the deepest level to
33385 which function calls are nested. (Note that @samp{@var{a} + @var{b}}
33386 counts as a function call.) For primitive objects, this returns zero.@refill
33387 @end defun
33388
33389 @defun polynomial-p expr var
33390 Check if @var{expr} is a polynomial in variable (or sub-expression)
33391 @var{var}. If so, return the degree of the polynomial, that is, the
33392 highest power of @var{var} that appears in @var{expr}. For example,
33393 for @samp{(x^2 + 3)^3 + 4} this would return 6. This function returns
33394 @code{nil} unless @var{expr}, when expanded out by @kbd{a x}
33395 (@code{calc-expand}), would consist of a sum of terms in which @var{var}
33396 appears only raised to nonnegative integer powers. Note that if
33397 @var{var} does not occur in @var{expr}, then @var{expr} is considered
33398 a polynomial of degree 0.@refill
33399 @end defun
33400
33401 @defun is-polynomial expr var degree loose
33402 Check if @var{expr} is a polynomial in variable or sub-expression
33403 @var{var}, and, if so, return a list representation of the polynomial
33404 where the elements of the list are coefficients of successive powers of
33405 @var{var}: @samp{@var{a} + @var{b} x + @var{c} x^3} would produce the
33406 list @samp{(@var{a} @var{b} 0 @var{c})}, and @samp{(x + 1)^2} would
33407 produce the list @samp{(1 2 1)}. The highest element of the list will
33408 be non-zero, with the special exception that if @var{expr} is the
33409 constant zero, the returned value will be @samp{(0)}. Return @code{nil}
33410 if @var{expr} is not a polynomial in @var{var}. If @var{degree} is
33411 specified, this will not consider polynomials of degree higher than that
33412 value. This is a good precaution because otherwise an input of
33413 @samp{(x+1)^1000} will cause a huge coefficient list to be built. If
33414 @var{loose} is non-@code{nil}, then a looser definition of a polynomial
33415 is used in which coefficients are no longer required not to depend on
33416 @var{var}, but are only required not to take the form of polynomials
33417 themselves. For example, @samp{sin(x) x^2 + cos(x)} is a loose
33418 polynomial with coefficients @samp{((calcFunc-cos x) 0 (calcFunc-sin
33419 x))}. The result will never be @code{nil} in loose mode, since any
33420 expression can be interpreted as a ``constant'' loose polynomial.@refill
33421 @end defun
33422
33423 @defun polynomial-base expr pred
33424 Check if @var{expr} is a polynomial in any variable that occurs in it;
33425 if so, return that variable. (If @var{expr} is a multivariate polynomial,
33426 this chooses one variable arbitrarily.) If @var{pred} is specified, it should
33427 be a Lisp function which is called as @samp{(@var{pred} @var{subexpr})},
33428 and which should return true if @code{mpb-top-expr} (a global name for
33429 the original @var{expr}) is a suitable polynomial in @var{subexpr}.
33430 The default predicate uses @samp{(polynomial-p mpb-top-expr @var{subexpr})};
33431 you can use @var{pred} to specify additional conditions. Or, you could
33432 have @var{pred} build up a list of every suitable @var{subexpr} that
33433 is found.@refill
33434 @end defun
33435
33436 @defun poly-simplify poly
33437 Simplify polynomial coefficient list @var{poly} by (destructively)
33438 clipping off trailing zeros.
33439 @end defun
33440
33441 @defun poly-mix a ac b bc
33442 Mix two polynomial lists @var{a} and @var{b} (in the form returned by
33443 @code{is-polynomial}) in a linear combination with coefficient expressions
33444 @var{ac} and @var{bc}. The result is a (not necessarily simplified)
33445 polynomial list representing @samp{@var{ac} @var{a} + @var{bc} @var{b}}.@refill
33446 @end defun
33447
33448 @defun poly-mul a b
33449 Multiply two polynomial coefficient lists @var{a} and @var{b}. The
33450 result will be in simplified form if the inputs were simplified.
33451 @end defun
33452
33453 @defun build-polynomial-expr poly var
33454 Construct a Calc formula which represents the polynomial coefficient
33455 list @var{poly} applied to variable @var{var}. The @kbd{a c}
33456 (@code{calc-collect}) command uses @code{is-polynomial} to turn an
33457 expression into a coefficient list, then @code{build-polynomial-expr}
33458 to turn the list back into an expression in regular form.@refill
33459 @end defun
33460
33461 @defun check-unit-name var
33462 Check if @var{var} is a variable which can be interpreted as a unit
33463 name. If so, return the units table entry for that unit. This
33464 will be a list whose first element is the unit name (not counting
33465 prefix characters) as a symbol and whose second element is the
33466 Calc expression which defines the unit. (Refer to the Calc sources
33467 for details on the remaining elements of this list.) If @var{var}
33468 is not a variable or is not a unit name, return @code{nil}.
33469 @end defun
33470
33471 @defun units-in-expr-p expr sub-exprs
33472 Return true if @var{expr} contains any variables which can be
33473 interpreted as units. If @var{sub-exprs} is @code{t}, the entire
33474 expression is searched. If @var{sub-exprs} is @code{nil}, this
33475 checks whether @var{expr} is directly a units expression.@refill
33476 @end defun
33477
33478 @defun single-units-in-expr-p expr
33479 Check whether @var{expr} contains exactly one units variable. If so,
33480 return the units table entry for the variable. If @var{expr} does
33481 not contain any units, return @code{nil}. If @var{expr} contains
33482 two or more units, return the symbol @code{wrong}.
33483 @end defun
33484
33485 @defun to-standard-units expr which
33486 Convert units expression @var{expr} to base units. If @var{which}
33487 is @code{nil}, use Calc's native base units. Otherwise, @var{which}
33488 can specify a units system, which is a list of two-element lists,
33489 where the first element is a Calc base symbol name and the second
33490 is an expression to substitute for it.@refill
33491 @end defun
33492
33493 @defun remove-units expr
33494 Return a copy of @var{expr} with all units variables replaced by ones.
33495 This expression is generally normalized before use.
33496 @end defun
33497
33498 @defun extract-units expr
33499 Return a copy of @var{expr} with everything but units variables replaced
33500 by ones.
33501 @end defun
33502
33503 @node Formatting Lisp Functions, Hooks, Symbolic Lisp Functions, Internals
33504 @subsubsection I/O and Formatting Functions
33505
33506 @noindent
33507 The functions described here are responsible for parsing and formatting
33508 Calc numbers and formulas.
33509
33510 @defun calc-eval str sep arg1 arg2 @dots{}
33511 This is the simplest interface to the Calculator from another Lisp program.
33512 @xref{Calling Calc from Your Programs}.
33513 @end defun
33514
33515 @defun read-number str
33516 If string @var{str} contains a valid Calc number, either integer,
33517 fraction, float, or HMS form, this function parses and returns that
33518 number. Otherwise, it returns @code{nil}.
33519 @end defun
33520
33521 @defun read-expr str
33522 Read an algebraic expression from string @var{str}. If @var{str} does
33523 not have the form of a valid expression, return a list of the form
33524 @samp{(error @var{pos} @var{msg})} where @var{pos} is an integer index
33525 into @var{str} of the general location of the error, and @var{msg} is
33526 a string describing the problem.@refill
33527 @end defun
33528
33529 @defun read-exprs str
33530 Read a list of expressions separated by commas, and return it as a
33531 Lisp list. If an error occurs in any expressions, an error list as
33532 shown above is returned instead.
33533 @end defun
33534
33535 @defun calc-do-alg-entry initial prompt no-norm
33536 Read an algebraic formula or formulas using the minibuffer. All
33537 conventions of regular algebraic entry are observed. The return value
33538 is a list of Calc formulas; there will be more than one if the user
33539 entered a list of values separated by commas. The result is @code{nil}
33540 if the user presses Return with a blank line. If @var{initial} is
33541 given, it is a string which the minibuffer will initially contain.
33542 If @var{prompt} is given, it is the prompt string to use; the default
33543 is ``Algebraic:''. If @var{no-norm} is @code{t}, the formulas will
33544 be returned exactly as parsed; otherwise, they will be passed through
33545 @code{calc-normalize} first.@refill
33546
33547 To support the use of @kbd{$} characters in the algebraic entry, use
33548 @code{let} to bind @code{calc-dollar-values} to a list of the values
33549 to be substituted for @kbd{$}, @kbd{$$}, and so on, and bind
33550 @code{calc-dollar-used} to 0. Upon return, @code{calc-dollar-used}
33551 will have been changed to the highest number of consecutive @kbd{$}s
33552 that actually appeared in the input.@refill
33553 @end defun
33554
33555 @defun format-number a
33556 Convert the real or complex number or HMS form @var{a} to string form.
33557 @end defun
33558
33559 @defun format-flat-expr a prec
33560 Convert the arbitrary Calc number or formula @var{a} to string form,
33561 in the style used by the trail buffer and the @code{calc-edit} command.
33562 This is a simple format designed
33563 mostly to guarantee the string is of a form that can be re-parsed by
33564 @code{read-expr}. Most formatting modes, such as digit grouping,
33565 complex number format, and point character, are ignored to ensure the
33566 result will be re-readable. The @var{prec} parameter is normally 0; if
33567 you pass a large integer like 1000 instead, the expression will be
33568 surrounded by parentheses unless it is a plain number or variable name.@refill
33569 @end defun
33570
33571 @defun format-nice-expr a width
33572 This is like @code{format-flat-expr} (with @var{prec} equal to 0),
33573 except that newlines will be inserted to keep lines down to the
33574 specified @var{width}, and vectors that look like matrices or rewrite
33575 rules are written in a pseudo-matrix format. The @code{calc-edit}
33576 command uses this when only one stack entry is being edited.
33577 @end defun
33578
33579 @defun format-value a width
33580 Convert the Calc number or formula @var{a} to string form, using the
33581 format seen in the stack buffer. Beware the the string returned may
33582 not be re-readable by @code{read-expr}, for example, because of digit
33583 grouping. Multi-line objects like matrices produce strings that
33584 contain newline characters to separate the lines. The @var{w}
33585 parameter, if given, is the target window size for which to format
33586 the expressions. If @var{w} is omitted, the width of the Calculator
33587 window is used.@refill
33588 @end defun
33589
33590 @defun compose-expr a prec
33591 Format the Calc number or formula @var{a} according to the current
33592 language mode, returning a ``composition.'' To learn about the
33593 structure of compositions, see the comments in the Calc source code.
33594 You can specify the format of a given type of function call by putting
33595 a @code{math-compose-@var{lang}} property on the function's symbol,
33596 whose value is a Lisp function that takes @var{a} and @var{prec} as
33597 arguments and returns a composition. Here @var{lang} is a language
33598 mode name, one of @code{normal}, @code{big}, @code{c}, @code{pascal},
33599 @code{fortran}, @code{tex}, @code{eqn}, @code{math}, or @code{maple}.
33600 In Big mode, Calc actually tries @code{math-compose-big} first, then
33601 tries @code{math-compose-normal}. If this property does not exist,
33602 or if the function returns @code{nil}, the function is written in the
33603 normal function-call notation for that language.
33604 @end defun
33605
33606 @defun composition-to-string c w
33607 Convert a composition structure returned by @code{compose-expr} into
33608 a string. Multi-line compositions convert to strings containing
33609 newline characters. The target window size is given by @var{w}.
33610 The @code{format-value} function basically calls @code{compose-expr}
33611 followed by @code{composition-to-string}.
33612 @end defun
33613
33614 @defun comp-width c
33615 Compute the width in characters of composition @var{c}.
33616 @end defun
33617
33618 @defun comp-height c
33619 Compute the height in lines of composition @var{c}.
33620 @end defun
33621
33622 @defun comp-ascent c
33623 Compute the portion of the height of composition @var{c} which is on or
33624 above the baseline. For a one-line composition, this will be one.
33625 @end defun
33626
33627 @defun comp-descent c
33628 Compute the portion of the height of composition @var{c} which is below
33629 the baseline. For a one-line composition, this will be zero.
33630 @end defun
33631
33632 @defun comp-first-char c
33633 If composition @var{c} is a ``flat'' composition, return the first
33634 (leftmost) character of the composition as an integer. Otherwise,
33635 return @code{nil}.@refill
33636 @end defun
33637
33638 @defun comp-last-char c
33639 If composition @var{c} is a ``flat'' composition, return the last
33640 (rightmost) character, otherwise return @code{nil}.
33641 @end defun
33642
33643 @comment @node Lisp Variables, Hooks, Formatting Lisp Functions, Internals
33644 @comment @subsubsection Lisp Variables
33645 @comment
33646 @comment @noindent
33647 @comment (This section is currently unfinished.)
33648
33649 @node Hooks, , Formatting Lisp Functions, Internals
33650 @subsubsection Hooks
33651
33652 @noindent
33653 Hooks are variables which contain Lisp functions (or lists of functions)
33654 which are called at various times. Calc defines a number of hooks
33655 that help you to customize it in various ways. Calc uses the Lisp
33656 function @code{run-hooks} to invoke the hooks shown below. Several
33657 other customization-related variables are also described here.
33658
33659 @defvar calc-load-hook
33660 This hook is called at the end of @file{calc.el}, after the file has
33661 been loaded, before any functions in it have been called, but after
33662 @code{calc-mode-map} and similar variables have been set up.
33663 @end defvar
33664
33665 @defvar calc-ext-load-hook
33666 This hook is called at the end of @file{calc-ext.el}.
33667 @end defvar
33668
33669 @defvar calc-start-hook
33670 This hook is called as the last step in a @kbd{M-x calc} command.
33671 At this point, the Calc buffer has been created and initialized if
33672 necessary, the Calc window and trail window have been created,
33673 and the ``Welcome to Calc'' message has been displayed.
33674 @end defvar
33675
33676 @defvar calc-mode-hook
33677 This hook is called when the Calc buffer is being created. Usually
33678 this will only happen once per Emacs session. The hook is called
33679 after Emacs has switched to the new buffer, the mode-settings file
33680 has been read if necessary, and all other buffer-local variables
33681 have been set up. After this hook returns, Calc will perform a
33682 @code{calc-refresh} operation, set up the mode line display, then
33683 evaluate any deferred @code{calc-define} properties that have not
33684 been evaluated yet.
33685 @end defvar
33686
33687 @defvar calc-trail-mode-hook
33688 This hook is called when the Calc Trail buffer is being created.
33689 It is called as the very last step of setting up the Trail buffer.
33690 Like @code{calc-mode-hook}, this will normally happen only once
33691 per Emacs session.
33692 @end defvar
33693
33694 @defvar calc-end-hook
33695 This hook is called by @code{calc-quit}, generally because the user
33696 presses @kbd{q} or @kbd{M-# c} while in Calc. The Calc buffer will
33697 be the current buffer. The hook is called as the very first
33698 step, before the Calc window is destroyed.
33699 @end defvar
33700
33701 @defvar calc-window-hook
33702 If this hook exists, it is called to create the Calc window.
33703 Upon return, this new Calc window should be the current window.
33704 (The Calc buffer will already be the current buffer when the
33705 hook is called.) If the hook is not defined, Calc will
33706 generally use @code{split-window}, @code{set-window-buffer},
33707 and @code{select-window} to create the Calc window.
33708 @end defvar
33709
33710 @defvar calc-trail-window-hook
33711 If this hook exists, it is called to create the Calc Trail window.
33712 The variable @code{calc-trail-buffer} will contain the buffer
33713 which the window should use. Unlike @code{calc-window-hook},
33714 this hook must @emph{not} switch into the new window.
33715 @end defvar
33716
33717 @defvar calc-edit-mode-hook
33718 This hook is called by @code{calc-edit} (and the other ``edit''
33719 commands) when the temporary editing buffer is being created.
33720 The buffer will have been selected and set up to be in
33721 @code{calc-edit-mode}, but will not yet have been filled with
33722 text. (In fact it may still have leftover text from a previous
33723 @code{calc-edit} command.)
33724 @end defvar
33725
33726 @defvar calc-mode-save-hook
33727 This hook is called by the @code{calc-save-modes} command,
33728 after Calc's own mode features have been inserted into the
33729 @file{.emacs} buffer and just before the ``End of mode settings''
33730 message is inserted.
33731 @end defvar
33732
33733 @defvar calc-reset-hook
33734 This hook is called after @kbd{M-# 0} (@code{calc-reset}) has
33735 reset all modes. The Calc buffer will be the current buffer.
33736 @end defvar
33737
33738 @defvar calc-other-modes
33739 This variable contains a list of strings. The strings are
33740 concatenated at the end of the modes portion of the Calc
33741 mode line (after standard modes such as ``Deg'', ``Inv'' and
33742 ``Hyp''). Each string should be a short, single word followed
33743 by a space. The variable is @code{nil} by default.
33744 @end defvar
33745
33746 @defvar calc-mode-map
33747 This is the keymap that is used by Calc mode. The best time
33748 to adjust it is probably in a @code{calc-mode-hook}. If the
33749 Calc extensions package (@file{calc-ext.el}) has not yet been
33750 loaded, many of these keys will be bound to @code{calc-missing-key},
33751 which is a command that loads the extensions package and
33752 ``retypes'' the key. If your @code{calc-mode-hook} rebinds
33753 one of these keys, it will probably be overridden when the
33754 extensions are loaded.
33755 @end defvar
33756
33757 @defvar calc-digit-map
33758 This is the keymap that is used during numeric entry. Numeric
33759 entry uses the minibuffer, but this map binds every non-numeric
33760 key to @code{calcDigit-nondigit} which generally calls
33761 @code{exit-minibuffer} and ``retypes'' the key.
33762 @end defvar
33763
33764 @defvar calc-alg-ent-map
33765 This is the keymap that is used during algebraic entry. This is
33766 mostly a copy of @code{minibuffer-local-map}.
33767 @end defvar
33768
33769 @defvar calc-store-var-map
33770 This is the keymap that is used during entry of variable names for
33771 commands like @code{calc-store} and @code{calc-recall}. This is
33772 mostly a copy of @code{minibuffer-local-completion-map}.
33773 @end defvar
33774
33775 @defvar calc-edit-mode-map
33776 This is the (sparse) keymap used by @code{calc-edit} and other
33777 temporary editing commands. It binds @key{RET}, @key{LFD},
33778 and @kbd{C-c C-c} to @code{calc-edit-finish}.
33779 @end defvar
33780
33781 @defvar calc-mode-var-list
33782 This is a list of variables which are saved by @code{calc-save-modes}.
33783 Each entry is a list of two items, the variable (as a Lisp symbol)
33784 and its default value. When modes are being saved, each variable
33785 is compared with its default value (using @code{equal}) and any
33786 non-default variables are written out.
33787 @end defvar
33788
33789 @defvar calc-local-var-list
33790 This is a list of variables which should be buffer-local to the
33791 Calc buffer. Each entry is a variable name (as a Lisp symbol).
33792 These variables also have their default values manipulated by
33793 the @code{calc} and @code{calc-quit} commands; @pxref{Multiple Calculators}.
33794 Since @code{calc-mode-hook} is called after this list has been
33795 used the first time, your hook should add a variable to the
33796 list and also call @code{make-local-variable} itself.
33797 @end defvar
33798
33799 @node Installation, Reporting Bugs, Programming, Top
33800 @appendix Installation
33801
33802 @noindent
33803 Calc 2.02 comes as a set of GNU Emacs Lisp files, with names like
33804 @file{calc.el} and @file{calc-ext.el}, and also as a @file{calc.texinfo}
33805 file which can be used to generate both on-line and printed
33806 documentation.@refill
33807
33808 To install Calc, just follow these simple steps. If you want more
33809 information, each step is discussed at length in the sections below.
33810
33811 @enumerate
33812 @item
33813 Change (@samp{cd}) to the Calc ``home'' directory. This directory was
33814 created when you unbundled the Calc @file{.tar} or @file{.shar} file.
33815
33816 @item
33817 Type @samp{make} to install Calc privately for your own use, or type
33818 @samp{make install} to install Calc system-wide. This will compile all
33819 the Calc component files, modify your @file{.emacs} or the system-wide
33820 @file{lisp/default} file to install Calc as appropriate, and format
33821 the on-line Calc manual.
33822
33823 @noindent
33824 Both variants are shorthand for the following three steps:
33825 @itemize @bullet
33826 @item
33827 @pindex calc-compile
33828 @samp{make compile} to run the byte-compiler.
33829
33830 @item
33831 @samp{make private} or @samp{make public}, corresponding to
33832 @samp{make} and @samp{make install}, respectively. (If @samp{make public}
33833 fails because your system doesn't already have a @file{default} or
33834 @file{default.el} file, use Emacs or the Unix @code{touch} command
33835 to create a zero-sized one first.)
33836
33837 @item
33838 @samp{make info} to format the on-line Calc manual. This first tries
33839 to use the @file{makeinfo} program; if that program is not present, it
33840 uses the Emacs @code{texinfo-format-buffer} command instead.
33841 @end itemize
33842 @noindent
33843 The Unix @code{make} utility looks in the file @file{Makefile} in the
33844 current directory to see what Unix commands correspond to the various
33845 ``targets'' like @code{install} or @code{public}. If your system
33846 doesn't have @code{make}, you will have to examine the @file{Makefile}
33847 and type in the corresponding commands by hand.
33848
33849 @item
33850 If you ever move Calc to a new home directory, just give the
33851 @samp{make private} or @samp{make public} command again in the new
33852 directory.
33853
33854 @item
33855 Test your installation as described at the end of these instructions.
33856
33857 @item
33858 (Optional.) To print a hardcopy of the Calc manual (over 500 pages)
33859 or just the Calc Summary (about 20 pages), follow the instructions under
33860 ``Printed Documentation'' below.
33861 @end enumerate
33862
33863 @noindent
33864 Calc is now installed and ready to go!
33865 @example
33866
33867 @end example
33868 @iftex
33869 @node Installation 2, foo, bar, spam
33870 @end iftex
33871
33872 @appendixsec Upgrading from Calc 1.07
33873
33874 @noindent
33875 If you have Calc version 1.07 or earlier, you will find that Calc 2.00
33876 is organized quite differently. For one, Calc 2.00 is now distributed
33877 already split into many parts; formerly this was done as part of the
33878 installation procedure. Also, some new functions must be autoloaded
33879 and the @kbd{M-#} key must be bound to @code{calc-dispatch} instead
33880 of to @code{calc}.
33881
33882 The easiest way to upgrade is to delete your old Calc files and then
33883 install Calc 2.00 from scratch using the above instructions. You should
33884 then go into your @file{.emacs} or @file{default} file and remove the
33885 old @code{autoload} and @code{global-set-key} commands for Calc, since
33886 @samp{make public}/@samp{make private} has added new, better ones.
33887
33888 See the @file{README} and @file{README.prev} files in the Calc
33889 distribution for more information about what has changed since version
33890 1.07. (@file{README.prev} describes changes before 2.00, and is
33891 present only in the FTP and tape versions of the distribution.)
33892
33893 @ifinfo
33894 @example
33895
33896 @end example
33897 @end ifinfo
33898 @appendixsec The @samp{make public} Command
33899
33900 @noindent
33901 If you are not the regular Emacs administrator on your system, your
33902 account may not be allowed to execute the @samp{make public} command,
33903 since the system-wide @file{default} file may be write-protected.
33904 If this is the case, you will have to ask your Emacs installer to
33905 execute this command. (Just @code{cd} to the Calc home directory
33906 and type @samp{make public}.)
33907
33908 The @samp{make private} command adds exactly the same set of commands
33909 to your @file{.emacs} file as @samp{make public} adds to @file{default}.
33910 If your Emacs installer is concerned about typing this command out of
33911 the blue, you can ask her/him instead to copy the necessary text from
33912 your @file{.emacs} file. (It will be marked by a comment that says
33913 ``Commands added by @code{calc-private-autoloads} on (date and time).'')
33914
33915 @ifinfo
33916 @example
33917
33918 @end example
33919 @end ifinfo
33920 @appendixsec Compilation
33921
33922 @noindent
33923 Calc is written in a way that maximizes performance when its code has been
33924 byte-compiled; a side effect is that performance is seriously degraded if
33925 it @emph{isn't} compiled. Thus, it is essential to compile the Calculator
33926 before trying to use it. The function @samp{calc-compile} in the file
33927 @file{calc-maint.el} runs the Emacs byte-compiler on all the Calc source
33928 files. (Specifically, it runs @kbd{M-x byte-compile-file} on all files
33929 in the current directory with names of the form @file{calc*.el}, and also
33930 on the file @file{macedit.el}.)
33931
33932 If @code{calc-compile} finds that certain files have already been
33933 compiled and have not been changed since, then it will not bother to
33934 recompile those files.
33935
33936 The @code{calc-compile} command also pre-builds certain tables, such as
33937 the units table (@pxref{The Units Table}) and the built-in rewrite rules
33938 (@pxref{Rearranging with Selections}) which Calc would otherwise
33939 need to rebuild every time those features were used.
33940
33941 The @samp{make compile} shell command is simply a convenient way to
33942 start an Emacs and give it a @code{calc-compile} command.
33943
33944 @ifinfo
33945 @example
33946
33947 @end example
33948 @end ifinfo
33949 @appendixsec Auto-loading
33950
33951 @noindent
33952 To teach Emacs how to load in Calc when you type @kbd{M-#} for the
33953 first time, add these lines to your @file{.emacs} file (if you are
33954 installing Calc just for your own use), or the system's @file{lisp/default}
33955 file (if you are installing Calc publicly). The @samp{make private}
33956 and @samp{make public} commands, respectively, take care of this.
33957 (Note that @samp{make} runs @samp{make private}, and @samp{make install}
33958 runs @samp{make public}.)
33959
33960 @smallexample
33961 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "Calculator Options" t)
33962 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "Full-screen Calculator" t)
33963 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "Full-screen X Calculator" t)
33964 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "Use Calculator from Lisp")
33965 (autoload 'defmath "calc" nil t t)
33966 (autoload 'calc "calc" "Calculator Mode" t)
33967 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "Quick Calculator" t)
33968 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "X windows Calculator" t)
33969 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "Use Calc from any buffer" t)
33970 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "Activate =>'s in buffer" t)
33971 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "Grab region of Calc data" t)
33972 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "Grab rectangle of data" t)
33973 @end smallexample
33974
33975 @vindex load-path
33976 Unless you have installed the Calc files in Emacs' main @file{lisp/}
33977 directory, you will also have to add a command that looks like the
33978 following to tell Emacs where to find them. In this example, we
33979 have put the files in directory @file{/usr/gnu/src/calc-2.00}.
33980
33981 @smallexample
33982 (setq load-path (append load-path (list "/usr/gnu/src/calc-2.00")))
33983 @end smallexample
33984
33985 @noindent
33986 The @samp{make public} and @samp{make private} commands also do this
33987 (they use the then-current directory as the name to add to the path).
33988 If you move Calc to a new location, just repeat the @samp{make public}
33989 or @samp{make private} command to have this new location added to
33990 the @code{load-path}.@refill
33991
33992 The @code{autoload} command for @code{calc-dispatch} is what loads
33993 @file{calc.elc} when you type @kbd{M-#}. It is the only @code{autoload}
33994 that is absolutely necessary for Calc to work. The others are for
33995 commands and features that you may wish to use before typing
33996 @kbd{M-#} for the first time. In particular, @code{full-calc} and
33997 @code{full-calc-keypad} are autoloaded to support ``standalone''
33998 operation (@pxref{Standalone Operation}), @code{calc-eval} and
33999 @code{defmath} are autoloaded to allow other Emacs Lisp programs to
34000 use Calc facilities (@pxref{Calling Calc from Your Programs}), and
34001 @code{calc-embedded-activate} is autoloaded because some Embedded
34002 Mode files may call it as soon as they are read into Emacs
34003 (@pxref{Assignments in Embedded Mode}).
34004
34005 @ifinfo
34006 @example
34007
34008 @end example
34009 @end ifinfo
34010 @appendixsec Finding Component Files
34011
34012 @noindent
34013 There is no need to write @code{autoload} commands that point to all
34014 the various Calc component files like @file{calc-misc.elc} and
34015 @file{calc-alg.elc}. The main file, @file{calc.elc}, contains all
34016 the necessary @code{autoload} commands for these files.
34017
34018 (Actually, to conserve space @file{calc.elc} only autoloads a few of
34019 the component files, plus @file{calc-ext.elc}, which in turn autoloads
34020 the rest of the components. This allows Calc to load a little faster
34021 in the beginning, but the net effect is the same.)
34022
34023 This autoloading mechanism assumes that all the component files can
34024 be found on the @code{load-path}. The @samp{make public} and
34025 @samp{make private} commands take care of this, but Calc has a few
34026 other strategies in case you have installed it in an unusual way.
34027
34028 If, when Calc is loaded, it is unable to find its components on the
34029 @code{load-path} it is given, it checks the file name in the original
34030 @code{autoload} command for @code{calc-dispatch}. If that name
34031 included directory information, Calc adds that directory to the
34032 @code{load-path}:
34033
34034 @example
34035 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc-2.00/calc" "Calculator" t)
34036 @end example
34037
34038 @noindent
34039 Suppose the directory @file{/usr/gnu/src/emacs/lisp} is on the path, and
34040 the above @code{autoload} allows Emacs to find Calc under the name
34041 @file{/usr/gnu/src/emacs/lisp/calc-2.00/calc.elc}. Then when Calc
34042 starts up it will add @file{/usr/gnu/src/emacs/lisp/calc-2.00}
34043 to the path so that it will later be able to find its component files.
34044
34045 @vindex calc-autoload-directory
34046 If the above strategy does not locate the component files, Calc
34047 examines the variable @code{calc-autoload-directory}. This is
34048 initially @code{nil}, but you can store the name of Calc's home
34049 directory in it as a sure-fire way of getting Calc to find its
34050 components.
34051
34052 @ifinfo
34053 @example
34054
34055 @end example
34056 @end ifinfo
34057 @appendixsec Merging Source Files
34058
34059 @noindent
34060 If the @code{autoload} mechanism is not managing to load each part
34061 of Calc when it is needed, you can concatenate all the @file{.el}
34062 files into one big file. The order should be @file{calc.el}, then
34063 @file{calc-ext.el}, then all the other files in any order.
34064 Byte-compile the resulting big file. This merged Calculator ought
34065 to work just like Calc normally does, though it will be @emph{substantially}
34066 slower to load.@refill
34067
34068 @ifinfo
34069 @example
34070
34071 @end example
34072 @end ifinfo
34073 @appendixsec Key Bindings
34074
34075 @noindent
34076 Calc is normally bound to the @kbd{M-#} key. To set up this key
34077 binding, include the following command in your @file{.emacs} or
34078 @file{lisp/default} file. (This is done automatically by
34079 @samp{make private} or @samp{make public}, respectively.)
34080
34081 @smallexample
34082 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch)
34083 @end smallexample
34084
34085 Note that @code{calc-dispatch} actually works as a prefix for various
34086 two-key sequences. If you have a convenient unused function key on
34087 your keyboard, you may wish to bind @code{calc-dispatch} to that as
34088 well. You may even wish to bind other specific Calc functions like
34089 @code{calc} or @code{quick-calc} to other handy function keys.
34090
34091 Even if you bind @code{calc-dispatch} to other keys, it is best to
34092 bind it to @kbd{M-#} as well if you possibly can: There are references
34093 to @kbd{M-#} all throughout the Calc manual which would confuse novice
34094 users if they didn't work as advertised.
34095
34096 @vindex calc-scan-for-dels
34097 Another key binding issue is the @key{DEL} key. Some installations
34098 use a different key (such as backspace) for this purpose. Calc
34099 normally scans the entire keymap and maps all keys defined like
34100 @key{DEL} to the @code{calc-pop} command. However, this may be
34101 slow. You can set the variable @code{calc-scan-for-dels} to
34102 @code{nil} to cause only the actual @key{DEL} key to be mapped to
34103 @code{calc-pop}; this will speed loading of Calc.
34104
34105 @ifinfo
34106 @example
34107
34108 @end example
34109 @end ifinfo
34110 @appendixsec The @file{macedit} Package
34111
34112 @noindent
34113 The file @file{macedit.el} contains another useful Emacs extension
34114 called @code{edit-kbd-macro}. It allows you to edit a keyboard macro
34115 in human-readable form. The @kbd{Z E} command in Calc knows how to
34116 use it to edit user commands that have been defined by keyboard macros.
34117 To autoload it, you will want to include the commands,
34118
34119 @smallexample
34120 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "macedit" "Edit Keyboard Macro" t)
34121 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "macedit" "Edit Keyboard Macro" t)
34122 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "macedit" "Read Keyboard Macro" t)
34123 @end smallexample
34124
34125 @noindent
34126 The @samp{make public} and @samp{make private} commands do this.
34127
34128 @ifinfo
34129 @example
34130
34131 @end example
34132 @end ifinfo
34133 @appendixsec The GNUPLOT Program
34134
34135 @noindent
34136 Calc's graphing commands use the GNUPLOT program. If you have GNUPLOT
34137 but you must type some command other than @file{gnuplot} to get it,
34138 you should add a command to set the Lisp variable @code{calc-gnuplot-name}
34139 to the appropriate file name. You may also need to change the variables
34140 @code{calc-gnuplot-plot-command} and @code{calc-gnuplot-print-command} in
34141 order to get correct displays and hardcopies, respectively, of your
34142 plots.@refill
34143
34144 @ifinfo
34145 @example
34146
34147 @end example
34148 @end ifinfo
34149 @appendixsec On-Line Documentation
34150
34151 @noindent
34152 The documentation for Calc (this manual) comes in a file called
34153 @file{calc.texinfo}. To format this for use as an on-line manual,
34154 type @samp{make info} (to use the @code{makeinfo} program), or
34155 @samp{make texinfo} (to use the @code{texinfmt.el} program which runs
34156 inside of Emacs). The former command is recommended if it works
34157 on your system; it is faster and produces nicer-looking output.
34158
34159 The @code{makeinfo} program will report inconsistencies involving
34160 the nodes ``Copying'' and ``Interactive Tutorial''; these
34161 messages should be ignored.
34162
34163 The result will be a collection of files whose names begin with
34164 @file{calc.info}. You may wish to add a reference to the first
34165 of these, @file{calc.info} itself, to your Info system's @file{dir}
34166 file. (This is optional since the @kbd{M-# i} command can access
34167 @file{calc.info} whether or not it appears in the @file{dir} file.)
34168
34169 @vindex calc-info-filename
34170 There is a Lisp variable called @code{calc-info-filename} which holds
34171 the name of the Info file containing Calc's on-line documentation.
34172 Its default value is @code{"calc.info"}, which will work correctly if
34173 the Info files are stored in Emacs' main @file{info/} directory, or if
34174 they are in any of the directories listed in the @code{load-path}. If
34175 you keep them elsewhere, you will want to put a command of the form,
34176
34177 @smallexample
34178 (setq calc-info-filename ".../calc.info")
34179 @end smallexample
34180
34181 @noindent
34182 in your @file{.emacs} or @file{lisp/default} file, where @file{...}
34183 represents the directory containing the Info files. This will not
34184 be necessary if you follow the normal installation procedures.
34185
34186 The @samp{make info} and @samp{make texinfo} commands compare the dates
34187 on the files @file{calc.texinfo} and @file{calc.info}, and run the
34188 appropriate program only if the latter file is older or does not exist.
34189
34190 @ifinfo
34191 @example
34192
34193 @end example
34194 @end ifinfo
34195 @appendixsec Printed Documentation
34196
34197 @noindent
34198 Because the Calc manual is so large, you should only make a printed
34199 copy if you really need it. To print the manual, you will need the
34200 @TeX{} typesetting program (this is a free program by Donald Knuth
34201 at Stanford University) as well as the @file{texindex} program and
34202 @file{texinfo.tex} file, both of which can be obtained from the FSF
34203 as part of the @code{texinfo2} package.@refill
34204
34205 To print the Calc manual in one huge 550 page tome, type @samp{make tex}.
34206 This will take care of running the manual through @TeX{} twice so that
34207 references to later parts of the manual will have correct page numbers.
34208 (Don't worry if you get some ``overfull box'' warnings.)
34209
34210 The result will be a device-independent output file called
34211 @file{calc.dvi}, which you must print in whatever way is right
34212 for your system. On many systems, the command is
34213
34214 @example
34215 lpr -d calc.dvi
34216 @end example
34217
34218 @cindex Marginal notes, adjusting
34219 Marginal notes for each function and key sequence normally alternate
34220 between the left and right sides of the page, which is correct if the
34221 manual is going to be bound as double-sided pages. Near the top of
34222 the file @file{calc.texinfo} you will find alternate definitions of
34223 the @code{\bumpoddpages} macro that put the marginal notes always on
34224 the same side, best if you plan to be binding single-sided pages.
34225
34226 @pindex calc-split-manual
34227 Some people find the Calc manual to be too large to handle easily.
34228 In fact, some versions of @TeX{} have too little memory to print it.
34229 So Calc includes a @code{calc-split-manual} command that splits
34230 @file{calc.texinfo} into two volumes, the Calc Tutorial and the
34231 Calc Reference. The easiest way to use it is to type @samp{make tex2}
34232 instead of @samp{make tex}. The result will be two smaller files,
34233 @file{calctut.dvi} and @file{calcref.dvi}. The former contains the
34234 tutorial part of the manual; the latter contains the reference part.
34235 Both volumes include copies of the ``Getting Started'' chapter and
34236 licensing information.
34237
34238 To save disk space, you may wish to delete @file{calctut.*} and
34239 @file{calcref.*} after you're done. Don't delete @file{calc.texinfo},
34240 because you will need it to install future patches to Calc.
34241 The @samp{make tex2} command takes care of all of this for you.
34242
34243 The @samp{make textut} command formats only the Calc Tutorial volume,
34244 producing @file{calctut.dvi} but not @file{calcref.dvi}. Likewise,
34245 @samp{make texref} formats only the Calc Reference volume.
34246
34247 @pindex calc-split-summary
34248 Finally, there is a @code{calc-split-summary} command that splits off
34249 just the Calc Summary appendix suitable for printing by itself.
34250 Type @samp{make summary} instead of @samp{make tex}. The resulting
34251 @file{calcsum.dvi} file will print in less than 20 pages. If the
34252 Key Index file @file{calc.ky} is present, left over from a previous
34253 @samp{make tex} command, then @samp{make summary} will insert a
34254 column of page numbers into the summary using that information.
34255
34256 The @samp{make isummary} command is like @samp{make summary}, but it
34257 prints a summary that is designed to be substituted into the regular
34258 manual. (The two summaries will be identical except for the
34259 additional column of page numbers.) To make a complete manual, run
34260 @samp{make tex} and @samp{make isummary}, print the two resulting
34261 @file{.dvi} files, then discard the Summary pages that came from
34262 @file{calc.dvi} and insert the ones from @file{calcsum.dvi} in their
34263 place. Also, remember that the table of contents prints at the end
34264 of the manual but should generally be moved to the front (after the
34265 title and copyright pages).
34266
34267 If you don't have @TeX{}, you can print the summary as a plain text
34268 file by going to the ``Summary'' node in Calc's Info file, then
34269 typing @kbd{M-x print-buffer} (@pxref{Summary}).
34270
34271 @ifinfo
34272 @example
34273
34274 @end example
34275 @end ifinfo
34276 @appendixsec Settings File
34277
34278 @noindent
34279 @vindex calc-settings-file
34280 Another variable you might want to set is @code{calc-settings-file},
34281 which holds the file name in which commands like @kbd{m m} and @kbd{Z P}
34282 store ``permanent'' definitions. The default value for this variable
34283 is @code{"~/.emacs"}. If @code{calc-settings-file} does not contain
34284 @code{".emacs"} as a substring, and if the variable
34285 @code{calc-loaded-settings-file} is @code{nil}, then Calc will
34286 automatically load your settings file (if it exists) the first time
34287 Calc is invoked.@refill
34288
34289 @ifinfo
34290 @example
34291
34292 @end example
34293 @end ifinfo
34294 @appendixsec Testing the Installation
34295
34296 @noindent
34297 To test your installation of Calc, start a new Emacs and type @kbd{M-# c}
34298 to make sure the autoloads and key bindings work. Type @kbd{M-# i}
34299 to make sure Calc can find its Info documentation. Press @kbd{q} to
34300 exit the Info system and @kbd{M-# c} to re-enter the Calculator.
34301 Type @kbd{20 S} to compute the sine of 20 degrees; this will test the
34302 autoloading of the extensions modules. The result should be
34303 0.342020143326. Finally, press @kbd{M-# c} again to make sure the
34304 Calculator can exit.
34305
34306 You may also wish to test the GNUPLOT interface; to plot a sine wave,
34307 type @kbd{' [0 ..@: 360], sin(x) RET g f}. Type @kbd{g q} when you
34308 are done viewing the plot.
34309
34310 Calc is now ready to use. If you wish to go through the Calc Tutorial,
34311 press @kbd{M-# t} to begin.
34312 @example
34313
34314 @end example
34315
34316 @noindent
34317 (The above text is included in both the Calc documentation and the
34318 file INSTALL in the Calc distribution directory.)
34319
34320 @node Reporting Bugs, Summary, Installation, Top
34321 @appendix Reporting Bugs
34322
34323 @noindent
34324 If you find a bug in Calc, send e-mail to Dave Gillespie,
34325
34326 @example
34327 daveg@@synaptics.com @r{or}
34328 daveg@@csvax.cs.caltech.edu
34329 @end example
34330
34331 @noindent
34332 While I cannot guarantee that I will have time to work on your bug,
34333 I do try to fix bugs quickly whenever I can.
34334
34335 You can obtain a current version of Calc from anonymous FTP on
34336 @samp{csvax.cs.caltech.edu} in @samp{pub/calc-@var{version}.tar.Z}.
34337 Calc is also available on the GNU machine, @samp{prep.ai.mit.edu}.
34338 Patches are posted to the @samp{comp.sources.misc} Usenet group,
34339 and are also available on @code{csvax}.
34340
34341 There is an automatic @kbd{M-x report-calc-bug} command which helps
34342 you to report bugs. This command prompts you for a brief subject
34343 line, then leaves you in a mail editing buffer. Type @kbd{C-c C-c} to
34344 send your mail. Make sure your subject line indicates that you are
34345 reporting a Calc bug; this command sends mail to my regular mailbox.
34346
34347 If you have suggestions for additional features for Calc, I would
34348 love to hear them. Some have dared to suggest that Calc is already
34349 top-heavy with features; I really don't see what they're talking
34350 about, so, if you have ideas, send them right in. (I may even have
34351 time to implement them!)
34352
34353 At the front of the source file, @file{calc.el}, is a list of ideas for
34354 future work which I have not had time to do. If any enthusiastic souls
34355 wish to take it upon themselves to work on these, I would be delighted.
34356 Please let me know if you plan to contribute to Calc so I can coordinate
34357 your efforts with mine and those of others. I will do my best to help
34358 you in whatever way I can.
34359
34360 @c [summary]
34361 @node Summary, Key Index, Reporting Bugs, Top
34362 @appendix Calc Summary
34363
34364 @noindent
34365 This section includes a complete list of Calc 2.02 keystroke commands.
34366 Each line lists the stack entries used by the command (top-of-stack
34367 last), the keystrokes themselves, the prompts asked by the command,
34368 and the result of the command (also with top-of-stack last).
34369 The result is expressed using the equivalent algebraic function.
34370 Commands which put no results on the stack show the full @kbd{M-x}
34371 command name in that position. Numbers preceding the result or
34372 command name refer to notes at the end.
34373
34374 Algebraic functions and @kbd{M-x} commands that don't have corresponding
34375 keystrokes are not listed in this summary.
34376 @xref{Command Index}. @xref{Function Index}.
34377
34378 @iftex
34379 @begingroup
34380 @tex
34381 \vskip-2\baselineskip \null
34382 \gdef\sumrow#1{\sumrowx#1\relax}%
34383 \gdef\sumrowx#1\:#2\:#3\:#4\:#5\:#6\relax{%
34384 \leavevmode%
34385 \hbox to5em{\indsl\hss#1}%
34386 \hbox to5em{\ninett#2\hss}%
34387 \hbox to4em{\indsl#3\hss}%
34388 \hbox to5em{\indrm\hss#4}%
34389 \thinspace%
34390 {\ninett#5}%
34391 {\indsl#6}%
34392 }%
34393 \gdef\sumlpar{{\indrm(}}%
34394 \gdef\sumrpar{{\indrm)}}%
34395 \gdef\sumcomma{{\indrm,\thinspace}}%
34396 \gdef\sumexcl{{\indrm!}}%
34397 \gdef\sumbreak{\vskip-2.5\baselineskip\goodbreak}%
34398 \gdef\minus#1{{\tt-}}%
34399 @end tex
34400 @let@:=@sumsep
34401 @let@r=@sumrow
34402 @catcode`@(=@active @let(=@sumlpar
34403 @catcode`@)=@active @let)=@sumrpar
34404 @catcode`@,=@active @let,=@sumcomma
34405 @catcode`@!=@active @let!=@sumexcl
34406 @end iftex
34407 @format
34408 @iftex
34409 @advance@baselineskip-2.5pt
34410 @let@tt@ninett
34411 @let@c@sumbreak
34412 @end iftex
34413 @r{ @: M-# a @: @: 33 @:calc-embedded-activate@:}
34414 @r{ @: M-# b @: @: @:calc-big-or-small@:}
34415 @r{ @: M-# c @: @: @:calc@:}
34416 @r{ @: M-# d @: @: @:calc-embedded-duplicate@:}
34417 @r{ @: M-# e @: @: 34 @:calc-embedded@:}
34418 @r{ @: M-# f @:formula @: @:calc-embedded-new-formula@:}
34419 @r{ @: M-# g @: @: 35 @:calc-grab-region@:}
34420 @r{ @: M-# i @: @: @:calc-info@:}
34421 @r{ @: M-# j @: @: @:calc-embedded-select@:}
34422 @r{ @: M-# k @: @: @:calc-keypad@:}
34423 @r{ @: M-# l @: @: @:calc-load-everything@:}
34424 @r{ @: M-# m @: @: @:read-kbd-macro@:}
34425 @r{ @: M-# n @: @: 4 @:calc-embedded-next@:}
34426 @r{ @: M-# o @: @: @:calc-other-window@:}
34427 @r{ @: M-# p @: @: 4 @:calc-embedded-previous@:}
34428 @r{ @: M-# q @:formula @: @:quick-calc@:}
34429 @r{ @: M-# r @: @: 36 @:calc-grab-rectangle@:}
34430 @r{ @: M-# s @: @: @:calc-info-summary@:}
34431 @r{ @: M-# t @: @: @:calc-tutorial@:}
34432 @r{ @: M-# u @: @: @:calc-embedded-update@:}
34433 @r{ @: M-# w @: @: @:calc-embedded-word@:}
34434 @r{ @: M-# x @: @: @:calc-quit@:}
34435 @r{ @: M-# y @: @:1,28,49 @:calc-copy-to-buffer@:}
34436 @r{ @: M-# z @: @: @:calc-user-invocation@:}
34437 @r{ @: M-# : @: @: 36 @:calc-grab-sum-down@:}
34438 @r{ @: M-# _ @: @: 36 @:calc-grab-sum-across@:}
34439 @r{ @: M-# ` @:editing @: 30 @:calc-embedded-edit@:}
34440 @r{ @: M-# 0 @:(zero) @: @:calc-reset@:}
34441
34442 @c
34443 @r{ @: 0-9 @:number @: @:@:number}
34444 @r{ @: . @:number @: @:@:0.number}
34445 @r{ @: _ @:number @: @:-@:number}
34446 @r{ @: e @:number @: @:@:1e number}
34447 @r{ @: # @:number @: @:@:current-radix@t{#}number}
34448 @r{ @: P @:(in number) @: @:+/-@:}
34449 @r{ @: M @:(in number) @: @:mod@:}
34450 @r{ @: @@ ' " @: (in number)@: @:@:HMS form}
34451 @r{ @: h m s @: (in number)@: @:@:HMS form}
34452
34453 @c
34454 @r{ @: ' @:formula @: 37,46 @:@:formula}
34455 @r{ @: $ @:formula @: 37,46 @:$@:formula}
34456 @r{ @: " @:string @: 37,46 @:@:string}
34457
34458 @c
34459 @r{ a b@: + @: @: 2 @:add@:(a,b) a+b}
34460 @r{ a b@: - @: @: 2 @:sub@:(a,b) a@minus{}b}
34461 @r{ a b@: * @: @: 2 @:mul@:(a,b) a b, a*b}
34462 @r{ a b@: / @: @: 2 @:div@:(a,b) a/b}
34463 @r{ a b@: ^ @: @: 2 @:pow@:(a,b) a^b}
34464 @r{ a b@: I ^ @: @: 2 @:nroot@:(a,b) a^(1/b)}
34465 @r{ a b@: % @: @: 2 @:mod@:(a,b) a%b}
34466 @r{ a b@: \ @: @: 2 @:idiv@:(a,b) a\b}
34467 @r{ a b@: : @: @: 2 @:fdiv@:(a,b)}
34468 @r{ a b@: | @: @: 2 @:vconcat@:(a,b) a|b}
34469 @r{ a b@: I | @: @: @:vconcat@:(b,a) b|a}
34470 @r{ a b@: H | @: @: 2 @:append@:(a,b)}
34471 @r{ a b@: I H | @: @: @:append@:(b,a)}
34472 @r{ a@: & @: @: 1 @:inv@:(a) 1/a}
34473 @r{ a@: ! @: @: 1 @:fact@:(a) a!}
34474 @r{ a@: = @: @: 1 @:evalv@:(a)}
34475 @r{ a@: M-% @: @: @:percent@:(a) a%}
34476
34477 @c
34478 @r{ ... a@: RET @: @: 1 @:@:... a a}
34479 @r{ ... a@: SPC @: @: 1 @:@:... a a}
34480 @r{... a b@: TAB @: @: 3 @:@:... b a}
34481 @r{. a b c@: M-TAB @: @: 3 @:@:... b c a}
34482 @r{... a b@: LFD @: @: 1 @:@:... a b a}
34483 @r{ ... a@: DEL @: @: 1 @:@:...}
34484 @r{... a b@: M-DEL @: @: 1 @:@:... b}
34485 @r{ @: M-RET @: @: 4 @:calc-last-args@:}
34486 @r{ a@: ` @:editing @: 1,30 @:calc-edit@:}
34487
34488 @c
34489 @r{ ... a@: C-d @: @: 1 @:@:...}
34490 @r{ @: C-k @: @: 27 @:calc-kill@:}
34491 @r{ @: C-w @: @: 27 @:calc-kill-region@:}
34492 @r{ @: C-y @: @: @:calc-yank@:}
34493 @r{ @: C-_ @: @: 4 @:calc-undo@:}
34494 @r{ @: M-k @: @: 27 @:calc-copy-as-kill@:}
34495 @r{ @: M-w @: @: 27 @:calc-copy-region-as-kill@:}
34496
34497 @c
34498 @r{ @: [ @: @: @:@:[...}
34499 @r{[.. a b@: ] @: @: @:@:[a,b]}
34500 @r{ @: ( @: @: @:@:(...}
34501 @r{(.. a b@: ) @: @: @:@:(a,b)}
34502 @r{ @: , @: @: @:@:vector or rect complex}
34503 @r{ @: ; @: @: @:@:matrix or polar complex}
34504 @r{ @: .. @: @: @:@:interval}
34505
34506 @c
34507 @r{ @: ~ @: @: @:calc-num-prefix@:}
34508 @r{ @: < @: @: 4 @:calc-scroll-left@:}
34509 @r{ @: > @: @: 4 @:calc-scroll-right@:}
34510 @r{ @: @{ @: @: 4 @:calc-scroll-down@:}
34511 @r{ @: @} @: @: 4 @:calc-scroll-up@:}
34512 @r{ @: ? @: @: @:calc-help@:}
34513
34514 @c
34515 @r{ a@: n @: @: 1 @:neg@:(a) @minus{}a}
34516 @r{ @: o @: @: 4 @:calc-realign@:}
34517 @r{ @: p @:precision @: 31 @:calc-precision@:}
34518 @r{ @: q @: @: @:calc-quit@:}
34519 @r{ @: w @: @: @:calc-why@:}
34520 @r{ @: x @:command @: @:M-x calc-@:command}
34521 @r{ a@: y @: @:1,28,49 @:calc-copy-to-buffer@:}
34522
34523 @c
34524 @r{ a@: A @: @: 1 @:abs@:(a)}
34525 @r{ a b@: B @: @: 2 @:log@:(a,b)}
34526 @r{ a b@: I B @: @: 2 @:alog@:(a,b) b^a}
34527 @r{ a@: C @: @: 1 @:cos@:(a)}
34528 @r{ a@: I C @: @: 1 @:arccos@:(a)}
34529 @r{ a@: H C @: @: 1 @:cosh@:(a)}
34530 @r{ a@: I H C @: @: 1 @:arccosh@:(a)}
34531 @r{ @: D @: @: 4 @:calc-redo@:}
34532 @r{ a@: E @: @: 1 @:exp@:(a)}
34533 @r{ a@: H E @: @: 1 @:exp10@:(a) 10.^a}
34534 @r{ a@: F @: @: 1,11 @:floor@:(a,d)}
34535 @r{ a@: I F @: @: 1,11 @:ceil@:(a,d)}
34536 @r{ a@: H F @: @: 1,11 @:ffloor@:(a,d)}
34537 @r{ a@: I H F @: @: 1,11 @:fceil@:(a,d)}
34538 @r{ a@: G @: @: 1 @:arg@:(a)}
34539 @r{ @: H @:command @: 32 @:@:Hyperbolic}
34540 @r{ @: I @:command @: 32 @:@:Inverse}
34541 @r{ a@: J @: @: 1 @:conj@:(a)}
34542 @r{ @: K @:command @: 32 @:@:Keep-args}
34543 @r{ a@: L @: @: 1 @:ln@:(a)}
34544 @r{ a@: H L @: @: 1 @:log10@:(a)}
34545 @r{ @: M @: @: @:calc-more-recursion-depth@:}
34546 @r{ @: I M @: @: @:calc-less-recursion-depth@:}
34547 @r{ a@: N @: @: 5 @:evalvn@:(a)}
34548 @r{ @: P @: @: @:@:pi}
34549 @r{ @: I P @: @: @:@:gamma}
34550 @r{ @: H P @: @: @:@:e}
34551 @r{ @: I H P @: @: @:@:phi}
34552 @r{ a@: Q @: @: 1 @:sqrt@:(a)}
34553 @r{ a@: I Q @: @: 1 @:sqr@:(a) a^2}
34554 @r{ a@: R @: @: 1,11 @:round@:(a,d)}
34555 @r{ a@: I R @: @: 1,11 @:trunc@:(a,d)}
34556 @r{ a@: H R @: @: 1,11 @:fround@:(a,d)}
34557 @r{ a@: I H R @: @: 1,11 @:ftrunc@:(a,d)}
34558 @r{ a@: S @: @: 1 @:sin@:(a)}
34559 @r{ a@: I S @: @: 1 @:arcsin@:(a)}
34560 @r{ a@: H S @: @: 1 @:sinh@:(a)}
34561 @r{ a@: I H S @: @: 1 @:arcsinh@:(a)}
34562 @r{ a@: T @: @: 1 @:tan@:(a)}
34563 @r{ a@: I T @: @: 1 @:arctan@:(a)}
34564 @r{ a@: H T @: @: 1 @:tanh@:(a)}
34565 @r{ a@: I H T @: @: 1 @:arctanh@:(a)}
34566 @r{ @: U @: @: 4 @:calc-undo@:}
34567 @r{ @: X @: @: 4 @:calc-call-last-kbd-macro@:}
34568
34569 @c
34570 @r{ a b@: a = @: @: 2 @:eq@:(a,b) a=b}
34571 @r{ a b@: a # @: @: 2 @:neq@:(a,b) a!=b}
34572 @r{ a b@: a < @: @: 2 @:lt@:(a,b) a<b}
34573 @r{ a b@: a > @: @: 2 @:gt@:(a,b) a>b}
34574 @r{ a b@: a [ @: @: 2 @:leq@:(a,b) a<=b}
34575 @r{ a b@: a ] @: @: 2 @:geq@:(a,b) a>=b}
34576 @r{ a b@: a @{ @: @: 2 @:in@:(a,b)}
34577 @r{ a b@: a & @: @: 2,45 @:land@:(a,b) a&&b}
34578 @r{ a b@: a | @: @: 2,45 @:lor@:(a,b) a||b}
34579 @r{ a@: a ! @: @: 1,45 @:lnot@:(a) !a}
34580 @r{ a b c@: a : @: @: 45 @:if@:(a,b,c) a?b:c}
34581 @r{ a@: a . @: @: 1 @:rmeq@:(a)}
34582 @r{ a@: a " @: @: 7,8 @:calc-expand-formula@:}
34583
34584 @c
34585 @r{ a@: a + @:i, l, h @: 6,38 @:sum@:(a,i,l,h)}
34586 @r{ a@: a - @:i, l, h @: 6,38 @:asum@:(a,i,l,h)}
34587 @r{ a@: a * @:i, l, h @: 6,38 @:prod@:(a,i,l,h)}
34588 @r{ a b@: a _ @: @: 2 @:subscr@:(a,b) a_b}
34589
34590 @c
34591 @r{ a b@: a \ @: @: 2 @:pdiv@:(a,b)}
34592 @r{ a b@: a % @: @: 2 @:prem@:(a,b)}
34593 @r{ a b@: a / @: @: 2 @:pdivrem@:(a,b) [q,r]}
34594 @r{ a b@: H a / @: @: 2 @:pdivide@:(a,b) q+r/b}
34595
34596 @c
34597 @r{ a@: a a @: @: 1 @:apart@:(a)}
34598 @r{ a@: a b @:old, new @: 38 @:subst@:(a,old,new)}
34599 @r{ a@: a c @:v @: 38 @:collect@:(a,v)}
34600 @r{ a@: a d @:v @: 4,38 @:deriv@:(a,v)}
34601 @r{ a@: H a d @:v @: 4,38 @:tderiv@:(a,v)}
34602 @r{ a@: a e @: @: @:esimplify@:(a)}
34603 @r{ a@: a f @: @: 1 @:factor@:(a)}
34604 @r{ a@: H a f @: @: 1 @:factors@:(a)}
34605 @r{ a b@: a g @: @: 2 @:pgcd@:(a,b)}
34606 @r{ a@: a i @:v @: 38 @:integ@:(a,v)}
34607 @r{ a@: a m @:pats @: 38 @:match@:(a,pats)}
34608 @r{ a@: I a m @:pats @: 38 @:matchnot@:(a,pats)}
34609 @r{ data x@: a p @: @: 28 @:polint@:(data,x)}
34610 @r{ data x@: H a p @: @: 28 @:ratint@:(data,x)}
34611 @r{ a@: a n @: @: 1 @:nrat@:(a)}
34612 @r{ a@: a r @:rules @:4,8,38 @:rewrite@:(a,rules,n)}
34613 @r{ a@: a s @: @: @:simplify@:(a)}
34614 @r{ a@: a t @:v, n @: 31,39 @:taylor@:(a,v,n)}
34615 @r{ a@: a v @: @: 7,8 @:calc-alg-evaluate@:}
34616 @r{ a@: a x @: @: 4,8 @:expand@:(a)}
34617
34618 @c
34619 @r{ data@: a F @:model, vars @: 48 @:fit@:(m,iv,pv,data)}
34620 @r{ data@: I a F @:model, vars @: 48 @:xfit@:(m,iv,pv,data)}
34621 @r{ data@: H a F @:model, vars @: 48 @:efit@:(m,iv,pv,data)}
34622 @r{ a@: a I @:v, l, h @: 38 @:ninteg@:(a,v,l,h)}
34623 @r{ a b@: a M @:op @: 22 @:mapeq@:(op,a,b)}
34624 @r{ a b@: I a M @:op @: 22 @:mapeqr@:(op,a,b)}
34625 @r{ a b@: H a M @:op @: 22 @:mapeqp@:(op,a,b)}
34626 @r{ a g@: a N @:v @: 38 @:minimize@:(a,v,g)}
34627 @r{ a g@: H a N @:v @: 38 @:wminimize@:(a,v,g)}
34628 @r{ a@: a P @:v @: 38 @:roots@:(a,v)}
34629 @r{ a g@: a R @:v @: 38 @:root@:(a,v,g)}
34630 @r{ a g@: H a R @:v @: 38 @:wroot@:(a,v,g)}
34631 @r{ a@: a S @:v @: 38 @:solve@:(a,v)}
34632 @r{ a@: I a S @:v @: 38 @:finv@:(a,v)}
34633 @r{ a@: H a S @:v @: 38 @:fsolve@:(a,v)}
34634 @r{ a@: I H a S @:v @: 38 @:ffinv@:(a,v)}
34635 @r{ a@: a T @:i, l, h @: 6,38 @:table@:(a,i,l,h)}
34636 @r{ a g@: a X @:v @: 38 @:maximize@:(a,v,g)}
34637 @r{ a g@: H a X @:v @: 38 @:wmaximize@:(a,v,g)}
34638
34639 @c
34640 @r{ a b@: b a @: @: 9 @:and@:(a,b,w)}
34641 @r{ a@: b c @: @: 9 @:clip@:(a,w)}
34642 @r{ a b@: b d @: @: 9 @:diff@:(a,b,w)}
34643 @r{ a@: b l @: @: 10 @:lsh@:(a,n,w)}
34644 @r{ a n@: H b l @: @: 9 @:lsh@:(a,n,w)}
34645 @r{ a@: b n @: @: 9 @:not@:(a,w)}
34646 @r{ a b@: b o @: @: 9 @:or@:(a,b,w)}
34647 @r{ v@: b p @: @: 1 @:vpack@:(v)}
34648 @r{ a@: b r @: @: 10 @:rsh@:(a,n,w)}
34649 @r{ a n@: H b r @: @: 9 @:rsh@:(a,n,w)}
34650 @r{ a@: b t @: @: 10 @:rot@:(a,n,w)}
34651 @r{ a n@: H b t @: @: 9 @:rot@:(a,n,w)}
34652 @r{ a@: b u @: @: 1 @:vunpack@:(a)}
34653 @r{ @: b w @:w @: 9,50 @:calc-word-size@:}
34654 @r{ a b@: b x @: @: 9 @:xor@:(a,b,w)}
34655
34656 @c
34657 @r{c s l p@: b D @: @: @:ddb@:(c,s,l,p)}
34658 @r{ r n p@: b F @: @: @:fv@:(r,n,p)}
34659 @r{ r n p@: I b F @: @: @:fvb@:(r,n,p)}
34660 @r{ r n p@: H b F @: @: @:fvl@:(r,n,p)}
34661 @r{ v@: b I @: @: 19 @:irr@:(v)}
34662 @r{ v@: I b I @: @: 19 @:irrb@:(v)}
34663 @r{ a@: b L @: @: 10 @:ash@:(a,n,w)}
34664 @r{ a n@: H b L @: @: 9 @:ash@:(a,n,w)}
34665 @r{ r n a@: b M @: @: @:pmt@:(r,n,a)}
34666 @r{ r n a@: I b M @: @: @:pmtb@:(r,n,a)}
34667 @r{ r n a@: H b M @: @: @:pmtl@:(r,n,a)}
34668 @r{ r v@: b N @: @: 19 @:npv@:(r,v)}
34669 @r{ r v@: I b N @: @: 19 @:npvb@:(r,v)}
34670 @r{ r n p@: b P @: @: @:pv@:(r,n,p)}
34671 @r{ r n p@: I b P @: @: @:pvb@:(r,n,p)}
34672 @r{ r n p@: H b P @: @: @:pvl@:(r,n,p)}
34673 @r{ a@: b R @: @: 10 @:rash@:(a,n,w)}
34674 @r{ a n@: H b R @: @: 9 @:rash@:(a,n,w)}
34675 @r{ c s l@: b S @: @: @:sln@:(c,s,l)}
34676 @r{ n p a@: b T @: @: @:rate@:(n,p,a)}
34677 @r{ n p a@: I b T @: @: @:rateb@:(n,p,a)}
34678 @r{ n p a@: H b T @: @: @:ratel@:(n,p,a)}
34679 @r{c s l p@: b Y @: @: @:syd@:(c,s,l,p)}
34680
34681 @r{ r p a@: b # @: @: @:nper@:(r,p,a)}
34682 @r{ r p a@: I b # @: @: @:nperb@:(r,p,a)}
34683 @r{ r p a@: H b # @: @: @:nperl@:(r,p,a)}
34684 @r{ a b@: b % @: @: @:relch@:(a,b)}
34685
34686 @c
34687 @r{ a@: c c @: @: 5 @:pclean@:(a,p)}
34688 @r{ a@: c 0-9 @: @: @:pclean@:(a,p)}
34689 @r{ a@: H c c @: @: 5 @:clean@:(a,p)}
34690 @r{ a@: H c 0-9 @: @: @:clean@:(a,p)}
34691 @r{ a@: c d @: @: 1 @:deg@:(a)}
34692 @r{ a@: c f @: @: 1 @:pfloat@:(a)}
34693 @r{ a@: H c f @: @: 1 @:float@:(a)}
34694 @r{ a@: c h @: @: 1 @:hms@:(a)}
34695 @r{ a@: c p @: @: @:polar@:(a)}
34696 @r{ a@: I c p @: @: @:rect@:(a)}
34697 @r{ a@: c r @: @: 1 @:rad@:(a)}
34698
34699 @c
34700 @r{ a@: c F @: @: 5 @:pfrac@:(a,p)}
34701 @r{ a@: H c F @: @: 5 @:frac@:(a,p)}
34702
34703 @c
34704 @r{ a@: c % @: @: @:percent@:(a*100)}
34705
34706 @c
34707 @r{ @: d . @:char @: 50 @:calc-point-char@:}
34708 @r{ @: d , @:char @: 50 @:calc-group-char@:}
34709 @r{ @: d < @: @: 13,50 @:calc-left-justify@:}
34710 @r{ @: d = @: @: 13,50 @:calc-center-justify@:}
34711 @r{ @: d > @: @: 13,50 @:calc-right-justify@:}
34712 @r{ @: d @{ @:label @: 50 @:calc-left-label@:}
34713 @r{ @: d @} @:label @: 50 @:calc-right-label@:}
34714 @r{ @: d [ @: @: 4 @:calc-truncate-up@:}
34715 @r{ @: d ] @: @: 4 @:calc-truncate-down@:}
34716 @r{ @: d " @: @: 12,50 @:calc-display-strings@:}
34717 @r{ @: d SPC @: @: @:calc-refresh@:}
34718 @r{ @: d RET @: @: 1 @:calc-refresh-top@:}
34719
34720 @c
34721 @r{ @: d 0 @: @: 50 @:calc-decimal-radix@:}
34722 @r{ @: d 2 @: @: 50 @:calc-binary-radix@:}
34723 @r{ @: d 6 @: @: 50 @:calc-hex-radix@:}
34724 @r{ @: d 8 @: @: 50 @:calc-octal-radix@:}
34725
34726 @c
34727 @r{ @: d b @: @:12,13,50 @:calc-line-breaking@:}
34728 @r{ @: d c @: @: 50 @:calc-complex-notation@:}
34729 @r{ @: d d @:format @: 50 @:calc-date-notation@:}
34730 @r{ @: d e @: @: 5,50 @:calc-eng-notation@:}
34731 @r{ @: d f @:num @: 31,50 @:calc-fix-notation@:}
34732 @r{ @: d g @: @:12,13,50 @:calc-group-digits@:}
34733 @r{ @: d h @:format @: 50 @:calc-hms-notation@:}
34734 @r{ @: d i @: @: 50 @:calc-i-notation@:}
34735 @r{ @: d j @: @: 50 @:calc-j-notation@:}
34736 @r{ @: d l @: @: 12,50 @:calc-line-numbering@:}
34737 @r{ @: d n @: @: 5,50 @:calc-normal-notation@:}
34738 @r{ @: d o @:format @: 50 @:calc-over-notation@:}
34739 @r{ @: d p @: @: 12,50 @:calc-show-plain@:}
34740 @r{ @: d r @:radix @: 31,50 @:calc-radix@:}
34741 @r{ @: d s @: @: 5,50 @:calc-sci-notation@:}
34742 @r{ @: d t @: @: 27 @:calc-truncate-stack@:}
34743 @r{ @: d w @: @: 12,13 @:calc-auto-why@:}
34744 @r{ @: d z @: @: 12,50 @:calc-leading-zeros@:}
34745
34746 @c
34747 @r{ @: d B @: @: 50 @:calc-big-language@:}
34748 @r{ @: d C @: @: 50 @:calc-c-language@:}
34749 @r{ @: d E @: @: 50 @:calc-eqn-language@:}
34750 @r{ @: d F @: @: 50 @:calc-fortran-language@:}
34751 @r{ @: d M @: @: 50 @:calc-mathematica-language@:}
34752 @r{ @: d N @: @: 50 @:calc-normal-language@:}
34753 @r{ @: d O @: @: 50 @:calc-flat-language@:}
34754 @r{ @: d P @: @: 50 @:calc-pascal-language@:}
34755 @r{ @: d T @: @: 50 @:calc-tex-language@:}
34756 @r{ @: d U @: @: 50 @:calc-unformatted-language@:}
34757 @r{ @: d W @: @: 50 @:calc-maple-language@:}
34758
34759 @c
34760 @r{ a@: f [ @: @: 4 @:decr@:(a,n)}
34761 @r{ a@: f ] @: @: 4 @:incr@:(a,n)}
34762
34763 @c
34764 @r{ a b@: f b @: @: 2 @:beta@:(a,b)}
34765 @r{ a@: f e @: @: 1 @:erf@:(a)}
34766 @r{ a@: I f e @: @: 1 @:erfc@:(a)}
34767 @r{ a@: f g @: @: 1 @:gamma@:(a)}
34768 @r{ a b@: f h @: @: 2 @:hypot@:(a,b)}
34769 @r{ a@: f i @: @: 1 @:im@:(a)}
34770 @r{ n a@: f j @: @: 2 @:besJ@:(n,a)}
34771 @r{ a b@: f n @: @: 2 @:min@:(a,b)}
34772 @r{ a@: f r @: @: 1 @:re@:(a)}
34773 @r{ a@: f s @: @: 1 @:sign@:(a)}
34774 @r{ a b@: f x @: @: 2 @:max@:(a,b)}
34775 @r{ n a@: f y @: @: 2 @:besY@:(n,a)}
34776
34777 @c
34778 @r{ a@: f A @: @: 1 @:abssqr@:(a)}
34779 @r{ x a b@: f B @: @: @:betaI@:(x,a,b)}
34780 @r{ x a b@: H f B @: @: @:betaB@:(x,a,b)}
34781 @r{ a@: f E @: @: 1 @:expm1@:(a)}
34782 @r{ a x@: f G @: @: 2 @:gammaP@:(a,x)}
34783 @r{ a x@: I f G @: @: 2 @:gammaQ@:(a,x)}
34784 @r{ a x@: H f G @: @: 2 @:gammag@:(a,x)}
34785 @r{ a x@: I H f G @: @: 2 @:gammaG@:(a,x)}
34786 @r{ a b@: f I @: @: 2 @:ilog@:(a,b)}
34787 @r{ a b@: I f I @: @: 2 @:alog@:(a,b) b^a}
34788 @r{ a@: f L @: @: 1 @:lnp1@:(a)}
34789 @r{ a@: f M @: @: 1 @:mant@:(a)}
34790 @r{ a@: f Q @: @: 1 @:isqrt@:(a)}
34791 @r{ a@: I f Q @: @: 1 @:sqr@:(a) a^2}
34792 @r{ a n@: f S @: @: 2 @:scf@:(a,n)}
34793 @r{ y x@: f T @: @: @:arctan2@:(y,x)}
34794 @r{ a@: f X @: @: 1 @:xpon@:(a)}
34795
34796 @c
34797 @r{ x y@: g a @: @: 28,40 @:calc-graph-add@:}
34798 @r{ @: g b @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-border@:}
34799 @r{ @: g c @: @: @:calc-graph-clear@:}
34800 @r{ @: g d @: @: 41 @:calc-graph-delete@:}
34801 @r{ x y@: g f @: @: 28,40 @:calc-graph-fast@:}
34802 @r{ @: g g @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-grid@:}
34803 @r{ @: g h @:title @: @:calc-graph-header@:}
34804 @r{ @: g j @: @: 4 @:calc-graph-juggle@:}
34805 @r{ @: g k @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-key@:}
34806 @r{ @: g l @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-log-x@:}
34807 @r{ @: g n @:name @: @:calc-graph-name@:}
34808 @r{ @: g p @: @: 42 @:calc-graph-plot@:}
34809 @r{ @: g q @: @: @:calc-graph-quit@:}
34810 @r{ @: g r @:range @: @:calc-graph-range-x@:}
34811 @r{ @: g s @: @: 12,13 @:calc-graph-line-style@:}
34812 @r{ @: g t @:title @: @:calc-graph-title-x@:}
34813 @r{ @: g v @: @: @:calc-graph-view-commands@:}
34814 @r{ @: g x @:display @: @:calc-graph-display@:}
34815 @r{ @: g z @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-zero-x@:}
34816
34817 @c
34818 @r{ x y z@: g A @: @: 28,40 @:calc-graph-add-3d@:}
34819 @r{ @: g C @:command @: @:calc-graph-command@:}
34820 @r{ @: g D @:device @: 43,44 @:calc-graph-device@:}
34821 @r{ x y z@: g F @: @: 28,40 @:calc-graph-fast-3d@:}
34822 @r{ @: g H @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-hide@:}
34823 @r{ @: g K @: @: @:calc-graph-kill@:}
34824 @r{ @: g L @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-log-y@:}
34825 @r{ @: g N @:number @: 43,51 @:calc-graph-num-points@:}
34826 @r{ @: g O @:filename @: 43,44 @:calc-graph-output@:}
34827 @r{ @: g P @: @: 42 @:calc-graph-print@:}
34828 @r{ @: g R @:range @: @:calc-graph-range-y@:}
34829 @r{ @: g S @: @: 12,13 @:calc-graph-point-style@:}
34830 @r{ @: g T @:title @: @:calc-graph-title-y@:}
34831 @r{ @: g V @: @: @:calc-graph-view-trail@:}
34832 @r{ @: g X @:format @: @:calc-graph-geometry@:}
34833 @r{ @: g Z @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-zero-y@:}
34834
34835 @c
34836 @r{ @: g C-l @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-log-z@:}
34837 @r{ @: g C-r @:range @: @:calc-graph-range-z@:}
34838 @r{ @: g C-t @:title @: @:calc-graph-title-z@:}
34839
34840 @c
34841 @r{ @: h b @: @: @:calc-describe-bindings@:}
34842 @r{ @: h c @:key @: @:calc-describe-key-briefly@:}
34843 @r{ @: h f @:function @: @:calc-describe-function@:}
34844 @r{ @: h h @: @: @:calc-full-help@:}
34845 @r{ @: h i @: @: @:calc-info@:}
34846 @r{ @: h k @:key @: @:calc-describe-key@:}
34847 @r{ @: h n @: @: @:calc-view-news@:}
34848 @r{ @: h s @: @: @:calc-info-summary@:}
34849 @r{ @: h t @: @: @:calc-tutorial@:}
34850 @r{ @: h v @:var @: @:calc-describe-variable@:}
34851
34852 @c
34853 @r{ @: j 1-9 @: @: @:calc-select-part@:}
34854 @r{ @: j RET @: @: 27 @:calc-copy-selection@:}
34855 @r{ @: j DEL @: @: 27 @:calc-del-selection@:}
34856 @r{ @: j ' @:formula @: 27 @:calc-enter-selection@:}
34857 @r{ @: j ` @:editing @: 27,30 @:calc-edit-selection@:}
34858 @r{ @: j " @: @: 7,27 @:calc-sel-expand-formula@:}
34859
34860 @c
34861 @r{ @: j + @:formula @: 27 @:calc-sel-add-both-sides@:}
34862 @r{ @: j - @:formula @: 27 @:calc-sel-sub-both-sides@:}
34863 @r{ @: j * @:formula @: 27 @:calc-sel-mul-both-sides@:}
34864 @r{ @: j / @:formula @: 27 @:calc-sel-div-both-sides@:}
34865 @r{ @: j & @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-invert@:}
34866
34867 @c
34868 @r{ @: j a @: @: 27 @:calc-select-additional@:}
34869 @r{ @: j b @: @: 12 @:calc-break-selections@:}
34870 @r{ @: j c @: @: @:calc-clear-selections@:}
34871 @r{ @: j d @: @: 12,50 @:calc-show-selections@:}
34872 @r{ @: j e @: @: 12 @:calc-enable-selections@:}
34873 @r{ @: j l @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-less@:}
34874 @r{ @: j m @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-more@:}
34875 @r{ @: j n @: @: 4 @:calc-select-next@:}
34876 @r{ @: j o @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-once@:}
34877 @r{ @: j p @: @: 4 @:calc-select-previous@:}
34878 @r{ @: j r @:rules @:4,8,27 @:calc-rewrite-selection@:}
34879 @r{ @: j s @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-here@:}
34880 @r{ @: j u @: @: 27 @:calc-unselect@:}
34881 @r{ @: j v @: @: 7,27 @:calc-sel-evaluate@:}
34882
34883 @c
34884 @r{ @: j C @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-commute@:}
34885 @r{ @: j D @: @: 4,27 @:calc-sel-distribute@:}
34886 @r{ @: j E @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-jump-equals@:}
34887 @r{ @: j I @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-isolate@:}
34888 @r{ @: H j I @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-isolate@: (full)}
34889 @r{ @: j L @: @: 4,27 @:calc-commute-left@:}
34890 @r{ @: j M @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-merge@:}
34891 @r{ @: j N @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-negate@:}
34892 @r{ @: j O @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-once-maybe@:}
34893 @r{ @: j R @: @: 4,27 @:calc-commute-right@:}
34894 @r{ @: j S @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-here-maybe@:}
34895 @r{ @: j U @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-unpack@:}
34896
34897 @c
34898 @r{ @: k a @: @: @:calc-random-again@:}
34899 @r{ n@: k b @: @: 1 @:bern@:(n)}
34900 @r{ n x@: H k b @: @: 2 @:bern@:(n,x)}
34901 @r{ n m@: k c @: @: 2 @:choose@:(n,m)}
34902 @r{ n m@: H k c @: @: 2 @:perm@:(n,m)}
34903 @r{ n@: k d @: @: 1 @:dfact@:(n) n!!}
34904 @r{ n@: k e @: @: 1 @:euler@:(n)}
34905 @r{ n x@: H k e @: @: 2 @:euler@:(n,x)}
34906 @r{ n@: k f @: @: 4 @:prfac@:(n)}
34907 @r{ n m@: k g @: @: 2 @:gcd@:(n,m)}
34908 @r{ m n@: k h @: @: 14 @:shuffle@:(n,m)}
34909 @r{ n m@: k l @: @: 2 @:lcm@:(n,m)}
34910 @r{ n@: k m @: @: 1 @:moebius@:(n)}
34911 @r{ n@: k n @: @: 4 @:nextprime@:(n)}
34912 @r{ n@: I k n @: @: 4 @:prevprime@:(n)}
34913 @r{ n@: k p @: @: 4,28 @:calc-prime-test@:}
34914 @r{ m@: k r @: @: 14 @:random@:(m)}
34915 @r{ n m@: k s @: @: 2 @:stir1@:(n,m)}
34916 @r{ n m@: H k s @: @: 2 @:stir2@:(n,m)}
34917 @r{ n@: k t @: @: 1 @:totient@:(n)}
34918
34919 @c
34920 @r{ n p x@: k B @: @: @:utpb@:(x,n,p)}
34921 @r{ n p x@: I k B @: @: @:ltpb@:(x,n,p)}
34922 @r{ v x@: k C @: @: @:utpc@:(x,v)}
34923 @r{ v x@: I k C @: @: @:ltpc@:(x,v)}
34924 @r{ n m@: k E @: @: @:egcd@:(n,m)}
34925 @r{v1 v2 x@: k F @: @: @:utpf@:(x,v1,v2)}
34926 @r{v1 v2 x@: I k F @: @: @:ltpf@:(x,v1,v2)}
34927 @r{ m s x@: k N @: @: @:utpn@:(x,m,s)}
34928 @r{ m s x@: I k N @: @: @:ltpn@:(x,m,s)}
34929 @r{ m x@: k P @: @: @:utpp@:(x,m)}
34930 @r{ m x@: I k P @: @: @:ltpp@:(x,m)}
34931 @r{ v x@: k T @: @: @:utpt@:(x,v)}
34932 @r{ v x@: I k T @: @: @:ltpt@:(x,v)}
34933
34934 @c
34935 @r{ @: m a @: @: 12,13 @:calc-algebraic-mode@:}
34936 @r{ @: m d @: @: @:calc-degrees-mode@:}
34937 @r{ @: m f @: @: 12 @:calc-frac-mode@:}
34938 @r{ @: m g @: @: 52 @:calc-get-modes@:}
34939 @r{ @: m h @: @: @:calc-hms-mode@:}
34940 @r{ @: m i @: @: 12,13 @:calc-infinite-mode@:}
34941 @r{ @: m m @: @: @:calc-save-modes@:}
34942 @r{ @: m p @: @: 12 @:calc-polar-mode@:}
34943 @r{ @: m r @: @: @:calc-radians-mode@:}
34944 @r{ @: m s @: @: 12 @:calc-symbolic-mode@:}
34945 @r{ @: m t @: @: 12 @:calc-total-algebraic-mode@:}
34946 @r{ @: m v @: @: 12,13 @:calc-matrix-mode@:}
34947 @r{ @: m w @: @: 13 @:calc-working@:}
34948 @r{ @: m x @: @: @:calc-always-load-extensions@:}
34949
34950 @c
34951 @r{ @: m A @: @: 12 @:calc-alg-simplify-mode@:}
34952 @r{ @: m B @: @: 12 @:calc-bin-simplify-mode@:}
34953 @r{ @: m C @: @: 12 @:calc-auto-recompute@:}
34954 @r{ @: m D @: @: @:calc-default-simplify-mode@:}
34955 @r{ @: m E @: @: 12 @:calc-ext-simplify-mode@:}
34956 @r{ @: m F @:filename @: 13 @:calc-settings-file-name@:}
34957 @r{ @: m N @: @: 12 @:calc-num-simplify-mode@:}
34958 @r{ @: m O @: @: 12 @:calc-no-simplify-mode@:}
34959 @r{ @: m R @: @: 12,13 @:calc-mode-record-mode@:}
34960 @r{ @: m S @: @: 12 @:calc-shift-prefix@:}
34961 @r{ @: m U @: @: 12 @:calc-units-simplify-mode@:}
34962
34963 @c
34964 @r{ @: s c @:var1, var2 @: 29 @:calc-copy-variable@:}
34965 @r{ @: s d @:var, decl @: @:calc-declare-variable@:}
34966 @r{ @: s e @:var, editing @: 29,30 @:calc-edit-variable@:}
34967 @r{ @: s i @:buffer @: @:calc-insert-variables@:}
34968 @r{ a b@: s l @:var @: 29 @:@:a (letting var=b)}
34969 @r{ a ...@: s m @:op, var @: 22,29 @:calc-store-map@:}
34970 @r{ @: s n @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-neg@: (v/-1)}
34971 @r{ @: s p @:var @: 29 @:calc-permanent-variable@:}
34972 @r{ @: s r @:var @: 29 @:@:v (recalled value)}
34973 @r{ @: r 0-9 @: @: @:calc-recall-quick@:}
34974 @r{ a@: s s @:var @: 28,29 @:calc-store@:}
34975 @r{ a@: s 0-9 @: @: @:calc-store-quick@:}
34976 @r{ a@: s t @:var @: 29 @:calc-store-into@:}
34977 @r{ a@: t 0-9 @: @: @:calc-store-into-quick@:}
34978 @r{ @: s u @:var @: 29 @:calc-unstore@:}
34979 @r{ a@: s x @:var @: 29 @:calc-store-exchange@:}
34980
34981 @c
34982 @r{ @: s A @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-AlgSimpRules@:}
34983 @r{ @: s D @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-Decls@:}
34984 @r{ @: s E @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-EvalRules@:}
34985 @r{ @: s F @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-FitRules@:}
34986 @r{ @: s G @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-GenCount@:}
34987 @r{ @: s H @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-Holidays@:}
34988 @r{ @: s I @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-IntegLimit@:}
34989 @r{ @: s L @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-LineStyles@:}
34990 @r{ @: s P @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-PointStyles@:}
34991 @r{ @: s R @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-PlotRejects@:}
34992 @r{ @: s T @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-TimeZone@:}
34993 @r{ @: s U @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-Units@:}
34994 @r{ @: s X @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-ExtSimpRules@:}
34995
34996 @c
34997 @r{ a@: s + @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-plus@: (v+a)}
34998 @r{ a@: s - @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-minus@: (v-a)}
34999 @r{ a@: s * @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-times@: (v*a)}
35000 @r{ a@: s / @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-div@: (v/a)}
35001 @r{ a@: s ^ @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-power@: (v^a)}
35002 @r{ a@: s | @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-concat@: (v|a)}
35003 @r{ @: s & @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-inv@: (v^-1)}
35004 @r{ @: s [ @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-decr@: (v-1)}
35005 @r{ @: s ] @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-incr@: (v-(-1))}
35006 @r{ a b@: s : @: @: 2 @:assign@:(a,b) a @t{:=} b}
35007 @r{ a@: s = @: @: 1 @:evalto@:(a,b) a @t{=>}}
35008
35009 @c
35010 @r{ @: t [ @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-first@:}
35011 @r{ @: t ] @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-last@:}
35012 @r{ @: t < @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-scroll-left@:}
35013 @r{ @: t > @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-scroll-right@:}
35014 @r{ @: t . @: @: 12 @:calc-full-trail-vectors@:}
35015
35016 @c
35017 @r{ @: t b @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-backward@:}
35018 @r{ @: t d @: @: 12,50 @:calc-trail-display@:}
35019 @r{ @: t f @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-forward@:}
35020 @r{ @: t h @: @: @:calc-trail-here@:}
35021 @r{ @: t i @: @: @:calc-trail-in@:}
35022 @r{ @: t k @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-kill@:}
35023 @r{ @: t m @:string @: @:calc-trail-marker@:}
35024 @r{ @: t n @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-next@:}
35025 @r{ @: t o @: @: @:calc-trail-out@:}
35026 @r{ @: t p @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-previous@:}
35027 @r{ @: t r @:string @: @:calc-trail-isearch-backward@:}
35028 @r{ @: t s @:string @: @:calc-trail-isearch-forward@:}
35029 @r{ @: t y @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-yank@:}
35030
35031 @c
35032 @r{ d@: t C @:oz, nz @: @:tzconv@:(d,oz,nz)}
35033 @r{d oz nz@: t C @:$ @: @:tzconv@:(d,oz,nz)}
35034 @r{ d@: t D @: @: 15 @:date@:(d)}
35035 @r{ d@: t I @: @: 4 @:incmonth@:(d,n)}
35036 @r{ d@: t J @: @: 16 @:julian@:(d,z)}
35037 @r{ d@: t M @: @: 17 @:newmonth@:(d,n)}
35038 @r{ @: t N @: @: 16 @:now@:(z)}
35039 @r{ d@: t P @:1 @: 31 @:year@:(d)}
35040 @r{ d@: t P @:2 @: 31 @:month@:(d)}
35041 @r{ d@: t P @:3 @: 31 @:day@:(d)}
35042 @r{ d@: t P @:4 @: 31 @:hour@:(d)}
35043 @r{ d@: t P @:5 @: 31 @:minute@:(d)}
35044 @r{ d@: t P @:6 @: 31 @:second@:(d)}
35045 @r{ d@: t P @:7 @: 31 @:weekday@:(d)}
35046 @r{ d@: t P @:8 @: 31 @:yearday@:(d)}
35047 @r{ d@: t P @:9 @: 31 @:time@:(d)}
35048 @r{ d@: t U @: @: 16 @:unixtime@:(d,z)}
35049 @r{ d@: t W @: @: 17 @:newweek@:(d,w)}
35050 @r{ d@: t Y @: @: 17 @:newyear@:(d,n)}
35051
35052 @c
35053 @r{ a b@: t + @: @: 2 @:badd@:(a,b)}
35054 @r{ a b@: t - @: @: 2 @:bsub@:(a,b)}
35055
35056 @c
35057 @r{ @: u a @: @: 12 @:calc-autorange-units@:}
35058 @r{ a@: u b @: @: @:calc-base-units@:}
35059 @r{ a@: u c @:units @: 18 @:calc-convert-units@:}
35060 @r{ defn@: u d @:unit, descr @: @:calc-define-unit@:}
35061 @r{ @: u e @: @: @:calc-explain-units@:}
35062 @r{ @: u g @:unit @: @:calc-get-unit-definition@:}
35063 @r{ @: u p @: @: @:calc-permanent-units@:}
35064 @r{ a@: u r @: @: @:calc-remove-units@:}
35065 @r{ a@: u s @: @: @:usimplify@:(a)}
35066 @r{ a@: u t @:units @: 18 @:calc-convert-temperature@:}
35067 @r{ @: u u @:unit @: @:calc-undefine-unit@:}
35068 @r{ @: u v @: @: @:calc-enter-units-table@:}
35069 @r{ a@: u x @: @: @:calc-extract-units@:}
35070 @r{ a@: u 0-9 @: @: @:calc-quick-units@:}
35071
35072 @c
35073 @r{ v1 v2@: u C @: @: 20 @:vcov@:(v1,v2)}
35074 @r{ v1 v2@: I u C @: @: 20 @:vpcov@:(v1,v2)}
35075 @r{ v1 v2@: H u C @: @: 20 @:vcorr@:(v1,v2)}
35076 @r{ v@: u G @: @: 19 @:vgmean@:(v)}
35077 @r{ a b@: H u G @: @: 2 @:agmean@:(a,b)}
35078 @r{ v@: u M @: @: 19 @:vmean@:(v)}
35079 @r{ v@: I u M @: @: 19 @:vmeane@:(v)}
35080 @r{ v@: H u M @: @: 19 @:vmedian@:(v)}
35081 @r{ v@: I H u M @: @: 19 @:vhmean@:(v)}
35082 @r{ v@: u N @: @: 19 @:vmin@:(v)}
35083 @r{ v@: u S @: @: 19 @:vsdev@:(v)}
35084 @r{ v@: I u S @: @: 19 @:vpsdev@:(v)}
35085 @r{ v@: H u S @: @: 19 @:vvar@:(v)}
35086 @r{ v@: I H u S @: @: 19 @:vpvar@:(v)}
35087 @r{ @: u V @: @: @:calc-view-units-table@:}
35088 @r{ v@: u X @: @: 19 @:vmax@:(v)}
35089
35090 @c
35091 @r{ v@: u + @: @: 19 @:vsum@:(v)}
35092 @r{ v@: u * @: @: 19 @:vprod@:(v)}
35093 @r{ v@: u # @: @: 19 @:vcount@:(v)}
35094
35095 @c
35096 @r{ @: V ( @: @: 50 @:calc-vector-parens@:}
35097 @r{ @: V @{ @: @: 50 @:calc-vector-braces@:}
35098 @r{ @: V [ @: @: 50 @:calc-vector-brackets@:}
35099 @r{ @: V ] @:ROCP @: 50 @:calc-matrix-brackets@:}
35100 @r{ @: V , @: @: 50 @:calc-vector-commas@:}
35101 @r{ @: V < @: @: 50 @:calc-matrix-left-justify@:}
35102 @r{ @: V = @: @: 50 @:calc-matrix-center-justify@:}
35103 @r{ @: V > @: @: 50 @:calc-matrix-right-justify@:}
35104 @r{ @: V / @: @: 12,50 @:calc-break-vectors@:}
35105 @r{ @: V . @: @: 12,50 @:calc-full-vectors@:}
35106
35107 @c
35108 @r{ s t@: V ^ @: @: 2 @:vint@:(s,t)}
35109 @r{ s t@: V - @: @: 2 @:vdiff@:(s,t)}
35110 @r{ s@: V ~ @: @: 1 @:vcompl@:(s)}
35111 @r{ s@: V # @: @: 1 @:vcard@:(s)}
35112 @r{ s@: V : @: @: 1 @:vspan@:(s)}
35113 @r{ s@: V + @: @: 1 @:rdup@:(s)}
35114
35115 @c
35116 @r{ m@: V & @: @: 1 @:inv@:(m) 1/m}
35117
35118 @c
35119 @r{ v@: v a @:n @: @:arrange@:(v,n)}
35120 @r{ a@: v b @:n @: @:cvec@:(a,n)}
35121 @r{ v@: v c @:n >0 @: 21,31 @:mcol@:(v,n)}
35122 @r{ v@: v c @:n <0 @: 31 @:mrcol@:(v,-n)}
35123 @r{ m@: v c @:0 @: 31 @:getdiag@:(m)}
35124 @r{ v@: v d @: @: 25 @:diag@:(v,n)}
35125 @r{ v m@: v e @: @: 2 @:vexp@:(v,m)}
35126 @r{ v m f@: H v e @: @: 2 @:vexp@:(v,m,f)}
35127 @r{ v a@: v f @: @: 26 @:find@:(v,a,n)}
35128 @r{ v@: v h @: @: 1 @:head@:(v)}
35129 @r{ v@: I v h @: @: 1 @:tail@:(v)}
35130 @r{ v@: H v h @: @: 1 @:rhead@:(v)}
35131 @r{ v@: I H v h @: @: 1 @:rtail@:(v)}
35132 @r{ @: v i @:n @: 31 @:idn@:(1,n)}
35133 @r{ @: v i @:0 @: 31 @:idn@:(1)}
35134 @r{ h t@: v k @: @: 2 @:cons@:(h,t)}
35135 @r{ h t@: H v k @: @: 2 @:rcons@:(h,t)}
35136 @r{ v@: v l @: @: 1 @:vlen@:(v)}
35137 @r{ v@: H v l @: @: 1 @:mdims@:(v)}
35138 @r{ v m@: v m @: @: 2 @:vmask@:(v,m)}
35139 @r{ v@: v n @: @: 1 @:rnorm@:(v)}
35140 @r{ a b c@: v p @: @: 24 @:calc-pack@:}
35141 @r{ v@: v r @:n >0 @: 21,31 @:mrow@:(v,n)}
35142 @r{ v@: v r @:n <0 @: 31 @:mrrow@:(v,-n)}
35143 @r{ m@: v r @:0 @: 31 @:getdiag@:(m)}
35144 @r{ v i j@: v s @: @: @:subvec@:(v,i,j)}
35145 @r{ v i j@: I v s @: @: @:rsubvec@:(v,i,j)}
35146 @r{ m@: v t @: @: 1 @:trn@:(m)}
35147 @r{ v@: v u @: @: 24 @:calc-unpack@:}
35148 @r{ v@: v v @: @: 1 @:rev@:(v)}
35149 @r{ @: v x @:n @: 31 @:index@:(n)}
35150 @r{ n s i@: C-u v x @: @: @:index@:(n,s,i)}
35151
35152 @c
35153 @r{ v@: V A @:op @: 22 @:apply@:(op,v)}
35154 @r{ v1 v2@: V C @: @: 2 @:cross@:(v1,v2)}
35155 @r{ m@: V D @: @: 1 @:det@:(m)}
35156 @r{ s@: V E @: @: 1 @:venum@:(s)}
35157 @r{ s@: V F @: @: 1 @:vfloor@:(s)}
35158 @r{ v@: V G @: @: @:grade@:(v)}
35159 @r{ v@: I V G @: @: @:rgrade@:(v)}
35160 @r{ v@: V H @:n @: 31 @:histogram@:(v,n)}
35161 @r{ v w@: H V H @:n @: 31 @:histogram@:(v,w,n)}
35162 @r{ v1 v2@: V I @:mop aop @: 22 @:inner@:(mop,aop,v1,v2)}
35163 @r{ m@: V J @: @: 1 @:ctrn@:(m)}
35164 @r{ m@: V L @: @: 1 @:lud@:(m)}
35165 @r{ v@: V M @:op @: 22,23 @:map@:(op,v)}
35166 @r{ v@: V N @: @: 1 @:cnorm@:(v)}
35167 @r{ v1 v2@: V O @:op @: 22 @:outer@:(op,v1,v2)}
35168 @r{ v@: V R @:op @: 22,23 @:reduce@:(op,v)}
35169 @r{ v@: I V R @:op @: 22,23 @:rreduce@:(op,v)}
35170 @r{ a n@: H V R @:op @: 22 @:nest@:(op,a,n)}
35171 @r{ a@: I H V R @:op @: 22 @:fixp@:(op,a)}
35172 @r{ v@: V S @: @: @:sort@:(v)}
35173 @r{ v@: I V S @: @: @:rsort@:(v)}
35174 @r{ m@: V T @: @: 1 @:tr@:(m)}
35175 @r{ v@: V U @:op @: 22 @:accum@:(op,v)}
35176 @r{ v@: I V U @:op @: 22 @:raccum@:(op,v)}
35177 @r{ a n@: H V U @:op @: 22 @:anest@:(op,a,n)}
35178 @r{ a@: I H V U @:op @: 22 @:afixp@:(op,a)}
35179 @r{ s t@: V V @: @: 2 @:vunion@:(s,t)}
35180 @r{ s t@: V X @: @: 2 @:vxor@:(s,t)}
35181
35182 @c
35183 @r{ @: Y @: @: @:@:user commands}
35184
35185 @c
35186 @r{ @: z @: @: @:@:user commands}
35187
35188 @c
35189 @r{ c@: Z [ @: @: 45 @:calc-kbd-if@:}
35190 @r{ c@: Z | @: @: 45 @:calc-kbd-else-if@:}
35191 @r{ @: Z : @: @: @:calc-kbd-else@:}
35192 @r{ @: Z ] @: @: @:calc-kbd-end-if@:}
35193
35194 @c
35195 @r{ @: Z @{ @: @: 4 @:calc-kbd-loop@:}
35196 @r{ c@: Z / @: @: 45 @:calc-kbd-break@:}
35197 @r{ @: Z @} @: @: @:calc-kbd-end-loop@:}
35198 @r{ n@: Z < @: @: @:calc-kbd-repeat@:}
35199 @r{ @: Z > @: @: @:calc-kbd-end-repeat@:}
35200 @r{ n m@: Z ( @: @: @:calc-kbd-for@:}
35201 @r{ s@: Z ) @: @: @:calc-kbd-end-for@:}
35202
35203 @c
35204 @r{ @: Z C-g @: @: @:@:cancel if/loop command}
35205
35206 @c
35207 @r{ @: Z ` @: @: @:calc-kbd-push@:}
35208 @r{ @: Z ' @: @: @:calc-kbd-pop@:}
35209 @r{ a@: Z = @:message @: 28 @:calc-kbd-report@:}
35210 @r{ @: Z # @:prompt @: @:calc-kbd-query@:}
35211
35212 @c
35213 @r{ comp@: Z C @:func, args @: 50 @:calc-user-define-composition@:}
35214 @r{ @: Z D @:key, command @: @:calc-user-define@:}
35215 @r{ @: Z E @:key, editing @: 30 @:calc-user-define-edit@:}
35216 @r{ defn@: Z F @:k, c, f, a, n@: 28 @:calc-user-define-formula@:}
35217 @r{ @: Z G @:key @: @:calc-get-user-defn@:}
35218 @r{ @: Z I @: @: @:calc-user-define-invocation@:}
35219 @r{ @: Z K @:key, command @: @:calc-user-define-kbd-macro@:}
35220 @r{ @: Z P @:key @: @:calc-user-define-permanent@:}
35221 @r{ @: Z S @: @: 30 @:calc-edit-user-syntax@:}
35222 @r{ @: Z T @: @: 12 @:calc-timing@:}
35223 @r{ @: Z U @:key @: @:calc-user-undefine@:}
35224
35225 @end format
35226
35227 @noindent
35228 NOTES
35229
35230 @enumerate
35231 @c 1
35232 @item
35233 Positive prefix arguments apply to @cite{n} stack entries.
35234 Negative prefix arguments apply to the @cite{-n}th stack entry.
35235 A prefix of zero applies to the entire stack. (For @key{LFD} and
35236 @kbd{M-DEL}, the meaning of the sign is reversed.)
35237
35238 @c 2
35239 @item
35240 Positive prefix arguments apply to @cite{n} stack entries.
35241 Negative prefix arguments apply to the top stack entry
35242 and the next @cite{-n} stack entries.
35243
35244 @c 3
35245 @item
35246 Positive prefix arguments rotate top @cite{n} stack entries by one.
35247 Negative prefix arguments rotate the entire stack by @cite{-n}.
35248 A prefix of zero reverses the entire stack.
35249
35250 @c 4
35251 @item
35252 Prefix argument specifies a repeat count or distance.
35253
35254 @c 5
35255 @item
35256 Positive prefix arguments specify a precision @cite{p}.
35257 Negative prefix arguments reduce the current precision by @cite{-p}.
35258
35259 @c 6
35260 @item
35261 A prefix argument is interpreted as an additional step-size parameter.
35262 A plain @kbd{C-u} prefix means to prompt for the step size.
35263
35264 @c 7
35265 @item
35266 A prefix argument specifies simplification level and depth.
35267 1=Default, 2=like @kbd{a s}, 3=like @kbd{a e}.
35268
35269 @c 8
35270 @item
35271 A negative prefix operates only on the top level of the input formula.
35272
35273 @c 9
35274 @item
35275 Positive prefix arguments specify a word size of @cite{w} bits, unsigned.
35276 Negative prefix arguments specify a word size of @cite{w} bits, signed.
35277
35278 @c 10
35279 @item
35280 Prefix arguments specify the shift amount @cite{n}. The @cite{w} argument
35281 cannot be specified in the keyboard version of this command.
35282
35283 @c 11
35284 @item
35285 From the keyboard, @cite{d} is omitted and defaults to zero.
35286
35287 @c 12
35288 @item
35289 Mode is toggled; a positive prefix always sets the mode, and a negative
35290 prefix always clears the mode.
35291
35292 @c 13
35293 @item
35294 Some prefix argument values provide special variations of the mode.
35295
35296 @c 14
35297 @item
35298 A prefix argument, if any, is used for @cite{m} instead of taking
35299 @cite{m} from the stack. @cite{M} may take any of these values:
35300 @iftex
35301 {@advance@tableindent10pt
35302 @end iftex
35303 @table @asis
35304 @item Integer
35305 Random integer in the interval @cite{[0 .. m)}.
35306 @item Float
35307 Random floating-point number in the interval @cite{[0 .. m)}.
35308 @item 0.0
35309 Gaussian with mean 1 and standard deviation 0.
35310 @item Error form
35311 Gaussian with specified mean and standard deviation.
35312 @item Interval
35313 Random integer or floating-point number in that interval.
35314 @item Vector
35315 Random element from the vector.
35316 @end table
35317 @iftex
35318 }
35319 @end iftex
35320
35321 @c 15
35322 @item
35323 A prefix argument from 1 to 6 specifies number of date components
35324 to remove from the stack. @xref{Date Conversions}.
35325
35326 @c 16
35327 @item
35328 A prefix argument specifies a time zone; @kbd{C-u} says to take the
35329 time zone number or name from the top of the stack. @xref{Time Zones}.
35330
35331 @c 17
35332 @item
35333 A prefix argument specifies a day number (0-6, 0-31, or 0-366).
35334
35335 @c 18
35336 @item
35337 If the input has no units, you will be prompted for both the old and
35338 the new units.
35339
35340 @c 19
35341 @item
35342 With a prefix argument, collect that many stack entries to form the
35343 input data set. Each entry may be a single value or a vector of values.
35344
35345 @c 20
35346 @item
35347 With a prefix argument of 1, take a single @c{$N\times2$}
35348 @asis{Nx2} matrix from the
35349 stack instead of two separate data vectors.
35350
35351 @c 21
35352 @item
35353 The row or column number @cite{n} may be given as a numeric prefix
35354 argument instead. A plain @kbd{C-u} prefix says to take @cite{n}
35355 from the top of the stack. If @cite{n} is a vector or interval,
35356 a subvector/submatrix of the input is created.
35357
35358 @c 22
35359 @item
35360 The @cite{op} prompt can be answered with the key sequence for the
35361 desired function, or with @kbd{x} or @kbd{z} followed by a function name,
35362 or with @kbd{$} to take a formula from the top of the stack, or with
35363 @kbd{'} and a typed formula. In the last two cases, the formula may
35364 be a nameless function like @samp{<#1+#2>} or @samp{<x, y : x+y>}, or it
35365 may include @kbd{$}, @kbd{$$}, etc. (where @kbd{$} will correspond to the
35366 last argument of the created function), or otherwise you will be
35367 prompted for an argument list. The number of vectors popped from the
35368 stack by @kbd{V M} depends on the number of arguments of the function.
35369
35370 @c 23
35371 @item
35372 One of the mapping direction keys @kbd{_} (horizontal, i.e., map
35373 by rows or reduce across), @kbd{:} (vertical, i.e., map by columns or
35374 reduce down), or @kbd{=} (map or reduce by rows) may be used before
35375 entering @cite{op}; these modify the function name by adding the letter
35376 @code{r} for ``rows,'' @code{c} for ``columns,'' @code{a} for ``across,''
35377 or @code{d} for ``down.''
35378
35379 @c 24
35380 @item
35381 The prefix argument specifies a packing mode. A nonnegative mode
35382 is the number of items (for @kbd{v p}) or the number of levels
35383 (for @kbd{v u}). A negative mode is as described below. With no
35384 prefix argument, the mode is taken from the top of the stack and
35385 may be an integer or a vector of integers.
35386 @iftex
35387 {@advance@tableindent-20pt
35388 @end iftex
35389 @table @cite
35390 @item -1
35391 @var{(2)} Rectangular complex number.
35392 @item -2
35393 @var{(2)} Polar complex number.
35394 @item -3
35395 @var{(3)} HMS form.
35396 @item -4
35397 @var{(2)} Error form.
35398 @item -5
35399 @var{(2)} Modulo form.
35400 @item -6
35401 @var{(2)} Closed interval.
35402 @item -7
35403 @var{(2)} Closed .. open interval.
35404 @item -8
35405 @var{(2)} Open .. closed interval.
35406 @item -9
35407 @var{(2)} Open interval.
35408 @item -10
35409 @var{(2)} Fraction.
35410 @item -11
35411 @var{(2)} Float with integer mantissa.
35412 @item -12
35413 @var{(2)} Float with mantissa in @cite{[1 .. 10)}.
35414 @item -13
35415 @var{(1)} Date form (using date numbers).
35416 @item -14
35417 @var{(3)} Date form (using year, month, day).
35418 @item -15
35419 @var{(6)} Date form (using year, month, day, hour, minute, second).
35420 @end table
35421 @iftex
35422 }
35423 @end iftex
35424
35425 @c 25
35426 @item
35427 A prefix argument specifies the size @cite{n} of the matrix. With no
35428 prefix argument, @cite{n} is omitted and the size is inferred from
35429 the input vector.
35430
35431 @c 26
35432 @item
35433 The prefix argument specifies the starting position @cite{n} (default 1).
35434
35435 @c 27
35436 @item
35437 Cursor position within stack buffer affects this command.
35438
35439 @c 28
35440 @item
35441 Arguments are not actually removed from the stack by this command.
35442
35443 @c 29
35444 @item
35445 Variable name may be a single digit or a full name.
35446
35447 @c 30
35448 @item
35449 Editing occurs in a separate buffer. Press @kbd{M-# M-#} (or @kbd{C-c C-c},
35450 @key{LFD}, or in some cases @key{RET}) to finish the edit, or press
35451 @kbd{M-# x} to cancel the edit. The @key{LFD} key prevents evaluation
35452 of the result of the edit.
35453
35454 @c 31
35455 @item
35456 The number prompted for can also be provided as a prefix argument.
35457
35458 @c 32
35459 @item
35460 Press this key a second time to cancel the prefix.
35461
35462 @c 33
35463 @item
35464 With a negative prefix, deactivate all formulas. With a positive
35465 prefix, deactivate and then reactivate from scratch.
35466
35467 @c 34
35468 @item
35469 Default is to scan for nearest formula delimiter symbols. With a
35470 prefix of zero, formula is delimited by mark and point. With a
35471 non-zero prefix, formula is delimited by scanning forward or
35472 backward by that many lines.
35473
35474 @c 35
35475 @item
35476 Parse the region between point and mark as a vector. A nonzero prefix
35477 parses @var{n} lines before or after point as a vector. A zero prefix
35478 parses the current line as a vector. A @kbd{C-u} prefix parses the
35479 region between point and mark as a single formula.
35480
35481 @c 36
35482 @item
35483 Parse the rectangle defined by point and mark as a matrix. A positive
35484 prefix @var{n} divides the rectangle into columns of width @var{n}.
35485 A zero or @kbd{C-u} prefix parses each line as one formula. A negative
35486 prefix suppresses special treatment of bracketed portions of a line.
35487
35488 @c 37
35489 @item
35490 A numeric prefix causes the current language mode to be ignored.
35491
35492 @c 38
35493 @item
35494 Responding to a prompt with a blank line answers that and all
35495 later prompts by popping additional stack entries.
35496
35497 @c 39
35498 @item
35499 Answer for @cite{v} may also be of the form @cite{v = v_0} or
35500 @cite{v - v_0}.
35501
35502 @c 40
35503 @item
35504 With a positive prefix argument, stack contains many @cite{y}'s and one
35505 common @cite{x}. With a zero prefix, stack contains a vector of
35506 @cite{y}s and a common @cite{x}. With a negative prefix, stack
35507 contains many @cite{[x,y]} vectors. (For 3D plots, substitute
35508 @cite{z} for @cite{y} and @cite{x,y} for @cite{x}.)
35509
35510 @c 41
35511 @item
35512 With any prefix argument, all curves in the graph are deleted.
35513
35514 @c 42
35515 @item
35516 With a positive prefix, refines an existing plot with more data points.
35517 With a negative prefix, forces recomputation of the plot data.
35518
35519 @c 43
35520 @item
35521 With any prefix argument, set the default value instead of the
35522 value for this graph.
35523
35524 @c 44
35525 @item
35526 With a negative prefix argument, set the value for the printer.
35527
35528 @c 45
35529 @item
35530 Condition is considered ``true'' if it is a nonzero real or complex
35531 number, or a formula whose value is known to be nonzero; it is ``false''
35532 otherwise.
35533
35534 @c 46
35535 @item
35536 Several formulas separated by commas are pushed as multiple stack
35537 entries. Trailing @kbd{)}, @kbd{]}, @kbd{@}}, @kbd{>}, and @kbd{"}
35538 delimiters may be omitted. The notation @kbd{$$$} refers to the value
35539 in stack level three, and causes the formula to replace the top three
35540 stack levels. The notation @kbd{$3} refers to stack level three without
35541 causing that value to be removed from the stack. Use @key{LFD} in place
35542 of @key{RET} to prevent evaluation; use @kbd{M-=} in place of @key{RET}
35543 to evaluate variables.@refill
35544
35545 @c 47
35546 @item
35547 The variable is replaced by the formula shown on the right. The
35548 Inverse flag reverses the order of the operands, e.g., @kbd{I s - x}
35549 assigns @c{$x \coloneq a-x$}
35550 @cite{x := a-x}.
35551
35552 @c 48
35553 @item
35554 Press @kbd{?} repeatedly to see how to choose a model. Answer the
35555 variables prompt with @cite{iv} or @cite{iv;pv} to specify
35556 independent and parameter variables. A positive prefix argument
35557 takes @i{N+1} vectors from the stack; a zero prefix takes a matrix
35558 and a vector from the stack.
35559
35560 @c 49
35561 @item
35562 With a plain @kbd{C-u} prefix, replace the current region of the
35563 destination buffer with the yanked text instead of inserting.
35564
35565 @c 50
35566 @item
35567 All stack entries are reformatted; the @kbd{H} prefix inhibits this.
35568 The @kbd{I} prefix sets the mode temporarily, redraws the top stack
35569 entry, then restores the original setting of the mode.
35570
35571 @c 51
35572 @item
35573 A negative prefix sets the default 3D resolution instead of the
35574 default 2D resolution.
35575
35576 @c 52
35577 @item
35578 This grabs a vector of the form [@var{prec}, @var{wsize}, @var{ssize},
35579 @var{radix}, @var{flfmt}, @var{ang}, @var{frac}, @var{symb}, @var{polar},
35580 @var{matrix}, @var{simp}, @var{inf}]. A prefix argument from 1 to 12
35581 grabs the @var{n}th mode value only.
35582 @end enumerate
35583
35584 @iftex
35585 (Space is provided below for you to keep your own written notes.)
35586 @page
35587 @endgroup
35588 @end iftex
35589
35590
35591 @c [end-summary]
35592
35593 @node Key Index, Command Index, Summary, Top
35594 @unnumbered Index of Key Sequences
35595
35596 @printindex ky
35597
35598 @node Command Index, Function Index, Key Index, Top
35599 @unnumbered Index of Calculator Commands
35600
35601 Since all Calculator commands begin with the prefix @samp{calc-}, the
35602 @kbd{x} key has been provided as a variant of @kbd{M-x} which automatically
35603 types @samp{calc-} for you. Thus, @kbd{x last-args} is short for
35604 @kbd{M-x calc-last-args}.
35605
35606 @printindex pg
35607
35608 @node Function Index, Concept Index, Command Index, Top
35609 @unnumbered Index of Algebraic Functions
35610
35611 This is a list of built-in functions and operators usable in algebraic
35612 expressions. Their full Lisp names are derived by adding the prefix
35613 @samp{calcFunc-}, as in @code{calcFunc-sqrt}.
35614 @iftex
35615 All functions except those noted with ``*'' have corresponding
35616 Calc keystrokes and can also be found in the Calc Summary.
35617 @end iftex
35618
35619 @printindex tp
35620
35621 @node Concept Index, Variable Index, Function Index, Top
35622 @unnumbered Concept Index
35623
35624 @printindex cp
35625
35626 @node Variable Index, Lisp Function Index, Concept Index, Top
35627 @unnumbered Index of Variables
35628
35629 The variables in this list that do not contain dashes are accessible
35630 as Calc variables. Add a @samp{var-} prefix to get the name of the
35631 corresponding Lisp variable.
35632
35633 The remaining variables are Lisp variables suitable for @code{setq}ing
35634 in your @file{.emacs} file.
35635
35636 @printindex vr
35637
35638 @node Lisp Function Index, , Variable Index, Top
35639 @unnumbered Index of Lisp Math Functions
35640
35641 The following functions are meant to be used with @code{defmath}, not
35642 @code{defun} definitions. For names that do not start with @samp{calc-},
35643 the corresponding full Lisp name is derived by adding a prefix of
35644 @samp{math-}.
35645
35646 @printindex fn
35647
35648 @summarycontents
35649
35650 @c [end]
35651
35652 @contents
35653 @bye
35654
35655